EPA
OECM
OWEP
CLEAN WATER ACT
Compliance/Enforcement
Compendium
Volume I
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20460
OCT -6
OFFICE OF
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Update of the Clean Water Act Compliance/
Enforcement Compendium
FROM: ' Brian J. Maas,-.Director
Water Enforcement Division
Office.of Regulatory Enfor
TO: See Addressees
Attache'd: is the ..updated Table of Contents for the Clean
Water -Act Compliance/Enforcement Compendium, and copies of the
documents added to the Compendium in this update. The attached
materials reflect additions to the Compendium dating from July
1996, when we last"updated the Compendium. In a number of cases,
we are including older documents of importance for the first
time.
Please replace the Table of Contents, and insert the new
documents i-n'"the 'appropriate sections of the Compendium. If you
have 'questions pertaining to the Compendium, please contact Margo
Meeks on the. LAN (Meeks-Marguerite) of the Water Enforcement
Division, QJS at 202/564-4058.
Attachments-.-;
ADDRESSEES:;,.
Steve Herman, OECA
Eric Schaefer; ORE . .
Water Division Directors, Regions I-X
NPDES Branc.h-Chiefs, Regions I-X
Regional Counsels,. Regions I-X
ORC Water Branch ;Chiefs, Regions I-X
NEIC Library
Law Libraries, ^Regions I-X
Fred Stiehl, OC
Joel Gross.,.. ;DOJ
Karen Dworkin, DOJ
Susan Lep'ow, .-QGC
Mike Cook,,. OWM
ORE Staff .'••• .
Recycled/Recyclable
Printed with Soy/Canola Ink on paper that
contains at least 75% recycled Tiber
-------
CLEAN WATER ACT COMPLIANCE/ENFORCEMENT POLICY COMPENDIUM
(Updated 9/15/97)
i. INTRODUCTION
I. OVERVIEW AND GENERAL REFERENCE DOCUMENTS (8)*
II. NPDES PROGRAMi' PRE-ENFORCEMENT
A. SOURCES OF EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS (13)
B. INSPECTIONS (14)
C. MEASURING COMPLIANCE/DATA PROCESSING (14)
III. ADMINISTRATIVE ENFORCEMENT
A. ADMINISTRATIVE COMPLIANCE ORDERS (6)
B. ADMINISTRATIVE PENALTY ORDERS (16)
IV. CIVIL LITIGATION
A. GENERAL (14)
B. ENFORCEMENT CASE MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES (39)
C. PENALTIES' AND TERMS OF SETTLEMENT (25)
D. ENFORCING JUDGEMENTS AND DECREES (5)
V. CRIMINAL LITIGATION/ENFORCEMENT (14)
VI. SPECIALIZED -TOPICS
A. NATIONAL MUNICIPAL POLICY (22) G. FEDERAL FACILITIES (2)
B. PRETREATMENT (36) H. OVERSIGHT & STATE
i ; " PROGRAM COORDINATION (4)
C. SECTION 311 (7)
, • , I. PROVIDING ENFORCEMENT
D. CITIZEN-SUITS (5) INFORMATION TO OUTSIDE
PARTIES (7)
E. SECTIpN 404 (9) J. TOXICS/TOXICITY CONTROL (4)
F. CONTRACTOR LISTING (4) K. SLUDGE (2)
L. SANITARY SEWER OVERFLOWS (2) M. STORM WATER (3)
N. ANIMAL"FEEDING OPERATIONS (1) O. COMBINED SEWER OVERFLOW (2)
-------
VII. ANNUAL DOCUMENTS AND SHORT-TERM INITIATIVES (21)
*-Numbers adjacent to headings and sub-headings refer to number of
documents in Table of Contents which follows.
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Updated 9/15/97)
(Detailed)
I - OVERVIEW AND GENERAL REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
1. "Permits Division Policy Book", dated June 23, 1982. Table of
Contents by date and by subject only. Copies of individual
documents may be obtained from Permits Division, OWEC. (MC-4203) .
2. "Working Principles Underlying EPA's National
Compliance/Enforcement Programs", dated November 22, 1983. See GM-
24.'
3. "Clean Water Act Compliance/Enforcement guidance Manual", dated
May 1985. Table of Contents and Chapter Contents pages only. Copies
of the manual is no longer obtainable. The Compendium supersedes and
replaces this manual.
4. "Enforcement Management System Guide", dated February 27, 1989,
(updates interim document dated September 27, 1985). Table of
Contents and Chapters 1 and 2 only.2
5. "General Enforcement Policy Compendium", updated December 1,
1994.. Table of Contents and Descriptive Index Only. Contains
policies numbered GM-1 thru GM-90. Copies of individual policies
may be obtained from Multimedia Division, Office of Regulatory
Enforcement, (MC-2248A).
6. Current and Future Fiscal Year Agency and Office of Water
permitting and Enforcement Priorities. (See Section VII of this
table.)
7. "Guidance for Oversight of NPDES Programs", dated May 1987.
8. "Action Plan on Pollution Prevention", dated April 13, 1989.
1 For information on obtaining copies of "GM" documents
referenced in- this Table of Contents, see General Enforcement
Policy Compendium, Item 1-5 of this Table of Contents.
2 Chapter 10 added; for information on the method of
obtaining copies of the documents noted in or omitted from this
Table of Contents, please contact the Director of the Water
Enforcement Division, Office of Regulatory Enforcement (MC-
2243A).
-------
II. NPDES PROGRAM: PRE-ENFORCEMENT
A. SOURCES OF EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS
1. "NPDES Permit Authorization to Discharge", dated April
28, 1976.
2. "POTW Compliance with NPDES Permit Effluent Limitations",
dated January 5, 1977.
3. "Confidentiality of NPDES Permit Applications" dated
April 6, 1978 with attached memorandum dated March 22, 1978.
4. "Certification and Permitting of Dischargers Located on
Waters Forming Boundaries Between States", dated April 19,
1978.
5. "Request for a Legal Opinion-Inclusion of Compliance
Schedules in Second Round Permits and Newly Issued Permits",
dated January 19, 1979.
6. "Policy for the Second Round Issuance of NPDES Industrial
Permits", dated June 2, 1982.
7. "Policy for the Development of Water Quality-Based Permit
Limitations for Toxic Pollutants", dated February 3, 1984.
(See also 49 FR 9016, March 9, 1984.)
8. "Continuance of NPDES General Permits under the APA",
dated January 16, 1984.
9. Summaries of NPDES Permit Decisions. For copies of
summaries, contact the Environmental Appeals Board (EAB) at
www.epa.gov/eab or EAB, 607 14th St., NW, Wash.,DC 20005.
3*** 10. "Training Manual for NPDES Permit Writers" dated May,
1987. Table of Contents only. Updated DECEMBER 1996.
Available from Permits Division, OWEC, (MC-4203).
11. "Policy Statement on Scope of Discharge Authorization
and Shield Associated with NPDES Permits", dated July 1,
1994.
12. "Incentives for Self-Policing: Disclosure, Correction
and Prevention of Violations", December 22, 1995.
13. "Interim Guidance for Performance-Based Reductions of
NPDES Permit Monitoring Frequencies", April 19, 1996.
3***Indicates a newly included or updated document.
-------
B. INSPECTIONS
1. "Visitor's Releases and Hold Harmless Agreements as a
Condition to Entry to EPA Employees on Industrial
Facilities",dated November 8, 1972. See GM-1.
2. "Conduct of Inspections after the Barlow Decision dated
April 11, 1979. See GM-5.
3. "NPDES Compliance Sampling Inspection Manual", dated
October 1979. Table of Contents only.
4. "Interim NPDES Biomonitoring Inspection Manual", dated
October 1979. Table of Contents only.
5. "NPDES Compliance Monitoring Inspector Training, with
Modules on Overview, Legal Issues, Sampling Procedures,
Biomonitoring, Laboratory Analyses Modules", dated 1988.
Table of Contents of individual modules only.
6. "NPDES Compliance Evaluation Inspection Manual", dated
January 1981. Table of Contents only.
7. "Neutral Inspection Plan for the NPDES Program", dated
February 17, 1981.
8. "NPDES Inspection Strategy and Guidance for Preparing
Annual State/EPA Compliance Inspection Plans", dated April
1985 with transmittal dated April 16, 1985. (Superseded by
II.B.14)
9. "NPDES Compliance Inspection Manual", dated January,
1988. Table of Contents only. Replaces June, 1984 edition.
10. "Use of the New NPDES Compliance Inspection Form", dated
May 14, 1985.
11. Pretreatment Compliance and Audit Manual for Approval
Authorities. See VLB.24.
12. "NPDES Compliance Flow Measurement Manual", dated
September, 1981. Table of Contents only.
13. "Guidelines on Requirements for Exceptions for NPDES
Inspector Training", dated January 28, 1990. With
attachments.
14. "Revision to Inspection Coverage and Frequency Criteria
of Clean Water Act Permittees", September 11, 1995.
-------
4
MEASURING COMPLIANCE/DATA PROCESSING
1. Permit Compliance System (PCS) Data Entry, updated
December 14, 1993; Inquiry User's Guide, updated May 5, 1997;
PCS Generalize Retrieval Manual, updated April 23, 1996;
Edit/Update Error Messages, updated March 20,1997. Table of
Contents only.
2. The "GREAT System" (General Record of Enforcement Actions
Tracked), circa 1980. The GREAT System tracks EPA-issued
Administrative Orders (AOs) and Notices of Violation issued
from the commencement of the system until September 30, 1987.
Requests for retrievals should be addressed to Mike Mundell,
Office of Compliance, (202) 564-5049. See also II.C.10.
3. "PCS Data Element Dictionary", updated June 2, 1997 and
"PCS Codes and Descriptions Manual", updated May 5, 1997.
Table of Contents only.
4. "NPDES Self-Monitoring System User Guide", dated January
1985. Table of Contents only.
5. "Release and Description of Significant Violator Lists",
dated March 8, 1984.
6. "Permit Compliance System (PCS) Policy Statement", dated
October 31, 1985. (appendices updated March 23, 1988)
7. "Guidance for Preparation of Quarterly and Semi-Annual
Noncompliance Reports", March 13, 1986, with transmittal
letter. Table of Contents.
8. "Managers' Guide to the Permit Compliance System" June,
1986. Table of Contents only.
9. "Guide to PCS Documentation" June, 1986. Table of
contents only. (Information only,- no longer current) .
10. "General Record of Enforcement Actions Tracked
(GREAT)Conversion to Permit Compliance System (PCS)", dated
July 24,1987. Supplements II.C.2. (Conversion completed
prior to January 1, 1988).
11. "Guidance for Reporting and Evaluating POTW
Noncompliance with Pretreatment Implementation Requirements",
dated September, 1987.
12. "PCS PC Personal Assistance Link Users Guide", updated
June 21, 1993. Table of Contents only.
13. "Changes to the SNC Definition", dated April 5, 1991.
-------
*** 14. "Revision of NPDES Significant Noncompliance (SNC)
Criteria to Address'Violations of Non-Monthly Average
Limits", September 21, 1995.
Ill. ADMINISTRATIVE ENFORCEMENT
A. ADMINISTRATIVE COMPLIANCE ORDERS
1. "Effect of Compliance with Administrative Orders", dated
June 29, 1984.
2. "Use of Stipulated Penalties in Administrative Orders on
Consent under the CWA", dated September 6, 1985.
3. "Remittance of Fines and Civil Penalties" dated April 15,
1985. See GM-38.
4. "Recommended Format for CWA Section 309 Administrative
Orders", dated July 30, 1985 (Incorporated in III.A.5).
5. "Reference document on Guidance and Procedures for
Administrative Orders Issued Under Section 309 of the Clean
Water Act", dated September 26, 1986, Cover Memorandum, Table
of Contents and Section I only.
6. "Relationship of Section 309(a) Compliance Orders to
Section 309(g) Administrative Penalty Procedures",
distributed August 28, 1987. This document is reproduced at
III.B.3, of this compendium.
B. ADMINISTRATIVE PENALTY ORDERS
1. "Guidance on Class I Clean Water Act Administrative
Penalty Procedures", dated July 27, 1987 and noted at 52 FR
30730 (August 17, 1987).
2. " Final Rules of Practice Governing the Administrative
Assessment of Class II Civil Penalties under the Clean Water
Act," issued June 12, 1990, effective July 12, 1990.
Published at 55 F.R. 23838 (June 12). Replaces the Interim
Final Rules dated August 10, 1987.
3. "Relationship of Section 309(a) Compliance Orders to
Section 309(g) Administrative Penalty Proceedings",
distributed August 28, 1987. Includes transmittal memorandum
covering items III.B.3 through 11, this Compendium.
4. "Guidance on Choosing Among Clean Water Act
Administrative, Civil and Criminal Enforcement Remedies",
distributed August 28, 1987.
-------
5. "Guidance on State Action Preemption Civil Penalty
Actions under the Federal Clean Water Act", distributed
August 28, 1987.
6. "Guidance on "Claim-Splitting" in Enforcement Actions
under the Clean Water Act", distributed August 28, 1987.
7. "Guidance on Retroactive Application of New Penalty
Authorities under the Clean Water Act", distributed August
28, 1987.
8. "Guidance on Effect of Clean Water Amendment Civil
Penalty Assessment Language", distributed August 28, 1987.
9. "Addendum to the Clean Water Act Civil Penalty Policy for
Administrative Penalties", distributed August 28, 1987.
10. "Guidance on Notice to Public and Commenters in Clean
Water Act Class II Administrative Penalty Proceedings",
distributed August 28, 1987.
11. "Guidance Regarding Regional and Headquarters
Coordination on Proposed and Final Administrative Penalty
Orders on Consent under New Enforcement Authorities of the
Water Quality Act of 1987", distributed August 28, 1987.
12. "Use of Administrative Penalty Orders (APO'S) in FY 89",
dated March 13, 1990. This document is reproduced at VII.18.
below.
13. "New Administrative Penalty Procedures", dated October
29, 1991.
14. "Guidance on Division of CWA Administrative Penalties
with State or Local Governments", dated September 27, 1991.
15. "Final Clean Water Act Section 404 Civil Administrative
Penalty Settlement Guidance", dated December 14, 1990.
16. "Supplemental Guidance on Section 309(g)(6)(A) of the
Clean Water Act", March 5, 1993.
IV. CIVIL LITIGATION
A. GENERAL
1. "Professional Obligations of Government Attorneys", dated
April 19, 1976. See GM-2.
2. "General Operating Procedures for EPA's Civil Enforcement
Program", dated July 6, 1982. See GM-12.
-------
3. "Clearance of Significant Enforcement Pleadings", dated
January 25, 1983!
4. "Regional Counsel Reporting Relationship", dated August 3,
1983. See GM-16.
5. "Implementing Nationally Managed or Coordinated
Enforcement Actions", dated December 26, 1984. See GM-35.
6. "Guidance on Choosing Among Clean Water Act
Administrative, Civil and Criminal Enforcement Remedies",
distributed August 28, 1987. This document is reproduced at
III.B.4., this compendium.
7. "Guidance on State Action Preemption Civil Penalty Actions
under the Federal Clean Water Act", distributed August 28,
1987. This document is reproduced at III.B.5., this
compendium.
8. "Guidance on "Claim-Splitting" in Enforcement Actions
under the Clean Water Act", distributed August 28, 1987.
This document is reproduced at I1I.B.6., this compendium.
9. "Guidance on Retroactive Application of New Penalty
Authorities under the Clean Water Act", distributed August
28, 1987. This document is reproduced at III.B.7., this
compendium.
10. "Guidance on Effect of Clean Water Amendment Civil
Penalty Assessment Language", distributed August 28, 1987.
This document is reproduced at III.B.8., this compendium.
11. "Issuance of Guidance Interpreting 'Single Operational
upset1", dated September 27, 1989.
12. "Guidance on Section 1 of the Civil Justice Reform
Executive Order No. 12778", dated April 8, 1993.
13. "Parallel Proceedings Policy", dated June 22, 1994.
14. "Guidance on Use of Section 504, the Emergency Powers
Provision of the Clean Water Act", dated July 30, 1993.
B. ENFORCEMENT CASE MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES
1. "Memorandum of Understanding Between the Department of
Justice and the Environmental Protection Agency", dated June
15, 1977. See GM-3. (Amended by IV.B.29)
2. "Memorandum of understanding Between the U.S. Coast Guard
and the Environmental Protection Agency" dated August 14,
1979. outdated (See this index, Section VI.C.5.).
-------
8
3. "Allocation of Litigation Responsibilities Between
Regional and Headquarters Components of Office of General
Counsel", dated December 14, 1979.
4. "Contacts with Defendants and Potential Defendants in
Enforcement Litigation",, dated October 7, 1981. See GM-6.
5. "Quantico Guidelines for Enforcement Litigation", dated
April 8, 1982. See GM-8.
6. "Section Directives Concerning 60 Day Report and
Processing New Referrals", dated June 22, 1982.
7. "Request to Department of Justice to Withhold Action in
Referred Cases", dated September 3, 1982.
8. "Case Referrals for Civil Litigation", dated September 7,
1982. See GM-13.
9. "Procedure for Withholding filing of Referred Cases",
dated September 8, 1982.
10. "Clearance of Briefs and Significant Pleadings", dated
October 27, 1982.
11. "Civil Litigation Referral Packages", dated December 2,
1982.
12. "Headquarters Review of Pleadings", dated December 2,
1982.
13. "Responsibility for Handling Judicial Appeals Arising
Under EPA's Civil Enforcement Program", dated December 14,
1982.
14. "Deferral in Filing Cases at the Request of EPA
Attorneys", dated January 31, 1983.
15. "Case Management Procedures for Civil Water Referrals",
dated March 28, 1983.
16. "Program Concurrence on Civil Referrals", dated July 20,
1983.
17. "Program Review of Civil Water Cases", dated July 20,
1983. '
18. "Direct Referral Memorandum", dated September 29,
1983.(Amended by IV.B.29)
19. "Implementation of Direct Referrals for Civil Cases",
dated November 28, 1983. See GM-18.
-------
20. "Guidance on Evidence Audit of Case Files", dated
December 30, 1983. See GM-20.
21. "Headquarters Review and Tracking of Civil Referrals",
dated March 8, 1984.
22. "Delegation of Authorities to the Deputy Administrator",
dated March 19, 1984.
23. "Races to the Courthouse", dated March 20, 1984.
24. "Guidance for Enforcing Federal District Court Orders",
dated May 8, 1984. This document is reproduced at Section IV
D.I., this compendium.
25. "Guidance on Counting and Crediting Civil Judicial
Referrals", dated June 15, 1984. See GM-29.
26. "Revised Regional Referral Package Cover Letter and Data
Sheet" dated May 30, 1985. See GM-40.
27. "Form of Settlement of Civil Judicial Cases", dated July
24, 1985. See GM-42.
28. "Direct Referrals Clean Water Act - 'No Permit' Cases",
dated September 11, 1985.
29. "Direct Referrals", dated August 28, 1986.
30. "Expanded Civil Judicial Referral Procedures", dated
August 28, 1986. See also GM-50.
31. "EPA Policy on the Inclusion of Environmental Auditing
Provisions in Enforcement Settlements", dated November 14,
1986; See GM-53. Supplements GM-17.
32. "Interim Guidance on Joining States as Plaintiffs," dated
December 24, 1986, as corrected February 4, 1987.
33. "Expansion of Direct Referral Cases to the Department of
Justice", dated January 14, 1988. See GM-69.
34. "Delegation of Concurrence and Signature Authority",
dated January 14, 1988. See GM-70.
35. "Enforcement Docket Maintenance", dated April 8, 1988.
36. "Process for Conducting Pre-Referral Settlement
Negotiations on Civil Judicial Enforcement Cases", dated
April 13,1988. See GM-73.
37. "Criteria for Active OECM Attorney Involvement in
Cases", dated May 22, 1988.
-------
10
38. "Withdrawal of Referrals and Issuance of 'Hold1
Letters", dated February 24, 1989.
39. "Agency Judicial Consent Decree Tracking and Follow-up
Directive", dated January 11, 1990. Attached to IV.D.4. this
compendium.
C. PENALTIES AND TERMS OF SETTLEMENT
1. "Civil Penalty Policy", dated July 8, 1980 (for reference
only).
2. "Guidance for Drafting Judicial Consent Decrees", dated
October 19, 1983. See GM-17.
3. "New Civil Penalty Policy", dated February 16, 1984. See
GM-21.
4. "A Framework for Statute Specific Approaches to Penalty
Assessment", dated February 16, 1984. See GM-22.
5. "Guidance for Calculating Economic benefit of Non-
Copliance for a Civil Penalty Assessment", dated November 5,
1984. See GM-33.
6. "Penalty Calculations Compliance Schedule for Pretreatment
Enforcement Initiative", dated February 19, 1985. (See Also
IV.C.10)
7. "Enforcement Settlement Negotiations", dated May 22, 1985.
See GM-39.
8. "Headquarters Approval of Proposed Civil Penalties", dated
May 31, 1985.
9. "Division of Penalties with State and Local Governments",
dated October 30, 1985.
10. "Clean Water Act Civil Penalty Policy", dated February
11, 1986. Also see Addendum at III.B.9.
11. "Letter of the Administrator to James Borberg, President
of the Association of Metropolitan Sewerage Agencies",
(concerning penalties against municipalities), dated October
21, 1986.
12. "Guidance on Calculating after Tax Net Present Value of
Alternative Payments", dated October 28, 1986. See also
GM-51.
13. "Guidance on determining Violator's Ability to Pay a
Civil Penalty", dated December 16, 1986. See GM-56.
-------
11
14. "Addendum to the Clean Water Act Civil Penalty Policy for
Administrative Penalties", distributed August, 1987. (This
document is reproduced at III.B.9., this compendium).
15. "November 4, 1987 Congressional Testimony on Proposed
Amendments to the Clean Water Act", dated November 24, 1987.
Includes DOJ and EPA Testimony on "Environmental Improvement
Projects".
16. "Guidance on Penalty Calculations for POTW Failure to
Implement Approved Local Pretreatment Programs", dated
December 22, 1988. Displayed at VLB. 30.
17. "Guidance on the Distinction Among Pleading, Negotiating
and litigating Civil Penalties for Enforcement Cases under
the Clean Water Act", dated January 19, 1989.
18. "Use of Stipulated Penalties in EPA Settlement
Agreements", dated January 11, 1990.
19. "Multi-Media Settlements of Enforcement Claims", dated
February 6, 1990.
20. "Documenting Penalty Calculations and Justifications in
, EPA Enforcement Actions", dated August 9, 1990.
21. "Interim Policy on the Inclusion of Pollution Prevention
and Recycling Provisions in Enforcement Settlements",
February 25, 1991.
22 . "Issuance of Revised Interim Clean Water Act Settlement
Penalty Policy", February 28, 1995.
23. "Issuance of Interim Revised supplemental Environmental
Projects Policy", May 3, 1995.
24. "Interim Policy on Compliance Incentives for Small
Business", June 13, 1995.
D. ENFORCING JUDGEMENTS AND DECREES
1. "Guidelines for Enforcing Federal District Court Orders",
dated April 18, 1984. See GM-27.
2. "Procedures for Assessing Stipulated Penalties", dated
January 11, 1988. See GM-67.
3. "Guidance on Certification of Compliance with Enforcement
Agreements", dated July 25, 1988, see GM-74.
4. "Manual on Monitoring and Enforcing Administrative and
Judicial Orders", dated February 6, 1990. Transmittal
Memorandum, Summary Introduction, and Table of Contents only.
-------
12
5. "Agency Judicial Consent Decree Tracking and Follow-up
Directive", dated January 11, 1990.
V. CRIMINAL LITIGATION/ENFORCEMENT*
1. "Agency Guidelines for Participation in Grand Jury
Investigations", dated April 30, 1982. See GM-9.
2. "Criminal Enforcement Priorities for the EPA", dated October 12,
1982. See GM-14.
3. "Analysis of Existing Law Enforcement Emergency authorities",
dated March 6, 1984.
4. "Guidelines on Sampling, Preservation, and Disposal of Technical
Evidence in Criminal Enforcement Matters", dated April 18, 1984.
5. "Guidance Concerning Compliance with the Jencks Act", dated
November 21, 1983. See GM-23. Superseded and replaced by V.8.
below.
6. "Policy and Procedure on Parallel Proceedings at the EPA", dated
January 23, 1984. See GM-30. Superseded.
7. "The Use of Administrative Discovery Devices in the Development
of Cases Assigned to the Office of Criminal Investigations", dated
February 16, 1984. See GM-36. Superseded.
8. "Guidance Concerning Compliance with the Jencks Act" dated
March 8, 1984.
9. "Functions and General Operating Procedures for the Criminal
Enforcement Program", dated January 7, 1985. See GM-15.
10. "The Role of EPA Supervisors during Parallel Proceedings",
dated March 12, 1985. See GM-37. Superseded.
11. "Environmental Criminal Conduct Coming to the Attention of
Agency Officials and Employees", dated September 21, 1987.
12. "Procedures for Requesting and Obtaining Approval of Parallel
Proceedings", dated June 15, 1989. Excludes attachment entitled
"Guidelines on Investigative Procedures for Parallel Proceedings".
13. "Revised EPA Guidance for Parallel Proceedings", dated June
21, 1989. This document together with V.12. above, supersedes and
4 Memoranda in this Section are particularly germane to water
enforcement and do not comprise a comprehensive listing of all criminal
enforcement policies.
-------
13
replaces the documents at V.6.,V.7., and V.10. This document is
supplemented by the document at V.14.
14. "Supplement to Parallel Proceedings Guidance and Procedures
for Requesting and Obtaining Approval of Parallel Proceedings",
dated July 18, 1990.
VI. SPECIALIZED ENFORCEMENT TOPICS
A. NATIONAL MUNICIPAL POLICY
1. "Municipal Enforcement Case Requirements", dated December
14, 1982.
2. "CWA Municipal Enforcement Cases", dated January 3, 1983.
3. National Municipal Policy, 49 FR 3832 (January 30, 1984).
4. "Municipal Enforcement: The Financial Ability Question",
dated February 17, 1984.
5. "Financial Capability Guidebook", dated March 1984. (Table
of Contents only)
6. "Eligibility for Variances under Section 301(i)(1) of the
CWA", dated April 11, 1984.
7. "Regional and State Guidance on the National Municipal
Policy", dated March, 1984.
8. "Available Techniques for Obtaining Compliance with
National Municipal Policy by Unfunded POTWs Requiring
Construction", dated September 13, 1984.
9. "Finance Manual for Wastewater Treatment Systems", dated
April 1985. (Table of Contents only)
10. "National Municipal Policy Implementation", dated April
1, 1985.
11. "National Municipal Policy Implementation", dated April
12, 1985.
12. Letter to House of Representatives from EPA regarding
the NMP with Congressional Record materials attached, dated
July 22, 1985.
13. "Implementation of the NMP", dated July 24, 1985.
14. "Relationship Between the National Municipal Policy and
Construction Grants Extending Beyond FY 1988", dated July 26,
1985. (See also number 12 above for a copy of the letter
referenced in this document)
-------
14
15. Speech by Assistant Administrator, OECM to Association
of Metropolitan Sewerage Agencies, dated August 8, 1985.
16. "Hightlights from Decided and Settled Cases Under the
NMP", dated August 27, 1985.
17. "Deadlines and the National Municipal Policy", dated
January 30, 1986.
18. "Letter of the Administrator to James Borberg, President
of the Association of Metropolitan Sewerage Agencies",
(concerning penalties against municipalities), dated October
21, 1986, (See No. IV.C.ll this Compendium).
19. "National Municipal Policy Litigation," dated December
23, 1986.
20. "Interim Guidance on Joining States as Plaintiffs," dated
December 24, 1986, as corrected February 4, 1987. Reproduced
at IV.B.32., this compendium.
21. "National Municipal Policy Enforcement", dated September
22, 1987, with attachment.
22. Press Briefing Municipal Compliance with the clean Water
Act", dated July 27, 1988. Selected portions.
B. PRE TREATMENT
1. "Coordination Between Regional Enforcement and Water
Programs Personnel in Implementing the National Pretreatment
Program", dated November 29, 1978.
2. "Incorporation of Pretreatment Program Development
Compliance Schedules into POTW NPDES Permits", dated January
28, 1980.
3. "Statutory Deadlines for Compliance by Publicly Owned
Treatment Works Under the CWA", dated March 4, 1983.
4. "Example Language for Modifying NPDES Permits for
Pretreatment Program Approval", dated September 22, 1983.
5. "Procedure Manual for Reviewing a POTW Pretreatment
Program Submission", dated October 1983. Table of Contents
only.
6. "Guidance Manual for POTW Pretreatment Program
Development", dated October 1983. Table of Contents only.
-------
15
7. "Guidance Manual for Electroplating and Metal Finishing
Pretreatment Standards", dated February 1984. Table of
Contents only.
8. "Implementation of Pretreatment Standards While Litigation
Continues", dated May. 2, 1984.
9. "Guidance Manual for Pulp, Paper, and Paperboard and
Builder's Paper and Board Mills Pretreatment Standards",
dated July 1984. Table of Contents only.
10. "Guidance to POTWs for Enforcement of Categorical
Standards", dated November 5, 1984.
11. "POTW Pretreatment Multi-Case Enforcement Initiative",
dated December 31, 1984. Attachments A and B excluded.
12. "Example Permit Language Requiring POTWS to Implement
Pretreatment Programs", dated February 22, 1985.
13. "Guidance on Enforcement of Prohibitions Against
Interference and Pass Through", dated May 3, 1985.
14. "Obtaining Approval of Remaining Local Pretreatment
Programs--Second Round Referrals of the Municipal
Pretreatment Enforcement Initiative", dated June 12, 1985.
(Categorization of POTWs within Regions excluded)
15. "Applicability of Categorical Pretreatment Standards to
Industrial Users of Non-Discharging POTWs", dated June 27,
1985.
16. "Guidance Manual for Preparation and Review of Removal
Credit Applications", dated July 1985. Table of Contents
only.
17. "Local Limits Requirements for POTW Pretreatment
Programs", dated August 5, 1985.
18. "Guidance Manual for Iron and Steel Manufacturing
Pretreatment Standards", dated September 1985. Table of
Contents only.
19. "Guidance Manual for the Use of Production-Based
Pretreatment Standards and the Combined Wastestream Formula",
dated September 1985. Table of Contents only.
20. "Guidance Manual for Implementation of Total Toxic
Organics (TTO) Pretreatment Standards", dated September 1985.
Table of Contents only.
21. "Guidance on Obtaining Submittal and Implementation of
Approvable Pretreatment Programs", dated September 20, 1985.
-------
16
22. "Choosing Between Clean Water Act §309(b) and §309 (f) as
a Cause of Action in Pretreatment Enforcement Cases",
September 20, 1985.
23. "RCRA Information on Hazardous Wastes for Publicly Owned
Treatment Works", dated September 1985. Table of Contents
only.
24. "Pretreatment Compliance Inspection and Audit Manual for
Approval Authorities", dated July, 1986. Table of Contents
only.
25. "Pretreatment Compliance Monitoring and Enforcement
Guidance" (for Publicly Owned Treatment Works) dated July,
1986 (Printed September, 1986). Table of Contents only.
26. "Interim Guidance on Appropriate Implementation
Requirements in Pretreatment Consent Decrees," dated December
5, 1986. Attachments excluded.
27. "Guidance for Reporting and Evaluating POTW Noncompliance
with Pretreatment Implementation Requirements", dated
September, 1987. (This document is reproduced at II.C.ll of
this compendium).
28. "Guidance Manual on the Development and Implementation of
Local Discharge Limitations Under the Pretreatment Program",
dated November 1987. Indices and Tables of Contents only.
29. "Guidance on Bringing Enforcement Action Against POTWs
for Failure to Implement Approved Pretreatment Programs",
dated August 4, 1988.
30. "Guidance on Penalty Calculations for POTW Failure to
Implement Approved Preteatment Programs", dated December 22,
1988.
31. "Enforcement Initiative for Failure to Adequately
Implement Approved Local Pretreatment Programs", dated
February 1, 1989.
32. "Guidance For Developing Control Authority Enforcement
Response Plans", dated September, 1989. Table of Contents
only.
33. "FY 1990 Guidance for Reporting and Evaluating POTW
Noncompliance with Pretreatment Implementation Requirements",
dated September 27, 1989.
34. "Application and-Use of the Regulatory Definition of
Significant Noncompliance for Industrial Users", dated
September 9, 1991.
-------
17
35: "Determining Industrial User Compliance Using Split
Samples", January 21, 1992.
36. "The Use of Grab Samples to Detect Violations of
Pretreatment Standards", October 1, 1992.
C. SECTION 3115
1. "Oil Spill Enforcement", dated January 8, 1974. Outdated.
2. "Civil Penalties Collected for Violations of 40 C.F.R.
Part 112" - Transmittal to USCG Districts of Deposit in
Revolving Fund Account, dated December 24, 1974. Outdated.
3. "Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure (SPCC) Plan
Program", dated April 23, 1975. Outdated.
4. "Penalty Assessment Procedures under Section 311(j)(2)",
dated March 29, 1976. Outdated.
5. "Memorandum of Understanding Between the U.S. Coast Guard
and the EPA", dated August 24, 1979. Outdated.
6. "Jurisdiction over Intermittent Streams under § 311 of the
CWA", dated March 4, 1981.
7. "EPA Authority to Seek Court Imposed Civil Penalties Under
Section 311(b)(6) of the CWA", dated November 19, 1984.
Outdated.
D. CITIZEN SUITS
1. "EPA Response to Citizen Suits", dated July 30, 1984.
2. "Clean Water Act Citizen Suit Issues Tracking System",
dated October 4, 1985.
3. "Notes on Section 505 CWA Citizen Suits," dated February
3, 1986.
4. "Clean Water Act Section 505: Effect of Prior Citizen
Suit Adjudications or Settlement on the United States Ability
to Sue for Same Violations", dated June 19, 1987.
5. "Procedures for Agency Responses to Clean Water Act
Citizen Suit Activity dated June 15, 1988.
.
fco
^
5 Recent passage of the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 has rendered all but
ne of the documents in this section outdated. The outdated documents are
marked.
-------
18
E. SECTION 404
1. "EPA Enforcement Policy for Noncompliance with Section 404
of the FWPCA", dated June 1, 1976.
2. Letter from Attorney General to Secretary of the Army
regarding Section 404 of the CWA dated September 5, 1979.
3. "Enforcement of Section 404 of the CWA", dated November
25, 1980.
4. "Enforcement Authority for Violations of Section 404 of
the Clean Water Act", dated November 7, 1980.
5. "Guidelines for Specification of Disposal Sites for
Dredged or Fill Material", Federal Register Notice, Volume
45, No. 249, dated December 24, 1980.
6. "CWA Section 404 Administrative Orders for Removal or
Restoration", dated May 20, 1985.
7. Memorandum of Agreement Between the Department of the
Army and the Environmental Protection Agency Concerning
Regulation of Solid Waste Under the Clean Water Act, dated
January 23, 1986, effective date April 23, 1986.
8. "Memorandum of Agreeemtn Between the Department of the
Army and the Environmental Protection Agency Concerning
Federal Enforcement of the Section 404 Program of the Clean
Water Act", dated January 19, 1989, with collateral
agreements concerning previously-issued Corps Permits
Geographic Jurisdiction and Section 404 (f) exemption issues.
9. "Clean Water Act Section 404 Jurisdiction Over Isolated
Waters in Light of Tabb Lakes v. United States." dated
January 25, 1990.
F. CONTRACTOR LISTING
1. "Guidance for Implementing EPA's Contractor Listing
Authority", dated July 18, 1984. See GM-31. (Superseded by
F.4, below)
2. "Implementation of Mandatory Contractor Listing", dated
August 8, 1984. See GM-32.
3. "Policy on Implementing Contractor Listing Program", dated
August 27, 1985. (deleted - Draft Policy only)
4. "Guidance on Implementing the Discretionary Contractor
Listing Program", dated November 26, 1986. See GM-53.
-------
19
G. FEDERAL FACILITIES
1. "Federal Facilities Compliance", dated January, 1984.
Superseded by VI.G.2.
2. "Federal Facilities Compliance Strategy", dated November,
1988. See GM-25(revised).
H. OVERSIGHT AND STATE PROGRAM COORDINATION
1. "Implementing State/Federal Partnership in Enforcement:
State/Federal Enforcement Agreements", dated June 26, 1984.
Superseded by H.3, below.
2. Policy on Performance-Based Assistance, dated May 31,
1985.
3. "Revised Policy Framework for State/EPA Enforcement
Agreements", dated August 25, 1986 (Supersedes H.I). See
also GM-41, revised.
4. Policy on Flexible State Enforcement Responses to Small
Community Violations, November 22, 1995.
I. PROVIDING ENFORCEMENT INFORMATION TO OUTSIDE PARTIES
1. "Policy Against No Action Assurances", dated November 16,
1984. See GM-34.
2. "Enforcement Document Release Guideline", dated September
16,1985. See GM-43.
3. "Policy on Publicizing Enforcement Activities", dated
November 21, 1985. Modified by 1.5, below.
4. "Memorandum to General Counsels" (Concerning FOI requests
pertaining to subjects involved in ongoing or anticipated
litigation), dated March 27, 1986.
5. "Addendum to GM-46: Policy on Publicizing Enforcement
Activities", dated August 4, 1987. (Contains discussion on
explaining differences between initial penalty demands and
final penalty)
6. "Policy on Compliance Incentives for Small Businesses",
June 3, 1996. (Effective June 10, 1996)
7. "Processing Requests for Use of Enforcement Discretion",
March 3, 1995.
-------
20
J. TOXICS/TOXICITY CONTROL
1. "Policy for Development of Water Quality-Based Permit
Limitations for Toxic Pollutants", dated February, 1984. See
II.A.7.
2. "Whole Effluent Toxicity Basic Permitting Principles and
Enforcement Strategy", Dated January 25, 1989. Includes
Compliance monitoring and Enforcement Strategy, dated January
19, 1989.
3. "Quality Assurance Guidance for Compliance Monitoring in
Effluent Biological Toxicity Testing", dated March 7, 1990.
4. "National Policy Regarding Whole Effluent Toxicity
Enforcement", August 14, 1995.
K. SLUDGE
1. "Permitting and Enforcement Strategy for Implementation of
the Technical Sludge Standards in 40 CFR Part 503", dated
November 4, 1991.
2. "Compliance Tracking and Enforcement of the Interim Sludge
Requirements", dated January 3, 1991.
L. SANITARY SEWER OVERFLOWS
1. "Enforcement Efforts Addressing Sanitary Sewer Overflows",
March 7, 1995.
2. Addition of Chapter X to Enforcement Management System
(EMS) : "Setting Priorities for Addressing Discharges from
Separate Sanitary Sewers", March 7, 1996.
M. STORM WATER
1. "Storm Water Enforcement Strategy", January 12, 1994.
2. "Policy for End of Moratorium for Storm Water Permitting",
October 18, 1994.
3. "Memo Clarifying the CERCLA Reporting Requirements for
Releases of Ethylene Glycol from Deicing Operations at
Airports", August 2, 1996.
N. ANIMAL FEEDING OPERATIONS
1. "Water Quality Strategy for Animal Feeding Operations",
February 18, 1994.
-------
21
0. COMBINED SEWER OVERFLOW (CSO)
*** 1. "Combined Sewer Overflow (CSO) Control Policy", 59 FR
18688, April 19, 1994.
*** 2. "January 1, 1997, Deadline for Nine Minimum Controls in
Combined Sewer Overflow Control Policy", November 18, 1996.
VII. ANNUAL DOCUMENTS AND SHORT-TERM INITIATIVES
1. "EPA AGENCY OPERATING GUIDANCE - FY 1986-1987", dated February
1985. EXPIRED.
2. "FY86 GUIDANCE FOR OVERSIGHT OF NPDES PROGRAMS", dated June 28,
1985. EXPIRED.
3. "NATIONAL MUNICIPAL POLICY ENFORCEMENT INITIATIVE", dated August
9, 1985. Attachments excluded.
4. "A GUIDE TO THE OFFICE OF WATER ACCOUNTABILITY SYSTEM AND
MID-YEAR EVALUATIONS", dated September, 1985. EXPIRED.
5. "EPA AGENCY OPERATING GUIDANCE - FY 1987, dated March 1986".
EXPIRED.
6. "A GUIDE TO THE OFFICE OF WATER ACCOUNTABILITY SYSTEM AND
MID-YEAR EVALUATIONS-FISCAL YEAR 1987", dated March 1986.
EXPIRED.
7. "FY87 GUIDANCE FOR OVERSIGHT OF NPDES PROGRAMS", dated April 18,
1986. EXPIRED.
8. "EPA Agency Operating Guidance- FY 1988" dated March, 1987.
Selected portions only. EXPIRED.
9. "GUIDANCE FOR OVERSIGHT OF NPDES PROGRAMS", dated May, 1987
(This document is reproduced at 1.7., This Compendium).
10. "Guidance for the FY 1988 State/EPA Enforcement Agreements
Process", dated April 31 (sic), 1987. EXPIRED.
11. "A GUIDE TO THE OFFICE OF WATER ACCOUNTABILITY SYSTEM AND
MID-YEAR EVALUATIONS, FISCAL YEAR 1988", dated May, 1987. Selected
portions only. EXPIRED.
12. "FY 1988 OFFICE OF WATER OPERATING GUIDANCE", dated June, 1987.
Selected portions only. EXPIRED.
13. "FY 1989 OFFICE OF WATER OPERATING GUIDANCE", dated March,
1988. Selected portions only.
-------
22
14. "A GUIDE TO THE OFFICE OF WATER ACCOUNTABILITY SYSTEM AND MID-'
YEAR EVALUATIONS, FISCAL YEAR 1989", dated March, 1988. Selected
portions only.
15. "Guidance for the FY 1989 State\EPA Enforcement Agreement
Process", dated June 20, 1988. See GM-57.
16. "FY 1990 OFFICE OF WATER OPERATING GUIDANCE", dated March,
1989. Selected portions only.
17. "A GUIDE TO THE OFFICE OF WATER ACCOUNTABILITY SYSTEM AND MID-
YEAR EVALUATIONS,FISCAL YEAR 1990", dated March, 1989. Selected
portions only.
18. "Use of Administrative Penalty Order (APO's) in FY 89", dated
March 13, 1990. Without Attachments.
19. "CWA Civil Judicial and Administrative Penalty Practices Report
for FY8 9".
20. "FY 1990 Guidance for Reporting and Evaluating POTW
Noncompliance with Pretreatment Implementation Requirements", dated
September 27, 1989.
21. "FY 1995 Guidance Document for Enforcement and Compliance
Assurance--Memorandum of Agreement Process, September 20, 1994.
-------
i.
-------
i INTRODUCTION
-------
i. INTRODUCTION
This Clean Water Act Compliance/Enforcement Compendium is a.
compilation of operative policies, guidance and staff manuals/
instructions which.relate specifically to compliance and -
enforcement activities under the Clean Water Act (CWA). This
Compendium is designed for use by Agency personnel and replaces
"Water Compliance/Enforcement Guidance Manual - Compendium of
Operative Policies (jointly issued by the Office of Water and the
Office of Enforcement and Compliance Monitoring on April 23,
1984). The Compendium reflects a thorough search of relevant
materials issued through December, 1985, but also lists key
documents issued as recently as March, 1986.
The Compendium is divided into seven principal categories
with several of the categories further divided. Section I incor-
porates the Table of Contents for several general reference
documents — including the "General Enforcement Policy Compendium"
which contains policies applicable to all enforcement programs
within the Agency and the "Permits Division Policy Book". Section
I also includes the Enforcement Management System Guide, which is
relevant to all aspects of the National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System (NPDES) compliance monitoring and enforcement
program. Key documents from these other compendia are listed
separately in Sections II through VI. Section II includes docu-
ments which address NPDES compliance monitoring and, as mentioned
above, includes some documents indexed in the "Permits Division
Policy Book" which describe the establishment of permit limita-
tions and requirements. Sections III and IV identify procedures
for formal Federal administrative enforcement (III) and civil
enforcement (IV) in cases of non-compliance. Section V lists a
number of Agency policies relating to criminal enforcement;
Section VI lists policies and materials on specific topics (e.g..
National Municipal Policy, Pretreatment, etc.) under NPDES and
non-NPDES compliance and enforcement; and Section VII covers
policy documents which are issued annually or support short-term
initiatives (e.g., Agency Operating Guidance).
Within each subdivision -- or where there is no subdivision,
within each section ~ materials are listed in chronological
order. Documents which are considered to be most significant
and most frequently used are CAPITALIZED.
The Table of Contents of this Compendium also serves as the
index of statement of policy and interpretation of CWA compliance
and enforcement activities of the Office of Enforcement and
Compliance Monitoring (OECM) and the Office of Water Enforcement'
and Permits (OWEP) which may be made available for public use in
accordance with Section (a)(2) of the Freedom of Information Act,
5 U.S.C. §552. Certain staff manuals and instructions to staff are
included. In addition, as a meatis of providing a complete back-
ground, the Table of Contents cross references relevant documents,
-------
- 2 -
including explanatory materials prepared for the regulated public,
which aid the user .to understand EPA's Clean Water Act compliance
a:.d enforcement processes.
The Compendium will be revised annually. Although every
effort has been made to include all applicable documents, some
may have been missed. If additional appropriate documents are
brought to the Agency's attention, they will be added to the
Policy Compendium when it is next revised. Of course, as new
policies, guidances, and memoranda are issued, these will be
added during the annual update.
-------
I.
-------
I. OVERVIEW AND GENERAL REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
-------
I.I,
"Permits Division Policy Book", dated June 23, 1982. Table of Contents by
date and by subject only. Copies of individual documents may be obtained
from Permits Division, OWEP. (EN-336).
2T-?
-------
-------
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20460
WATER
MEMORANDUM
^SUBJECT: Permits .Division^Policy Book Update
FROM: Martha'G. Prothro, Director
Permits Division (EN-336)
'TO: Regional Water Management Division Directors
Regional Permit Branch Chiefs
NPDSS State Directors
In 1981 we distributed a Permits Division Policy Book-
which provided a .compilation of current policies and guidance
material for your reference. We have reviewed and updated the
contents of the Policy Book. Several outdated NPDES items should
be deleted and nine more recent issuances should be included.
Also, we are no .longer including RCRA materials in this
compilation.
Attachments 1 and 2 show additions and deletions by their
subject headings. We will maintain a historical "file of the
'deleted pclicy guidance materials. For your convenience I am
also providing copies of the nine additions and new chronological
and subject indices.
We-will continue -.to* provide .periodic updates • to -the .--Permits
Division Policy Book. 'Your ..comments .:and .^.suggestions, ^fcr .improving
the usefulness 'of this book are ..welcome.
Attachments
-------
Additions
Administrative Guidance
A. Toms
Application Forms 1 and 2 c
12/10/80
n-80-18
IV. Legal Interpretation and Information Memos
NPDES Permit Issuance for Iron and
Steel Industry 5/15/81
Use of "Draft Supplement to Develop-
ment Document fon Effluent'Limitations
Guidelines and New Source Performance
Standards for the Phosphorous Derived
Chemicals Segment of the Phosphate
Manufacturing Point Source Category"
(October 1977) in Writing NPDES Permits 1/18/82
BCT Permitting 11/2/81
NPDES Permit Issuance for Pulp and Paper
Facilities with BCT Limitations to
Other Facilities 5/15/81
Status of the Major NPDES Industrial
Permits List • :12/10/81
n-81-3
n-82-1
n-81-4
n-81-5
n-81-5
V. Second Round Permits:
Policy for the Second Round Issuance
of NPDES Industrial Permits
VI. Technical Guidance:
Outer Continental Shelf Coordination
Committee
Application of the ,NPDES General
Permit Program to Offshore Oil
and Gas Facilities
6/02/82
6/6/80
7/30/81
n-82-2
n-80-19
n-81-7
-------
Deletions
'Date
Permit Progra:
Code
Regulation Procedures
A. ECSLs:-
Procedures for Issuance of
ECSLs
Enforcement Actions Against
Funded Municipal Dischargers
Enforcement Actions where an
Industrial Discharger Fails to
Meet 7/1/77 Deadline
.Questions re: - ECSLs
'Additional Questions re: lE'CSLs
Use of ECSLs Past .7/1/7.7
Enforcement Policy and Use of
ECSLs for POTWs
6/03/75
.6/03/76
6/03/76
12/10/76
4/01777
5/11/77
6/22/77
n-76-2
n-~76-3
n-75-4
•n-76-13
n-77-9
n-77-11
Clean .Water Act Extensions -and
Modifications:
Municipal Penr.it Extensions .under
Section 301 (i)
4/19/78
-n-78-3
III. Federal/State Relationships
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act:
Establishment of RCRA "Program
Implementation Guidance System
(PIGs)" '10/G3/SO
Interim Authorization of Programs
Based on Emergency-State
Regulations ' 10/03/30
Requirement that State-Permitted . '
Hazardous Waste Facilities have
"Interim Status" 10/03/80
Short-Term Financial Assistance for
State Expected to Receive
Authorization before 1/1/81 10/03/80
The Use of State Permitting Systems
During Phase I Interim Authorization
-which are not Based on Explicit
Regulatory Standards 10/17/80
PIG-80-1
PIG-80-2
PIG-80-3
PIG-30-4
PIG-51-1
-------
Title •
Federal Register Notice of Public
Hearing ana Comment Period on
State Applications for Interim
Authorization
Effect of RCRA Regulations Changes
on Phase I Interim Authorization
Approval
Deli sting of Wastes by Authorized
States
Used Oil Recycling Act of 1980
State Regulation of Federal Agencies
For purposes of Interim
Authorization
Final Determinations on State
Applications for Interim
Authorization: Action Memoran-
dum & Federal Register Notice
Program Implementation Guidance
on Issuance of Provisional
E?A Identification Numbers
Effect of EPA's Memorandum of
Understanding With the Dept.
of Transportation on Activities
in States with Cooperative
Arrangements
Transfer of Modification and Permit
Application Information to States
Involvement of States without. Phase
II Interim Authorization in RCRA
Permitting
Date
Permit Prccri-
Code
10/30/30
10/30/80
10/31/80
11/14/80
11/14/80
12/1/80
11/25/30
12/10/30
3/24/81
2/12/31
PIG-81-2
PIG-81-3
PIG-81-4
PIG-81-5
PIG-81-6
PIG-81-7
PIG-81-8
PIG-S
PIG-81-10
PIG-81-11
Second Round Permits:
Reissuing NPDES Permits to Sources
Affected by the NRDC Consent Decree
Policies for Reissuing Industrial
N'PDES Permits
Writing NPDES BAT Permits in the
Absence of Promulgated Effluent
Guide!ines
Revised NPDES Second Round Permits
Policy
5/16/78
7/12/78
6/25/80.
8/29/30
n-78-5
n-7S-9*
n-80-7
n-30-10
V
A .
>CRA:
RCRA Permit Priorities Guidance
RCRA Emergency Permit Guidance
10/03/80
10/20/80
r-80-1'
r-80-2*
-------
Estcbl 1 shrr.ent of RCRA "Program
t ion Guidance System
(Plus)" 10/03/80
Inter'i'rn 'Authorization of Programs
- Based on Emergency State
Regulations 10/03/80
Requirement that State Permitted
Hazardous Waste Facilities have
"Interim Status" 10/03/80
Short-Term Financial Assistance for
States Expected to Receive
Authorization Before 1/1/81 10/03/80
The Use of State Permitting Systems
During Phase I Interim Authorization
Which are not Based on Explicit.
• Permit Guidance 10/17/80
RCRA Emergency Permit Guidance 10/20/80
Federal Register Notice of 'Public
Hearing and Comment Period on
State Applications for Interim
Authorization ' 10/23/80
Effect of RCRA Regulations Changes
on Phase I Interim Authorization
Approval ' 10/30/80
Deli sting" of Wastes by Authorized
States ' 10/31/80
r-80-1
PIG-SO-2
PIG-80-3
PIG-80-4
PIG-81-1
PIG-81-2
PIG-81-3
•PIG-81-4
-------
'PernntsOi vision .-oncyaoo*
This book contains policies and guidance under the NPOES
Psrr.it Program. The materials are arranged and numbered in
*
chronological sequence. NPDES policies are prefixed by an "n".
Following the prefix, the first number is the year of issuance
and the second- is the chronological sequence for that year.
In addition to the chronologcial listing a subject index is
provided to assist in locating policies.
Documents which are too lengthy to be included are indicated
by an asterisk. Copies of these documents may be obtained by
contacting:
Mr. Timoth'y Dwyer'
Permits Division (EN-336)
U.S. EPA
401 -M Street, S.W.
Washington, D.C. 20450
(202) 426-4793
Please use tne policy number when requesting a document..
-------
Till 8
Date
Program
Code
1973
1974
Policy on Storage & Releases for Water Quality
Control in Reservoirs Planned by Federal
Agencies 1/16/73
Penr.it Form 9/18/73
Intermittent Streams 9/28/73
Alternative in Permit"Language 12/27/73
Additional Guidance for Petroleum Marketing
Terminals & Oil Production Facilities 7/18/74
Feed lot Permit Format . "7/29/74
Application of Electroplating Guidelines :8/28/74
Disposal of Supply Water Treatment Sludges "9/13/74
1975
1976
1977
Use of Closed Cycle Cooling Systems to Meet the
Requirements of Section- 316(b) • 2/26/75
N'PDES Permit Authorization to Discharge • -4/28/76
(Deleted) ' •
(Deleted)
(Deleted)
Coordination Between NPDES Program .and'Water 7/07/76
Quality Management and
Attachment - Coordination 4/02/76
Municipal Wastewater Treatment Ponds 8/12/76
American Petroleum Institute v. EPA -
information Memo • 8/24/76
Bincing Effect of 303(e) Basin Plans 8/24/76
Impact"of Phase I Basin Plans 9/01/76
Phase II Iron and Steel Guidelines - Manoning
River Valley '.10/04/76
Asbestos Limits 10/15/76
Use of Low Flow Augmentation to Meet Water
Quality Standards ' 11/08/76
(Deleted)
Comments on Region VIII's Approach to Writing
Effluent Limits for Confined Animal Feeding
Operations ' 12/15/75
Clarification of Q3C Opinion No. 40 (State
Review Authority) • 2/04/77
Fecal Coliform Bacteria Limits 2/14/77
(Deleted)
Water Treatment Plant Limitations 4/13/77
n-73-1
n-73-2
n-73-3
n-73-4
n-74-1
n-74-2
-n-74-,3
n-74-4
n-75-1
n-75-1
n-75-2
n-76-3
n-75-4
n-75-5
n-75-5
n-75-6
n-75-7
n-76-8
n-76-9
n-75-10
n-75-11
n-76-12
n-76-13.
n-76-14
n-77-1
n-77-2
n-77-3
n-77-4
-------
•Permit
Proram
Title Date
Request for Policy Regarding Possible Use
of NPDES Permits to Promote Better Sludge
Management - 4/13/77
31o(a) & (b) Technical Guidance Documents 5/01/77
Use of In-Stream Mechanical Aerators to Meet
Water Quality Standards 5/02/77
NPDES Permits and Requirements of State- Law 5/04/77
(Deleted)
Implementation of Promulgated Section 307(a)
Toxic Standards 6/01/77
(Deleted)
NPDES Permits in Wetlands Areas 7/12/77
Implementation of Section 403 7/20/77
Policy Regarding Procedures for Fundamentally
Different Factors BPT Variances 8/18/77
Policy Regarding the Inclusion in Permits of
More Stringent Effluent Parameters 10/13/77
1978
1979
State Regulation of Federal Facilities
Confidentiality of NPDES Permit Applications
(Deleted)
Certification and Permitting of Dischargers
in Boundary Waters
(Deleted)
Coal Mining Under the Surface Mining Control
and Reclamation Act of 1977. " 5/25/78.
Opinions on Variances in Second Round-and
Other Issues 6/13/78
Ex Parte Contacts in Adjudicatory Hearings 6/15/78
(Deleted)
£x Parte Contacts in EPA Rulemaking 8/04/77
Suspenoed Solids Limits for POTW Ponds 9/01/78
Innovative Technology Extensions 9/06/78
Guidance to States re Pretreatment Program 9/08/73
Variance Applications 9/12/78
Applicability cf 301(h) & (i) to Federal
Facilities 9/12/78
Transfer of Authority over-Federal Facilities
to NPDES States 11/23/73
Coordination between Regional Enforcement and
Water Programs re Pretreatment Program 11/29/78
Request for Legal Opinion - Inclusion of
Compliance Schedules in Second Round and
New Permits 12/25/78
Use of Sicaon.itoring in the NPDES
Permits Program 1/11/79
State Pretreat.-ent Programs 4/12/79
n-77-5
n-77-6*
n-77-7
n-77-8
n-77-9
n-77-10
n-77-11
n-77-12
n-77-13
n-77-14
n-77-15
3/10/78
4/06/78
4/19/78
n-78-1
n-78-2
n-78-3
' n-78-4
n-78-5
n-73-6
n-7S-7
n-73-8
n-7S-9*
n-78-10
n-78-11
n-78-12
n-78-131
n-78-14
n-78-15
n-7S-16
n-78-17
n-78-1'8
n-79-1
n-79-2
-------
Title
Date
Code"
1980
EPA Procedures for Review & Approval of State
Pr.strestment Program Submissions
.Separate Storm Sewers
National Municipal Policy & Strategy
Guidance on Setting BCT Permit Limits for
Breweries under Section 402(a)(l) of CWA
Regional Review of State-Issued NPDES Permits
Applicability of Revised NPDES Regulations
to Permits Currently Being Processed
« ^
. Incorporation of Pretreatment Program
Development Compliance Schedules into
POTd NPDES Permits
. OGC Memo-Use of BODS Carbonaceous Test Results
. "Pretreatment Compliance Schedule
. Statement By Agency Personnel Purporting To '
Sanction Source Actions Which Are Inconsistent
With Statutory Requirements
. (Deleted)
. Major Municipal Permitting in FY 81
. Su-spension of Portion of Definition
of "Waters of the US" in Consolidated
Permit Regulations • ..
. (Deleted) .
. NPDES Permit. Issuance for Iron & Steel
Facilities
. Suspension of Provisions in Consolidated
Permit Regulations Establishing Criteria
for NPDES New Source Determinations and
Proposed Revision of the Regulations
. Treatability Manual
. BCT Cost Test Guidance
. NPDES Evidentiary Hearing Management Program
. Review of State NPDES Permits Written Prior
to State Program Revision
Procedures for Processing Plans of Approved
NPDES States to Implement NPDES General
Permit Programs
. Application Forms 1 and 2c
. Outer Continental Shelf Coordination
Committee
1981
(number not used)
. Determining Whether Revisions to State NPDES
Programs tfade to Authorize the Issuance
of General Permits are Substantial •
. NPDES Permit Issuance for Iron and Steel
Industry
4/30/79
"9/11/79
10/79
10/13/79
1/18/80
1/13/80
1/28/80
4/18/80
5/28/80
7/10/80
7/15/80
9/15/80
.9/25/80
9/25/80
9/30/80
10/3/30
12/24/80
12/31/80
12/10/30
6/05/80
n-79-3
n-79-4
n-79-51
n-79-5
n-80-1
n-80-2
n-80-3
n-80-4
'n-80-? 5
n-80-6
n-80-7
n-80-8
n-80-9
n-80-10
n-80-11
n-80-12
n-80-12»
n-80-14*
n-80-15
n-80-15
n-80-17
n-80-18
n-30-19
2/12/81
5/15/81
n-81-1
n-Sl-2
•n-31-3
-------
1932
Perr.it
Program
Title Date Code
3d Permitting 11/2/81 n-31-4
NPDES Permit issuance for Pulp and Paper
Facilities with 3d Limitations to
Other Facilities 5/15/81 n-81-5
Status of the Major NPDES Industrial
Permits List ' '12/10/31 n-81-6
Application of the NPDES General
Permit Program to Offshore Oil
and Gas Facilities 7/30/81 n-81-7
Use of "Draft Supplement to Develop-
ment Document for Effluent Limitations'
Guidelines' and New Source Performance
Standards for the Phosphorous Derived
Chemicals Segment of the Phosphate
Manufacturing Point Source Category"
(October 1977) in Writing NPDES Permits 1/18/82 n-82-1
Policy for the Second Round Issuance
of NPDES Industrial Permits 6/02/82 n-82-2
-------
LIST OF CURRENT POLICIES BY SUBJECT
Title
Administrative Guidance
A. Forms:
Permit Form
Alternative in Permit Language
Feedlot Permit Format
Application Forms, 1 and 2c
Date
9/18/73
12/27/73
7/29/74
12/10/80
Permit
Program
Code
n-73-2
n-73-4
n-74-2
n-80-18
B. Procedures:
pplicability of Revised NPDES Regs.
to Permits Currently Being Processed
1/18/80
n-80-2
I!. Regulatory Procedures
B. Industrial:
C. Municipal.:
D. Tie-in:
F. Consolidated:
Suspension of Portion of Definition
of "Waters of the US" in Consolidated
Permit Regulations
Suspension of Provisions in
Consolidated Permit Regulations
Establishing Criteria for N'PDES
New Source Determinations & Proposed
Revision of .the Regulations
III. Federal/State Relationships
A. NPDES States:
Clarification of OGC Opinion
No. 40'(State Review Authority)
•State Regulation of Federal Facilities
7/15/80
~9/25/80
2/04/77
3/10/78
n-80-9.
n-SC-12
n-77-1
n-78-1
-------
Transfer of Authority over Federal
Facililies to NPOES States
Review of State N'POES Permits Written
Prior to State Program Revision
Procedures for Processing Plans of
Approved NPDES States To Implement .
NPDES General Permit Programs
Determining Whether Revisions to State
NPDES Programs Made to Authorize the
Issuance of General Permits are'
Substantial
S. Non-NPDES States:
C. Water Quality Management Plans:
Coordination Between NPDES Program
and Wa-ter Quality Management
Attachment - Coordination
Binding Effect of 303(e) Basin Plans
Impact of Phase I Basin Plans
NPDES Permit and Requirements of
State Law
E. Safe Drinking Water Act:
IV. Legal Interpretations and Information Memos
Intermittent Streams
Disposal of Supply Water Treatment Sludges
NPOES Penr.it Authorization to Discharge
American Petroleum Institute v. EPA -
Information Memo
Phase II Iron & Steel Guidelines -
Mahoning River Valley
Request for Policy re Possible Use of
NPDES Permits to Promote Better Sludge
Management
NPDES Permit in Wetlands Areas
Implementation of Section 403
Policy Regarding the Inclusion in Permits
of More Stringent Effluent Parameters
Confidentiality of NPDES Permit
Applications
Coal Mining Under the Surface Mining
Control and Reclamation Act of 1977
Certification and Permitting of Dischargers
in Boundary Waters
Opinions on Variances in Second Round
and Other Issues
Date
11/23/78
12/24/30
12/31/30
2/12/81
7/07/75
and
4/02/76
8/24/76
9/01/75
5/04/77
9/23/73
9/13/74
4/23/75
8/24/75
10/4/75
4/13/77
7/12/77
7/20/77
10/13/77
4/06/73
5/25/78
4/19/78
6/13/73
Permit
Program
Code-
n-78-15
n-80-15
n-80-17
n-81-2
n-75-5
n-76-5
n-75-8
.n-.75-S .
n-77-8
n-73-3
n-74-3
^ /- «
n-7o-:
n-75-7
n-76-10
n-77-5
n-77-i2
n-77-13
n-77-15
n-78-2
n-78-5
n-7S-4
n-73-7
-------
V.
V!
Program
Title Date Code
£x Parte Contacts in Adjudicatory Hearings 6/16/78 ' n-78-8
Ex-Pane Contacts in EPA Rulemakrng . 8/04/77 n-78-10
innovative Technology Extensions . 9/06/73 n-78-12
Applicability of 301(h) and (i)'-to Federal
Facilities 9/12/73 n-78-15
Request for Legal Opinion - Inclusion of
Compliance Schedules in Second Round
and New Permits 12/26/78 n-78-18
Separate Storm Sewers 9/11/79 n-79-4
Regional Review of State-Issued NPDES
Remits 1/18/80 n-80-1
OGC Memo-Use of Carbonaceous Test Results 4/18/80 n-80-4
Statement By Agency Personnel Purporting
to Sanctional Actions Which are In-
consistent w/ Statutory Requirements .5/28/80 ' n-80-S
NRDES Permit Issuance for Iron.S Steel
-Facilities 9/15/80 n-80-11
BCT Cost Test Guidance . ' 9/30/80 n-80-14*
NPDES Evidentiary Hearing Management
Programs ' 10/03/80 n-80-15
NPDES Permit Issuance for Iron and
Steel Industry ' 5/15/81 n-81-3
BCT Permitting 11/02/81 n-81-4
NPDES Permit Issuance for Pulp and Paper
Facilities with BCT Limitations to
Other Facilities 5/15/81 n-81-5
Status of the Major NPDES Industrial
Permits List 12/10/81 n-81-6
Use of "Draft Supplement to Development
Document for Effluent Limitations
-V Guidelines and New Source Performance
. Standards for the Phosphorous Derived
; Chemicals Segment of the Phosphate
'.. Manufacturing Point Source Cateaory"
'- (October 1977) in writing NPDES'Permits 1/18/32 n-82-1
Second Round Permits:
Policy for the Second Round Issuance
of NPDES Industrial Permits 6/02/52
Technical Guidance:
Policy on Storage 4 Release for Water
Duality Control in Reservoirs Planned
by Federal Agencies 1/16/73 n-73-1
Additional Guidance for Petroleum Marketing
Terminals & Oil Production Facilities 7/18/74 n-74-1
Application of Electroplating Guidelines 8/28/74 n-74-3
Use of Closed Cycle Cooling'Systems to
Meet the Requirements of Section 216(b) '2/26/75 n-75-1
Municipal Wastewater Treatment Ponds 8/12/76 n-75-5
Asbestos Limits - 10/15/76 n-75-il
n-82-2
-------
Title . Date
Lrse of Low Flew Augmentation to Meet
Water Quality Standards 11/08/76
Comments on Region VIII's Approach to
Writing Effluent Limits for Confined
Animal Feeding Operations 12/15/76
Fecal Coliform Bacteria Limits - 2/14/77
Water Treatment Plant Limitations . • 4/13/77
Use of In-Stream Mechanical Aerators
to Meet Water Quality Standards 5/02/77
-..Implementation of Promulgated Section
307(a) Toxic Standards 6/01/77
Suspended Solids Effluent Limitations for
Publicly Owned Wastewater Treatment Ponds 9/01/78
Guidance on Setting BCT Permit Limits for
Breweries under Section 402(a)(l) of
the CWA • 10/18/79
Treat ability Manual • 9/25/80
Outer Continental Shelf Coordination
Committee , 6/06/80
Application of the NPOES General Permit
Program to Offshore Oil and Gas Facilities 7/30/81
--II. Variances:
Policy re Procedures for Fundamentally
Different'Factors 3PT Variances 8/18/77
Variance Applications - 9/12/78
316(a) & (b) Technical Guidance Documents 5/01/77
VIII. -Coordinated Municipal Strategy
National Municipal Policy & Strategy 10/79
Coordination between Regional Enforcement
and Water Programs re Pretreatment.
Program 11/29/7S
Major Municipal Permitting in FY 81 7/10/80
IX. Pretreatment:
Guidance to States re Pretreatment . 9/8/78
Program (see a.lso Feb. 1979 publication-
Guidance for NPDES States on
Implementaion of the General
Pretreatment Regulations -
40 CFR Part 403)
State Pretreatment Programs 4/12/79
EPA Procedures for Review and
Approval of State Pretreatment
Proaram Submissions 4/30/79
Permit
Program
Code
n-76-12
n-76-14
n-77-2
n-77-4
n-77-7
n-77-10
n-78-11
n-79-6
n-80-13*
n-80-19
n-81-7
n-77-14
n-78-14
n-77-6*
n-79-5*
n-78-17
n-SO-8
n-78-13*
n-79-2
n-79-3
-------
.,... Permit
• " Program
Title Date ' . Code
Incorporation .of Pretr.eatment -Program
Development Compliance Schedules into
1'POTW NPDES Permits -- - " "'1/23/80 'n-80-3
Pretreatmsnt Compliance Schedule n-80-5
* _ . ... — ' . . . - %. • . . - .
X. .. ...Biomonitoning:
OGC Hsmo "Use of 3iomonitoring in, the
NPDES- Permit- Program" .,... : -1/11/79 . • n-79-1
-------
1.2,
"Working Principles Underlying EPA's National Compliance/
Enforcement Programs", dated November 22, 1983. See GM-24.*
-------
1.3.
"CLEAN MATER ACT COMPLIANCE/ENFORCEMENT GUIDANCE MANUAL", dated May 1985.
Table of Contents and Chapter Contents pages only. Copies of the manual or
portions may be obtained from Program Development and Training Branch,
Office of Enforcement Policy OE (LE-133).
-------
659
-------
I^EPA The Clean Water Act
Compliance/Enforcement
Guidance Manual
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Washington, DC 20460
Prepared 'by
The Office of Enforcement and Compliance Monitoring
-------
Table of Contents
Chapter One . Overview
1 Purpose of the Manual 1-1
2 Introduction 1-3
3 A Short Legislative History 1-7
4 Overview of the Clean Water Act 1-11
5 Exhibits 1-29
Chapter Two General Operating Procedures
1 Introduction 2-1
2 Primary Office Responsibilities 2-3
3 Organizational Charts 2-9
4 Exhibits 2-15
Chapter Three Compliance Monitoring Procedures
1 Introduction 3-1
2 Self-Monitoring and Other Information Gathering 3-3
3 Inspections 3-7
4 Reviewing Facility Recordkeeping and Reporting 3-19
5 Warrants 3-21
6 Exhibits 3-25
CWA Compliance/Enforcement i Guidance Manual 1985
-------
Chapter Four Documentation of Evidence
1 Introduction
2 Self-Monitoring Reports
3 Compliance File Review
4 Review of Sources of Evidence
5 Exhibits
4-1
4-3
4-5
4-9
4-15
Chapter Five Responding to Noncompliance
1 Introduction
2 Level of Action Policy
3 Exhibits
5-1
5-3
5-7
Chapter Six Administrative Enforcement
1 Introduction
2 Administrative Enforcement
3 Exhibits
6-1
6-3
6-15
Chapter Seven Administrative Enforcement Actions: Civil
Penalty Provisions
7-1
Chapter Eight Judicial Enforcement; Civil Actions
1 Introduction
2 Elements of a Violation: Civil
3 Procedures for Filing Actions
4 Consent Decrees
5 Exhibits
8-1
8-5
8-9
8-21
8-25
CWA Compliance/Enforcement
ii
Guidance Manual 1985
-------
Chapter Nine Criminal-Enforcement
.1 .Criminal-.. Enforcement 9-1
2 Exhibits 9-15
Chapter Ten Enforcement of Consent Decrees
1 Introduction 10-1
2 Consent Decree Tracking and Monitoring 10-3
3 Consent Decree Enforcement 10-5
4 Exhibits . . 10-17
Chapter Eleven Special Topics in the NPDES Program
1 Introduction 11-1
2 fStandard Permit Conditions 11-3
3 Permit*as a Shield 11-13
4 issuance of Best Professional Judgment Permits 11-15
5 Special NPDES .Evidentiary Hearing Procedures 11-19
6 "The Freedom of Information Act 11-25
7 Protection of Confidential Business Information 11-29
CWA Compliance/Enforcement iii Guidance Manual 1985
-------
CWA Compliance/Enforcement TV Guidance Manual 1985
-------
Chapter One
Overview
Chapter Contents . .^ . Page
1 Purpose of the Manual 1-1
Reservation 1-1
2 Introduction 1-3
Purpose and Scope of the Clean Water Act 1-3
Compliance and Enforcement 1-5
Program Regulations 1-6
3 A Short Legislative History 1-7
Pre-1972 Law 1-7
The 1972 Amendments 1-8
The NRDC Consent Decree and the 1977 Amendments 1-8
Recent Regulatory Developments 1-10
A Overview of the Clean Water Act 1-11
NPDES Permits and Effluent Standards 1-12
The Pretreatment Program 1-17
Recordkeeping, Monitoring, ;and Entry and Inspection
Provisions 1-20
Oil and Hazardous Substances Spills 1-21
Dredged and Fill Material Permit Program 1-23
Enforcement Provisions 1-25
5 Exhibits 1-29
1-1: National Effluent Guidelines 1-31
1-2: Approved State NPDES Programs 1-36
1-3: Key Sections of NPDES Regulations 1-37
1-4: General NPDES Permits by Category 1-39
CWA Compliance/Enforcement1-iGuidance Manual 1985
-------
Chapter One Contents
CWA Compliance/Enforcement1-iiGuidance Manual 1985
-------
Chapter Two
General Operating Procedures
Chapter Contents , ...•'.. ,.' Page
1 Introduction 2-1
2 Primary Office Responsibilities 2-3
Regional Administrator 2-3
Headquarters 2-4
Department of Justice .and Re'ferral 'RroceduEes 2-6
3 Organizational Charts 2-9
4 Exhibits 2-15
'^'•••••••••••MM^Bl^^W
2-1: Case Referrals for Civil Litigation 2-17
2-2: Implementation of Direct Referrals for
Civil Cases Beginning December 1, 1983 '2-22
CWA Compliance/Enforcement 2-i Guidance Manual 1985
-------
Chapter Two Contents
CWA Compliance/Enforcement 2-ii Guidance Manual 1985
-------
Chapter Three
Compliance Monitoring Procedures
Chapter Contents , ...... .__ Page
1 Introduction 3-1
2 Self-Monitoring and Other Information Gathering 3-3
3 Inspections 3-7
Neutral Inspection Scheme 3-8
Types of Inspections 3-8
Notification of a Pending Inspection 3-9
Chronology of Inspection Procedures 3-10
Professional Conduct During the Inspection 3-12
Entry 3-12
Contractor Inspections 3-13
Opening Conference 3-14
Conducting the Inspection 3-14
Confidential Business Information 3-16
Exit Interview 3-17
Documentation and Inspection Report 3-17
•4 Reviewing Facility Recordkeeping and Reporting 3-19
NPDES Requirements Review 3-19
POTW -and Industrial Contributor Pretreatraent
Requirements Review 3-20
5 Warrants 3-21
Policy 3-21
Securing and Serving an Administrative Warrant 3-22
CWA Compliance/Enforcement3-i Guidance Manual 1985
-------
Chapter Three Contents
6 Exhibits 3-25
3-1: Discharge Monitoring Report 3-27
3-2:. Model Pre-Inspection Notification Letter 3-29
3-3: NPDES Compliance Inspection Report 3-30
3-4: Deficiency Notice 3-32
3-5: Records, Reports, and Schedules Checklist 3-33
3-6: Model Application for Administrative Warrant 3-36
3-7: Model Affidavit in Support of Application
for an Administrative Warrant 3-37
3-8: Model Administrative Warrant 3-39
CWA Compliance/Enforcement 3-ii Guidance Manual 1985
-------
Chapter Four
Documentation of Evidence
Chaster Contents ., . Paee
2 Self-Monitoring Reports 4-3
3 Compliance File Review 4-5
Organizing Compliance Data ' 4-5
Controlled Identification of Samples .-4-6
4 Review of Sources of Evidence 4-9
Compliance File Documentation 4-9
Further Processing of the Compliance'File—
Enforcement Case Review 4-13
5 Exhibits 4-15
Exhibit 4-1: Custody Seal 4-17
Exhibit 4-2: Chain of Custody Record -4-18
CWA Compliance/Enforcement4-iGuidance Manual 1985
-------
Chapter Four Contents
CWA Compliance/Enforcement 4-ii Guidance Manual 1985
-------
Chapter Five
Responding to Noncompliance
C'n = rc-::r Contents' . Pase
: rocucti ?r>.
2 Level of Action Policy 5-3
Enforcement Response Guide 5-3
Informal Responses 5-4
3 Exhibits ,5-7
Exhibit 5-1: Enforcement Response Table 5-9
Exhibit 5-2: Model Record of Communication 5-13
Exhibit 5-3: Model General Informal Warning .Letter 5-14
Exhibit 5-4: Model Letter: Overdue Discharge Monitoring
Report (DMR) 5-15
Exhibit 5-5: Model Letter: Deficiencies in Completing the DMR 5-16
Exhibit 5-6: Model Letter: Violation of Effluent Limitations
and Failure To File Reports '5-17
CWA Compliance/Enforcement5-i Guidance Manual 1985
-------
Chapter Five Contents
CWA Compliance/Enforcement 5-ii Guidance Manual 1985
-------
Chapter -Six
Administrative Enforcement
Chapter Contents .,.',. .'.... Page
1 Introduction 6-1
2 Administrative Enforcement . 6-3
Section 308 Letters 6-3
Notices of Violation ' . 6-5
Administrative Orders '6=7
Contractor Listing 6-11
NPDES Permit Actions -6-rl2
3 Exhibits 6-15
'6-1: Model Section 308 Letter-
Request for Municipal Compliance Plan 6-17
6-2: Model Section 308 Letter—
Request for Composite Correction Plan 6-24
6-3: Sample Section 308 Letter—
Industrial Discharger 6-32
6-4: Model Notice of Violation 6-40
6-5: Recommended Format for Clean Water Act
Section 309 Administrative Orders 6-43
6-6: Model Municipal Administrative Orders . 6-68
6-7: Model Notice of Deficiency 6-84
CWA Compliance/Enforcement 6-i Guidance Manual 1985
-------
_. Contents
Chapter Six —
CWA Compliance/Enforcement 6-ii Guidance Manual 1985
-------
Chapter Seven
Administrative Enforcement Actions:
Civil Penalty Provisions
Chapter Contents Page
CWA Compliance/Enforcement7-iGuidance Manual 1985
-------
Chapter Seven Contents
CWA Compliance/Enforcement 7-ii Guidance Manual 1985
-------
Chapter Eight
Judicial Enforcement: Civil Actions
Chapter Contents '.. Page
1 Introduction 8-1
Statutory Authority 8-1
2 Elements of a Violation; - Civil 8-5
Evidence in Support of Civil Actions ,:8-5
3 Procedures for Filing Actions "8-9
Preparation of the Referral Package 8-9
Interrelationship of Refer.ral Process, Litigation, and
Negotiations • 8-13
Filing the Complaint 8-14
Injunctive Relief 8-15
Discovery 8-18
Issues That Are Not Reviewable at Trial 8-18
Motion for Summary Judgment 8-19
4 Consent Decrees 8-21
Contents of the Consent Decree .8-21
5 Citizen Suits [Reserved] -8-25
CWA Compliance/Enforcement 8-i Guidance Manual 1985
-------
Chapter t-ignt
6 Exhibits 8-27
8-1: Model Civil Litigation Report Outline and Guide 8-29
8-2: Sample Complaint for Industrial Discharger 8-38
8-3: Sample Complaint for Municipal Discharger 8-50
'8-4: Sample Pretreatment Complaint 8-58
8-5: Sample Motion for Preliminary Injunction 8-67
8-6: Sample Request for Admissions 8-69
8-7: Sample Notice of Deposition Upon Oral Examination 8-73
8-8: Sample Interrogatories 8-76
8-9: Sample Request for Production of Documents 8-95
8-10: Sample Motion for Summary Judgment 8-107
8-11: Sample Industrial Consent Decree 8-135
8-12: Sample Municipal Consent Decree 8-153
8-13: Sample Pretreatment Consent Decree . 8-161
CWA Compliance/Enforcement 8-ii Guidance Manual 1985
-------
Chapter Nine
Criminal Enforcement
Chapter Contents _ . ^__^_ .' Page
1 Criminal Enforcement 9-1
Statutory Authority 9-1
Basic Enforcement Policy 9-2
Criteria for Identification of a Potential
Criminal Action 9-2
Criminal Enforcement Priorities . 9°?5
Procedures for the Investigation'arid Referral
of .a Criminal Case . >9-9
2 Exhibits 9-15
9-1: Criminal Enforcement'Provisions of the
Clean Water Act 9-17
9-2: Sample Criminal Information . 9-19
9-3: Sample Criminal Information 9-25
9-4: Functions and General Operating Procedures
for'the Criminal Enforcement Program 9-31
9-5: Office of Criminal Investigations:
Management and Field Offices 9-47
9-6: Format for Criminal Case Referrals 9-51
CWA Compliance/Enforcement 9-i Guidance Manual 1985
-------
CWA Compliance/Enforcement9^iiGuidance Manual 1985
-------
Chapter Ten
Enforcement of Consent Decrees
Chapter Contents . . * . ,_ Page
1 Introduction • 10-1
2 Consent Decree Tracking and Monitoring 10-3
3 Consent Decree Enforcement 10-5
Factors To Weigh 10=5
Types of Enforcement Responses 10-9
4 Exhibits 10-17
10-1: Consent .Decree Tracking Guidance 10-19
10-2: NEIC Consent Decree Tracking Guidance 10-26
10-3: Demand Letter for Stipulated Penalties (Reserved) 10-44
10-4: Motion To Enforce Decree . 10-46
CWA. Compliance/Enforcement 10-i Guidance Manual 1985
-------
CWA Compliance/Enforcement10-iiGuidance Manual 1985
-------
Chapter Eleven
Special Topics in the NPDES Program
Chapter Contents ___. . . . Page
1 Introduction 11-1
2 Standard Permit Conditions 11-3
Duty To Comply 11-3
Proper Operation and Maintenance 11—4
Duty To Mitigate 11-4
Duty To Halt or Reduce Activity 11-4
Duty To Provide Information " 11-4
Inspection and Entry 11-5
Monitoring and Recordkeeping 11-5
Reporting and Signatory Requirements 11-6
Notice of Planned Physical Alterations-or Additions 11-9
Bypass of Treatment Facilities 11-10
Upset Conditions 11-10
Duty To Reapply 11-11
3 Permit as a Shield 11-13
The General Rule 11-13
Exceptions to the General'Rule .11-14
4 Issuance of Best Professional Judgment Permits 11-15
Setting BPJ Permit Limitations 11-15
Issuing the BPJ Permit 11-17
CWA Compliance/Enforcement 11-i Guidance Manual 1985
-------
Chapter Eleven Contents
5 Special NPDES Evidentiary Hearing Procedures 11-19
Request for a Hearing 11-19
Filing Documents 11-19
Ejc Parte Communications • 11-20
Prehearing Conferences 11-20
Motions 11-21
Summary Determinations 11-21
Hearing Procedures 11-22
Interlocutory Appeals 11-23
6 The Freedom of Information Act 11-25
Denials of FOIA Requests • 11-26
Exemptions 11-27
7 Protection of Confidential Business Information 11-29
CWA Compliance/Enforcement 11-ii Guidance Manual 1985
-------
1.4.
"ENFORCEMENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM GUIDE", dated February 27, 198.6", (updates
interim document dated September 27, 1985). Table of Contents and Chapters
1 and 2 only. .
-------
-------
THE ENFORCEMENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
NATIONAL POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM
(CLEAN WATER ACT)
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
OFFICE OF WATER
1989
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
"""'"'" ' WASHINGTON, D.C. 20*60
mnnfi OPPICK Of
FEB 27 086
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECTS Enforcement >Management'System'.Guide
FROM: Lawrence J. Jensen* ;Assistant'Administrator
for Water (WH-556)
TO: Regional Water*Managemen±IDivlsion:Director*
Regions I-X
State NPDES Program Directors
I am extremely pleased to transmit to you the revised and
final version of the Enforcement Management System (EMS) Guide.
This revision includes Chapter I, Chapter II, Attachment A
(Violation Review Process), Attachment B (the Enforcement Response
Guide), Attachment C (NPDES Violation Summary format)*. Appendix I
(List of Guidance and Supporting Documents), and Appendix II
(Abbreviations of Frequently Used Terms and EMS Definitions). The
EMS Guide (especially the principles in Chapter II) provides
additional, explanation of the regulatory .requirements of 40 CFR
123.26, Requirements for Compliance Evaluation Progri
The attached document is -a revision of the 1977 EMS Guide.
It differs from the 1977 version in several ways. Perhaps most
significantly, it requires that all administering agencies have
a written description of an enforcement management system and
that such a system be consistent with the principles of the 1986
EMS. The 1977 version had no such stated requirement. Additionally,
the 1985 EMS is expanded beyond Chapters I and II and will eventually
include all of.the most significant strategy and policy documents
affecting the HPDES compliance monitoring and enforcement program.
Finally, this document has been updated to incorporate the language
and concepts of the "Guidance for Oversight of the NPDES Program"
and to reflect the emergence of a pretreatment enforcement program.
Later this year, a complete version of the EMS Guide with all
chapters will be transmitted to you. The table of contents included
in this transmittal identifies the additional chapters which will
be included in that version. The 1986 EMS Guide will be expanded
to nine chapters,-including a chapter on Pretreatment Enforcement.
These chapters will be transmitted when they are available and will .
contain policy and guidance for specific program areas.
-------
-2-
While the principles of EMS have not been changed, the 1986
EMS Guide nay require that some Regions revise and update their
system, and that NPDES States develop or update written procedures
for a State-specific EMS. Both Regions and NPDES States should now
adopt and implement the principles of EMS and procedures for
reviewing violations, determining appropriate actions, and managing
permit compliance information that are consistent with the EMS
Guide. All administering agencies are expected to have written
systems in place by October 1, 1986.
Z want to express my deep appreciation to those Regional,
Headquarters, and State personnel who have served on the Work Group
which developed this document. Rebecca Hanmer, Director, Office of
Water Enforcement and Permits has told me that the Group labored
long and well. I believe you will agree that the final document
reflects their substantial efforts.
If you have questions about this document or the plans for
implementation, please feel free to call J. William Jordan, Director,
Enforcement Division (202/475-8304) or Anne Lassiter, Chief, Policy
Development Branch (202/475-8307). .
Attachments •
-------
FOREWORD
This document describes the Enforcement Management System (EMS) for
the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)
Program. The Enforcement Management System is a process to collect,
evaluate, and translate compliance information into timely and
appropriate 'enforcement actions. The process is supplemented by
chapters on various procedures, policies and regulations. While
the Enforcement Management System embodies certain fundamental
principles, the process for applying those principles must be
flexible and dynamic. The Enforcement Management System reflects
the collective experience of the administering agencies in managing
NPDES compliance and enforcement activities.
-------
CHAPTER I.
CHAPTER II
CHAPTER III,
CHAPTER IV.
CHAPTER V.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Introduction and Background
A. ~ Introduction and Purpose
B. Use of this Document
C. Overview of Delegated States
The Enforcement Management System
A. The Basic Principles of the Enforcement
Management System
Attachment A - The Violation Review Process
Attachment B - The Enforcement Respons Guide
Attachment C - Violation Summary Form
Appendix I - List of Supporting Documents
Appendix II - List of Abbreviations and
Definitions
Administrative Enforcement Actions - Policies
and Guidance
Civil Penalty Policy and Guidance
Compliance Inspections - Policies and Guidance
A. The Compliance Inspection Strategy
B. DMR/QA Policy
CHAPTER VI. Municipal Compliance
A. The National Municipal Policy and Guidance
B. Municipal Pollution Prevention Strategy
(In Preparation)
CHAPTER VII. Program Reporting Requirements - Policies and
Guidance
A. The Permit Compliance System (PCS)
Policy
B. QNCR Guidance
CHAPTER VIII. Pretreatment Enforcement - Policies and Guidance
A. Penalty Calculations for POTW Failure to
Implement an Approved Pretreatment Program
B. Guidance on Bringing Enforcement Actions
Against POTWs for Failure to Implement
Pretreatment Programs
CHAPTER IX. Federal Facility Enforcement
-------
-2-
CHAPTER X. SETTING PRIORITIES FOR ADDRESSING DISCHARGES FROM
SEPARATE SANITARY SEWERS
-------
CHAPTER I - INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND
A. Introduction and Purpose
Achieving and maintaining a high level of compliance with
environmental laws and regulations are two of the most important
goals of Federal an* State environmental agencies. The Unite-3
States Environmental Protection Agency' (USEPA) has stressed
consistently the need for a systematic administrative approach
to compliance monitoring and enforcement with the objective
of achieving a consistent* uniform national posture in the
implementation of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System (NPDES) program established by the Clean Water Act
(CWA).
As the NPDES program has matured, there has been increased
awareness that the program will be effective only to the extent
that administering agencies (EPA or an NPDES State) are able
systematically and efficiently to identify instances of non-
compliance and then to take timely and appropriate enforcement
action to achieve the final objective of full compliance by the
permittee with the CWA. Each administering agency should have
management procedures to track the status of permit compliance,
to surface violations* and to take timely and appropriate
enforcement action to achieve a return to compliance. USEPA
is also responsible for assuring that administering agencies
carry out their NPDES program functions—including timely and
appropriate enforcement responses—in a generally consistent
manner in order to protect water quality evenly across the
country, and to ensure that all dischargers throughout the
-------
- 2 -
nation receive fair treatment under the law. With the growth
in the number of States approved to administer their own NPDES
programs* EPA and the States face the challenge of ensuring
fairness and consistency among NPDES programs while maintaining
-a strong Federal/State partnership which is based on mutual
i
trust and respect.
Effective use of available resources is also important-to
achieving a consistent* national enforcement program. In
implementing compliance tracking and enforcement systems,
administering agencies aust balance resources to ensure effective
tracking and maintenance of compliance by permittees. Conse-
quently* it is necessary for administering agencies to develop
policies and strategies which lead to: (1) the systematic
tracking of abatement steps taken by the permitted dischargers;
and (2) specific procedures for adlusting resources to achieve
compliance results in the most efficient manner possible.
Fully functioning NPDES programs are required to permit all
\ -
dischargers* both mator and minor* and to conduct appropriate
compliance/assessment and enforcement-activities*for all
permittees. The EMS places priority on rapid response to
instances of significant noncompliance, especially by major
dischargers. As resources allow* administering agencies should
also address minor dischargers of concern and other instances
of noncompliance.
This document establishes a framework upon which to build the
management o€ a national enforcement program: the Enforcement
-
Management System (EMS). The EMS constitutes a system for
-------
- 3 -
translating compliance information into timely and appropriate
enforcement actions. . It also establishes a system for identifying
priorities and directing the flow of enforcement actions based
on these priorities and available resources. Finally, the EMS
1 \ ' •.
provides the flexibility for each administering agency to develop
management procedures which are best suited to .its operations
and resources with the goal of most efficiently translating
compliance information into timely and appropriate enforcement
action.
The original EMS was developed in 1977 througn the efforts of
a Federal/State work group* The fundamental principles of EMS,
as established in that first work group, are still applicable
to any compliance and enforcement system. However, the develop
ment of new and more comprehensive policies and procedures
necessitates both the update and expansion of EMS.
The original EMS Guide covered only the material in Chapters I
and ZZ (including Attachments) of this document. The new EMS
Guide is expanded, attempting to pull together all of the most
relevant documents associated with an effective compliance
monitoring and enforcement program (see Appendix I). The
chapters of this system provide guidance and policy on indivi-
dual elements of the enforcement system. As new .-policies are
i
developed and old policies modified, they will be incorporated
into the EMS. The EMS, therefore, provides a framework of
basic principles, supplemented by policies and procedures which
may be modified reflecting ^he dynamic proc*«s of compliance
monitoring and enforcement.
-------
- 4 -
B. Use of This Document
The EMS is a national guidance document to be used by
administering agencies in the development and improvement of
their own compliance tracking and enforcement systems. The
EMS* however, provides sufficient flexibility so that.adminis-
tering agencies may develop specific systems•that accommodate
their organizations* resources*-and State .laws* yet.result .in
reasonable national consistency of enforcement.
All administering agencies should have an enforcement management
system which is consistent with this document and the NPDES
regulations (40 CPR 123.26). That system should be in writing
and is subject to annual review. Of course* the length and
complexity of the EMS will vary among administering agencies*
reflecting variability in size-of program. Bach administering
agency should review its existing system as quickly *-as possible
to determine whether it is consistent with the principles
stated here. Where it is not* the system should be amended.
There is no one "correct* EMS. What is described here are the
minimum basic principles for an -effective;compliance'tracking .
and enforcement system. The specific 'details.of'how these
basic principles become operational by an:administering agency
may vary widely and should* of course* reflect differences in
organizational structure* staffing and State laws. As long as
the basic principles are incorporated* the agency-specific
system will be acceptable.
-------
The concept of national consistency in the implementation of
the NPDES program is one of the basic tenets of the CWA. While
it would be difficult* and not necessarily effective* to have
identical enforcement responses for identical violations in
different States, the enforcement response should be directly
related to the severity of the violation. Given the decentrali-
zation of authority and responsibility in carrying out the
NPDES program* implementation of the basic EMS principles in
the EPA Regional Offices and the NPDES States should produce
national consistency* While still accommodating differences
between Regions and States.
C. Overview of Approved State Programs
A strong Federal/State relationship is essential to the effective
operation of a program as comprehensive and complex as the
• . .
NPDES program. One method of fostering a strong relationship
is to assure that roles, are clearly defined and that the "rules
of the game" are understood by everyone. To achieve this end*
the USEPA and States have worked together to develop "Guidance
for Oversight of the NPDES Program" (see Appendix I) which is
an umbrella document that establishes the general criteria
under which both parties will operate. This document also sets
forth the basic criteria for oversight of enforcement programs.
The Oversight Guidance requires that Regions and States negotiate
individual'agreements that clearly define performance expecta-
. tions for the NPDES program, as well as the respective roles
and responsibilities of the Region and the State in administer!
the NPDES program. The Guidance is based on the assumption
30 '• "~
-------
-6 -
that Where a State has an approved NPDES program, it has the
primary responsipiiity to initiate appropriate enforcement
action to ensure compliance by permittees. However, USEPA has
oversight: responsibility /.for .that program, including .the
responsibility to ensure that-enforcement actions are-taken on
•a timely .and appropriate -basis, -and --may Initiate direct Federal
enforcement action. The Guidance requires the development of
protocols for notification and consultation to foster effective
communication and the timely resolution of issues between
Regions and States* and contains criteria for direct Federal
enforcement action*.
The EMS further defines the principles necessary to the operation
of an effective compliance/enforcement program and provides the
basis for evaluation ;df »the -performance of administering agencies-.
This evaluation occurs at two levelst 1) USEPA Headquarters'
mid-year evaluations of Regional implementation of the EMS; and
2) Regional Offices' reviews of NPDES States* including file
audits of State programs. All States that receive Federal
•grants -for implementation of-water .-quality control programs .can
also expect Regions to evaluate their performance in the
compliance/enforcement area against commitment* made ,in-the
grant agreements*
In addition to the Guidance for Oversight of NPDES Programs and
the EMS* there are other documents which are necessary for
-effective implementation of the NPDES program (see the list of
guidance documents in Appendix Z). Included among these are
-------
- 7 -
the "Annual Operating Guidance" which identifies priority program
activities for the operating year, and agency policy documents.
Administering agencies are expected to be Knowledgeable about
\
these documents; however* they are not included as chapters in
the EMS since they are frequently effective for a limited
period of time or are more inclusive than the HPOES program.
-------
CHAPTER II. THE ENFORCEMENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FRAMEWORK
The Basic Principles of EMS .
There are seven basic principles that are common to an effective
EMS. .Described'below, are these principles and the minimum basic
requirements necessary for-an effective tracking and enforcement
system. As stated in the Introduction* the-specific details of'how
each of these basic principles becomes operational in a specific
State or Regional system may vary to reflect differences in
organizational structure* position mixes, and State laws. As long
as the basic principles are incorporated 'and are clearly recognizable,
the resulting system is acceptable. 'The purpose of the EMS is to
translate compliance information into-enforcement actions.
The EMS shoulds
1. Maintain a source inventory that is complete and accurate.
2. Handle and assess the flow of information available on a
systematic and timely basis.
3. Accomplish a pre-enforcement screening by reviewing the
flow' of information as soon as possible after it is
received.
Perform,a.more formal enforcement evaluation where
appropriate,-using.systematic.evaluation screening .criteria.
5. Institute a formal enforcement action and follow-up where-
ever necessary.
6. Initiate field investigations based on a systematic plan.
.7. Use internal management controls to provide adequate
enforcement information to all levels of the organization.
<>*
These principles are discussed in greater detail in the following
text. Each principle has certain subparts.which are integral elements
of the entire system.
-------
- 9 -
Principle No. li Maintain a Source Inventory
At the foundation of the EMS is a complete and accurate
compilation of all pertinent information on all dischargers
covered by NPDES permits* An effective program cannot exist
without this information base* [It is fully recognised that
the level of information for major dischargers may be more
complete than that for minor ones. The amount of information
on minors will be a function of the administer-.ng agency's
resources and priorities*3 The EMS should have a detailed
inventory of sources which encompasses the elements listed
below*
A* The inventory should include appropriate basic information
concerning each source, such as name, location, permit
number, discharge limits, compliance dates, other permit
.requirements and effluent data. For minors, this source
inventory might be as simple as a permit compliance
file.
i
B* There should be a routine schedule for updating the
inventory to refl* ~ changes in basic information* such
as changes in compliance schedules and permit limits.
and changes in the- ownership/address of a source. The
more frequently the information is updated, the greater
the confidence *n its accuracy* .
C. The inventory should be a ready reference for historical
information (e.g., has a source prev^;usly missed or
• failed to comply with schedule requirements). This
-------
- 10 -
-historical inventory-for-majors and significant minors
will consist of many parts, including a violation summary
report (see Attachment C) and a log of previous enforce-
ment actions. The summary and log.are discussed in
•greater detail-elsewhere-in--the*text.
D. 'The • inventory data • for majors • antt ?significant-minors
should be -entered ^directly -into rthe;Permit ^Compliance
System (PCS, the automated NPDES data base), where it
exists, in a timely manner consistent with nationally
established procedures (see Chapter XX). States which
are not regular users of PCS, and do not .have an auto-
mated system that is -compatible, should supply data to
the Region in a form that facilitates USEPA's entry of
the data into PCS.
E. Maintenance of the source inventory-should be assigned
to a specific, identified organisational entity so that
responsibility for the completeness and accuracy of.
source information is clear.
F. Data on dischargers rshould :be-'readily-accessible *to 'all
parties (USEPA .Headquarters, Regions,.NPDES States.and
citizens) to facilitate cooperation in carrying out
NPDES compliance'and enforcement responsibilities.
G. There should be an identifiable process for determining
which dischargers have not applied for permits after
being required to do so and for-following through in
these cases.
-------
- 11 -
Principle Ho. 2; Flow of Information
Zn order to ensure that the enforcement system is current, the
flow of information into the system is critical. With the
growth in the number and complexity of environmental regulatory
programs, the need for rapid, efficient flow of information has
become more important. Therefore! it should be possible to
integrate information about individual dischargers obtained
from various sources into an effective information flow, which
is then channeled into decision and control points in the
• . , .
system so that all information on an individual discharger is
available at any point in time.
The following items are examples of the types of reports and
other data that are potential sources of information for use
9
in an enforcement system:
— Data-Related reports (including such items as
compliance reports, industrial user reports, construc-
tion-coraoleted reports, bypass/overflow reports, etc.)
— Construction grant-related information
— Discharge Monitoring Reoorts (DMRs)
— Inspection reports from field surveys
— Operation and maintenance reports, including annual
fiscal data as available
-- Reports from other State and Federal agencies, e.g.,
health data, information on fish kills
—• Reports and complaints from citizens
— Evidentiary hearing information
— Permit modification raguests
-------
- 12 -
~. Information from other programs, such as the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), Comprehensive
Emergency Resoonse and Compensation Liability Act
(CERCLA), Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA), and the
Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA)
~ Various-pretreatment program reports
— Environmental -audit reportssprovided by the-permittee
where they are required by the Agency to meet its
statutory mission
The elements needed to assure the smooth flow of information
are as follows:
A. Procedures should be established to integrate the
information from various sources, about individual
dischargers into an effective data flow. The data
flow should be designed so that it is readily access-
ible at appropriate points in the decision-making
process. These procedures will facilitate the flow of
information between the States and OSEPA, and will
^assure that-.the'terms and commitments contained in .the
-various -agreements .between .the State -and USEPA .are
met.
B. Appropriate time frames for the information flow should
be established and incorporated in the above procedures
to ensure timely response to the information* For
example/ it may be appropriate to say that the allowable
elapsed time from receipt of a compliance report to
' 91-
-------
.- 13 -
its availability for.review should be less than a
week. Special procedures and/or agreements should be
established with other programs (e.g., RCRA, TSCA, and
CERCLA) to insure the timely receipt of information
that may have a bearinq on water enforcement actions.
Principle No. 3s Pre-Enforcement Screening
The ore-enforcement screening process involves a series of
steps that should occur in the review of available information
to efficiently sort out noncomplying sources for appropriate
enforcement action. This process is critical to the integrity
o€ the NPDES enforcement system because it initiates the process
of sifting through the entire universe of permittees and others
subject to NPDES requirements. This leads to later steps that
place noncompliers into various categories for subsequent
action. Most steps in the ore-enforcement screening process
can be accomplished by a compliance analyst who is trained to
identity signs of continuing or serious noncompliance.
Documentedr in-place pre-enforcement screening procedures should
include the following elementss
A. A system for initial review of incoming information:
(1) Procedures should clearly specify who is responsible
for each screening function in this initial review.
(2) Procedures should require the forecast of reports
due within a specified period of time (e.g., fore-
casting all reports due for the next 30 days).
-------
-.14-
(3) Specific guidelines for determining obvious
compliance from noncomplianee should be developed.
The guidelines should at least establish criteria
to be used to: determine receipt vs. nonreceipt;
identify the methodology for determining effective
permit limits and limits required by Agency or court
orders-and whether ttermi-t ~effluent limits or other
limits have been exceeded; and assign priority for
review of incoming reports of different types.
(4) Procedures describing follow-up action once a.
determination of compliance status has been made
should include:
a. In cases of-obvious compliance, no further
review may be necessary. In such situations,
the appropriate update regarding the compliance
status is made in the source inventory.
b. Appropriate responses and time frames for
obvious noncompliance should also be established.
For example, nonreceipt of a report should be
followed up by a call or letter within ten
days. Procedures should be specified for
executing the initial response, triggering the
follow-up, and closing out the case (including
feedback to the source inventory, and entering
the information into PCS).
(5) Control procedures should be established for the
. internal transmittal of compliance information / /
-------
- 15 -
(6) Procedures should be set up for the pre-enforcement
screening of the Discharge Monitoring Reports (DMR),
to determine Whether the Violation Review Action
Criteria (VRAC) have been exceeded. Attachment A
/
to this chapter describes in detail those criteria
and their use* DMRs should be screened and data
entered into PCS (or transferred to the Region where
a State does not use PCS) within 30 days of their
receipt.
B. A system for development of a chronological history of
nc ".compliances •
The initial review of the incomin? information will
determine an instance of possible noncompliance by the
regulated facility (see A(3) above).; Any instance of
permit noncompliance should be entered into PCS or a
comparable tracking system. The system that is used
should be capable of.producing a convenient historical
reference of instances of noncompliance. Procedures
should be developed to preserve th.- s histori- 1 summary.
C. The means for technical evaluation of apparent
noncompliances
Following the preliminary screening in the t<*o steps
above* staff review of the file of a dischai -r that
appears to be in noncompliance should be con; acted for
purposes of a substantive technical evaluation. At this
\fY~) point in the process* it is important tos
-------
- 16 -
(1) Have detailed procedures -arid tine.frames:for
conducting the technical evaluation to determine
the level and frequency of the violation, and to
determine the appropriate response to the specific
violation. ,
(2) Document any action taken/not taken (including .the
technical reason-when the-technicalevaluation
indicates that a violation falls below the level of
•immediate action") in the historical summary and/or
PCS. These types of violations remain "actionable*
\
for future use as part of a subsequent file review.
(3) Establish timeframes for action on detected
violations.
(4) Have standard procedures for-compiling material to
be used in the next evaluation step. For example,
if the decision is made to proceed with a formal
enforcement action* the procedures should set out
the type of information to be contained in the
documentation-sent to the-assigned-author .of .the
proposed action.
(5) Install a tracking system (e.g., violation summary,
pink slip) which shpuld be maintained to locate an
enforcement action at any time in this process (see
the example in Attachment C).
'101
-------
- 17 -
(6) Have procedures that identify who is responsible
for completing each phase of the evaluation and who
should make each decision as the instance of apparent
noncompliance is processed.
Principle Ho. 4t Enforcement Evaluation
When ah instance of noncompliance is identified by the
pre-enforcement screening, the appropriate follow-up action
must be determined. This is a determination that should be
made by technical personnel with legal consultation, when
necessary. The following elements need to be in places
A.- Guidelines and procedures which assist in determining
the appropriate levels of action for specific categories
of violations. National guidance on the appropriate
enforcement response to specific violations has been
developed and is contained in the Enforcement Response
Guide (Attachment B). Deviations from this Guide may
legitimately occur, depending upon the facts of a
specific case.
B. Procedures delineating the respective roles of the
technical and legal staff and establishing procedures
for coordination.
C. Procedures for compiling enforcement action background
information to support the enforcement decision.
D. Procedures for interaction and coordination with other
affected programs (e.g., RCRA, CERCLA and/or other
agencies). Written agreements between programs, may be
-------
- 18 -
E. -Procedures'Cor information flow and decision-making
necessary to secure concurrence or nonconcurrence on the
enforcement action.
F. Time frames for completing a determination as to whether
the violation is "actionable" and initiation of-the
appropriate response. For example, the-provision could
-.state .that the overall time •'from .the date ~a report/event
is due to initiation of the appropriate art ion should
not exceed 45 days. The administering ag-•-.-•/ should
establish time frames which are subject to review.
G. Procedures for escalating enforcement action if
is not achieved expeditiously after taking the initial
action.
B. Procedures for closing out and updating the f ile *and
for'returning the compliance information to the data
base. When it is decided that an enforcement action
will not be taken* it is important to have a written
record that clearly documents why the alternative action
9
(i.e., an informal-notification or--a permit modification),
is more appropriate.
X
I. Procedures for providing feedback to the source inventory
that would correct any errors/misinformation found during
the screening process.
Principle No. 5; Formal Enforcement Action and Pollow-Op
This crucial principle is the cutting edge of the ENS and begins
when the decision has been made to issue a •formal" enforcement
: . . • )
.... -..**_.... «* Pert oral and State statutes f
-------
- 19 -
and/or regulations. In general* that decision is triggered by
a failure to achieve compliance within a specified period of
time through less formal means. According to the BSEPA "Guidance
•\
for Oversight of NPDES Programs"* a formal enforcement action
is one that requires actions to achieve compliance* specifies a
timetable* contains consequences for noncompliance that .are
independently enforceable without having to prove the original
violation* and subjects the person to adverse legal consequences
for noncompliance. Specific State enforcement actions should
be addressed by Regions and States on a case-specific basis.
Regions can exercise their own judgment in interpreting and
adapting national criteria to States* so long as they can
v •
^
justify the adaption of the State's enforcement process consistent
/
with national objectives.
The following elements for formal enforcement action should be
Included in the EMSt
A. Specific designation of responsibility for writing the
formal enforcement action.
i
B. Guidance for, the form and substance of the formal enforcement
action for use by the legal and technical staff. The basic
elements of the action should be summarized on this form.
C. A tracking'system for following the progress of formal
enforcement actions through to final physical compliance.
This compliance tracking system should be capable of supportit
the flow of required information into PCS.
-------
- 20 -
^D. "Procedures ranfl "guidelines tf or -esealacing -the -action £f
compliance is not achieved expeditiously, especially in
case* of noncompliance with an earlier enforcement action.
E. Procedures-for establishing the basis for closing enforcement
actions and-routing-the'appropriate compliance information
.to the source inventory. •
Principle No. 6; Initiation of Field Investigations
Field investigations are an integral part of any enforcement
program. The level of enforcement action is often dictated by
the ability of field inspection programs to respond to enforce-
ment needs. Enforcement programs are responsible for selecting
inspection candidates for both routine and special efforts of
the field units in support of the program. Field investigations
can be started at any time in the enforcement process. Chapter
V of the EMS Guide provides detailed guidance on field inspec-
tions; however* the following elements related to field
investigations should be included in an EMS.
A. Criteria and.procedures for' detecting candidates for field
investigations. .This* should .be -.accomplished -through *he
development of an.annual compliance inspection plan. Plans
• and procedures consistent with-the Compliance Inspection
Strategy (Chapter V) and clear criteria for selecting
candidates for appropriate mix of routine and special
compliance inspections must be in place.
B. Designation of responsibility to the enforcement program
manager for requesting field investigations in support of
the enforcement program.
-------
- 21 -
C. Timeframes for reporting the findings of a field
investigation. For example* the procedure nay require a
full report to be submitted to the enforcement program
within 30 days of the completion of the investigation.
D. A mechanism for informing field investigation personnel of
the utilization of field surveys.
E. Procedures for coordinating field investigations between
the administering agencies.
Principle No. 7i Internal Management Control
Throughout the enforcement process it is vital for all levels
of management to be able to assess the effectiveness of the
program, and to identify progress or deficiencies. Consequently
the organization's enforcement procedures should provide feed-
bade to give management the information it needs to ensure that
the program makes timely decisions and meets commitments.
Those procedures should allow for self-evaluation based on
reasonable timeframes* and should identify the focus of respon-
sibility for each element of the EMS. For internal management
control* an EMS should provide fort
A. The maintenance of a record cf specific formal enforcement
actions taken by the organization at any given period of
time.
B. A method of tracking information in terms of location and.
action/reaction time.
-------
- 22 -
- 1
C. A system of evaluating specific activities in terms of their
, quality, timeliness, results, and accomplishment of program
objectives.
.D. ;A system for assessing how-the compliance data,tas indicators
of environmental results, help-meet.the-goals of the CWA.
E. Procedures that will result in'effective-Communication
between the USEPA Regional Offices and the States on all
aspects of the enforcement process, including: the current
status of noncompliant sources and enforcement actions as
reported in the-Quarterly Noncompliance Reports; audit of
approved State programs; problem resolution; advance notifi-
cation of enforcement actions initiated by DSEPA in approved
States; and similar'program matters.
Conclusion
The successful Enforcement Management System should contain certain
key elements while remaining a flexible and dynamic system which is
geared to the organization and resources of the particular adminis-
tering agency. The -system 'Should be »etrong and.resilent ^enough 'to
continue•and'to translate compliance•information"into"enforcement
results, regardless of pressures that affect the^system. The key
to the success of the system is the unimpeded flow of: information
through the system'which facilitates the rapid return of a non-
complying permittee to compliance. ' Good communication among all
parties in the system is essential to its success.
This chapter of the Enforcement Management System has described the,
basic principles of the system. Implementation of the principles
-------
'- 23 -
number of essential documents support this framework in order to
make the system whole (see Appendix Z). The remaining chapters of
the EMS contain the most important of the supporting enforcement.
guidance and policies.
-------
ATTACHMENT A
VIOLATION REVIEW PROCESS
Many NPDES permittees may experience*some violation of their permit
conditions during the life-of-a-permit or may violate-enforcement
orders.. An ^effective 'Enforcement Management System 4EMS) "should
describe a process for reviewing and.screening those-violations :to
assure that enforcement resources are concentrated on the most
serious violations.
Throughout the violation review process, it should be, remembered
•
that any violation of an NPDES permit is a violation of the Clean
Water Act (CWA) for which the permittee .is strictly liable, -and for
which USEPA encourages some type of enforcement response. An
administering agency's decision regarding 'the appropriate enforcement
action should be based on an analysis of all of .the facts and
relevant legal provisions involved in a particular case. A decision
to take no action in a given situation is within the enforcement
discretion of the administering agency, so long as the reason for
exercising-the-no^action alternative is -warranted and Documented.
The violation review process has two main review elements—screening
all relevant data to determine: 1) whether there has been any type of
violation and the nature of that violation, and 2) whether the
violation requires professional review (defined by Violation Review
Action Criteria) and in some cases, listing on the Quarterly
Noncompliance Report (QNCR). These are discussed below.
09
-------
-2-
General Screening Considerations
An administering agency.'* decision oa whether to initiate an
enforcement action* and the type of action which is appropriate*
should include an evaluation of all available data to determine
the seriousness of the violation* the compliance history of the
permittee* and other relevant facts in the case. The decision
to proceed should not be based solely on Whether there is a
violation. There are many other circumstances which should be
• .' ;
considered in deciding whether to proceed with an enforcement
action. Included are the following! Da permit or enforcement
order schedule has been violated; 2) a violation has occurred
that presents an actual or imminent threat of significant harm
to the environment or to the public health and safety? 3) a
violation has occurred which* unless corrected* would erode the
integrity of an environmental protection program; 4) pretreatment
program requirements are violated; 5) a source has failed to
report; 6) a source has conducted an unauthorized bypass; 7)
inspection results indicate a severe problem; 8) there are
known or suspected operation and maintenance problems; 9)
information provided by interested parties indicates that a
significant violation has occurred; and 10) there are aesthetic
impacts related to the violation. These general violation
screening considerations should be applied in the violation
review process.
Violation Review Process
An effective Enforcement Management System .(EMS) should include a
process for reviewing .DMRs and other reports submitted by the
-------
- 3 -
permittee to determine whether that permittee is violating the
terms of its permit or enforcement order» where the permittee is .
subject to such an order. As a part of that process* the adminis-
tering -agency should establish .criteria for reviewing violations to
determine -which violations require priority review by a professional
to determine whether the violation-should be subject'•to a formal or
informal 'enforcement response. 'The .initial-screening of-BMRs-to
make this determination is normally conducted by para-professionals.
Any violation of a permit or enforcement order that exceeds the
screening criteria — called Violation Review Action Criteria
*• .'.... ^,.... . .
(VRAC)•-- should be reviewed by professional personnel to determine
the appropriate enforcement response. The remainder of this section
addresses the VRAC for: a) effluent violations of permits and
enforcement orders; and b) schedule, reporting.and other non-effluent
violations of permits .and enforcement orders.
A.~ Effluent Violations
x
Every NPDES permittee must submit Discharge Monitoring Reports
(DMRs) to the administering agency for its review to determine
whether there are violations of the effluent limitations in the
permit or in an enforcement order that is active against the
permittee. Federally-designated majors or P.L. 92-500 funded
minor NPDES permittees should submit DMRs either on a monthly or
quarterly basis. (Other permittees must also report but they may
be required to report on a less frequent basis.)
'The EMS-encourages the administering agency to take • an appro-
priate enforcement response against all violations.
-------
A particular violation may be resolved by a permittee so that a
formal enforcement response by the regulatory agency is unnecessary.
Other violations may require formal enforcement action for
resolution.
Table Z of this Attachment identifies the VRAC to be applied by
administering agencies in screening performance against effluent
limits. The VRAC established for violation of permit effluent
limits are more stringent than the reporting criteria established
in the QNCR regulation. Magnitude is not a factor in screening for
30 day average violations—only the number of violations—and
criteria are included for 7 day average and daily maximum violations.
The VRAC for violation of effluent limits in enforcement orders
equivalent to the criteria for reporting established by the CtfCR
regulation. Approved HPOES States should consider the VRAC included
in Table Z to be guidance and may modify the screening criteria to
reflect State resources and priorities. However* the VRAC establishe<
by approved HPDES States should be no less stringent than the
criteria established in Table Z and should include criteria for
violations of a seven day average or daily maximum. Zf the State
chooses to establish VRAC different from Table Z, the EMS should
explain the basis for setting the threshold for VRAC.
B. Schedule/ Reporting and Other Violations
The administering agency routinely examines the status of a permit ee
.on a monthly or quarterly basis through review of DMRs* and other
U-2L
-------
-5-
reports to determine whether the permittee is. complying with sched-
ules, reporting, or other requirements set by the permit or by an
enforcement order, where such an order exists, As discussed in A
above, the.EMS encourages the-administering agency to-take an
appropriate enforcement action against all violations. -A .particular
violation may be resolved by a permittee so-that ,a-formal enforcement
response by the regulatory agency is unnecessary. Other violations
may require formal enforcement action for resolution.
Table Z of this Attachment identifies the VRAC to be applied by
administering .agencies in screening performance against schedule,
reporting, and other requirements for all permittees. The VRAC
for violations of schedule and reporting requirements in this Table
are, in fact, equivalent to-the criteria established for reporting
in the regulation, "National Pollutant Discharge Elimination.System
Regulations; Noncompliance and Program Reporting,* commonly referred
to as the QNCR regulation. Approved NPDES States may modify the
VRAC included in Table Z, but in no case should the VRAC.be set at
a level less stringent than the reporting criteria identified in
Table Z.
Significant Honeompliance (SNC)t Definition and Use
The QNCR regulation (40 CFR 123.45) establishes criteria for
reporting violations of permit conditions or enforcement orders by
major permittees in the Quarterly Noncompliance Report (QNCR).
From the universe of violations identified in the QNCR, a subset of
violations will be identified as significant noncompliance (SNC).
-------
-6-
An explanation of which violations identified on the QMCR will
be considered SMC is provided in the QNCR Guidance. It should
be noted that since the definition of SMC is in guidance* it
nay change from tine to tine*
As stated previously* VRAC exceedances do not automatically require
a formal enforcement response* but do require*a professional
review. The concept of SMC is important because it identifies*"
' -• . I •
those violations which must receive a formal enforcement response
or return to compliance within a fixed period of time unless an
acceptable justification is established for not taking action.
(See Enforcement Response Guide.) Administering agency per-
formance in addressing SMC on a timely and appropriate basis
will be tracked in the Agency's Strategic Planning and Management
System (SPMS). .
. Stannary
The VRAC are criteria for screening DMR's and other reports submitted
by permittees to determine whether the violation(s) requires a
professional review. Identification of a violation as meeting or
exceeding the VRAC does not establish the type of enforcement
response which should be taken or the time frame in which it should
be accomplished. • . . '
For*many violations* VRAC is equivalent to the reporting criteria
established by the OMCR regulation. Those violations will be
reviewed by a professional and listed on the QRCR. In other casesr
-------
- 7 -
violations will be-reviewed by a professional -even 'though ttoey
do not meet the magnitude or frequency criteria of the ONCR.
Finally* a subset of violations identified on the ONCR will meet
the definition of SNC. A designation that-a violation is.SNC
requires that the violation be corrected or that a formal^enforce—
ment response be .initiated within -a specific period of .tine .by the
administer?no agency, unless jan acceptable justification'for~no
action is provided. This definition is provided in the ONCR
Guidance.
-------
TABLE I
VIOLATION REVIEW ACTION CRITERIA
VIOLATIONS OF EFFLUENT LIMITS
a. Permit Violation* Criteria
30 Day Average Violations • 2 violations in 6 months
7 Day Average violations Two violations in a month
Daily maximum violations* Four violations in a month
* pH <4.0 or >11.0, or if continuous
monitoring criteria are exceeded
• Storm Water Pour times the effective limit
Any Limit • Causes or has potential to cause
• . a water quality or a health
problem or the violation is of
concern to the Director
b. Enforcement Order Violations •
Any Limit Cited in the Any violation during the quarter
Enforcement Order**
VIOLATIONS OF COMPLIANCE SCHEDULE PERMITS AHD ENFORCEMENT ORDERS
Start Construction 90 days past scheduled date
End Construction
Attain Final Compliance
All Additional Milestones 90 days past scheduled date
Excludes bacteriological counts (e.g.*fecal coliform)* color*
and thermal parameters for which criteria are discretionary.
In the absence of interim effluent limits in an enforcement
order* permit, limits should be tracked and evaluated based on
the criteria for permit violations.
\U>
-------
VIOLATIONS OF REPORTING REQUIREMENTS IN PERMITS AND ENFORCEMENT
ORDERS
Discharge Monitoring
Reports (DMRs) •
Pretreatment Renorts
Compliance Schedule Report
final Progress Repoct
All Additional Renorts
VIOLATIONS OF OTHER REQUIREMENTS
a. Pretreatment Program
-Implementation
-Enforcement by POTW
b. General Permit Conditions
-Record Keeping* O&M
-BMP
c. Enforcement Orders
Any Other Requirements
Cited in the Enforcement
Order
d. Other Violations
30 days overdue or incomplete
or not understandable
'30 days overdue or incomplete
or not understandable
•30 days overdue *or .incomplete
or not understandable
• • *.
30 days overdue or incomplete
or not understandable
Failure to implement (issue
permits, enact ordinances,
inspect 7IUs) local pretreatment
program requirements.
Failure of the POTW to enforce
IU pretreatment requirements
Violation of narrative reouire-
ments (inaccurate recordkeeping,
inadeouate treatment plant
operation and maintenance)
^Failure-to:follow Best
'Management Practices (i.e.,
reouirement to develop SPCC
plans and imnlement BMP)
Any violations during the
quarter
Violations for which a formal
enforcement action is recommended
by the Enforcement Response
guide.
Ml
-------
- 3 -
ANNUAL REVIEW
The file of any major permittee or minor permittee of concern
should be reviewed at least once in a twelve month period, regardless
of whether the above criteria have been exceeded.
-------
ATTACHMENT B
ENFORCEMENT RESPONSE. GUIDE
This guide is for the use of NPDES enforcement officials who are
responsible .for determining:the appropriate enforcement .response
•to a specific violation of the NPDES permit.'and related*sections
of the'Clean Water Act. :lt is .intended-to serve two main purposes:
1. It recommends enforcement responses that are timely and
appropriate in relation to the nature and severity of the
violation and the overall degree of noncompliance;
2. Zt provides a guide to -ensure a uniform application of
enforcement response to comparable levels and types of viola-
tions, and it can be used as a mechanism to review .the appro-
priateness of responses by an enforcement agency.
• " /
This guide should be used to select the most appropriate response
to instances of noncompliance. When making determinations on the
level of the enforcement response, the technical and legal staff
should consider the degree of variance from the permit condition or.
/
legal •.requirement, 'the 'duration of .the violation, previous -enforce-
ment actions taken against the violator, and the deterrent effect
of the response on'the similarly situated regulated community.
Equally important are considerations of fairness and' equity, .national
consistency and the integrity of the NPDES program.
In any particular case, these factors may lead to a response that
differs from that contained in the guide. It should be/emphasized
that any violation of an NPDES permit is a violation of the Clean
-------
- 2 - . ' ' • .
Water Act (CWA). The administering agency (Region or approved State>
in its exercise of enforcement discretion, may elect any of the
enforcement responses available under and consistent with the CWA.
All SNC violations must be responded to in a timely and appropriate
manner by administering agencies (see Attachment A). The response
should reflect the nature and severity of the violation, and*
unless there is supportable justification, the response must be a
formal enforcement, action (as defined elsewhere in this document),
or a return to compliance by the permittee generally within one
quarter from the date that the SNC violation is first reported on .
the QNCR. Administering agencies are expected to take a formal
enforcement action before the- violation appears on the second QNCR,
generally within 60 days of the first QNCR. Zf the approved State
does not act before the second QNCR, the State should expect USEPA
to take a formal enforcement action. Zn the rare circumstance when
*
formal enforcement action is not taken, the administering agency is
expected to have a written record that clearly justifies why the
alternative action (informal enforcement action or permit modification)
was more appropriate.
A key element in all enforcement responses is the timeliness with
which they are initiated and effect compliance. Given many types
of violations and the variance in resources available to the
administering agencies, no specific time frame is established in
which to initiate and complete a given response. Within 30 days
of the identification of any violation, the appropriate response
should be determined, and any action taken, (or not taken) should
12.0
-------
be documented. If nonconpliance continues beyond what is considered
to be a reasonable time, the type of formal enforcement action
needed should be established.
This guidance addresses a broad range of NPDES violationsi .It is
not intended to cover all-types of violations. The .responses in
this guide are suggested responses. They reflect the enforcement
actions available to the OSEPA. Other administering agencies may
have alternative enforcement responses that are equally effective.
The measure of the effectiveness of an enforcement'response includes:
—whether the noncomplying source is returned to compliance
as expeditiously as possible;
— whether the enforcement response establishes the appropriate
deterrent effect for the particular violator and for other
potential violators; and
— whether the enforcement response promotes fairness of
government treatment as between comparable violators* as
well as between complying and noncomplying parties.
Zn exercising its enforcement oversight responsibilities/ the USSPA
must evaluate whether an administering agency has used an appropriate
enforcement response to«a .given'nonceaDlianee situation. 'The
Enforcement Response Guidevwill be used as-a general guide :rn
making that assessment> keeping in mind the enforcement responses
available to the administering agency, the results that are achieved,
and the need to achieve an acceptable level of. national consistency.
v
This guide has been developed for the internal use of OSEPA and is
not intended to create legal rights or obligations, or to limit the
enforcement discretion of any of the .administering agencies.
121
-------
. QCORCSIBfr
SftMPLDP, MGNITDRDP AND
HOOOMELIMKE
to sasple, ncnitor
or xejwrL (routine' reports*
DOS)
ORCUMglMCES
Isolated or infrequent.
RANGE OF RESPCKSE!
2Shone call, written
letter of violation
(I£V). Report to
J*t*l*
AAriaistratiw
Qrdn: (AO) if no
is received.
failure to sanple.
requ
failure to notify (conp
%l ^ »nr
ItN. Reports to
be submitted
call or LQV.
Reports to be sub-
mitted
to *anpl«, monitor,
JT notify
to 1
AD or j
Failure to notify of
3t lifflit vtfiH*i+4r*'*
is received. Request
for criminiil investi-
gation*
AOor jHrtida
Failure to notify of
to notify of
Ho known effects.
Shone call or LOV.
ZXVorAO.
call or IT
dtoring
Lng,
AO if continued.
AO.
ns to be
on the next
icfial*
AOor judicial
Any
Judicial action*
Request for crinana.
investigation*
-------
ENPORCEMBTT -RESPONSE
PEPMTT QGMPLIAMCE SCHEMES (Construction phases or p
Missed Interim Date
Missed Interim Date
Missed.Interim Date
Missed Final Date4
Missed Final Date4
Major or
Failure to install
Will not cause late final date
or other interim dates.
Will result-in other missed
, interim dates. Violation for
-Win result:in other missed
interim dates* No good, or
valid
Violation
v «^vMMMe»VHS>v*Bi«
BBjeure (Strike* act of
God, etc.)
90 <^"y" or **" m CTrt'j^y^l'^t
^Failure or refusal to eocply
without good or valid
BMiSE OF RESPCKSE
L3V.
.Z0VOT-AO.
JflV. ID.-or: judicial
AD OCMHJANCE SCHEMES (Construction phases* MCP or CCP)
lained in AD previously
(justifiable delay)*
*in*d in'AO*previously
Beparting false
for delay.
instance.
Contact permittee and
require documentation
of good or valid cause.
AO or judicial
action.
AD or j«irt1ria1 action.
Bequest for criminal
investigation.
AD to begin monitoring
(using outside con-
tracts* if necessary)
and install equipment.
A0.5
'Judicial-action.
.for criminal
ligatich.
•judicial act-Inn. 'Bequest
for criminal investiga-
tion.
iz-v
-------
EHEORQMENT
AtMUT CTFII3EMT LZKHS
gJAMCE
Exceeding Final
Eyneetting Finn! Units
Exceeding Final Limits
F isolated
violation*
•a jar violations of a
single cffliMRt Unit.
Fraquant violations of
HAIKS OP RESPONSE
LCV.
LCV, 90 (judicial
action if environmental
harm resulted).
AD or judicial
action.
Exceeding Interim Limits Results, in known environ- . AO or judicial action.
Bxreeding interim Units Without known dang*.
(outside permittee'e
control* e.g.
majeure)
_ Interim Limits
(outside permittee's
Erol* e.g.«
With substantial
environental
majeure)
Discharge without a
One time without known
Discharge %d.thout a
without a
One time vnich results
IB envizoonintal dantge
^I»«|M violation with
euvlrcuMutal
or
AO.
action.
PC.
AD or jmtiHal act inn.
Judicial action. Request '
criminal investigation.
AEKflbilS-jjiiu-^VE CmX IMTERIM UMTTS
Ttf^Ap4fli
Limits
in AD
Limits
in Ad
within the control of tiie
A0.5
Judicial action.
-------
•JENPORCEMENT RESPONSE
&tfllx»/EPA OGMPIJANS INSHdCTICM
NGNQCMPLIANX
Minor violation of
analytical procedures
Major violation of
analytical
Ma jor violation of
analytical pen
Minor violation of
Minor violation of
- - -
Major violation of
Non-*ubmttal of
XMR/OA data
Hon™BUifcnnttal of
ZMR/OA data
TRIAL
Mon-«iznlttal of BMR
Violation of
categorical,
Unit*
Violation of
limit*
Violation of oateoo
Any instance.
No evidence of intent.
Evidence of negli
OF.* intent*
Ho evidence of negligence
or intent*
Evidence of negligence
or intent*
Evidence of "negligence
or intent*
»tyl violation*
Continued violation*
FREIREASMEMr
Late.
RANGE OF RESPONSE
LOV.
or * judicial
^action (possible
/criminal action).
LQV.
UOL lection required*
AD or judicial
action (possible
criBdnal action).
AO or
Lev or AO.
)*
judicial action.
IDV or AD.
ODVor AD.
AO or judicial action.
Ho BMR or treatnant
AO or
action.
violation or
Any
Judicial action.
Request for criminal
investigation.
-------
HDNICIPAIS (P01WS)
NONOGMPtlANCE
Non-submittal of
annual reports
Municipal
enf orcsBent of
general? Torail or
categorical limit*
s
unicipal non*
' 4toeV eMNASkViStASMMAMS*
OC yLVLCvBOaBnC
program (e.g, failure
to enforce any limits*
require-
Failure to submit
an
Failur* to submit
ENFORCEMENT RESPONSE
FHb'IHEAlMEWr (CONTINUED)
First
implenntation.
First
RANGE Cg RESPONSE
LCV.
First time or infrequent. UN or AO.
AD or Judicial Action
(Judicial Action may
be preceded by notice
to PQTW under Section
309(f)).
Judicial action.
UEVELS OF RESPONSE^
There are three levels of response to all violations. For any violation the .
adadnistering agency must review the violation and determine the appropriate
violations, the response may be no action necessary at this
can be an inspection, phone call, a
violation letter* or a Federal Notice of Violation to the permittee with a copy
to the administering State agency. The violation letter can be limited to a
notification of the violation or to requiring certain steps to be taken within
follcwingt
1. An AdBdnistrative Order or State equivalent action? or
2. A .judicial referral to the state Attorney Central or to the
Justice. *
of
-------
lThe Notice of Violation (NOV) .is not specif ically identified as a possible
resoonse in the "Ranqe of Response" ^column. In -.fact, .the .use of an NQV by "EPA
as an initial response Is an appropriate ontion where -the violation is in a
State with an approved NPDES ntoqrauu However, it nust be recognized that an
NOV does not qualify as a formal enforcement action.
2Phone calls should he noted in the record and be followed UP with warning
letters if reports are not received within the specified tine frame.
3If the compliance -schedule is -established by a •consent decree or other
ludicial order » the violation should be brought to the -attention of the program
manager and legal counsel to determine whether the court should be notified.
The permitting authority may not excuse or allow a violation of a consent
decree or other court order without court approval.
*The enforcement response chosen for Missed Final '-Dates must be consistent
with the provisions of the National Municipal Policy.
Clean Water Act does not authorize the issuance of an AO for a violation
of a previously issued AO. Any successive AO issued must be based upon the
underlyino violations of the Act contained in the previous AO and/or upon .
subsequent violations of the Act.
6The amendments to the Clean Water Act proposed by both the Rouse of Representatives
and the Senate would give EPA authority to inpose administrative penalties. If
the final version includes this authority, the ERG win have to be modified to
, establish criteria for determining which violations should be addressed through
a penalty action.
-------
1°
NPDBS VIOLATION SlffMARY
NPDES No.
I | Major
I ) Minor
ATTACHMENT C
I ) Municipal
I 1 Non-Nun.
{ | Federal
I 1 State
NAME & LOCATION
DATE OP
VIOLATION TYPE OF VIOLATION
MO/tft/YR
AGENCY RESPONSES
DATE OF
'RESPONSES
HO/Eft/YR
PBRSON(S)
INITIATING
RESPONSE
DUE DATE
MO/ay/YR
SFATUS
REVIEWER
NAME
AND TITLE
REMARKS
(Additional information may be entered across the shoot—betwuon
citations of permit violations—to meet local ancillary tracking
requlramonts. Any other pertinent information, such as the
rationale for unusual responsesf may also be docununtod in this
manner.)
-------
^APPENDIX I
LIST OF GUIDANCE AND SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS
1. National Guidance for Oversight of NPDES Programs, FY 1986
(June 28, 198S).
2. Office of Water 'FY 1986-"1987 -Operating -Guidance rand Strategi-c
Planning and Management-System (February, U.985).
3. NPDES Inspection Strategy-and^Guidance for'Preparing Annual
State/EPA .Compliance .-Inspection Plans (April 16,-^185).
4. National Municipal Policy (January 23, 1984).
5. Regional and Stat* Guidance on the National Municipal Policy
(April 1.7, 1984).
6. Municipal Enforcement Guidance (Issued by Office of Enforcement
and Compliance Monitoring; October, 1984).
7. Recommended Format for Clean Water.Act Section -309 Administrative
Orders (July 30, 1985) '
8. Pretreatment Program Guidance to POTWs'for Enforcement of
Industrial Categorical Standards (November 5, 1984)
9. NPDES Civil Penalty Policy (February 4.L, .1986).
10. Permit Compliance •:System .Policy (October .31, .1985).
-------
APPENDIX II
ABBREVIATIONS FREQUENTLY USED
AAW - Assistant Administrator for Water
ADA - Administering Agency (EPA and NPDES States)
ADP - Automated Data Processing
AO - Administrative Order
AT - Advanced Treatment
AWT - Advanced Waste Treatment
BAT - Best Available Technology
BCT - Best Conventional Technology
BCCT - Best Conventional Control Technology
BZO - Compliance Biomonitoring Inspection (see CBZ)
BODs - 5 Day Biochemical Oxygen Demand
BEJ - Best Professional Judgment .
BPT - Best Practicable Treatment . . <
CBI - Confidential Business Information or Compliance Biomonitoring
Inspection (See BIO)
CEI - Compliance Evaluation Inspection
CFR - Code of Federal Regulations
CC - Construction Grant
CS - Construction Schedule
CSI - Compliance Sampling Inspection
CWA - Clean Water Act
DI (DIA or DIAG) - Diagnostic Inspection
DMR - Discharge Monitoring Report
DOJ - Department of Justice (US)
ELG - Effluent Limitation Guidelines
EMS -. Enforcement Management System
ERG - Enforcement Response Guide
-------
F - Final Limits
PEL - Final Effluent Limits
/
FFCA - Federal Facility Compliance Agreement
FR -'Federal'Register
GREAT - General Record of.Enforcement Actions ITaken
ZAG - .Interagency Agreement
1C - In Compliance
ZEL (INT) - Interim Effluent Limits
ZL - Interim Limits
LOV - Letter of Violation
MOA - Memorandum of Agreement
NC - Noncompliance v
NCR - Noncompliance Report
NEZC - National Enforcement Investigations Center
NOV - Notice of Violation
NPDES - National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
OECM - Office of Enforcement and Compliance Monitoring
OGC - Office of General Counsel
OIG - Office.of.Inspector.General
0&M - Operations-.and Maintenance/Management
OW - Office of Water
OWAS (OWEG) - Guide to the Office of Water Accountability System
and Mid-Year Evaluations
OWEP - Office of Water Enforcement and Permits
ORD - Office of Research and Development
PAI - Performance Audit Inspection
PCS - Permit Compliance System
c
POTW - Publicly Owned treatment Works
FOR - Permit Quality Review
-------
- 3 -
PWS - Public Water Systems
QA - Quality Assurance
QNCR - Quarterly Nonconpliance Report
RE - Resolved .
RI - Reconnaisance Inspection
SCO - Show Cause Order
SEA - State-EPA Agreement or State Enforcement Agreement
SNAP - Significant Noncompliance Action Program
SNC - Significant Noncompliance
SPCC - Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures
SPNS - Strategic Planning and Management System.
TOX {TOX SAMP) - Toxics Sampling Inspection (see XSI)
•
TPP - Temporary Pollution Permit
USEPA - Onited States Environmental Protection Agency
VRAC - Violation Review Action Criteria
HENDB - Water Enforcement National Data Base
WQM . water Quality Management
WWTF - Wastewater Treatment Facility
WWTP - Wastewater Treatment Plant
XSZ - Toxics Sampling Inspection (see TOX)
$ - Facility Contructed with P.L. 92-500 Grant Funds
-------
.Definitions for -the rErfforeewent-Management ^System*
1. Actionable* A violation by the NPDES permittee or other facility
subject to regulation under the Clean Water Act (CWA), and/or
the permit, which gives rise to a possible enforcement-action
by'the HPDES-State, USEPA, and/or any.person or-entity having
standing* whether or not such .action is-taken.
2. Administrative Order (AO): A document .issued-by EPA-under
» . - • .
Section 309(a){3) of the CWA which contains findings of fact
determined through a-unilateral, administrative process (without
required notice or opportunity for hearing) and which demands
that the permittee achieve compliance with the CWA ($$301, 302,
306, 308, 318, 405 or with conditions of a permit which imple-
ments one of those sections, or an equivalent State action
issued under State authority. The document contains an order
to cease the violation immediately, or a specific timetable for
compliance.
3. Dischargers (Municipal, Industrial, Major and Minor):
(A) Municipal Majorx A municipal wastewater treatment facility
which ^discharges -a flow .of cone million ^gallons
-------
- 2 -
system. Points are assigned on the basis of the follow.
five effluent parameters: toxic pollutant potential;
flow/wastewater type; conventional pollutant load;
•
public health impact; and water quality factors. The
point total is added. If the total is eighty points or
higher the discharger is.classified as major. Those
dischargers which have less than.eighty points are
classified as minor.
(C) Discretionary Majors: USEPA Regions are permitted to
assess up to five hundred points at their discretion* '
thereby placing some dischargers in the major classifi-
cation which would not have otherwise been there. This
provides the Regions the opportunity to classify certai
dischargers with local problems as'majors, even though
they would not be under a fixed* inflexible national
scheme. Each Region's discretion is limited to 20
discretionary additions plus five percent of their
total major permits.
4. Formal Enforcement Action: An action that requires actions to
achieve compliance* specifies a timetable* contains consequences
for noncompliance that are independently enforceable without
having to prove the original violation* and subjects the person
to adverse legal consequences for noncompliance.
•i.
5. Letter of Violation (LOV): A warning letter issued by either an
NPDES State or USEPA to a permittee under the NPOES Program
informing the permittee that it is in violation of the CWA,
-------
- 3 -
implementing regulationsr and/or the permit* and which indicates
the oossibility of escalated enforcement action if the violation
is not corrected in a timely manner.
6. 'Notice of Violation (NOV): A•formally-written document .issued
by OSEPA under $309(a)(l) to-an approved State with a cooyto
th« permittee informing them of the-permitteeIs violation;of
•a State-issued WOES -permit or a State-issued ;$404 permit. The
NOV specifically describes.the violation and describes the
action required by the State to avoid further action by OSEPA.
-------
-------
1.5.
-------
1.5. "General Enforcement Compendium" updated Table of Contents, December 1, 1994.
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
" Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance
Office of Regulatory Enforcement, Multimedia Enforcement Division
GENERAL ENFORCEMENT POLICY COMPENDIUM
December 1994
The General Enforcement Policy Compendium is a collection of enforcement policies and guidances that
apply to more than one program. Medium-specific policies are found in their respective statute-specific
compendium*. All the documents contained in this Compendium are releasabte to the public in their entirety.
The enforcement program established the Compendium in 1982. At that time, it contained only 11
documents. By 1993, the Compendium included 90 documents numbered from GM-1 through GM-90. The Office
of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance (OECA) revised and redesigned the Compendium in 1994. As part of
this effort, OECA developed a new numbering system for the documents in the Compendium. In order to allow for
continuity, those documents retained from the previous version of the Compendium have both the old and new
document numbers.
The Compendium consists of three parts. The first is the Table of Contents, which is a list of documents
divided,into fifteen subject headings. The second is a new Descriptive Index, containing capsule summaries of
each of the documents contained in the Compendium. The third part consists of the actual documents themselves.
If you are searching for a document but do not know its title, we suggest you first look in the Table of
Contents in the appropriate section. Once you find a document that you think might provide the needed guidance,
read the summary in the Descriptive Index to make sure it is the appropriate one. Some document titles may not
effectively indicate the contents of those documents. After you think you have the correct document, locate it in
the Compendium in the appropriate section.
OECA has widely circulated The Table of Contents and Descriptive Index electronically and through hard
copies. Copies of the full Compendium can be found in the following locations: EPA Libraries in Headquarters, the
Regional Offices, Regional Laboratories and DOJ; Regional Counsels; Regional Environmental Services Divisions
(those located outside the main Regional Offices); Office Directors and Division Directors in OECA (including NEIC in
Denver); Special Agents in Charge; and Office of General Counsel:
If you have any questions about the General Enforcement Policy Compendium, please contact Jonathan
Libber of the Multimedia Enforcement Division at (202) 564-6011.
-------
GENERAL ENFORCEMENT POLICY COMPENDIUM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
12/1/94
DESCRIPTIVE INDEX
CROSS INDEX
COMPENDIUM DOCUMENTS
REFERRALS
B,
RF.l General Procedures and Goals
RF.l-1: Memorandum of Understanding Between DOJ and
EPA (GM-3) (June 15, 1977)
RF.1-2: Draft DOJ/EPA Litigation Procedures (GM-8)
(April 8, 1982)
RF.1-3: Model Litigation Report Outline and Guidance
(GM-48) (January 30, 1986)
RF.1-4: General Operating Procedures for EPA's Civil
Enforcement Program (GM-12) (July 6, 1982)
RF.1-5: Implementing Nationally Managed or Coordinated
Enforcement Actions (GM-35) (January 4, 1985)
RF.1-6: Policy on Invoking Section 9 of the EPA/DOJ
Memorandum of Understanding (GM-63)
(August 20, 1987)
RF.1-7: Headquarters Review and Tracking of Civil
Referrals (GM-26) (March 8, 1984)
RF.2 Direct Referrals
RF.2-1: Expansion of Direct Referral of Cases to DOJ
(GM-69) (January 14, 1988)
RF.2-2: Implementation of Direct Referral for Civil
Cases (GM-18) (December 1, 1983)
RF.3 Delays in Filing Cases
RF.3-1: DOJ Procedures for Returning Certain Unfiled
Cases to EPA for Further Processing (GM-78)
(November 12, 1987)
RF.3-2: Hold Action Requests (GM-90)
(November 16, 1990)
c>
II. PENALTIES
A. PT.l General Procedures and Goals
PT.1-1: Policy on Civil Penalties (GM-21)
(February 16, 1983)
PT.1-2: A Framework for Statute-Specific Approaches to
Penalty Assessments (GM-22)
(February 16, 1984)
c.
-------
PT.1-3: Documenting Penalty Calculations and Justi-
fications in EPA Enforcement Actions (GM-88)
(August 9, 1990)
PT.1-4: Remittance of Fines and Civil Penalties
(GM-38) (April 15, 1985)
PT.1-5: Guidance for Calculating the Economic Benefit
of Noncompliance for a Civil Penalty
Assessment (GM-33) (November 5, 1984)
PT.1-6: Division of Penalties with State and Local
Governments (GH-45) October 30, 1985)
B, PT.2 Mitigation
PT.2-1: Guidance on Determining a Violator's Ability
to Pay a Civil Penalty (GM-56)
(December 16, 1986)
PT.2-2: Policy on the Use of Supplemental Environ-
mental Projects in EPA Settlements (GM-77)
(February 12, 1991)
PT.2-3: Guidance on Calculating After Tax Net Present
Value of Alternative Payments (GM-51)
(October 28, 1986)
C. PT.3 Stipulated Penalties
PT.3-1: Use of Stipulated Penalties in EPA Settlement
Agreements (GM-75) (January 24, 1990)
PT.3-2: Procedures for Assessing Stipulated Penalties
(GM-67) (January 11, 1988)
D. PT.4 Confidential Information fsee Descriptive Index
for Summaries of BEN and ABEL case memoranda which are
not contained in the Compendium)
PT.4-1: Economic Benefit from Noncompliance: An
Analysis of Judicial and Administrative
Interpretation (August 1, 1993) (GM-no)
PT.4.2: Ability to Pay — for Profit Entities: An
Analysis of Judicial and Administrative
Interpretation (August 1, 1993) (GM-no)
o ' •
III. CONTRACTOR LISTING
^ -*
A. CL.l General Listing
CL.l-l: US Environmental Protection Agency Contractor
Listing Procedures and Guidance (May 1993)
B. CL.2 Discretionary Listing
CL.2-1: Guidance on Implementing £he Discretionary
Contractor Listing Program (GM-53)
(November 26, 1986)
-------
C. CL.3 Asbestos
CL.3-1: Asbestps Contractor Listing (GM-no)
(June 30, 1988)
CL.3-2: Defining the "Violating Facility" for
purposes of Listing Asbestos Demolition and
Renovation Companies Pursuant to Section 306
of the Clean Air Act (GM-no) (March 11, 1988)
D. CL.4 Mandatory Listing .
CL.4-1: Implementation of Mandatory Contractor Listing
(GM-32) (August 8, 1983)
CL.4-2: EPA Policy Regarding the Role of Corporate
Attitude, Policies, Practices, and Procedures
in Determining Whether to Remove a Facility
from the EPA List of Violating Facilities
Following a Criminal Conviction (GM-no)
(October 31, 1991)
IV. SETTLEMENTS
A. SE.1 Procedures
SE.1-1: Form of Settlement in Civil Judicial Cases
(GM-42) (July 24, 1985)
SE.1-2: Guidance on the Use of Alternative Dispute
Resolution in EPA Enforcement Cases (GM-62)
(August 14, 1987)
SE.1-3: Process for Conducting Pre-Referral Settlement
Negotiations on Civil Enforcement Cases
(GM-73) (April 13, 1988)
SE.l-4: Enforcement Settlement Negotiations (GM-39)
(May 22, 1985)
SE.1.5: Policy Against "No Action" Assurances (GM-34)
B. SE.2 Terms of Settlement
SE.2-1: Multi-media Settlements of Enforcement Cases
(GM-80) (February 6, 1990)
SE.2-2: Interim Policy on the Inclusion of Pollution
Prevention and Recycling Provisions in
Enforcement Settlements (GM-79)
(February 25, 1991)
SE.2-3: Final EPA Policy on the Inclusion of
Environmental Auditing Provisions in
Enforcement Settlements (GM-52)
(November 14, 1986)
V. CRIMINAL ENFORCEMENT POLICIES THAT IMPACT CIVIL ENFORCEMENT
A. CP.l Parallel Proceedings
CP.l-l: Parallel Proceedings Policy (June 21, 1994)
-------
B. CP.2 Case Management Procedures
CP.2-1 The Exercise of Investigative Discretion
(January 12, 1994).
CP.2-2 Referral of Criminal Cases for Prosecutive
Action (March 2, 1993).
PUBLICITY
A. PB.l Civil Enforcement
PB.l-l: Policy on Publicizing Enforcement Activities•
(GM-46) (November 21, 1985)
B. PB.2 Criminal Enforcement
PB.2-1 Policy on Responding to Public or Media
Inquiries Regarding Criminal Cases
(December 22, 1989).
VII. REGULATORY DEVELOPMENT
A. RG.l General Procedures and Goals
RG.l-l: Issuance of Enforcement Considerations for
Drafting and Reviewing Regulations &
Guidelines for Developing New or Revised
Compliance and Enforcement Strategies (GM-58)
(August 15, 1985)
RG.l-2: A Summary of OE's Role in the Agency's
Regulatory Review Process (GM-47)
(January 27, 1986)
RG.l-3: The Regulatory Development Process: Change in
Steering Committee Emphasis and OE
Implementation (GM-59) (February 6, 1987)
RG.l-4: Ex Parte Contacts in EPA Rulemaking (GM-4)
(August 4, 1977)
VIII. STATE/FEDERAL AGREEMENTS
i
A. SF.l General Procedures and Goals
SF.1-1: Revised Policy Framework for State/EPA
Enforcement Agreements (GM-41)
(June 26, 1984)
SF.1-2: Guidance for the FY 1989 State/EPA Enforcement
Agreements Process (GM-57) (June 20, 1988)
IX. ORDERS AND DECREES
A. OR.l Drafting and Modifying Orders and Decrees
OR.1-1: Guidance for Drafting Judicial Consent Decrees
(GM-17) (October 19, 1983)
-------
OR.1-2: Procedures for Modifying Judicial Consent
Decrees (GM-68) (January 11, 1988)
B. OR.2 Monitoring and Enforcing Orders and Decrees
OR.2-1: Manual on Monitoring & Enforcing
Administrative and JudicialOrders (GM-86)
(February 6, 1990)
OR.2-2: Guidelines for Enforcing Federal District
Court Orders (GM-27) (April 18, 1984)
X. FEDERAL FACILITIES
A. FF.l Compliance Monitoring and Enforcement
FF.1-1: Federal Facilities Compliance Strategy (GM-25)
(November 8, 1988)
XI. TRACKING ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITIES
A. TK^l General Procedures and Goals
TK.1-1: Agency Judicial Consent Decree Tracking and
Follow-up Directive (GM-76) (January 11, 1990)
TK.l-2: Guidance on Certification of Compliance with
Enforcement Agreements (GM-74) (July 25, 1988)
TK.1-3: Revised Regional Referral Package Cover Letter
and Data Sheet (GM-40) (May 30, 1985)
TK.l-4: Consent Decree Tracking Guidance (GM-19)
(December 20, 1983)
TK.l-5: Procedures and Responsibilities for Updating
and Maintaining the Enforcement
Docket (GM-60) (March 10, 1987)
TK.l-6: Enforcement Docket Maintenance (GM-61)
(April 8, 1988)
TK.1-7: Support of the Enforcement DOCKET for
Information Management in OECA
(October 3, 1994)
t
XII. CASE MANAGEMENT
A. CM.l General Procedures and Goals
CM-.'l-l: Case Management Plans (GM-71) (March 11, 1988)
CM.1-2:. Regional Enforcement Management: Enhanced
Regional Case Screening (GM-85)
(December 3, 1990)
CM.1-3: Guidance on Evidence Audit of Case Files
(GM-20) (December 30, 1983)
(See also Section V, CRIMINAL ENFORCEMENT POLICIES THAT
IMPACT CIVIL ENFORCEMENT)
-------
XIII. INSPECTIONS
B. JIN. 1 General Procedures and Goals
IN.l-l: Conduct of Inspections After the Barlow's
Decision (GM-5) (April 11, 1979)
IN.1-2: Visitor's Releases and Hold Harmless
Agreements as a Condition to
Entry to EPA Employees
on Industrial Facilities (GM-1)
(November 8, 1972)
XIV. COMMUNICATIONS
CO.1 Communications with Litigants - .
CO.1-1: Contacts with Defendants and Potential
Defendants in Enforcement Litigation (GM-6)
(October 7, 1981)
CO.1-2: n£x Parte" Rules Covering Communications Which
Are the Subject of Formal Adjudicatory
Hearings (GM-7) (December 10, 1981)
CO.1-3: Enforcement Document Release Guidelines
(GM-43) (September 16, 1985)
(See also Section VZ PUBLICITY)
XV. MISCELLANEOUS
D. MI.1 Other
MI.1-1: Assertion of the Deliberative Process
Privilege (GM-66) (October 3, 1984)
MI.1-2: Strengthening the Agency's Administrative
Litigation Capacity (GM-89) (May 3, 1989)
MI.1-3: Professional Obligations of Government
Attorneys (GM-2) (April 19, 1976)
MI.1-4: Liability of Corporate Shareholders and
Successor Corporations for Abandoned
Sites Under CERCLA (GM-28)1
(June 13, 1984)
MI.1-5: Interim Guidance on review of Indian
Lands Enforcement Actions (October
21, 1992) attaching EPA Policy for
the Administration of Environmental
Programs on Indian Reservations
(November 8, 1984) (GM-no)
1This policy is to be transferred to the CERCLA Policy
Compendium after a generic policy is developed to take its place.
-------
12/1/94
GENERAL ENFORCEMENT POLICY COMPENDIUM
DESCRIPTIVE INDEX
I. REFERRALS (RF)
A. RF.l General Procedures and Goals
(GM-3) (RF.l-i)
Memorandum of Understanding Between Department of
Justice and the Environmental Protection Agency (June
15, 1977)
The Department of Justice (DOJ) conducts the civil
litigation of the EPA. This document is a Memorandum of
Understanding (MOU) that clarifies the roles of DOJ and EPA
attorneys. This memorandum contains 19 clauses, the first 15 of
which are the more substantive. They are: -
(1) the Attorney General (AG) has control over all cases to
which EPA or the Administrator is a party;
(2) the Administrator may request that the AG permit Agency
attorneys to participate in cases;
(3) EPA attorneys shall not file any documents in a court
proceeding without prior approval of the AG;
(4) the AG has control over the conduct of all litigation
and allocates tasks among the attorneys employed by DOJ and
Agency participating attorneys;
(5) if DOJ and EPA attorneys disagree over the conduct of a
case, the Administrator may obtain a review of the matter by the
AG;
(6) settlement of any case where DOJ represents EPA requires
the concurrence of the Administrator and the AG;
(7) EPA and DOJ conduct a joint annual review of DOJ's and
EPA's personnel requirements for Agency litigation;
(8) DOJ must file cases within 60 days or report why
complaints have not been filed; .
(9) if DOJ hasn't filed within 120 days, the Administrator
can request DOJ to file within 30 days;
(10) all requests for litigation shall be submitted by EPA
through the General Counsel or the Asst. Administrator for
Enforcement to the Asst. AG for the Land and Natural Resources
Division, and shall be accompanied by a standard litigation
report;
-------
(11) EPA shall make the file of any matter that is the
subject of litigation available to DOJ attorneys;
(12) the Administrator shall review the Agency's procedures
for preparing the record in cases involving direct review in the
Courts of Appeal;
(13) negotiation of any agreement to be filed in court
requires the authorization and concurrence of the AG;
^ (14) the AG shall defer to the Administrator's
interpretation of scientific and technical matters in conducting
litigation for EPA; and
(15) this agreement doesn't affect the authority of the
Solicitor General to. carry out his functions with regard to
appeals or petitions.
(GM-8) (RF.1-2)
Draft Department of Justice/Environmental Protection
Agency Litigation Procedures (April 8, 1982)
These procedures were the result of a DOJ/EPA meeting to
strengthen enforcement efforts. It is divided into two main
parts: a discussion of EPA enforcement goals and objectives, and
the Quantico Guidelines for Enforcement Litigation (reached as a
result of the meeting).
Three EPA enforcement goals and objectives are stated: (1)
to support andxadvance the regulatory policies of EPA through the
use of all available enforcement means to ensure compliance,
deter unlawful conduct, and remove incentives of noncompliance;
(2) to give the regulated community fair notice of EPA's policies
and the requirements they impose on the regulated community; and
(3) to establish regulatory policies and enforcement goals,
priorities and procedures to effectuate its policy initiatives
and to guide the Dept. of Justice [DOJ] in its role as EPA's
litigation counsel. The Quantico Guidelines are divided into
five parts: (a) goals & purposes; (b) general observations; (c)
DOJ and EPA commitments; (d) process [procedures]; and (e)
specific issues discussed (Superfund national strategy guidelines
and existing consent decrees)
(GM-48) (RF.1-3)
Model Litigation Report Outline and Guidance (January
30, 1986)
This guidance has two purposes: (a) to create a common
understanding among Agency personnel and Dept. of Justice
attorneys as to what the litigation report needs to cover; and
-------
. (b) to make the litigation report's form consistent. This
guidance is a two-part document. First comes the Model
Litigation Report - Outline. The Model Litigation Report -
Guidance follows the Outline, addressing and explaining in detail
most of the items in the Outline.
The Outline includes: (1) cover page; (2) table of contents;
(3) synopsis of the case; (4) statutory bases of referral; (5)
description of the defendant; (6) nature of the violations; (7)
enforcement history of the defendant and pre-referral
negotiations; (8) injunctive relief; (9) penalties; (10) major
issues; (11) significance of referral; (12) litigation strategy;
and (13) attachments.
(GM-12) (RF.l-4)
General operating Procedures for EPA's Civil
Enforcement Program (July 6, 1982) ,
This document describes the roles and relationships of the
various EPA offices which participate in enforcement activities.
Seventeen sections follow the introduction, the last three of
which are housekeeping clauses. The substantive sections are, in
order of their appearance: enforcement objectives; roles and
relationships; delegations and concurrence requirements;
reporting requirements and Office of Legal and Enforcement
Counsel oversight; reviewing compliance and determining
responses; escalation; case development process; referral
process; Headquarters review of case development; post-referral
procedures; negotiations; enforcing consent decrees and final
orders; appeals; and communications/press relations. The section
on roles and responsibilities is further separated into Regional
Administrators, Assistant Administrators, the Regional Counsel,
Enforcement Counsel matters, General Counsel matters, DOJ and
U.S. Attorneys' offices, policy coordination, coordination with
states, and EPA's accountability system.
These procedures do not apply in any respect to the
development and referral of criminal cases.
(GM-35) (RF.1-5)
Implementing Nationally Managed or Coordinated
Enforcement Actions (January 4, 1985)
This guidance addresses how EPA shall handle administrative
and judicial civil enforcement cases which are managed or
coordinated at the EPA Headquarters level. The policy was
developed to ensure that such actions are identified, developed,
and concluded in a manner consistent with the principles set
forth in the Policy Framework for State/EPA Enforcement
Agreements.
-------
The guidance covers: '(1) the criteria for nationally managed
or coordinated enforcement cases; (2) roles and responsibilities:
in the process for identifying nationally managed or coordinated
cases; (3) roles and responsibilities in case development; and
(4) press releases and major communications.
(GM-63) (RF.1-6)
Policy on Invoicing section 9 of the EPA/DOJ Memorandum -
of Understanding (August 20, 1987)
This policy states EPA policy on the authority of EPA
attorneys to represent the Agency in litigation. Primary
responsibility for litigating all EPA judicial cases is assigned
under the Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) to the Dept. of
Justice [DOJ] upon referral from EPA. If a complaint is not
filed within 120 days of the referral, EPA can request the
Attorney General to file within 30 days. If DOJ does not comply,
EPA may represent itself in court by.invoking Section 9 of the
MOU.
The policy first describes the MOU in detail, then discusses
current (1987) experiences, stating that EPA has rarely notified
DOJ of its intention to invoke Section 9 of the MOU and appoint
Agency attorneys to represent itself, although a number of cases
have fallen within its scope. Next, the memo presents
considerations affecting invoking Section 9: (a) the reason(s)
why the case remains unfiled; (b) the Agency interest to be
served by assuring filing of the case sooner; (c) the ability of
EPA to handle the litigation without DOJ involvement and support;
(d) the desire to maintain DOJ involvement in cases; and (e) the
likelihood of filing a complaint in the near future if Section 9
is not invoked and whether or not invoking Section 9 is likely to
accelerate filing. The GM then describes the procedures for
invoking Section 9 — who, what cases, and how. It concludes by
stating that the Office of Regional Counsel has the primary
responsibility to provide legal support to prosecute and manage a
case where the Agency has invoked Section 9.
(GM-26) (RF.1-7)
Headquarters Review and Tracking of civil Referrals
(March *, 1984)
This policy clarifies the relationship between the Office of
Compliance Monitoring and the Regional offices with regard to the
handling of civil enforcement litigation. GM-26 is composed of
the following: (1) Classification of Referrals; (2) Evaluation of
Direct Referrals; (3) Tracking All Referrals in the Computer
Docket; (4) Referrals Requiring Concurrence; and (5) Managing the
Civil Enforcement Docket.
-------
The first section, "Classification of Referrals," lists the
four classes of cases in. the Agency's civil enforcement program
and briefly describes the appropriate roles of Headquarters and
the Regional offices for each class.
The next section, "Evaluation of Direct Referrals,"
addresses the review criteria for direct referrals. It explains
the appropriateness of direct referrals, the format of the cover
memorandum, and the substantive adequacy of direct referral
packages. In addition, the procedures to be followed in cases of
erroneous direct referrals are briefly explained.
The third and fourth sections are extremely succinct. . The
third describes the procedures for the tracking of referrals in
the computer docket and the fourth discusses how to handle
referrals requiring concurrence. The last section explains the
duties of Enforcement Counsels.
B. RF.2 Direct Referrals
(GM-69) (RF.2-1)
Expansion of Direct Referral of Cases to DOJ (January
14, 1988) ,
EPA and the Dept. of Justice [DOJ] agreed to expand the
categories of civil judicial cases to be referred directly to DOJ
from EPA Regional offices without the concurrence of the Asst.
Administrator for the Office of Enforcement [OE]. This
memorandum offers guidance to EPA personnel regarding procedures
to follow in implementing the expanded referral agreement.
The section covering procedures is divided into six parts.
First, the guidance addresses cases subject to direct referral.
Second, the memorandum explains preparation and distribution of
referral packages (which require a cover letter summarizing eight
listed elements of the case, the litigation report, and the
documentary file supporting the litigation report). Third, the
guidance discusses identification and resolution of significant
legal and policy issues (Region has the initial responsibility to
identify the issues, OE and Headquarters [HQ] program office
review them, and DOJ reviews them and consults with OE and
Region). Next, the memorandum discusses case quality and
strategic value. Withdrawal of cases prior to filing and
maintenance of the Agency-wide Case Tracking System are discussed
last.
There are four attachments: (1) the EPA-DOJ agreement of
January 5, 1988; (2) an outline of the direct civil referral
process as the Agency intends to implement it; (3) a list of
types of cases which will continue to be referred through HQ; and
(4) RF.2-2 (Implementation of Direct Referrals for Civil Cases).
-------
(GM-18) (RF.2-2) :
Zmplementation of Direct Referral for civil Cases
(December l, 1983)
This document guides EPA Headquarters and Regional personnel
regarding procedures to follow in implementing the 9/29/83 EPA-
DOJ direct referral agreement. The major part of the guidance
addresses procedures for cases subject to direct referral. The
other two parts briefly discuss cases not subject to direct
referral (which go through the Office of Enforcement [OE] with a
target 21-day turnaround) and measuring the efficacy of the
direct referral agreement.
The attached agreement lists categories of cases which can
be referred directly from the Regional Administrator to the Dept.
of Justice [DOJ]; all others must continue to be reviewed by
Headquarters OE and referred by the Asst. Administrator for OE to
DOJ. The major part of this implementation guidance first
addresses the contents of a referral package: a cover letter
including a summary of eight listed elements, the litigation
report, and the documentary file supporting the litigation
report. This part next addresses DOJ responsibilities under the
agreement, then explains Headquarters OE responsibilities. The
major part concludes with a section discussing settlements in
cases subject to direct referral, where the Asst. Administrator
for OE shall continue to approve all settlements and consent
decree modifications, even in direct referrals.
C. RF.3 Delays in Filing Cases
(GM-78) (RF.3-1)
DOJ Procedures for Returning certain Unfiled Cases EPA
for Further Processing (November 12, 1987).
This policy briefly explains 1987 Department of Justice
(DOJ) procedures to clear its enforcement docket of EPA cases
that remain unfiled at DOJ for more than sixty days after
referral while the Region is negotiating a consent decree or
compiling additional information to support its filing.
It continues to describe four ways that cases returned under
this procedure could be reactivated by DOJ. DOJ will reactivate
the case if the Region: (1) provides the requested additional
information necessary for filing; (2) forwards a signed consent
decree for processing; (3) notifies the office of Enforcement and
DOJ that the progress of the negotiations no longer justifies
further delay in the filing of the complaint and requests that a
complaint be filed; or (4) EPA resolves and internal policy
conflict affecting the filing.
-------
(GM-90) (RF.3-2)
Procedures for "Hold Action" Requests (November 16,
1990) ' ,
This policy gives detailed procedures by which Regional
Counsel and Enforcement Counsel may request that the Department
of Justice (DOJ) delay filing of a case which has been referred
to DOJ. It begins by stating that such requests are generally
disfavored. In order to reduce the need for such requests, EPA
is urged to use pre-referral negotiation procedures. The GM
grants non-delegable authority to request a hold on a referred
civil case to the Regional Counsel. The authority is limited to
circumstances where additional time is needed to pursue pre-
filing settlement negotiations, to add other counts or
defendants, or to where unspecified realities of litigation
militate in favor of a brief filing delay.
In all cases, the cumulative delay limit on each case held
is sixty days. Any hold beyond sixty days (individual or
cumulative) may be requested solely by the Asst. Administrator
for Enforcement.
II. PENALTIES (PT)
A. PT.l General Procedures and Goals
(GM-21) (PT.1-1)
Policy on Civil Penalties (February 16, 1983)
This policy provides the basic rationale for why penalties
are critical to effective EPA administrative and judicial
enforcement actions. The goals of penalty assessment include:
(1) deterrence; (2) fair and equitable treatment of the regulated
community; and (3) swift resolution of environmental problems.
This document is divided into the following six sections:
(1) Introduction; (2) Applicability; (3) Deterrence; (4) Fair and
Equitable Treatment of the Regulated Community; (5) Swift
Resolution of Environmental Problems; and (6) Intent of Policy
and Information Requests for Penalty Calculations.
A Framework for Statute-Specific Approaches to Penalty
Assessments (PT.1-2), the companion document to this policy, is
to be utilized for developing penalty guidance appropriate for
the user's particular program. In order to achieve the policy
goals, the Policy on Civil Penalties directs that all
administratively imposed penalties and settlements of civil
penalty actions should be consistent, whenever possible, with the
methods enunciated in the Framework.
-------
•. 8
Although this document does not address the mechanisms for
achieving the policy goalt», it does indicate when new versus old;
program-specific policies are to be followed. In addition, it
lists several statutes that are not subject to this policy.
(GM-22) (PT.1-2)
A Framework for Statute-Specific Approaches to Penalty
Assessments (February 16, 1984)
This policy provides assistance to persons using the Policy
on Civil Penalties (FT.1-1) to develop a medium-specific penalty
policy. This framework applies to administratively imposed
penalties and to settlements of administrative and judicial
penalty actions. The Framework document is divided into two main
sections. The first of these offers brief instructions on how to
write a medium-specific policy. The second, an appendix, gives
detailed guidance on implementing each section of the
instructions from the first section and explains how the
instructions are intended to further the goals of the policy.
Part I, writing a program specific policy, addresses the
following elements of the penalty: (1) developing a penalty
figure; (2) calculating a preliminary deterrence amount; (3)
adjusting the preliminary deterrence amount to derive the initial
penalty target figure (prenegotiation adjustment); (4) adjusting
the initial penalty target during negotiations; (5) use of the
policy in litigation; and (6) use of the policy as a feedback
device.
The Appendix has three sections of its own. The first
focuses on achieving deterrence by assuring that the penalty
first removes any economic benefit from noncompliance. Then it
adds an amount to the penalty that reflects the seriousness of
the violation. The second provides adjustment factors so that
the action will result in both a fair and equitable penalty and a
swift resolution of the environmental problem. The third
presents some "practical advice" on the use of the penalty
figures generated by the policy.
(GM-88) (PT. 1-3)
Documenting Penalty Calculations and Justifications in
EPA Enforcement Actions (August 9, 1990)
This policy institutes a uniform system for documenting
penalty calculations and explaining how they are consistent with
applicable penalty policy in all EPA enforcement actions.
First, every settlement package transmitted from a Region to
Headquarters for concurrence must include a written "penalty
justification" explaining how the penalty (economic benefit and
-------
gravity components) was calculated and discussing the
justification for any mitigation. When the rationale for
mitigation is litigation risk, the justification should state the
probable outcome of litigation and offer specific legal and
factual analysis supporting that conclusion. The justification
is prepared for circulation within the Office of Regional Counsel
and for signature of the Asst. Administrator. It must not be
circulated to the presiding agency official (as it could
constitute an ex parte communication). All case files are
required by the GM at all times during the course of the
enforcement action to contain documentation of the current bottom
line penalty agreed upon by the litigation team. The bottom line
may change, but any modification must be justified by a
documented change of conditions.
(GM-38) (PT. 1-4)
Remittance of Fines and Civil Penalties (April 15,
1985)
This policy provides information on the remittance procedure
instituted by the EPA Office of the Comptroller. EPA adopted the
Nationwide Lockbox System for receipt of payments on debts owed
to the Agency in order to improve the process. The list attached
to GM-38 shows for each Region and for EPA Headquarters the
lockbox address to which payments of penalties owed the Agency
should be sent. In addition, it lists the address to which
remittances for Superfund billings nationwide should be sent.
^
(GM-33) (PT.,1-5)
Guidance for Calculating the Economic Benefit of
Moncompliance for a Civil Penalty Assessment (November
5, 1984)
This guidance amplifies the material in the Appendix of the
"Framework for Statute-Specific Approaches to Penalty
Assessment," (PT.1-2) describing how to calculate the economic
benefit of noncompliance as part of developing a civil penalty.
The guidance introduces BEN, the computer model, in terms of how
this model resolves the identified problems related to the use of
the prior model, CIVPEN. It points out the circumstances under
which BEN can and cannot be used in calculating a civil penalty.
The exhibit attached to this document summarizes BEN. In
addition, the guidance explains the new civil penalty policy
approach, how to use BEN to calculate economic benefit of
noncompliance, and the advantages of BEN over other calculation
methods.
-------
io
(GM-45) '• (PT. 1-6)
Division of Penalties with State and Looal Governments
(October 30, 1985)
State and local governments may share in civil penalties
that result from their participation in federal environmental
enforcement actions, to the extent that penalty division is
permitted by federal, state, and local law and is appropriate
lander the circumstances of the individual case. This policy
briefly describes how penalty divisions advance federal
enforcement goals, some concerns with penalty divisions, and the
factors to be considered in deciding if penalty division is
appropriate.
B. PT.2 Mitigation
(GM-56) (PT. 2-1)
Guidance on Determining a Violator's Ability to Pay a
Civil Penalty (December 16, 1986)
This document offers guidance on when and how to adjust a
penalty target figure when a violator claims that paying a civil
penalty would cause extreme financial hardship.
The memorandum begins by discussing when to apply the
ability to pay factor and the methodology for applying that
factor using the ABEL computer model. This guidance follows this
with sections discussing: (a) a violator's options for paying a
civil penalty; (b) information necessary to determine ability to
pay; (c) confidentiality of financial information provided to
EPA; (d) a four-step process to apply the ability to pay factor;
and (e) the financial computer program (ABEL).
The guidance includes two narrative hypotheticals in Exhibit
1, one assuming that the violator is financially healthy and the
other assuming that the violator is not financially healthy.
Also included in the document is Attachment A, data for an ABEL
example. ',
(GM-77) (PT. 2-2)
Policy^on the Use of Supplemental Environmental
Projects in EPA Settlements (February 12, 1991)
This policy describes the theory behind supplemental
environmental projects (SEPs) and the conditions under which they
might be considered. According to the document, EPA may approve
a supplemental project so long as that project furthers the
Agency's statutory mandates to clean the environment and deter
violations of the law. The SEPs may be considered if the
violations are corrected through actions to.ensure future
-------
11
compliance, deterrence objectives are served, and there is an
appropriate relationship-,(vertical or horizontal nexus) between -.
the nature of the violation and the environmental benefits to be
derived from the supplemental project.
The document is divided into twelve sections, some of which
are very detailed. First, five categories of projects are
suggested as potential SEPs: (1) pollution prevention projects;
(2) pollution reduction projects; (3) projects remedying adverse
public health or environmental consequences; (4) environmental
auditing projects; and (5) enforcement-related environmental
public awareness projects. Next, the document offers three
examples of projects not permissible as SEPs. It goes on to
define the required nexus of the SEP to the violation. The other
nine sections follow in this order: status of the enforcement
action; main beneficiary of a SEP; extent to which the final
assessed penalty can reflect a SEP; SEPs for studies; substitute
performance of a SEP; level of concurrence of affected Regions;
oversight and* tracking; documenting -approval of SEP proposals;
and coverage of this policy.
i
(GM-51) (PT. 2-3)
Guidance on Calculating After Tax Net Present Value of
Alternative Payments (October 28, 1986)
This guidance provides a methodology for calculating the
after tax net present value (ATNPV) of an environmentally
beneficial project proposed by a violator to mitigate a portion
of a civil penalty. The document first discusses the basis of
mitigation, the 1984.uniform civil penalty policy (PT.1-1 and
PT.1-2), which permits EPA to accept, under specified conditions,
a violator's investment in environmentally beneficial projects
for mitigation. (Those conditions are contained in the Policy on
the Use of Supplemental Environmental Projects in EPA Settlements
(PT.2-2)). EPA cannot mitigate the civil penalty to an extent
greater than the ATNPV of the alternative payment. This policy
then explains use of the BEN computer model to calculate the
ATNPV of alternative payments. (By January of 1995, a new model,
PROJECT, will be available to do this calculation.) Attachment A
closes the guidance with an example of a proposed alternative
payment project with the BEN computer model output showing the
ATNPV of the^-investment.
C. PT.3 Stipulated Penalties
(GM-75) (PT. 3-1)
Use of Stipulated Penalties in EPA Settlement
Agreements (January 24, 1990)
This document provides relatively specific guidance on the
-------
12
use of stipulated penalties in the settlement of enforcement
actions. It addresses multiple issues and gives a preferred
approach and its rationale. This guidance does not supersede an
existing medium-specific policy, "Guidance on the Use of
Stipulated Penalties in Hazardous Waste Consent Decrees"
(9/21/87). It applies to judicial settlements and to
administrative cases where EPA has legal authority to assess
stipulated penalties. The asserted primary goal of stipulated
penalties is to provide an effective deterrent to violation of
the settlement agreement.
This guidance is divided into six sections: (1) types of
Requirements to Which Stipulated Penalties Should Apply; (2)
Level of Stipulated Penalties; (3) Method of Collection; (4)
Timing of Enforcement Responses; (5) Reservation of Rights; and
(6) Collection of Stipulated Penalties.
The penalties can apply to any clearly definable event.
This document lists six criteria to apply to set the level of the
penalty: (1) initial civil penalties imposed; (2) economic
benefit of non-compliance; (3) source's ability to pay; (4)
gravity of the violation; (5) source's history of compliance; and
(6) an escalating schedule for the length of the violation.
The guidance provides two methods of collection: the
preferred method, viz., the penalty automatically becomes due
upon [non]occurrence of a specified even, or the penalty is
payable on demand by the government. For additional guidance,
the EPA Manual on Monitoring & Enforcing Administrative and
Judicial Orders should be consulted. The document concludes by
stressing the necessity of reserving all rights to the government
to pursue any other enforcement responses for violation of
consent agreement provisions (see Guidance for Drafting Judicial
Consent Decrees (OR.1-1) for model language of a consent decree),
and by urging prompt action to collect stipulated penalties that
are due.
(GM-67) (PT. 3-2)
Procedures for Assessing Stipulated Penalties (January
11, 1988)
This guidance clarifies procedures for assessing stipulated
penalties on account of consent decree violations. Unless .the
consent decree provides otherwise, letters to defendants
demanding payment of stipulated penalties should be sent by the
Department of Justice (DOJ). This memo lists the following steps
to enlist DOJ assistance: (1) Region sends letter to DOJ
requesting DOJ to issue a demand letter, containing a summary of
relevant facts, issues, and proposed solutions; (2) DOJ sends
Region and Office of Enforcement any response to the demand
letter; (3) if the response is unsatisfactory, Region sends
-------
13
direct referral package to D.OJ, requesting that DOJ enforce the
unresolved consent decree violations; (4) DOJ takes action to
enforce the original consent decree with full participation by
Region; and (5) when the defendant pays a stipulated penalty to
the government without receiving a demand letter, Region notifies
the appropriate Associate Enforcement Counsel. This document
concludes with a paragraph on making appropriate entries in the
SPMS (now STARS) Consent Decree Tracking Measure.
D. PT.4 Confidential Information (Summaries of BEN and
ABEL Case Memoranda not contained in Compendium
(GM-no) (PT. 4-1)
summaries of BEN and ABEL Case Memos not contained in
Compendium
This enforcement sensitive case memorandum reviews all the
case law in the area of measuring and recapturing of economic
benefit. It is designed for environment enforcement
professionals at the Federal, State and local level. It examines
the issue by topic and uses the cases to illustrate the major
points. The. current memorandum is dated August 1, 1993. It is
usually updated on an annual basis. Government enforcement
personnel can obtain copies from Jonathan Libber at (202) 564-
6011.
(GM-no) (PT. 4-2)
Ability to Pay—For-Profit Entities: An Analysis of
Judicial and Administrative Interpretation
This enforcement sensitive case memorandum reviews all the
case law in the area of establishing and proving a violator's
claim of inability to afford compliance, clean-ups or civil
penalties. It is designed for environment enforcement
professionals at the Federal, State and local level. It examines
the issue by topic and uses the cases to illustrate the major
points. The current memorandum is dated August 1, 1993. It is
usually updated on an annual basis. Government enforcement
personnel can obtain copies from Jonathan Libber at (202) 564-
6011.
-------
III. CONTRACTOR LISTING (CL)
A. CL.l General Listing Procedures ,
(GM-no) (CL.1-1)
US Environmental Protection Agency Contractor Listing
Procedures and Guidance (May 1993)
This document sets forth the procedures for the Contractor
Listing Program (CLP). It addresses both listing and removal
procedures for both mandatory and discretionary listing. This
document contains: .
1) a summary of the legal authority for the contractor
listing program, including the.statutory and regulatory
authorities governing the CLP;
2) a detailed description of the procedures followed
by the Listing Official (LO) in processing both
mandatory and discretionary recommendations to list;
3) a detailed description of the procedures the LO
follows with processing automatic removals and requests
for removal from the EPA List of Violating Facilities
(the List).
4) a description of the roles in the process of EPA
staff in both the Regions and Headquarters; and
5) procedures for publishing confirmations of listing
and removal from the List.
In addition, the document contains a number of attached
documents which can be used as guidance when drafting the
documents called for under the CLP's procedures. The attachments
also include Federal regulations governing the listing program
and copies of policy documents and case decisions pertaining to
the listing program.
B. CL.2 Discretionary Listing
(GM-53) . ' ' • (CL. 2-1)
Guidance on Implementing the Discretionary Contractor
Listing Program (November 26, 1986)
This guidance establishes Agency policy and procedures for
implementing the discretionary contractor listing program in EPA
enforcement proceedings. After the statement of purpose and the
background sections, this document covers multiple topics as they
apply to contractor listing.
-------
15
First of all, certain statutes and Executive Order 11738
authorize EPA to prohibit facilities from obtaining federal
government contracts, grants, or loans, as a consequence of
criminal or civil environmental violations. The policy describes
appropriate cases for discretionary listing recommendations: (1)
violations of consent decrees; (2) continuing or recurring
violations following filed civil judicial actions; (3) violations
of administrative orders; (4) multi-facility noncompliance within
a single company; and (5) other circumstances. The document then
recites the required standard of proof in listing proceedings.
It also addresses fairness concerns in EPA use of contractor
listing, press releases on contractor listing actions,
coordination with the Department of Justice, applicability .of
contractor listing to municipalities, use of listing in
administrative orders, obtaining information concerning
government contracts held by a facility under consideration for
listing, and Headquarters assistance in preparing and processing
listing recommendations.
This listing guidance includes an appendix entitled "The
Listing Program and Final Revisions to 40 CAR Part 15." Also
included are five attachments: (A) Model Listing Recommendation
Based on Administrative Enforcement Action; (B) Model Listing
Recommendation Based on Judicial Enforcement Action; (C)
attachment to B; (D) Model Letter to a Facility Violating the
Clean Water Act Requesting a List of its Federal Contracts,
Grants, and Loans; and (E) [same as D for the Clean Air Act].
C. CL.3 Asbestos
(GM-No) (CL. 3-1)
Asbestos Contractor Listing (June 30, 1988)
The subject of this policy is the application of contractor
listing regulations to the specific circumstances of a violation
of a NESHAP by an asbestos demolition and renovation (D&R)
company. It discusses the issues of listing: (1) where a company
has repeated violations of short duration, (2) when it is
appropriate to designate the company rather than the demolition
site as the "facility", and (3) when actions satisfy the
requirement of "correction of conditions giving rise to listing".
(GM-No) (CL. 3-2)
Defining the "Violating Facility" for Purposes of
Listing Asbestos Demolition and Renovation Companies
Pursuant to Section 306 of the Clean Air Act (March 11,
1988)
A "facility" includes "any...location or site of
operations...to be used i the performance of a contract, grant or
-------
16
loan" under the definition in Section 15.4 of the Clean Air Act.
This policy confirms that the business address or the address of*
some other property used by an asbestos demolition and renovation
(D&R) company may be used to identify the "violating facility".
This is in addition to the address of the particular site
involved in the violating activity (e.g.,, the place of business
of a customer). Based upon this interpretation of facility, EPA
can place a D&R company on the List of Violating Facilities, so
long as the business address of the contractor is fairly
.associated with the activity which is the violating conduct.
D. CL.4 Mandatory Listing
(GM-32) (CL. 4-1)
Implementation of Mandatory Contractor Listing (August
8, 1984)
The proposed revisions to 40 CAR Part 15 require that the
List of Violating Facilities automatically include any facility
which gives rise to a criminal conviction of a person under
Section 113(c)(l) of the Clean Air Act or Section 309(c) of the
Clean Water Act. This document describes the procedures for
mandatory listing and the procedures for removal from the
mandatory list.
(GM-No) ' (CL. 4-2)
EPA Policy Regarding the Role of Corporate Attitude,
Policies, Practices, and Procedures in Determining
Whether to Remove a Facility from the EPA List of
Violating Facilities Following a Criminal Conviction
(October 31, 1991)
This policy discusses the AA's determination and the EPA
Case Examiner's decision in Valmont Industries, which established
the principle that the presence of a poor corporate attitude
regarding compliance with environmental standards, thus creating
a climate facilitating the likelihood of a violation, may be part
of the condition giving rise to the conviction which must be
corrected prior to removal of the facility from the,List. Then
it clarifies the extent to which corporate attitude may be a
relevant factor for determining correction in cases involving
knowing or negligent criminal conduct, where evidence of willful
falsification or deception itself is not involved.
Criteria are provided which will be applied by EPA in
determining whether the condition giving rise to a conviction has
been corrected in a given case. Factors which EPA will consider
include, without limitation: (1) the establishment of an
effective program to prevent and detect environmental problems
-------
17 <
and violations of the law (in this .regard, six steps are
enumerated which, taken together, satisfy at least minimally the-.
requirement of the exercise of due diligence); (2) the relation
of the precise actions included in the program to the size,
nature of business, and prior history of the organization; and
(3) any voluntary environmental cleanup or compliance
activities, or pollution prevention or reduction measures
performed.
IV. SETTLEMENTS (SE)
A. SE.l Procedures
(GM-42) (SE. 1-1)
Form of Settlement in Civil Judicial Cases (July 24,
1985)
In response to a situation in which a case was settled
without a consent decree and the defendant later refused to abide
by the terms of the informal settlement, the Office of
Enforcement decided to place in writing the Agency's general
policy regarding the form of settlement of civil judicial
enforcement cases.
This policy directs that after a complaint is filed, all
civil judicial cases should be settled only by consent decree, or
where appropriate, by stipulation of dismissal. The "where
appropriate" in the latter option refers to situations where the
settlement requires payment of a penalty and the penalty has been
paid in full at the time of settlement.
In cases involving "extraordinary and compelling
circumstances" in which EPA, in consultation with the Dept. of
Justice, decides to settle without a consent decree or
stipulation of dismissal, the Agency attorneys should obtain
advance concurrence from the Asst. Administrator for Enforcement.
(GM-62) (SE. 1-2)
Guidance on the Use of Alternative Dispute Resolution
in EPA Enforcement Cases (August 14, 1987)
According to this guidance, EPA intends to use the
Alternative Dispute Resolution [ADR] process to efficiently
resolve enforcement actions with results similar to those the
Agency reaches through litigation and negotiation. This guidance
seeks to: (1) establish policy; (2) describe methods; (3)
formulate case selection procedures; (4) establish
qualifications; and (5) formulate case management procedures.
First, the document describes the methods of ADR, such as
-------
18
mediation, arbitration, fact-finding, and mini-trials. Then it
discusses characteristics of enforcement cases suitable for ADR.
Such traits include impasse (actual or potential), resource
considerations, and remedies affecting parties not subject to an
enforcement action (local/state government, citizen group, etc.)*
The document next prescribes the procedure for approval of cases
for ADR — integrating selection of cases for ADR into the
existing enforcement case selection process and creating decision
points and contacts in the Regions, Headquarters, and the Dept.
of Justice to determine whether to use ADR in particular actions.
Following those sections, the guidance discusses procedures
for selection of a qualified Third Party Neutral. Then, other
miscellaneous issues are discussed, such as memorialization of
agreements, fees for Third Party Neutrals/confidentiality of
records and communications arising from, ADR, and the relationship
of ADR to "timely and appropriate" and "significant
noncompliance" requirements. It concludes with a section
detailing procedures for the management of ADR cases, with
illustrative attachments for each of the various ADR techniques.
(GM-73) (SE. 1-3)
Process for Conducting Pre-Referral Settlement
Negotiations on Civil Enforcement Cases (April 13,
1988)
This document is (1) an EPA-DOJ agreement on the process for
conducting pre-referral settlement negotiations of non-Superfund
civil judicial enforcement cases and (2) an attached set of
protocols establishing a process for providing a Regional office
with pre-authorization to negotiate settlement with potential
defendants before resorting to the full-scale referral/litigation
process. The document is divided into five main sections
providing guidance and a flow chart with a timeline for achieving
the procedures set out in the text.
First, to initiate the process, the Regional Administrator
shall send to the Office of Enforcement (OE), Headquarters (HQ)
Program Compliance Office, and the Department of Justice (DOJ) a
mini-litigation report/case summary addressing eleven listed
topics and a proposed draft consent decree. Second; DOJ, OE, and
HQ Program Oftice provide comments on the proposed case, national
issues, terms of settlement, further contact points, and
negotiation/litigation strategy. Third, the EPA HQ must either
approve or disapprove the signed consent decree for civil
settlements. Simultaneously, DOJ must review the decree and
approve or disapprove. Finally, if approved, DOJ moves the court
to enter the consent decree.
-------
19
(GM-39) (SE. 1-4)
Enforcement Settlement Negotiations (May 22, 1985)
The Office of Enforcement (OE) drafted this document as a
result of several Regions submitting settlements for OE approval
that had been communicated to and tentatively agreed upon with
defendants without Headquarters' (HQ) knowledge, involvement, or
approval. This policy emphasizes that a copy of all draft
settlement agreements should be transmitted by the Regional
Counsel to the appropriate Enforcement Counsel before it is
presented to the defendant. In addition, the policy briefly
explains the rationale behind this policy and how in the future
OE will handle cases in which Regions have concluded settlements
without prior consultation with HQ.
. /
(GM-34) (SE. 1-5)
Policy Against "No Action" Assurances (November 16,
1986)
This policy reaffirms EPA policy against giving definitive
assurances, either written or oral, outside the context of a
formal enforcement proceeding that EPA will not proceed with an
enforcement response for a specific individual violation of an
environmental protection statute, regulation, or other legal
requirement.
The policy briefly explains the reasons for not making "no
action" promises, the types of requested assurances to which this
policy applies, exceptions to this policy, and how the policy
relates to state and local enforcement efforts. In addition,
guidance is given on how to proceed in cases of definitive
written or oral no action commitments.
B. SE.2 Terms of Settlement
(GM-80) • ,.-. (SE. 2-1)
Multi-media Settlements of Enforcement Cases (February
6, 1990)
The purpose of this document is to provide guidance which
explains (a) EPA disfavor of case settlements which include
releases of potential enforcement claims under statutes not named
in the complaint and not serving as the basis for any EPA
enforcement action, and (b) the procedure for approval for any
multi-media settlements of enforcement claims in civil judicial
enforcement claims.
Since standard EPA policy dictates that releases should be
no broader than the causes of action asserted in the complaint,
EPA should grant a multi-media release only in exceptional single
-------
20
media enforcement cases. This guidance lists three factors to
consider in granting such a release: (1) the extent to which EPA:
is in a position to know whether it has a cause of action
warranting further relief against the settling party under each
of the statutes included in the relief; (2) whether the
settlement provides adequate consideration for the broader
release; and (3) whether the settling party is in bankruptcy. It
also prohibits releasing any cause of action not based on an EPA
federal statute.
The next section is procedural. Approval for the release
must be secured from the appropriate EPA official. There must be
cross-media consultation and investigation among all affected
Regional Program Offices. The Regional Administrator must give
Headquarters notice of the release and an explanation of the
Region's decision. Finally, the Office of Enforcement division
with the lead in the settlement must ensure that other affected
divisions don't object to the multi-media release.
(GM-79) (SE. 2-2)
Interim Policy on the Inclusion of Pollution Prevention
and Recycling Provisions in Enforcement Settlements
(February 25, 1991)
This policy offers Agency enforcement personnel a generic
interim policy and guidelines for including pollution prevention
and recycling provisions in administrative or judicial settlement
agreements. After stating its purpose and giving some background
on the EPA's definition of pollution prevention, the document is
split into two sections.
First, the document states the interim policy: EPA favors
pollution prevention and recycling as a means of achieving and
maintaining compliance and 'of correcting outstanding violations
when negotiating enforcement settlements (civil or criminal and
with all entities). It continues, offering four situations which
favor the use of pollution prevention conditions in the
settlements. Then it explains the use of pollution prevention as
a means of correcting a violation and pollution prevention
conditions "incidental" to the correction of a violation.
The last part of the policy details specific elements of the
interim policy. It provides factors for establishing timeliness
for implementing the conditions: (a) seriousness of the
violation; (b) aggregate gain in "extra" pollution prevention;
(c) reliability/availability of the technology; (d) applicability
of the technology; and (e) compliance-related considerations. It
goes on to discuss general considerations for assessing penalties
and more specific guidelines for supplemental environmental
projects. GM-79 concludes with a brief discussion of tracking
and assessing compliance with settlement terms, delegations and
-------
21
level of concurrence, and organizational issues.
Attached to this document are a list of seventeen target
chemicals, the Policy on the Use of Supplemental Environmental
Projects in EPA Settlements (PT.-2-2), and a memo (Attachment B)
announcing the creation of an Agency workgroup on multi-media
enforcement.
(GM-52) (SE. 2-3)
Final EPA Policy on the Inclusion of Environmental
Auditing Provisions in Enforcement Settlements
(November 14, 1986)
This document provides Agency enforcement personnel with
general criteria for and guidance on selecting judicial and
administrative enforcement cases in which EPA will seek to
include environmental auditing provisions among the terms of any
settlement.
The first major section of the guidance provides the
statement of policy and suggests that environmental auditing
provisions are most likely to be proposed in settlement
negotiations when there is a pattern of violations attributable
to the absence of an environmental management system, or when the
type of violations indicates the likelihood that similar
noncompliance problems may exist or occur elsewhere in the
facility or at other facilities operated by the regulated entity.
This section goes on to discuss the scope of the audit
requirement (which type of audit to propose), EPA oversight of
the audit process, EPA requests for audit-related documents,
stipulated penalties for audit-discovered violations, and the
effect of auditing on EPA inspection and enforcement. EPA
employees are instructed in the last major section of the
auditing guidance to follow Implementing Nationally Managed or
Coordinated Enforcement Actions (RF.1-5) and the Revised Policy
Framework for State/EPA Enforcement Agreements (SF.1-2) when
negotiating over facilities located in more than one EPA region.
There are several attachments to the auditing guidance:
A - Environmental auditing policy statement;
••*.-•
B - Representative sample of environmental auditing settlements
achieved to date;
C - Model environmental compliance audit provision, with require-
ment for certification of compliance;
D - Model environmental compliance audit provision, with require-
ment for submission of plan for improvement of
environmental management practices;
-------
• . 22 -
E - Model 'environmental compliance and management audit provision
with all audit results submitted to EPA;
F - Model environmental compliance and management audit provision
with extensive Agency oversight; and
6 - Model emergency environmental management reorganization
provision.
V. CRIMINAL ENFORCEMENT POLICIES THAT IMPACT CIVIL ENFORCEMENT
(CP)
A. CP.l Parallel Proceedings
(GM-no) (CP.1-1)
Parallel Proceedings Policy (June 21, 1994)
The purpose of this policy is to define and explain by whom,
why, when, and to what purpose EPA uses parallel proceedings to
maximize results and minimize legal risks for all enforcement
actions and to preserve limited enforcement resources. The
document states five principles that guide EPA enforcement
personnel as to when to use parallel civil and criminal
proceedings. I then lists some procedures to follow when during
parallel proceedings.
B. CP.2 Case Management Procedures
(GM-no) (CP.2-1)
The Exercise of Investigative Discretion (January
12, 1994).
This policy has been issued by the Director of OCE to give
EPA Special Agents guidance in assessing and-evaluating their
cases for potential criminal referral and prosecution. It
combines expressions of Congressional intent and OCE experience
in operating under existing criminal/civil Regional case-
screening criteria, incorporating by reference GM-85 (recodified
as CM.1-2), "Regional Enforcement Management: Enhanced Regional
Case Screening" (December 3, 1990). This policy acquaints civil
enforcement personnel with the criteria under which OCE its cases
so that appropriate referrals are made from civil to criminal
within EPA.
Congressional intent regarding case selection is summarized
as follows: criminal enforcement authority should target the most
egregious and significant cases. EPA's case selection process
for identifying the most worthy cases for criminal case
development focuses on 1) significance of environmental harm and
2) culpable conduct. The two selection criteria further
enumerate factors to weigh culpable conduct and seriousness of
-------
23
the environmental harm. Emphasis is placed on equal application
of the criteria and factors to corporations and individuals
alike, based on the evidence of culpability in each case.
Emphasis is also placed on the consideration of administrative
and civil remedies as appropriate alternatives for less flagrant
violations, and correctly distinguishing these latter cases from
appropriate criminal cases in practice.
(GM-no) (CP.2-2)
Referral of Criminal Cases for Proseoutive Action
(March 2, 1993).
This policy redelegates authority for criminal case
referrals to DOJ from the Director of OCE to the Director of the
Criminal Investigation Division, to be accomplished in
consultation with the Director of the Criminal Enforcement
Counsel Division. The policy also incorporates the "Regional
Enforcement Management: Enhanced Regional Case Screening" (GM-85
recodified as CM.1-2) as the starting point of the referral
process, to consider whether violations would be best addressed
by administrative, civil-judicial, and/or criminal investigation
and prosecution. The role of the Regional Criminal Enforcement
Counsel (RCEC) in the process is to assess the legal soundness of
the case, provide appropriate liaison functions, and assist DOJ
when warranted in prosecuting the cases.
The policy sets out a system of case initiation and
review beginning with the Special Agent-in-Charge, the RCEC, and
finally the Director of the Criminal Investigations Division.
All cases receive this review prior to referring the case to the
appropriate United States Attorney's Office for assistance in
investigation, grand jury action, and/or prosecution.
VI. PUBLICITY (PB)
A. PB.l Civil Enforcement
(GM-46) (PB. 1-1)
Policy,on Publicizing Enforcement Activities (November
21, 1985)
This document establishes EPA policy on informing the public
of Agency enforcement activities, since publicity is an element
of the EPA's program to deter environmental noncompliance.
The memorandum begins with a statement of policy: press
releases are to be issued for judicial and administrative
enforcement actions, including settlements and successful rulings
and other significant enforcement program activities. The main
part of this policy, implementation of the policy, is divided
-------
24
into five .subsections. First, it discusses when to use press
releases. Next, it covers approval of press releases. Then it
addresses coordination among various EPA offices, the Dept. of
Justice [DOJ], and the states. Distribution of press releases to
the local and national media and to targeted trade press and
mailing lists is discussed in the fourth subsection. The GM
concludes by exploring use of publicity other than press
releases.
An Addendum of August 4, 1987, is an attached guidance on
tiow to address the issue of the "penalty gap" that occurs where
the difference between the proposed and final penalty is
appreciable. The addendum also provides standard text to be
included in EPA press releases.
B. PB.2 Criminal Enforcement
(GM-no) < (PB.2-1)
Policy on Responding to Public or Media Inquiries
Regarding Criminal Cases (December 22, 1989).
Criminal investigations are managed in EPA's criminal law
enforcement program by trained law enforcement personnel (Special
Agents). When cases warrant criminal prosecution they are
systematically referred to criminal prosecutors in the Department
of Justice for .action. However, public inquiries regarding
criminal cases are not directed only to OCE or the Department of
Justice, but may come to other EPA employees who are not in the
criminal program. On those occasions when the public or news
media contact anv Agency personnel seeking information about (or
even to verify the existence or determine the nature of) a
criminal case, all EPA personnel, whether in a civil or criminal
program, should respond: "EPA has a policy to neither confirm or
deny the existence of a criminal investigation". EPA personnel
may further explain that the purpose of that response is to
protect the Constitutional rights of the parties being
investigated, as well as to preserve the integrity of the
Agency's and the Department of Justice's criminal investigation,
which are conducted under strict Federal rules of criminal
procedure for those reasons.
VII. REGULATORY DEVELOPMENT (RG)
A. RG.l General Procedures and Goals
(GM-58) (RG. 1-1)
Issuance of Enforcement Considerations for Drafting and
, Reviewing Regulations & Guidelines for Developing New
or Revised compliance and Enforcement Strategies
(August 15, 1985)
-------
25
This document is a two-part directive. Part I addresses
enforcement considerations for drafting and reviewing
regulations. Part II presents guidelines for developing new or
revised compliance and enforcement strategies.
Part I is intended to provide guidance in the. form of a
checklist of minimum considerations for workgroup members to use
during the process of developing a "major rule" or a "significant
rule" that may have enforcement ramifications as well as any
other rule with enforcement implications. A checklist of thirty-
four questions follows, dividing the major concerns into:
preamble; definitions; scope and applicability of regulation;
performance standards; monitoring and inspection; record keeping/
recording requirements; and demonstrating compliance with
performance standards.
Part II is structured similarly, providing a guidance
checklist to evaluate the need for new or revised compliance and
enforcement strategies, to assess the appropriate timing for
completing these strategies, and to determine the scope of
strategies that need to be developed. The checklist applies to
developing new or revised strategies for: (1) new Agency program
initiatives; (2) new statutory responsibilities delegated to the
Agency; (3) revisions to existing regulations that a program
office determines will have a significant effect on an ongoing
program; and (4) programs with existing strategies that are not
producing adequate environmental results.
(GM-47) . (RG. 1-2)
A Summary of OE's Role in the Agency's Regulatory
Review Process (January 27, 1986)
This guidance describes the Office of Enforcement's (OE)
role and responsibilities in the EPA regulatory process and sets
forth procedures for OE staff to follow in reviewing and
concurring in regulation packages.
The first part of the memorandum, OE's role in the Agency's
regulation review process, is divided into sections discussing
participation in Steering Committee meetings, Start Action
Request (SAR) review, Agency-wide work groups, Steering Committee
review, and red border review (the final interoffice review).
The second part of this document contains procedures for
concurrence on regulation packages under OE review, first
describes procedures under the old system, then describes
revisions to the procedures, and explains in greater detail the
procedures currently followed by OE.
Appendix 1 provides three charts outlining the regulation
review process. Chart 1 is the old system, and Charts 2 & 3 are
the new system. Appendix 2 summarizes EPA's regulation
-------
/ ' . • 26
development and review process as managed by the Office of
Policy, Planning, and Evaluation (OPPE).
(GM-59) (RG. 1-3)
The Regulatory Development Process: Change in steering
Committee Emphasis and OE Implementation (February 6,
1987)
EPA issued this directive to prevent situations where major
issues or concerns are raised at the last minute before a
Steering Committee meeting. The document is divided into two
sections and several attachments.
The first section provides a background sketch and statement
of purpose. The second section proffers two procedures to
follow: (1) at the conclusion of a Steering committee meeting, a
draft agenda for the next meeting is distributed; and (2) each
Enforcement Counsel should review that draft agenda for matters
applicable to his or her program area and then provide a one page
summary for any issues that should be voiced to the Committee
with respect to each agenda topic.
Attachment. 1 is the memo announcing this change. Attachment
2 outlines changes and roles in the regulatory development
process, including how the process will work, responsibilities of
workgroup chairs, and roles and responsibilities of Steering
Committee members. Attachment 3 is a prototype "Working Group
Format" with several "Fact Sheets."
(GM-4) (RG. 1-4)
Ex Parte Contacts in EPA Rulemaking (August 4, 1977)
This document presents guidelines all EPA employees should
follow in discussing the merits of proposed rules with interested
persons outside the Agency during the period between proposal and
promulgation.
First, during the period between proposal and promulgation
of a rule, all employees should respond to inquiries about the
rule, explain how it would work, arid attend public meetings of
interested groups. Second, during this period, EPA employees may
meet with interested persons for the purpose of better
understanding any technical, scientific, and engineering issues
involved or discussing the broader questions involved.
In all cases, a written summary of the significant points
made at the meetings must be placed in the comment file. All new
data or significant arguments presented should be reflected in
the summary. This requirement applies to every form of
discussion with outside interested persons as long as the
-------
27
discussion is significant
VIII. STATE/FEDERAL AGREEMENTS (SF)
A. SF.l General Procedures and Goals
(GM-41) (SF. 1-1)
Revised Policy Framework for State/EPA Enforcement
Agreements (August 25, 1986 - originally issued June
26, 1984)
The document is the Agency's policy framework for
implementing an effective state/federal enforcement relationship
through national program guidance and regional/state agreements.
This document was intended to reinforce the Guidance for FY 1987
Enforcement Agreements Process (4/15/86), and to serve as a guide
for negotiations and implementation of the Enforcement
Agreements. The revisions incorporate into the Policy Framework
addenda developedbetween 1984 and 1986 in the areas of oversight
of state civil penalties, involvement of the state attorneys
general in the enforcement process, and implementation of
nationally managed/coordinated cases.
The policy framework is divided into six sections. The
first section, State/Federal Enforcement Agreements: Form, Scope
and Substance, sets forth the form and scope of the agreements as
well as the degree of flexibility the Regions have in tailoring
national policy to individual states.
The second section, Oversight Criteria and Measures:
Defining Good Performance, outlines the criteria and measures for
defining a quality program whether the compliance or enforcement
program is administered by EPA or a state. According to this
section, the criteria are intended to serve only as guidance and
are not to be adopted word-for-word. Criterion #5 is a new
section which deals with the definition of what constitutes
timely and appropriate enforcement response.
The next section, Oversight Procedures and Protocols, sets
forth principles on how EPA should conduct its oversight
function. This section discusses the approach, the process, and
the follow-ttp and consequences of oversight.
Criteria fpr Direct Federal Enforcement in Delegated States,
the fourth section, explains the circumstances under which EPA
takes direct enforcement action in a delegated state. It also
covers the manner in which EPA should take action so that state
programs are being strengthened simultaneously.
Section five, Advance Notification and Consultation, deals
with EPA's policy of "no surprises." It explains what measures
-------
28
must be taken with each state in order to ensure that the policy
is effectively carried out.
The final section, State Reporting, reviews key reporting
and recordkeeping requirements for management of data and public
reporting on compliance and enforcement program accomplishments.
It lists seven measures for EPA to use to manage and oversee
performance by Regions and states.
(GM^57) (SF. 1-2)
Guidance for the Py 1989 State/EPA Enforcement
Agreements Process (June 20, 1988)
This guidance introduces the regional enforcement strategies
process as a means of addressing state and regional priorities
and reiterates the importance of timely and appropriate
enforcement responses and federal facilities compliance.
•Attachment 1, the main part of the guidance, covers five
topics: (1) maintaining the enforcement agreements process; (2)
improved management and tracking of enforcement responses (for
enforcement responses that are timely and appropriate & for
tracking and follow-through on cases); (3) inspector training and
development; (4) up front agreements, on penalty sharing; and (5)
working with states to improve federal facilities compliance.
IX. ORDERS AND DECREES (OR)
A. OR.l Drafting and Modifying Orders and Decrees
(GM-17) (OR. 1-1)
Guidance for Drafting Judicial Consent Decrees (October
19, 1993)
This document provides guidance on the provisions EPA should
include when drafting a settlement agreement covering a civil
enforcement action for which the federal government has decided
that judicial remedies are appropriate. The GM explains each
step in drafting a settlement agreement and accompanies the text
with examples-for each part of an agreement.
First, the guidance explains standard front end provisions,
which provide the factual and legal background for the consent
decree, including the parties, the cause(s) of action, and the
procedural history. Next, the GM explains the transitional
clause. This clause signals the end of the introductory portions
of the decree and the beginning of the court's order.
The majority of the guidance is a detailed explanation of
-------
29
provisions that may be included in the court's order. These are:
(a) jurisdiction and statement of the claim; (b) applicability
clause; (c) public interest provision; (d) definitions section;
(e) compliance provisions — generally/for repeat violators/
performance bonds; and (f) thirteen provisions defining other
responsibilities of the parties to the decree. Appendix A
presents a consent decree checklist. Appendix B is a sample
consent decree. . .
(GM-68) (OR. 1-2)
Procedures for Modifying Judicial Consent Decrees
(January 11, 1988)
This document clarifies procedures for modifying consent
decrees and other judicial orders in EPA enforcement cases. The
memorandum defines a consent decree "modification" as changes to
the consent decree proposed jointly by the government and the
defendant to address circumstances that arose since the entry of
the consent decree. The policy then prescribes four steps: (1)
when the need to modify is discovered, Region sends a letter to
the Enforcement Counsel and to the Dept. of Justice [DOJ]
notifying them of the intent to open negotiations with the
defendant and summarizing relevant facts, issues, and proposed
solutions; (2) Region proceeds to negotiate a modification in the
manner described in the letter; (3) the Office of Enforcement
[OE] retains authority for approving modifications on behalf of
EPA, and DOJ retains the same for the U.S.; (4) after OE and DOJ
approve the modification, DOJ presents the proposed consent
decree modification to an appropriate court for approval. The
document concludes with a paragraph on appropriate reporting in
the SPMS (now STARS) Consent Decree Tracking Measure.
B. OR.2 Monitoring and Enforcing Orders and Decrees
(GM-86) < (OR. 2-1)
Manual on Monitoring & Enforcing Administrative.and
Judicial Orders (February 6, 1990)
This Manual is a large collection of text and appendices
intended to guide EPA enforcement staff on their roles and
responsibilities in monitoring and enforcing final order
requirements. The Manual applies to all regulatory enforcement
programs except CERCLA (Superfund). In general, the Manual
outlines the process for working with EPA Financial Management
Offices and the Department of Justice (DOJ) in monitoring and
collecting penalties.
Chapter One (Monitoring and Reporting the Status of Final
Orders) includes a section defining final administrative and
judicial orders and sections on drafting enforceable orders,
-------
30
monitoring systems, reporting requirements, and additional
oversight requirements for administrative orders and for judicial
orders. ,
Chapter Two (Collection of Administrative Penalties)
discusses authority for administrative penalty collection,
financial management collection procedures, and organizational
roles and responsibilities.
Chapter Three (Collection of Judicial Penalties) includes
sections on payment depositories, organizational roles and
responsibilities, distribution of final orders, monitoring
payments, EPA enforcement reporting of payment status,
coordination of DOJ and EPA accounts receivable reporting
systems, pursuit of outstanding penalty debts, and termination of
judicial penalty debts by various means.
Chapter Four (Enforcing Final Orders) provides information
on enforcing administrative and judicial orders, with subsections
on modifications, stipulated penalties, motions to enforce, and
contractor listing.. .
Compendium documents RF.2-2, OR.2-2, PT.3-1, TK.l-l and
TK.l-2 are attached. Also included are appendices entitled: (1)
Model System for Administrative Penalty Collection; (2)
Procedures for Modifying Judicial Decrees; (3) Procedures for
Notifying DOJ of Stipulated Penalties; and (4) Contractor Listing
in Cases of Non-compliance with Administrative or Judicial
Orders.
(GM-27) (OR. 2-2)
Guidelines for Enforcing Federal District Court Orders
(April 18, 1984)
This guidance outlines how to ensure enforcement of federal
court orders*. The purpose of the guidelines is to establish
uniform Agency objectives in preparing for and in responding to
violations of court orders. The guidelines apply to the
enforcement of consent decrees and nonconsensual orders entered
in federal district court that remedy violations of any of EPA's
laws or regulations.
The guidelines explain in some detail how to draft orders to
ensure enforceability. The guidelines also address how to select
responses to violations of court orders. Finally, other matters,
such as who should sign a consent decree and what types of
timetables should be established for responding to certain
violations are briefly discussed.
-------
31
X. FEDERAL FACILITIES (FF)
A. FF.1 Compliance Monitoring and Enforcement
(GM-25) (FF. 1-1)
Federal Facilities Compliance Strategy (November 8,
1988)
EPA developed the new Federal Facilities Compliance Strategy
in order to "ensure that federal agencies achieve compliance
rates in each media program which meet or exceed those of major
industrial and major municipal facilities." The document, also
known as the "Yellow Book," establishes a comprehensive and.
proactive approach to achieving and maintaining high rates of
compliance at all federal facilities.
The Yellow Book was written: (1) to serve as guidance for
EPA Headquarters and Regional staff; (2) to clarify state and
federal compliance monitoring and enforcement roles; (3) to
inform federal agencies of EPA's strategy and identifying
procedures to be followed when violations have been discovered;
and (4) to communicate EPA's approach for addressing compliance
problems at federal facilities to Congress, the public, and.
concerned interest groups.
The Yellow Book is comprised of eight chapters which set out
the basic framework for EPA's media programs to follow in
ensuring that federal facilities are fully integrated into
federal and state compliance monitoring and enforcement
activities. The chapters are: (1) Introduction; (2) Summary of
Relevant Environmental Statutes and Executive Orders; (3)
Identification of the Regulated Community; (4) Compliance
Promotion, Technical Assistance, and Training; (5) Compliance
Monitoring; (6) Enforcement Response to Compliance Problems and
Violations of Environmental Laws at Federal Facilities; (7) Role
of the States in Responding to Federal Facilities Violations; and
(8) EPA Roles and Responsibilities for Program Implementation.
XI. TRACKING ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITIES (TK)
A. TK.l General Procedures and Goals
(GM-76) (TK. 1-1)
Agency Judicial Consent Decree Tracking and Follow-Up
Directive (January 11, 1990)
This policy specifies EPA requirements for how Regional
Offices track compliance with judicial consent decree
requirements and for how Regions select and document decisions on
appropriate EPA follow-up responses to consent decree violations.
-------
32
The document prescribes requirements for: (1) implementing
the Agency guidance on certification of compliance with
enforcement agreements; (2). regional consent decree tracking and
follow-up database management; (3) file documentation of consent
decree violations; (4) decisions on Agency follow-up to
violations; (5) maintaining data on the current status of EPA
consent decrees; and (6) termination of consent decrees and
closing cases. - '
The policy first provides some general background
information on the allocation of consent decree tracking
responsibilities between regional program divisions and Offices
of Regional Counsel. It then expands on each of the six
requirements listed above. The fourth section details the
criteria for determining the appropriate EPA response to
violations: the environmental harm caused, the duration of the
violation, the compliance history of the defendant, the
deterrence value, the defendant's ability to respond, and the
economic gain of non-compliance. < .
The policy also includes a sample Consent Decree Violation
and Follow-Up Form.
(GM-74) (TK. 1-2)
Guidance on certification of Compliance with
Enforcement Agreements (July 25, 1988)
Verification of settlement agreements which require specific
performance to achieve or maintain compliance with a regulatory
standard is key to EPA enforcement. The Office of Enforcement
issued this guidance to assist drafters of settlement agreements
in the effort to make the agreements more easily verifiable and
enforceable.
The guidance achieves its purpose through two elements: (1)
certification of compliance by a responsible corporate official,
and (2) documentation to verify compliance. The section
explaining the first element states that a "responsible official"
must sign the compliance reports (under threat of criminal or
civil contempt sanctions for intentionally deceiving or
misleading the EPA) and that certification is especially
important for-entities with a history of non-compliance. The
other section discusses why documentation to verify compliance
should be identified in settlement agreements.
Attachment A provides a suggested checklist for
documentation purposes.
-------
33
(GM-40) (TK. 1-3)
Revised Regional Referral Package Cover Letter and Data
Sheet (May 30, 1985)
In order to streamline the civil judicial case referral
process, a new standard referral package cover letter and data
sheet were formulated. (See attached copy of the Cover Letter
and Model Data Sheet.) Most of the case information is to be
provided on the data sheet so that it is easier to track
referrals. The cover letter and data sheet contain eleven,
elements designed to provide a brief, but thorough summary of the
case to the reviewer.
(GM-19) (TK. 1-4)
Consent Decree Tracking System Guidance (December 20,
1983)
This document offers guidance on the use of the tracking
system to enable EPA to track the compliance of consent decrees
for all media on a national basis. :
This guidance begins by defining the scope of the system:
information on all court-entered judicial consent decrees to
which EPA is a party, as well as the status of compliance efforts
required by these decrees. The memorandum next discusses the
tracking system's objectives. Then, the document explains the
key tracking system components: (1) the Repository (a collection
of physical copies of EPA consent decrees); (2) the Consent
Decree Library (an automated management information system to
store summaries of each EPA consent decree on file in the
Repository); (3) compliance monitoring (source reporting and/or
on-site inspections); and (4) compliance tracking (gathering and
compiling compliance information). Next, the GM briefly
discusses tracking system operation. It concludes by defining
the office responsibilities of the NEIC, Regional Administrators,
and Office of Enforcement Headquarters. Included in this
guidance are Attachment A, a sample prospective quarterly report,
and Attachment B, a sample retrospective quarterly report.
(GM-60) (TK. 1-5)
Procedures and Responsibilities for Updating and
Maintaining the Enforcement Docket (March 10, 1987)
This policy declares that an accurate and current docket
data base depends on the initial entry of cases and on the
regular monthly review and case update by the Headquarters (HQ)
and Regional attorneys assigned to the case. The memo lists
eight steps in the process of maintaining the docket (and states
who performs them and when): (1) prepare Case Data and Facility
Data Forms for the initial entry of cases; (2) enter all new
-------
34
cases; (3) prepare monthly•case updates; (4) enter monthly case
updates; (5) run reports to verify overall accuracy of Docket and
distribute for verification; (6) verify accuracy and make
corrections; (7) enter corrections; and (8) run accounting
reports and complete SPMS (now STARS) reporting instruction
forms.
The policy continues, offering a further explanation of the
initial entry of a case, major milestone event dates, overall
status, HQ review time, the "Referral Indicator," concluded
cases, HQ Division, and law/section violated and cited in the
complaint.
(GM-61) (TK. 1-6)
Enforcement Docket Maintenance (April 8, 1988)
This guidance provides detailed procedures to ensure that
all parties understand their responsibilities for entering cases
into the Docket and for the regular monthly review and update of
the Case Status Report. The memo first discusses the definition
of a case, then initial case entry, followed by case status
review procedures, and concludes with quality assurance.
The first section covers DOCKET design, assigning a case
number, amendments to ongoing cases, and use of DOCKET for SPMS
(now STARS), accountability, and with the Workload Model. The
second part of the document, initial case entry, directs the
regional attorney to enter the case into the system as soon as he
or she begins case development. It then instructs the regional
attorney to complete: (1) a Case Data form [appendix A]; (2) a
Facility Data form [appendix B]; and (3) a Case Summary [appendix
C].
The third section, case status review procedures, explains
that the lead EPA attorney has primary responsibility for monthly
review and update of all active cases, particularly concentrating
on: (a) case information; (b) major milestones and miscellaneous
events; (c) staff and attorney names; (d) results; (e) penalties;
and (f) case status comments. The final section concisely
addresses quality assurance, which results from OE HQ monthly
review of the overall DOCKET for accuracy and completeness.
i
Appendix D gives an example of the nature and method of
entering status comments. Appendix E charts roles and
responsibilities (who, what, when, and how). Appendix F provides
summary "case code" tables.
(GM-no) (TK.1-7)
Support of the Enforcement DOCKET for Information
Management in OECA (October 3, 1994)
-------
35
This policy adds formal administrative enforcement actions
to the DOCKET information'system. Prior to this, only judicial
actions were officially tracked. In addition it states that
Regional Counsels have the primary responsibility for entering
and maintaining enforcement data. Although it recognizes a role
for the Division Directors in ORE. The policy further states
that OECA will examine the feasibility of including all formal
administrative orders in DOCKET.
XII. CASE MANAGEMENT (CM)
A. CM.l General Procedures and Goals
(GM-71) (CM. 1-1)
Case Management Plans (March 11, 1988)
This document offers a mechanism to enhance the
effectiveness of the environmental enforcement program by
providing a road map for bringing a case from initiation to
conclusion. The primary elements of the mechanism are organizing
the tasks to be performed, assigning the persons to perform those
tasks, and outlining the dates by which those tasks are to be
completed. The mechanism is supposed to cover both litigation
and negotiation elements, as well as legal and technical tasks.
The guidance gives general procedural directions leading up
to the Department of Justice (DOJ) attorney having a case plan in
place by the date of filing of the complaint. The case plan
addresses the roles of DOJ, the Assistant U.S. Attorney, and
Regional and Headquarters legal and technical staff. The case
plans are to be updated on a quarterly basis to maintain their
effectiveness.
A two-page form, "Preliminary Case Plan," is attached.
(GM-85) (CM. 1-2)
Regional Enforcement Management: Enhanced Regional Case
Screening (December 3, 1990)
This guidance is divided into five sections. First, it
explains the objectives of case screening, including the
strategic value of undertaking federal enforcement, the
appropriate enforcement response, the appropriate considered use
of innovative settlement conditions or tools, the encouragement
of potential multi-media and cross-statutory action, and the
effective integration of criminal and civil enforcement. The
second section lays out the requirements for a regional case
screening capability. It lists criteria for an acceptable case
screening process, explains the attached case screening worksheet
-------
36
t© help assess what further- screening might be necessary and to
help identify early on how an enforcement case should be
developed. This section offers five ways in which Regions can
phase in and focus enhanced case screening, and it requires
coordination and review before and during criminal investigations
in cases of ongoing releases or discharges.
The third section and attached charts la, Ib, and ic explain
the OE recommended case screening approach. It recommends
continued reliance on initial screening on a single media basis
using the case worksheets, detailed monthly review by .a multi-
media screening committee of cases identified as having a multi-
media concern, and a third level of committee reviewing
violations identified through the civil enforcement process for
criminal enforcement potential and review of criminal leads and
investigations for priority. The fourth section declares that,
through strategic planning, the Region can target investigation
and enforcement for a number of factors. The final section
provides general oversight directions to help the Office of
Enforcement evaluate implementation to help meet EPA's goals for
criminal enforcement and multi-media casesi
Three charts are attached. A sample case screening
worksheet is also attached. Four narrative appendices are also
attached discussing: (1) choosing between administrative and
judicial enforcement; (2) identifying candidates for innovative
settlement terms or enforcement tools; (3) ensuring a multi-media
case screening perspective; and (4) integrating civil and
criminal enforcement activities.
(GM-20) (CM. 1-3)
Guidance on Evidence Audit of Case Files (December 30,
19'83)
This guidance discusses the evidence audit system, which is
designed to establish an overall case document control system, to
provide quick and complete access to records, and to provide a
means for assuring admissibility of the evidence.
i
After the introduction, which discusses the purposes and
advantages of evidence audits, the guidance addresses the
proposed procedure. Under this section, the roles of the
Regional Administrator and the Asst. Administrator for the Office
of Enforcement are first discussed. Then the required elements
of an evidence audit are listed and briefly explained. These
are: (1) document assembly; (2) document organization and review;
(3) evidence profiles (graphic or narrative presentations of the
history and chain of custody of evidence from the time of
collection through final disposition); and (4) document storage
and retrieval. The document concludes with an operational
outlook narrative, explaining how to get assistance from the NEIC
-------
37
Evidence Audit Unit.
XIII. INSPECTIONS (IN)
(GM-5) (IN. 1-1)
Conduct of Inspections After tbe Barlow's Decision
(April 11, 1979)
This document offers guidance to the Regions in the conduct
of inspections in light of Marshall v. Barlow's Inc., and the
need to obtain warrants and other process for inspections
pursuant to EPA-administered acts. The guidance focuses on the
preparation for and conduct of inspections, including (1) how to
proceed when entry is denied, (2) under what circumstances a
warrant is necessary, and (3) what showing is necessary to obtain
a warrant.
The section titled "Conduct of Inspections" is divided into
seven parts* Preparation, including seeking a warrant before
inspection, administrative inspections v. criminal inspections,
the use of contractors to conduct inspections, and inspections
conducted by state personnel, comes first. Next, aspects of
entry are discussed, such as consensual entry, withdrawal of
consent, when entry is refused, and Headquarters notification.
Then, the guidance discusses areas where a right of warrantless
entry still exists: emergency situations, FIFRA inspections, and
"open fields" and "in plain view" situations. A section on
securing a warrant follows.
Next, the Barlow/s guidance explains standards and bases for
the issuance of administrative warrants in three contexts: civil
specific probable cause warrants, civil probable cause based on a
neutral administrative inspection scheme, and criminal warrants.
Guidance on inspecting with a warrant and returning the warrant
close out the section. Two conclusions are drawn: (a) Barlow's
requires EPA to formalize its neutral inspection schemes; and (b)
Barlow's generally precludes initiating civil and/or criminal
actions for refusal to allow warrantless inspections.
Three attachments are included. Attachment 1 is a warrant
application, affidavit, and warrant to conduct an inspection,
where the Agency has specific probable cause to believe that a
civil violation of an EPA regulation or Act has occurred.
Attachment 2 is the same three documents, in which the
establishment to be inspected has been selected under a neutral
administrative inspection scheme. Attachment 3 is a neutral
administrative scheme for CFC inspections.
-------
38
(GM-1) '• (IN. 1-2)
Visitor's Releases and Hold Harmless Agreement as a
Condition to Entry to EPA Employees on Industrial
Facilities (November 8, 1972)
\ •
Certain firms had required EPA employees to sign agreements
purporting to release the firms from tort liability as a
precondition to granting entry. This guidance responds to three
issues this practice presents.
First, while EPA employees can probably release the entities
from tort liability to themselves, the employees are instructed
not to sign such releases under any circumstances. Signing
jeopardizes the government's right of subrogation under the
Federal Employees Compensation Act. Second, while any agreement
to make the government responsible for employee-caused injuries
is probably invalid, employees are instructed not to sign any
agreement purporting to do so. Rather than sign an agreement,
this guidance directs the EPA employee to cite the statutory
authority granting the right of entry, without mentioning any
civil/criminal penalties. If access is denied, the employee is
to inform the Office of General Counsel, which will decide how to
proceed. .
XIV. COMMUNICATIONS (CO)
CO. Communications with Litigants
(GM-6) (CO. 1-1)
Contracts with Defendants and Potential Defendants in
Enforcement Litigation (October 7, 1981)
This policy is a short memorandum on five requirements
governing contact with actual or potential defendants in
enforcement litigation. First, EPA needs to consult with the
Dept. of Justice (DOJ) before contacting defendants in
enforcement litigation or potential defendants in cases referred
to DOJ for filing. Second, EPA must give DOJ an opportunity to
participate in any meetings with such persons or firms to review
their compliance status. Third, EPA must give DOJ notice of and
opportunity to attend meetings requested by potential defendants
or their counsel. Fourth, EPA shall coordinate ground rules with
DOJ in advance of any meetings. Fifth, EPA must provide follow-
up information to DOJ promptly after the conclusion of any
meetings.
-------
39
(GM-7) (CO. 1-2)
"Ex Parte" Rules Covering Communications Which Are the
Subject of Formal Adjudicatory Hearings (December 10,
1981)
This policy guides EPA staff in recognizing and avoiding
improper ex parte communications and in taking remedial steps if
an improper ex parte communication occurs. Sections I - III
define ex parte contacts and describe the rules governing them.
Section IV describes measures for minimizing the adverse legal
impact of such communications when they occur.
The first section discusses why rules about ex parte .
contacts exist and to what they apply, listing nine areas where .
EPA conducts formal adjudicative hearings and listing
Administrative Procedure Act (APA) requirements. The next
section addresses what an ex parte communication is, providing
the APA definition and a "working" definition. The third section
discusses the rules governing ex parte communications, including
what kinds of communications concern "the merits" of a hearing,
what communications within EPA are prohibited, and what
communications with persons outside EPA are prohibited. The
final section addresses ways to minimize ex parte communications'
and actions to take if they should occur. In this section are
five illustrations of preventive measures to lessen the
likelihood of problems as well a curative measure, viz.. to make
the content and circumstances a part of the official record of
the proceeding and give the parties a chance to respond on the
record.
(GM-43) (CO. 1-3)
Enforcement Document Release Guidelines (September 16,
1985)
The Guidelines are intended to assist program personnel and
enforcement attorneys in their decisions on whether to withhold
or release enforcement documents requested by the public. They
are designed to provide Agency-wide consistency in the release of
enforcement related documents and to promote fairness to all
public interests. The guidance clearly states that it is
intended to provide only interpretive guidelines and general
principles, and that decisions to release documents will vary
with each case depending on each program's statutory and
programmatic needs.
The goal, scope, and general principles of the Guidelines
are briefly described. Next, the Guidelines address releasing
general enforcement documents. These include enforcement policy
documents, enforcement strategic planning documents, management/
administrative documents, deliberative support documents,
reference files, and documents containing attorney-client
-------
40
communications.
The last section discusses releasing case-specific
documents. The first part of this section looks at the release
of case files. It begins with a discussion of the release of
case files in general and then goes on to specifically address
the release of attorney work product and attorney-client
materials, settlement documents, and other documents such as law
enforcement documents which discuss unique investigative
techniques not generally known outside,the government. The
second half discusses the release of case status reports.
The Appendix briefly describes several statutes and
regulations which place constraints on the Agency's discretion to
release documents to the public. • , •
i
XV. MISCELLANEOUS (MI)
(GM-66) (MI. 1-1)
Assertion of the Deliberative Process Privilege
(October 3, 1984)
The purpose of this guidance is to prevent disclosure of
certain materials containing personal advice, recommendations, or
opinions relating to the development of Agency policy,
rulemaking, use of enforcement discretion, settlement of cases,
etc., in response to depositions, motions to compel discovery,
and questions posed at a trial or hearing. The guidance explains
when, who can, and how to assert the privilege.
Section I discusses the application of the privilege and
some of its limitations (with supporting case citations).
Section II explains when to assert the privilege. The Agency
will not assert the privilege in every case where it applies;
therefore, the materials should be released, except where: (a)
release may cause harm to the public interest; (b) the materials
are subject to another privilege justifying nondisclosure; or (c)
release would be unlawful. Section III explains that, in
general, the head of the office responsible for development of
the material in question should assert the privilege. Finally,
Section TV addresses how to assert the privilege, detailing six
procedural steps that must be undertaken.
Attached to this guidance are Delegation 1-49 of 10/3/84
(This is the actual delegation of authority from the
Administrator to assert the privilege.) and two short memoranda
from the General Counsel on procedures for obtaining concurrence.
-------
41
(GM-89) (MI. 1-2)
Strengthening the Agency's Administrative Litigation
Capacity (May 3, 1989)
This policy provides a mechanism to decide whether or not to
appeal adverse Administrative Lav Judge (ALJ) decisions and how
to reply to Respondent appeals to the Chief Judicial Officer of
favorable decisions. Its purpose is to assure, at minimum cost,
national program input and regional consistency in a timely
manner. First, the Regional Office must fax a copy of the
decision and a brief summary to the Office of Enforcement Branch
Chief, the appropriate Office of General Counsel Branch Chief>
and the Office of Regional Counsel standing contacts. A
conference call follows. The call provides an opportunity to
identify issues for appeal, identify what support will be
available to assist the lead office, and incorporate both a
national and a regional perspective into the briefs.
(GM-2) (MI. 1-3)
Professional Obligations of Government Attorneys (GM-2)
(April 14, 1976)
This guidance discusses some of the obligations of EPA
attorneys, both under the Canons of Professional Ethics and under
various provisions of law. The five main areas covered are: (1)
confidential commercial or financial information; (2) Civil or
criminal investigations; (3) attorney-client communications; (4)
commitments on behalf of EPA; and (5) ex parte communications.
Under the broader heading of attorney-client communications are
communications with the Dept. of Justice, legal advice, support
of Agency positions, and dealing with outside parties represented
by an attorney.
(GM-28) (MI. 1-4)
Liability of Corporate Shareholders and successor
Corporations for Abandoned sites Under CERCLA (GM-28
(June 13, 1984)1
This policy identifies the extent to which corporate
shareholders and successor corporations may be held liable under
the law for response costs arising from the release of a
hazardous substance from an abandoned hazardous waste facility.
The first section address the extent of liability of corporate
shareholders, and the second section examines the liability of
successor corporations. Each of the two sections follows the
same format.
1 This Policy is to be transferred to the CERCLA Policy
Compendium after a generic policy is development to take its place.
-------
42
First, a short background is provided on whether there is
any statutory language in CERCLA which makes either corporate
shareholders or successor corporations responsible for cleanup
costs for the release of a hazardous substances from an abandoned
hazardous waste facility. In the case of corporate shareholders,
the background section also explains why EPA may want to extend
liability to include corporate shareholders and whether
traditional corporate law allows for such an extension.
The issue of the particular section is set out and then a
short summary section answers the issue in general terms. Each
discussion section explains in detail what is advanced in the
summary, in addition, the discussion doctrine of sections
pertaining to each issue review the courts' traditional approach
to limited liability and the current evolving standards,
specifically as to "piercing the corporate veil.n The discussion
section on corporate shareholder liability' also explains how the
"piercing the corporate veil" is applied by federal courts, in
contrast to how it is applied by state courts. Each section ends
with a short conclusion as to how the Agency should proceed in
cases involving corporate shareholders or successor corporations.
(GM-no) (MI. 1-5)
Interim Guidance on Review of Indian Lands Enforcement
Actions (October 21, 1992) with attachment, EVA Policy
for the Administration of Environmental Programs on
Indian Reservations (November 8, 1984)
The EPA policy which announces, inter alia, as its eighth
principle, that Assistant Administrators, Regional Administrators
and the General Counsel should work cooperatively with Tribal
governments to achieve compliance with environmental statutes and
regulations on Indian reservations, consistent with the principle
of Indian self-government. The policy states:
• Where tribally owned or managed facilities do not meet
Federally established standards, the Agency will
endeavor to work with the Tribal leadership to enable
the Tribe to achieve compliance.
• Where reservation facilities are clearly owned or
managed by private parties and there is no substantial
. Tribal interest or control involved, the Agency will.
endeavor to act in cooperation with the affected Tribal
Government, but will otherwise respond to noncompliance
by private parties on Indian reservations as EPA does
to noncompliance by the private sector outside
reservations.
• Direct EPA actions against Tribal facilities through
the judicial or administrative process will be
-------
43
considered where the Agency determines, in its
judgment, that-(1) a significant threat to human health
or the environment exists, (2) such action would
reasonably be expected to achieve effective results in
a timely manner, and (3) the Federal Government cannot
utilize other alternatives to correct the problem in a
timely fashion.
The policy is attached to Interim Guidance, which assigns
the responsibility to coordinate policy and management issues,
and legal issues in consultation with the Office of General
Counsel, to the Senior Legal Advisor of the Office of Federal
Programs (OFA). That person will make appropriate
recommendations, and the AA will be advised of enforcement
options. Until the Indian Policy Implementation Guidance is
formally revised, all future direct EPA enforcement actions
against tribal facilities, except for emergency situations,
should be submitted to the AA. The AA will act in consultation
with the OFA, including its Senior Legal Advisor, and the General
Counsel. ,
-------
12/1/94
GENERAL ENFORCEMENT POLICY COMPENDIUM
,' CROSS INDEX
GM NUMBER CURRENT STATUS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'15
, 16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
Key:
R = Recodif led in New Compend:
R (IN. 1-2)
R (MI. 1-3)
R (RF.1-1)
R (RG.1-4)
R (IN. 1-1)
R (CO. 1-1)
R (CO. 1-2)
R (RF.1-2)
T
D
D
R (RF.1-4)
D
D
D
D
R (OR. 1-1)
R (RF.2-2)
R (TK.1-4)
R (CM. 1-3)
R (PT.1-1)
R (PT.1-2)
T
D
R (FF.1-1)
R (RF.1-7)
R (OR. 2-2)
R (MI. 1-4)
D
D
D
R (CL.4-1)
R (PT.1-5)
R (SE.1-5)
R (RF.1-5)
D
ium (New Number in
Parentheses)
T = Transfered to the Criminal Enforcement Compendium
D = Deleted
-------
GM NUMBER CURRENT STATUS
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71 ,-•'
72
73
74
75
1 ^r
D
R (PT.1-4)
R (SE.1-4)
R (TK.1-3)
R (SF.1-1)
R (SE.1-1)
R (CO. 1-3)
D
R (FT. 1-6)
R (PB.1-1)
R (RG.1-2)
R (RF.1-3)
D
D
R (PT.2-3)
R (SE.2-3)
P (CL.2-1)
D
D
R (PT.2-1)
R (SF.1-2)
R (RG.1-1)
R (RG.1-3)
R (TK.1-5)
R (TK.1-6)
R (SE.1-2)
R (RF.1-6)
D
D
R (MI. 1-1)
R (PT.2-3)
R (OR. 1-2)
R (RF.2-1)
D
R (CM. 1-1)
D
R (SE.1-3)
R (TK.1-2)
R (PT.3-1)
Key:
R = Recertified in New Compendium (New Number in
Parentheses)
T = Transfered to the Criminal Enforcement Compendium
D = Deleted
-------
GM NUMBER . CURRENT STATUS
76 R (TK.1-1)
77 R (PT.2-2)
78 R (RF.3-1)
79 R (SE.2-2)
80 R (SE.2-1)
81 D
82 D
83 D
84 D
85 R (CM. 1-2)
86 R (OR.2-1)
87 D
88 R (PT.1-3)
89 R (MI.1-2)
90 R (RF.3-2)
Key:
R «= Recodified in New Compendium (New Number in
Parentheses)
T «= Transfered to the Criminal Enforcement Compendium
D -= Deleted
-------
1.6.
Current and Future Fiscal Year Office of Water Guidance for
Oversight of NPDES Programs. (See Section VII of this table.)
-------
1.7,
"GUIDANCE FOR OVERSIGHT OF HPDES PROGRAMS", dated May 1987.
-------
154
-------
NATIONAL GUIDANCE .
FOR
OVERSIGHT OF N'PDES PROGRAMS
May 1987
BACKGROUND
The Clean Water Act (CWA) authorizes EPA and approved States
to adainister the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
(NPDES) Program, which is the basic regulatory mechanism for ensur-
ing that dischargers meet the requirements of the CWA. Currently
about three quarters of the States are approved to administer the
NPDES program, more than half of which also are approved to adminis
ter the pretfeatment program. EPA retains the lead responsibility
in the balance of the States, but shares many of the implementation
functions of the NPDES and pretreatment programs in a partnership
arrangement with State agencies.
EPA has continuing overall responsibility for implementation
or oversight of the NPDES program in all States—approved or not
approved—in order to promote the achievement of national program
goals and objectives, to ensure adherence to Federal and State
statutory and regulatory requirements implementing the CWA, and to
aaintain reasonable national consistency. This guidance provides a
set of criteria for evaluating and overseeing NPDES programs; the
criteria also provide a basis for Regions and States to negotiate
annual agreements and/or work plans• The document:
* Defines the major elements of a sound NPDES program;
* Outlines high priority achievements for NPDES and pretreat-
ment programs; :
* Clarifies how the Regions and States should translate speci-
fic program goals and performance expectations into annual
grant agreements and/or work plans; and
* Defines the respective roles and responsibilities of the
EPA Regions and States in carrying out the NPDES program,
as well as areas where there is a need for further definition
of roles in the individual State agreements.
-------
PURPOSE A.VD SCOPE
r.-.is " jJicJar.ce is a prc7rai-s.>».;; f . : 1):;i«»nr for ^se
conjunction with cine Agency's "Revise-l Policy Framework foi .3
re.jer-41 S.-iforcemenc Agreements" (issued August 25, 1936). .T?
"Policy Framework" covers 3«>c:i t'i«* process and. tne substance •>?
Regional/State agreements, and, jnless otherwise specified i- t
document, the national pol;r/ will apoly.
This guidance establishes cr::-»ria for tr»* MPSES program
i.ncljding perni* issuance and reissuance, compliance monitoring,
enforcement, and ore treatment. It is intended to ae used <•? .«
framework, with the Regions and the States supplyinj r i » ?-»-.i:'. s
for their individual agreements and/or work plans oased an curre
Federal regulations, national ;»'. .-/ 1-1! ;j-.!»nc* locu.-ients, and
State priorities. In reviewing, and, where necessary, updating
oversight agreements, t*.e Regions and States should also use the
Annual Agency Operating Guidance, the Annual Strategic Planning
and Management System, and the Annual Office of Water Evaluation
Guide, which see forth national priorities and performance expect
tions. To the extent possible, all requirements for plans and
strategies cited in this guidance should oe consolidated into
existing work plans and/or State-EPA agreements.
Fully-functionin7 'JP")"? tr i-jri-vs a r* required to permit all
dischargers, both uajor and ninor, and to conduct appropriate -
compliance assessment and enforcement activities for all perm i tee
This guidance einnasiz*?? reissuing major industrial Jin.l najor
municipal permits to incorporate aporove-i pretreatment orogra
requirements and new requirements for controlling toxic and h*«. .
waste in wastew4t*r tischarges and in sludge. T*i»t ;.u.iince also
places priority on rapid response to instances of significant
noncompliance, especially >\r -\*t; n- !i -schargers. As resources
allow, administering agencies 1 should also address minor discharge
of concern and other instances of noncompl lance. In the longer-ce
the c:jn:-».>t^ ii this guidance should oe pn^s-tJ-i-i 'or the full
range of sources and violations. Finally, this guidance addresses
implementation of approved local pretreatment programs, and enforc
ment response to violations by POTWs of pretreatment requirements
NPOCS pennies that appear on .the Quarterly Noncomnliance Report
(QNCR), as well as eo violations by industrial users.
ELEMENTS AMD CRITERIA FOR THE MPDES OVERSIGHT PROGRAM
There are three operational elements of the NPDGS program that
should be addressed in an effective Regional/Seate agreement *mj
oversight program: permitting, compliance mohitociny, an«1 enforce"*-?
response. There is .*l*o a need to ensure the ongoing integrity •;:
State NPOES and oretreatment pr>3rs7ts, is well as 'their ability •-.
icnieve the .goals and objectives oc the CWA.
The term "administering ayenc/" r-*f-sr<5 c.j £?\ ^ajijns
approved States tnat administer t.ne N'POES/pretreatment
-------
for a
The Agency has. developed a general set of oversight criteria
il compliance and enforcement programs.2 This program-spec if
-Joc-jnerst provides juidance on how to. use these criteria, as well*.-
additional criteria related to permit issuance and the pretreatmer
program, to evaluate and oversee the operational elements of the
NPDES program and to negotiate individual agreements and/or work
plans with each State. Such agreements should take into account t*
unique circumstances, legal authorities and resources of each Stac
:JPDES program. .
I . 'Permitting
The CWA (S402) calls for EPA or approved States to issue
permits for the discharge of any pollutant or combination of pollu-
tants. These permits are enforceable documents that contain speci!
discharge limitations, as well as conditions on data and infortnatic
collection, reporting, and other requirements that the administerir.
agency deems appropriate. The overall integrity of the NPDES
program is, therefore, inextricably linked to the quality and
timeliness of the permits that are issued by EPA and the NPDES
States.
Evaluation and oversight of permit programs should be based on
the following criteria:
•
* Clear identification of the regulated community as evidencec
by the existence and use of;
-- Established procedures for maintaining a complete,
accurate, and up-to-date automated data system that
includes all sources that are covered by or have applied
for NPDES permits: The administering agency should
maintain a current inventory of all permit holders and
applicants. States should enter current permit data
into the Permit Compliance System (PCS, the automated
NPDES data base) in a timely manner consistent with the
procedures in the Enforcement Management System (ENS).
Where a State is not a direct user of PCS and does not
have an automated system that is compatible with PCS,
it should supply the data to the Region in a form that
facilitates EPA 's entry of the data into PCS.3 The
administering agency should also maintain up-to-date
files on individual permittees, and should have a process
for identifying dischargers that are required to apply
for but have not applied for permits and for following
through as necessary in such cases.
— Permit data that are complete, accurate and up-to-date :
The Region is responsible for conducting periodic
2. See "Revised Policy Framework for State/EPA Enforcement
Agreements," August 25, 1986".
3. wherever Jata entry to and/or use of PCS is mentioned' in this
document, it is expected that, where a. State is not a direct
user of PCS and does not have an automated system that is
compatible with PCS, it should supply the data to the Region in
• a form that facilitates EPA's entry of the data into PCS. r
-------
audics co verify t:vat each approved State is rta
ir? c-rrent perrtit files ' incl-dir.g an adecuate
tracive reccri) and iata in PCS.consistent wish
prescrised procedures; me Region should also
periooic audits in cases where an unapproved State
writing draft permits in a partnership arrangement *i
the Region.
Development and cicely issuance of high-quality permits a
permit modif iratrsr.s as evidenced sy tr.e existence and us.
of:-
— An up-to-date permit strategy and issuance list ov Stc
that guides permit issuance/modification consistent
with national priorities and assures that sack logs do
not develop; It is tr.e responsibility of the adminis-
tering agency to develop a strategy and an annual perm
issuance list of priority permits to oe reissued/modi-
fied/reopened during t.ne fiscal year (by name and type
consistent with the National Surface Water Toxics
Control Initiative* the Annual Operating Guidance, and
State permitting priorities. The list may be modified
periodically to ensure that it reflects changing condi-
tions throughout the year. At the time the list is
developed, the Region and State should agree on' proce-
dures for modifying the list, as well as the role of
EPA and the State in the permitting process.
— Permits that contain appropriate, clear and enforce
requirements; The administering agency has the rest
sibility to ensure that individual permits are consiste.
with the requirements in the regulations (NPDCS, Genera
Pretreatment, State water Quality Standards, secondary
treatment, effluent guideline, and sludge regulations),
as well as current national policy, and that permits
contain clear and enforceaole provisions. Where the
State is the administering agency, the Region should
identify the specific State permits it plans to review
prior to issuance/modification in accordance with
applicable Federal regulations, and should target those
specific types of priority permits that require early
coordination prior to draft permit issuance. The State
should submit copies of draft and final permits consis-
tent with the NPOES regulations (40 CFR $123), and the
Region should conduct periodic audits of permit quality.
Where EPA is the permit issuing authority, crhe. Region
should coordinate with the State to assure timely
review and-certification of permits in.accordance with
, the CWA .($401).
Clear identification of POTWs required to have approved
local pretreatnent programs (and significant ICJs where
-------
there is rso approved local grog-ram) as evidenced ay cr.e
existence and_use oc;
— Established procedures for maintaining complete, acrt
and up-to-date data on ail POTWs required to have
approved local pretreatser.t programs; The agency
administering che precre.atne.nt. program (i.e., a??rov=
State or EPA Region) is responsible for e-staoiisning
and maintaining a complete inventory of all POTWs
required to have approved local' precreaorient programs
(previously approved and newly identified) consistent
with the Pretreatment Compliance Monitoring and Enfor
ment Guidance. Administering agencies should enter
required data into PCS in a timely manner consistent
with established orocedures.. The administering agency
should also maintain up-to-date files on individual
POTWs, and should have a rationale for add ing/dele tint;
municipalities from the list of required local program
Finally/ the administering agency should have a plan f
completing and maintaining an inventory of all categor
cal industrial users (lUs) and significant industrial
users (SIUs) where there is no approved program, as
resources allow.
— Local pretreatment program data that are complete/
accurate and up-to-date; The Region is responsible foi
conducting periodic file audits to verify that each
approved State is maintaining current files on POTWs
with pretreatment programs (including required reports,
inspection reports* audit findings, record of enforceme
actions taken/ and documentation of assistance provided
to resolve problems)/ and entering data into PCS consis
tent with prescribed procedures; the Region should also
conduct periodic audits in cases where an unapproved
State is working with the Region in a partnership
arrangement to carry out pretreatment program responsi-
bilities.
Approval of sound local pretreatment programs and program
modifications as evidenced by the existence and use of;
— Current process for completing approval of newly identi-
fied pretreatment programs and for identifying/acting
on existing local programs that need adjustments/refine-
ments; The agency administering the pretreatment program
(i.e./ approved States or EPA Regions) is responsible
for maintaining a process for reviewing/approving/dis-
approving newly required programs, as well as a process
.for establishing priorities and taking action on program
modifications/ as needed/ consistent with national
"policy/ regulations and and guidance. The process for
reviewing existing local programs and for determining
the need "for adjustments/refinements should emphasize
-------
further .isprovi.-.j Jasth tr.e basic cor.tral mechanisms
a.-.i r-e operational/enforcement aspects of tr.e p
— Aporoved/rsedifled local pretreatment oroiorares tha _
adequate control mechanisms, as well as asorooriat ~
mechanisms for monitoring compliance and carrying out
enforcement responsioilities: The administering agenc
r.as tr.e responsisility to ensure tr.at its procedures i
program review/approval'modification result in sound,
enforceable local precreatnent programs. Where a POTX
is newly identified, the procedures sr.oulJ address tne
mod ification/reissuance of POTW permits to incorporate
1) a schedule for local program development; and 2) an
approved local program and related conditons, includi
requirements for implementation and reporting. Where
POTWs are newly identified as requiring a local pretre<
aene program* the review and aporoval process should b<
completed expeditiously. As a general rule, the admin.
tering agency should work with the POTW to assist in
developing an approvaOle program submittal within one .-
of identification; the review and approval process sho
be completed two to three months following submission.
Where existing programs need to be modified* the admini
tering agency should establish priorities based on a
sound rationale, and should have a process for reviewia
local programs and determining whether local programs
need to be adjusted/refined to incorporate: 1) new/
revised control mechanisms for significant industr:
users (SIUs) and enforceable local limits based on
headworks analysis and proper interpretation of categor:
cal standards; 2) mechanisms to adequately monitor IU
effluent, to track and determine compliance rates for
SIUs; and 3) procedures for initiating appropriate
enforcement responses against lUs for noncompliance and
publishing the names of significant violators. The
administering agency should conduct these comprehensive
reviews whenever a POTW's permit is reissued/modified,
and as needed.
II. Compliance Monitoring
The EPA Regions and NPDES States must maintain records and
develop procedures for conducting accurate and reliable review and
evaluation of permittee self-monitoring reports, as well as inspec-
tion of permittees. The administering agency should assume primary
responsibility for these activities. These activities are essential
to maintaining the overall integrity of the NPDES permit program,
and for identifying instances of noncompliance so that the adminis-
tering agency can initiate appropriate and timely action as needed.
The administering agency should also have an established compliance
monitoring program that incorporates the requirements of the NPDES
regulations, as well as the appropriate principles and supporcin?
attachments of tne-Enforcement Management System (EMS).
1(00
-------
Evaluation and oversight of compliance nonicoring programs
should, se oase-3 3.-. zr.e following criteria:
* Timely receipt and review of accurate and complete self-
monitoring reports* and maintenance of complete and accur
records as evidenced 3y tr.e existence and use of;
• f ' '
— Essaslisned procedures and! tir.e frames far review of
3MRs, and -••rntenance of complete and accurate data;
The admin;, ering agency snouii receive and review all
Discharge Monitoring Reports OMRs) and POTW pretreac.ru
program implementation reports for accuracy and complet
ness/-and should assure that permittees are complying
with their permit requirements (using PCS, where possio
to automatically screen data). The administering
agency should enter all the Water Enforcement National
Data Base (WENDB) data for major permittees (and a
lesser amount for minor permittees) into PCS in a
timely manner; DMR data should be entered within 30
days of receipt of the DMR. The administering agency
may also enter data into PCS for minor permittees, as
resources allow (see PCS Policy Statement for these
requirements). Response to nonreceipt or unacceptable
DMRs should be consistent with the time frames in the
regulation and the EMS; failure to submit or unacceptable
DNRs within 30 days of the required date are instances
of significant noncompliance for major permittees.
— Data that are accurate, complete and up-to-date; The
Region should verify that each .VPDES State is exercising
its responsibilities properly through routine reviews
of a random sample of DMRs and PCS entries during
periodic audits of the State program.
V
• Maintenance of a reporting system that contains accurate,
up-to-date, accessible information on current compliance
status;
— Established procedures and time frames for submittal of
QNCRs and maintenance of data; The administering agency
oust prepare and submit its Quarterly Noncompliance
Reports (QNCRs) consistent with the requirements and
tine frames in the NPDES regulation and national guidance.
To the extent possible/ the administering agency should
prepare the QNCR automatically by using DMR data and
other data that are entered into PCS.
— QNCRs and data systems that, are accurate, complete, and
up-to-date; The Region is responsible for verifying
the accuracy and completeness of both the QNCRs and en*
data in PCS.
-------
Timely conduce of appropriate and effective ccnslianse
:-5secc:;rs as ev:^e*;et ry tr.e'existence an* use "aT
— Established procedures wit!".ir. t.*.e ar.nual alan-fo
conducting compliance inspeetignst The administer^
agency should have estaolisaed procedures far condu-t
routine and special inspections as part of its annual
Compliance Inspection Plan. TI*.e plan and procedures
snould oe consistent with tne most current SPA Csmali
Inspection manual ar.i the N'PDES • Carrol:ance Inspection
Strategy and Guidance* and should contain clear zrite
for selecting candidates for the appropriate mix of
routine and special compliance inspections (including
pretreatment and sludge inspections, as appropriate).
1 The procedures should also outline the basic requiremi
and time frames for completing reports on inspection
findings and for entering the data into PCS wherever
possible. The Region and State should agree in advanc
to estaolish quarterly a list of facilities that are t
be inspected (including joint and independent CPA and
State inspections), and to assess the status of the
annual plan at established intervals throughout the ye
The Region should also agree to provide prior notice t
the State before conducting joint or independent inspe
tions, and to supply the State with at least semi-annu
reports of its findings (mid-year and end-of-year)? th
State should oe apprised of major proolems as soon as
they are discovered.
— Inspections that are conducted in an effective man. .
The administering agency is responsible for conducting
sampling and analysis in the prescribed manner, complet
ing the required reports on findings vichin establishec
time frames, and for ensuring the entry of the data
into PCS. The Region should participate in an appro-
priate number of joint inspections wich the State and
maintain-an independent inspections program in order.tc
carry out its enforcement and overview responsibili-
ties, and should conduct periodic random audits of
inspection reports and case files. The administering
agency is also responsible for taking proper action in
cases where permittees fail to respond to OMR Quality
Assurance (OA) requirements, and for initiating appro-
priate follow-up to OMR OA test results. NPOES States
should specifically identify the need for the Region's
assistance or support from EPA contractors, as well as
the type and level of assistance required.
Oversight of control authorities to ensure the adequacy of
approved local programs and the effectiveness of local
program implementation as evidenced by the existence and
use of: .
i
-------
Comprehensive program for assuring the adequacy and
effectiveness of approved local programs; POTWs' act a
the control a-icr.ority for most local ?r?treacnenc
programs, and nave primary responsibility for complia,
monitoring and enforcement activities.1* Adniniscerir.c
agencies should have procedures for carrying out a
variety of periodic reviews designed to ensure that
POTWs -have adequate local- programs' chat are oei'ng full
and effectively implemented. Oversight should include
provisions for reviewing POTW reports, conducting
routine and special inspections, and conducting period
audits of control authorities.
— Local pretreatnent programs that are adequate and are
being fully and effectively implemented: To ensure
that control authorities maintain adequate local pro-
grams, and fully and effectively implement these pro-
grams, the administering agency should: 1) conduct
audits of each local program at least once in every 5
years (20 percent per year), including an evaluation of
whether local limits need to be revised and/or whether
categorical standards are being properly interpreted to
protect treatment works, prevent interference with
sludge disposal, and protect receiving water quality
- (including toxic organics, hazardous waste, metals, and
conventional pollutants); 2) conduct, as part of regula
NPOES inspections, annual p re treatment inspections of
POTWs with approved local programs (except where an
audit has been performed in the same year), including a
sample of IUs in the POTW, to the extent that resources
allow; 3) review monitoring reports- (consistent with
the procedures and time frames in the Pretreatment Com-
pliance Monitoring and Enforcement Guidance), including
annual reports submitted by POTWs and semi-annual
reports submitted by categorical users in areas without
local programs, to: assess the adequacy of industrial
waste surveys, local legal authorities (including
interjurisdictional agreements) and local implementation
mechanisms (e.g. permits, contracts, and/or local limits
and to ensure that control authorities are conducting
• timely and. appropriate review of required periodic
reports, and are monitoring and enforcing consistent
with their approved local programs. The administering
agency should also have a plan for inspecting significant
industrial users where there is no approved local
program, to the extent resources allow.
, f
III. Enforcement Response
(
The CWA ($309) requires EPA or NPDES States to respond to
NPDES permit violations by initiating the appropriate enforcement
Where States act as control authorities in lieu of local
programs, they will be held to the -same standards of implemen-
tation as local authorities and Regions will pay special
attention to oversight of these programs.
\ 15
-------
action(s); the administering agency should assume arinary resocr
biii'ty'for t.-.ese activities, -r.frrrenertt response involves 4
series sf actions,'scare:.-; with cr.e initial reaction ta tr.el
iication of a violation and ending with the discharger's ret
full compliance and close-out of the action.
NP9ES States should have compliance and enforcement .pr?cedu
that are cor.s-ister.t with the Enforcement Management -System ;£.MS)
Regions should fallow the procedures estaolisned tn tr.at system.
These procedures include screening and assessing the significance
of the initial violation, translating compliance information incc
the appropriate enforcement response in a timely manner, and ente
ing instances of nonconpliance into the permittee's permanent
record.
Evaluation and oversight of enforcement programs should oe
oased on the following criteria: . •
• Timely evaluation and appropriate initial response to
identified violations as evidenced by the existence and
use ofi
Established ore-enforcement procedures that set forth
criteria for evaluation and appropriate initial respo
to identified violations: The administering agency
should have current pre-enforceme-nt procedures that
are consistent with the principles in the EMS. The
procedures should include: a violations review prq
and criteria for screening OMRs to determine the
significance of the violation; procedures and tinu.
frames for applying appropriate initial response
options to identified violations; and procedures and
time frames for maintaining a chronological summary of
all violations.
Enforcement responses that are timely and appropriate;
The administering agency should: screen all OMRs from
permittees to determine the level and frequency of any
violation, and specifically evaluate instances of
non-compliance by major permittees and P.L. 92-500
minor permittees3 within an average of 30 days, from
the identification of a violation; determine the
appropriate response; and document any action taken/
not taken (including the technical reason). The date
of identification of the violation is the point at ,
which the organization responsible for compliance/
enforcement learns of the violation; an appropriate
initial response is one that results., in the violator -
returning to compliance as expeditiously as possible.
The Region should verify the timeliness and appropriate-
ness of a State's OMR evaluation and its initial
responses through periodic audits. ;
5. Other minor permittees should ae evaluated as resources
\(cA-
-------
Ti.mely and appropriate enforcement response, follow-uo
and escalation until .-compliance is obtained as evidenced
oy she the existence and jse'of:
— Established enforcement response procedures chat are
appropriate and timely; The aJrunistsring agency
should have current enforcement response procedures
that are consistent with the £MS, as well"as an up-to-
^ate strategy for addressing instances of significant
noncompliance consistent with national and State oriot
ties. The procedures should set forth: an analytical
process for determining the appropriate level of
action for specific categories of violations; procedur
for preparing and maintaining accurate and complete
documentation that can be used in future formal enforc
nent actions; and time frames for escalating enforceme
responses where the noncompliance has not been resolve<
The administering agency should also have an analytica
process for assessing penalties or equivalent sanction:
in appropriate cases.
— Enforcement actions (Administrative Orders and judicial
actions) that are initiated in a timely fashion and
contain clear and enforceable requirements; The adminis
tering agency should oe aole to demonstrate that its
enforcement procedures result in: appropriate initial
and follow-up enforcement actions that are applied in a
uniform, consistent and timely manner; formal enforceme
actions (as defined by State agreements) that clearly
define what the permittee is expected to do Dy a reason-
able date certain; an assessment of a civil penalty (or
equivalent sanction) as part of all civil judicial
referrals, when appropriate, based on a consideration
of established factors* and in an amount appropriate
6. For States/ the determination of a civil penalty amount (or
equivalent sanction) should be based on factors such as the
seriousness of the vio'lation(s), any histcury of noncompliance,
any good faith effort to comply with applicable requirements,
the amount of economic benefit resulting from the violation, -
the economic impact of the penalty on the violator, and such
other factors as justice may require; the seriousness of a set
of violations includes consideration of the harm or risk of
harm posed to health or the environment by the violations, the
amount by which effluent limits were exceeded, the violator's
efforts to correct the problem, and the duration of the viola-
tions. Regions are expected to follow, the CWA Penalty Policy
in calculating penalties for EPA cases.
For States, examples of sanctions include: bans on new sewer
connections,' bans on sewer usage; facility closure, and perm'it
.revocation or suspension. In defining the appropriate use of
civil sanctions, the Region and State should consider whether
the economic impact of the sanction is comparaole to a cash
penalty; specific actions qualifying as equivalent sanctions
should be defined in State/EPA enforcement agreements., Stat*/
EPA agreeements should also oe used to deal with those special
; circumstances in which the only formal enforcement action the
State can take is a judicial action.
-------
to r.-.e violaticr:; and compilation 2* complete'and.
ace-rare permanent records t.-.at can oe used in S
formal enforcement actions. In the case of najc
permittees, by the tine a permittee is identifieu - ••
the ONCR and determined to be in significant nonco
pliance based on tne definition provided in Guidance
the administering agency is expected to have already
initiated enforcement action to achieve compliance.
Prior to a permittee appearing on the suosequent. -3NCJ
for trre sane instance of sig-'ficant noncompliance, :
permittee should either oe in compliance or the admin
tering agency should have taken formal enforcement
action (generally within 60 days of the first CNCR) t
achieve final compliance.7 In the rare'circumstances
where formal enforcement action is not taken, tne adm
istering agency is expected to have a written record
that clearly justifies why the alternative action (i.»
informal enforcement action or permit modification) w<
more appropriate. Audits will b* used to verify the
timeliness and appropriateness o: an administering
agency's enforcement actions, as well as its consister
application of penalties/sanctions.
Appropriate involvement of Regional Counsel/State
Attorneys General (or other appropriate government
legal staff) to ensure legal support for national •
enforcement priorities as evidenced ay the exisTena
and use of:
— Established procedures for routine coordination and
notification of proposed enforcement actions, as
well as general time frames from case referral to
filing; The administering agency is responsible for
ensuring that the Regional CounseK RO/Attorney
General(AC) is consulted on the annual judicial
enforcement commitments the administering agency is
making, and for establishing workable internal
procedures for notifying and consulting with the
RC/AG on individual cases arising throughout the
year. The Region and State should reach a common
understanding about the general timeframes from case
referral to filing.
•- Coordination that results in timely and appropriate
action by the RC/AG; The administering agency shoulrJ
be able to demonstrate that its internal coordination
procedures with the RC/AG (or other appropriate g
7. A formal enforcement action is defined as. one that requires
actions to achieve compliance, specifies a timetable-, contains.
consequences for noncompliance that are independently enfor-re-
aole without having to prove the original violation, and. s.: '•
the person to adverse legal consequences for noncompliance '
Policy Framework of June 24, 1934, as -amended). Specific act: ;
qualifying as appropriate will be defined in State/EPA enfor.••*--.--.
•agreements.
-------
~.eri-. le^al staff) result in: tineiy review of ir.it
referral packages? satisfactory settiener.t of case
as -appropriate; timely filing and prosecution of
well-prepared referral cases; and prompt action
where" jiscnar-jers violate csnse.it decrees. As a
general goal, EPA and State cases should proceed
from referral to filing in 60 - 90 iays.
Effective integration of oretreatment enforcement
activities into the established NPDES program as evide
ced by the existence and use o.f;
-- Established enforcement response procedures that are
appropriate and timely"; The administering agency
should have enforcement response procedures that
include initiating appropriate enforcement action
where POTWs: fail to submit approvable pretreatment
programs; have violations of NPDES effluent limita-
tions; fail to implement approved pretreatment
programs; or fail to submit or submit delinquent
annual and other reports. The administering agency
should also have procedures for evaluating whether
POTWs are initiating appropriate enforcement response
to violations by lUs. Where POTWs are not the
primary control authorities, administering agencies
are .directly responsible for naving these procedures
in place for categorical and non-categorical indus-
trial users.
•— Enforcement actions that are initiated in a timely
manner; The administering agency is expected to
initiate enforcement action against permittees with
pretreatment programs that are in significant noncom-
pliance, which applies to: failure to meet milestones
in enforceable schedules; violations of effluent
limits; and delinquent POTW pretreatment. reports.
Enforcement actions against these POTWs should be
taken consistent with the criteria and timeframes
for the NPOCS program. Administering agencies
should also report POTW noncompliance consistent
with national guidance that defines how to determine
whether POTWs are failing to adequately implement
their pretreatment programs. Administering agencies
are expected to review the compliance status of
these POTWs, and take appropriate follow-up actions,
including inspections, audits, and enforcement
against the most serious cases of noncompliance
based on national guidance. Administering agencies
should ensure that POTWs provide, at least annually,
for public notification of significant violations in
the largest daily newspaper published in the munici-
pality in which the POTW is located. Also, where
POTWs are not the primary control authorities,
-------
adrtifuffterinr. agencies sr.ouid inmate appra
enforcement actions against industrial user?l j
violating categorical standards in accordanc vi
their enforcement response criteria and proced
Timely and appropriate initial resacnse and .enforcer
follcw-up by 5?A aecric-r.s ;s violations cy Federal
facilities as evidenced sy tr.e existence and use of:
— Established procedures that include the aooroona
use of the compliance agreement process in lieu o
administrative orders; The EPA Regions' should use
tne compliance agreement process in lieu of an
administrative order as the initial approach to
resolving noncompliance with NPOES permit conditic
by a Federal facility.*1 Where such an approach dc
not result in expeditious compliance, the Region
should have procedures for escalating the response
wnich may^include issuance of a Federal administra
order, and, thereafter, act according to the docum
•Resolution of Compliance Problems at Federal Faci
ties* and the Agency's Federal Facility Compliance
Strategy.' For violations constituting significan
noncompliance, the timely and appropriate criteria
for initiating action apply. Where a State has be-
approved to administer the Federal facility por£.ior
of the NPOES program,,the basic enforcement re*
bility rests with the State; these States shou
have their own established terms and procedures . -r
dealing with noncompliance by Federal facilities,
and should use their authorities in the same manner
and to the same extent as any nongovernmental entit
(CWA $313(a)).
— Compliance agreements that are concluded in a timel-
m*nn*r and result in expeditious resolution of the
noncompliance; The Region should be able to demon-
strate that it uses the established compliance
agreement process in a manner that resolves non-
compliance expeditious ly. Where agreement cannot be
reached in a timely manner or does not result in
expeditious compliance, the Region should be able to
demonstrate that it escalates its response in a
timely and effective manner consistent with the
Agency's Federal Facility Compliance Strategy.
State response to instances of noncompliance by
Federal facilities should be evaluated based on the
terms and procedures set out,in the State/EPA enforce
ment agreement.
8. A Federal facility compliance agreement counts as a formal
enforcement action in tne SP.MS system.
9. .An Agency workgroup has made final recommendations on an
'Agency Federal Facility Compliance Strategy, which will serve
as the basis for revising the Yellow Book.. '
-------
OVEPAL1 PROGRAM ALTH.CRI7ZSS AND MANAGEMENT
Under 5S402(c)(2) ^and 304(i)(2) of the CWA, EPA has the oMI-
tion to ensure that approved NPDES State programs continue to nee:
minimum statutory and regulatory provisions in tens of legal
authority, procedures, funding, resources and personnel qualifica-
tions. In addition, £?A has a responsioility to examine State NP3
programs periodically to assess their demonstrated progress in
carrying out the basic goals and oojectives of the Clean Water Act
and in achieving results.
Evaluation and oversight for overall -program management shoulc
be based on the following criteria:
• Adequate statutory and regulatory authority to administer
the Federal NPDES program t The Region should ensure that,
in accordance with the CWA and the NPDES regulations (40
C.F.R. $123. 62(e)), approved State programs are revised as
necessary to reflect changes to Federal statutory and
regulatory requirements, and that modifications to approve*
State programs conform to the NPDES regulations. Any modi-
fications to approved programs that are needed as a result
of changes to Federal legal requirements must be completed
within one year of promulgation of the changed Federal
requirements when changes to State regulation(s) are needec
and within two years when changes to State statute(s) are
needed. In addition, any proposed revisions to any State
legal authorities must be submitted to EPA for review and
approval.
The Region is responsible for assessing each approved
State's statutory and regulatory authority, as well as the
adequacy of its funding and staff qualifications to admin-
ister the NPDES program, and for initiating appropriate
and timely follow-up action as needed when deficiencies are
identified. In order to ensure the required degree of
Federal/State program consistency, the Region should
complete review of the statutory and regulatory authority
for all NPDCS State programs whenever major State or
Federal statutory or regulatory changes have been enacted.
To the extant possible, Regions will conduct these State
reviews after the State's self-evaluation of its legal
authorities has been received; however, receipt of the State'
self-evaluation is not a prerequisite to EPA review of
legal authorities where a State's legal authority has
already been identified as deficient. Regions should
promptly notify the State of the need for. corrective
action. The State should correct any deficiencies identi-
fied in its self analysis or identified by EPA. In addi-
tion, the Regions should consider program withdrawal
proceedings or sanctions provided for by the "Policy on
Performance-Based Assistance" in appropriate cases where
NPDES State has failed to request authorization for the
-------
sretreat-e-.t rsro^rr*. 3e-;i3-.s -ill also continue to wot
v:tn :t-.*r States to ora— ate fjil ';?0£5 arorjran
Demonstrated ability to set program priorities and
carry oue tf.e .VPDES program in an effective nanr.er;
In addition to •svatjaein; the 'administering agency's
performance in carryi-.g ojt its operational responsibil i
as set fort.i earlier n this jui lance, the agency's aver
effectiveness shoul* 2e assessed sased ?n its lemonstrac
progress towards ac.ni«v:n
-------
estaolvsrnent of local limits, and appropriate complin:
.-non i cor ing .and enforcement activities. The overall
adequacy of local programs and pretreatnent-related
conditions in municipal permits should'be evaluated,
including: an on-site audit, no later than one year
after local program approval and at the tine of perr.it
reissuance thereafter; review of reports: ;or.djct of
inspections: and other activities as necessary. Where
an MPDES State does not yet have the authority to
administer the pretreatment program, the State should
be evaluated aased on its performance of those activiti
for which it has agreed to assume a responsibility prio
to program approval. .
Demonstrated ability to initiate appropriate and timely
enforcement actions against noncompliers: The adminis-
tering agency's enforcement program should be assessed
based on its performance in taking appropriate and
timely enforcement responses, especially against permit-
tees that are in significant noncompliance and against
municipalities that are not in compliance with the
requirements of the CWA consistent with the National
Municipal Policy (NMP). AS a general goal, the adminis-
tering agency should strive to take appropriate formal
enforcement responses against 100 percent of its signi-
ficant noncompliers before they appear on two consecutiv
QNCRs for the same violation (generally within 60 days
of the first ONCR with identified SNC violations) if
the permittee has not returned to compliance. All
other instances of noncompliance should be addressed
consistent with the procedures and time frames in the
administering agency's EMS.
Demonstrated progress in achieving high or improving
rates of continuing compliance; The administering
agency's compliance and enforcement efforts should be
.assessed based on its historical compliance trends in
terns of the percentage of permittees in significant
noncompliance. Annual goals should be set on a case-
by-case basis* and should be based on the administaring
agency's current compliance rate plus a percentage
improvement. Where the administering agency is below the
goal, it should develop an achievable plan for making
progress towards the goal over a reasonable period of
time.
PROCESS FOR CONDUCTING OVERSIGHT OF STATE NPDES PROGRAMS
Based upon-the general criteria outlined in this document, as
well as the specific annual goals and priorities in the Annual
Agency Operating Guidance, the Regions and States should negotiate
individual agreements tnat clearly define performance expectations
-------
for the N*?3£S sr^ran, as well as the respective roles and
s:l:t:4S -f r.-.e Segisr. ani rr*.e State in administering the %'P|
srcgram. These .-say ae separate agreements setween t.-.e Regio ,i.
State, and/or part of the overall $106 work program or State/J^N
agreement processes. Zn either case, the agreement should ref ,<
tne principles of the "Policy on Performance-aased Assistance"
issued on *ay 31, 1935 by the Administrator, ar.J tr.e Office of
Water F-ndi.-.g Policy in the Annual Agency Jseratinc Guidance.
.The agreements should/ contain requirements for key outputs,
wftich the Region should review periodically aased on the specific
arrangements contained in the agreements. The Region should supp
the State with written reports'of its review findings, and should
make specific recommendations and suggestions for program improve
ments; the Region should discuss major problems witn the State as
soon as they are discovered. In addition. States should have the
opportunity to evaluate the Region's performance in providing
assistance and meeting commitments. These evaluations can coincic
with regular Regional evaluations of States, and should be circuit
to program offices as well.
The Region should tailor the level and the frequency of its
review to the State's overall performance in each specific program
area. States that have consistently demonstrated their ability to
adhere to or to exceed national program goals and priorities and t
meet or to exceed national performance expectations may be reviewe
less frequently and/or less extensively; other States may receire
more frequent and/or more detailed reviews by the Region, wne-l
State exhibits .continued poor performance, the Region should rtu
recommendations for changes and should ta'ke other action?s) as
appropriate.i0 The criteria and goals in the earlier sections of
this guidance provide the Region with a general baseline for deter-
mining the proper level and frequency of oversight of a State NPDES
program.
The Region should conduct a comprehensive assessment of the
operational elements of each State NPDCS program at least once a
year prior to the Office of Water mid-year evaluation. This revie-
may be a summary of eh* results of the periodic program evaluations
that were performed during the year, and should provide the State
with an opportunity to explain its activities and progress in areas
of its NPDCS program that are not directly related to national or
Regional goals and priorities. At the conclusion of the annual
review, th« Region should supply the State with a written report
that outlines the State's accomplishments and areas where improvemen
is needed, as well as any agreements that were reached on resolving
problems that were identified during the review.
10. See the "Revised Policy Framework
\ i L^"
-------
PROCESS FOR .VOrirrCATICN'/CCN'S-JLTATrCX A.VD CRITERIA FOR DIRECT
FEDERAL ENFORCEMENT
Under State delegation, EPA has the right to initiate an
enforcement action in a State, -and is required by the Clean Water
Act, as amended in 1937, to^ notify a State prior to E?A assessment
of administrative penalties. The Region and State should have a
process for notice and consultation with tr.e State prior to initia
ing direct EPA enforcement action. The process should include a
discussion between the Region and State with respect to the circun
stances surrounding the specific noncompliance situation and the
appropriate enforcement response. Such procedures can be used to
handle Federal facilities violations where the State'might need
EPA's assistance in resolving the noncompliance. Attachment A is a
generic outline for a process that Regions and States might use for
consulting and coordinating State/EPA enforcement activities,
including determining when to initiate Federal enforcement action.
This process should also be used in situations in which EPA plans
to assess administrative penalties.
Using this advance consultation process, there will often be
cases where the Region and the State reach mutual agreement that
Federal action is more appropriate or that the State faces an
unusually large caseload. EPA may also initiate direct Federal
enforcement action where the Region determines that Federal action
is necessary because the case meets any of the following criteria:
legal precedent under national environmental law(s), unresolved
interstate issue(s), or violation(s) of an EPA order or consent
decree; where a Region determines a State has failed to initiate
timely and appropriate formal enforcement action (as prescribed
earlier in this guidance); and/or where a Region determines that a
State has obtained a grossly deficient penalty or sanction-under
the circumstances of a given case.
In all instances, the Region will adhere to the established
process for advance notice and consultation with the State. The
discussion should include the option of the Region issuing a Notice
of Violation (NOV) to the permittee and the State indicating its
intent to institute formal enforcement action in 30 days if the
State fails to properly enforce and the source fails to return to
compliance, or the option of foregoing the NOV process in favor of
immediate EPA action against the permittee. This should be done in
accordance with State delegation agreements and Memoranda of Under-
standing*
-------
-------
ATTACHMENT A
MODEL-
SIGNIFICANT NONC2MPLIANCE ACTION PROGRAM
(SNAP)
MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING
PURPOSE:
SCOPE:
PROCESS,
SCHEDULING
AND LOCATION;
PREPARATION:
To provide for routine consultation and coordination
of EPA/State enforcement activities, and for EPA
oversight of the State's compliance and enforcement
programs.
The QNCR, furnished by the NPDES State in accordance
with Federal regulations, will serve as one of the
basic mechanisms for coordinating and overseeing
activates involving major permittees. Supplementary
compliance information on P.L. 92-500 minor permittees
will be submitted in accordance with written policy
and guidance from EPA Headquarters (SPMS and OWEG).
At least once each quarter, EPA and the State will
discuss the status of all permittees that appear on
the ONCR or supplementary submittal. The discussion
should take the form of a meeting wherever possible.
[Note: a conference call may be substituted where
distances are prohibitive). The meeting will take
place on the work day closest to exactly four weeks
prior to the stipulated State submission date for
the next ONCR. The location of the meeting will
alternate between EPA and a State office.
EPA Regional staff will review the state QNCR, which
must be prepared and submitted in accordance with
Federal Regulations and written policy guidance from
EPA Headquarters. EPA Regional staff will also
review supplementary compliance information on minor
permittees, which should be prepared and submitted
in accordance with EPA guidance and policy.
Six weeks prior to the meeting, EPA-will formally
transmit to the State its detailed comments regarding
items that appeared on the State's preceding QNCR.
EPA's comments should include: the permittee(s) in
question; the State action(s) in question; and the
recommended action to be taken by the State and/or EPA.
-------
PREPARATION: Three weeks sriar co the meetir?. the State wiJLL
•'csnt.j furnisn a response to EPA's list of concerns,
including the State's action to obtain the
permittee's compliance.
i •' "
Two weeks prior to the .-neeting, the lead individual
from.SPA and the State will agree on, the list cf
permittees that will oe discussed. The list will
include tnose permittees from the preceding step
that EPA wants to discuss at greater length, as
well as cases where the State is seeking Federal
intervention.
At least one week prior to the meeting, £?A will
prepare the agenda and forward it to the State's
lead individual.
GROUND RULES: It is understood that no permittee should remain
in noncompliance for the same violation on two
, consecutive QNCRs without: 1) being returned to
compliance: or 2) taking formal enforcement action
directed at obtaining sustained compliance.
Discussion of a permittee's noncompliance does not
constitute an action to cause compliance. The
discussion must result in a conclusive, mutual
understanding by EPA and the State of the formal
actions that will be taken ay a date certain to
oring about compliance and/or to penalize the
recalcitrant permittee.
Prior to the meeting, all permittees that appear on
the ONCR will De addressed in the State's own
compliance strategy/tracking system through the
following procedure or one similar to it:
— The State must hold preliminary meeting(s) with
its field offices (if any) to define, clearly
and concisely* the State's strategy for achieving
compliance on a case-by-case basis. The strategy
will include a description of the individual
permittee, the nature of the violation, and the
State's plan for handling each violation. It
will be forwarded to EPA.
— During the meeting(s), ample time must be allotted
for a full, constructive discussion and disposi-
tion of all agenda items.
—As a result of the discussion, the State may
adjust the compliance strategies. Any modifica-
tions will require consultation with the State's
field offices (if any). In such cases, the Sc
will forward the amended, strategies to EPA.
-------
'cone)
PARTICIPANTS:
MINUTES:
The ccrjr.on gcal cf all parties is to cause permittee
to achieve prompt and sustained compliance." There
may oe cases where it is impossisle"for SPA to agree
with the State's actions to achieve this jsal. in
cases where agreement cannot oe reached, both E?A ar.
the State should avoid extended deoate and should
clearly define the actions that each party intends
to taice. Discussion should then -rove" to the re.-naini.
items on the agenda.
Where there are significant differences of opinion,
EPA and the State should present the divergent view-
points to their respective Directors immediately
following the meeting. The Directors will ultimately
decide the actions to oe taken by their respective
Divisions and* as appropriate, will discuss with
each other the decisions.*
The lead participants will be the Chief/Director
from the appropriate Branches in the EPA and State
offices. It is essential that the same individual
participates in all four meetings held each year
because commitments are made at the meetings. Other
individuals may be asked to participate based upon
the specific issues to be discussed at the meeting/
(technical expertise, Construction Grants, etc.);
EPA and State legal staff may also participate.
The exact participants will be determined when the
agenda is finalized.
The State will provide the minutes to the EPA lead
individual within .two weeks after the. meeting.
EPA must submit its detailed comments (if any)
within one week; if ho comments are submitted with-
in the allotted time, the minutes will be considered
final. The minutes will describe the actions that
EPA and/or the State expect to take, including
independent EPA action such as issuance of either
NOVs or AOs. For the sake of brevity, the minutes
can reference the submittals received prior to the
meeting.
Director
State Water Program Office
Director
Water'Management Division,
U.S.EPA, 'Region
* Decisions should be escalated to the Division Directors as the
exception rather than the rule.
-------
-------
1.8,
i "Action Plan on Pollution Prevention", dated April 13, 1989.
-------
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WASHINGTON. O.C. 20460
APR I3B89
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Action Plan en Pollution Prevention
and Enforcement
FROM: Edward E. Reich
Acting Assistant Administrator
TO: Linda J. Fishar
Assistant Administrator for
Policy, Planning and Evaluation
Attached is the Office of Enforcement and Compliance
Monitoring *s Action Plan for Pollution Prevention. It shows how
OECM plans to incorporate pollution prevention goals into
enforcement program implementation. A draft action plan was
reviewed by the Regions and Headquarters program offices. This
plan reflects their comments. The plan encompasses four areas:
environmental auditing, enforcement settlement agreements,
vigorous enforcement of existing lavs and the use of compliance
inspections to disseminate information on pollution prevention. A
further proposal to use compliance inspectors to affirmatively
identify pollution prevention opportunities specific to
individual sources — drew little support and raised significant
We look forward to working with your staff to develop the
Agency-vide Strategy on Pollution Prevention. If you have
questions, please call Cheryl Wasserman, Acting Director,
Enforcement Policy Division on 383-7550 or EMAIL EPA2381.
Attachment • '*
cc: Associate Enforcement Counsels
Headquarters Compliance Program Directors
Acting Director, HEZC
Regional Enforcement Contacts
-------
POLX2JTXQN jrius vAiTUCui • AHD KHFORCEKERT
Action Flan to Fester Two Agency Goals
This paper describes the relationship between two iaportant
Agency goals: preventing pollution and achieving high levels of
coaplianca with environmental requirements. It identifies
specific actions to realize the mutual benefits of both goals.
o Compliance and enforcement strategies seek compliance with
specific performance or operating standards. The key ingredients
of the compliance goal are: 1) specific legal requirements that
define acceptable performance; 2) a determination of compliance
status against those requirements j 3) legal consequences for
violations; and 4) enforceable action plans to permanently
correct underlying compliance problems.
o In contrast, the pollution prevention goal as defined by the
Agency transcends existing legal requirements. Sources are
encouraged to reduce volumes of waste, waste streams, effluent,
emissions or pollutants at their source, whether or not subject
to specific requirements, and to'reuse wastes to minimize the
adverse environmental consequences of treatment and disposal.
o Compliance and enforcement strategies always seek to "prevent
pollution* in the broadest sense of the term but not necessarily
in the specific meaning of the term as now employed by EPA..
Enforcement deters violations i.e., •excessive" pollution, and
encourages reduced levels of pollution to avoid exceeding limits.
In the extreme, it may remove from business operations repeat
violators by resulting in denial of permits or demanding plant
shut down. In most cases, this also means that in an effort to
avoid violations, sources of pollution are encouraged to
eliminate or keep emissions or effluent well below that required
to comply. Moreover, if treatment of pollutants in order to
comply with standards is sufficiently costly, it will drive
pollution reduction for economic reasons, but only if such
requirements are stringently enforced.
Unless specifically mandated, however, regulated entities are
completely responsible for their choice as to how they will
comply with requirements* This empowers the regulatee either to
utilise the traditional ".end of pipe* control to reduce
emissions or effluent after they are generated or to change
processes to reduce levels of pollution at the outset.
Enforcement settlements and orders cannot unilaterally introduce
requirements and restrictions on the means of compliance that
were not otherwise set forth in the original requirements.
Therefore, as a general rule, if a process or technology is
preferable from a pollution prevention standpoint, as well es
economically feasible, it is better to establish it as a norm in
-------
. . . -2-. '
the regulatory setting than to rely on ease-by-ease enforcement
to realize its potential.
BOW DO THESE GOJU2 REIATE?
1- Strong, credible enforcement of eni sting laws is essential to
encourage pollution prevention
The greatest incentive to action by public and private entities
to reduce or eliminate pollution stems from a concern over
liability, both now and in the future, personal and corporate,
for the consequences of pollution generated.
Further, the expectation of fairness, that competitors will be
made to comply, is essential to support those who choose to make
investments in pollution prevention as a means of achieving
compliance or of avoiding future environmental problems. The
literature is replete with ease studies of those who step out in
an innovative way only to be undermined by those who flaunt the
law. •
2- Pollution prevention today can mean reduced need for
Zn the extreme, if discharges are eliminated or reduced to well
below otherwise acceptable levels, there would be minimal need
for a major compliance monitoring and enforcement effort around
these discharges. Further, if wastes are reused or not
generated in the first place (and thus not disposed of), there
would be less need for future after-the-fact "Superfund-type"
enforcement to address disposal practices which we have not yet
recognized as harmful. Zn this sense, the pollution that is
prevented today, can indeed mean reduced need for enforcement
3- The compliance and pollution prevention goals fundamentally
reinforce each other; however there may be isolated examples of
conflicting short run strategies:
o The time allotted to legally come into compliance or the need
to expeditiously remedy violations may not be sufficient to
develop and implement pollution prevention alternatives.
o Incomplete environmental solutions proposed in the name of
pollution prevention may actually shift the burden from one
medium or forum to another, complicating enforcement.
o End-of-pipe controls may sometimes be easier to monitor for
compliance than pollution prevention alternatives.
-------
-3-
Howevar, these conflicts can be illusory, .and efforts to achieve
both goals ara usually reinforcing. Further, thay can ba avoidad
or raducad with aore caraful planning aarly in tha ragulatory
process. Attachment II is an example of this interplay.
WHAT CAN Bp*y*i**'|ff* """ DO TO frvg'j'nrt FOUDTXON V
1- Use ongoing coaplianca promotion initiatives in environmental
auditing and environmental aanageaent as vail as enhanced
outraach vithin compliance strategies to proaota pollution
prevention
a* EPA's Policy stateaent on Environmental Auditing
promotes this voluntary practice vithin tha regulated community
to prevent compliance probleas, promptly correct thea, ensure
sound •anagaaant practicas and reduce risks of environmental harm
generally. Outreach activitias to promote these practicas vill
continue and be strengthened. (See Attachment 12)
b* Compliance strategies ara developed at tha time a
regulation is promulgated and include promotional activities as
veil as plans for coaplianca aonitoring and enforcement when
the rules become affective. Early development and dissemination
of information on pollution prevention alternatives is key to
ensure the regulated community can aaka informed choices about
means of coming into compliance. OECM vill work with the program
offices to factor these activities into compliance strategies, in
coordination with tha States, vhare appropriate.
2- Encourage ^pollution pravantion through enforeeaant settlement
Given tha importance in tha long term of establishing approaches
to pollution control which ultimately prevents pollution at its
source, the Office of Enforeeaant and Compliance Monitoring along
with tha prograa officas vill carefully review currant policy and
practice to assess where there ara any impediments to pollution
pravantion that ara otherwise unnecessary to preserving a strong .
and affective anf orcaaant prograa. .
Although anf orcaaant aust closely track agency requirements,
there ara opportunities for enforceaent negotiations to better
accommodate pollution prevention approaches for sources to return
to compliance, and for these settlement agreements to introduce
creative conditions which can further pollution prevention goals.
These opportunities most take into account overriding concerns
for preserving both tha deterrent affect of anf orcaaant actions
as vail as elementa of fairness and equity la tha extant to which
pollution prevention conditions related to tha legitimate
environmental concerns of enforcement officials. Attachment 13
presents the charge of a new agency workgroup which vill draft
multi-media guidance for addressing these issues. Interim
-------
guidance will be available by the and of the fiscal year.
Following several regional pilots, the guidance will be
finalized.
Program-specif ie guidance may also be developed to implement
these principles. Programs are generally encouraged to develop
thsir own guidance but OEGM vill work with tham to ensure
consistsnt application of overall enforcement principles that are
in place and are being articulated through the umbrella policy
workgroup. These approaches will then be fostered among State
officials.
3- Provide the incentive for pollution prevention by continuing
to enforce existing requirements vigorously
There are numerous examples of how traditional enforcement
provides incentives for pollution prevention, some of which are
highlighted in Attachment 14. pollution prevention will be
enhanced through continued efforts to strengthen enforcement and
to better communicate the adverse consequences of non-compliance.
4- Use compliance inspectors to disseminate information in the
field on pollution prevention
OECM will support proposals for field personnel to be used to
disseminate information on pollution prevention to facility
managers, which refer to other sources of expertise and technical
assistance. A full discussion of this issue is included in
Attachment |5.
Consideration also was given to using agency compliance
inspectors to identify pollution prevention opportunities in the
field. This proposal has proven to be highly controversial and
will not be included in the action plan at this time. Those
strongly opposed to this approach cite a confusion of roles.
Those who support it identify a need for extensive training
before agency inspectors would be in a credible position to offer
such advice.
****************************************************************
Each of these areas is explored more fully in the attached
discussion pieces and action summaries: Attachments 12-5.
-------
ATTACHMENT f1
INTERPLAY BETWEEN ENFORCEMENT AND POLLUTION PREVENTION COALS
An illustration of how these relationships play out in practice
is the development and implementation of low solvant technology.
EPA has.encouraged the use of water based inks and paints, for
compliance with air quality standards, in place of high solvant
inks and paints, which require capture and incineration of
volatila organic compounds.
Pull substitution of water based paints and inks for high solvant
paints and inks would enhance compliance with air pollution laws.
There could ba reduced need for continuous monitoring, record
keeping, and inspection presence. As long as high solvant paints
and inks are used, there is a naad for end-of-pipe control,
eaptura and destruction of volatila organic emissions through
incineration, and this requires continued monitoring,
surveillance and enforcement action for inadequate capture and
destruction efficiencies. Adoption of water based paints and
inks also could reduce the need for enforcement oversight of
disposal of used solvents.
However, the industry- was slow to respond to the pollution
prevention alternative to incineration. Despite ample time to .
develop competitive processes if they had started right away to
invest in these alternatives, industry ran out of time to comply.
Perceptions of lax enforcement, concern that the technology would
lead to inferior product, and that competitors would get away
with BO action, led to a wait and see attitude. It was only
after vigorous enforcement, forcing either incineration, water
based inks, or a combination of both, that progress in applying
pollution prevention approaches proceeded at a rapid pace. In
this regard, enforcement practices at first delayed and than
enhanced pollution prevention. In forcing industry's hand, and
not allowing more time to develop the alternative technologies,
enforcement was also foreclosing pollution prevention by those
who opted for the incineration option given time constraints.
Further, because the pollution prevention option is not yet as
wall developed as it might ba, many chose to comply with a
complicated arrangement combining both high and low solvent inks
in production lias averaging schemes. This introduced new
wrinkles in compliance monitoring and enforcement requiring a
recordkeeping and compliance trail for use of specified paints
and inks.
Do the two goals therefore conflict? While seemingly more
complex for instantaneously assessing compliance, the pollution
prevention alternative probably facilitates continuing
compliance. It is far easier to review records for an accurate
portrayal of behavior over extended periods of time than
-------
-2-
to attempt to demonstrate the capture and destruction efficiency
of an incinerator'• operation over time, between inspections.
At the sama time, this mixed approach, using both water based
paints and incineration, allows industry to become more familiar
with the water based alternatives and to perfect their
application to more specialized customer needs.
In this instance, the pollution prevention goal seemed on its
face to make enforcement more complex and enforcement seemed to
shut of f pollution prevention options but, it is more likely that
these efforts will reinforce each other in the long run. As the
technology develops, spurred on by vigorous enforcement, its full
use holds the potential for significantly reducing the need for
compliance monitoring and enforcement.
Clearly, promoting compliance and pollution prevention can
sometimes appear to be a careful balancing act, but one that is
easier to perform if it is remembered that the ultimate gains are
best served by seeking to achieve both goals.
Finally, as one cautionary note, in assessing the environmental
benefits of proposals to prevent pollution at its source, the
Agency must take into account compliance behavior and difficulty
of enforcement. If reductions of pollutant discharges, emis-
sions, or wastes leads to smaller, more numerous sources EPA must
weigh the problems of monitoring and disposal against current
practice to truly assess the benefits of the practice.
-------
ATTACHMENT f 2 ENVXROHXENTAL AUDITING
/
Use ongoing compliance promotion initiativaa IB environmental
auditing and environmental management to promote pollution
prevention
Ongoing agency initiative* promote environmental auditing
and sound management praetieaa. They serve to aolieit the
attention and commitment of aanior management in public and
private aactor organization to identify and take appropriate
action both to improve compliance and to addraaa anvironaantal
riek generally. The Office of Enforcement and Compliance
Monitoring, in cooperation with tha Office of Policy, Planning
and Evaluation co-authored the agency's Policy Statement on
Environmental Auditing, published in tha Federal Register. July
9, 1984 (51 lit 25004). Thia policy doaa several thing*. In
particular, it:
-> Encourages environmental auditing as an affective,
independent, systematic, periodic and objective review
• of plant operationa and procedurea to assaaa
management systems, compliance statua, riak reduction
potential or any combination of these.
Auditing is considered an augmentation of and not a
substitute for ongoing environmental management,
monitoring, reporting and racordkeeping obligations.
• Defines the general elements of an affective auditing
program;
- Respects the importance of carrying out self-evaluations
with some degree of privacy, clarifying when EPA may or
may not request audit information.
• Of fare no reduced enforcement presence as a quid pro quo
for conducting audits and explains that continued EPA
inspection end enforcement is aasential to maintain the
incentive to audit.
- Establishes agency policy to introduce environmental
auditing proviaiona in consent decrees and orders with
firms which evidence repeated patterns of violation, due
at least in part to management failure, or where the
violationa are likely to occur aimilarly at other
facilities owned and operated' by the violator.
Before and since the issuance of the policy, both offices and the
Office of Federal Activities have been actively involved in
promoting the use of environmental auditing by regulated entities
both to anticipate environmental compliance, and other problems
related to general environmental risk exposure. In addition,
OPPE is in tha process of documenting broader environmental
management praetieaa e.g. corporate policies, of leading industry
programs.
Activities fall into three categories; '
• a) Outreach.
- Speeches are regularly given by OEO(/OPPE/OFA on the
policy, encouraging these practices;
- technical assistance is provided in the form of case
studies, protocols and bibliographies distributed
on request (recently waate minimization assessment
guidance was added to these materials) i
-------
•2-
- OPA is preparing audit guidance for federal agencies
• OECM plans to strengthen the network in the Regions of
individuals capable of providing information on
environmental auditing; and
• OECM and OPPE have active representatives on the
Environmental Auditing ftoundtable, an industry group
dedicated to promoting auditing as a profession.
b) Development of Auditing Guidance for Municipalities
- Municipalities are a last frontier for auditing and
ripe for its application given compliance pressures on
city and county governments. We are aware of only one
municipal auditing program at present. In response to
interest expressed by this community, OECM and OPPE are
developing an initiative this year to promote auditing
practices tailored to this group and its environmental
c) Conditions in Enforcement Settlements:
- In Hoveaber, 1986 OECM issued guidance on the
• inclusion of environmental auditing provisions in
enforcement settlements. Since that time, numerous
orders and decrees have introduced audit applications.
This guidance indicated that EPA's policy is to settle
its judicial and administrative enforcement cases only
where violators can assure the Agency that their
noncompliance will be corrected. This assurance may,
in part, take the form of a party's commitment to
conduct an environmental audit.
EPA reserves the right to review audit-related
documents required as part of an enforcement
settlement agreement* but usually oversight entails
some form of self certification, review of findings
and/or a management plan pursuant to an'enforceable
schedu19.
A violator *s commitment to conduct an audit is one of
several actions that can be required to remedy
BOHpffs.pl ianoe or, ^** c^rtalTi ^ir^^Bstanc^s, may be a
basis for reduced penalties* This element is discussed
further in Attachment fa.
ACTZOHSt 1) Continue and enhance outreach efforts, emphasizing
new Interest in pollution prevention; 2) undertake municipal
project; 3) strengthen use of compliance and management-related .
audit conditions.in settlements; and 4) explore use of waste
minimisation audit conditions in settlements under workgroup
described in Attachment 13.
-------
ATTACHMENT I3
CONDITIONS
Encourage Pollution Prevention through Enforcement
Settlements Condition*
Just as environmental auditing conditions related to
compliance and/or management audits may be apprbpriata to
introduea in anforeamant settlement negotiation* aa dascribad in
Attachment 12, so may othar maans of aneouraging pollution
pravantion. Two EPA Ragions hava expressed interest in
exploring, with OECM and tha Offiea of Pollution Pravantion, what
pollution pravantion tarms and conditions may ba appropriata in
anforeamant sattlamant negotiations. In general, pollution
pravantion activities may ba appropriata if they:
Correct tha underlying violation
;
For example, if treatment capacity is exceeded, instead of
agreeing to build additional capacity on a schedule,
tha source and agency might agree to a: schedule to reduce
pollution generation to tha levels which can at least be
ited with currant treatment or control capacity.
Zn such
tliai
, pollution prevention is the means
bodied in the agreement.
of
- Provide evidence of good faith efforts to comply,
warranting penalty mitigation.
Good faith is a factor which certain enforcement penalty
policies recognise as a potential reason for downward
adjustments in penalty assessments: This is the basis in
the environmental auditing policy for any consideration of
source proposals to audit for further remediation or
improvement beyond that required by enforcement for the
^specific violation in question.
Define projects which may be an acceptable basis for
Mitigation of penalties which would otherwise be asseaaed
(Environmental Improvement Projects).
The Uniform Penalty Policy contains provisions for
considering projects as part of a settlement agreement
(and have been adapted to program- specific penalty
-Jt^-policiea) where they do not significantly reduce the
/* deterrent effect of a penalty.* The criteria include:
— Mitigation projects cannot substitute for full
compliance (they must be und^rtafcen in addition to
correcting the violation).
— The project should be cloaaly related to the nature
of the original environmental harm or violation.
* A Workgroup is currently reviewing the existing criteria for
considering alternative payments, in the context of developing a
policy on mitigation of administratively asseased penalties.
-------
• . , -2- . .
— Penalty reductions should reflect the actual cost of
the penalty mitigation project (i.e., no tax
advantages which can reduce the deterrent, affact of *<
tha penalty).
-* Provisions in consent dacraas or agreements cannot
go bayond what is tha aguitabla powar of tha Courts
to order.
— Tha project must primarily benefit the environment
rather than the defendant (no favorable publicity ^'
for violator, etc.)
— The project must not be something the defendant
should be expected to do as sound business practice.
Two principles must guide any initiatives in this area:
o Any such provisions cannot weaken the deterrent effect of
the enforcement action. Enforcement actions must establish
the correct incentives and disincentives,.leveraging
relatively few individual actions into far reaching
behavioral changes. We also must avoid perverse incentives
to delay action to develop pollution prevention alternatives
until they might be needed to bargain with enforcement
personnel.
o Any such provisions must in turn be enforceable, that is,
accompanied by tracking and follow through to ensure they
are carried out. This has proven to be difficult in the
past and is one reason for the traditional reluctance of the
Department of Justice for accepting other than dollar
penalties in addition to correction of the underlying
violation.
Traditionally, EPA policy has followed these principles by
rejecting proposals which defendants would otherwise choose to do
on their own or projects whose benefits accrue to the defendant
rather than tha environment or the public at large. Current
penalty policies are under review to assess the current
limitations on accepting alternative payments and other
beneficial projects.
ACTIONS: QBCM will establish an Agency workgroup tot 1) prepare
guidance on acceptable enforcement settlement provisions which
promote pollution prevention consistent with Agency penalty
policies and work with individual program offices on program-
specific guidance i and 2) work with selected Regions to pilot
the guidance.
-------
ATTACHMENT f4
VIGOROUSLT ENFORCE EXISTING XAMS
Provide the incentive for pollution prevention by c^rrtimtinj to
vigorously enforce existing requirements
The two greatest motivations for pollution prevention are
the potential liability from enforcement of environmental laws
and broader private liability through tort claims, contracts etc.
for the adverse consequences of environmental pollution.
Specific examples of how strong enforcement can encourage
pollution prevention include;
o Pre-manufacture Notification:
By preventing new chemicals from being produced and marketed
which pose unacceptable environmental harm, EPA can most
effectively prevent new pollution at its source.
o Title HI Toxics Release Inventory reporting:
Required reporting under Title III section 313 encourages
sources of toxic chemicals to reduce volumes of releases into
the environment by making the information publicly
available. It is also essential as a baseline for assessing
progress in preventing pollution nationwide. Firm and
visible enforcement is needed to reinforce those who
diligently reported and gain compliance from those who have
not.
o Superfund and RCRA enforcement:
Corrective action and clean-up of past practices which are
now deemed harmful, establishes new rules of behavior
requiring anticipation of future liability regardless of
whether action today .is legal. Vigorous enforcement leads
operators to conclude that reducing the amount of hazardous
waste is in their own interest.
o Pesticide use:
«
Groundwater contamination, air and surface water problems
from excessive pesticide use, with vigorous enforcement, may
drive reductions in application levels and for elimination
of pesticide use.
o Air and Water standards:
Given the substantial existing investment in pollution
control, enforcement may force exploration of process change
to meet new toxic requirements and demands of growth. In
particular, firm enforcement of pretreatment and other toxic
requirements, particularly new sludge disposal requirements.
-------
may anhanca substitution of product and procass to avoid
further pollution control axpandituras.
p Continuous Eaissions Monitoring:
Zhara ars natural variations in tha operation of any typa
of aguipaant. Wnan continuous aaission aonitoring is
raguirsd to assass coaplianca status with raguiraoants, it
tands to forca tba ragulatad cooaunity to provida for an
aapla margin of safaty in plant opsrations, to avoid
reporting instancas of non-conplianca.
ACTIONS: 1) Continua strong •aphasis and priority for snfbrcanant
of anvironMntal lairs; and 2) continua to pursua ways to anhance
tha visibility of anforcaaant and tha advarsa consaquancas of
hon-ceaplianca.
-------
ATTACHMENT 45
ZHSPBCTOR BOLE IN TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
ON VOLUTION PREVENTION
Use compliance inspections to identify pollution preventi
oppuiLunitiaa in the field
EPA, State, and local compliance monitoring program* rely on
a combination of aelf-raporting by faeilitiaa and on-aite
inspection* to determine compliance with permit*, rule* and
exiating enforcement commitment*. Theae inspection* may ba
carried out for cause, or aa part of a neutral inapaetion achame.
The primary purpoaa of an inapaetion ia to gather information and
evidence to eupport tha compliance determination and any follow
up anforeamant action where violation* are discovered. The
inspector ia tha moat visible representative of EPA or the State
or local agency at the plant or facility laval. Tha presence of
and conduct of tha inspector on-aite can add to or detract from
the credibility, and deterrent value of the compliance monitoring
and enforcement program.
The appropriate role for inspector* in technical assistance
has long been debated within EPA and the environmental community.
State and local inspectors tend to adopt the technical assistance
role more readily, but ara notably laaa oriented to formal
enforcement. The underlying concerns about tha role of inapec-
tora in providing technical aaaiatanee are:
1- Technical advice offered in the field for remediation or
correction of the violation can undermine EPA'a further enforce-
ment action, or be raised aa a defense. (For this raaaon, with
few exceptions, inspector* are urged in cloving conference* with
facility managera not to even draw conclusion* a* to the viola-
tion*.)
2- The rolea of technical aaaiatance/tranafer and enforce-
ment require different approaches and can cause confusion in
rolea, undermining the enforcement attitude which ia already
difficult to foster.
3- Effort apant on technical assistance whan it ia oriented
to aolving apecific problems can ba quite expensive and divert*
limited resource* from anforeamant.
4- Depending on it* aeope and purpoaa, technical aaaiatanee
may require a laval of axpertiaa that all but tha moat ex-
perienced engineer* lack. Although a 1987 survey of EPA person-
nel performing compliance inapaetiona found that 2/3 ware
environmental engineers or environmental aciantiata,. knowledge of
engineering de*ign and process** at the plant-level aufficient to
suggest pollution prevention option* ia quite different from
identifying and documenting compliance problema.
5- Technical aaaiatanee from EPA may compete with and
inhibit the development of such assistance in the private sector.
-------
-2-
Whila all valid eonearna, thara ia ena araa of potantial
banafit in uaing fiald inapactora for, a vall-dafinad but limitad
taehnieal aaaiatanea rola which avoida aoma of thaaa pitfalls.
Ona approach, ragairing littla naw axpartiaa or ehanga in
rolaa, ia for EPA inapactora to diatributa to tha plant oparator
litaratura promoting pollution pravantion action. Tha inapactor
vould not hava a problam-aolving rola. OECK haa auggaatad thia
approach for SARA, Titla ZZZ raporting and RCRA amall quantity
ganaratora.* 8oma training may ba naadad ao that likaly questions
can ba anavarad without loaa of credibility. Howavar, auch
litaratura ahould alvaya includa rafarancaa and contacts for
furthar aaaiatanea from EPA Ragiona or Baadguartara.
Tha majority of conmantara auggaatad that a aaparata cadra
of paraonnal, not conplianca inapactora, ba raliad upon for
pollution pravantion axpartiaa, auch aa for waata minimization.
In auch eaaaa, howavar, it ia important that tha rola and
axpaetation ba claarly aatabliahad and diatinguiahad from an
anforcaaant-oriantad fiald praaanea. Thia approach ia adoptad
by OSRA which carafully aaparataa tha inapaetion function for
anforcamant from tha taehnieal aaaiatanca/eonaultation function.
OSBA of fara thia lattar aaaiatanea to amall and madium aizad bua-
inaaaaa in hazardoua induatriaa through a eonaultation program
for which it haa a apaeific lagialativa mandata. Thoaa who
raguaat a eonaultation muat agraa in advanea to eorract any
daficianciaa notad, and may ba rafarrad for eomplianea inapae-
tion if thay fail to eorract daficianciaa.
ACTZORSs Baaad on eommanta from tha laad Ragion, tha Agancy
Inapactor Training Adviaory Board, and tha Enforcamant Kanagamant
Council eonearning tha importanea of saparating tha taehnieal
aaaiatanea function and tha anforcamant function, OECM ia not
propoaing any furthar action at thia tima in ragard to inapactora
providing taehnieal aaaiatanea in tha fiald on pollution
pravantion opportunitiaa. Howavar, OECM will aupport apaeific
propoaala to uaa eomplianea inapactora to diaaaminata litaratura
on pollution pravantionr OECM will uaa axiating inatitutional
maehaniama to raiaa and gain aupport for auch propoaala davalopad
in eooparation with tha program offieaa.
-------
-------
II.
-------
II. A.
-------
II. NPDES PROGRAM; PRE-ENFORCEMENT
A. SOURCES OF EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS
-------
II.A.I,
"NPDES Permit Authorization to Discharge", dated April 28, 1976.
-------
'200
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20460
APR 2B 1975
OFFICE OP ENFORCEMENT
MEMORANDUM
Subject: NPDES Permit Authorisation to Discharge
From: Deputy Assistant Administrator for Water Enforcement
To: Regional Enforcement Director, Region v
This is in response to your March 17 memorandum requesting
Headquarters' policy on the following issue:
"[W]nether an NPDES permit constitutes an authorisation
to discharge only specific parameters limited or monitored in the
permit or a general authorization to discharge all parameters subject
only to the limitations contained in the permit."
Answer
Headquarters policy, as well as the clear language contained in
the standard permit form [EPA Form 3320-4 (10-73)], provides for a
general authorization to discharge subject only to the conditions
and limitations contained in the permit.
Discussion
Every standard permit issued by EPA provides that the named discharger
is "authorized to discharge from a [named] facility ... to [named]
receiving waters ... in accordance with effluent limitations, monitoring
requirements and other conditions set forth in Parts I, II, III hereof."
In addition to effluent limitations -specified in Part I and any special
requirements set forth in Part III each general authorization to discharge
is subject to the general conditions set forth in Part II. Those
general conditions which tend to restrict the general authorization to dis-
carge are the following:
A.I. Change in Discharge - requires notice of facility expansions,
production increases or process modifications resulting in any different
or increased discharges of pollutants even if such changes do not violate
the permit effluent limitations.
A.3. Facility Operation - requires the permittee to maintain his
treatment facilities or systems in good working order and operate them
as efficiently as possible.
-------
-2
A. 5. Bypassing all bypassing is prohibited except under certain
circumstances.
It is believed that the above general conditions, along with the
installation and proper operation of treatment systems designed to
achieve compliance with effluent limitations based upon 3PT and water
quality standards requirements should adequately limit the general
authorization to discharge. Should information which suggests otherwise
subsequently become available (e.g., discovery of the presence of toxic
substances such as PC3s in the discharge), the permit may be modified
for cause in accordance with:general condition "B.4. ("Permit Modification")
The few permits issued under the NPDES's predecessor perm^-t program,
the Refuse Act Permit Program, authorized only those parameters identified
in the permit. This approach was rejected by EPA during the early
development phases of the NPDES because it is impossible to identify and
rationally limit every chemical or compound present in a discharge of
pollutants. Compliance with such a permit, would be impossible and
anybody seeking to harass a permittee need only analyze that permittee's
discharge until determining the presence of a substance not identified
in the permit. The permittee then would be in technical violation of
his permit.
Because we believe the approach adopted in the NPDES Permit Form
3320 is valid we recommend against inserting in permits the language
identified.by Walter A. Romanek in his January 22, 1976, memorandum
(attached). Although, it may be appropriate in special cases to employ
narrative language in addition to the Part II general conditions in
order to further restrict the general authorization to discharge, as a
routine matter such practices should be avoided.
I believe the above statement of policy is consistent with that
provided to your staff by Dick Browne and Barry Shanoff. If you have
any further questions please contact.Dick Brownefaoba^mett, Brian
Mo Hoy, or me.
Enclosure
cc: Roy Harsch, Enforcement Division, Region V
-------
II.A.2.
"POTW Compliance with NPDES Permit Effluent Limitations", dated January 5,
1977.
-------
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WASHINGTON. D.C. 20450
C"r!Ci Cr THE
ADMINISTRATOR
MEMORANDUM •
TO: Regional Administrators
FSDM: . Depulr/ Administrator /-/ Hc^-. Queries
SC3JECT: POTW Compliance with NPDES Permit Effluent Limitations
Poor performance by Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTWs) is of
'major concern to the Agency. Each successive review of POTWs' operations
indicates that their overall performance level is unsatisfactory. Over
a third of the POTWs are failing to produce the effluent quality for which
they were designed. Nearly half of the PCTWs originally designed for
secondary treatment fail to comply with present secondary treatment
standards. These conclusions have been confirmed both by EPA's annual
Section 210 Reports to Congress and by the recently completed municipal
compliance audit report. This nenarandum briefly describes the EPA's
policy for dealing with the probien.
The Federal Water Pollution Control Act clearly establishes EPA's
priaary role in assuring adequate POTW performance as being regulatory.
This role requires us to insist that municipalities accept full """'" '
responsibility for achieving effluent linits required by their NPDES
permits. To accomplish this, we nust assume an aggressive enforcement
posture with respect to municipal noncompliance. Aggressive enforcement
of municipal permit requirements can and will yield significant results.
Region II, for example, recently initiated and won a major precedent-.
setting civil action agains-t the City of Camdsn, New Jersey, forcing
it to restore and properly operate and maintain its treatment facilities.
Other significant enforcement actions are also being developed against
POTWs. The amount of POTW enforcement activity, however, must be
drastically increased in all Regions in order to demonstrate our in-
sistence upon municipal accountability for POT/7 performance.
-------
Municipalities' are responsible and accountable for achieving the
effluent.limitations required in their t-.'PCES permits whether or not they
have the in-house capability to deal with the problem underlying the
violation.. It is the municipality's responsibility to seek and secure
whatever technical assistance or training is necessary to solve that
problem. EPA must insist that municipalities accept and carry out that
responsibility and must take enforcement action against those that are
unwilling to do so. • .
Although it is recognised..that EPA and the States are currently
providing limited technical and training assistance, most of such
assistance and training must be provided by the private sector. While
the private sector can undoubtedly develop the capability to provide
such services when a sufficient demand is nade on it for those services,
to date that demand has not been strongly made. Consequently, many
consultants, equipment manufacturers and systems vendors have not yet
developed a significant capability to render technical assistance or
training. EPA and.the States must expand their present efforts to
encourage and stimulate development of private sector capability and
expertise to meet these needs. Aggressive enforcement of municipal
permits and an insistence that municipalities seek needed technical and
training services should provide an incentive for the private sector to
develop the needed capability.
In those few cases where a municipality has recognised the need of
outside assistance to meet permit effluent linitations and has unsuccess-
fully sought that assistance, formal enforcement might be a futile response.
EPA or State assistance Eight be appropriate in such a situation. Since
it is the municipality's responsibility to seek that assistance, it should
be given normally'at the municipality's request rather than on the initia-
tive of EPA or the State. And since a demand must be placed on the private
sector if it is to develop the capability of providing such assistance,
EPA should not normally provide the assistance unless the municipality has
unsuccessfully sought it elsewhere. Consequently, EPA and State technical
and training capabilities vill be helpful in the short term to fill gaps in
local and private sector capabilities to resolve POTW compliance problems.
To the extent that EPA capabilities in this regard exist at the present
time, however, ,they should not be expanded, but.should be reduced as
private sector capabilities mature.
Any technical or training assistance provided by EPA must be provided
in a manner compatible with our primary role as regulators. It should be
regards! as but one option available to the regulator in a particular case
and not as the sole option or the option of choice in all cases. The
inability to provide technical assistance in a given case or the failure
to achieve the required effluent limitations after the. provision of such
-------
assistance should nsver preclude "the use of rrore demanding regulatory.
ootior.s. Where technical assistance is provided, it must be dene in a
manner-that will not prejudice the Agency's case in a subsequent enforce-.
nsr.t action if the effluent limitations are not achieved after assistance
has been provided.
/
I recognize that many people, both within and outside the Agency,
believe.that.Z?A should conduct a strong program of technical assistance
to individual ccmunities in addition to its enforcement role. In the
abstract, this proposition nay appear attractive. • As a practical matter,
however, an active assistance role confuses and undercuts the predominantly
regulatory role -that the FWPCA has fashioned for the Agency. . Moreover,
limitations on existing and foreseeable resources make it wholly unrealistic
to think that we have or could develop the capacity to provide technical
assistance in any significant number of cases as part of our national •
program. Thus we have no choice but to accept our role as being predominant!;
regulatory. Within this context, we can and should conduct an active role
in manpower training, technology transfer and the dissemination of technical
assistance on a general basis rather than an individual case basis.
I also specifically do not intend to restrict by this means any
activities we may be able to undertake in the neglected.field of manpower
training. • • . . • • •
In summary, let me make clear that our philosophy toward operating
POT.'is is regulatory and that the responsibility for meeting applicable
permit requirements rests squarely on the PCTWs. To' date the compliance
assurance program has been successful in securing compliance .from industry.
It is our responsibility to make sure that it is equally effective in
securing compliance from municipalities.
-------
II.A.3.
"Confidentiality of NPDES Permit Applications" dated April 6/1978 with
attached memorandum dated March 22, 1978.
-------
2\n
-------
6 APR
"70: "Regional :Adsrin1strators
-Stats KPDES Directors
*FRQM: Deputy Assistant Administrator for .Hater Enforcsssnt (EH-33S)
•SUBJECT: "Corif 1 dan t1-al ity of -KPDES -^ersri t Appl 1 cati ons
Attached 1s a copy of a recant decision Issued by the Office
of Gsseral Counsel wa1c± requires -that all Information 1n HPDES •
persrit applications and perrlts be Bade public. Please advise
your staff of this diaag* so .that ieplesentation can be unifgps0
Jeffreys. Killer
cc: Regional Liforcanent Division Directors
Regional Persits Branch Chiefs
JShaffer:itfite:PD:EN-33S:3109 WSH:5-0750
-------
CLASS DETE?-W.INATION 1-78
C3N7IDENTIA1ITY '0? .IKPOKKAIION IN NATIONAL POLLUTION DISCHARGE
ELIMINATION SYSTEM PEHKI7S AND PISJ1IT APPLICATIONS UNDER SECTION
4C2(J) 0? TE2 TEDEEAL WAT-2. POLLUTION CONTROL ACT
Under the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (FKPCA) , as amended
(33 U.S.C. 466 at seg.) t the Environmental Protection. Agency (EPA)
or counterpart State agencies issue National Pollution Discharge
.Elimination System (NPDES) .-permits:., to individual. sources of vater
pollution. This program is administered prinarilj in EPA's Regional
offices. Those offices have asked for a Class Determination conceni-
ing the confidentiality of information contained ia KPDZS permits sad
permit- applications in'light of section 402(j) of the FVPCA. Under
40 CF2. 2.207, I have authority to issue Class Determinations concerr.in;;
the confidentiality of classes of information obtained by EPA.
In the case of information contained in NPDES permit applications
and KPDZS permits, I have found:
1. EPA possesses and vill continue to acquire 'information ia
NPDES permits sad permit applications.
2. Tne information contained ia NPDES permits and permit applica
tions is of the same character. ,It is proper to treat *H of the
information as ia the same class.
• t
3. A Class Determination vould serve a useful purpose in clarify
the status of potentially confidential information, contained in NPDES
permits and permit applications as restricted by section 402(j) of PV?'
-------
I have determined that information contained in fTPDES
and N?DZS permit applications is not entitled to confidential treat-
ment because section 402 (j) of the FwPCA mandates disclosure of this .
information, to the public notwithstanding "he fact that it night be
trade secrets or conaercial or financial.information.
Section 402 (j) of FW?CA states "[aj copy of each. permit applica-
tion and each permit issued under chis section shall be available to
the public. Such permit application or permit, or portion thereof,
shall further be available upon request for the purpose of reproduction."
This language is different from that in section 308 of the FK?CA.
Section 308 is the basic information gathering authority of the FWPCA.
Paragraph (b) of section 308 states "[a]ny records, reports,, or infor-
x
nation obtained under this section.. .shall be available to the public,.
except upon a showing satisfactory to the Administrator" by any person
that records, reports, or information, or particular part thereof (other
than effluent data), to vhich the Administrator has access under this
section, if aade public vould divulge aechods or processes entitled to
protection, as trade secrets of such person,, the Administrator shall
consider such record, report, or information, or particular portion
thereof confidential in accordance vith the purposes of section 1905 of
title IS of the United States Code...."
<*
The inconsistency between the language of section 402(j> and that
of section 308 vas brought to the attention of the Eouse Co=zictee on
Public Works in a letter dated December 13, 1971, froa William Ruckelshj
Administrator of EPA. .Congress chose to treat the information covered
-------
WASHINGTON. D.C.
KAR 22 1278
**" w
Coiiiideatialiry of K?DZS Permit Applications
Joan 'Z.
General
TO: Thomas C..Jorling
Assistamt,,Administrator for
Water amd Hazardous Materials C«H-55o)
for Esforceseat .(ZS-329)
is & Class Betessioacion I have issued eoneemlns
status of potentially confidential "business iaforaaiierD, contained in
KPDES permits *-3J K?DZS pemit applications. I have'concluded that
section 402 (j) of the FwPCo. requires that N?DES permits an'd persit
applications be sade public notwithstanding the fact that soae of the
.information contained in then vould otherwise be treated as confi-
dential.
The Class Determination'vill-be used by this office and the
Sagicnal Counsels in ?•-•=*^..-.s final confidettialiry deterrinations
under the regulations in 40 CT2. Part 2, Sub part B. iay request for
confidentiality of. information in a permit application, or permit vould
be denied citing the Class Determination. The applicant vould be
given 10 days notice prior to disclosure in which to seek a judicial
remedy. At the end of the IQ-dsy notice period.the information vould
be made available -to the public.
An important part of implementing this Class Determination, is to
'inform the various SPA regions and State agencies of the decision. I
have informed the rLegiccal Counsels of the Class Determinacio-n and of
the vay in which it is to be implemented. You will need to inform
your counterpart offices in the Regions and the States.
-------
I think it is also important that this be reflected in the
regulations, in the application feras, and in any informational ^
materials used by EPA to explain the NPDES program.
?roa vhac I have been able to determine, this decision =ay be ^
change frca past practice in the treatment of information in H?DEs
pemit applications. I believe that in the past section 402(j) was
overlooked, and nost offices treated information ia HPDES perais
applications the saae as section 303 inforaation. Accordingly, it
take tine to bring everybody up to speed on this change.
If you have questions about hov your offices should icplenent
Class Determination or other related matters» contact Janes Kelson at
755-0794.
Attachment
-------
3
^by "seczion 402 (j) differently -from the information obtained under
section 308. In all versions of the bill that became the 1972
• amendments to Fh?CA, the sane basic approa.cn of requiring public
disclosure-of N?DZS permits and permit applications vas folio-wed.
-The cmly amendments •to section 402(j) were to -eliminate a specific
•enumeration of the offices in which copies would have, to be kept.
In Senate'Report 92-414, October 28, 1971,-at page 72, the.Senate
Committee on Public Works cade the ~£ol.loving comments:
An essential element in any control program involving the
cation's waters is public participation. The public
.^jrust have a genuine opportunity to speak, on the issue
of protection of its vaters. The Committee- has therefore " '
established requirements to provide opportunity for puhlic
hearing by the Federal Government, or if Stats participa-
tion is approved by the Administrator, the State, .and other
provisions to rake available to the public all relevant
information surrounding a discharge source and the control
requirements placed on it. This includes the deposit of
,.any permit, •,.and the conditions .thereto, in a place of ready
public access. The'scrutiny of the public and the exercise
of authority under this section is extremely important to
insuring expeditious implementation of the authority .and a
high level of performance by all levels of government and
discharge sources.
-------
Is is clear from the language of section 402(j) *ac* the
legislative history of that provision tha: Congress intended se
402 (j) *° D« a disclosure mandate in contrast to the basic approach.
of section 308 which provides protection for trade secret information.
Accordingly, EPA is required to make public NPDES permits and NPDES
permit applications.
The N?DES permit application is-a standard form specified by EPA.
It asks the applicant to supply, certain specific information, la
some cases, there is insufficient space for the applicant: to supply
all of the requested information. In those cases the applicant attaches
additional sheets vith the further information. For purposes of sectioa
402 (j), the N?DES permit application required to be cade public is the
application form itself and any attachments that are csed to supply
information requested by the application fora. Any information
obtained by EPA that goes beyond that asked for"inTthe'application*
whether submitted by the applicant or obtained, by EPA under authority
such as 40 CFR 125.13, is not considered part of the permit application
as contemplated by section 402(j). This additional Information will
be treated in accordance vith.the.procedures of 40 CFS 2.302.
If-an applicant has claiaed"as"confidential, a^y information
contained .in the N?D£S permit application or the NPDES permit, confi-
dential treatment will be denied in accordance with this Determination
and notice given to the applicant in accordance vith 40 C?H..2.205(f) .
€. sernstein . Date
Genrrai Counsel (A-130)
-------
II.A.4,
"Certification and Permitting of Dischargers Located on Waters Forming
Boundaries Between States", dated April 19, 1978. •
-------
-------
? UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
r\*~V^F WASHINGTON. D.C. 20460
APR 19 197B
OTFICE Of
GENERAL COUNSEL
VI ^W? V
MEMORANDUM " T
TO: Assistant Administrator for
Enforcement
"Regional Enforcement .Directors
NPDES State Directors
FROM: Joan Z. Bernstein
General Counsel (
SUBJECT: Certification and Permitting of Dischargers Located
on Watets Forming Boundries Between States
QUESTIONS PRESENTED
When a facility is located within one State, but the end
of the discharge pipe is located within the waters of another
State, which State has certification rights pursuant to
Section 401 of the Clean Water Act ("The Act")? If the Section
^02 NPDES permitting authority has been transferred by the
Administrator to the States, which State has the 402 permitting
authority?
FACTS
On February 16, '1978 , the Atomic./Saf ety and Licensing
Appeal Board of the Nuclear Regulatory .Commission issued a
decision which interpreted Section 401 of the Act. The
Board determined that the proper State to .issue a certifica-
tion is the State which has jurisdiction over the navigable
waters in which the discharge originates rather than the State,
in which the facility is located. The Board noted that:
"we are prepared to give substantial weight
to the interpretation given a statute by the
agency Congress entrusted with its administra-
tion. In this case, we acknowledge that EPA
is that Agency with respect to the Water Act.
But EPA has not 'specified how Section 401
controls the outcome of the issue
-------
before us. We are, therefore, left to do
so ourselves." (PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF
INDIANA, INC., Docket Nos. STN 50546,
STN 50-547, slip op. at 20-21, footnotes
omitted).
On February 28, we received a letter from the attorneys
for the Public Service Company of Indiana requesting that we
address the legal issue which is before the NRC. In addition,
we had informal communications with representatives from the
NRC staff and the Commonwealth of Kentucky similarly request-
ing that we address the issue. On March 20, we wrote the
Secretary of the NRC and notified him that we would prepare
a legal opinion on the 401 certification question.
The proposed Marble Hill Nuclear Generating Station will
be located in Indiana. Its discharge will enter the Ohio
River, which forms the border between Kentucky and Indiana.
Apparently, the precise border is located at the low water
mark on the Indiana side of the river.I/
The legal question raised is of significance to
this Agency because there are 29 rivers in the United States
that are boundaries between two States. While the boundary
line between the States is usually the midline or thread of
the channel of the stream, this is not always the case.. For
some rivers the boundary line is.the high-water mark or low-
water mark on one side of the river.
The boundary line creates questions not only in regard
to certification under Section 401 of the Act but also in
regard to the question of which State has the permitting
authority under Section 402 of the Act. In this opinion
we shall address both issues.
ANSWER
The State in whose waters the discharge originates is the
certifying authority pursuant to Section 401 of the Act.
Section 401(a) (1) provides that whenever the construction or
operation of a facility "may result in any discharge into the
navigable waters", the certifying State shall be the one
I/ There is a factual question as to whether the discharge
originates in Kentucky or Indiana waters. As noted in our
March 20 letter, we shall not address this factual question,
-------
,3
"in which the discharge originates or will originate." While
it might be argued that a discharge of pollutants actually
"originates" where the manufacturing or industrial facility
is located, rather than at the end of the discharge pipe,
the entire structure of the Clean Water Act, its legislative
history, and intent clearly establish that the State whose
waters are affected by the .discharge is the proper certifying
State.
Similarly, the State in whose waters the discharge or-
iginates is the Section 402 permitting authority. Section
402(b) provides that a permitting Sta.te, shall "administer
its own permit program for discharges into-navigable waters
within its jurisdiction."
The State in which the facility is located has rights
pursuant to Section 401(a)(2) and Section 402(b)(5) only
to the extent that the quality of its waters is affected
by the discharge.
" "' : - ' - DISCUSSION
'The Clean Water Act is a comprehensive statute designed
to reduce and ultimately to eliminate the discharge of pollu-
tants into the nation's waters. Tne Act .provides, for a deli-
cate partnership between the Federal government and the
States in achieving this .result. A major responsibility
of the Federal government under tne Act is the development
and promulgation of uniform national technology-based stand-
ards for categories and classes of industrial dischargers.
At the same time, the States are granted the authority (with
Federal support and in some cases oversight) to institute
a range of more stringent, more comprehensive requirements
to assure protection of the navigable waters within each
State.
Pursuant to Section 510 of 'the .Act, 'the States -are
empowered to develop more stringent
-------
of the United States. Section 208(a)(2) of the Act requires
a State or its designated areawide agency to develop compre-
hensive pollution control plans for areas of the State which
have "substantial water quality control problems." Clearly
the State whose waters are affected must take the lead role
in devising a plan to protect its waters.
Under Section 303 of the Act each State is required to
develop water quality standards for all waters within its
jurisdiction. Such standards consist of a designated use/uses
of the stream (e.g. "protection and propagation of fish and
wildlife") and criteria necessary to support the use, (e.g.
"not less than 5 mg/1 of dissolved oxygen"). Prior to the
passage of the 1972 Amendments, such water quality standards
were the major water pollution control mechanism under the
Federal law. See State Water Control Board v. EPA, 426 U.S.
200, (1976). While the role of water quality standards was
somewhat diminished by the 1972 Amendments, the standards
form a major basis for numerous State and Federal programs.
The difference between the designated standards and the actual
ambient water quality may provide the basis for Section
206 planning. Under Section 303(d) of the Act, States must
identify those streams where the federal technology-based
standards are insufficient to meet the designated water
quality standards. The States are required to develop maximum
daily loads for such streams and to develop more stringent
effluent limitations which will achieve the standards as
part 'of the continuing planning process under Section 303(e).2_/
These State plans, laws, regulations, and other require-
ments are translated into limitations applicable to individual
point source dischargers through the NPDES permit program
pursuant to Section 402 of the Act. And under Section 208(e)
of the Act, no.permit can be issued which is in conflict
with an approved 208 plan. Under Section 301(b ) (1) (C) , a
discharger must achieve by July 1, 1977, any more stringent
limitation necessary to meet the requirements of State law,
2_/ In addition, Section 3Q5(b) requires each State to
submit biannually a report describing the water quality
of all navigable waters within the State and the steps
which will be taken to improve water quality.
-------
including water quality standards. The 402 permitting authority
is required to assure that permits are consistent with
Sections 208(e) and 301(b)(1)(C), and thus consistent with
the requirements of State law including State water quality
standards and limitations developed pursuant to such standards.
Section 401 of the Act provides another mechanism to insure
that NPDES permits (as well as other Federal licenses and
permits) meet the requirements of state law, particularly
State water quality standards. Section 401 has its origins
in Section 21(b) of the Water Quality Improvement Act of
1970, April 3, 1970,'P.L. 91-224, 84*.Stat. 91. This provision
required that any applicant for a federal license or permit
which might result in a discharge into navigable waters must
provide the permitting authority with a certificate from the
State in which the discharge originates or will originate
that:
"There is reasonable assurance, as determined
by the State or interstate agency that such
activity will be conducted in a manner which
will not violate applicable water quality
standards."
Section 21(b)(l) also provided that if the standards had
been promulgated by the Secretary of the Interior, the certifica-
tion should be from the Secretary. Section 21(b(9) further pro-
vided that if there were no applicable water quality standards,
no certification should be required. Section 21(b) therefore re-
cognized that the appropriate certifying authority is that which
has developed and implemented water quality standards for the water
body into which the discharge originates, since only the authority
that develops and implements the standards could provide the "rea-
sonable assurance" that the standards won't be violated.
The substance of'Secti'on 21 (b) became .Section 401 of the
1972 Federal Water Pollution Control.Act Amendments. The
State was no longer required to directly certify that its
water quality standards would be met by the permit, but
was instead required to certify that the discharge would
comply with "the applicable provisions of Sections . 301,
-------
302, 3Gb and 307 of this Act."_3/ It is clear from the
legislative nistory of the 1972 Amendments that the major
purpose of Section 401 was to allow a State to assure that
its water quality standards would be met.
As noted in the Senate Report:
"The purpose of the certification mech-
anism provided in this law is to assure
that Federal licensing or permitting agencies
cannot override State water quality require-
ments. "
A Legislative History of the Water Pollution Control Act
Amendments of 1972, Senate Committee on Public Works, Com-
mittee Print, 93rd Cong. 1st. Sess., 1973 (''Leg. Hist.")
at 1437.
In his statement on the Conference Bill, Senator Muskie
further explicated this concern:
"If a State establishes more stringent
limitations and/or time schedules pursuant
to Section 303, they should be set forth in
a certification under Section 401." Leg.
• Hist, at 171.
3/ Section 401 was amended by the Clean water Act of 1977
to include Section 303 in the list of enumerated sections.
As stated in the Conference Report:
The inserting of Section 303 into the
series of sections listed in Section 401 is
intended to mean that a federally licensed or
permitted activity, including discharge permits
under Section 402, must be certified to comply
with State water quality standards adopted under
Section 303. The inclusion of Section 303 is
intended to clarify the requirements of Section
401. It is understood that Section 303 is re-
quired by the provisions of Section 301 . . .
Section 303 is always included by reference
where Section 301 is listed. (House of Repre-
sentatives, Report No. 95-830, 95th Cong. 1st
Sess. December, 1977 at 96)
-------
"Secondly, the Conferees agreed that a
State may attach to any Federally issued
license or permit such conditions as may be
necessary to assure compliance with water
quality standards in that State." Leg. Hist.
at 176.
The legislative history 6"f Section 401 thus shows that Congress
intended that :the certifying State be the State with jurisdic-
tion over the'navigable-waters at the point of ..discharge.
'the language of Section-401 ..itself further-supports the
same conclusion. First, Section 401(a)(l) grants certifi-
cation to the State "in which the discharge originates or
will originate." Under Section 502(12) the discharge of
the pollutant is defined as "any addition of any pollu-tant
to navigable waters from any point source." Thus, there
is no discharge until the pollutants enter navigable waters.
For the purposes of Section 401, at least, the discharge
thus originates at the point at which it enters the navigable
waters.4/
Secondly, when an interstate water pollution control
agency "has jurisdiction over the navigable waters at the
point where the discharge originates or will originate"
it, rather than any State has the certifying authority.
This .is further indication that the certifying authority
derives from jurisdiction over the navigable waters, not over
the land where the facility is located.
Section 401(a)(3) provides further support for this con-
clusion. Pursuant to Section 401(a)(3), a certification with
respect to the construction of any facility also is binding
upon any'subsequent operating licenses for such a facility,
except that the certification may be withdrawn because of
changes .in four circumstances:
4/ In his discussion of Section 401, Senator Muskie says
that the certification should come "from the State in which
the discharge occurs." (Leg. Hist, at 1388, emphasis added)
While there may be some question as to where a discharge
originates, there can be no question that the discharge
occurs in navigable waters.
It may be that the Congress used the word originates
to distinguish between the State in whose waters the discharge
initially'enters from a downstream State whose waters are
also affected by the discharge. See footnote '5, infra.
-------
(A) The construction or operation of the
facility, (B) the characteristics of the
receiving waters into which such discharge
is made, (C) the water quality standards
applicable to such waters, or (D) applicable
effluent limitations or other requirements."
A concern for the receiving waters and the criteria
applicable to such waters is primarily a concern of the
State which has jurisdiction over the receiving waters.
A State in which the facility is located may have a variety
of concerns about the facility but does not have any direct
concern or jurisdiction over the waters affected by the
discharge.5/
Our interpretation of Section 401 is further buttressed
by a reading of Section 402 of the Act. Under this section,
permits are issued to point source dischargers. Although
permits are initially issued by EPA, the Act provides that
the permitting authority may be transferred to a State which
has an adequate program. Section 402(a)(5) provides for
a temporary transfer, while Section 402(b) provides for
a more permanent transfer. Both sections provide that
the State has the power to issue permits for all discharges
into its navigable waters:
"The Administrator shall authorize a
State, which he determines has the capa-
bility of administering a permit program
which will carry out the objective of this
Act, to issue permits for discharges into
navigable waters within the jurisdiction
of such State." Section 402(a)(5) (emphasis
added) .
T/Section 401 does provide protection for any other State
whose water quality may be affected by the discharge. Section
401(a)(2). Such State may object to the issuance of a permit
and request a public hearing. The permitting agency is then
required to hold a public hearing and to "condition _such
license or permit in such manner as may be necessary to in-
sure compliance with applicable water quality requirements."
States whose waters may be affected by the issuance of
an NPDES permit by another State also have rights to assure
orotection of their water quality. See Sections 402(b)(5)
"and 402(d) (2) (A) .
-------
H •
'At any time after the promulgation of
the guidelines required by subsection (h)(2)
of Section 304 of this Act, the Governor of
.each State desiring to administer its own
permit program for discharges into navigable
-waters within its jurisdiction may submit to
"the Administrator a full and complete descrip-
tion of the 'program it proposes to establish
and administer under State law or under an
interstate compact." Section 402(b) (emphasis
) .
Thus, the explicit statutory language of Section 402 autho-
rizes a State to issue permits for all discharges into
navigable waters within its jurisdiction. 6/
In its letter requesting our opinion on this issue, the
Public Service Company of Indiana suggested that the oppo-
site answer would be preferable administratively since it would
avoid the necessity of making a factual/legal determination
in each case as to who owned the waters at the point of dis-
charge. We recognize that in some circumstances such a deter-
mination may demand the resources of the permitting agency,
but we believe that these considerations are insufficient to
override the clear language of the Act, its legislative history,
and its goals.
It has also been suggested that in issuing permits to
facilities located in another State, the permit granting
State may encounter difficulties in providing for inspection
and monitoring of the facility, and in the enforcement of
the permit. We do not regard these difficulties as insuper-
able, since we assume that all permits would include provisions
allowing the issuing State to monitor and inspect the facility.
In enforcing these provisions, or other provisions of a
_6/ The House Report 'clearly states that a permitting State
does not have jurisdiction to issue permits for discharges
into navigable waters outside of State's jurisdiction:
Subsection (a)(5) further provides that the Administrator
may authorize a State, which he determines has the capability
of administering a permit program, to issue permits for the
discharges into the navigable waters within the jurisdiction
of such State (but not in the contiguous zone or the ocean).
Leg. Hist, at 813. (emphasis added).
-------
10
permit, the issuing State could bring an action in its State
courts and should be able to establish that the defendant
had sufficient contacts necessary to support the State's
long-arm jurisdiction.
The questions answered in this opinion have not pre-
viously been formally addressed by this Agency. It is our
understanding that this opinion is consistent with the
actual "real world" permitting and certifying activities
in most regions. A number of regions, however, have evident-
ly allowed States to certify and to issue permits to facilities
located in such States which discharge into the navigable
waters of another State.
A permit issued by a State which does not have the
authority under the Clean Water Act to issue such a permit is
jurisdictionally defective, and would not therefore provide a
discharger with the protection provided by Section 402(k) of
the Act. I urge the Assistant Administrator for Enforce-
ment to take whatever steps are necessary to expedite the
re-issuing-.of such permits.
On the other hand, a Federal permit issued despite the
lack of certification from the proper State remains valid.
The Federal agency which issued such permit had the. jurisdiction
to take such action. To the extent that the permit' is incomplete
or illegal because of lack of proper certification, any injured
party could seek judicial review of such permit under the appro-
priate provisions of Federal law. Any State which failed to as-
sert its certification rights within the prescribed statutory and
regulatory time period may be deemed to have waived such rights
pursuant to Section 401(a)(l) of the Act.
-------
II.A.5.
"Request for a Legal Opinion-Inclusion of Compliance Schedules in Second
Round Permits and Newly Issued Permits", dated January 19, 1979.
-------
-------
f UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
.
. WASHINGTON. D.C. 20460
1 3 1979
OFFICE OF ENFORCEMENT
MEMORANDUM
"TO: Regional Enforcement^Division Directors
Director, NEIC
NPDES State Directors
FROM: Deputy Assistant Administrator for Water Enforcement (EN-335)
SUBJECT: Office of General Counsel (OGC) Memorandum
Attached is a copy of a legal opinion prepared by OGC in response
to questions concerning the inclusion of compliance schedules in Second
Round and new permits. The Permits Division is including this document
•in its Policy Book as 78-21-IV-. If you have any questions or comments
about this opinion please contact Scott Slesincjer (EN-336), 202-755-0750.
( '• 1 •
Jefff-ey j?;. Miller
Attachment
cc: Regional Permits Branch Chiefs
-------
2S2£* ? UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
* WASHINGTON. D.C. 20450
^, i
OPFICE 0*
GENERAL COUNSEL.
MEMORANDUM
TO
FROM"
.S.U.B.JEC.T:
Deput
Wat
As s uc
Wafer
Reque
pi ian
Newly
1978
y Assistant Administrator
er Enforcement (EN-335)
r\
iate General Counsel
and Solid Waste Divis'ion
for
st. for a Legal Opinion
ee Schedules in Second
Issued Permits -- Yo\iry Memo
r- Inclusion of
Round
Com-
Permits and
of November 2,
QUESTION
You have asked a series of questions regarding the require-
ments of best practicable control technology currently available
("BPT") and vater quality standards ("WQS") in permits issued
after July 1, 1977. Your first questions concern reissuance of
a permit to a source which had already been subject to BPT re-
quirements in an expiring permit. If BPT or WQS have become more
stringent since issuance of the first permit and additional con-
struction would be necessary for the source to meet the changed
requirements, you ask whether the permit must require the source
to meet the new BPT or WQS 'requirements and, .if«so, whether the
permit may include a schedule for achieving the new 'requirements.
In addition you ask, in the case of a new permit, whether the
permit may ignore BPT and WQS requirements and place the source
on a direct schedule to BAT/BCT. In both cases, you ask whether
a schedule of compliance, if allowable, may provide a time period
during which no construction is required, to allow the permit
writer and the discharger to determine what construction will be
required by BAT/BCT where those requirements cannot be clearly
determined when the permit is issued..
-------
ANSWER
If a source, other than a publicly-owned treatment
works, has never received an NPDES permit setting forth
any applicable BPT and WQS based effluent limitations, a
permit issued to such source must require immediate com-
pliance with the applicable requirements of BPT or WQS as
tho.se requirements are in effect at the time the permit is
issued. If a non-POTW source has achieved its first-round
effluent control requirements, a new or reissued permit to
that source should assure that the source will continue to
achieve those effluent reductions. In addition, revised
BPT and WQS must be applied to the source. Since the Act
provides no fixed schedule for compliance with these re-
quirements, EPA should adopt a reasonable scheme for at-
taining compliance expeditiously, consistent with orderly
application of the Act's 1984 requirements.
DISCUSSION
Section 301(b)(l)(A) of the Clean Water Act requires
all sources of pollutants, other than publicly-owned treat-
ment works, to achieve BPT by July 1, 1977, and Section
301(b)(l)(C) requires all sources to comply with WQS by
that date. Section 301(b)(2) establishes a second set of
more stringent technological requirements .to be achieved
by non-POTW's by 1984 (or three years after the date the
requirements are established, up to 1987). Thus, the Act
establishes a two-phase structure for achieving specified
effluent limitations.
The questions raised by your memorandum arise because
(1) some sources did not achieve compliance with the Phase I
requirements by July 1, 1977, and (2) in some instances
the definitions of BPT, or the requirements of WQS, have
been revised, and current levels of treatment, previously
in compliance with BPT or WQS, as defined in an NPDES per-
mit, are not adequate to meet the revised BPT or WQS. The
Act addresses the first situation, but it is silent as to
the second.
-------
Congress made it clear, in Section 301(b)(l), that ini-
tial compliance with BPT and WQS was to be achieved by July 1,
1977. In the 1977 amendments to the Act Congress recognized
that some sources had not met those requirements, sometimes
for justifiable reasons. Nonetheless, it refused to waive or
extend the deadline for such sources. See H.R. 3199, 95th Cong
Isc Sess., Section 13, eliminated in conference; see also,
Cong. Rec. S 13538, Aug. 4, 1977, explaining thar the 1977
amendments do not extend the deadlines of Section 301 but
allow the Administrator certa.in .Section 309 enforcement .op-
tions .
Since Congress expressly determined not to waive Phase I
compliance requirements or allow permits to extend the com-
pliance deadlines of Section 301(b)(l), EPA cannot claim im-
plied authority to do.so. Instead, if a permit must be issued
or reissued to a source which has never achieved compliance
with applicable BPT or WQS requirements, the permit must re-
quire immediate compliance with those requirements as they are
currently in effect when the permit is issued, and if relief
is to be provided, Section 309(a)(5) orders must be employed.
II
A source which had complied with BPT before the deter-
mination of BPT changed is in a different position from the
source which never complied. This source has already achieved
the Act's Phase I requirement as administratively interpreted
and applied to it and is in a position to proceed with the
second phase. Therefore, it would be inappropriate to impose
an immediate requirement that revised BPT be achieved.
The requirement that BPT be achieved remains in the Act
even after the 1977 deadline has passed. However, the Act
does not set a specific deadline for attaining revised BPT
requirements, and some reasonable scheme should be adopted
to ensure that such requirements be achieved as expeditiously
as practicable, consistent with orderly imposition of Phase II
(BAT and BCT) requirements. Thus, for example, if compliance
with revised BPT is a logical step towards attainment of BAT
or BCT limitations, such compliance could be included as a
reasonable interim element of the source's permit responsibili-
ties. Certainly any applicable BPT requirements would have to
-------
be met not later than the date on which compliance with BCT
and BAT is required. However, where a compliance date prior
to that time would require construction or modification in
addition to previously defined BPT, and where that construc-
tion would not constitute a logical step toward BAT, im-
posing the interim BPT requirement might well undermine the
Act's orderly progression from the 1977 to the 1984 require-
ments .
Ill
The issue of compliance dates for ongoing WQS compliance
is less clear. The Act establishes the end date for the first
stage of WQS compliance, but for subsequent levels of possibly
more stringent WQS, the Act defers to State planning determina-
tions. See Section 303(e ) (3)(A) , Section 303(e)(3)(F), Sec-
tion 208(b)(2)(B), Section 208(e), a'nd Section 303 ( e ) ( 3 ) ( B ) .
If a~ state has revised its WQS and established a schedule of
compliance at least as stringent as any federal requirement,
th.e NPDES permit would have to impose the state-established
limitation. However, if the State plans do not contain specific
compliance schedules, the EPA permit writer must establish the
source's Phase II WQS compliance schedule.
The Act su'pplies no express guidance as to what the EPA-
determined, post-1977 WQS compliance schedule should be. In
general, Congress intended compliance with the Act's require-
ments to occur at the earliest practicable time.* One option,
therefore, might be for EPA simply to establish the policy
that post-1977 compliance must be achieved by the earliest
prac t icab le t ime.
Alternatively, the" Section 3 0 1 ( b ) ( 2 ) pattern is to re-
quire second round, municipa 1 comp1iance in 1983 and second
round industrial compliance in 1984. It is reasonable to
* The Section 301 requirements are all to be met "no later
than" the statutory deadlines. See, e.g., L e g . Hist. 163-. In
the 1977 amendments, Congress confirmed its interest in securing
the earliest possible compliance. See Sectio-ns 309(a)(5) and
309(a)(6), added by the amendments.
-------
"5
establish WQS conpliance schedules in harmony with the Act's
general regulatory structure. Thus, EPA may infer that the
Section 301(b)(2) dates should be applied to WQS, in the ab-
sence of any more stringent state schedules.
Which of these approaches (or what combination of them)
is to .be tselrected is ^a ,polrrcy . j tfdgment. Since '.the Act does
not express comp 1 ianc*e-'schedule "requirements for "post-1977
WQS compliance, ,EPA :may wish 'to .supply -guidance by 'regula-
tion. .This would provide -a '.reasonable , permanent method for
establishing WQS compliance schedules .whe^e .none .ar'e ;avail-
able frroVm .th^e -s
-------
II.A.6.
"Policy for the Second Round Issuance of NPDES Industrial Permits", dated
June 2, 1982.
•""V-.
2.\\
-------
-------
4f
,° ^
"= UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
J WASHINGTON, D...C. Z0460
JUN 2 1982 OFFICE OF
*•* , WATER
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Policy for the.Second Round Issuance of NPDES
.Industrial 'Permits
-TO: Regional Administrators /
FROM: Frederic A. Eidsness, Jr
Assistant Administratd'r/^E^ater (WH-556)
The final "second round" policy for re-issuing NPDES indus-.
trial permits is attached. The policy reflects Regional comments
in response to previous drafts sent to you and discussions with
the Water Management Division Directors. This policy applies
only to EPA-issued permits, although States may choose to adopt
the principles outlined. I am sending the policy to both the
NPDES and non-NPDES States under separate cover to solicit their
comments and advice on the applicability of the policy to their
programs. In addition to the priorities set here for reissuance
of NPDES industrial permits, the issuance of new source or new
discharge permits remains the highest priority to assure no
undue delay in the construction or modification of such sources.
This policy reflects the Administrator's conviction that,
to the extent possible, permit requirements should be based
either on promulgated national wastewater treatment standards
or requirements necessary to achieve the designated water uses
specified in water quality standards. It also reflects the
principles that permit effluent limitations should be developed
using good scientific .information and that, to'the extent
practicable, permits of a lasting value should be developed.
Such permits assure protection of the environment while estab-
lishing wastewater treatment requirements that will not be
subject to frequent change.
The policy establishes five priorities for permit issuance
and describes the basis for assigning permit priorities and'
developing limitations. Based on this policy, Regions are to
develop and submit by June 30, 1982, a list of priority permits
which the Region expects to issue before the end of FY 1983.
The initial list is to be submitted to Headquarters and should
-------
- 2 -
contain key information such as the facility name, owner/operator,
location, .receiving water (STORET Reach Number), the issuance
priority category (see attachment to the policy), pollutants of
concern, and the anticipated schedule of issuance. Headquarters
will use this information to report to the Congress and others on
EPA's plans for and s,tatus of the permit program — .what our
priorities are and where our resources are going". Regional
performance against established plans will be assessed as part of
the Office of Water's guidance/evaluation process.
Regions should also work cooperatively with the NPDES States
to develop similar priority permit information on permits to be
issued by the States. This is important to assuring a truly
national effort and can be done as a part of routine cooperative
program planning.processes, such as the development of 106 plans.
In this way we can determine how EPA can most usefully assist the
States in their permitting efforts. Establishing State priority
permit lists will also serve to assist in determining the most
appropriate State-issued permits to be reviewed by the Region.
EPA headquarters will be providing guidance and assistance
to help carry out this policy. Questions concerning the policy
should be directed to Bruce Barrett, Director, Office of Water
Enforcement and Permits (FTS/Area Code 202-755-0440).
Attachment
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WASHINGTON, DiC. 20460
OFFICE OF
WATER
Policy for the Second Round Issuance of National
Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)
.Permits for Industrial Sources
STATEMENT OF POLICY
EPA-issued industrial NPDES permits will" be issued according to
the following priorities. (A detailed explanation of the
policy is contained in the attachment to the "Implementation"
section of this policy.) First priority shall be given to
facilities discharging to waters where use impairment problems
have been identified and where there is adequate information to
develop either a water quality-based permit or, in the exceptional
case detailed in the attachment, a BAT/BCT permit relying on best
professional judgment. The second priority is to permit facilities
for which applicable BAT effluent limitations guidelines have
been promulgated. The third priority covers facilities suspected
of contributing to the impairment of a designated water use but
where insufficient information exists to confirm the extent of
the use impairment. The fourth priority addresses facilities for
which effluent limitations guidelines are not scheduled for
promulgation and the existing permit limitations do not reflect
sufficient treatment. The lowest priority is extension or
reissuance of permits to facilities for which effluent limita-
tions guidelines are not scheduled and the existing permit
requires sufficient treatment. In all permitting actions, EPA
will work cooperatively with States and permittees and adhere to
procedures -established by applicable statutes and regulations.
This policy also establishes a mechanism for developing priority
permit lists with the first list due by June 30, 19*82 (see "Other
Considerations" in the Attachment).
EXPIRATION DATE
This policy will remain in effect until September 30, 1983,
June 2, 1982
-------
-2-
BACKGROUND
EPA and authorized States issue NPDES permits for periods not
to exceed five years. Permit limits are based either on the
application of available technology or on the protection of
water quality, whichever is more stringent. The Clean Water
Act (CWA) establishes two levels of technology standards arid
deadlines for industrial compliance: best practicable control
technology currently available (BPT) by July 1, 1977 and best
available technology economically achievable/best conventional
technology (BAT/BCT) by July 1, 1984.
The majority of the "first round" permits, reflecting BPT or more
stringent water quality-based limitations, were issued between
1974 and 1976. Most of these were based on technology using
"best professional* judgment" (BPJ) because effluent guidelines
were unavailable (relying on section 402(a)(l) of the CWA). In
1978, as these permits began to expire, EPA instituted a policy
of reissuing short-term (2 to 3 year) permits in order to await
promulgation of BAT/BCT effluent guidelines. Most of these
'short-term permits have now expired. Thus there are now more
than 35,000 expired permits. For the most part, these expired
permits continue i.n effect under the federal Administrative
Procedure Act or similar State statutes.
In the past, EPA and many States focused almost exclusively on
the technology-based effluent limitations approach. While EPA
will continue this technology-based approach using BAT/BCT
effluent limitations guidelines, EPA will also look beyond
technology-based requirements and issue permits based on scien-
tifically determined requirements for assuring environmental
protection. The development of requirements based on protection
of water quality has often been hampered by lack of data. This
policy makes clear that the burden of data collection is shared
by EPA, the State, and the discharger. Further, the implementa-
tion of this policy should assure the most effective use of
resources by carefully scheduling permit activities, waiting
for national treatment standards where practicable, making
better use of existing data, and initiating cooperative efforts
with States and permittees.
This approach is supported by initiatives that will strengthen
both technology-based and water quality-based effluent limitations,
It will produce permits of lasting value that are not subject to
frequent change. EPA is moving ahead to promulgate national ,
effluent limitations guidelines on a schedule which will provide
guidelines for 24 primary industry categories before the end of
FY 1983. Promulgated effluent limitations guidelines, in
conjunction with their development documents, expert assistance,
and permit writer training, will assure the application of good
science and produce well founded permit limitations. Individual
permit limitations developed in this way will significantly
reduce conflicts and avoid protracted appeals.
7007
-------
-3-
A sound technical and legal basis for permit limits is also
provided by State water quality standards. All States have
standards for each designated water use which include both
numeric criteria for specific pollutants and general conditions.
Expanding the scope of these standards and improving their
scientific basis is a continuing process which is now being given
additional attention by EPA, the States, and throughout the
scientific community. EPA is 'encouraging States to review and
revise their standards -to reflect site-specific factors. The
technological, basis for implementing these standards using Total
Maximum Daily Load/Waste load Allocations is being significantly
advanced. These factors -and site-specific biological and chemical
\analysis will provide the needed ^scientific basis for -water
quality-based effluent limitations in pe-rmr'ts.
APPLICATION
This policy applies only to EPA-issued industrial NPDES" permits
although States may choose to adopt the principles outlined.
IMPLEMENTATION
This policy is impleme'n.ted .by establishing permit issuance
priorities and developing.priority permit lists and schedules.
This approach is designed to assure the best use of available
resources and produce results where they are most needed. ,The
details of this approach • are explained -in the attachment.
.Date Frederirr A. g-ires-nooo•,—"Jr.
Ass is tant\Admi nis tra tor
for .Water
-------
Second Round Industrial
{EPA-Issued Peru.J
•'
'Eting Policy
Attachment
Permit ting Priorities
plecuaalon/Implementation
First Priority
Issue permits to
facilities where water
use Impairment problems
have been Identified
Second Priority
Issue permits based on
promulgated DAT guidelines
where BAT guidelines
are scheduled
1
o States, with EPA assistance, Identify water bodies where it Is known that the water uae
la Impaired or other major water quality problems exist. This may be baaed on factors
such as drinking water supply contamination, exceedences of applicable water quality
standards, and bloaccumulatlon of toxic pollutants. In coordination with the State, the
available scientific Information should be reviewed to Identify significant contributors
and determine whether there Is adequate scientific Information to develop water quality-
based limits for those dischargers. '
o For those dischargers identified aa contributing to a use impairment or other major water
quality problem, and for which there are sufficient information and data, penult limits
should be developed based on section 303(d) total maximum daily load/wasteload alloc-
tions (TMDL/WLA's) and relevant portions of section 208 plans. Where sufficient data
exist, EPA may develop water quality-based limits in the absence of 303(d) TMDL/WLA's,
using scientifically acceptable methods,, including the use of bloassays. However, aiich
effluent limits are aubject to public,, administrative, and judicial review as part.of
the permit process and any other permittees contributing' to the water quality problem
will have an opportunity to participate after notice of proposed effluent limits. All
water quality-based permits with expiration dates beyond July 1, 1984, also must meet
the statutory definition of HAT and DOT.
o In those exceptional cases where major water quality problems are identified but there
is insufficient information to develop limitations based on water quality, and effluent
guidelines will not be available In the near term, the permit should be based on good
scientific information with the limits reflecting BAT/BCT. In making determinations of
BAT/BCT, the permit writer will rely on best professional judgment. Such permits will
be Issued with five year terms. More stringent limits required by national technology-
based guidelines Issued during the term of the permit will be Included In subsequent
permits. In addition, the organic chemicals and plastics/synthetics industry categories
will likely present a number of cases which, because of the Identified use impairment or
other major water quality problems, justify the uae of this approach. EPA headquarters
will provide assistance to permit writers through teams of industry experts for these
industrial categories.
o Where BAT effluent guidelines have been promulgated, permits will be Issued reflecting
. guidelines and any other necessary BAT/BCT or water-quality baaed limits. If BAT guide-
lines are scheduled but have not been promulgated and no major water quality problems are
Involved, the first round BPT permit should be extended under the Administrative Procedure
Act (APA) while waiting for BAT guidelines.
June 2, 1982
-------
Permitting Priorities
Second Round Industrial Permitting Policy
(El'A-Isaued Permits Only)
Discussion/Implementation
Attachment
Page 2
Third Priority
Issue permits to
facilities where
water uae Impairment
problems are suspected
Fourth Priority
Issue permits where
upgrading la needed and
DAT guidelines are not
scheduled
Fifth Priority
Issue permits for all
others aa the laat
priority *
o For those dischargers auspected of contributing to major water uae impairment or other
major water quality problems, but where Insufficient confirming data exist, a specific
ahort-term program of data collection should be initiated* The data collection program
should Include requirements for blomonitorlng, chemical analysis, or field surveys
necessary to obtain information to determine the magnitude and extent of the water uae
impairment. In setting up the data collection program, particular attention should be
paid to potential contamination of public drinking water supplies. EPA Headquarters
will provide further guidance on both the procedural mechanisms for implementing this
data collection program as well as substantive guidance on the type of blomonltoring
or chemical analysis requirements that could be used to collect data.
o If sufficient information la obtained that shows the discharger la contributing to water
use impairment problems, a new five year permit or modification of existing penult limits
should be developed as appropriate.
i
o Where no further BAT guidelines development is planned and the first round permit does
not reflect sufficient treatment to comply with BAT/BCT, subsequently promulgated BPT
guidelines or water quality standards, upgrade the permits limits and/or other necessary
conditions and issue a five-year permit. Limits on conventional pollutants reflecting
nCT may be developed using the UCT methodology when it becomes available, and limits on
priority pollutants reflecting BAT should be developed using BPJ. Normally, significant
discharges of priority pollutants are not expected where BAT guidelines are not
scheduled for development.
o Where no further guidelines development is .planned but the first round permit requires
sufficient treatment (i.e., would meet what are likely to be considered BAT/BCT limits and
no water quality problems are suspected), the existing permit may be extended under APA
provisions or reissued only as ttte last priority.
J u n e
982
-------
Second Round Permitting Policy
(EPA-Iaaued Permits Only)
Attachment
Page 3
Other Considerations
Priority Permits
General Permits
3. Compliance Deadline
EPA Regional Offices will Identify facilities which are probable contributors to water
use impairment or other major water quality problems* The 305(b) reports and 303(d)
priority segments will be considered In Identifying these priority facilities.
Using this and other information, the Regional Offices will develop a listing of permits
which are expected to be issued before October I, 1983 consistent with the priorities
established by this policy. The listing will include permit Issuance schedules which
will provide a reasonable estimate of expected Issuance. The initial list of priority
permits.and schedules are to be transmitted to Headquarters by^ June 30, 1982. This list
should be updated periodically to reflect current plans and priorities. Encouraging
States to establish similar priority lists is also essential to the national program.
In addition to the points described above, we are encouraging the use of general permits
to cover many facilities with the same or substantially similar types of operations and
the same types of wastestream discharges. This should help significantly in reducing
the backlog of expired NPDES permits. The Office of Water will analyze the opportunities
for general permits for industry categories, including some primary industry categories,
where the facilities' operations and discharges are very similar. Multi-State coverage
will also be considered. We will keep you informed of progress in this area. In the
meantime, permitting authorities should consider Issuing general permits In their own
Jurisdictions where appropriate.
All permits extending past July 1, 1984 must contain final limitations that are deemed
equivalent to UAT/BCT regardless of whether the limits are based on wa'ter quality,
effluent guidelines, or BPJ. [
.1 u n e 2 , 1982
-------
II.A.7.
"Policy for the Development of Water Quality-Based Permit Limitations for
Toxic Pollutants", dated February 3, 1984. (See also 49 FR 9016, March 9,
1984.)
-------
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WASHINGTON. D.C. 20460
OFFICE OF
WATER
Policy for the Development of Water.Quality-Based
Permit Limitations for Toxic Pollutants
STATEMENT OF POLICY
To control pollutants beyond Best Available Technology
Economically Achievable (BAT), secondary treatment, and other
Clean Water Act technology-based requirements in order to
meet water quality standards, the Environmental Prptection
Agency (EPA) will use an integrated strategy consisting of
both biological and chemical methods to address toxic and
nonconventional pollutants from industrial "and municipal
sources. Where State standards contain numerical criteria for
toxic pollutants, National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System (NPDES) permits will contain limits as necessary to
assure compliance with these standards. In addition to en-
forcing specific numerical criteria, EPA and the States will
use biological techniques and available data on chemical
effects to assess toxicity impacts and human health hazards
based on the general standard of "no toxic materials in toxic
amounts."
EPA, in its oversight role, will work with States to
ensure that these techniques are used wherever appropriate.
Under section 308 and section 402 of the Clean Water Act (the
Act), EPA or the State may require NPDES permit applicants to
provide chemical, toxicity, and instream biological data neces-*
sary to assure compliance with standards. Data requirements
may be determined on a case-by-case basis -in consultation
with the State and the discharger.
Where violations of water quality standards are identified
or projected, the State will be expected to develop water
quality-based effluent limits for inclusion in any issued
permit. Where necessary, EPA will develop these limits in
consultation with the State. Where there is a significant
likelihood of toxic effects to biota in the receiving water,
EPA and the States may impose permit limits on effluent tox-
icity and may require an NPDES permittee to conduct a toxicity
reduction evaluation. Where toxic effects are present but
there is a significant likelihood that compliance with tech-
nology-based requirements will sufficiently mitigate the effects,
-------
-2-
EPA and the States may require chemical and toxicity testing
after installation of treatment and may reopen the permit to
incorporate additional limitations if needed to meet water
quality standards. (Toxicity data, which are considered "new
information" in accordance with 40 CFR 122 .62( a) (2), could
constitute cause for permit modification where necessary.)
To carry out this policy, EPA Regional Administrators will
assure that each Region has the capability to conduct water
quality assessments using both biological and chemical methods
and provide technical assistance to the States.
BACKGROUND
The Clean Water Act establishes two principal bases for
effluent limitations. First, existing dischargers are required
to meet technology-based effluent limitations that reflect the
best controls available considering economic impacts. New source
dischargers must meet the best demonstrated technology-based
controls. Second, where necessary, additional requirements are
imposed to assure attainment and maintenance of water quality
standards established by the States and approved by EPA. In
establishing or reviewing NPDES permit limits,.EPA must ensure
that the limits will result in the attainment of water quality
standards and protect designated water uses, including an adequate
margin of safety.
For toxic and nonconventional pollutants it may be difficult
in some situations to determine attainment or nonattainment
of water quality standards and set appropriate limits because of
complex chemical interactions which affect the fate and ultimate
impact of toxic substances in the receiving water. In many
cases, all potentially toxic pollutants cannot be identified
by chemical methods. In such situations, it is more feasible to
examine the whole effluent toxicity and instream impacts using
biological methods rather than attempt to identify all toxic
pollutants, determine the effects of each pollutant individually,
and then attempt to assess their collective effect.
The scientific basis for using biological techniques has
advanced significantly in recent years. There is now a general
consensus that an evaluation of effluent toxicity, when
adequately related to instream conditions, can provide a valid
indication of receiving system impacts. This information can
be useful in developing regulatory requirements to protect
aquatic life, especially when data from toxicity testing are
analyzed in conjunction with chemical and ecological data.
Generic human health effects methods, such as the Ames mutegen-
icity test, and structure-activity relationship techniques are
showing promise and should be used to identify potential hazards.
However, pollutant-specific techniques are the best way to
evaluate and control human health hazards at this time.
-------
-3-
Biological testing of effluents is an important aspect of
the water quality-based approach for controlling toxic pol-
lutants. Effluent toxicity data in conjunction with other data
can be used to establish control priorities, assess compliance
with State water quality standards, and set permit limitations
to achieve those standards.* All States have water quality
standards which include narrative statements prohibiting the
discharge of toxic materials in toxic amounts. A few State stan-
dards have criteria more specific than narrative criteria (for
example, numerical criteria for specific toxic pollutants or a
toxicity criterion to achieve designated uses). In States where
numerical criteria are not specified, a judgment by the regula-
tory authority is required to set quantitative water quality-
based limits on chemicals and ;effluent toxicity'to assure compli-
ance with water quality standards.
APPLICATION
This policy applies to EPA and the States. The policy
addresses the use of chemical and biological methods for assuring
that effluent discharges are regulated in accordance with Federal
and State requirements. This policy was prepared, in part, in
response to concerns raised by litigants to the Consolidated
Permit Regulations (see 47 Federal Register 52079, November 18,
1982). Use of these methods for developing water quality
standards and trend monitoring are discussed elsewhere (see
48 Federal Register 51400, November 8, 1983 and Basic Water
Monitoring Program EPA-440/9-76-025). This policy is part of
EPA's water quality-based control program and does not supercede
other regulations, policy, and guidance regarding use attain-
ability, site-specific criteria modification, wasteload allocation,
and water quality management.
IMPLEMENTATION
State role-
The control of toxic substances to protect water quality
must be done in the context of the Federal-State partnership.
EPA will work cooperatively with the States in identifying
potential water quality standards violations, assembling relevant
1 Section 308 of the Act and corresponding State statutes
authorize EPA and the States to require of the owner/operator
any information reasonably required to determine permit limits
and to determine compliance with standards or permit limits.
Biological methods are specifically mentioned. Toxicity permit
limits are authorized under Section 301 and 402 and supported by
Section 101.
-------
-4-
data, developing appropriate testing requirements, determining
whether standards are being violated, and defining appropriate
permit limits.2
Integration of approaches-
The type of testing that is most appropriate for assessing
water quality impacts depends on the type of effluent and dis-
charge situation. EPA recommends that an integrated approach,
including both biological and chemical techniques, be used to
assess and control water quality. The principal advantages of
chemical-specific techniques are that (1) chemical analyses
are usually less expensive than biological measurements in
simple cases; (2) treatment systems are more easily designed to
meet chemical requirements than toxicity requirements; and (3)
human health hazards and bioaccumulative pollutants can best be
addressed at this time by chemical-specific analysis. The prin-
cipal advantages of biological techniques are that (1) the
effects of complex discharges of many known and unknown con-
stituents can be measured only by biological analyses; (2) bio-
availability of pollutants after discharge is best measured
by toxicity testing; and (3) pollutants for which there are
inadequate chemical analytical methods or criteria can be
addressed.
Pollutant-specific chemical analysis techniques should be
used where discharges contain a few, well-quantified pollutants
and the interactions and effects of the pollutants are known.
In addition, pollutant-specific techniques should be used where
health hazards are a concern or bioaccumulation is suspected.
Biological techniques should be used where effluents are complex
or where the combined effects of multiple discharges are of
concern. EPA recognizes that in many cases both types of
'analysis must be used.
Testing requirements-
Requirements for dischargers to collect information to
assess attainment or nonattainment of State water quality stan-
dards will be imposed only in selected cases where the potential
for nonattainment of water quality standards exists. Where
water quality problems are suspected but there is a strong in-
dication that complying with BCT/BAT will sufficiently mitigate
the impacts, EPA recommends that applicable permits include
testing requirements effective after BCT/BAT compliance and
reopener clauses allowing reevaluation of the discharge.
2 Under section 303 and 401 of the Act, States are given primary
responsibility for developing water quality standards and limits
to meet those standards. EPA's role is to review the State
standards and limits and develop revised or additional standards
or limits as needed to meet the requirements of the Act.
-------
-5-
The chemical, physical, and biological testing to be con-
ducted by individual dischargers should be determined on a case-
by-case basis. In making this determination, many factors must
be considered, including the degree of impact, the complexity
and variability of the discharge, the water body type and hydro-
logy, the potential for human health impact, the amount of existing
data, the level of certainty desired in the water quality assessment,
other sources of pollutants, and the ecology of the receiving
water. The specific data needed to measure the effect that a
discharger has on the receiving water will vary according to
these and other factors.
An assessment of water quality should, to the extent prac-
ticable, include other point and nonpoint sources of pollutants
if the sources may be contributing to the impacts. -Special
attention should be focused on Publicly 'Owned Treatment Works
(POTW's) with a significant contribution of industrial wastewater.
Recent studies have indicated that such POTW's are often signi-
ficant sources of toxic materials. When developing monitoring
requirements, interpreting data, and determining limitations,
permit engineers should work closely with water quality staff at.
both the State and Federal levels.
A discharger may be required to provide data upon request
under section 308 of the Act, or such a requirement may be
included in its NPDES permit. The development of a final assess-
ment may require several iterations of data collection. Where
potential problems are identified, EPA or the State may require
monitoring to determine whether more information is needed con-
cerning water quality effects.
Use of data-
Chemical, physical, and biological data will be used to
determine whether, after compliance with BCT/BAT requirements,
there will be violations of State water quality standards result-
ing from the discharge(s). The narrative prohibition of toxic
materials in toxic amounts contained in all State standards is
the basis for this determination taking into account the desig-
nated use ,for the receiving water. For example, discharges to
waters classified for propagation of cold water fish should be
evaluated in relation to acute and chronic effects on cold water
organisms, potential spawning areas, and effluent dispersion.
Setting permit limitations-
Where violations of water quality standards exist or are
projected, the State and EPA will determine pollution control
requirements that will attain the receiving water designated
use. Where effluent toxicity is an appropriate control para-
meter, permit limits on effluent toxicity should be developed.
In such cases, EPA may also require a permittee to conduct a
toxicity reduction evaluation. A toxicity reduction evaluation
is an investigation conducted within a plant or municipal system
-------
-6-
to isolate the sources of effluent toxicity, determine specific
causative pollutants if possible, and determine the effec-
tiveness of pollution control options in reducing the effluent
toxicity. If specific chemicals are identified as the cause of
the water quality standards violation, these individual pol-
lutants should be limited. If a toxicity reduction evaluation
demonstrates that limiting an indicator parameter will ensure
attainment of the water quality-based effluent toxicity require-
ment, limits on the indicator parameter should be considered in
lieu of limits on effluent toxicity. Such indicator limits are
not limits on causative pollutants but limits demonstrated to
result in a specific toxicity reduction.
Monitoring-
Where pollution control requirements are expressed in terms
of a chemical or toxicological parameter, compliance monitoring
must include monitoring for that parameter. If an indicator
parameter is used based on the results of a toxicity reduction
evaluation, periodic toxicity testing may be required to confirm
the adequacy of the indicator. Where biological data were used
to develop a water quality assessment or where the potential
for water quality standards violations exist, biological
monitoring (including instream monitoring) may be required to
ensure continuing compliance with water quality standards.
EPA believes that the intelligent application of an
integrated strategy using both biological, and chemical techniques
for water quality assessment will facilitate the development of
appropriate controls and the attainment of water quality
standards. EPA looks forward to working with the States in a
spirit of cooperation to further refine these techniques.
february 3, 1984
Date Jack E. Ravan
Assistant Administrator
for Water
-------
II.A.8.
"Continuance of NPDES General Permits under the APA", dated January 16,
1984.
-------
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WASHINGTON. D.C. 20460
*See Nunan Kitlutsisti v. Arco Alaska, Inc.
(D.C. Alaska, 1984), 592 F.S. 832, for a
discussion of this issue. The court held that
an expired general permit isoepicE OF not continued
under the APA; on appeal the WATER
^dacifl^fl was vacated, however.
JAN
MEMORANDUM •
•SUBJECT: Continuance of NPDES General Permits 'Under, the APA
FROM: •/ -Bruce-'»R. Barrett, Director "/j^-v^ C^"""**
Office of Water Enforcement and Permits (EN-335)
T0: Regional Water Management Division Directors
Regional Counsels
We have received a number of- inquiries as to whether
continuation of expired general permits is allowed under the
Administrative Procedure Act (APA) and the NPDES regulations'
> recent Office of General Counsel (OGC) opinion (attached)
ndicates that such continuance is legally permissible. However
cnere are important reasons for EPA not to rely on APA continu-
ance except in extreme cases where permit reissuance is delaved
for unexpected or unavoidable reasons. This memorandum add-esses
the general permit reissuance process in light of OGC's -ecen'-
review of the continuance issue.
SUMMARY
NPDES general permits may be continued under the APA '
where the Agency has failed to reissue the permit prior"to
expiration. Although continuance is legally permissible,
permits should be .continued only as a last resort.and continuance
snould be avoided.by timely'reissuance of general oermits
wherever possible. ' *
Because of the geographic scope of general permits and the
number of facilities covered, continuance could raise questions
as to whether EPA has adequately considered long-term cumulative
environmental impacts, exacerbate the permit issuance backlog,
and_create new issues or workload problems associated with new
facility permits since new facilities cannot be covered by a
rntinued permit. Continuance is generally avoidable given
equate planning. Where continuance is unavoidable, it should
^e for the .shortest possible time. Upon determining that a
general permit will-not .be reissued prior to expiration, the
-------
Regional Water Management Division Director should inform the
Permits Division Director and provide a specific schedule for
completing reissuance,
IMPLEMENTATION
.The following requirements govern the continuance of
general permits:
. o. Only those facilities authorized to discharge under •
the expiring general permit are covered by the
continued oennit. •
* . • •
o -Where the notification requirements of a general
permit provide permit coverage prior to the actual
commencement of operations at a site (e.g., mobile
seafood processors and oil and gas drilling vessels)
facilities providing such "notice prior to expiration
» are covered by the contimued permit. ' ' •
•
o At least six months prior to the expiration date of a
general permit, the Regional Water Management Division
Director should submit a draft general permit and a
schedule for permit issuance or reissuance to the
Permits Division Director. If a draft general permit
i-s. not-ready at that time, an explanation of the reasons -
for delay and a schedule for permit development and
reissuance, should be submitted instead. The Permits
Division Director will expedite permit issuance and
reissuance processes at headquarters as much as possible
and will inform upper management in the Office of
Water of any significant delays.
DISCUSSION . . . •
As with individual NPDES permits, it may become necessary
to administratively continue a general NPDES permit when re-
issuance of the permit or issuance of a new permit is impossible
before permit-expiration. • The APA allows for continuance of a
Federal license or permit when a permittee has made a timely
and complete application for a new permit. Until OGC's recent
review of the issue, OWE? had advised the Regional Offices
that general permits could not be continued under the APA
because the NPDES regulations do not require applications for
general permits. OWE? requested that OGC review and provide a
written opinion on this issue since a number of parties had
questioned our legal position. On November 17, 1983, OGC informed
OWE? that general permits can legally be continued under the
APA. "
-------
- 3 -
There are a number of strong policy and program reasons to
ure timely reissuance.rather than relying on APA continuance.
general permits cover several .dozens or even hundreds of
individual facilities. The large number of facilities covered
»nd the broad geographic coverage tend to focus industry and
public attention on Agency inaction when the permit is allowed
to expire, especially in the early stages of implementation of
the general permit program.
Many general permits -are controversial at the time of
initial permit issuance. Similar controversies can be antici-.
pated during re issuance. EPA cannqt allow the public to • '
perceive that we are avoiding these issues through administrative
continuance of expired permits. For example, cumulative en-
vironmental impact assessments hinge on the number and volume
of discharges. Information gathered during the term of. the
original permit may justify new permit.limitations, terms and
conditions at the time of reissuance. For marine dischargers,
determinations pursuant to §403(cj of the Clean Water Act are
usually dependent on the estimates of the number of facilities
that will discharge during the term of the permit. Delay in
updating these determinations raises questions about potential
•environmental impacts and the efficacy of permit conditions.-- .'
Sirailar issues arise where there have been new standards or
ftcluent limitation guidelines promulgated during .the course
the permit or changes in the CWA or applicable requirements
.ncer other applicable statutes (e.g., Coastal Zone Management
Act, Endangered Species Act).
Finally, a major goal of the general permit program is to
reduce the Agency's NPDES permit issuance backlog. Allowing
general permits to expire aggravates the backlog problems. In
addition, new dischargers would not be covered until SPA re-
issued the general permit. Since these facilities would be
liable for .discharge without a permit, they would likely request
an individual permit and be required to submit a full application
and do appropriate testing. This creates a permit issuance
workload demand that wquld be avoided by timely reissuance of
the general- permit, ,as well
-------
II.A.9.
Summaries of NPDES Permit Decisions by the Administrator and
Judicial Officer (Issued irregularly. For copies of summaries,
contact the PunuiLb Division, OWED, EK
v/ww .
lb <2 20005-
-------
n.A.io
Training Manual for NPDES Permit Writers, May 1986. Table of Contents Only, updated
December 1996.
-------
United States Office of Water
Environmental Protection Washington, DC
Agency
NPDES Permit Writers' Manual
December 1996
! i he statements in this document are intended soieiy as guidance, i his document is -ct ntenaed. nor can it be
! relied on, to create any rights enforceable by any party ir. iitigation with the United States. EPA =nc State
j officials may decide to follow the guidance provided in this document, or to act at variance with the guidance.
! based on an analysis of specific site circumstances. This guidance may be revised withc'jt cuciic notice to
l reflect changes in EPA's policy.
Office of Wastewater Management
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Washington, DC 20460
-------
"' "'-^ ^™~'"" "'- -^^^
Foreword
Since its establishment in the 1372 amendments to the Federal Water Pollution
Control Act, the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Program
has achieved significant reductions in pollutant discharges, which in turn has resulted
in tremendous improvement to the quality of our Nation's water resources. As we
move into the 21st century, the objective of the national program will not only be to
develop solutions which address remaining impacts to surface waters, but to do so in
ways that continue to improve the effectiveness of the NPDES Program and allow us
to measure environmental progress and results.
As EPA and States take steps to improve the NPDES Program and how it is
implemented, it is essential that all parties involved understand the fundamental basis
of the NPDES Program. The NPDES Permit Writers' Manual is principally designed to
help permit writers prepare legally defensible and enforceable NPDES permits. Its
purpose is to serve as a useful resource in providing the technical and legal
considerations which support the development of NPDES permits. However, the
manual is also intended to serve as a resource for others, including stakeholders and
the regulated community, interested in the NPDES permitting process. Only after
reaching some common level of understanding of the NPDES Program and the issues
surrounding the permitting process, can EPA, State permitting authorities, and
stakeholders develop optimal solutions to improve the quality of our surface water
resources. To that end, I would like to take this opportunity to highlight some of the
changes taking place within the NPDES Program:
Stakeholder Involvement and Public Participation—EPA is committed to
getting permittees and other interested parties involved at an early stage of
the permit development and decision making process. For example,
several NPDES authorities involve permittees and stakeholders in the
permit development phase before the public notice process. This early
involvement provides an opportunity for the permitting authorities,
permittees and stakeholders to identify errors, address questions and
develop optimal solutions.
Watershed Approach—The Watershed Approach is EPA's renewed
emphasis to address all stressors within a hydrologically defined drainage
basin instead of viewing individual pollutant sources in isolation of other
stressors. The watershed approach allows us to recognize that the health
of our water resources are the result of complex interactions of various
pollution sources, habitat conditions, flow and many other factors. EPA
believes that these problems are best addressed through the development
of watershed plans that integrate controls of point and nonpoint sources
and provide decision-makers with an opportunity to consider issues such as
-------
protection and restoration of habitats, drinking water sources, ground water
protection and other environmental and social objectives. EPA strongly
encourages innovative approaches that implement NPDES requirements in
ways that achieve greater environmental results at the least cost.
• Refining of Point Source Focus—As we place greater emphasis on
environmental results we realize that certain sources of pollution may
require increased national attention to achieve local watershed goals. EPA
is actively engaged with States, environmental groups and the regulated
community to. address pollution problems from wet weather sources (CSOs,
storm water and sanitary sewer overflows), mining operations, concentrated
animal feeding operations and other key point sources where substantial
pollution reduction may be possible. EPA is confident that involving
stakeholders in the development of solutions for these remaining sources of
pollution will provide optimal solutions.
• Burden Reduction—EPA is also pursuing regulatory reforms to eliminate
unnecessary regulations and to reduce administrative burdens. For
example, in June 1995, EPA promulgated a rule to eliminate obsolete rules.
In 1996, EPA finalized national guidance on ways to reduce reporting and
monitoring for permittees that have good historical compliance records.
As we move forward, we will continue to explore ways to promote watershed,
streamlining, and reinvention concepts discussed above to facilitate the continual
evolution and success of the NPDES Program. As such, this manual is expected to
be revised periodically to reflect improvements, regulatory changes, and policy
decisions. Thank you for using this permit writers' guide. We hope that it serves as a
valuable resource and tool for helping to achieve healthy water resources throughout
the Nation.
James F. Pendergas'
Acting Director
Permits Division
-------
List of Acronyms
Acronym
ACR
ANPRM
ASR
ASTM
BAT
BCT
BMP
BOD
BOD5
BPJ
BPT
CBOD
CERCLA
GERI
CFR
ChV
COD
CSO
CSS
CV
CWA
DMR
DO
DWO
EIS
ELG
EMM I
EPA
ESA
PDF
FR
FWS
QC/MS
ape
fc
Full Phrase
Acute-to-Chronic Ratio
Advanced Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
Alternative State Requirement
American Society for Testing and Materials
Best Available Technology Economically Achievable
Best Conventional Pollutant Control Technology
Best Management Practice
Biochemical Oxygen Demand
5-day BOD
Best Professional Judgment
Best Practicable Control Technology Currently Available
Carbonaceous BOD
Comprehensive Environmental Response. Ccmpensation and
Liabilities Act
Center for Environmental Research Information
Code of Federal Regulations
Chronic Value
Chemical Oxygen Demand
Combined Sewer Overflow
Combined Sewer System
Coefficient of Variation
Clean Water Act
Discharge Monitoring Report
Dissolved Oxygen
Dry Weather Overflow
Environmental Impact Statement
Effluent Limitations Guidelines
Environmental Monitoring Methods Index
Environmental Protection Agency
Endangered Species Act
Fundamentally Different Factor
Federal Register
Fish and Wildlife Service
Gas Chromatography
Gas Chromatography/Mass SpectrcsccDy
Gallons per Day
Inhibition Concentration
SERA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - A-1
-------
•-• -"•" V'- •VT-:T-^~;-M^^^
• • ••:' ' V:'?:-*.-. ^:.'v.^T/.-:Wi:iV>,;;^,^
Contents
Page
List of Acronyms A-1
Glossary of Terms G-1
Chapter 1—Introduction 1
1.1 History and Evolution of the NPDES Program 2
Chapter 2 —Regulatory Framework and Scope of the NPDES Program 7
2.1 Regulatory Framework of the NPDES Program 7
2.2 Scope of the NPDES Program 8
2.3 NPDES Program Areas 14
2.3.1 NPDES Program Areas Applicable to Municipal Sources 14
2.3.2 NPDES Program Areas Applicable to Industrial Sources 18
Chapter 3—Overview of the NPDES Permitting Process 21
3.1 Types of Permits 21
3.2 Major Components of a Permit 23
3.3 Overview of the Development/Issuance Process for NPDES Individual
Permits 23
3.4 Overview of the Development/Issuance Process for NPDES General
Permits 26
3.5 Roles and Responsibilities of the Federal and State Authorities 27
Chapter 4—The Permit Application Process 29
4.1 NPDES Permit Application Forms 29
4.1.1 Municipal Application Requirements
(Form A and Short Form A) 31
4.1.2 Non-Municipal Permit Application Requirements 32
4.1.3 Application Requirements for NPDES General Permits 36
4.2 Application Deadlines 36
4.3 Review of the Application 37
4.3.1 The Complete Application 39
4.3.2 Common Omissions and Errors in Applications 39
4.3.3 The Accurate Application 42
&EFA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - i
-------
4.4 Facility Information Review 43
4.4.1 Background Information Review 43
4.4.2 Facility Site Visits 45
4.5 Confidential Information 4~
Chapter 5—Technology-Based Effluent Limits ~=
5.1 Application of Technology-Based Effluent Limitations for Non-Municipal
Dischargers 50
5.1.1 Statutory and Regulatory Foundation 50
5.1.2 Development of National Effluent Limitations Guidelines and
Performance Standards 53
5.1.3 General Considerations Concerning the Use of Effluent
Limitation Guidelines 56
5.1.4 Best Professional Judgment Permit Limits 66
5.2 Application of Technology-Based Effluent Limitations for Municipal
Dischargers 75
5.2.1 Secondary Treatment 75
5.2.2 Equivalent-to-Secondary Treatment Definition 79
Chapter 6—Water Quality-Based Effluent Limits 87
6.1 Overview of Water Quality Standards 88
6.1.1 Components of Water Quality Standards 89
6.1.2 Establishing Water Quality Criteria 91
6.1.3 Future Directions for Water Quality Standards 93
6.2 Approaches to implementing Water Quality Standards 94
6.2.1 Chemical-Specific Approach 94
6.2.2 Whole Effluent Toxicity (WET) Approach 94
6.2.3 Biological Criteria or Biological Assessment Approach 98
6.3 Determining the Need for WQBELs 99
6.3.1 Defining "Reasonable Potential" to Exceed Applicable Criteria . 99
6.3.2 Determining Reasonable Potential With Effluent Monitoring
Data 101
6.3.3 Determining Reasonable Potential Without Effluent Monitoring
Data 103
6.4 Exposure Assessment and Wasteload Allocation 104
6.4.1 Total Maximum Daily Loads 104
6.4.2 Calculating Wasteload Allocations 106
6.4.3 Selecting a Water Quality Model 107
6.5 Permit Limit Derivation 111
6.5.1 Expression of Permit Limits 112
6.5.2 Limits Derived from Steady-State Model Outputs 112
6.5.3 Limits Derived from Dynamic Model Outputs 114
6.5.4 Special Considerations Permits Protecting Human Health ... 114
ii - &Eft NPDES Permit Writers' Manual
-------
Chapter 7—Monitoring and Reporting Conditions 115
7.1 Establishing Monitoring Conditions 116
7.1.1 Monitoring Location 117
7.1.2 Monitoring Frequency 119
7.1.3 Sample Collection Methods 122
7.1.4 Analytical Methods 125
7.1.5 Other Considerations in Establishing Monitoring Requirement . 127
7.1.6 Establishing Monitoring Conditions for Unique Discharges ... 129
7.2 Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements 134
Chapter 8—Special Conditions 137
8.1 General Types of Special Conditions 138
8.1.1 Special Studies and Additional Monitoring 138
8.1.2 Best Management Practices (BMPs) 141
8.1.3 Pollution Prevention 146
8.1.4 Compliance Schedules 148
8.2 Permit Conditions Addressing Storm Water Discharges Associated
With Industrial Activities 149
8.3 Special Conditions for Municipal Facilities 151
8.3.1 The National Pretreatment Program 151
8.3.2 Municipal Sewage Sludge 156
8.3.3 Combined Sewer Overflows (CSOs) 159
8.3.4 Sanitary Sewer Overflows 164
8.3.5 Municipal Separate Storm Sewer Systems (MS4) 164
Chapter 9—Standard Conditions of NPDES Permits 167
9.1 Types of Standard Conditions 168
9.2 Other Standard Conditions 170
Chapter 10—Variances to Permit Requirements and Other Regulatory
Considerations 171
10.1 Variances to Technology-Based Permit Requirements 171
10.1.1 Economic Variances 172
10.1.2 Variances Based on Localized Environmental Factors 173
10.1.3 Marine Discharge Variances 174
10.1.4 Fundamentally Different Factors Variances 175
10.1.5 Thermal Discharge Variances 175
10.1.6 Net Credits 176
10.2 Variances to Water Quality-Based Permit Requirements 176
10.2.1 Site-Specific Water Quality Criteria Modification 177
10.2.2 Designated Use Reclassification 177
10.2.3 Water Quality Standard Variance 177
NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - Hi
-------
10.3 Additional Programmatic Considerations and Requirements 178
10.3.1 Anti-Backsliding 178
10.3.2 Considerations for Other Federal Laws 185
Chapter 11—Administrative Process 191
11.1 Documentation For Development of the Draft Permit 192
11.1.1 Administrative Record 193
11.1.2 Fact Sheets and Statements of Basis 194
11.2 Items to Address Prior to Issuance of a Final Permit 197
11.2.1 Public Notice 198
11.2.2 Public Comments 199
11.2.3 Public Hearing • 201
11.2.4 State/Tribal Roles in Reviewing Draft Permit 202
11.2.5 Schedule for Final Permit Issuance 203
11.3 Administrative Actions After Final Permit Issuance 203
11.3.1 Permit Appeals 204
11.3.2 Permit Modification, Revocation, Termination, and Transfer .. 206
11.3.3 Termination of Permits 208
11.3.4 Transfer of Permits 209
Chapter 12—Permit Compliance and Enforcement 211
12.1 Overview 211
12.2 Compliance Monitoring 212
12.2.1 Compliance Review 212
12.2.2 Compliance Inspections 213
12.3 Quarterly Noncompliance Reports 214
12.4 Enforcement 216
12.5 Public Participation 218
12.6 Compliance Assistance and Voluntary Compliance Policies 218
Appendix A Index to NPDES Regulations
Appendix B Effluent Guidelines and Standards
Appendix C List of SIC Codes
Appendix D How to Obtain Additional EPA Documents
iv - offlA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual
-------
fggp^ST' '^y;.:r"'-":3:n^S;^;BH^^l^^^^^^^^£*:^^^^^r^^^^^^;;^^^^^^
List of Exhibits
Page
EXHIBIT 1-1 Organization of the Clean Water Act 4
EXHIBIT 2-1 Federal NPDES Regulations (40 CFR Part 122) 9
EXHIBIT 2-2 Sources of Discharge to Waters of the United States 11
EXHIBIT 2-3 NPDES Program Areas and Applicable Regulations 12
EXHIBIT 3-1 NPDES Permit Components 24
EXHIBIT 3-2 Major Steps Involved in Developing and Issuing an
Individual NPDES Permit 25
EXHIBIT 4-1 Applications Forms Required for NPDES Discharges . . 30
EXHIBIT 4-2 Permit Application Review 38
EXHIBIT 5-1 Statutory Deadlines for BPT, BAT, and BCT 53
EXHIBIT 5-2 Effluent Guidelines Flowchart 54
EXHIBIT 5-3 ELGs for Iron and Steel Manufacturing 57
EXHIBIT 5-4 OCPSF Effluent Limitations Guidelines 62
EXHIBIT 5-5 BPJ Permitting Tools 72
EXHIBIT 5-6 Secondary Treatment Standards 76
EXHIBIT 5-7 State-Specific ASRs 84
EXHIBIT 6-1 Components of an Integrated Approach to Water Quality-Based
Toxics Control 95
EXHIBIT 6-2 Basic Mass Balance Water Quality Equation 102
EXHIBIT 6-3 Components of a TMDL 105
EXHIBIT 7-1 Examples of Specifying Sampling Locations in Permits 120
EXHIBIT 7-2 Compositing Methods 126
EXHIBIT 7-3 Estimated Costs for Common Analytical Procedures 128
EXHIBIT 7-4 Minimum Requirements for Sewage Sludge Monitoring,
Based on Method of Sludge Use or Disposal 133
EXHIBIT 7-5 Discharge Monitoring Report (DMR) 135
EXHIBIT 8-1 Categories of CSO Permitting Conditions 162
EXHIBIT 8-2 Nine Minimum CSO Controls 163 .
EXHIBIT 8-3 Elements of the Long-Term CSO Controi Plan 163
NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - v
-------
EXHIBIT 10-1
EXHIBIT 11-1
EXHIBIT 11-2
EXHIBIT 11-3
EXHIBIT 11-4
EXHIBIT 11-5
EXHIBIT 11-6
EXHIBIT 11-7
EXHIBIT 11-8
Anti-Backsliding Rules Relating to Water Quality-Based Effluent
Limitations
NPDES Permitting Administrative Process . . '.
Elements of the Draft NPDES Permit Administrative Record . . .
Elements of the Administrative Records for a Final Permit
Required Contents of a Fact Sheet
Actions That Must Receive Public Notice
Contents of the Public Notice
Conditions Requiring Major Modification
Conditions Requiring Minor Modification
181
192
194
195
196
198
199
207
208
vi - SEW NPDES Permit Writers' Manual
-------
II.A.11,
"Policy Statement on Scope of Discharge Authorization and Shield
Associated with NPDES Permits", July 1, 1994.
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20480
. -'. V-.JUL:'- I-
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Policy Statement on-Scope of Discharge Authorization
and Shield Associated with NPDES Permits
FROM: Robert
Assistant Adminis€fa€or ffor Water
Steven A. Herman
Assistant Administrator for Enforcement
Jean C. Nelson
General 'Counsel
TO: Regional Administrators
Regional Counsels
Recently, questions have been raised regarding EPA's
interpretation of the scope of the "shield" associated with
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permits
under the Clean Water Act (CWA). Section 402(k) of the CWA —
the "shield" provision — provides that, compliance with an NPDES
permit shall be deemed compliance, for purposes of section 309
and 505 enforcement, with sections 301. 302, 306, 307 and 403 of
the CWA (except for any standard imposed under section 307 for
toxic pollutants injurious to human health). This policy
statement .describes EPA's position on the scope of the
authorization to discharge under an NPDES permit, and the shield
thus associated with the permit authorization.
As part of an application for an individual NPDES permit,
EPA requires that an applicant provide information on its
facility, in the; case of industrial permit applications, this
includes specific information about the presence and quantity of
a number of specific, pollutants in the facility's effluent, as
well as on all waste ' streams and operations contributing to the
facility's effluent: and the treatment the vastevater receives.
Applications for municipal discharges focus primarily on the
operation and treatment processes at the municipal treatment
works. See 40 C.F.R. 5 122.21.
••'"'. ' * '
Historically, EPA has viewed the permit, together with
material submitted during the application process and information
in the public record accompanying the permit, as important bases
-------
•••a--
for an authorization to discharge under section 402 of the CWA.
The availability of the section 402(k) shield is predicated upon
the issuance of an NFDES permit and a permittee's full compliance
with all applicable application requirements, any additional
information requests made by the permit authority and any
-applicable notification requirements. See 40 C.F.R. S$122.4l(l)
and 122.42 Also see, 45 Fed. £§£. 3 3 311-12," 33522^23 (May- 19,
' ^
• A permit provides authorization and therefore a shield for
the following pollutants resulting from facility processes, waste
streams and operations that have been clearly identified in the
permit application process when discharged from specif ied
outfalls: , .
\ ' .•'••'•
1) pollutants specifically limited in the permit or
- pollutants which the permit, fact sheet/ or
administrative record explicitly identify as controlled
: through indicator parameters;1 . • '• . , . ••
• . . *" ' " • " . ' ••
2) Pollutants f or vhic*. che permit authority has not
established limits or other permit conditions, but
which are specifically identified as present in
, facility discharges during the permit application
process; and • , . .
2) Pollutants not identified as present but which are
constituents of wastestreams, operations or processes
that were clearly identified during the permit
application process .z
With respect to subparts 2 and 3 of the permit authorization
described above, EPA recognizes . that a discharger may make
changes to its permitted facility (which contribute pollutants to
the effluent at -a permitted outfall) during the effective period
of the NPDES permit. Pollutants associated with these changes
(provided they are within the scope of the operations identified
in the permit application) are also authorized provided the :
discharger has complied in a timely manner with all applicable,
notification requirements (see 40 C.F.R. SS 122.41(1) and
122. 42 (a) & (b)) -and the permit does not otherwise limit or
prohibit such discharge**. ,
1 Of course, authorization is only provided to discharge
such pollutants within the limits and subject to the conditions
set forth in the t>ermit. ...
'3 The permit, of course, may explicitly prohibit or limit
the scope of such discharges.
-------
Notwithstanding any pollutants that nay be authorized
pursuant to subparts 1 and 2 above, an NPDES permit does not
authorise the discharge of any pollutants associated with
wastestreams, operations, or processes which existed at the time
of the permit application and which were not clearly identified
during the application process. .
General NPDES Permits .
Section 402 (k) also shields discharges of pollutants
authorized under a general permit. . EPA's position is that
general permits authorize the discharge of all pollutants within
the specified scope of a particular general .permit, subject to.
all pollutant limits, notification requirements and other
conditions within a particular general permit so long as the
permittee complies with all EPA application requirements for the
general permit... '•-_ , ... ;•',.. . . . •' . ' •_•- , ' ; .
EPA regulations provide. tjie circumstances for which
discharges may be authorized' .:er a general permit. See 40
C.F.R.: s 122. 28. 76 obtain autnorization to discharge under a
general permit (and consequently,. the protection of the shield),
in most cases, the prospective permittee must submit either a
written notice of .intent to be subject to the general permit or a:
permit application as appropriate.' General: permittees are also
subject to the notification provisions of 40 C.F.R. S$ 122.41 and
122.42. '• ' , . • • - .' . •_•-..-.•. ' '; •"
'' -'.' ' ' •-..'•••' '. -'•- • : . • Spills ' ;-. ' •-.'••" ' • ' r ;
While NPDES permits may authorize the discharge of
pollutants associated with intermittent flows, permits, do not
generally authorize the discharge .of pollutants associated with
spills. There may be limited circumstances where anticipated .
spills, are fully disclosed to EPA and considered during the
permitting process as documented in the public record consistent
with applicable NPDES regulations. In such circumstances, ,the,
discharge of pollutants from such spills would be authorized BO
long as the permit does not otherwise limit or prohibit such
discharges and such » spill does not violate any statutory or
regulatory provision. .
Finally, there also has been some question regarding the
relationship of t..e NPDES permit shield and the "federally
permitted release" exemption under the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCIA)
-------
EPA's position is that the scope of federally permitted releases
under CERCLA section 101(10)(A), (B) and (C) is currently defined
by the regulations at 40 C.F.R. § 117 12, which implement
language in section 311 of the CWA that is very similar to the
federally permitted release definitions. Thus, the Agency takes
the position that the NPDES permit shield outlined above in no
way expands the scope of the federally permitted releases under
CERCUU '.-'•.-. . ' .-•'.' . . .-•' '•.•./• .' .' • • .. •'
• •..'•'•'• ' • -. "• Hext Steps • /'• ". .; '; ' •''..-.
The Of f ice .of Water has established two regulatory
workgroups which are working on revisions to the NPDES permit
application regulations for municipal and industrial dischargers.
He want the regulations to ensure the applicant'has the
responsibility. to more fully characterize the nature of its
effluent, and the contributions of the effluent to the receiving
water. In .addressing this issue, we will review EPA's position
on the scope of the shield provided by S402(k). In addition, we
will consider changes to related NPDES permit regulations,
including whether to revise the requirements for: facilities to
notify EPA (or the State) of modifications to its operations or
processes; facilities to notify EPA (or the State) of changes in
the discharge; notification to the public of the nature of the
discharge limitations a permittee is held responsible for; • and
the use cf indicator pollutants. .
We encourage the Regions to actively participate in the
development of these updated regulations. The current schedule
calls for proposal of the changes to the municipal application .
requirements in 1994 an* -romulgation of .the revised regulations
in 1996. Our new schedule for .changes to the industrial
application requirements, for which there is more interest in
.permit shield issues, is proposal of the regulation, changes in FY
1995. • • ' ./.• ' '" ' '; • • :; '' ;.:•••.'••'..-
If you have any questions on these issues, please contact us
or have your staff contact, Cynthia Dougherty in the Off ice of
Water at 202 260-9545, David Hindin in the Office of Enforcement
at 202 501-6004, or Richard Witt in OGC at 202 260-7715.
cc: Elliott P. Laws
Regional Water Management Division Directors
QRC water Branch Chiefs
Lois schiffer, DOJ .
• . Joel cross/ DOJ ' : : '-• ' ..'•..'•'.. :-"••.'.'.,.'
-------
II. A. 12. "Incentives for Self-Policing: Disclosure, Correction and Prevention of
Violations", December 22, 1995.
-------
Friday -
December 22, 1995
Part III
Environmental
Protection Agency
Incentives for Self-Policing: Discovery,
Disclosure, Correction and Prevention of
Violations; Notice
-------
66706
Federal Register / Vol. 60, No. 246 / Friday, December 22. 1995 / Notices
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
AGENCY
IFRL-«400-1]
Incentives for Self-Policing: Discovery,
Disclosure, Correction and Prevention
of Violations
AGENCY: Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA)..
ACTON; Final Policy Statement
SUMMARY: The Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) today issues its final
policy to enhance protection of human
health and the environment by
encouraging regulated entities to
voluntarily discover, and disclose and
correct violations of environmental
requirements. Incentives include
eliminating or substantially reducing .
the gravity component of civil penalties
and not recommending cases for
criminal prosecution where specified
conditions are met. to those who
voluntarily self-disclose and promptly
correct violations. The policy also
restates EPA'a long-standing practice of
not requesting voluntary audit reports to
trigger enforcement investigations. This
policy was developed in close
consultation with the U.S. Department
of Justice, states, public interest group*
and the regulated community, and will
be applied uniformly by the Agency's
enforcement programs.
DATES: ThU policy is effective January
22.1996.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Additional documentation relating to
the development of this policy is
contained in the environmental auditing
public docket Documents from the
docket may be obtained by calling (202)
260-7548. requesting an index to docket
fC-94-oi. and faxing document
requests to (202) 260-4400. Hours of
operation are 8 a.m. to 5:30 poo..
Monday through Friday, «'
-------
Federal Register / Vol. 60. No. 246 / Friday. December 22. 1995 / Notices
66707
violations that an promptly disclosed
• and corrected, and which were
' discovered through voluntary audits or
compliance management systems that
demonstrate due diligence. To further
promote compliance, the policy reduces.
gravity-based penalties by 75% for any
violation voluntarily discovered and
promptly disclosed and corrected, even
if not found through an audit or
compliance management system.
• EPA's enforcement program provides
a strong incentive for responsible
• behavior by imposing stiff sanctions for
noncompliance. Enforcement has
contributed to the dramatic expansion
of environmental auditing measured in
numerous recent surveys. For example.
more than'90% of the corporate
respondents to a 1995 Price-Waterhouse
survey who conduct audits said that one
of the reasons they did so was to find
and correct violations before they were
found by government inspectors. (A
' copy of the Price-Waterhouse survey is
contained in the Docket as document
Vm-A-76.)
At the same time, because government
resources are limited, maximum
compliance cannot be achieved without
active efforts by the regulated
community to police themselves. More
than half of the respondents to the same
1995 Price-Waterhouse survey said that
they would expand environmental
auditing in exchange for reduced
penalties for violations discovered and
corrected. While many companies
already audit or have compliance .
management programs. EPA believes
that the incentives offered in this policy
will improve the frequency and quality
of these self-monitoring efforts.
D. Incentives for Self-Policing
Section C of EPA's policy identifies
the major incentives that EPA will
provide to encourage self-policing, self-
disclosure, and prompt self-correction.
These include not seeking gravity-based
civil penalties or redurcig them by
75%. declining to recommend criminal
prosecution for regulated entities that
self-police, and refraining from routine
requests for audits. (As noted in Section
C of the policy. EPA has refrained from
making routine requests for audit
reports since issuance of its 1986 policy
on environmental auditing.) .
-1. Eliminating Gravity-Based Penalties
Under Section C(l) of the policy. EPA
will not seek gravity-based penalties for
violations found through auditing that
are promptly disclosed and corrected.
Gravity-based penalties will also be
waived for violations found through any
documented procedure for self-policing.
where the company can show that it has
a compliance management program that
meets the criteria for due diligence in
Section B of the policy.
Gravity-based penalties (defined in
Section B-of the policy) generally reflect
the seriousness of the violator's
behavior. EPA has elected to waive such
penalties for violations discovered
through due diligence or environmental
audits, recognizing that these voluntary
efforts play a critical role in protecting
human health and the environment by
identifying, correcting and ultimately
preventing violations. All of the
conditions set forth in Section 0. which
include prompt disclosure and
expeditious correction, must be satisfied
for gravity-based penalties to be waived.
As in the interim policy. EPA reserves
the right to collect any economic benefit
that may have been realized as a result
of noncompliance. even where
companies meet all other conditions of
the policy. Economic benefit may be
waived, however, where the Agency
determines that it is insignificant
After considering public comment.
EPA has decided to retain the discretion
to recover economic benefit for two
reasons. First, it provides an incentive
to comply on time. Taxpayers expect to
pay interest or a penalty fee if their tax
payments are late: the same principle
should apply to corporations that have
delayed their investment in compliance.
Second, it is fair because it protects
responsible companies from being
undercut by their noncompiying
competitors, thereby preserving a level
playing field. The concept of recovering
economic benefit was supported in
public comments by many stakeholders.
including industry representatives (see.
e.g.. Docket. D-F-39.Q-F-28. and D-F-
18). '.-..-
2.75% Reduction of Gravity
The policy appropriately limits the
complete waiver of gravity-based dvil
penalties to companies that meet the
higher standard of environmental
auditing or systematic compliance
management However, to provide
additional encouragement for the kind
of self-policing that benefits the public,
gravity-based penalties will be reduced
by 75% for • violation that is
voluntarily discovered, promptly
disclosed and expeditiously corrected.
even if it was not found through an
environmental audit and the company
cannot document due diligence. EPA
expects that this will encourage
companies to come forward and work
with the Agency to resolve
environmental problems and begin to
develop an effective compliance
management program.
Gravity-based penalties will be
reduced 75% only where the company
meets all conditions in Sections 0(2)
through D(9). EPA has eliminated
language from the interim policy
indicating that penalties may be
reduced "up to" 75% where "most"
conditions are met. because the Agency
believes that all of the conditions in
D(2) through D(9) are reasonable and
essential to achieving compliance. This
change also responds to requests for
greater clarity and predictability.
3. No Recommendations for Criminal
Prosecution
EPA has never recommended criminal
prosecution of a regulated entity based
on voluntary disclosure of violations
discovered through audits and disclosed
to the government before an
investigation was already under way.
Thus. EPA will not recommend criminal
prosecution for a regulated entity that
uncovers violations through
environmental audits or due diligence.
promptly discloses and expeditiously
corrects those violations, and meets all
other conditions of Section D of the
policy.
This policy is limited to good actors.
and therefore has important limitations.
It will not apply, for example, where
corporate officials are consciously
involved in or willfully blind to
violations, or conceal or condone
noncompliance. Since the regulated
entity must satisfy all of the conditions
of Section D of the policy, violations
that caused serious harm or which may
pose imminent and substantial
endangerment to human health or the
environment are not covered by this
policy. Finally. EPA reserves the right to
recommend prosecution for the criminal
conduct-of any culpable individual.
. Even where all of the conditions of
this policy are not met however, it is
•important to remember that EPA may
decline to recommend prosecution of a
company or individual for many other
reasons under other-Agency
enforcement policies. For example, the
Agency may decline to recommend
prosecution where there is" no
significant harm or culpability and the
individual or corporate defendant has
cooperated fully:
Where a company has met the
conditions for avoiding a
recommendation for criminal
prosecution under this policy, it will .
not face any civil liability for gravity-
based penalties. That is because the
same conditions for discovery.
disclosure, and correction apply in both
cases. This represents a clarification of
the interim policy, not a substantive
change.
-------
66708
Federal Register / Vol. 60. No. 246 / Friday. December 22. 1995 / Notices
4. No Routing Requests for Audits
EPA is reaffirming its policy, in effect
since 1986. to refrain from routine
requests for audits. Eighteen months of
public testimony and debate have
produced no evidence that the Agency
has deviated, or should deviate, from
this policy.
If the Agency has independent
evidence of a violation, it may seek
information needed to establish the
extent and nature of the problem and
the degree of culpability. In general.
however, an audit which results in
prompt correction clearly will reduce
liability, not expand it Furthermore, a
review of the criminal .docket did not
reveal a single criminal prosecution for
violations discovered as a result of an
audit salMisclosed to the government.
£ Conditions
Section D describes the nine
conditions that a regulated entity must
meet in order for the Agency not to seek
(or to reduce) gravity-based penalties
under the policy. As explained in the
Summary above, regulated entities that
meet all nine conditions will not face
gravity-based civil penalties, and will
generally not have to fear criminal
prosecution. Where the regulated entity
meets all of the conditions except the
Gnt (DID). EPA will reduce gravity-
based penalties by 75%..
1. Discovery of the Violation Through
an Environmental Audit or Due
Diligence.
Under Section D(l). the violation
must have been discovered through.
either (a) an environmental audit that is
systematic objective, and periodic as
defined in the 1986 audit policy, or (b)
a documented, systematic procedure or
practice which reflects the regulated
entity's due diligence in preventing.
detecting, and correcting violations. The
interim policy provided full credit for
any violation found through "voluntary '
self-evaluation.** even if the evaluation
did not constitute an audit In order to
receive full credit under the final policy.
any self-evaluation that is not an audit
must be pan of a "due diligence" •
program. Both "environmental audit" .
and "due diligence" are defined in
Section B of the policy.
Where the violation is discovered
through a "systematic procedure or
practice" which is not an audit, the
regulated entity will be asked to
document how its program reflects the
criteria for due diligence as defined in
Section B of the policy. These criteria.
which are adapted from existing codes
of practice such as the 1991 Criminal .
Sentencing Guidelines, were fully
discussed during the ABA dialogue. The
criteria are flexible enough to
accommodate different types and sizes
of businesses. The Agency recognizes
that a variety of compliance
management programs may develop
under the due diligence criteria, and
will use its review under this policy to
determine whether basic criteria have
been met
Compliance management programs
which train and motivate production
staff to prevent, detect and correct
violations on a daily basis are a valuable
complement to periodic auditing. The
policy is responsive to
recommendations received during
public comment and from the ABA
dialogue to give compliance
management efforts which meet the
criteria for due diligence the same
penalty reduction offend for
environmental audits. (See. e.g.. D-F-
39. H-E-18. and D-C-18 in the Docket)
. EPA may require as a condition of
penalty mitigation that a description of
the regulated entity's due diligence
efforts be made publicly available. The
Agency added this provision in
response to suggestions from
environmental groups, and believes that
the availability of such information will
allow the public to judge the adequacy
Ot COQlDUft&GO DlaVUfl0S&0&l VYSvlCDS*
. lead to enhanced compliance, and foster
greater public trust-in the integrity of
compliance management systems.
2. Voluntary Discovery and Prompt
Disclosure
Under Section 1X2) of the final policy.
the violation must have bean identified
voluntarily, and not through a
monitoring, sampling, or auditing
procedure that is required by statute.
regulation, permit, judicial or
administrative order, or consent
agreement Section D(4) requires that
disclosure of the violation be prompt
and in writing. To avoid confusion and '
respond to state requests for greater
clarity, disclosures under this policy
should be made to EPA. The Agency
will work closely with states in
implementing the policy.
The requirement that discovery of .the
violation be voluntary is consistent with
proposed federal and state bills which
would reward those discoveries that the
regulated entity can legitimately
attribute to its own voluntary efforts.
The policy gives three specific
examples of discovery that would not be
voluntary, and therefore would not be
eligible for penalty mitigation:
emissions violations detected through a
required continuous emissions monitor.
violations of NPDES discharge limits
found through prescribed monitoring.
and violations discovered through a
compliance audit required to be
performed by the terms of a consent
order or settlement agreement.
The final policy generally applies to
any violation that is voluntarily
discovered, regardless of whether the
violation is required to be reported. This
definition responds to comments
pointing out that reporting requirements
are extensive, and that excluding them
from the policy's scope would severely
limit the incentive for self-policing (see.
«.£., n-C-48 in the Docket).
The Agency wishes to emphasize that
the integrity of federal environmental
law depends upon timely and accurate
reporting. The public relies on timely
and accurate reports from the regulated
community, not only to measure
corapliance.but to evaluate health or
environmental risk and gauge progress
in reducing pollutant loadings. EPA .
expects the policy to encourage the kind
of vigorous self-policing that will serve
these objectives, and not to provide an
excuse for delayed reporting. Where
violations of reporting requirements are
voluntarily discovered, they must be
promptly reported (as discussed below).
Where a failure to report results in
imminent and substantial endangerment
or serious harm, that violation is not
covered under this policy (see
Condition 0(8)). The policy also
requires the regulated entity to prevent
recurrence of the violation, to ensure
that noncompliance .with reporting
requirements is not repeated. EPA will
closely scrutinize the effect of the policy
in furthering the public interest in
timely and accurate reports from the
regulated community.
Under Section D(4). disclosure of the
violation should be made within 10.
days of its discovery, and in writing to
EPA. Where a statute or regulation
requires reporting be made in less than
10 days, disclosure should be made
within the time limit established by law.
Where reporting within ten days is not
practical because the violation is
complex and compliance cannot be
determined within that period, the
Agency may accept later disclosures if
the circumstances do not present a
serious threat and the regulated entity
meets its burden of showing that the
additional time was needed to
determine compliance status.
This condition recognizes that it is
critical for EPA to get timely reporting
of violations in order that it might have
clear notice of the violations and the
opportunity to respond if necessary, as
well as an accurate picture of a given
facility's compliance record. Prompt
disclosure is also evidence of the
regulated entity's good faith in wanting
-------
Federal Register /Vol. 60. No. 246 / Friday. December 22. 1995 / Notices
66709
to achieve or return to compliance as
soon as possible.
In the final policy, the Agency has
added'the words, "or may have
occurred." to the sentence. "The
regulated entity fully discloses that a •
specific violation has occurred, or may
have occurred * • '." This change.''
which was made in response to
comments received, clarifies that where
an entity has some doubt about the
existence of a violation, the
recommended course is for it to disclose
and allow the regulatory authorities to
make a definitive determination.
In general, the Freedom of
Information Act will govern the
Agency's release of disclosures made
pursuant to this policy. EPA will.
independently of FOIA. make publicly
available any compliance agreements
reached under the policy (see Section H
of the policy), as well is descriptions of
due diligence programs submitted under
Section 0.1 of the Policy. Any material
claimed to be Confidential Business
Information will be treated in
accordance with EPA regulations at 40
CF.R. Part 2.
3. Discovery and Disclosure
Independent of Government or Third
Party Plaintiff
Under Section EK3). in order to be
'•voluntary", the violation must be
identified and disclosed by the
regulated entity prior to: the
commencement of a federal state or
local agency inspection, investigation.
or information request: notice of a
citizen suit: legal complaint by a third
party: the reporting of the violation to
EPA by a "whistleblower" employee:
and imminent discovery of the violation
by a regulatory agency.
'This condition means that regulated
entities must have taken the initiative to
find violations and promptly report
them, rather than reacting to knowledge
of a pending enforcement action or
third-party complaint This concept was
reflected in the interim policy and in
federal and state penalty immunity laws
and did not prove controversial in the
public comment process.
4. Correction and Remediation
Section 0(5) ensures that, in order to
receive the penalty mitigation benefits
available under the policy, the regulated
entity not only voluntarily discovers
and promptly discloses a violation, but
expeditiously corrects it. remedies any
harm caused by that violation
(including responding to any spiil and
carrying out any removal or remedial
action required by law), and
expeditiously certifies in writing to
appropriate state, local and EPA
authorities that violations have been
corrected. It also enables EPA to ensure
that the regulated entity will be publicly
accountable for its commitments
through binding written agreements.
orders or consent decrees where
necessary.
The final policy requires the violation
to be corrected within 60 days, or that
the regulated entity provide written
notice where violations may take longer
to correct EPA recognizes that some
violations can and should be corrected
immediately, while others (e.g., where
capital expenditures are involved), may
take longer than 60 days to correct In
ail cases, the regulated entity will be
expected to do its utmost to achieve or
return to compliance as expeditiously as
possible.
Where correction of the violation
depends upon issuance of a permit
which has been applied for but not
issued by federal or state authorities, the
Agency will, where appropriate, make
reasonable efforts to secure timely
review of the permit
5. Prevent Recurrence
Under Section 0(6). the regulated
entity must agree to take steps to
prevent a recurrence of the violation.
including but not limited to
improvements to its environmental
auditing or due diligence efforts. The
final policy makes dear that the
preventive steps may indude
improvements to a regulated entity's
environmental auditing or due diligence
efforts to prevent recurrence of the
violation.
In the interim policy, the Agency
required that the entity implement
appropriate measures to prevent a
recurrence of the violation, a
requirement that operates prospectively.
However, a separata condition in the '
interim policy also required that the
violation not indicate "a failure to take
appropriate steps to avoid repeat or
recurring violations"—* requirement
that operates retrospectively. In the
interest of both clarity and fairness, the
Agency has dedded for purposes of this
condition to keep the focus prospective
and thus to require only that steps be
taken to prevent recurrence of the •
violation after it has been disclosed.
6. No Repeat Violations
In response to requests from
commenters (see. e.g.. Q-F-39 and B-G-
18 in the Docket). EPA has established
"bright lines" to determine when
previous violations will bar a regulated
entity from obtaining relief under this
policy. These will help protect the
public and responsible companies by
ensuring that penalties are not waived
for repeat offenders. Under condition
D(7). the same or closely-related
violation must not have'occurred
previously within the past three years at
the same facility, or be pan of a pattern
of violations on the regulated entity's
part over the past five years. This "
provides companies with a continuing
incentive to prevent violations, without
being unfair to regulated entities
responsible for managing-hundreds of
facilities. It would be unreasonable to
provide unlimited amnesty for repeated
violations of the same requirement.
The term "violation" includes any
violation subject to a federal or state
civil judicial or administrative order.'
consent agreement, conviction or plea
agreement. Recognizing that minor
violations are sometimes settled without
a formal action in court, the term also
covers any act or omission for which the
regulated entity has received a penalty
reduction in the past Together, these
conditions identify situations in which
the regulated community has had dear
notice of its noncompliance and an
opportunity to correct
7. Other Violations Excluded
Section 0(8) makes clear that penalty
reductions are not available under this
policy for violations that resulted in
serious actual harm or which may have
presented an imminent and substantial
endtngerment to public health or the
environment Such events indicate a
serious failure (or absence) of a self-
policing program, which should be
designed to prevent such risks, and it
would seriously undermine deterrence
to waive penalties for such violations.
These exceptions are responsive to
suggestions from public interest
organizations, as well as other
commenters. (See. e.g.. n-F-39 and H-
C-18 in the Docket)
The final policy also excludes penalty
reductions for violations of the specific
terms of any order, consent agreement
or plea agreement (See. D-E-60 in the
Docket) Once a consent agreement has
been negotiated, there is little incentive
to comply if there are no sanctions for
violating its specific requirements. The
exclusion in this section applies to
violations of the terms of any response.
removal or remedial action covered by
a written agreement
8. Cooperation
Under Section 0(9). the regulated
entity must cooperate as required by
EPA and provide information necessary
to determine the applicability of the
policy. This condition is largely
unchanged from the interim policy. In
the final policy, however, the Agency
has added that "cooperation" includes
-------
66710
Federal Register / Vol. 60. No. 246 / Friday. December 22. 1995 / Notices
assistance in determining the facts of
any related violations suggested by the
disclosure, as well as of the disclosed
violation itself. This was added to allow,
the agency to obtain information about
any violations indicated by the
disclosure, even where the violation is
not initially identified by the regulated
entity.
F. Opposition to Privilege
The Agency remains firmly opposed
to the establishment of a statutory
evidentiary privilege for environmental
audits for the following reasons: .
1. Privilege, by definition, invites
secrecy, instead of the openness needed
to build public trust in industry's ability
to self-police, American law reflects the
high value that the public places on fair
access to the facts. The Supreme Court.
for example, has said of privileges that.
"(wlhatever their origins, these
exceptions to the demand for every
man's evidence are not lightly created
nor expansively construed, for they are
in derogation of the search for truth."
United States v. Niton. 418 U.S. 683
(1974). Federal courts have
unanimously refused to recognize a
privilege for environmental audits in the
context of government investigations.
See. e.&. United States v. Dexter. 132
F.RJD. 8.9-10 (D.Conn. 1990)
(application of a privilege "would
effectively impede (EPA'sl ability to
enforce the dean Water Act. and would
be contrary to stated public policy.")
2. Eighteen months have failed to
produce any evidence that a privilege is
needed. Public testimony on the interim
policy confirmed that EPA rarely uses
audit reports as evidence. Furthermore.
surveys demonstrate that environmental
auditing has expanded rapidly over the
past decade without the stimulus of a
privilege. Most recently, the 1995 Price
Waterhouse survey found that those few
large or mid-sized companies that do
not audit generally do not perceive any
need to; concern about confidentiality
ranked as one of the least important
factors in their decisions.
• 3. A privilege would invite
defendants to claim as "audit" material
almost any evidence the government
needed to establish a violation or
determine who was responsible. For
example, most audit privilege bills
under consideration in federal and state
legislatures would arguably protect
factual information—such as health
studies or contaminated sediment
data—and not fust the'conclusions of
the auditors. While the government
might have access to required
monitoring data under the law. as some
industry commenters have suggested, a
privilege of that nature would cloak
underlying facts needed to determine
whether such data were accurate..
4. An audit privilege would breed
litigation, as both parties struggled to
determine what material fell >'ithin its
scope. The problem is compounded by
the lack of any dear national standard
for audits. The "in camera" (i.e.. non-
public) proceedings used to resolve
these disputes under some statutory
schemes would result in a series of
time-consuming, expensive mini-trials.
5. The Agency's policy eliminates the
need for any privilege as against the
government, by reducing civil penalties
and criminal liability for those
companies that audit, difclov and
correct violations. The 1995 Price
Waterhouse survey indicated that
companies would expand their auditing
programs in exchange for the kind of
incentives that EPA provides in its
policy.
6. Finally, audit privileges an
strongly opposed by the law
enforcement community, including the
National District Attorneys Association.
as well as by public interest groups.
(See. e.g.. Docket. B-C-21. D-C-28. D-
C-52. IV-G-10. n-G-25. n-C-33. n-C-
52. D-C-W. and H-G-13 through fl-G-
-24.)
C. Effect on States
The final policy reflects EPA's desire
to develop fair and effective incentives
for ulf-polidng that will have practical
value to states that share responsibility
for enforcing federal environmental
laws. To that end. the Agency has
consulted closely with state officials in
developing this policy, through a series
of special meetings and conference ceils
in addition to the extensive opportunity
for public comment As a result EPA
believes its final policy is grounded in
common-sense principles that should
prove useful in the development of state
programs and policies.
As always, states are encouraged to
experiment with different approaches
that do not jeopardize the fundamental
national interest in assuring that
violations of federal law do not threaten
the public health or the environment or
make it profitable not to comply. The
Agency remains opposed to state
legislation that does not include these
basic protections, and reserves its right
to bring independent action against
regulated entities for violations of
federal law that threaten human health
or the environment reflect criminal
conduct or repeated noncompliance. or
allow one company to make a
substantial profit at the expense of its
law-abiding competitors. When a state
has obtained appropriate sanctions .
needed to deter such misconduct, there
is no need for EPA action. . {
H. Scope of Policy
EPA has developed this document as
a policy to guide settlement actions.
EPA employees will be expected to
follow this policy, and the Agency will
take steps to assure national consistency
in application. For example, the Agency
will make public any compliance
agreements reached under this policy.
in order to provide the regulated
community with fair notice of decisions
and greater accountability to affected
communities. Many in the regulated
community recommended that the
Agency convert the policy into a
regulation because they felt it might
ensure greater consistency and
predictability; While EPA is taking steps
to ensure consistency and predictability
and believes that it will be successful.
the Agency will consider this issue and
will provide notice if it determines that
a rulemaking is appropriate.
IL Statement of Policy: Incentives for
Self-Policiiig
Discovery. Disclosure, Correction and
Prevention
A. Purpose
This policy is designed to enhance
protection of human health and the
environment by encouraging regulated
entities to voluntarily discover, disclose
correct and prevent violations of federal
environmental requirements.
B. Definitions
For purposes of this, policy, the
following definitions apply:
"Environmental Audit" has the
definition given to it in EPA's 1986
audit policy on environmental auditing.
i.e.. "a systematic, documented.
periodic and objective review by
regulated entities of facility operations
and practices related to meeting
environmental requirements."
"Due Diligence" encompasses the
regulated entity's systematic efforts.
appropriate to the size and nature ofte
business* to prevent detect and correct
violations through all of the following:
. (a) Compliance policies, standards
and procedures that identify how
employees and agents an to meet the
requirements of laws, regulations.
permits and other sources of authority
for environmental requirements;
(b) Assignment of overall
responsibility for overseeing compliant
with policies, standards, and |
procedures, and assignment of speei'*
responsibility for assuring computes
at each facility or operation:
-------
Federal Register / Vol. 60. No. 246 / Friday. December 22. 1995 /Notices
667
(c) Mechanisms for systematically
assuring that compliance policies.
standards and procedures are being
carried out. including monitoring and
auditing systems reasonably designed.to
detect and correct violations, periodic
evaluation of the overall performance of
the compliance management system.
and a means for employees or agents to
report violations of environmental
requirements without fear of retaliation:
(d) Efforts to communicate effectively
the regulated entity's standards and
procedures to all employees and other
agents; ,
(e) Appropriate incentives to
managers and employees to perform in
accordance with the compliance
policies, standards and procedures.
including consistent enforcement
through appropriate disciplinary
mechanisms: and
(fl Procedures for the prompt and
appropriate correction of any violations.
and any necessary modifications to the
regulated entity's program to prevent
future violations.
"Environmental audit report" means
the analysis, conclusions, and
recommendations resulting from an
environmental audit, but does not
include data obtained in. or testimonial
evidence concerning, the environmental
audit.
"Gravity-based penalties'* an that
portion of a penalty over and above the
economic benefit., i.e.. the punitive
portion of the penalty, rather than that
portion representing a defendant's
economic gain from non-compliance.
(For further discussion of this concept.
see "A Framework for Statute-Specific •
Approaches to Penalty Assessments".
•GM-22.1980. U.S. EPA General
Enforcement Policy Compendium).
"Regulated entity" means any entity.
including a federal, state or municipal
agency or facility, regulated under
federal environmental laws.
C. Incentives for Self-Policing
l. No Gravity-Based Penalties
Where the regulated entity establishes
that it satisfies all of the conditions of
Section D of the policy. EPA will not
seek gravity-based penalties for
violations of federal environmental
requirements.
2. Reduction of Gravity-Based Penalties
by 75%
EPA will reduce gravity-based
penalties for violations of federal
environmental requirements by 75.% so
long as the regulated entity-satisfies all
of the conditions of Section D(2)
through D(9) below.
3. No Criminal Recommendations
(a) EPA will not recommend to the
Department of Justice or other
prosecuting authority that criminal
charges be brought against a regulated
entity where EPA determines that all of
the conditions in Section D are satisfied.
so long as the violation does not
demonstrate or involve: "
(i) a prevalent management
philosophy or practice that concealed or
condoned environmental violations: or
(ii) high-level corporate officials' or
managers' conscious involvement in. or
willful blindness to. the violations.
(b) Whether or not EPA refers the
regulated entity for criminal prosecution
under this section, the Agency reserves
the right to recommend prosecution for
the criminal acts of individual managers
or employees under existing policies
guiding the exercise of enforcement
discretion.
4. No Routine Request for Audits
EPA will not request or use an
environmental audit report to initiate a
civil or criminal'investigation of the
entity. For example. EPA will not
request an environmental audit report in
routine inspections. If the Agency has
independent reason to believe that a
violation has occurred, however. EPA
may seek any information relevant to
identifying violations or determining
liability or extent of harm.
D. Conditions
1. Systematic Discovery
The violation was discovered through:
(a) an environmental audit: or
(b) an objective, documented.
systematic procedure or practice
reflecting the regulated entity's due
diligence in preventing, detecting, and
correcting violations. The regulated
entity must provide accurate and
complete documentation to the Agency
as to how it exercises due diligence to
prevent detect and correct violations
according to the criteria for due
diligence outlined in Section B. EPA
may require as a condition of penalty
mitigation that a description of the
regulated entity's due diligence efforts
be made publicly available.
2. Voluntary Discovery
The violation was identified
voluntarily, and not through a legally
mandated monitoring or sampling
requirement prescribed by statute.
regulation, permit, judicial or
administrative order, or consent
agreement. For example, the policy does
not apply to:
(a) emissions violations detected
through a continuous emissions monitor
(or alternative monitor established in
permit) where any such monitoring i:
required:
(b) violations of National Pollutant
Discharge Elimination System (NPDE
discharge limits detected through
required sampling or monitoring:
(c) violations discovered through a
compliance audit required to be
performed by the terms of a consent
order or settlement agreement.
3. Prompt Disclosure
The regulated entity fully discloses
specific violation within 10 days (or
such shorter period provided by law)
after it has discovered that the violatu
has occurred, or may have occurred, i
writing to EPA:
4. Discovery and Disclosure
Independent of Government or Third
Party Plaintiff . '
The violation must also be identifie
and disclosed by the regulated entity
prior to:
(a) the commencement of a federal.
state or local agency inspection or
investigation, or the issuance by such
agency of an information request to th
regulated entity: .
(b) notice of a citizen suit:
(c) the filing of a complaint by a thii
(d) the reporting of the violation to
EPA (or other government agency) by
"whistleblower" employee, rather tha
by one authorized to speak on behalf c
the regulated entity: or
(e) imminent discovery of the
' violation by a regulatory agency:
5. Correction and Remediation
The regulated entity corrects the
violation within 60 days, certifies in
writing that violations have been
corrected, and takes appropriate
measures as determined by EPA to
remedy any environmental or human
harm due to the violation. If more thai
60 days will be needed to correct the
vioUtion(s). the regulated entity must
notify EPA in writing before the 60-da
period has passed. Where appropriate.
EPA may require that to satisfy
conditions 5 and 6. a regulated entity
enter into a publidy available written
agreement, administrative consent ord
or judicial consent decree, particular!)
where compliance or remedial measui
are complex or a lengthy schedule for
attaining and maintaining compliance
or remediating harm is required:
6. Prevent Recurrence
The regulated entity agrees in writir.
to take steps to prevent a recurrence ol
the violation, which may include
improvements (o its environmental
auditing or due diligence efforts:
-------
€6712
Federal Register / Vol. 60. No. 246 /Friday. December 22* 1995 /Notices
7. No Repeat Violations
The specific violation (or closely .
related violation) has not occurred
previously within the past three years at
the same facility, or is not part of a
pattern of federal, state or local
violations by the facility's parent .
organization (if any), which have
occurred within the past five yean. For
the purposes of this section, a violation
is:
(a) any violation of federal, state or
local environmental law identified in a
judicial or administrative order, content
agreement or order, complaint, or notice
of violation, conviction or plea ,
agreement: or
(b) any act or omission for which the
regulated entity has previously received
penalty mitigation from EPA or a state
or local agency.
8. Other Violations Excluded
The violation is not one which (i)
resulted in serious actual barm, or may
have presented an imminent and
substantial endangerment to. human
health or the environment, or (ii)
violates the specific terms of any
judicial or administrative order, or
consent agreement.
9. .Cooperation
The regulated entity cooperates as
requested by EPA and provides such
information as is necessary and
requested by EPA to determine
applicability of this policy. Cooperation
includes, at a minimum., providing all
requested documents and access to .
employees and assistance in
investigating the violation, any
noncomplianca problems related to the
disclosure, and any environmental
consequences related to the violations.
E. Economic Benefit
EPA will retain its full discretion to
recover any economic benefit gained as
a result of noncompliance to preserve a
"level playing field" in which violators
do not gain a competitive advantage
over regulated entities that do comply.
EPA may forgive the entire penalty for
violations which meet conditions 1
through 9 in section D end. in the .
Agency's opinion, do not merit any
penalty due to the insignificant amount
of any economic benefit.
F. Effect on State Law. Regulation or
Policy
" EPA will work closely with states to
encourage their adoption of policies that
reflect the incentives and conditions
outlined in this policy. EPA remains
firmly opposed to statutory
environmental audit privileges that •
shield evidence of environmental
violations and undermine the public's
right to know, as well as to blanket
immunities for violations that reflect
criminal conduct, present serious
threats or actual harm to health and the
environment, allow noncomplying
companies to gain an economic
advantage over their competitors, or
reflect a repeated failure to comply with
federal law. EPA will work with states
to address any provisions of state audit
privilege or immunity laws that an
inconsistent with this policy, and which
may prevent a timely and appropriate
response to significant environmental
violations. The Agency reserves its right
to take necessary actions to protect
public health or the environment by
enforcing against any violations of
federal law.
C. Applicability
(1) This policy applies to the
assessment of penalties for any .
violations«»*«™» all of the-federal
environmental statutes that EPA
administers, and supersedes any
inconsistent provisions in media*
specific penalty or enforcement policies
and EPA's 1986 Environmental
Auditing Policy Statement
(2) To the extent that existing EPA
enforcement policies are not
inconsistent, they will continue to apply
in conjunction with this policy.
However, a regulated entity that has
received penalty mitigation for
satisfying specific conditions under this
policy may not receive additional
penalty mitigation for satisfying the
same or similar conditions under other
policies for the same violation(s). nor
will this policy apply to violations
which have received penalty mitigation
under other policies.
(3) This policy sets forth factors for
consideration that will guide the
Agency in the exercise of its
prosecutorial discretion. It states the
Agency's views as to the proper
allocation of its enforcement resources.
The policy is not final agency action'.
and is intended as guidance. It does not
create any rights, duties, obligations, or
defenses, implied or otherwise, in any
third parties.
(4) This policy should be used
whenever applicable in settlement
negotiations for both administrative and
civil judicial enforcement actions. It is
not intended for use in pleading, at
hearing or at trial The policy may be
applied at EPA's discretion to the
settlement Of administrative and judicial
enforcement actions instituted prior to.
but not yet resolved, as of the effective
date of this policy.
H. Public Accountability
(1) Within 3 years of toe effective date
of this policy. EPA will complete a
study of the effectiveness of the policy
in encouraging:
(a) changes in compliance behavior
within the regulated community..
including improved compliance rates:
(b) prompt disclosure and correction
of violations, including timely and
accurate compliance with reporting
requirements:
(c) corporate compliance programs
that are successful in preventing
violations, improving environmental
performance, and promoting public
disclosure:
(d) consistency among state programs
that provide incentives for voluntary
—inlii
r
EPA will make the study available to
the public.
(2) EPA will make publicly available
the terms and conditions of any
compliance agreement reached under
this policy, including the nature of the
violation, the remedy, and the schedule
for returning to compliance.
L Effective Date
This policy is effective January 22.
1998.
Dated: December 18.1999.
AMri*tantAdatinitamor for Enforcement and
Complioncf Atturana.
IFR Doc 95-31146 Filed 12-21-35:8:43 ami
-------
II. A. 13. "Interim Guidance for Performance-Based Reductions of NPDES Permit
Monitoring Frequencies", April 19, 1996.
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WASHINGTON, D.C. ?0-1RO
,t
'
'I
APR 1.8 I996
MEMORANDUM . . . , " •
SUBJECT: Interim Guidance for Performance - Based Reductions of
NPDES Permit Monitoring Frequencies >
I '. -
1 / ' s\
FROM: Robert -Perciasepe, Assistant Administrator /* f (*
Office of Water / i ••'"-// ' - - v
i. /.' ' K L: A.
. A. Herman, Assistant Administoat
/6ffice of Enforcement and
TO: Regional Administrators .
.Regional Water Division Directors
Regional Counsels ,
We are pleased to transmit for your use, this interim
guidance for reducing reporting and monitoring under the NPDES
permit program.
This interim guidance helps to fulfill one of the main
directions in the President's Regulatory Reinvention Initiative
for EPA — reducing unnecessary reporting while at the same time
maintaining a high level of environmental protection for the
Nation. .
NPDES authorities can grant relief to regulated facilities
that have a record of good compliance and pollutant discharges at
levels below permit requirements. This relief provides
incentives for voluntary reductions of pollutant discharges
through such means as reuse and recycling.
This interim guidance is the culmination of extensive work
among . our offices, several Regions and States and consultation
with outside stakeholders representing industry, the
environmental community, and municipalities. These stakeholders
generally favor the approach, which has benefitted considerably
from their input. -
/ A;
,' i ' \ rum-tt wwi>'> r*
'/ I'' / rnntrtfw ot li-t.t «n". i*r.
-------
- 2 -
We encourage you to begin now to implement this interim
guidance through the regular NPDES permit issuance process where
EPA has permit authority, and to work with your NPDES States to
adopt this policy as soon as possible. EPA Region VI will soon
begin two pilot projects in Oklahoma and Louisiana to assess the
strengths and issues associated with the guidance. Based on the
results of these pilot projects, we will make revisions to this
interim guidance as necessary.
We look forward to working with you on this important
endeavor. .
cc: Robbi Savage, ASIWPCA
Robbie Roberts, EGOS
-------
INTERIM GUIDANCE FOR
PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION
OFNPDES PERMIT MONITORING FREQUENCIES
April 1996
-------
PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION OF MONITORING FREQUENCIES
This document provides guidance to EPA permit writers and States on how best to
implement EPA's National Pollutant Elimination System (NPDES) regulations regarding
appropriate monitoring requirements in permits. It also provides guidance to the public and
to the regulated community on how EPA intends to exercise its discretion in implementing its
regulations. The guidance is designed to implement national policy on these issues.
Pretreatment control authorities also may find it helpful in setting monitoring frequency for
industrial users of POTWs. The document does not substitute for EPA's regulations, nor is
it a regulation itself. Thus, it cannot impose legally binding requirements on EPA, States; or
the regulated community, and may not apply to a particular situation based upon the
circumstances. EPA may change this guidance in the future, as appropriate.
-------
PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION OF MONITORING FREQUENCIES
INTERIM GUIDANCE FOR PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION
OF NPDES PERMIT MONITORING FREQUENCIES
Introduction
The President's Regulatory Reinvention Initiative for the Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) established an interim goal of reducing reporting and monitoring by at least 25%.
This goal is also embodied in trie Office of Water's Agenda for .the Future, which sets forth
program priorities for the coming years for EPA and States.
Based on these directions, EPA's Offices of Water and Enforcement & Compliance
Assurance developed this Interim Guidance to reduce regulatory burdens associated with
reporting and monitoring based on a demonstration of excellent historical performance by
facilities subject to NPDES permit requirements. Under this guidance, facilities can
demonstrate this historical performance through both compliance and enforcement history and
a demonstrated ability to consistently reduce pollutants in their discharge below the levels
necessary to meet existing permit requirements. Facilities will also be expected to maintain
these performance levels to continue to receive the reductions. Reducing burdens in this
manner will also provide incentives for voluntary reductions of pollutant discharges through
such means as reuse and recycling.
The approach for determining the degree of burden reduction available to individual facilities
is statistically sound and will not reduce the ability of EPA and States to determine non-
compliance with permit requirements. .
This guidance should also prove useful in setting monitoring frequencies for industrial users
of POTWs. EPA has not studied whether the variability of industrial users' effluent is
similar to that for NPDES permittees. Pretreatment control authorities may choose to apply
this policy to their industrial users with effluent similar to that discussed in this guidance.
Future reductions to NPDES that can be integrated into this burden reduction initiative
include ongoing ambient monitoring efforts within the Office of Water.
Summary of Decision-Making Process
The guidance applies to both major and minor individual NPDES permits for direct
discharges and will be implemented through the existing NPDES permitting cycle for
facilities.
INTERIM GUIDANCE APRIL 1996 -1-
-------
PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION OK MONITORING FREQUENCIES
The following steps are to be taken when determining if a particular facility is eligible for
reductions, and, if so, the amount of these reductions. These steps are also described in
more detail in the next section of the guidance.
1) Facility1 Enforcement History ,
Each facility's enforcement history is analyzed to assess eligibility for reductions under the
guidance. Criminal convictions under any environmental statute and NPDES civil judicial
and administrative enforcement actions are criteria considered in determining eligibility.
2) Parameter-by-Parameter Compliance History
» •
For each eligible facility the compliance history for each parameter controlled in its existing
permit is examined for Significant Noncompliance violations and/or effluent violations for
critical parameters. These critical parameters are determined at the discretion- of the
permitting authority and could include pollutants which pose a higher risk to human or
environmental health. The results of this examination determine which parameters are
eligible for monitoring reductions.
3) Parameter-by-parameter Performance History
The permitting authority then calculates, for each eligible parameter, the two-year composite
average at each outfall. The composite average is compared with the permit limit, and the
information in Table 1, which is based on the existing monitoring frequency, to determine
the potential monitoring frequency reduction.
4) Continued Eligibility for Reductions
EPA and States would continue to monitor each parameter for significant noncompliance and
any effluent violations of critical parameters, failure to submit DMRs, and any new
enforcement actions. If violations based on these do occur, the permitting authority may
require increased monitoring in accordance with a Section 308 or 309 order (or State
equivalent).
5) Future Reductions for Ambient Monitoring
Based on the facility's agreement to participate in an ambient monitoring program, along
with other stakeholders in a watershed, additional reductions could be.provided, at the
discretion of the permitting authority.
The term "facility" as used in this document refers to the regulated entity.
INTERIM GUIDANCE APRIL 1996 -2-
-------
PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION OF MONITORING FREQUENCIES
Timing of Decisions
Monitoring reductions should be considered during permit reissuance. Reductions based on
facility performance may also be considered if the permit is reopened to accommodate other
issues. The permitting authority may, at their option, modify the permit solely to reduce
monitoring requirements if sufficient resources are available. Monitoring requirements are
not considered effluent limitations under section 402(o) of the Clean Water Act, and
therefore anti-backsliding prohibitions would not be triggered by reductions in monitoring
frequencies. '
Permit monitoring requirements may, at the permit issuing authority's option, contain
conditions for decreases in monitoring if specified performance conditions are met and/or
require increased monitoring if performance levels drop. Although such conditions have
sometimes been used in NPDES permits in the past, these conditions cannot now be tracked
in the Permits Compliance System (PCS) data base system. If the permitting authority has
sufficient resources to manually track changed reporting frequencies, such provisions could
be included in the permit when the monitoring frequencies are adjusted based on changed
performance. Increased monitoring requirements if performance levels are not maintained
will be incorporated through enforcement orders under Sections 308 or 309 of the Clean
Water Act (or State equivalent).
Entry Criteria for Participation
1) Facility Enforcement History
Criminal Actions (all environmental statutes)
Facilities which have been criminally convicted under any Federal or State
environmental statute of falsifying monitoring data or committing violations which
presented an imminent and substantial endangerment to public health or welfare will
nor receive any reductions at any time in the future1.
• Facilities convicted of any other criminal violation under any Federal or State
environmental statute will not receive any reductions for five years.
Whenever the permit writer, on a case-by-case basis, determines that there has been a wholesale
change in ownership and management, that facility may become eligible for consideration under this
guidance as a new permittee.
INTERIM GUIDANCE APRIL 1996 -3-
-------
PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION OF MONITORING FREQUENCIES
' » Reductions will be available for those facilities where an individual employed by the
permittee, but not the permittee itself, was convicted of a criminal violation under any
Federal or State environmental statute, provided the permittee discovered and self-
disclosed the violation, and took prompt action to correct the root cause in order to
prevent future criminal violations.
Civil Judicial Actions (Clean Water Act/NPDES related)
• Facilities are eligible for consideration of reductions 1 year after completion of
injunctiv relief and payment of penalty. '.'...
Administrative Actions (Clean Water Act/NPDES related)
• Facilities are eligible for consideration after the permittee has complied with
Administrative Penalty Order (APO) or Administrative Order (AO) .(including State
equivalent) requirements,.and payment of any assessed penalty: A permittee that is
issued an AO, in conjunction with reissuance of its permit, to extend a compliance
schedule, may be eligible if the permittee is in compliance with the interim milestones
and schedule in the AO.
For example, in order to comply with a newly promulgated effluent guideline, an
industrial sector may be required to install a new technology. Some facilities may not
be able to attain the new technology immediately so an AO is issued at the time the
facility's permit is reissued. The AO sets a compliance schedule to allow the
permittee additional time to install the technology needed to meet the new effluent
• guideline limitation.
2) Parameter-by-Parameter Compliance
The permitting authority will examine each of the following entry criteria:
Significant Noncompliance for Parameters under Consideration
• A facility may not have had any Significant Noncompliance (SNC) violations for the
parameters for which monitoring/reporting reductions are being considered during the
last two years and,
Any Effluent Violations of Selected Parameters
• A facility may not have had any effluent violations of selected (critical) parameters
during the last year. The "selected parameters" can be permit-specific and would be
determined at the discretion of the permitting authority. These parameters could
INTKRIM GUIDANCE APRIL 1996
-------
PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION OF MONITORING FREQUENCIES
include pollutants which pose heightened risks to human or environmental health,
such as highly toxic or bioaccumulative compounds.
3) Parameter-by-Parameter Performance History
• At a minimum, the two most recent years of monthly average effluent data
representative of current operating conditions for the parameter at the particular
outfall will be used to calculate the long term average discharge rate for use in Table
1.
\ . • . • - • •
• The baseline monitoring, frequencies in Table 1 of this guidance will normally be
considered the level of monitoring in the existing effective NPDES permit. It is
important to recognize that permittees that receive monitoring frequency reductions in
accordance with Table 1 or Table 2 are still expected to take all appropriate measures
to control both the average level of pollutants of concern in their discharge (mean) as
well as the variability of such parameters in the discharge (variance)', 'regardless of
any reductions in monitoring frequencies granted from the baseline levels. Reliance
on monitoring the discharge at a reduced frequency as the sole means of tracking and
controlling the discharge could increase the risk of violations.
Table 1
Ratio of Long Term Effluent Average
to Monthly Average Limit
\
Baseline
Monitoring 75-66% 65-50% 49-25% <25%
7/wk 5/wk 4/wk 3/wk 1/wk
6/wk 4/wk 3/wk 2/wk . ' 1/wk
5/wk 4/wk. 3/wk 2/wk 1/wk
4/wk - , 3/wk 2/wk 1/wk 1/wk
3/wk 3/wk 2/wk 1/wk 1/wk
2/wk 2/wk ' 1/wk 2/mo ' 1/mo
1/wk 1/wk 1/wk 2/mo l/2mos
2/month 2/mo 2/mo 2/mo 1/quarter.
I/month 1/mo 1/mo v I/quarter l/6mos
Note: See above eligibility requirements. .
INTERIM GUIDANCE APRIL 1996 -5-
-------
PERKORMANCE-BASKI) REDUCTION OK MONITORING FREQUENCIES
New permittees should go through one permit cycle (5 years) before being eligible for
consideration for reduced monitoring.
i
Facilities would not normally be considered for reductions in monitoring frequencies
below once per quarter, except in unusual circumstances of reliable performance at
the requisite levels and outstanding compliance/enforcement histories.
Facilities which satisfy the entry criteria but are not experiencing discharges of 75%
or less of their permitted levels of water quality-based parameters may still be eligible
for reductions in monitoring/reporting frequencies at the discretion of the permitting
authority. To control an increased risk of undetected violations, monitoring should
only be reduced for such parameters if the applicant can demonstrate a very low
variation in the concentrations being discharged.
Parameters that show a long-term (2 year) average discharge between the permitted
concentration and 76% of a water quality-based permit limit should demonstrate a
coefficient of variation (ratio of standard deviation to average) of 20% or less. An
additional safeguard should stipulate that parameters which showed any exceedance of
the monthly average limitation during the two year averaging period would not be..
subject to monitoring reductions. It should be noted that discharges with a long-term
average at or near the permit limit have a probability of reporting a violation 50% of
the time, regardless of low coefficient of variation or sample size. Reductions may
be made as shown in Table 2 below:
Table 2
Ratio of Long Term Effluent Average to Monthly Average .Limit
100-76%
Baseline .Reduced
Monitoring Monitoring
/
7/wk 6/wk
6/wk 5/wk
5/wk 4/wk
4/wk 4/wk
3/wk . 3/wk
2/wk 2/wk
1/wk 1/wk
2/month 2/month
I/month I/month
INTERIM GUIDANCE Ami, 1996 -6-
-------
PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION OK-MOXITORING' FREQUENCIES
4) Residency Criteria for Continued Participation
• Permittees are expected to maintain the performance levels that were used as.the basis
for granting monitoring reductions. To remain eligible for these.reductions, the
permittee may not have any SNC violations for effluent limitations of the parameters
for which reductions have been granted or failure to submit DMRs, or may not be .
subject to a new. formal enforcement action. For facilities that do not maintain
performance levels, the permitting authority may require increased monitoring in
accordance with a Section 308 or 309 Order (or State equivalent).
Special Considerations
Discontinuous data: Monitoring should not be reduced using the methodology described
above if effluent data have not been continuously reported over the period of time being
considered. Effluent averages from interrupted or discontinuous data :sets may not be
representative of long-term performance. Monitoring frequencies for discharges that are
intermittent or short-term, such as seasonal discharges and highly variable batch processes,
should not be assessed or reduced using the methods described in this guidance and would
need to be considered on a case-by-case basis.
Independent/Dependent Control Parameters: The procedures for reductions described in
this guidance are intended for effluent parameters which are normally independently
controlled by the permittee. That is, for each parameter limited in the permit there should be
significantly different control mechanisms/factors-either in the permittee's treatment,
pretreatment, or process operations. In situations where there are several parameters, each
of which could be used to measure the performance of a given system, it will generally be
appropriate to primarily monitor only the best indicator parameter. For example, if a
biological treatment system can be evaluated by either BOD, CBOD, COD, or TOC
measurements; it would be normally appropriate to require monitoring of only one of these
oxygen demanding parameters.
The permitting authority should, therefore, examine the parameters being monitored from
each facility during the permit issuance process to establish which parameters are
independently controlled and/or which can be used to determine the proper operation of a
facility. Monitoring of other parameters can be either eliminated or reduced to a minimum
frequency. .
Monitoring Frequency "Floor": Current federal NPDES regulations do not establish a.
monitoring frequency." floor" but do establish a reporting frequency floor of once/per year.
The monitoring frequency from which reductions could be made in this guidance is
considered to be the level of the monitoring in the existing effective NPDES permit. It is
important to recognize that the guidance .given in Table 1 does not advocate any reductions in
INTKKIM GUIDANCE APRIL 1996 -7-
-------
PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION OF MONITORING fttso. IKNCIKS
statistical confidence in the ability of a permitting authority to determine whether or not a
permit limit is being violated at reduced mo:.itoring frequencies. The guidance also does not
advocate any reductions for parameters that are currently monitored only once/quarter.
The permitting authority may, however, consider other factors specific to the State or
facility. For example, a State policy may establish the baseline. If a facility has already
been given monitoring reductions due to superior performance, the baseline may be a
previous permit. As a point of reference, Federal regulations do not stipulate minimum
monitoring frequencies but do require that reporting cannot be less than once per year.
Future national guidance may also be used to establish a baseline for monitoring.
Exceptions: The permitting authority may elect to maintain higher monitoring levels in
individual situations where there may be a particular interest in human health, endangered
species, or a sensitive aquatic environment. An example would be where a permitting
authority has assessed water quality problems in a watershed and determined which point and
nonpoint sources are particularly critical from the standpoint of protection of aquatic
resources (e.g., endangered species) and human health (e.g., drinking water source). The
permitting authority may well decide not to reduce monitoring of critical point .sources in
these instances, while continuing to monitor-the overall situation.
Applicability to Minor Facilities: Minor facilities are fully eligible for reductions under
this guidance, even though they are not automatically tracked for SNC in the Permits
Compliance System Database. (Avoidance of SNC is one of the minimum criteria that
should be met for participation in this program.) However, permitting authorities may apply
the SNC criteria on a case-by-case basis to minor facilities in order to allow them to
participate in this program based on permit-specific effluent compliance.
Implementation of Guidance: Where EPA is the permitting authority, it would apply this
guidance upon permit reissuance, and consider at that time, whether reductions in monitoring
and reporting frequencies were appropriate based upon the compliance/enforcement and
performance history of the facility. EPA does not possess adequate resources to routinely
reopen, modify, and reissue currently effective permits to revise monitoring frequencies.
However, individual permitting authorities may elect to reopen and modify permits to reduce
monitoring frequencies consistent with this guidance if resources permit.
Limits below Levels of Detection: This guidance does not recommend reductions in
monitoring frequencies in cases where stringent water-quality based limits (WQBELs) are
below levels of quantitation (the level at which a constituent present in a wastewater sample
can be reliably detected and quantified). Permittees with these types of limits will normally
be deemed to be in compliance when monitored levels are below the level of quantitation;
however, by definition, it is not scientifically possible (until analytical methods improve) to
certify that the WQBELs are actually being achieved. Thus, EPA feels it would be
inappropriate to develop national guidance establishing reductions from established
INTERIM GUIDANCE APRIL 1996 -8-
-------
PERFOR.MANCK-BASED REDUCTION OK MONITORING TRKQUKNCIKS
monitoring frequencies for these types of limits. However, individual permitting authorities
may still use their discretion in considering reductions on a case-by-case basis.
Use of Daily Maximum Values: This guidance does not provide a specific methodology for
considering daily maximum permit values1 when considering monitoring/reporting reductions.
However, EPA is in the process of implementing a revised definition of SNC that accounts
for daily maximum violations. The new definition will be included in the entry criteria of
this proposal. In the interim, permitting authorities should consider such situations on a
case-by-case basis. There may be concerns over instances where, for example, there are
acutely toxic conditions in a receiving water due to violations of daily maximum permit
limitations. In such cases, the permitting authority may elect to maintain higher monitoring
levels. In addition, it is important to recognize that dischargers who frequently violate daily
maximum permit limitations will likely be unable to achieve high levels of performance in
monthly average limits and effectively would not be eligible to participate in this program on
that basis. In addition, such facilities may also trigger one of the various
compliance/enforcement-based entry criteria. . '• •
Applicability of this program to indirect users of POTWs: Many elements of the national
Pretreatment program parallel the NPDES permit program. In general, therefore, the same
overall logic embodied in this guidance may be extended to industrial users of POTWs (IUs),
where appropriate. However, EPA has not investigated whether monitoring data of industrial
users of POTWs (lUs) can be characterized with similar coefficients of variation. (Tables 3,
4, and 5 were generated for facilities with coefficients of variation of 20%, 60%, and 80%,
respectively.)
Where monitoring frequencies are already near the minimum required by regulation (e.g.,
twice per year for significant industrial users), the reductions in this guidance would not
apply. EPA has begun a dialogue among State and EPA Regional Pretreatment Coordinators
to more fully discuss possible pilot projects and statistical analyses.
Incentives for Ambient Monitoring: This interim guidance focuses primarily on criteria for
reducing reporting and monitoring used for determining compliance with NPDES permit
requirements. It is our intention to reduce burdens associated with these activities where
good compliance and permitting performance can be demonstrated and maintained. Another
important policy direction for EPA and State water programs is the need to focus our
resources more effectively on the problems facing individual places. This Community Based
Environmental Protection (CBEP) strategy is embodied through our watershed protection
approach. One of the most .important aspects of a successful watershed protection approach
is to get the best possible monitoring information on the conditions, causes and sources of
impairment, and relative impact of these sources on the overall health of a watershed and the
effectiveness of our control actions in a watershed. The approach described below for
obtaining ambient monitoring information from point sources will also help provide important
linkages among other important activities such as more comprehensive of our waters under
INTKRIM GUIDANCK APRIL 1996 -9-
-------
PERFORM ANCK-BASKD-RKDICTION OK- MOMTOKIM;
Section 305(b), effluent trading in watersheds, and improved Total Maximum Daily Load •
(TMDL) analyses. '-• . .
This information needs to be gathered and used, where available, from a variety of sources,
including municipal and industrial point source dischargers. These point sources could
provide a great deal of valuable ambient monitoring information that could be very helpful in
making better watershed-based decisions. While certain information may be unique to an
individual watershed, there needs to be a core group of environmental indicators, such as
attainment of designated uses in State water quality standards and fish consumption
advisories, that each watershed will need to measure. NPDES dischargers could often .
provide valuable information to help measure these core indicators of the overall health of
the watershed.
Therefore, in order to encourage NPDES dischargers to Voluntarily provide this information
or collect additional ambient monitoring information, permitting authorities may consider
granting additional reductions in compliance, reporting and monitoring/over and above the
reductions granted based on good performance if permittees agree to collect or provide
additional ambient monitoring information. Prior to granting these additional reductions,
permitting authorities should reach agreements with the dischargers on how this information
will be provided or collected and how it will be used to give all key stakeholders a better
picture of the overall health of the affected watershed. The amount of additional reduction
will be at the discretion of the permitting authority who should work collaboratively with
State and watershed agencies who design and implement monitoring programs to support
environmentally based decisions. This closer integration of ambient and compliance
monitoring may also be included in EPA/State agreements to support the National .
Environmental Performance Partnership System (NEPPS).
Finally, any additional reductions provided should be done so in a.manner consistent with the
framework and other criteria described in this guidance.
Future Actions
The burden reductions recommended under this guidance will be available immediately.
Over the next 12-18 months, EPA will also conduct detailed pilot studies in two States,
Louisiana, and Oklahoma, to closely monitor implementation of the guidance. Based on
information from these pilot studies and other information, EPA will consider modifications
to this interim guidance as appropriate.
INTKKIM GUIDANCK APRIL 1996 -10-
-------
PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION or MONITORING FREQUENCIES
Supporting Statistical Study
Effect of Sample Size on Probability of Violation
EPA has done a statistical analysis on the effect of sampling frequency on compliance
assessment. The basic premise underlying a performance-based reduction approach is that
maintaining a low average discharge relative to the permit limit results in a low probability
of the occurrence of a violation for a wide range of sampling frequencies.
The probability of the occurrence of a violation of a monthly average permit limit was
calculated. Tables 3, 4 and 5 display the percentage of time that a monthly average permit
violation will be reported given sample size and a long-term average to permit ratio. This
probability is dependent on the true long-term average of the .discharge, the'permit limit, and
the monthly sampling frequency. The variables of long-term average and permit limit are
both reflected in the tables by expressing these as a ratio. Tables 3, 4, and 5 assume a
normal distribution of monthly averages and show the effect of altering the assumed
coefficient of variation, using 20%, 60%, and 80%, respectively.
Obviously, the best estimate of the true monthly average discharge is obtained by daily
sampling. One can assess the true violation rate of a discharge by looking at the probability
calculated assuming sampling was done daily (30 times per month). In order to maintain
compliance with a permit limit, the long term average level of the discharge must be
controlled at a level less than the permit limit. Reducing the sample size, while increasing
the probability that a violation will be reported, does not change the underlying probability of
reporting a violation associated with a baseline estimate of the monthly average calculated
with 30 samples. With a constant performance, the probabilities of reporting a permit
violation increase as the sample size is reduced from daily sampling because the variance of
the average is inversely .proportional to the sample size.
Looking at the true violation rate of a facility sampling daily and operating at 75% of their
permit limit, these tables show that the probability of a violation in a given month is 1% or
less. If the long-term average discharge is 65% of the permit limit, the true percentage of
violation is less than 1%. As sample size decreases for a given discharge/limit ratio, the
expected percentage of. time that the average of the samples collected during the month will
exceed the permit limit increases. For example, Table 5 demonstrates that at a ratio of 65%,
the expected violation rate is effectively zero. If a subsample of 8 samples per month is
taken instead of 30, the facility has a 3% chance of reporting a violation. If only one sample
per month is taken, the chances of reporting a violation increase to 25%. The facility
performance (true monthly average discharge) has not changed, thus "missed" monthly
average violations are not an issue. The probabilities calculated for .very low sampling
ATTACHMENT TO INTERIM GUIDANCE A-l
-------
PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION OF MONITORING FREQUENCIES
frequencies reflects the risk assumed by the discharge operator that monthly average
violations will be reported when in fact the process average is under permit limit. If facility
performance degrades during the permit term and sampling has been reduced, it can be seen
that the facility will have probability of reporting violations at a higher rate, even if the long-
term average is still below the permit limit. An example will illustrate this point. Table 5
shows that if a facility was judged to be at 75% of their permit limit and reduced sampling
from 16 to 12 times per month, the probability of violation would change from
approximately, 5% to 7%. If the long-term average performance degraded to 90% of the
permit limit, the 12 monthly samples would yield expected monthly average permit violations
32% of the time instead of 29% of the time if 16 samples were collected.
Table 5 shows probabilities calculated using a more conservative assumption of 80%
coefficient of variation. The results show that facilities with a long term average of less than
or equal to 75 % have essentially no chance of violating a monthly average limit, hence
facilities with this performance would be good candidates for performance-based monitoring
reductions. The reductions in Table 1 were designed to maintain approximately the same
level of reported violations as that experienced with their current (baseline) sampling.
ATTACHMENT TO INTERIM GUIDANCE A-2
-------
PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION OF MONITORING FKI-.QU.NCII s
Table 3
Probability of Reporting Monthly Average Permit
Violations at 20% Effluent Variability
(CV = 0.20; Normal Distribution)
Monthly Sample Size
'LTA/Permit
100%
95%
90%
85%
80%
75%
70%
65%
60%
55%
. 50%
40%
30%
20%
30
50%
7%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
28
50%
8%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
24
50%
10%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
20
50%
12%
1%
0%
0%
0% .
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
16
50%
15%
1%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
12
50%
18%
3%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
8
50%
23%.
6%
1%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
:o%
4
50%
30%
13%
4:%
1% .
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%.
0%
0%
2 ' •
50%
35%
22%
11%
4%
1%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%-
0%
1
50%
40%
29%
19%
11%
5%
2%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
Ratio of calculated average of at least 2 years of effluent data to monthly average permit limit.
ATTACHMENT TO INTERIM GUIDANCE
A-3
-------
PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION or MONITORING FREQUENCIES
Table 4
Probability of Reporting Monthly Average Permit
Violations at 60% Effluent Variability
(CV = 0.60; Normal Distribution)
Monthly Sample Size
'LTA/Permit
100%
95%
90%
85%
80%
75%
70%
65%
60%
55%
50%
40%
30%
20%
30
50%
32%
16%
5%
1%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
28
50%
32%
16%
6%
1%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0% -
0%
0%
0%
0%
24
50%
33%
18%
7%
2%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
20
50%
35%
20%
9%
3%
1%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
16
50%
36%
23%
12%
5%
1%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
12
50%
38%
26%
15%
7%
3%
1%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
8
50%
40%
30%
20%
12%
6%
2%
1%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
4
50%
43%
36%
28%
20%
13%
8%
4%.
1%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
2 ' •
50%
45%
40%
34%
28%
22%
16%
10%
6%
3%
1%
0%
0%
0%
1
50%
47%
43%
38%
34%
29%
24%
18%
13%
9%
5%
1%
0%
0%
Ratio of calculated average of at least 2 years of effluent data to monthly average permit limit.
ATTACHMENT to INTERIM GUIDANCE
A-4
-------
PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION OK MONITORING FRKQUENCIKS
Table 5
Probability of Reporting Monthly Average Permit
Violations at 80% Effluent Variability
(CV = 0.80; Normal Distribution)
Monthly Sample Size
'LTA/Permit
100%
95%
90%
'85%
80%
75%
70%
65%
60%
55%
50%
40%
30%
20%
30
50%
36%
22%
11%
4%
1%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
28
50%
36%
23%
12%
5%
1%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
24
50%
37%
25%
14%
6%
2%
0%.
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
20
50%
38%
27%
16%
8%
3%
1%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
16
50%
40%
29%
19%
11%
5%
2%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
12
50%
41%
32%
22%
14% .
7%
3%
,1 %
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
8
50%
'43%
.35%
27%
19%
12%
, 6%
3%
-1%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
4
50%
45%
39%
33%
27%
20%
14%
9%
5%
2%
1%
0%
0%
0%
2 '•
50%
46%
42%
38%
33%
28%
22%
17%
12%.
7%
4%
0%
0%
0%
1
50%
47%
44%'
41%
38%
34%
30%
25%
20%
15%
11%
3%
0%
0%
Ratio of calculated average of at least 2 years of effluent data to monthly average permit limit.
ATTACHMENT TO INTERIM GUIDANCE
A-5
-------
PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION OF MONITORING FREQUENCIES
•Detailed Protocol for Calculating Probability of Reporting Permit
Violations
Calculation of probabilities for Tables 3-5
/ '
Probability distributions may be used to model effluent data and assess the probability of
permit violations. The models provide a logical and consistent methodological framework
for using observed performance data to assess permit limitations in an objective manner.
The goal of the limitations is to establish performance levels that enforce good treatment and
ensure that water quality objectives are met. In deriving limitations, sufficient allowance for
variation in treatment performance is provided such that a well-operated treatment system
should be capable of compliance with the limitations at all times. In using probability
models as the basis for limits, it is necessary to select a percentile value such that, within the
context of the model, any meaningful limit will have a non-zero probability of being
exceeded.
The results shown in the tables here are derived from probability distribution functions that
may be used to model effluent data. That is, the processes are assumed to operate over time
in a manner that is consistent with past performance. No intervention to change the process
or exert more or less control over the discharge is assumed.
Calculation of the probability that a reported permit violation will occur depends upon: the
number of individual samples taken during the month, the long-term discharge level, the
variance of the discharge concentrations, the probability distribution of the individual samples
during the month, and the permit limit. There are two probability distributions commonly
used to model effluent data: the lognormal distribution and the normal distribution. The
lognormal distribution usually provides a good fit to data sets comprised of individual
effluent measurements because such data typically have two critical lognormal characteristics:
they are positive valued and positively skewed. Positive skewness means that the data are
characterized by a tendency for a preponderance of measurements in the lower range of
possible values with relatively fewer measurements stretched out over a wider range of
possible upper values. The lognormal also has the property that the logarithms (natural or
base 10) of the data are normally distributed. The normal distribution has the well-known
"bell shape" and is mathematically straightforward so that working with the logarithms of
effluent data is relatively uncomplicated.
The asymptotic distribution of sample averages is normally distributed. That is, the average
of a sample of individual measurements will have a distribution that is approximately
normally distributed regardless of the distribution of the individual measurements. The >
quality of the approximation depends on several factors including the number of individual
measurement.' being averaged and the form of the underlying distribution. Although
individual eff ::nt measurements are rarely normally distributed, it is reasonable in many
situations to approximate the distribution of the averages of effluent measurements with a
normal distribution and thus the normal approximation is used in many cases as a model for
monthly average effluent limitations. The results in Tables 3-5 are based on the assumption
ATTACHMENT TO INTERIM GUIDANCE A-6
-------
PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION OF MONITORING FREQUENCIES
of a normal distribution for the averages of effluent measurements. Extensive discussion on
the statistical modelling of effluent data-and methodology for setting effluent limitations are
contained in EPA's 1991 Technical Support Document for Water Quality-based Toxics
Control (TSD).
The results of calculating probability of a reported violation of a monthly average permit
limit are shown in Tables 3 through 5 under different conditions. The purpose of these
tables is to provide some insight into the effects of changing monitoring requirements. The
probability of exceeding the monthly limit when the long-term average of the discharge is at
the desired value can be thought of as the Type I error rate (alpha-level) of the monitoring
program. When the long-term average exceeds the desired limit, the probability of
exceeding the monthly limit is now the monitoring program's ability to detect violation
increases if the long-term average increases over the desired level. It should be understood
that if permit limits are held constant and performance measures such as long term average
discharge and variability of treatment do not change, then reducing the number of monitoring
measurements used to calculate the monthly average causes the probability of a violation to
increase for all values of the long term average less than the monthly average permit limit.
This has a two-fold effect: 1) the chances of reporting a violation even when the long term
average is less than the desired level (the Type I error rate) go up 2) the sensitivity (ability to
detect violations) of the program increases. The Tables also show that if the average
discharge level is held well below the monthly average limit, the chances of a violation are
small. The thee tables reflect three different levels of variation in the underlying daily data
as measured by the coefficient of variation. The coefficient of variation (CV) is the. ratio of
the standard deviation of the distribution to the mean and is often expressed as a percentage.
The CV is a convenient measure for summarizing the relative variability in a data set. The
results.in Tables 3,4, and 5 use CVs of 20%, 60% and 80% respectively. A coefficient of
variation of 60% was used in the TSD to describe a.typical level of variation for lognormally
distributed effluent data- CVs of 80% and 20% were used to show the effects of higher and
lower levels of variability.
The probability distribution of the average of N daily measurements taken during a month,
MN, is given by the following normal probability density function:
N(MH-\l)2 • • '
g(MN)=- ~~
N
where n is the mean or long term average, and a is the .
standard deviation of the daily discharges. If /x, is the maximum monthly average allowed by
the permit, then the probability that the monthly average exceeds the permit maximum is •
given by P(MN>/i,). Using simple algebra this probability can be rewritten as:
ATTACHMENT TO INTERIM GUIDANCE A-7
-------
PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION OK MONITORING FREQUCNCIES
/
_ • where $(•) is the standard
= P( N~^ > ^1 ^ ) '= i-(J>( Jii_t ), normal cumulative probability
function (the Microsoft®Excel
built-in function NORMDIST).
Since
where C is the coefficient of variation, then the probability of a monthly average exceeding
the maximum allowable can be calculated using C, N, and the ratio of the long-term average
to the maximum allowable monthly average using NORMDIST. This is how the values in :
Tables 3, 4, and 5 were calculated.
* *•
Alternate approaches to probability calculations:
The probabilities in Tables 3-5 were calculated with the assumption that the distribution of
the sample means is normal. Individual sample values are generally best fit to a lognormal
distribution. As discussed in the TSD, the mean of small samples from a lognormal
distribution is in most cases approximately lognormal. Probabilities can be calculated
assuming a lognormal distribution by two different methods, a Monte Carlo technique and
the Microsoft Excel built-in function LOGNORMDIST. The resulting probabilities will be
very close to those in the normal distribution table for the sample sizes and discharge levels
under consideration for monitoring reductions, although the probabilities calculated from
these two distributions may not be comparable for all sample sizes and all discharge levels.
The statistical evaluations used in this analysis are intended for use only to illustrate the
effect and benefits of this strategy, alternative statistical techniques and approaches may be
utilized in other situations.
ATTACHMENT TO INTERIM GUIDANCE A-8
-------
PERFORMANCE-BASED REDUCTION OF MONITORING FREQUENCIES
NPDES Burden Reduction Analysis
The analysis to estimate the NPDES burden reduction used the SAS Language and data from
the Permit Compliance System (PCS) database. The procedure, assumptions, and results are
summarized below: - . .
• The universe for this study was all major facilities with measurement data in PCS
(6,477) for the two-year evaluation period of 1/93 to 12/94. This evaluation period
was chosen in order to have as large a universe as possible since the Commonwealth
of Virginia and the State of California have not entered measurement data into PCS
for 1995.
• The facility entry criteria for enforcement history were approximated- by eliminating
permittees for consideration that have effluent violations for either an active formal
judicial action or an active formal administrative order (AO) for 1995.
• The parameter entry criterion, evaluated per outfall, was the elimination of
parameters for consideration that have had any Significant Non-Compliance (SNC)
violations during the two-year evaluation period.
For each parameter eligible for burden reduction, the long-term average (LTA) for
the two-year period was calculated and compared to the monthly average limit.
• The amount of burden reduction was calculated to be the ratio of the difference
between the monthly average limit and the LTA divided by the monthly average limit.
This approximates the reduction presented in Table 1 of the guidance for LTA to
monthly average limit ratios up to 75%.
• No reduction for parameters not meeting the 75% ratio threshold.
Table 6
Municipal
Non-municipal
Total
Burden Reduction
27%
24%
26%
ATTACHMENT TO INTERIM GUIDANCE
A-9
-------
1KB.
-------
II. NPDES PROGRAM: PRE-ENFORCEMENT
B. INSPECTIONS
-------
II.B.I
"Visitor's Releases and Hold Harmless Agreements as a
Condition to Entry to EPA Employees on Industrial Facilities",
dated November 8, 1972. See GM-1.*
-------
II.B.2,
"Conduct of Inspections after the Barlow Decision", dated
April 11, 1979. See GM-5.*
-------
II.B.3,
"NPDES Compliance Sampling Inspection Manual", dated October 1979. Table
of -Contents only.
-------
-------
.Var.T Enforcement ,n/7q
Wssnirn!on DC 1 U / / ?
-^ • r«v M»K -:•» <*•*
A 3 v n >- ^
It \k k Ja*' i-^Vr-'
j JOjJ W
ft^*****^*®*5^^
-^3^^.^-:^^^^
^^w-^v^5*^^r^^ '^-I:?'-
^;:';'.''-"U>i^~^ :"" ^.Liiiwt " ^^i^*^-?' ^i-*^--' ,si;>*^'* '.
—«£:•-*** -.-.^v--;^^-., -*-*.-—-?
-------
NPDES COMPLIANCE SAMPLING MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Paae No
DISCLAIMER ii
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT iii
TABLE OF CONTENTS iv
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS xi
LIST OF TABLES xiii
I. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS 1
A. Wastewater Samplinq Objectives 1
B. Obtaining Representative Data 1
C. Accomplishment of Compliance
Samplinq Objectives 2
D. Error Minimization 3
II. INTRODUCTION
A. Background . 6
B. Enforcement Management System 7
C. Work Group Membership R
III. NPDES PERMIT SAMPLING REOUIREMENTS
A. Introduction 11
B. Self-Monitoring Data 11
1. Permit Specifications 11
iv
-------
Use of Self-Monitoring Data 12
;c-piiance Monitoring 13
General 13
:. Definitions 13
Objective of Compliance Evaluation
Inspections 13
Compliance Evaluation Inspection
Tasks 14
Objectives of Compliance Sampling
Inspection 15
Compliance Sampling Inspection.
Tasks 15
-equacy of Data 16
^-ermir.ing Compliance with Effluent
imitations 16
Instantaneous Conditions 17
-• • Daily Maximum Conditions 17
7-day Average Conditions 18
-i. 30-day Average Conditions 18
Sample Collection and Handling 19
•?-I COLLECTION 20
Introduction 20
Sampling Considerations 21
-------
1. General 21
2. Sample Location 23
(a) General 23
(b) Influent 24
(c) Effluent 24
(d) Pond & Lagoon Sampling 24
3. Sample Volume 25
4. Selection .and Preparation of Sample
Container 25
C, Sampling Techniques 25
1. Grab Samples 25
2. Composite Samples 26
(a) Selection of Sample Type 27
(b) Compositing Method 27
D. Sample Preservation 29
1. General 29
2. Compliance Considerations 30
E. Analytical Methods 32
1. General 32
2. Alternative Test Procedure 32
F. Sample Identification 33
G. Safety Considerations 34
VI
-------
77MATIC SAMPLERS ' 37
Introduction 37
Vjtomatic Sampler Subsystem Components 33
Sample Intake Subsystem 38
Sample Gathering Subsystem 39
(a) Mechanical 39
(b) Forced Flow 40
(c) Suction Lift 40
;. Sample Transport Subsystem 41
•• . Sample Storage Subsystem 42
5. Controls and Power Subsystem 42
T. Sampler Reliability 42
'.-.stallation and Operation of Automatic
Sampling Equipment 43
Site Selection • 43
"-. Equipment Security -44
3. Power Source 44
4. Waste Characteristics 45
5. Sample Preservation During Compositing
Period 45
5. Winter Operations . 45
Desirable Automatic Sampler Characteristics 46
STEWATER FLOW MEASUREMENT 50
vii
-------
A. Introduction 50
B. Wastewater Flow Measurement Systems 51
C. Field Verification of Flow Measurement
Systems 55
D. Wastewater Flow Measurement Methods 58
1. Volumetric Techniques 58
(a) Vessel Volume 58
(b) Pump Sumps 61
(c) Bucket and Stopwatch 62
(d) Orifice Bucket 63
2. Dilution Methods 63
3.. Open Channel Flow Measurements 67
(a) Velocity-Area Method 69
i Introduction 69
ii Current Meters 70
iii Field Practice 74
iv Area and Flow Calculations 76
(b) Weirs 77
i Broad Crested • 79
ii Sharp Crested 81
(c) Flumes 89
i Parshall Flumes 89
ii Palmer Bowlus Flumes 94
iii Other Flumes 96
vin
-------
(d) Open Channel Flow Nozzles 96
(e) Slope-Area Method . 97
(f) Measurement by Floats 99
Closed Conduit Flow Measurements 100
(a) Venturi Meter 101
(b) Orifice Meters 102
(c) Flow Nozzles 104
(d) Electromagnetic Flowmeter 106
(e) Acoustic Flowmeter 106
(f) Trajectory Methods 108
(q) Pump Curves HI
(h) Use of Water Meters 111
" -3SURANCE . 114
.-.rocse II4
•.'.icy and Objectives 114
laments of a Quality Assurance Plan 106
duality Assurance in Sample Collection 116
Duplicate Samples 116
-. Split Samples 117
2. Spiked Samples 117
Sample Preservative Blanks 117
5. Precision, Accuracy and Control
Charts 118
Quality Assurance Procedures for Field
Analysis and Equipment ' 118
IX
-------
1. Calibration and Documentation Plan
F. Parameter Requiring Special Precautions 124'
1. Organics 124
2. Acidity - Alkalinity 125-
3. Miscellaneous Parameters 125
(a) Dissolved Parameters 126
(b) Mercury, Total 126
(c) Phenolics and Cyanides 126
(d) Sulfide and Sulfite 126
VIII. CHAIN OF CUSTODY PROCEDURES 128
A. Introduction 128
B. Survey Planning and Preparation 128
C. Sample Collection, Handling & Identification 129
D. Transfer of Custody and Shipment 132
E. Laboratory Custody Procedures 135
F. Evidentiary Considerations 137
APPENDIX
-------
LIST OF TABLES
Pace
".positing Methods 28
:uai Compositing Method 30
indard Conditions For Sharp-Crested Weirs..36
«rp Crested Rectangular Weirs - Velocity
Approach Correction 90
.!. ity Assurance Procedures For Field
ilysis And Equipment 119
Xlll
-------
II.B.4.
"Interim NPDES Biomonitoring Inspection Manual*, dated October 1979. Table
of 'Contents only.
-------
-------
%EPA
E:ivi!Onmantal Protection
Agency
CfiiLT ol 'A/iter Entorcsment
Eniorccnieni Division
Washington, DC 20460
Oc:o:v;r 1979
Water
interim NPDES
Compliance Biomonitoring
Inspection Manual
j
MCD - 62
-------
NPDES COMPLIANCE
BIOMONITORING INSPECTION MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page No.
Disclaimer ii
Acknowledgement iii
Foreword iv
Table of Contents vi
List of Appendices ix
I. Introduction 1-1
A. Background 1-1
B. Purpose of Manual 1-4
C. Statutory Authority 1-5
D. Biomonitoring Requirements in Permits 1-7
E. Federal and State Cooperation 1-7
II. Legal Considerations II-l
A. Access and Warrants - Constitutional
and Statutory Requirements II-l
B. Discussions with Permittees or Their
Agents - Privilege Ag.ainst Self-
Incrimination II-2
C. Expert and Other Testimony II-3
D. Chain of Custody and Preservation of
Documents II-4
E. Relations with the Public II-7
III. Planning Biomonitoring Inspections III-l
vi
-------
Page No
A. Pre- inspection Planning Activities ....... III-l
B. Coordination of Inspection Activities with
Permittees, other EPA Programs, and
Government Agencies .............. III-5
IV inspection Types ................... IV-1
A. Announced and Unannounced Inspections ...... IV-1
B. Sampling-Type Inspections . . . ......... IV-1
C. Evaluation Inspections .............. IV-3
V. Quality Assurance .................. V-l
A. Effluent Sampling and Handling ......... V-l
B. Test Organisms .................. V-2
C. Facilities and Equipment ............. V-3
D. Dilution Water .................. V-4
E. Test Conditions .................. V-4
F. Reference Toxicants ................ V-4
G. Record Keeping .................. V-6
Health and Safety ........ . ........ ... .VI-1
A. General ..................... VI-1
3. Personal Conduct ................. VI-2
C. Safety Equipment ................. VI-2
D. General Laboratory Operation ........... VI-2
E. Transportation .................. VI-3
F. Emergency Health and Fire Protection ....... VI-3
G. Accident Reports ................. VI-3
Conducting Biomonitoring Inspections ...... . . VII-1
A. Facilities Access ............... VII-1
B. Conducting Sampling Type-Inspections ...... VII-2
C. Conducting Evaluation Inspections ........ VII-5
vii
'
-------
VIII. Post Inspection Activities Vlll-1
A. Data Evaluation VIII-1
B. Toxicity Laboratory Evaluation Form VIII-5
C. Distribution of Inspection Report VIII-5
D. Follow-up Activities VIII-5
Vlll
-------
LIST OF APPENDICES
Page
A. Methods for Measuring the Acute Toxicity of
Effluents to Aquatic Organisms, EPA-600/4-78-012 . . . A-1
B. Toxicity Test Report Outline B-l
C. Laboratory Review or Audit C-l
D. Example of Daily Activities of On-site Toxicity
Monitoring D-l
E. Sample Tags and Chain of Custody Forms E-l
F. Document Handling Procedures F-l
G. Definitions G-l
H. Factors Useful in Selecting Candidates for
Inspection H-l
I. Conduct of Inspections After the Barlow's
Decision 1-1
-------
II.B.5.
"NPDES Compliance Monitoring Inspector Training, with Modules on Overview,
Legal Issues, Sampling Procedures, Biononitoring, Laboratory Analyses
Modules", dated 1988. Table of Contents of individual nodules only.
-------
-------
Unittd States Office of Water Enforcement and Pennits
Pnuill!lll*>>>*' KOtBCOOH OffiCC OX Water
Afency Washington, DC 20460 . • September 1988
compliance
Monitoring Inspector
Training
Overview
-------
•FOB Compliant* Monitoring Inspector Training Modal*: OVERVIEW
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FOREWORD. 7 vii
1. INTRODUCTION..o.....................................'........«... 1-1
1.1 OVERVIEW OF THE NPDES PROGRAM 1-1
1.2 PURPOSE OF THE NPDES COMPLIANCE MONITORING PROGRAM 1-2
2. NPDES COMPLIANCE ACTIVITIES 2-1
2.1 COMPLIANCE REVIEWS 2-1
2.2 NPDES COMPLIANCE INSPECTIONS... 2-1
3. SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS 3-1
3.1* INSPECTOR CONDUCT 3-1
3.2 DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION 3-1
3.3 FEDERAL AND STATE COOPERATION. 3-3
4. GENERAL INSPECTION PROCEDURES 4-1
4.1 NPDES INSPECTOR RESPONSIBILITIES 4-1
4.2 PRE-mSPECTION PROCEDURES 4-2
4.3 INSPECTION PROCEDURES 4-6
5. SPECIFIC INSPECTION PROCEDURES.... 5-1 .
5.1 COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION. 5-1
5.2 CONVENTIONAL AND TOXIC COMPLIANCE SAMPLING INSPECTIONS 5-11
5.3 PERFORMANCE AUDIT INSPECTION 5-13
5.4 COMPLIANCE BIOMONTTORING INSPECTION 5-17
6. PRETREAimr COMPLIANCE INSPECTION 6-1
6.1 REVIEW OP THE GENERAL PRETREATMENT REGULATIONS. 6-1
6.2 PRBTRXATMENT COMPLIANCE INSPECTIONS 6-2
6.3 PRETREATMENT PROGRAM AUDITS '.... 6-8
7. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS 7-1
, 7
-------
•FOB Compliance MoBitorinc Inspector Training Nodal*: OVERVIEW
8. POST-INSPECTION PROCEDURES , 8-1
8.1 PRESENTATION OF FINDINGS 8-1
8.2 DATA ANALYSIS 8-1
8.3 COMPLETION AND DISTRIBUTION OF REPORTS AND FORMS. 8-2
8.4 TESTIMONY 8-2
8.5 UPDATING PERMITTEE FILES 8-2
9. SUMMARY ./..... 9-1
iv
-------
•FOB Compliance Moaitorinf Inspector Training Module: OVERVIEW
UST OF APPENDICES
APPENDIX A - GLOSSARY
APPENDIX B - REFERENCES
APPENDIX C - REVIEW QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ON THE OVERVIEW OP THE NPDES
COMPLIANCE INSPECTION PROGRAM ~
APPENDIX 0 - SECTION 308 OP THE CLEAN VATER ACT
APPENDIX E - CRITERIA FOR NEUTRAL SELECTION OP NPOES COMPLIANCE INSPECTION
CANDIDATES
APPENDIX F - LIST OF FIELD SAMPLING EQUIPMENT
APPENDIX G - NPDES COMPLIANCE INSPECTION REPORT FORM (EPA FORM 3560-3)
APPENDIX H - DEFICIENCY NOTICE GUIDANCE AND FORM
UST OF TABLES AND FIGURES ,
Table Page
6-1 SUMMARY OF THE GENERAL PRETREATMENT REGULATIONS 6-3
Figure
2-1 NPDES COMPLIANCE INSPECTIONS 2-2
-------
?/EPA
United States Enforcement Division
Environmental Protection Office of Water Enforcement andPennits
Agency Washington, DC 20460
July 1988
NPDES Compliance
Monitoring Inspector
Training
Legal Issues
-------
-------
H/834-485-02a/tl3
NPDES Compliance Menltoriaff Inspector Training* TJgAT ISSUES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Pan
FOREWORD v
1. INTRODUCTION 1.1
1.1 OVERVIEW OF THE NPDES PROGRAM. 1.1
1.2 PURPOSE OF THE NPDES COMPLIANCE MONITORING PROGRAM 1-2
1.3 SOURCES OF LEGAL AUTHORITY 1-3
1.4 NPDES AUTHORITY 1-4
2. AUTHORITY TO INSPECT 2-1
3. PERSONS SUBJECT TO INSPECTIONS 3-1-
* •
4. PREINSPECTION LEGALITIES. 4-1
4.1 NEUTRAL INSPECTION PLAN 4-1
4.2 308 LETTERS 4-2
4.3 CONFIDENTIALITY... 4-3
4.4 COMPLIANCE FILE 4-6
4.5 PERMITTEE RIGHTS .*... 4-7
5. INSPECTION OBJECTIVES.... 5-1
6. INSPECTION LEGALITIES.... 6-1
6.1 ENTERING THE FACILITY.. 6-1
6.2 PRESENTING CREDENTIALS 6-1
6.3 OBTAINING CONSENT TO INSPECT 6-3
6.4 WITHDRAWAL OF CONSENT 6-4
7. WARRANTS 7-1
7.1 REASONS FOR ISSUING A WARRANT 7-1
7.2 TTPBS OP WARRANTS 7-2
7.3 REASONS TO SEEK WARRANT IN ADVANCE...... 7-2
7.4 OBTAINING THE WARRANT..... 7-3
7.5 CRIMINAL SEARCH WARRANT • 7-4
7.6 BURDEN OF PROOF. - 7-6
8. GATHERING AND PRESERVING EVIDENCE • • •" - 8-1
8.1 SAMPLE RESULTS AS EVIDENCE. 8-1
8.2 PHOTOGRAPHS.. • 8-2
9. BASIS FOR TESTIMONY ••' 9-1
iii
-------
H/83*-485-02ft/tl3
HPDIS Coapliaae* Monitorial Inspector Training! IJBGAL ISSOBS
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
Pat*
10. PRESENTING EVIDENCE FROM INSPECTIONS.......... 10-1
10.1 ADMISSIBILITY OP EVIDENCE 10-1
10.2 OFFICIAL DOCUMENTS 10-1
10.3 SERVING AS A WITNESS 10-2
11. LIABILITIES .......". 11-1
12. SUMMARY...... 12-1
APPENDICES
' •« '
APPENDIX A - SECTIONS OP THE CLEAN WATER ACT RELEVANT TO NPDES INSPECTORS
* i \
APPENDIX B - CRITERIA POR NEUTRAL SELECTION OP NPDES COMPLIANCE INSPECTION
CANDIDATES .
APPENDIX C - SAMPLE 308 LETTER
APPENDIX D - EPA MEMORANDA ON ENTRY PROCEDURES
APPENDIX & - EXAMPLE WARRANT INCLUDING UNDERLYING AFPADAVIT
APPENDIX P - REVIEW QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ON LEGAL ISSUES
LIST OF TABLES
Table P«f«
6-1 "STEPS FOR ENTERING A FACILITY . 6-2
-------
..
SEPA
United States
Environmental Protection Office of Water Enforcement andPermtts
Agency Washington. DC 20460 August 1988
NPDES Compliance
Monitoring Inspector
Training,
Sampling Procedures
-------
-------
NPOES Compliance Monitoring Inspector Training: SAMPLING PROCEDURES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
FOREWORD ...' i. vi
1. INTRODUCTION ... 1-1
1.1 OVERVIEW OF THE NPOES PROGRAM l-l
1.2 PURPOSE OF THE NPDES COMPLIANCE MONITORING PROGRAM 1-2
1.3 OBJECTIVES OF NPOES SAMPLING . 1-3'
1.4 SAMPLING TASKS 1-3.
2. SAMPLE COLLECTION 2-1
2.1 IMPORTANCE OF "AMPLE COLLECTION : 2-1
2.2 SAMPLING PLA: .....: 2-2
2.3 PREPARATION ? SAMPLING ; 2--
2.4 SAMPLING SAFE' 2-5
2.5 SAMPLING LOCA ON 2-5
2.6 SELECTION AND : REPARATION OF SAMPLE CONTAINERS 2-7
2.7 SAMPLE TYPES 2-10
Z.8 SAMPLE COLLECTION TECHNIQUES 2-13
:.-? SAMPLE VOLUME 2-17
:. 10 SAMPLE PRESERVATION AND HOLDING TIMES 2-13
2.11 SAMPLE DOCUMENTATION ; 2-19
2.12 SAMPLE IDENTIFICATION AND LABELING 2-21
2.13 SAMPLE PACKAGING AND SHIPPING '. 2-21
2.14 SPECIAL SAMPLING REQUIREMENTS 2-22
3. ANALYTICAL METHODS FOR ONSITE ANALYSIS. 3-1
4. AUTOMATIC SAMPLERS .... 4-1
5. FLOW MEASUREMENT 5-1
5.1 IMPORTANCE OF FLOW MEASUREMENT 5-1
5.2 OPEN CHANNEL FLOW .. 5-1
5.3 CLOSED CHANNEL FLOW 5-8
-------
NPDBS Compliance Monitoring Inspector Traininf: SAMPLING* PROCEDURES
TABLE DF CONTENTS (Continued)
Pag*
6. QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL .............. . ............ _____ 6-1
6.1 QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURES FOR SAMPLING..., ....... . ____ ... 6-1
6.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROCEDURES FOR*SAMPLINC ____ . ............ 6-2
6 . 3 LABORATORY QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL ......... . ____
7. CHAIN-OF-CUSTODY PROCEDURES .................. ........... ......... 7-1
8. SUMMARY..... ...... . .................. . ......................... . 8-1
APPENDICES
APPENDIX A - GLOSSARY
APPENDIX B - REFERENCES
*
APPENDIX C - REVIEW QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS* ON NPDES SAMPLING PROCEDURES
APPENDIX D - VOLUME OF SAMPLE REQUIRED FOR DETERMINATION OF THE VARIOUS
CONSTITUENTS OF INDUSTRIAL VASTEVATER
APPENDIX E - REQUIRED CONTAINERS. PRESERVATION TECHNIQUES, HOLDING TIMES, AND
TEST METHODS
• - •
APPENDIX F - EPA ORDER 1440. 2 - HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR EMPLOYEES
ENGAGED IN FIELD ACTIVITIES
••
APPENDIX G - LIST OF FIELD SAMPLING EQUIPMENT
APPENDIX H - SAMPLE IDENTIFICATION LABELS
APPENDIX I - CRITERIA FOR SELECTION OF AUTOMATIC SAMPLING EQUIPMENT
APPENDIX J - QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURES FOR FIELD ANALYSIS AND EQUIPMENT
APPENDIX K - EXAMPLE RECORD OF FIELD SAMPLE DATA AND CHAIN-OF-CUSTODY RECORD
•-~? i • . iv
-------
NPOES Compliance Monitoring Inspector Training: SAMPLING PROCEDURES
LIST OF FIGURES AND TABLES
Figure
Table
Page
5-1
5-2
5-3
5-4 .
5-5
PROFILE AND NOMENCLATURE OF SHARP-CRESTED VEIRS
THREE COMMON TYPES OF SHARP-CRESTED VEIRS
DIMENSIONS AND CAPACITIES OF THE PARSHALL MEASURING FLUMES
FOR VARIOUS THROAT VIDTHS
CONFIGURATION AND NOMENCLATURE OF VENTURI METER
ELECTROMAGNETIC FLOV METER
5-3
5-A
5-6
5-9
5-10 .
Page
2-1 . COMPOSITING METHODS
2-U
-------
-------
&EFK
United States
Environmental Protection, Office of Water
Washington. DC 20460
Office of Water Enforcement and Pciiiuts
NPDES Compliance
Monitoring Inspector
Training
Laboratory Analysis
September I9S8
-------
-------
NPDBS Compliance Monitoring Inspector Training: LABORATORY ANALYSIS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
FOREWORD ....." y
1. INTRODUCTION... 1-1
1.1 OVERVIEW OF THE NPDES PROGRAM 1-1
1.2 PURPOSE OF THE NPDES COMPLIANCE MONITORING PROGRAM... 1-2
.2. PERFORMANCE AUDIT INSPECTION 2-1
2.1 PREINSPECTION PLANNING 2-1
2.2 INITIAL MEETING 2-5
2.3 LABORATORY QA/QC PROGRAM 2-8
2.4 SAMPLING TECHNIQUES. 2-14
2.5 LABORATORY SAMPLE CONTROL.. . 2-15
2.6 ANALYTICAL METHODS 2-18
2.7 EVALUATION OF LABORATORY QA/QC PROGRAMS 2-22
' 2.8 LABORATORY FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT. 2-32
2.9 RECORDS AND REPORTS REVIEW 2-49
2.10 EXIT MEETING AND FINAL REPORT. 2-51
3. COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION 3-1
3.1 RECORDS AND REPORTS REVIEW 3-1
3.2 REVIEW OF SELF-MONITORING DATA, PROCEDURES, AND
LABORATORY FACILITIES 3-2
4. SUMMARY 4-1
iii
-------
HPDBS Compliance Monitoring Inspector Trainings LABORATORY ANALYSIS
• . ,
APPENDICES
APPENDIX A - REFERENCES
APPENDIX B - GLOSSARY
APPENDIX C - APPROVED METHODS
APPENDIX D - SAMPLE CONTROL FORM
APPENDIX B - PORN FOR ASSESSING RELEVANT ANALYTICAL METHODS
APPENDIX P - METHODS CHECKLISTS '
APPENDIX G - POTENTIAL PROBLEM AREAS ASSOCIATED WITH POLLUTANT ANALYSIS
APPENDIX H - LABORATORY SERVICES
APPENDIX I - EXAMPLE OP BENCH SHEET
APPENDIX J - REVIEW QUESTIONS AND ANSVERS
LIST OF FIGURES AND TABLES
Figure * • Page
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-4
PRECISION AND ACCURACY
EXAMPLE CONTROL CHART
EPA DEFICIENCY NOTICE FORM
NPOES COMPLIANCE INSPECTION REPORT FORM
2-24
2-27
2-53
2-54
Table
2-1
2-2
, •
QA QUESTIONS
ANALYSIS OF TOT*
L PHOSPHATE-PHOSPHORUS STANDARDS
Page
2-10
2-28
lv
-------
AEPA
United States Office of Water Enforcement and Permits
Environmental Protection Office of Water
Agency Washington, DC 20460 August 1988
NPDES Compliance
Monitoring Inspector
Training
Biomonitoring
-------
-------
Compliance Monitoring Inspector Training Module: BIOMONXTORING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FOREWORD
1 . INTRODUCTION.
1.1 OVERVIEW OF THE NPDES PROGRAM..... ............. . .......... .1-1
1.2 CONCEPT OF TOXICITT ............... , ....................... 1-2
1.3 TOXICITT TESTING IN THE NPDES COMPLIANCE
MONITORING PROGRAM ...... . .................................
2. BASICS OF TOnOTY TESTING ................................... ... 2-1
2.1 T9XICITT TBST DESIGN .......... .' ..................... ...... 2-1
2.2 ACUTE AND CHRONIC TESTS. . . ................................ 2-3
2.3 FLOW-THROUGH, STATIC RENEWAL, AND STATIC TESTS ............ 2-4
2.4 ANALYSIS OF TEST RESULTS. .............................. ... 2-5
3. TOnCITY TEST COMPONENTS ................ . . .............. ..... ... 3-1
3.1 EFFLUENT ......... ..... ................................ ____ 3-3
3.2 DILUTION WATER ................. . .................... ...... .3-4
3.3 TEST SYSTEM .............. .... ........................... .. 3-4
3.4 TEST ORGANISMS ............................................ 3-4
3.5 TEST RESULTS .............................................. 3-5
3.6 ' SUMMARY .................... . .............................. 3-6
4. EFFLUENT. .............................. . ........................ 4-1
4.1 SAMPLING STRATEGIES ................ ................. ...... 4-1
4.2 SIMPLE STORAGE AND PRESERVATION .......... .... ............. 4-3
5. DILUTION WATER .................... . ............................. 5-1
5.1 SOmOS OP DILUTION WATER. .. .............................. 5-1
5.2 STORAGE CONDITIONS AND HOLDING TIMES .......... . ...... •. ---- . 5-2
6. TEST ORGANISMS...!.... ............................. . ............ 6-1
6.1 SPECIES USED ................. . ---- . ....................... 6-1
6.2 SOURCES OF TEST ORGANISMS ............... . ...... . .......... 6-5
6.3 ACCLIMATION AND FEEDING ................. . . ................ 6-6
6.4 DISEASE ................. . ............. ........ ............ 6-7
6.5 LOADING RATES ................. ....... . .................... 6-7
-------
•FOB Coajrtlinr* Mooitorinff Inspector Timiaiaf Modal** B20MOHITOU1B
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
7.
8.
7.1 MATERIALS USED.......
7.2 CLEANING.
7.3 TEST CONDITIONS.....
8.2 RESULTS CALCULATIONS
7-1
7-1
7-2
7-3
8-1
8-1
8-1
APPENDICES
APPENDIX A - QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ON THE BIOMONITORING MODULE
-------
HFOBS Compliance Monitoring Inspector Training Modulet BXOMOHITORIRG
LIST OF FIGURES AND TABLES
Figure Page
2-1
2-2
3-1
TTPICAL EFFLUENT CONCENTRATIONS USED IN TESTING
TYPICAL TOnCITY TEST RESULTS SHOVING DESCRIPTIVE „
STATISTICS CALCULATED USING THE RESULTS
RELATIONSHIPS BETVEEN TOXICITT TESTING COMPONENTS,
SHOVING IMPORTANT FACTORS FOR EACH
2-2
2-6
3-2
Table • 'age
4-1 RECOMMENDED SAMPLING STRATEGY FOR CONTINUOUS AND
INTERMITTENT DISCHARGES FOR FLOW-THROUGH, STATIC
RENEVAL, AND STATIC TOXICITY TESTS ' 4-2
6-1 FRESHWATER SPECIES FOR WHICH THERE ARE ACUTE TOXICITY
. TESTING PROTOCOLS 6-2
6-2 MARINE AND ESTUARINE SPECIES FOR WHICH THERE ARE
ACUTE TOXICITY TESTING PROTOCOLS 6-3
6-3 SPECIES FOR WHICH THERE ARE CHRONIC TOXICITY TESTING
PROTOCOLS, ORGANIZED BY SPECIES 6-4
-------
United States
Environmental Protection
Agency
Office of Water Enforcement
Enforcement Division (EN-338)
Washington, DC 20460
January 1981
Water
-------
NPDES COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
INTRODUCTION i
;. ADMINISTRATION
I. Work Ethics 1-1
II. Disclosure of Official Information 1-5
III. Diaries and Field Notes 1-8
PREPARATION FOR INSPECTION
I. General 2-1
II. Objectives 2-1
III. Inspector's Responsibility . 2-2
IV. Preinspection Techniques 2-2
V. Compliance Files 2-4
VI. Types of Compliance Inspections 2-11
.>. TREATMENT FACILITY REVIEW
I. Authority 3-1
II. General 3-2
III. Objectives 3-3
IV. Inspector's Obligation 3-4
V. Inspection Procedures 3-6
VI. Post-Inspection Discussion with Management 3-15
•i. RECORDS AND REPORTS REVIEW
I. Authority 4-1
II. General 4-1
III. Objectives 4-2
IV. Inspection Procedures 4-3
:^. COMPLIANCE SCHEDULE STATUS REVIEW
I. Authority 5-1
II. General 5-1
III. Objectives 5-2
IV. Inspection Procedures 5-2
'>• SELF-MONITORING PROGRAM REVIEW
I. Authority 6-1
II. Objectives 6-1
III. Inspection Procedures 6-2
IV. Quality Assurance 6-10
7- MULTIMEDIA INSPECTIONS
I. Authority 7-1
II. Inspector's Responsibility 7-3
III. Inspection Procedures 7-4
-------
s.
10,
11,
12,
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS AND TECHNIQUES
I. Citizen Complaint Investigations
II. Photographs
III. Best Management Practices
IV. Spill Prevention Control and
Countermeasure Plan
V. Interagency Regulatory Liaison
Group Referral Inspection Program
FEDERAL AND STATE COOPERATION
I. Authority
II. Objectives
III. Policy
SAFETY
I.
II.
III.
IV.
General
Safety Equipment
Safety Precautions
Hazardous Waste Disposal Sites
ACCESS AND WARRANTS
I. General
II. Objectives
III. .Unreasonable Search and Seizure
IV. Neutral Inspection Scheme
V. Right of Entry
VI. Privilege Against Selt-Incriininatiqn
COMPLIANCE INSPECTION REPORT
I. General
II. Objectives
III. Procedures
IV. Abbreviated Narrative Reports
V. Deficiency Notice
8-1
8-3
8-b
8-12
8-12
9-1
9-1
9-2
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-'5
11-1
11-3
11-4
11-4
11-6
11-10
.12-1
12-1
12-2
12-12
12-13
REFERENCES
SECTION REFERENCES
APPENDICES
-------
II.B.7.
"Neutral Inspection Plan for the NPDES Program", dated February 17, 1981.
535
-------
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WASHINGTON. D.C. 20460
-* i i ' «•' w s
OFFICE OF ENFORCEMENT
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Neutral Inspection Plan
FROM: Edward A. Kurent
Director, Enforcement^_Di'vsls/ton1' ts'N-SSS^)
TO: Regional Enforcement Division Directors
Regional S&A Division Directors
Director, NEIC
Attached is the final Neutral Inspection Plan which was
developed for the NPDES Compliance Inspection Program. This plan
fulfills the requirements for performing neutral compliance inspec-
tions based on the Marshall v Barlow's, Inc. ruling. The Neutral
Inspection Plan must be used to target all inspections which are
not based on some type of probable cause. Copies of this plan were
distributed to each Region last year for comments.
The selection of candidates for neutral inspections each year
will be based on only two factors; the length of time since the
last inspection and geographic grouping (to minimize the use of
resources). The initial selection process will be done by computer
using the Permit Compliance System (PCS). Selecting specific per-
mittees for inspections will then be based on common geographic
areas. For example, a permittee with a low priority for inspection
may be chosen if it is in close physical proximity to a permittee
with a very high priority for inspection.
This plan will not be used to target all NPDES compliance
inspections, only those based on administrative factors. We expect
that the portion of inspections which are not based on some form of
civil probable cause (DMR data, citizen complaints) will be very
small. Indeed, some Regions plan all their inspections based on
probable cause for violations^ In these cases, no Neutral Inspec-
tion Plan would be needed. Similarly, some Regions (along with the
States) are able to inspect each major permittee once a year. Since
this Neutral Inspection Plan is based on annual planning, it would
not be needed in these cases.
-------
Several Regions commented that the significance '.of the
discharger should be 's. factor. Since this -plan will be -applied
only to major permittees, we believe this issue is basically
addressed. In addition, when the new major/minor designation sys-
tem is complete, PCS will be able to use potential for a permittee
to discharge toxics as a factor in the neutral inspection process.
Without this information in PCS, it would be necessary to perform
a review of every major permittee to determine the toxics discharge
potential. This would place an unreasonable burden on Regional
enforcement programs.
If you have any questions or comments on this plan, please
contact me or Brian Maas of the Enforcement Division staff at
755-0994.
Attachment
-------
CRITERIA FOR NEUTRAL SELECTION OF
NPDES COMPLIANCE INSPECTION CANDIDATES
A. BACKGROUND
In response to the recent Supreme Court decision in
Marshall v. Barlow's Inc., 436 U.S. 307 (1978), the Agency
is developing neutral inspection criteria to be used when
targeting compliance inspections. The purpose of using the
neutral inspection plan is to eliminate any bias in choosing
candidates for compliance inspections.
Under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System (NPDES) authorized by Section 402(a)(l) of the Clean
Water Act, over 50,000 permits have been is-sued for the dis-
charge of pollutants. Of these issued permits, about 8,000
have been classified by EPA or states with NPDES authority
as major permittees. The designation of a permittee as
"major" is based on quantity and potential environmental
.impact of the wastewater source.
EPA's program to monitor compliance with the terms and
conditions of issued NPDES permits is primarily designed to
ensure the compliance of the major permittees. EPA has not
been provided with sufficient resources to routinely monitor
the compliance of the remaining minor permittees.'
Compliance inspections performed under the NPDES pro-
gram can'be divided into two general.categories: 1) those
-------
inspections based on administrative factors; -and 2) those
inspections based on specific evidence of an existing
violation, e.g. civil probable cause.
Inspections based on the second category are nor
n-eutral since they are based on prior knowledge of apparent
or probable permit violations. Factors which constitute
specifi'c evidence include: 1) violations reported on recent
DMR's; 2) citizen complaints; 3) response to emergency
situations, such as threats to public health or safety;
4) follow-up to previous inspections which indicated
violations; and 5) specific enforcement case support.
For targeting inspections which rely strictly on
administrative factors, the Agency has developed the
following neutral inspection plan.
UNIVERSE OF NPDES INSPECTION CANDIDATES
The EPA, upon the presentation of credentials, has the
authority to enter and inspect all NPDES permitted facilities
at any time regardless of other factors such as "major" or
"minor" designations. -Because of limited -resources, not all
facilities -are targeted for inspections each year. The
frequency with which compliance inspections are performed
is based on the discharger's environmental significance,
available resources, the types and mix of inspections being
employed, climatic and geographical influences on inspection
logistics, and other factors influencing compliance monitor-
ing such as the ability to follow up on inspection findings.
-------
3
BASIC SELECTION CRITERIA
When targeting permittees cf neutral compliance
inspections, the time that has passed since the last inspec-
tion and the geographical grouping of the permittees are the
only factors which may be considered. Other information, such
x^[~-MV
as data from DMR's which indicated apparent violations, would
A,
not be used since this would constitute probable cause under
the civil standard. However, the existence of such data would
not preclude the facility from being considered for a neutral
inspection if this neutral plan is followed during the
selection process.
The only permittees who would not be considered when
targeting neutral compliance inspections are permittees who
/
are in current litigation with EPA. This does not apply to
state litigation.
NEUTRAL COMPLIANCE INSPECTIONS
To target inspections based on a neutral inspection plan,
•Regions will first determine the length of time that has
passed since the last EPA or state inspection for all major
permittees. This.can be done easily using the capabilities
of the Permit Compliance System (PCS) available in each EPA
Regional Office. A PCS report can be generated which will
print out.each major permittee in order by the date of the
last inspection. Appendix A contains a sample list which
the PCS System can generate. A. separate report should be
-------
4
venerated for each state in the Region. In some'cases, it
may be appropriate to use subdistricts (by county) of a state
depending en the organizational structure in a specific state
•or Region. The permittees which are highest on the list
(greatest time since last inspection) will have the highest
priority for neutral inspections.
In order to minimize use of Agency resources, inspection
targeting should be based on both the priority list and
geographical grouping. For example, any permittee on the list
may be targeted for an inspection if it is in close physical
proximity to a facility which is very high on the list. This
is extremely important as it allows the most.efficient use of
the limited inspection resources. The PCS System can give the
names and most recent inspection dates for all permittees
which -are in the same county as a permittee which is selected
for an inspection.
The priority list will identify only those facilities
which are possible targets for compliance inspections during
the current fiscal year. The exact timing of these inspec-
tions during the fiscal year will be at the discretion of
the Regional Office, based on logistics and specific Regional
needs.
The list of permittees targeted for inspections may be
amended at any time during the fiscal year. Similarly, before
the start of a new fiscal year,- Regional Offices should
-------
3
reassess ail permittees regardless of whether all previously
targeted inspections have been completed for the current
fiscal year.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR TARGETING INSPECTIONS BASED ON THE POINT'
ASSESSMENT SYSTEM
To use the neutral inspection plan, Regional Offices will
first determine the percentage of inspection resources that
will be devoted to neutral administrative inspections. This
will depend, to a large extent, on the ongoing enforcement
case load and the percentage of major permittees which have
probable violations of effluent limitations and compliance
schedules. For example, a Region may allocate the following
resources for neutral inspection activities:
a) 10% of the Compliance Sampling Inspection resources;
b) 25% of the Performance Audit Inspection resources;
and
c) 50% of the Compliance Evaluation Inspection
resources.
The remaining Regional inspection resources would be
reserved for inspections based .on probable cause and specific
enforcement case support.
The Region should next determine the approximate number
of neutral inspections that can be completed using the
resources allocated for each inspection type (CSI, CEI, ?AI).
This number will be flexible depending on the type and/or the
number of outfalls and size of the permitted facility.
-------
"or each.stats, starting with the permittees highest en
the list, proceed down the priority list until about one third
of the neutral inspection resources for that state have been
allocated. For example, if the allocated inspection resources
for neutral inspections in a particular state, are enough for
3.0 inspections, approximately the first 10 permittees on the
priority list would be targeted. The Region should then use
•the -remaining 20 inspections -for permittee's which are grouped
with the already targeted candidates based on common geographi-
cal .and/or special technical considerations. For example, a
Region may target a sampling inspection at a facility with a
high point rating, and then target several more sampling*
inspections, CEI's .or PAI's in the same geographic area. This
would allow .all these inspections to be done .on. one inspection
trip.
Regions may target inspections to single facilites at
times, such as when the facility is'in close proximity to
Regional Offices or Field Offices.
A specific percentage of inspection resources are set
aside each fiscal year for enforcement case support activi-
ties and emergency response. By the last quarter of the
fiscal year, .Regions should know to what extent these
set-aside resources will be available for routine inspections.
To the extent that these resources become available, they
should be utilized to inspect the remaining permittees on the
priority list.
-------
Appendix A
The following two pages are sample printouts from the Perrr.it
Compliance System (PCS) for the State of Mew Jersey. Printout 1
gives a partial listing of major NPDES facilities in order by the
date of the last inspection. Permittees with no date listed for
inspections have not had an inspection which was noted in PCS.
These permittees will have the highest priority for neutral
inspections.
Printout 2 is a list of permittees and inspection dates by
county (for New Jersey). This Printout is used to identify per-
mittees which may be in close physical proximity to facilities
which were chosen for inspections from Printout 1.
-------
>t 2
'. i
. THE PERMIT COi,. _4MICE SYSTEM
•9125 HMD At, 'JUilE |6»
ALL HAJOll
FACILITIES AMD TIIEIn U1ESM"SPEC1IOII
STATEnHJ
1MSP
UPOES
CITY
ciur
iu* It
760215
710215
7C1 A #. t 1
'/ 0 o 1 1
791001
751125
^770320
-* 700626
7GQb29
70091 I
730911
781025
790301
79012U
f ' V * ^
7901?.''
7rt ,\ \ 5 »|
'> 0 3 C '
790119
790516
790606
7901-20
790702
7 ') 0 6 o 2
790912
791019
791120
60010&
C00305
7MI2H
770203
770210
771205
771206
771212
,' 771212
780810
701001
7&12I2
790103
' . 790215
790215
790107
79031"
( 7901I4
' . . 790«17
790"25
7 9o" 2 7
790'J02
: 790517
790510-
: 7V0619
790019
411' —
• c
c
r
\f
C
. c
c
c
c
c
s
c
C :\
r
\i
c
c
c
c
c '
c
c
' , c •
. c
c ,
c
c
. i
o
; cc
I
i c
: L
C
3
: S
: S
C
C
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
p.
s"
3
s
R
n
(i
n
n
i»
n
. K
s
s
3
S
R
3
n
s .
9
•
R
3
n
R
n
n
n
R
R
S
3
3
9
3-
8
c .
^
S
3
9
I|J002«'I73 •
IIJ002I391
|!J002i|509
MJOU25I60
IU00217U
IIJ0003212
II tnit?^7S{i
llJUvt*. i * v
IIJOOQt '90
NJ000570'!
IU0002721
t'JOOG3>S02
n i nn ri?67 1
lUVVv^** •
IIJ00020C)7
njccooion
»IJOOOl>l278
MJ002|MBi
iljooostio
II 1 n n ? U "3 9 fe
HJvvtM • 'V
IIJ002J161
IIJ002170?
ii tfin?u66o
IIJvv*-""v
HJ0005509
||JOOO'I19|
IIJ0005096
HJ0025l7n
I|J002'I010
HJ0920032
HJ0021095
IIJ«021507
IIJ002M015
IIJ0021901
IU0022570
it to oo 142*5
• IJv""^
NJOOO'J1'I2
HjOOQ'l Q55
MJOOO'1500
HJ0005002
IIJOOOrj(-90
ATLANTIC CJTY
ti*w£ i i i * ri t M fi
HAYS LA|iU'rl1'
EGG HARUOH CITY /C/
H/.HHOIIIOH
itiif UK Atitin
Ulll'IIA ounu
C/.RL3UOT OORO
in) THE M, FORD
r/HLSTAOl OOUO
CAHLSlARl OOnO •
CAST IIUIHERFURO
Efc3T UUTHERFOno
EAST I-'AUJISOII T
IE IERP.ORO
H/.HV1/.H T'lP
KiAllFItiLD
Or* DEI L
1 * f* I* ^» •» «
F.OCEHATCR QORO
ft A t • A LJ T VJ O
HAHHAH Tnl • .
EOGF.HATER OORO
CARL3TAOT DORO
LI1TLE FEMRY /OORO/
EASt HUIHEHFORO
HALOMICK
I.'ORTH ARLIHGTOH
IIOIITH ARLIMGIOII
BIOGEFIELO bORO
FAlfU.AHM
RIDGEHOOO /V/
ooRuEinon" /c/
BqVEHLY /CITY/
FIELOEQORO
HOOHE5TUWH 1HP
IIILLIIICUOKC TUP
BURLlM'011 /™vf
OURLl'I^IO'1 tV-f
OIHHIMGHAM .
BURLlliGTOM /TUP/
FLOREllCf THP
MOUNT LAUREL T«P
Eveaiuii IV-P
HEOFORU
OURLU'dOH /1«P/
OC1.IUM TUP
HOUH1 HOLLY
MOUNT LAUREL TUP :
OURLIHGTOII /C/
DIIHLIMGIOU /IHP/
OUKLlilCtOII XIVIP/
FOH1 OlX
HAl'LE SHADE
DURLIHGIO" /C/
DUIII lliGtOtl COUUTY
AILAIIT1C
i. AUAH1IC
1 AlLAHUC
ATLI-'HIC
AlLAHUC
eenGE'i
QEIIGr.ll
-*r iif* If ft!
EEHGEH
llEIMitll
liEMGEII
UEHGcU
OEKGEH
n •* u r r n
3 c. n *-* t- * *
EEiir.CN
IJF.HGEJI
tf.liGtll
fcEKCEll
RERGEII
UEHGf.ll
EEHGEM
OE»GEN
BtHGEII
r r n r. r (I '
^Vl'VJLI'
n r 1 1 r c 1 1
IJLl'MLM
BEHCetl
Btitceii
fjEKGEH
OEKGEH
nlllll Iftf*
BU"L 1 ""
BU'ILH"'
6URLl"G
nnfil 1IIG
U \i ' " 1* • *
• ••>• • III4
; CUMLI'"'
OU':L I'"'
BUHLHI'J
• •JBI viir*
BURL I"G
BURLt'"5
OUIIL1"0
BUKLH'O
OU«Ll»0
nllHI IHC
•
t nji .
| I/ M
ION
1011
io;i
f fl ) 1
I Uti
10M
(OM
• f A ||
1 Ut!
10(1
(ON
|OM
I OH
Kill
rj \J I*L »** ' ""*
BUHL I IK; 1°"
BURLIHGTOM
BURLl'Kil011
OU«Ll:«c'°"
BUHLll'i'IUU
BIIKLPIGIOH
nlllJI till* tflH
GU"L I"1
niiiil (til
U'"*\* •
11 1 ll'l 1 111
U HM L » '
BUKLl"!
o nunmi
1 | v I 1
il»!l
G" ION
| v/ 1 I
till^
Gl
-------
Printoui
THE PERMIT COMPLIANCE 9Y ,
9,35 HOIIOAY, JUHE lfc»-!9S°
ALL MAJOR
HAME
PS'lC CO HARRISON GA3 PLANT
PUBLIC SERVICE ELEC I CAS
PUOLIC £E"V1CE ELEC I GAS
PUOLK SERVICE ELEC I CAS
PAPEKOOUID co,
IOATE
OE UE'IOU'I CORP,
C"CHEH1CAL PROCESSING
Y OF H Y AND H J
i)H Fl>00 PKCi)..
nl"YGVHtHCER-USHER 3TA
5JliS;ICCEf.!llLtLp5CHERV LIGHT
JCP.SEY CENTRAL POV.ER t LIGHT
PAMM'C VALLEY SEME«AGf "Hh
l,0i) R CHC'»1C»L 0131. SER.
ijr COUNIY s.r.
'A,IO COUNTY UTliniES AU
CO, OAYSHORE OUTFALt
CITY OF NEWARK DP* :
pic I G HOPE C«EEK '.
ria,t t ....-c f\ou
M it SEMEnAGC AUIII.
riU OF OOroEHlOUH OP«
OLIH COflPORAllOll
GLA33 HOIIKS
JollT "1C .-.
JSi'ue SCRVICE Eucinic : j CAS
PUEL1C 3EOVICE ELEC I GA3
P]CA!I"I|V AH5EH/.L
CO l»0 C..EH OIV
CORPORATlll
S/.UEH
FLOPMAM
10V-II OF t-1151
ItOOIlESI0"" •1VII> S1P
j,,LLinr.')oao KUA DIP
<
S
CITY or
HIS!
C11E ILL
, ,,„
7'M2U
750JOS
M«0
IIYPE
nr.n.i.r
760305
760326
761101
761110
770201
770210
770328
770627
7700Q5
770BII
77(i83l
770907
7IM10
771205
77120b
771212
771212
700215
760223
700220.
C
S
S
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
S
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
r.
LAIE3T
1ATE
1HSP
n
s
s
II
,1
n
,1
It
n
n
E=NJ " " '"""
IIPOE3 ClU '
A
M::::SJ i^'a°"/,.r/
•K::::B: i ?«'"«£»"«'•
HJ000013I ' ! SAVEV RLE
iuooo:>3T CL ''
IIJ0002305 PEI'ILMOBTH
''--' :•»:? SB,""'
IIJOOOJ'IJO PAHSIP^AHY
"J«M«?I CM!? "AV
?i:;°.«?5 •5iH»«.»St« /nip/
"loJosMi ""i"',?1!^
HJOOOSSIT »IL ORO
ISroSUlS iSiclcli BRIDGE;
!J/ooi»'I6<'3 SALE
MJ0025SIO f.1-""1*" YOMK
niao2532( *;ESl NEH '°' R
' in",.»9i I.OOHESIOHI: I«P
JOOP330I HJLI.I»CI»OHO 1«P
J002 09 OURLING10I. /1HP/
u2oZ«660 OURLINC10M /C/
l I002I3<>3 »AY3 LAIID1IIG
J.!}U?M CHERRY HILL /I«P/
jnoSi LUloEH
CNTY • •
HUDSON
KlOOLtSEX
ESSEX"
HUDSON
KIPOU3EX
PASSAlC
union
UNION
CEUGEN
noiiai 3
V.S'jIX
CAPS .".AY •
f.EHCt"
SALE"'
HiJMiEKOOH
OCEAU' •:
SALEII
UNION
ESSEX
MIDDLESEX
ill AIM 1C
^ | ^ H ' • f • ^
CUMUERLMID
HOIH'.OUTH
ESSEX"
5ALEH ;
ESSEX
HORN I 3
OCEAN
BURLINGTON
GLOUCL'SIER. .
SALEM
BERGEN
UNION
MIDDLESEX
MORfU^1
C AMD EN
OURllNGTOM
PURLINGIOM
nEnoEii
UNION
UNION
(•ORRIS
SALE"
IIORR1S
HUDSON
(jURlU'ClON
niiiii 1 MC ION
IIUMi. 1 "W !**'»
OUHLlNGlON .
DUIILINGIOH
ATL»N1IC
CAHDEH
UNION
-------
II.B.8.
"NPDES INSPECTION STRATEGY AND GUIDANCE FOR PREPARING ANNUAL STATE/EPA
COMPLIANCE INSPECTION PLANS", dated April 1985 with transnittal dated April
16, 1985.
3,9-
-------
360
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WASHINGTON. D.C. 20460
1 6 ?985
OFFICE OF
WATER
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Transmittal of the Final NPDES Inspection Strategy
and Guidance for Preparing Annual State/EPA Compliance
Inspection Plans
FROM: Rebecca W. Hanmer, Director
Office of Water Enforcement and Permits (EN-335)
TO: Regional Water Management Division Directors
Regional Environmental Services Division Directors
State Program Directors
Attached are the final NPDES Inspection Strategy and the
Guidance for Preparing Annual State/EPA Compliance Inspection Plans.
The Strategy and Guidance were developed during December 1984 with
the assistance of a workgroup composed of representatives from six
EPA Regions and two States, and the EPA Headquarters Offices of
Water Enforcement and Permits, and Enforcement and Compliance
Monitoring. In January 1985 the Strategy and Guidance were sent to
EPA Regions and to all States through the Association of State and
Interstate Water Pollution Control Administrators (ASIWPCA). Comments
were received from nine EPA Regions and four States. In addition,
the Inspection Strategy and Guidance were discussed briefly at the
ASIWPCA meeting in Washington, D.C., February 1985. The resulting
documents reflect those discussions as well as EPA Regional and
State comments.
The comments were helpful in focusing on specific^ areas where
clarification was needed. We believe we have accomplished our common
goal of producing an overall national structure for NPDES inspection
programs, which will serve as a model for EPA Regions and States
during implementation.
The Inspection Strategy deals with issues such as inspection
priorities, inspection mix, inspection report timeliness and
reporting forms, and State/EPA relationships. The Guidance for
Preparing Annual State/EPA Compliance Inspection Plans, along with
the Strategy, are being transmitted" to Regions in time for the
FY 1986 planning cycle and should be used as a general guide and
framework for planning the annual inspection programs in each State.
-------
These documents should be used in conjunction with the Agency Annual
Operating Guidance and the Annual Guidance for Oversight of NPDES
Programs. The Inspection Strategy and Guidance will eventually be
incorporated into the new Enforcement Management System Guide which
is presently being revised by an EPA Region/State workgroup.
Some additional language on pretreatment has been added to
the Inspection Strategy in response to the final Pretreatment
Implementation and Review Task Force Report. However, at present
the Inspection Strategy and Guidance do not contain detailed
information on pretreatment and sludge inspections. Information
on pretreatment will be provided later in specific guidance and
in the Strategic Planning and Management System.
If you have any questions on the Inspection Strategy or
Guidance, please contact David Lyons, Chief, Enforcement Support
Branch, Enforcement Division (FTS or 202/475-8310).
Attachment
-------
Uniteo Suites
Environmental Protection
Agency
Office of Water
Enlorccment and Permits (EN-323)
Washington DC 20460
NPDES INSPECTION STRATEGY
and
GUIDANCE FOR PREPARING ANNUAL
STATE/EPA COMPLIANCE INSPECTION
PLANS
Office of Water Enforcement and Permits
1985
-------
Highlights
NPDES Inspection Strategy
and
Guidance for Preparing State/EPA
Compliance Inspection Plans
NPDES Inspection Strategy
The Inspection Strategy is divided into five main sections:
Background, Inspection Coverage, Mix of Inspections, Reporting,
and EPA/State Relationships:
Background
0 Explains that both EPA and the State share responsibility for
developing and carrying out the NPDES Compliance Inspection
Programs.
0 Sets out the major purposes of these inspections which are to:
satisfy the regulations, verify permittee compliance, develop
enforcement information, improve permittee performance, improve
data quality assurance, provide State overview, respond to
citizen complaints and water quality problems, support permit
development, and maintain regulatory presence.
Inspection Coverage
0 Explains what types of Inspections make up the total NPDES
Inspection scheme, including the Reconnaissance Inspection.
0 States that all major NPDES permittees should be inspected at
least once a year by EPA or the State.
0 Expands coverage of major POTW inspections to include a
pretreatment component where the POTW has an approved program.
0 Establishes inspection priorities of (1) Inspections to respond to
emergency circumstances and public health problems; (2) Inspections
to support enforcement and potential enforcement actions; (3)
Inspections to support development of major permits; and (4)
Routine compliance monitoring inspections.
Mix of Inspections by Type
0 Makes it clear that the mix of inspections within each state
will be tailored to the needs in each State.
0 Establishes the idea that a core capability will be maintained
for conducting each type of inspection within the geographic
boundaries of each State, and that EPA and State should work to
eliminate unnecessary redundancies.
-------
11
Report inc
0 Describes how inspection data should be reported to EPA and
how the results o'f the inspections should be reported.
0 Makes it clear that the inspection reports are complete when they
contain all necessary supporting data and have been signed by the
reviewer.
0 Establishes the fact that the Form 3560-3 must be filled out in
order for the inspection to be entered into PCS (except when a
State enters data directly to PCS) and in order to receive credit
in SPMS. Timeliness criteria are established for completion of
reports and entering data into PCS.
EPA State Relationships
0 Makes it clear that the Annual Inspection Plan should be part of
the Annual S106 grant agreement or the State/EPA agreement.
0 Sets out the concept of joint planning using the Annual State/EPA
Inspection Plan.
Guidance for State EPA Compliance Inspection Plans
The following are the major categories of the Guidance:
Background
0 Explains that a 1983 evaluation showed the State/EPA planning
documents lacked specific details needed to coordinate inspection
activities, to manage resources, and avoid duplication.
0 States that the Annual Inspection Plans are developed to
correct these problems.
Purpose of the Plan
0 To provide a basis for achieving National NPDES goals, and
to coordinate and improve use of the 'compliance inspection
resources.
Content of Plan
0 Includes such specific items as workload projections, number
and mix of inspections, criteria for selecting inspection
candidates and procedures and timeframes for inspection reports
and data entry.
-------
Ill
Approval of Plan
0 Plan is to be signed by the State and Regional program directors.
Implementing the Plan
0 Establishes that the Region will normally provide prior notice
to the State before conducting independent inspections, and that
States will be apprised of major inspection problems as soon
as they are discovered.
Evaluation of the Results
0 The plan should contain procedures for the ongoing evaluation
of a State inspection program through such means as" periodic
random audits of inspection reports and case files.
0 The level and frequency of the State inspection program evaluation
should be tailored to the State's overall performance in the
inspection program.
-------
Introduct ion
For FY 1985 the Office of Water Enforcement and Permits (OWEP)
established as a major goal the completion of an NPDES Inspection
Strategy, and the Guidance for State/EPA Inspection Plans. The
Inspection Strategy is designed to describe how OWEP and the Regional
Offices address questions on who, when and how to inspect. It
addresses such issues as mix of inspections, coverage, EPA/State
relationships and reporting on inspections.
The Guidance for Preparing Annual State/EPA Compliance Inspection
Plans resulted from the FY 198.3 OWEP evaluation of EPA inspection
programs, which showed that the then current documents such as
grant agreements lacked specific detail needed to coordinate
inspections, manage resources and avoid duplication. The results
of the evaluation included a recommendation to prepare annual
EPA/State Compliance Inspection Plans. The Guidance f-or State/EPA
Inspection Plans discusses how to go about preparing those Plans.
The Inspection Strategy and the Guidance for Preparing Annual
State/EPA Compliance Inspection Plans are the major documents
on managing the Inspection Program. Earlier OWEP documents dealing
with program operations, strategies and memoranda are superseded
by these two documents. Guidance that should be used in conjunction
with the two above cited documents for program management include
but are not limited to:
0 Annual EPA Operating Guidance,
0 Annual Strategic Planning and Management System documents,
0 Annual OWEP Guidance for Oversight of NPDES Programs,
0 Annual Workload Model for Water Ouality Enforcement,
0 Enforcement Management System, as revised, and
0 NPDES Neutral Inspection Plan (2-17-81).
Manuals describing procedures for conducting inspections are
found as Item A in the Appendix.
It should be noted that the NPDES Inspection Strategy and Guidance
provide information primarily on the NPDES inspection program,
and do not address many special concerns of the pretreatment and
sludge programs. These concerns will be addressed in supplements
to this document which will be issued within the next year.
-------
NPDES INSPECTION STRATEGY
Background and Purpose
NPDES Compliance Inspections are a vital tool in implementing the
NPDES Program. There is a ten-year history of NPDES inspections
being conducted by EPA (and State) inspectors in NJPDFS as well as
non-NPDES states. State Inspection programs-have been funded
through the Clean Water Act 5106 grants to States. This Strategy
attempts to restate, amplify and clarify the current approach
Regions and States should be using to implement the NPDES insoection
program. This Strategy should be used as a framework for Regional
and State managers in developing a State-specific inspection program,
and applies to both approved NPDES States and unapproved States.
EPA's primary role with respect to each State's inspection program,
regardless of approval status, will be to: provide enforcement support
overview State inspection programs to ensure they are consistent with
national guidance manuals; provide quality assurance, technical
assistance and training; and augment State routine compliance
inspection programs.
The EPA and States are responsible for developing and carrying out
inspection programs for NPDES Compliance Monitoring in each State.
The programs for each State follow a lead agency concept: States
have lead responsibility, when their NPDES programs are approved,
and EPA has responsibility in non-NPDES States. These programs
serve many purposes. Some of the most important of these are to:
0 Verify permittee compliance
verify self-monitoring information submitted
verify adequacy of pretreatment programs
0 Satisfy the regulations which require inspections of
all majors once a year
0 Develop enforcement information
0 Improve permittee performance
provide technical information and assistance
improve data quality (follow-up to Discharge Monitoring
Report - Quality Assurance (DMR-OA))
0 Provide State overview
0 Respond to citizen complaints
0 Respond to water quality problems
Support permit development
Maintain regulatory presence
o
-------
- 3 -
Coverage
The NPDES Regulations at 40 CFR 123.26(e)(5) require States which
administer the NPDES program to have procedures and abilities for
inspecting all major dischargers (permittees) at least annually.
As a matter of policy, all major NPDES permittees shall be inspected
annually by a combination of Regional and State effort.
The annual inspection requirement may bo satisfied by using any of
the standard compliance inspection protocols described in the Appendix,
Item B. Each State Inspection Program will continue to provide
comprehensive inspections, but at the discretion of the Region or
State, the Reconnaissance Inspection (RI) will be recognized as an
integral part of each State's total inspection mix. The RIs may be
used on a selective basis to satisfy the coverage requirement, but
may not be used for any major permittees in the following categories:
0 a facility that has been in significant non-compliance in
any of the previous four quarters,
0 a facility in a primary industrial category as defined in
40 CFR 122 Appendix A, or
0 a facility to which pretreatment requirements apply.
The purpose of allowing RIs to be used to satisfy the routine
compliance inspection coverage requirements for major facilities is
to focus more intensive inspections on problem facilities. It would
be most appropriate to allow an RI to satisfy the coverage requirement
when the facility is subject to frequent visits and its operational
characteristics are well known to the permitting authority. It would
be generally inappropriate to use an RI to satisfy the annual coverage
requirement for a major facility in two successive years. It should
also be noted that if the results of an RI indicate significant
problems in a facility's operations or discharge, the problems will
be addressed as soon as possible by conducting a more comprehensive
inspection or other followup action.
In each State, inspection coverage will address the following
priorities, which are arranged from the more important to the less
important (there will also be amplification in each year's Annual
Operating Guidance):
0 Inspections to respond to emergency circumstances and
public health problems.
0 Inspections to support enforcement and potential enforcement
actions.
0 Inspections to verify data quality, to follow up on
Discharge Monitoring Report — Quality Assurance (DMR OA).
-------
0 Inspections to support development of major permits.!
0 Routine compliance monitoring inspections with all major
facilities covered first, minor PL92-500 facilities,2 then
other minor facilities including those covered by general
permi ts.
NPDES Inspection plans for major POTVJs which have approved pretreatment
programs will need to be expanded to cover implementation of these
programs. Generally, it will be most cost-effective to combine
the permit effluent limit compliance and pretreatment inspections.
This inspection activity should begin as soon as possible; however,
both the scope of the inspection and coverage of approved POTW
programs will have to be phased in during FY 1985 - 1986 taking
into account availability of resources, timing .and '-availability of
pretreatment audits and awareness of problems. (More detailed
guidance on pretreatment inspection procedures will be forthcoming,
as a supplement to this Strategy and the Compliance Inspection
Manual.)
The number of joint EPA-State inspections and the number of EPA and
State independent inspections will be negotiated between the EPA
Region and the State, and included as part of the State/EPA Annual
Inspection Plan. Each Region of EPA will maintain an independent
inspection program to carry out its enforcement and overview
responsibilities. The Region will normally provide prior notice
to the State before conducting independent inspections. The only
limited exception would be where investigative inspections would
be jeopardized by the prior notice.
The coverage to satisfy the total inspection need in a State will
be a responsibility that is shared by both the Region and State.
However, direction is provided by the lead agency. In NPDES States,
the State should take the lead in operating the inspection program
(with EPA maintaining an independent inspection effort as noted
above). In non-NPDES States, EPA has the lead responsibility for
operating the inspection program.
This should be limited to situations where the applicant's data
gathering techniques are a matter of contention and all other
options for acquiring the information have been exhausted.
Regional Offices will provide limited inspection coverage for
minor permittees. Specific coverage will be negotiated with
States as part of the Annual State Inspection Plans.
Routine inspections are also known as neutral inspections as
opposed to "for cause" inspections described in the first two
priorities. This distinction resulted from the decision in
Marshall V. Barlow's, Inc. which required different approaches
in selection of facilities for these inspections. (US, 98 S.
Ct. 1816 ( 1978 ) ) .
-------
- 5 -
The lead agency concept will in no case exclude either EPA or a
State from conducting independent inspections as prescribed in the
above paragraph.3 where EPA is relying on inspections by an
unapproved State to satisfy NPDES inspection needs, it must assure
the federal NPDER permit requirements are covered in the State
inspection along with the State requirements.
Mix of Inspections by Type
The type of inspection will be tailored to the individual purposes
to be achieved by the inspection. The mix of inspections within
each State in turn will be tailored to the needs in each State.
A recommended mix of inspections will be developed annually, in
connection with allotment of EPA resources to the Regions in the
National Water Quality Enforcement Workload Model. In each .State,
the recommended mix can be used as a guide in planning the annual
State inspection coverage, which is established in the annual State
EPA compliance inspection plan. The individual State inspection
mix will be tailored to the particular needs of the State such as:
a disproportionately large number of self-monitoring and laboratory
problems among major permittees that need to be addressed with
performance audit inspections, or a large number of dischargers
with toxics limits problems that require toxics .sampling inspections.
In selecting appropriate inspection type,s for special or routine
problems, the definitions of inspections (Item B, Appendix) and
the "primary use" criteria (Item C, Appendix) should be used as a
general guide. The type of inspection selected depends on the
compliance status, type of facility, and the nature of the
information needed from an inspection.
Each Region should assure that a core capability for conducting each
type of inspection is maintained within the geographic boundaries
of the Region. Each State program should be supported where necessary
by technical capability at the Regional level. Unnecessary redundancy
and duplication should be avoided without sacrificing the ability
of States and Regions to carry out their respective roles and
responsibilities.
Under S309 of the Clean Water Act, EPA must take enforcement
action when the State does not commence appropriate enforcement
action. Consequently, EPA must maintain its own inspection
program and must maintain enforcement presence through field
activities, as required in $308 of the Clean Water Act.
-------
Report ing
In order to describe accurately the full extent of the inspection
program, the Regions and States are encouraged to report on all
NPDES inspections. Data on inspections of major permittees should
be reported in the Permit Compliance System (PCS), whenever possible.
When the State is not a regular user of PCS, it should enter the
data into its own automated system and transfer the data into PCS,
or it should provide the data to the Region in a form that facilitate^
entry into PCS by EPA. To the extent possible, SPA encourages
reporting on inspections of minor permittees in PCS; otherwise data
should be reported to the Region manually in a format that includes at
least the name of the facility, permit number, the type of inspection
and the date of the inspection.
The organization conducting the inspection is responsible for
providing reports that are complete and available in a timely manner.
An inspection report is complete when it contains all the inspector's
observations, the analytical results, a completed form 3560-3
(Appendix, Item D), and evidence of peer/management review and
signature of the reviewer. The inspection report should meet
timeliness goals as follows:
0 for sampling inspections, reports wijll be distributed
within 45 days of the date of the inspection;
°- for non-sampling inspections, reports will be distributed
within 30 days of the inspection; and
S
0 for entering inspection data into PCS, data entry will
be completed within 90 days of the date of the inspection.
The inspection report must contain Form 3560-3 and the information
must be entered into PCS to receive credit in Strategic Planning
and Management System (SPMS). However, where the State enters data
into PCS directly, the State may use an equivalent form if it
contains at least the same data elements as Form 3560-3. The
format and content of an inspection report are described in the
EPA NPDES Compliance Inspection Manual, (June 1984).
Copies of the Inspection Reports should be sent to the permittee in
a timely manner except when formal enforcement procedures are under-
way. In this instance, the .case attorney will direct any disclosure
of data.
-------
EPA/State Relationships
EPA overviews the State inspection program through a combination
of independent and joint inspections as well as periodic review of
inspection reports and files. In order to carry this out, the
Annual Inspection Plans are negotiated between EPA and each State
in accordance with the Guidance on Annual State/EPA Inspection Plans.
Joint inspections will be negotiated as part of each Annual Inspection
Plan. The Plan also includes inspection priorities and mix based
on the Annual Operating Guidance priorities and the Workload Model
recommended mix. The Annual Inspection Plans should establish
that a quarterly list of candidates for inspections will be developer;
within thirty days prior to each quarter. The quarterly list
should contain names of major and PL92-500 minor faci-lities to be
inspected and the estimated number of other inspections to be
conducted, grouped by inspection type and/or facility category.
Annual Inspection Plans should be part of the annual SlOfi grant
agreement or the State/EPA Agreement. To the degree that inspection
plans are a part of the S106 process, inspection commitments and
Annual State/EPA Inspection Plans may be jointly reviewed during
mid-year and end-of-the-year program reviews.
The review of the inspection program should be part of: the NPDES
program review, and will be based on the Annual Guidance for Oversight
of the NPDES Programs.
The Annual State/EPA Inspection Plan will contain procedures for
communications between EPA and the State on conducting NPDES
inspections within a given State. The detailed requirement for
Annual State/EPA Compliance Inspection Plans follows this Strategy,
as a separate document entitled "Guidance for Preparing Annual State/
EPA Compliance Inspection Plans."
-------
GUIDANCE FOR PREPARING ANNUAL
STATE/EPA COMPLIANCE INSPECTION PLANS
Background
EPA has routinely negotiated agreements with States for conducting
NPDES Compliance Inspections. The work plans based on these
agreements are used to coordinate State/EPA activities and workflows
within each State, to manage resources, and to assure that program
needs are met to the fullest extent possible. Detailed planning is
necessary because States conduct the majority of the compliance
inspections.
An evaluation of EPA Regional In.spection Programs in 1983 showed
that the current planning documents lack specific details that are
needed to coordinate inspection activities, to manage resources,
and to avoid duplications. The evaluation concluded that guidance
was needed to help Regions and States prepare an annual State/EPA
Compliance Inspection Pl.an (Plan).
This guidance will help EPA and State Managers implement the planning
requirements of the Compliance Inspection Strategy by: 1) describing
the components of the Plan; 2) providing guidance for negotiating
the Plan; and 3) providing guidance on evaluating the results
achieved by the Plan. This guidance does not apply to procedures
for carrying out inspections in support of criminal investigations.
Purpose
The purpose of the Plan is to: 1) provide a basis for achieving
National NPDES Program goals and objectives; and 2) coordinate and
improve the use of compliance inspection resources in accordance
with the Guidance for Oversight of NPDES Programs.
The Plan should contain detailed procedures for communications
between the Region and the State concerning the conduct of the
NPDES inspection program in the given State.
Content
EPA identifies major NPDES program objectives as part of the Agency's
annual operating guidance. The Plan should provide detailed
procedures and specific workload projections to support these
national objectives. In addition to the national objectives, the
Plan should allow the State and EPA to address specific local and
regional concerns.
-------
- 9 -
Each Plan should establish annually the number and mix of inspections
by type for both the State and Region. The type of inspection should
be consistent with definitions and procedures outlined in the Agency's
June 1984 NPDES Compliance Inspection Manual. The Plan should contain
criteria for selecting inspection candidates for the appropriate mix
of routine and special inspections. Each Plan will be prepared for an
entire year and will account for the State and EPA resources devoted
to NPDES compliance inspections. A quarterly list of facilities that
are to be inspected should be established at least 30 days prior to the
beginning of the quarter. The quarterly list should contain names of
major and PL 92-500 minor facilities to be inspected and the estimated
number of other inspections to be conducted that are grouped by
inspection type and/or facility category. The status of the Plan
should be assessed at established intervals throughout the year.
EPA annually establishes a recommended mix of inspection types
through the budget workload model. The model generates a mix that
reflects the level of EPA resources, the number of permittees to
be inspected, and the emphasis of that National program on various
groups of permittees during the budget year. This recommended mix
should be used as a guide in preparing the Plan to establish coverage
and to meet the priorities of each State.
In order to avoid advance notification to the permittee, specific
dates of inspections should not be included in the Plan. The Plan
should include a procedure for providing notice to the State prior
to inspection where such notice will not jeopardize the purpose of
the inspection.
The Plan should specify procedures, timeframes, and formats for
producing inspection reports and entering data into PCS. Whenever
the State and Region participate in a joint inspection, only the
lead agency will complete the inspection form to account for the
inspection. The agreement to conduct joint inspections is to be
included in the Plan.
The Plan should specify procedures and timeframes by which the
inspecting agency (either the Region or the State) will provide
copies of inspection reports to the agency that has lead
responsibility for NPDES program enforcement.
Development
The Plan should cover inspection activity as specified in the
Agency's Annual Operating Guidance. The Plan should be prepared
as part of the annual Region/State planning process and it should
be incorporated into the 15106 Plan or State/EPA Agreement. The
Plan should be in place for each State no later than October 1,
or the beginning of the State fiscal year.
-------
-'10 -
Approva1
The Plan will be cosigned for approval by the State and Regional
program directors, who have the respective responsibility for
authorizing the resources needed to carry out the Plan. In the
Region, this is typically the Water Management Division Director.
Imp 1ernen tat i on
Ongoing -coordination b-etween the State and Region is expected, during
implementation. [The Region and State should have procedures to
establish quarterly a list of facilities that are to be inspected,
and to assess the status of the annual Plan at established intervals
throughout the year.l The Region should also agree to provide prior
notice to the State before conducting joint or independent
inspections, and to supply the .State with at least se~;ni-'annual
reports of the Region's findings (mid-year and end-of-year) ; the
State should be apprised of major problems as soon as they are
discovered. The Plan may be modified as needed to ensure that it
reflects changing conditions throughout the year.
Evaluation of Results
The Plan should contain procedures for ongoing evaluation of the
State inspection program, including periodic random audits of
inspection reports and case files. In addition to ongoing evaluation,
the Region will conduct at least an annua.l audit of the State
inspection records and management system. Review of the inspection
program should be part of the NPDFS program review process, and the
le-vel and frequency of overview should be tailored to the
overall performance in the inspection activity category.
-------
Append i x
-------
I tern A
REFERENCES
1. Compliance Biomonitoring Inspection Manual (MCD-62, EPA, 1931)
2. Compliance Evaluation Inspection Manual (MCD-75, EPA, 1?R1)
3. Compliance Evaluation and Troubleshooting at Municipal
Wastewater Treatment Facilities (EPA-430/9-78-00 1 )
4. Compliance Flow Measurement Inspection ^anual (MCD-77, EPA, 1Q?1}
5. Compliance Sampling Inspection Manual (MCD-51, EPA, 1979)
6. Model State Water Monitoring Program (EPA-440/9-7.4-002)
7. Multi-Media Compliance Audit Inspection Manual (EPA-297/2-R3-002)
8. Performance Audit Inspection Manual (EPA-330/1-79-004)
9. NPDES Compliance Inspection Manual (EPA/OWEP-6/84)
-------
'Item B
NPDES INSPECTION DEFINITIONS
Compliance Evaluation Inspection (CEI)
A CEI is a nonsampling inspection designed to verify permittee
compliance with applicable permit self-monitoring requirements
and compliance schedules. This inspection is based on record
reviews and visual observations and evaluations of the treatment
facilities, effluents, receiving waters, etc. The CEI is used for
both chemical and biological self-monitoring programs. The CEI
forms the basis for all other inspection types except the
Reconnaissance Inspection. As the CEI does not involve sampling,
it is frequently used as a "routine" inspection.
The CEI is appropriate for routine inspections of facilities to
overview construction schedules, general plant operations and
maintenance, record-keeping, and sampling. As the basic element
of all NPDES inspection activity the evaluation can also concentrate
on program areas such as pretreatment and discharge monitoring
report quality assurance. The pricing factor for the CEI is 3
days for a major and 2 days for a minor permittee.
Comoliance Samolino Insoection (CSI)
During the CSI, representative samples of a permittee's influent
and/or effluent are collected. Samples that are required by the
permit are also obtained. Chemical analyses are then performed
and the results are used 1) to verify the accuracy of the permittee
self monitoring program and report and 2) to determine the quantity
and quality of effluents, 3) to develop permits, and 4) where
appropriate, as evidence for enforcement proceedings. The chemical
analysis for the CSI is directed to pollutants which do not require
expensive and elaborate procedures such as those involved in Gas
Chromatograph-Mass Spectrophotometry. Other pollutants are covered
by the Toxics Sampling Inspection. In addition to the above tasks,
a CSI incorporates the same objectives and tasks as a CEI. The
pricing factor for a CSI is 30 days for a non-municipal and 16 days
for a municipal permittee with the resource difference due to the
higher number of outfalls at a typical non-municipal facility.
The CSI inspection, because it is more resource intensive, must
have a more limited use. The CSI is most often conducted when
there is "cause" to suspect major violations of permit requirements
and effluent limits.
-------
Performance Audit Inspection (PAI)
The PAI is used t.o evaluate the permittee's self-monitoring program,
The PAI incorporates the same objectives and tasks as a CEI, but in
a PAI, the laboratory procedures, data quality, and data handling
are examined in greater depth. In a PAI, the inspector actually
observes the permittee going through all of the steps on the self-
monitoring process from sample collection and flow measurement,
through lab analyses, data work-up and reporting. Also, the PAI
inspector may leave a check sample for the permittee to analyze.
The PAI is more resource intensive than a CEI, but less than a CSI
because sample collection and an-alyses by 'EPA or the State are not
included.
The pricing factor for the PAI is 12 days. The PAI is used to
follow up known or suspected problems with permittee self-monitoring
such as DMP OA failures or inadequate DMR data.
Connliance Riomonitorinq Insoection (CRT)
A CBI evaluates the biological effect of a permittee's effluent
discharge(s) on test organisms through the? utilization of acute
toxicity bioassay techniques. In addition, this inspection includes
the same objectives and tasks as CEI.
The pricing, factor depends on method of exposure. The static test
requires 6 work days and an on-site flow through bioassay requires
30 work days. The CBI should also be directed toward toxic problems
It is most likely to be useful for non-municipals and municipals
with a large proportion of industrial waste discharging into water
quality limited stream segments. For States which have water
quality standards for acute toxicity (e.g., Alabama, New Jersey),
the results are a direct determination of compliance with the
standard. (In addition to these methods, chronic toxicity methods
are being developed.)
Toxics Sampling Inspection (XSI)
The XSI has the same objectives as a conventional CSI, however, it
places increased emphasis on toxic substances (.i.e. the priority
pollutants) other than heavy metals, phenols and cyanide, which
are typically included in a CSI. Increased resources over a CSI
are needed because highly sophisticated techniques are used to
sample and analyze for toxic pollutants. The pricing factor for
XSI is 35 days. The XSI is usually reserved for toxics problems at
non-municipal facilities. These problems may be noncompliance,
permit reissuance, or water quality related.
-------
Diagnostic Insnection (DI)
The DI focuses primarily on municipal POTW's that are not in
compliance with their permit requirements. The purpose of the HI
can be either to assist those POTWs without self-diagnostic
capability or to evaluate causes for noncompliance in support of
enforcement actions. In either case an objective of the 01 is to
identify causes for noncompliance which can be corrected in a
relatively short period of time and without large capital
expenditures. The DI will also have as an objective the
identification of major plant deficiencies in operation, design,
and/or construction. The pricing factor for a DI is 16 days.
Reconnaissance Insoection (RI)
The RI is used to obtain a preliminary overview of a permittee's
compliance program. The inspector performs a brief visual
inspection of the permittee's treatment facility, effluents
and receiving waters. The RI utilizes the inspector's experience
and judgment to quickly summarize a permittee's compliance program,
The objective of the RI. is to expand inspection coverage without
increasing inspection resources. It is the briefest of all NPOE?
inspections. The pricing factor for an RI is one day.
Legal Support Inspection (LSI)
The LSI is a resource intensive inspection conducted when an
enforcement problem is identified as a result of a routine
inspection or a complaint. For an LSI, the appropriate resources
a-re assembled to effectively deal with a specific enforcement
problem, so there is no established pricing factor.
-------
NPDE.S INSPECTION USES
Item C
Selection Criteria
Insoection Tvne *
Routine compliance verification and
followup on specific problems (i.e.
schedules, OA deficiencies, failure
to report).
Resolve permittee chronic self-
monitoring problems and laboratory
deficiencies.
CEI
(Compliance Evaluation
PAI
(Performance Audit
Identify POTW compliance deficiencies
that can be resolved quickly at limited
cost.
Expand regulatory presence with
limited inspection resources to verify
basic compliance data.
Sample conventional pollutants to
verify effluent violations in support
of enforcement and/or to support
permit development.
Sample priority pollutants to verify
effluent violations in support of
enforcement and/or to support
permit development.
Screen for effluent acute toxicity in
lieu of sampling for priority pollutants
and/or verify permit limits or water
quality standards for acute toxicity.
Provide intensive field investigation,
technical analysis, and expert witness
capability to support litigation, often
as the result of routine inspection or
complaint.
DI
(Diagnos tic)
RI
(Reconnaissance)
CSI
(Compliance Sampling
KS I
(Toxics Sampling
CBI
(Compliance Biomonitoring
LSI
(Legal Support)
Any of the inspection types with the exception of the Reconnaissance
Inspection may be used for pretreatment program verification and for
direct determination of industrial user compliance with categorical
pretreatment standards.
-------
Teem D
/Tfc
r~
L_
DA
IMPDES
u'MuJ :->I.ll<". 1. 1 wif u''':'1'1 j: " ''' '/'ct-Jitjn *»'jt:iu.y
W.isninylon. D C 20-100
Compliance Inspection Report
rorm Apr
OMB No.
Approval
2040-OC03
Expires 7-3 1
•35
Section A: Nntionul D.Tt.n System Corlinq
.ransaciion Code
b;
NPDES
yr/mo/UOv
ll i
Inspection Type
18LJ
Inspector
Fac 7/D-2
i i
20 '
Hcm.lrks
Reserved Facility Evaluation Rating
67 I I i 69 70 !
Bl
QA
71:
73
Reserved-
:74 75 '•
!eo
Section U: F.icilitv O.TI.T
ic3'TI8 a't'.O LOCuliC."1. 01 .-(iCinly iTiSp^CicCJ
bxit i irns,
Perm: £/.oira::on D
i\ameis) 01 On-Site Represenianveis)
liileis)
Fr.or.e N
r\arr,e. Acc.-ess 01 hespons;uie Oiti
Tale
Phono No.
Con:ac;cc
D Yes D :.o
Section C: Areas cvnlu^ted During Inspection
(S = Satisfactory. M = Marqin.il, U = Unsatisfactory. N = Not Evaluated)
| Permit
~i
I Records/Reports
| Facility Site Review
j Flow Measurement
I Laboratory
I Effluent/Rccoivinq Viators
Pretreatment
Compliance Schedules
Self-Monitoring Pronrnm
J Operations a Maintenance
J Sludge Disposal
! Ot.^er:
Section D: Summary of Findings/Comments tAn.Tch nuiimon.Tl 5/i(?p/s // r.ecess.T*!.
Name(s) and Signatureisj of Inspector(s)
Agency/Office/Telephone
Date
Signature of Reviewer
Ayency/Office
DJ le
Officn Usi! Only
Action
Dote
Curroxinco St.liuS
! I .';oncom
; I (7^'TV''.T
EPA Form 3560-3 (Rev. 3-85) Previous ecmons are oosoiete.
-------
INSTRUCTIONS
Section A: National Data System Coding (i.e., PCS)
Column 1: Transaction Code: Use N, C, or Dfor New, Change, or Delete. All inspections will be
unless there is an error in the data entered.
Columns 3-11: NPDES Permit No. Enter the facility's NPDES permit number. (Use t-he Remarks
columns to record the State permit number, if necessary.)
Columns 12-17: Inspection Date. Insert the date entry was made into the facility. Use the
year/month/day format (e.g., 82/06/30 = June 30, 1 982).
Column 1 S: Inspection Type. Use one of the codes listed below to describe the type of inspection:
A — Performance Audit E — Corps of Engrs Inspection S — Compliance Sampling
B — Biomonitoring L—Enforcement "Case Support X — Toxic Sampling
C — Compliance Evaluation P — Pretreatment
D — Diagnostic R — Reconnaissance Inspection
.Column 1 9: Inspector Code. Use one of the codes listed below to describe the lead agency in the
inspection.
C — Contractor or Other Inspectors (Specify in N — NEIC Inspectors
Remarks columns) R — EPA Regional Inspector
E — Corps of Engineers S — State Inspector
J — Joint EPA/State Inspectors—EPA lead T — Joint State/EPA Inspectors—State lead
Column 20: Facility Type. Use one of the codes below to describe the facility.
1 — Municipal. Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTWs) with 1 972 Standard Industrial Code
(SIC) 4952.
2 — Industrial. Other than municipal, agricultural, and Federal facilities.
3 — Agricultural. Facilities classified with 1 972 SIC 0111 to 0971.
4 — Federal. Facilities identified as Federal by the EPA Regional Office.
Columns 21-66: Remarks. These columns are reserved for re marks at the discretion of the Region.
Column 70: Facility Evaluation Rating. Use information gathered during the inspection (regardless
of inspection type) to evaluate t he quality of the facility self-monitoring program. Grade the program
using a scale of 1 to 5 with a score of 5 being used for very reliable self-monitor ing programs, 3 being
satisfactory, and 1 being used for very unreliable programs.
Column 71: Biomonitoring Information. Enter D for static testing. Enter F for flow through testing.
Enter N for no biomonitoring.
Column 72: Quality Assurance Data Inspection. Enter Q if the inspection was conducted as
followup on quality assurance sample results. Enter N otherwise.
Columns 73-80: These columns are reserved for regionally defined information.
Section B: Facility Data
This section is self-explanatory.
Section C: Areas Evaluated During Inspection
Indicate findings (S, M, U, or N) in the appropriate box. Use Section D and additional sheets as
necessary. Support the findings, as necessary, in a brief narrative report. Use the headings given on
the report form (e.g., Permit, Records/Reports) when discussing the areas evaluated during the
inspection. The heading marked "Other" may include activities such as SPCC, BMP's, and multims-
dia concerns.
Section D: Summary of Findings/Comments
Briefly summarize the inspection findings. This summary should abstract the pertinent inspection
findings, not replace the narrative report. Reference a list of attachments, such as completed,
checklists taken from the NPDES Compliance Inspection Manuals and pretreatment guidance
documents, including effluent data when sampling has been done. Use extra sheets as necessary.
EPA Form 3560-3 (Rev. 3-85) Reverse
-------
II.B.9.
"NPDES COMPLIANCE INSPECTION MANUAL", dated January, 1988. Table of
Contents only. Replaces June, 1984 edition.
-------
-------
EPA
United States
Environmental Protection
Agency
Office of Water
Enforcement and Permits (EN-338)
Washington, D.C. 20460
MY 1988
Water
NPDES _
Compliance Inspection
Manual
-------
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
contents • Page
List of Tables x1
List of Figures x111
List of Acronyms, xv
Chapter One: Introduction
• Legal Authority for NPDES Inspections 1-1
Responsibilities of the NPDES Inspector 1-3
Multimedia Concerns 1n NPOES Permitting and
inspections •••••»••••••••*••••«••••••••••••>«••••••••••• 1—9
Chapter Two: Inspection Procedures
Pre-InspectIon Preparation 2-1
Entry 2-11
Opening Conference •••••••••«••••••••«••••••••••••••••«•••• 2—15
Documentation 2-19
Closing Conference ••••••«••••••••••••••••••••••«•••••••••• 2—29
Inspection Report 2-33
Chapter Three: Recordkeeplng and Reporting
Inspection Authority and Objectives 3-1
Evaluation Procedures «••••••••••••••«««*«*••••««•••••••••• 3—3
Verification, Recordkeeplng, and Reporting Evaluation
Checklist 3-9
Chapter Four; Facility Site Review
Objectives .....4-1
Physical Inspection of the Facility 4-3
Operation and Maintenance Evaluation 4-13
References and Facility Site Review Checklist 4-25
NPDE5 inspection Manual ix oanuary isoo
-------
Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
Contents •. Page
Chapter Five; Sampling
Evaluation of Permittee Sampling Program and Compliance
Sampling •• ••• «•••««••»•«• .. • 5-1
Sampling Procedures and Techniques 5-3..
References and Permittee Sampling Inspection Checklist .... 5-23
Chapter Six; Flow Measurement
' Evaluation of Permittee's Plow Measurement 6-1
Supplementary Information 6-5
Flow Measurement Compliance •••••••••«.»•«••«•••••••»•••••• 6*29
References and Flow Measurement Inspection Checklist 6-37
Chapter Seven; Blomonltorlng
Evaluation of Permittee Self •Blomonltorlng Program 7-1
Compliance Blomonltorlng Inspection 7-9
Chapter Eight: Laboratory Quality Assurance '
Objectives *and Requirements ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 8-1 •
Sample Handling Procedures 8-3
Laboratory Analyses Techniques Evaluation 8-5.'
Quality Assurance and Quality Control 8-9
References and Laboratory Quality Assurance Checklist 8-13
Chapter Nlnet Pretreatment
Review of the General Pretreatment Regulations 9-1
Pretreatment Compliance Inspections (PCIs) and Audits ..... 9-19
••••••*••••••••••••'•••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 9*2*
NPOES Inspection Manual January 1988
'
-------
LIST OF TABLES
Table Page
^
F-l Comparison of Inspection Activities with Inspection
Types • ••••••••«••»•••••-*•«•••••••••••••.••••••••••••••• v
1-1 Responsibilities of the Inspector In the Inspection
process •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••«..««« 1—7
2-1 NPOES-Related Statutes and Regulations 2-7
4-1 Operations and Maintenance Function Evaluation
Questions ••««•«•••••••••••*•••••••••••••••••••••••«.«« 4«i/
5-1 Volume of Sample Required for Determination of the
Various Constituents of Industrial Ua'stewater 5-9
5-2 Compositing Methods 5-12
5-3 Required Containers, Preservation Techniques, Holding
Times, and Test Methods ••••••••••••••••••«•••••«..««•« 5-13
6-1 Head-Discharge Relationship Formulas for Nonsubmerged
Weirs 6-11
6-2 Discharge of 90* V-Notch Weir - Head Measured
at Heir Plate ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••»•« o—iz
6-3 Minimum and Maximum Recommended Flow Rates for
Clpollettl Heirs 6-13
6-4 .Minimum and Maximum Recommended Flow Rates for Free
Flow Through Parshall Flumes 6-13
6-5 Free-Flow Values of C and N for Parshall Flume Based
on the Relationship Q - CWHfln 6-14
.6-6 . Minimum and Maximum Recommended Flow Rates for Free
Flow Through Plastl-Fab Palmer-Bpwlus Flumes 6-15
NPDES inspection Manual xi January isas
-------
List of Tables
LIST OF TABLES (Continued)
Table Page
6-7 Coefficients of Discharge c for VentuM Meters 6-16
6-8 Values of K In Formula for Venturl Meters 6-16
•
6-9 ''Advantages and Disadvantages of Secondary Devices 6-17
7-1 Recommended Species, Test Temperatures, and Life
stages •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• /—s
9-1 Summary of the General Pretreatment Regulations 9-9
•
9-2 Summary Status of National Categorical Pretreatment
Standards: Milestone Dates • 9-14
HPDES Inspection Manual x^ January
-------
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Page
Z—1 Sample 308 Letter ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••« 2—9
2-2 EPA Deficiency Notice Form .....2-31
2-3 NPDES Compliance Inspection Report Form 2-37
5-1 Example Chaln-of-Custody Form 5-21
6-1 Profile and Nomenclature of Sharp-Crested Weirs 6-19
6-2 Three Common Types of Sharp-Crested Heirs 6-20
6-3 Flow Rates for 60* and 90* V-Notch Heirs 6-21
6-4 Nomograph for Capacity of Rectangular Heirs 6-22
6-5 Flow Curves for Parshall Flumes 6-23
6-6 Dimensions and Capacities of Parshal.1 Measuring
Flume for Various Throat Hldths 6-24
6-7 Effect of Submergence on Parshall Flume Free
01scnarge «••••••••••••••«•••««•«••*•«•«««••••••••••••« o—zo
6-8 Free Flowing Palmer-Bowl us Flume 6-27
\
6-9 Configuration and Nomenclature of Venturl Meter 6-27
6-10 Electromagnetic Flowmeter 6-28
6-11 Propeller Flowmeter ..» 6-28
7-1 NPDES Toxlcity Test Evaluation F.orm 7-7
NPDES Inspection Manual xill January 1988
-------
-------
II.B.10.
"Use of the New NPOES Compliance Inspection Porn", dated May .14, 1985.
-------
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WASHINGTON. D.C. 20460
I 4 IS35
OFFICE OF
WATER
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Use of the New NPDES Compliance' Inspection Form
FROM:
TO:
~
Rebecc^w. Hanmer, Director
of Water Enforcement and Permits ' (EN-35 '
Regional Water Management Division Directors
Regional Environmental Services Division Directors
State Program Directors
EPA has prepared and obtained OMB authorization for the
attached EPA Form 3560-3 (Revised 3-85). Users .of the inspection
form should be aware of the following information.
Purpose; The purpose of shortening Form 3560-3 is not to reduce
the quantity and quality of data collected during inspections, but
is to provide flexibility to Regions and States in the reporting
formats they use. EPA Form 3560-3 includes only the most basic
points of information necessary for the Permits Compliance System
(PCS) national data base. States and Regions will prepare more
comprehensive narrative reports on the findings from the inspections,
and States may use their own detailed inspection forms in addition
to the Form 3560-3, for NPDES inspections.
Required Use; The Form 3560-3 must be included in NPDES inspection
reports and the information must be entered into PCS to receive
credit in EPA's Strategic Planning and Management System (SPMS).
However, where a State enters data directly into PCS, the State
may use an equivalent form if it contains at least the same data
elements as Form 3560-3.
Status of Old Form; The new inspection form essentially replaces
first page of the old form. The Regions and States, as they
may still utilize parts of the old form, specifically pages
and 4, until supplies are exhausted. The old form will not
the existing supplies are gone.
the
wish,
2, 3,
be reprinted when
-------
- 2 -
Guidance on Preparing Inspection Reports; In.addition to
instructions on the form, Regions and States should consult the
Compliance Inspection-Manual (June 1984) for detailed guidance
on preparing inspection reports (pp. 2-27 to 2-30) and for use
of the appropriate checklists for covering subject areas investi-
gated during an inspection (pp, 3-9 to 11; 4-24 to 25; 5-22;
6-20 to 21; 7-8; and 8-9).
Reports Distribution; The shortened forn is a single page with
no duplicates or carbons, whereas the old form came in color
coded multicopy pressure sensitive four-part sets. To satisfy
the needs of distribution, a completed original of the new form
and the attachments will need to be reproduced as needed. This
reduces waste of extra unneeded copies and improves utility of '
the form in the field. . -.
Availability of New Form; The new form was p'rinted and distributed
to Regions in April 1985. The forms are available from the Forms
Officer in each Region or from;
EPA, Distribution and Warehousing
Wing G; Room 207
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
Length of the OMB Approval; The "new form indicates approval by
OMB expires on July 31, 1985. However, we have been assured
that approval will be extended through J986, when it will be
necessary to have the form reapproved.
Any questions about the new form may be directed to Gary Polvi
(FTS/202 475-8318) or Virginia Lathrop (PTS/202 475-8299) in the
Water Enforcement Division (EN-338), Washington, D.C. 20460.
Attachment
cc: Regional NPDES Inspection
Program Managers (WMD and ESD)
-------
Item I)
E|p* A Washington. D C. 204CO
" *"V NPDE& Compliance Inspection Report
Section A:
transaction Code NPDES
i! ! 2J5i 31 I ! Mill 11 12!
Re
M ! I ! I M M M ! I I
Reserved Facility Evaluation Rating Bl
67 | I! 69 70 i 7l| J
Nationnl Datn System Codmn.
conn Mjiprovuu
OMD No 2040-CC03
Aporov.il Expiros 7-21 -85
yr/mo/day Inspection Type Inspector Fac Type
III! 17 18! I U,' 1 2d 1
marks
1 ! I i ! ! I
72J | 73J i , 74 75! 1 M
M II M i 1 !
00
' iso
Section B: Facility D.ita
Name anc Location o; raci^iy mspectco
NameiS) ot On-ijiie HepreseniativeiS)
ftame. Acoress o: nesponsiaie Ctncial
Entry '.me y AM jj ?;A
fcxit Time/ Date
Titlcis)
Fitle
Phone No.
r- ' -••--••'t- -'•'••=
Permit expiation Date
Pnone i'.ois)
Contactea
D Yes D NO '
Section C: Areas Evaluated During Inspection
(S = Satisfactory. M = Marginal. U = Unsatisfactory. N = Not Evaluated)
i Permit . Flow Measurement
I Records/Reports Laboratory
Pretreatment
Compliance Schedules
i Facility Site Review Effluent/Receiving Waters Self-Monitoring Program
Operations & Maintenance
Sludge Disposal
Other:
Section D: Summary of Findings/Comments lAttacti ocliiilional sheets it necesssrv)
Name(s) and Signature(s) of Inspector(s) Agency/Office/Telephone
Signature of Reviewer Agency/Office
^m Hequlotory Office Use Only
Action faKen
Date
Date
Date
Conionar.cc Status
1 1 Noncompliance
P --,-nMPr.
EPA Form 3560-3 (Rev. 3-851 Previous eai:,ons are ousolete.
-------
INSTRUCTIONS
Section A: National Data System Coding (i.e.. PCS)
Column 1: Transaction Code: Use N, C, or D for New, Change, or Delete. All inspections will be new
unless there is an error in the data entered.
Columns 3-11: MPDES Permit No. Enter the facility's NPDES permit number. (Use the Remand
columns to record the State permit number, if necessary.)
Columns 12-17: Inspection Date. Insert the date entry was made into the facility. Use the
year/month/day format (e.g., 82/06/30 = June 30, 1 982).
Column 1 8: Inspection Type. Use one of the codes listed below to describe the type of inspection:
A — Performance Audit E — Corps of Engrs Inspection S — Compliance Sampling
B — Biomonitoring L—Enforcement Case Support X — Toxic Sampling
C— Compliance Evaluation P — Pretreatment
D — Diagnostic R — Reconnaissance Inspection
Column 1 9: Inspector Code. Use one of the codes listed below to describe the lead agency in the
inspection.
C — Contractor or Other Inspectors (Specify in N — NEIC Inspectors
Remarks columns) R — EPA Regional Inspector
E — Corps of Engineers S — State Inspector
J — Joint EPA/State Inspectors—EPA lead T —Joint State/EPA Inspectors—State lead
Column 20: Facility Type. Use one of the codes below to describe the facility.
1 — Municipal. Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTWs) with 1 972 Standard Industrial Code
(SIC) 4952.
2 — Industrial. Other than municipal, agricultural, and Federal facilities.
3 — Agrrcultural. Facilities classified with) 1 972 SIC 0111 to 0971.
4 — Federal. Facilities identified as Federal by the EPA Regional Office.
Columns 21 -66: Remarks. These columns are reserved for remarks at the discretion of the Region.
Column 70: Facility Evaluation Rating. Use information gathered during the inspect ion (regardless
of inspection type) to evaluate the quality of the facility self -monitor ing program. Grade the program
using a scale of 1 to 5 with a score of 5 being used for very reliable self-monitoring programs, 3 being
satisfactory, and 1 being used for very unreliable programs.
Column 71: Biomonitoring Information. Enter D for static test ing. Enter F for flow through testing.
Enter N for no biomonitoring.
Column 72: Quality Assurance Data Inspection. Enter Q if the inspection was conducted as
followup on quality assurance sample results. Enter N otherwise.
Columns 73-80: These columns are reserved for regionally defined information.
SectionJB: Facility Data
This section is self-explanatory.
Section C: Areas Evaluated During Inspection
Indicate findings (S, M, U, or N) in the appropriate box. Use Section D and additional sheets as
necessary. Support the findings, as necessary, in a brief narrative report. Use the headings given on
the report form (e.g., Permit, Records/Reports) when discussing the areas evaluated during the
inspection. The heading marked "Other" may include activities such as SPCC, BMP's, and multime-
dia concerns.
Section D: Summary of Findings/Comments
Briefly summarize the inspection findings. This summary should abstract the pertinent inspection"
findings, not replace the narrative report. Reference a list of attachments, such as completed
checklists taken from the NPDES Compliance Inspection Manuals and pretreatment guidance
documents, including effluent data when sampling has been done. Use extra sheets as necessary.
EPA Form 3560-3 (Rev. 3-85) Reverse
-------
II.B.ll,
Pretreatment Compliance and Audit Manual for Approval Authorities. See
VLB.24,,
-------
-------
II.B.12.
i "NPDES Compliance Flow Measurement Manual", dated September, 1981. Table
of Contents only.
-------
-------
UniMSMNi
EnvwoniMral
Offte of Wmr Entarcwmm and
c^mm Oivwon (EN33M
M,OC 20400 '
r/EPA
NPDES
Compliance Flow
Measurement Manual
MOD - 77
-------
HPDBS OOMPLXAHCB fLOV KASOTEMEHT MAHDAL
U.S. EnvirooMBtAl Protection Agency
September, 1981
by:
David L. Gutbtle, P.E.
Office of Water Enforcement and Permits
Enforcesent Dlvitien
Coapliance Branch
-------
HPDES COMPLIANCE FLOW MEASUREMENT MANUAL
Table of Content*
Disclaimer ii
Acknowledgement iii
Table of Concents * iv
List of Illustrations .. vii
List of Tables ix
Foreword 1
Int reduction. 3
Basic Methods 10
Weighing the Discharge..... 10
Volumet ric Methods 11
Sump Pumps 13
Orifice Buckets IS
Weirn.... 17
Sharp Crested 17
V-Notch 19
Rectangular - 22
Cipolletti 27
Other Weir* 30
Submerged Weir Conditions.. 32
Correcting for Velocity of Approach 34
Weir Inspections • 36
Broad Crested • 37
-------
Table of Content*
(Continued)
Page
Flume* v • •• • 39
Parsbmll 39
Palner-Bovlus •••• 48
Pltot Tube* 51
Methods Used To Me Mure Water Height (Head)........ 56
Stevens Meters or Drum Recorders 56
Manning Dippers 58
Belfort Liquid Level Recorders..... 61
Sonics • 63
Gauges ..........^ 65
Scow 65
Bubble rs . 67
Charts/Calibrations 71
Energy Grade Line Calculations 71
Orifices.... 76
Nozzles 79
Venturt Flowaeters 84
Open-Pipe Methods 87
California Pipe Method... «7
Purdue Method 90
-tot
-------
Table of Contents
Page
Op£fi Cnfifltifti M6A9urcBcncs•••*•*«•*•*•••*•«•••••**•«*•*»*•*•*•*••••••••• 93
Flow From Vertical Pipes. * • 93
Equations.•••...••.««•••...».»»...»..••»«••••«•••••••••••«•••••«•« 93
* veiodt T^Ares Method.• »•••••»•••••••"•••.•»••••...»••••••.••.».••»• xuw
Stream Gauging 105
CUlTTCtlt tlftCft a?8 •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••e******** •'• •*•••• 10 0
Dilution Methods and Tracers
Dilution
Slug vs. Constant-Rate Injection
Exotic Methods...... 115
Elect romagnetic Flowmeter 115
Acoustic'Flovmeteis..............*.....................*.......*•. 115
Electrical Methods.........................................«..*.... 119
P.... ....41. ...............•...................*..... X*w
Appendix
•••*••••••••••••*•*•••••••
vi
-------
List of Illustration*
Figure • Page
i
1. Sharp-Crested Weir Nomenclature 18
2. Three Conaon Types of Sharp-Crested Vein 20
3. Flow Kates for 60* and 90* V-Notch Weirs 23
{
4. Discharge Curve for 90* V-Notch Weir 24
5. Suppressed Rectangular Heir 26
6. Holograph for Capacity of Rectangular Veir 28
7. Discharge Curve for 10" Rectangular Heir 29
8. Discharge Rate vs. Heir Head for Cipolletti Veir 31
9. Submerged Heir Calculations/Ratios 33
10. Typical Suppressed Heir In a Flume Drop. 40
11. Configuration for a Standard Parshall Flume 41
12. Parshall Flume Discharge Curves... 44
13. Typical Flume Submergence Flow Rate 45
14. Parshall Flumes - Typical Installation and Capacity Curves 46
15. Discharge Curve for a 6" Parshall Flume 47
16. Typical Installation of a Temporary Flume 49
17. Pitot Tube Measures Velocity Head 52
18. Graph for Converting Velocity Head to Velocity. 54
19. Horizontal Drum Hater-Stage Recorder 57
20. The Manning Dipper™.... 59
•\
21. Typical Installation of a Manning Dipper™...... 60
22. Belfort Liquid Level Recorder.............. 62
23. System Layout of a Sonic Hater Level Meter....: 64
24. Hook and Staff Gauges 66
-------
List of Illustration*
C Continued)
Figure Page
25. Typical installation of a Scow 68
26. Typical Installation of a Bubbler.* 69
27. Typical Strip Chart Recorder and Strip Chart. 72
28. Surcharging Sewer Schematic.. 75
29. Orifice Shapes and Their Coefficients. 77
30. Flow Nozzle in Pipe 80
31. Kennison Open Flow Nozzle.............•««••«.**«............«....i 83
32. Venturi Meter 85
33. California Pipe Flow Method 89
34. Discharge Rate vs. Flow Depth for California Pipes 91
35. Purdue Method of Measuring Flow from a Horizontal Pipe 92
36. Approximating Flow From Vertical Pipes 94
37. Hydraulic Elements for Circular Sewers. 97
38. Depth Ratio vs. Area'Ratio ; 98
39. Nomograph Based on Manning's Formula 99.
40. Determining Mean Velocities 103
41. Assembly Drawing of Price Type AA Current Meter 107
42. Type "A" Crane and Current Meter Assembly 108
43. Ott-Type Horizontal Axis Current Meter • 110
44. Constant Rate and Slug Injection Method* . 113
45. Typical Magnetic Flow Meter. 116
. 46. 'Ultrasonic Flowmeter 118
-------
List of Table*
Table Page
1. Flow Measurement Methods........ 9
2. Volumetric Fonmilas.. 11
3. Values of C for V-Notch Weirs 21
4. Exponents in the Free Discharge Equation for Submerged Weirs 34
5. Calculating Velocity of Approach for a Sharp-Crested Weir 35
6. Advantages and Disadvantages of Parshall Flumes.. 42
7. Submergence Ration vs Throat Size In Parshall Flumes 42
8. Flume Checklist SO
9. Features of the Belfort Liquid Level Recorder 61
10. Values of n to used with the Manning Equation 96
11. Values of K and K for Circular Channels..... 101
12. Comparison of Merits of the Dilution Method Ill
ix
-------
II.B.13.
I "Guidelines on Requirements for Exceptions for NPDES Inspector Training",
dated January 28, 1990. Without attachments.
-------
A '
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WASHINGTON. D.C 20460
2 8 1989
OfflCt Of
WATIK
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Guidelines on Requirements for J^eptiona for
NPDES Inspector Training
FSfiM: David N. Lyons P.E., Chie
Enforcement Support Bran
TO: Regional Compliance Branch Chiefs,
Water Management Divisions
. Field Service Branch Chiefs,
Environmental Services Divisions
Regions I - X
i
In compliance with the direction to the Assistant
Administrators in EPA Order 3500.1, on Training and Development for
Compliance Inspectors and Field Investigators, the Enforcement
Division, Office of Water Enforcement and Permits has prepared the
attached Guidelines on Requirements for Exceptions from NPDES
Inspector Training which can be used by supervisors in evaluating
training needs of those individuals conducting, or overseeing the
conducting, NPDES/pretreatment compliance inspections. This guide
establishes a process and offers work sheets and directions to plan
and manage the NPDES Inspector Training Program. We have worked
with members of the NPDES Inspection Materials Work group and the
Agency Inspector Training Advisory Board to develop this final
product. Our objective was to break the Work Sheets into
manageable pieces, a modular form, to allow broader usage. The.
goal is to develop an easy to follow guideline to assure that all
inspectors are well grounded in the basics of the program before
performing NPDES inspections independently.
While these guidelines are considered final we continue to
encourage comments on ways to make this a clear and • concise
document. We are especially interested in your comments on Work
Sheet #1 and Form A since this portion of the guidelines are
required for . compliance with Order 3500.1. Work Sheet *2 is
recommended but not required. Please provide ideas for improvement
or questions to Virginia Lathrop, Enforcement Support Branch,
(EN-338) FTS 475-82ff.
. Attachment
-------
-------
GUIDELINES ON REQUIREMENTS FOR EXCEPTIONS TO MINIMUM
NPDES / PRETREATMENT INSPECTOR TRAINING
INTRODUCTION
These program specific guidelines are designed to help first
lint supervisors and inspectors with NPDES and pretreatment
responsibilities to implement the requirements of EPA Order
3500.1 on Training and Development for Compliance Inspectors and
Field investigators (6/88). The Guide contains: 1) work ah**^
to be used in documenting existing experience and assessing the
inspector's (or first line supervisor of an inspector) training
needs and whether previous training and experience qualifies for
an (exception to NPDES minimum training requirements* ; and 2) A
'forty to request an exception to the minimum requirements. These
forms are to be filled out by the current or prior supervisor.
Supervisors should review and update all work sheets annually.
Required Work Sheet i 1
EPA Order 3500.1 requires Basic Training (that is the
Fundamentals of Environmental Compliance Inspections and basie
level health and safety course under SPA Order 1440.2) and the
program -specific minimum training (defined by each media office
in « Inspector Training Program Description). The NPDES Minimum
Training*, includes any Regional workshop, self study or on the
job training (OJT) utilizing the five modules on Introduction to
NPDES Inspections, and the NPDES Compliance Inspection Manual.
This program will develop basic program knowledge and skills
primarily for the new inspector. This is essential to the
development of skills for conducting compliance evaluation
inspection (CEls), compliance sampling inspections (CSIs) and
reconnaissance inspections (RIs).
Completion of Work Sheet II is required for all NPDES
Inspectors and their first line supervisors to show compliance
with EPA Order 3500.1. (In order to cut down on verbosity, the
work Sheets and Form will refer to "inspectors", with the intent
of covering "field investigators" and their first line
supervisors as well.) If you answer "yes" in column 1 of this
work sheet, the inspector may be eligible for an exception to the
minimum requirements, and Form A may be used to request one. (The
process for requesting an exception is relevant only to the
minimum training requirements.)
*NPDES Minimum Training requirements are described briefly
in the summary in the Appendix, Page A-3. They are described in
more detail in the. NPDES Inspector Training Program Description,
March. -1989.. if copies are needed please call Virginia
Lathrop, OWEP (EN-338), FTS/475-8299.
-------
- 2 -
Work ShM*« i a'
Work sheet I 2 addresses NPDES Skills Development and
Specialized training. Although the order does not require a
specific curricula of training as a prerequisite to inspectors
leading or independently conducting sore specialized and skill
denanding inspections, it is obvious that some form of training
is essential to develop advanced skills for conducting such
technically oriented field investigations such as toxic sampling
inspections (XSI), compliance biomonitoring (CBI) , pretreatment
compliance (PCX), performance audit (PAX), diagnostic (DX), or
other specialized inspections. Therefore Work Sheet I 2 is
offered as another planning tool for the Regional Offices.
-------
WORK SHEET f 1
-------
-------
GUIDELINES FOR EXCEPTIONS TO MINIMUM NPDES / PRETREATMENT
INSPECTOR TRAINING - WORK SHEET f 1 (REQUIRED)
A. Background
Employ** Nam* Organization/ Program Assignment
New [ ] Experienced [ ] Inspector [ ] supervisor [ ]
A. 1 Scop* of Training Program: This training program will prepare
the employee to lead or independently conduct the following types
of inspections. [CheOc all that apply.]
lianoe Evaluation Ti^^Ai/m. (CEX)
Qonlianos Sanaling Inspection (C5I)
Reconnaissance Inspection (RI)
Previous tat)./ Training
Applies- E)q>. Satisfies
bility Req'mts Planned Actual
TVPB of Training (Yes/No) (Yes/No)
A.2.a
A.2.b Health and
Safet OrUeia
1. 1440.2
-Advanced
2. 1440.3
A.3
A.3 MiniauB NPEES-Spicific Training*
A.3.a Self study (to prepare for CEI, RI and CSI)
* See definition, page 2 of the Introduction.
' . • Af-
-------
. - 2 -
WOK SHEET I 1 .
nWXDUB
EXESIXENCE SATISFIES HOU9QN5
(Yea/Mb). TOCBT CdffXEXXCtr
Manual (1988) with Mlf
stud/ guides, policy
xeou
£ d«n wat«r Act
A.3.b Cn th» Job (COT)
GOT - Offiot
1) Ability to pBrforn film
rmrimtt ya^uM a plan
m^^ ---- »t -- -*--• -
1UT GDOEUnSClGn
2) Ability to pnpart elaar
& any follov-qp.
3) If a supttvisor, ability to
effectively plan, coordinate'
& schedule inspections (Yes/Ho)
COT- Field
4) Ability in the field to
evaluate Beodttea's flow
measurement, aaopling, « . (Yea/No)
analytical technique.
5) Ability to use
skills (Balance of
ivenass and tact). (Yea/Ho)
-------
- 3 -
SHEET I 1
FRWJOOB TRAINING/
(Yes/NO)
6) Successfully oac|xLeted at
least 4 non-aanpling insp.
with inspector as
«isst to lead in
(CEZ» . (Y«/No)
7) At iMst 2 aaapling iiispaeti
all functia»
ly with
of an mtp
-------
WORK
- 4 -
11-
vark sheet developed by each
for each inspector to show
Off ice should sust be
with B* order 3500.1. This work
to decide: 1) what training is apnlimhle to the inspector
shMt should be
or fixst-lim supervisor; 2) «teehar prwiouB training satisfiM tbt
and 3) if it dow not, tten training is planmd and is nmy>1«f>d. A
> availabl* to doeunnt th> rvquMt for an
A.
1.
namr oz^anization, and
2. Oieek whether the individual is new or
ii
si as defined by EPA order
3500.1; also cheek whether the individual is an inspector or supervisor,
whether or not a new employee. Definitions of new and 'ejqperien
found in EEA order 3500.1. Specifically those definitions are:
d
- Individuals newly enployed by EPA after June 29, 1988
of previous training in and eiqaerience leading,, (or conducting
ii4anoe inspections, OR
- Individuals rahired by EPA or transferred within
after June 29, 1988 with no previous training in and eiajerisnoa leading, (or
trting independently) enviromantal
tions.
ImPtStel' - Individual* «te
anployvd by EHk on Juna 29,
1988 and who have previous training in and •aqparianoa laading, (or conducting
independently) anvironBantal ooaplianoa Inffyt* •^li'M/ fl^H inwatioationa in any
of EBl's cenplianoa and
A. Under Scope of Training, list the types of insp
A.1
A.l Basic CurrieuluB - Fundamentals of
tif
1. _
line supervisors? tziazefore, nark coluBn 2 yes*
TheFundaasntals Gourse applies to all inspectors and first-
in
2.
oolunn 3, if the
or first-line supervisor has denonstrated previous
training and/or experienoe < i iinai run-ate with the objectives of the course. If
no, oaqplete eolian 4. .
Refer to
- 9. for the principles to follow in
training and/or ooMrience, and esanples that satisfy the
previous
objectives.
4?
-------
- 5 -
HOIK SHEET I 1 - EJSTHJCTICNS
To develop in inspectors and first line supervisors:
a. Riowledge of tha Agency's compliance and enforcement policy, the enfor
and the tolas inapactors play in compliance monitoring and
b. Riowledge of the extent ana liaitations of O&'s legal authorities to enter
and inspect farilitim;
c. Riowledge of evidentiary requirements and the procedures designed to assure
that data collected on an inspection will be «*•<—^ir in court;
d. Riowledge of good work practices related to planning and conducting field
inspections, including technical and administrative subjects \, and ccnrainic-
aticns skills;
e. Riowledge of the requirements of e good quality inspection report; and
f. Riowledge of how to prepare for and participate in enforcement proceedings
such as settlement negotiations, hearings, and trials.
3. Training Completion: If the inspector is not y»l if ttij for an exception,
then establish a target date in column 4 for training to be **«T1'«irt. After the
training is finished, then record tha actual date it was ~-r**»~* .
The Office of Water Btfbrcemant and Barnits strongly believes that all
cs should receive the Agency Course, •Fundamentals of QTvircnmental
Camfilianoe Inspections," although experienced inspectors may seek an Tff-trtifn to
thifli
1* AjB]JfiBJ2iliSXL_JXbs applicable training «*"p""«*»» on the duties of
tor; ens or both health and safety orders nay apply, under Oft Order 1440.2,
the basic-level training applies to all inspectors. Therefore, mark this item
yes in column 2. other levels of training under 1440.2, intermediate and
advanced, as wall as training required under 1440.3 depend oh tha types of
hazards the innpartnr may routinely encounter. Consult Regional guidance or
orders on health and safety to determine which levels apply and nark the work
sheet accordingly.
2. Prmviaum Training saf»«f^mi ffr* a^j*•••*••. in order to answer yes, in
coluon 3, consult Regional guidance or the Regional Health and Safety Officer
cononrning courses or experience that satisfy the requirements* If no, then
conpiLets column 4. '
ISA-approved courses include:
a. ..nvironmantal Health -and Safety Division (BSD) Developed
Associates, Inc.) - a 22-ocdule slide/tape prcgran
iii. ffnajg fiftfllth f*^ Safety Tralninqr for field Aetivitii
(Available FY 89)
-------
SHEET f 1 • 1NSTBDCHQJS
Office of Eiaaiusiuy and Mondial
' (Course 1165.2)
Upon request, EH5D will review mni«i Inlly available Health and Safety
_ than - the reqjuireasntJ of 1440.2 and/or 1440.3 are oat.
gjitArt BED in EFA nenrV rters or Regional Health and Safety Hungers*
x.3.a to A.3.e. NFCES Piuyiaa Minion Training
has had prior eaqparience or training related to NFCES inspections in accerdanoi
with the following sections A. 3. a, A.3.b or A.3.C, please circle the "yes."
The "no" response win noroaUy be circled for new staff. If "no" is indicated
under the "previous training satisfies requirement" section, training coapletir
target dates oust be eiftnh11^hen'» All new inspectors are expected to ccopl'
the NFCES Miniaa Training
A.3.a METES MtninjaJT"**"**^ *V saif gtn*^y (A.3.a training only) -
individuals who within the past two years have beceoe *"•"<•»• with the material
in the NFCES Compliance Inspection Manual (and Draft Self Study Guide as an
option), the Flow Tamil nanenl Manual and the dean fitter Act and the regulations
tHlJOsjCsft. ^Bss^Lf^ ^t^33tXwm ^21^t^BsBnB^^bV^^BuB90BOCD £Qfl9Q^^U1HB COP tR^DtO^Wl^tCO^^F sY9fl9al9*isBl4^3A • ^^ V^^sa^
^•••M^^^^^V* I^^BIB*^ ^v^pvee^^ f ^MMe^BM^vv^wBBs/ ^^v^Bv^HMflB^^ ^ienej^ei^^viv^p ^ne» ^^i^B^^ee* w^ee^^e> j ^•MBjPVie>AtvBieH^p AeiA vevsas
NFCES progran.. * .
A*3«b NPCES MJUJB^B ^^BJnJHp tur OH ^fae_JHb^pjjj]ljcf£Qjri (A*3.b training only)
For these experienced individuals who within the last two years, have FTt-
fully led or independently conducted NFCES inspections, or have been designated
work groups fcr developing training
als, henmae of their extensive
individuals will .by their career circumstances have already had the
equivalent of a fornal GOT ptuuxaia, and win have knowledge of how to prepare for
inspect ions, how to use nunan relations skills during inspections, how to sample,
review recmOa and prepare reports. For supervisors a minlimim of two years of
supervising eaqperienoed NFCES inspectors and including i-eiiprmlhilit'les such as
reviewing inspection reports. New or experienced supervisors would be
to have observed or Mststed on at least two NFCES inspections, though not
necessarily to have conducted independently
A.3.C
(A.3.C training only) - F
those individuals who within the last two years, have succassfuny led or
Ly conducted or supervised NFCES inspections and have
-------
- 7 -
wane SHEET ft- UBTRDCTICNS
^— m
Of
wotic gra^» far davvloping training nttrials,
eixp«ri«io«. (Self study would te apprcpriat* if no
of find within rmaacnabl* tnwl distano* within
•ntry date.)
actively Mtwd on
of thtir «ctengiv«
Training for NFCES
visor require this
oay also include rawdial
, ch«i«try, biology, etc.
this training will not-b« aubj«ct to tte
training in
training, tte "training nrrpletion target date"
qua»tioi on pnvicus
listed.
flalum •
actual f*™^ •+****
work
than is a target date entered, tte
should be entered when tte targeted training is
Ihe first line supervisor should review and approve the
-------
FORM A - EXCEPTIONS
-------
NQEK SHEET t 1 -PQFM A
PGRf A - IdJUEbT FOR OCBFTICN DNCBl ISA ORXR 3500.1
BffUDUEE NAME
Nav [ ] Exp«ri«no«d
C 1
for
that satisfiM
This
th» following
Inii
of EPA cedar 3500.1
TRAINING
SSS QTT
r^rffytrri^BJ
Signature/ Data
Sn>«rvi«ar Signatun/ Dote
Approving Official/
-------
-1 -
HOIK SHEET * 1 - POEM A
FORK A
3500.1
line
categor
ies of
approval of an
other
of this form is to document that tha
is both eligible (as defined by EPA Order'
and "experienced* inspectors)
ion. ttiis form may be
first-
for the
Ttation, such
3500.1
and 7«1 Iflart to
. alone or in conjunction with
~w_ .,._., _ — certificates of completed training, depending en
tha level of detail required by the approving official. Refer to the
,A_ .» • ^K »_ J * ^ _ * t ^ _ ^ ^^^h& ,•_ • A._A
for
experien
the principles to follow in assessing previous training and/or
A sample form has been nrmiletarl for an •experienced11 inspector
t-K« WUA BWMVMB 4*« ~ —* — ~~~
uM H3Uk CXOBZam JUI
as follows. 1.
2. Qiaclc wbatha
thzaa major ,
and program asslgnBant.
tha
individual is new or experienced, as dafinad by EEA Order 3500.1; also, check
whether tha individual is an inspactor or a supervisor. 3. Onder Duties: For
the inspector, briefly state the types of compliance inspections. Far the
supervisor, indicate what inspect inn ptojiame and/or case develapaent work s/he
Under this column heading, list tha appi
requirements for which the individual is seeking an «»•*•<
A training
iieiuiing the
Basic Curriculum, Health and Safety Training under 1440.2 and/or 1440.3, and
f* vHn^ntun Training.
Under this coluan heading, check the typa(s) of training,
supervised self-study, on1 the job training and/or rlaiaea that satisfies
erienoa is the basis for the
Under this colum heading, briefly
and/or expeiisnga that is the basis for tha
under this column heading, if previous
the previous training
needed, attach a separaaaate separata written statenant, signed by the first
eaanple, if rmrjamhle claserocn training was offered through the Region,
class. Also,
received
A.3.a FSB.
a copy of the certificate of oospletion if the inspec
Dates and circu
gained familiarity with the eelf study
A.3.a, Work Sheet f 1, page 5).
where the insp
cited abeve (i
ion and
tor
when the inspector has been assigned to coach or train other inspectors in the
inspection planning, en-site and follow-up techniques for an NECES Inspections.
Describe field work involved and indicate type and number of inspections (CEX,
CS3, or RZ where applicable), and whether they involve municipal or
ncrmunicipal facilities. How long has the employee been conducting inspecti<
-------
. 2 -
WB* SHEET I 1 -ZQIMA
A.3.C
data>
ia oa
training* Tnis intonation flay ba oontainad on an at£acted oopy of tna
bl« to tte mttoducticn to
VI. smpanaa BKh fen abould te •ignad fey tte inapactur or first-lim
stoMcvisor, tte aqparvisor »*o is nooananding tte vaqoaat te approved, and by
tte approving official, in aojoulanoa with preoadurw «at«h11aharl within tte
-\
)
-------
WORK SHEET f 2
-------
WORK SHEET #2
T^xu-ff OH NPDES INSPECTOR TRAINING - WORKSHEET FOR SKILLS
^EXPANSION/SPECIALIZED TRAINING FOR NPDES/PRETREATMENT INSPECTIONS
Eaployee Nas* Organization
(See Pag* 3 for explanations and instructions.)
». SCOPE OF SKILLS EXPANSION/SPECIALIZED TRAINING PROGRAM: This
training prograa will assure that inspector is able to. lead or
independently conduct the following types of inspections:
- Toxic Sampling Inspection (XSI)
- BioBonitoring Cospliance Inspections (CBI)
- PretreatBent Compliance Inspection (PCI)
- Performance Audit Inspections (PAI) " '
- Diagnostic Inspections (OI)
- Other (Offshore drilling rig
CEIs (O-CEI) ;PCI— for IU's,etc.)
TRAINING
TARGET ACTUAL
COMPLETION COMPLETION
11.1 Self Study DATE DATE
Using the NPDES Cospliance
Inspection Manual (1988) , with self
study guide, in depth study
of appropriate chapters. May also
study the Act regulations and
pertinent current guidelines.
l) XSI
2) CBI
3) PCX
4) PAI
5) DI
6) Other (As CEI-
drilling rig;etc.)
-------
- 2 -
1 9 Confe.
COMPLETION ACTUAL
TARGET COUPLET]
DATE DATE
B.2 On the Job Training:
Supervised inspections - two of each type with* the inspector
performing all functions with coaching by an experienced
1) ZSZ
2)
3)
4) PAX
5) OZ
6) Other (CEX-drill
rig; PCX-IU; etc.)
B.3 Classes/Workshops
B.3.a Pretreatment Compliance Inspection
Workshops, with two one-day workshops
possible - one on concentrating on POTW*s;
and one on Industrial Users;
(Through OWBP contract or Regional
in-house effort.)
(PCI) _
(Pd-IU)
B.3.b Diagnostic Cospliance Inspection
Workshop - basic skills or sore
advanced *K1llf coverage, through
the OWBP Contract or through Regional
in-house training.
B.3.C Other Training Classes Assigned
within the Region (such as on advanced
wastewater treatment).
Signature of First Line Supervisor Date
Organization
-------
. • . - 3 -
WORK SHEET I 2 - ZNS1KDCTZOM8
B. The skills expansion and specialized training is generally
provided after completion of the NPDES Minima Training for
inspectors. However when scheduling of workshops and other
training experiences are constrained by availability and budget,
SOBS portions of the workshops, OJT, and self study Bay need to
be scheduled simultaneously with the NPDES »**!«« Training.
In addition it should be noted that where a new inspector
has not been identified as an inspector who will not be needed
for covering compliance sampling inspections, the OJT saapling
inspections may be postponed until such tiae as the inspector
will need the compliance sampling skills. Thus self study,
classroom training and OJT for diagnostic inspections and
pretreatment compliance inspections may precede certain portions
of the minimum training for conducting sampling inspections.
For all specialized training (under B.I, B.2, and B.3),
the target date should be listed in the first column. After the
training is completed the actual completion date should be listed
in the second column.
B.l The Inspection Manual (1988) forms the primary self study
material, in addition pertinent portions of the Clean Water Act
and applicable portions of the regulations may need to be
reviewed.
B.2 During the OJT portions 'of the training program, the
inspector is performing all elements of the inspection with
coaching of an experienced inspector. Before being qualified to
lead or independently conduct the inspection, indicated under
Section B, the inspector must have completed at least two and
often .more of that particular type of inspection while receiving
coaching from an experienced inspector.
B.3 Self explanatory.
-------
APPENDIX
-------
-------
GOXDBLXHES OH NPDES INSPECTOR TRAINING .- SUMMARY of WORK
SHEETS (OPTIONAL) ON EMPLOYEE'S NPDES INSPECTOR TRAINING
Ellployee
Organization _ ' New [ ] Experienced [ ]
EXPERIENCE - Inspections conducted in the previous fiscal year.
List inspection nuabers:
_ XSI „ _ CBI _ PAI _ _ Pd
asi __ _ si _ _ DI _ . other _
A» MINIMUM TRAINING - Dates Completed
Class/ffkshop Self Study OJT
A. 2 Fundamentals _____ H/A* N/A
Health and
Safety 1440.2 _ H/Jk H/A
1440.3 _ M/A H/A
A..3 NPOES - Prograa Miniaua
- CEI _ ___
- CSI .
- RI _
B.. SPECIALIZED TRAINING - Date Completed
Type Class/liksp Self study .OJT
XSI _ _ . _
CBI ' _____ _
PCI ' _ _
PAI _ ' _
DI , _ . _ _
Other- ' _ _
ADDITIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY - Date Completed
Type Required (including Class/Workshop
refresher training)
Signature of Supervisor Date
A - 1
-------
XHSTRUCTXOMS — nW/ES OUAOEI^HES OH INSPECTOR
SUMMARY OP WORK SHEETS
The summary sheet provides space for recording only the
completion date of the training indicated. It summarizes both
the NPDES Minimum Training and the specialized training dates,
where the supervisor wishes to keep a record of all training
provided.
This Summary should only be utilized as a synopsis of the NPDES
work -Sheets II and I 2, and as appropriate the generic form on
health and safety provided by Office of Enforcement and
Compliance Monitoring. This summary should be filled out only
after providing documentation on Work Sheets I 1, and I 2. At
the bottom of the Summary is space for health and safety training
that is to be taken in addition to the basic health and safety
under Section A.2.
A - 2
-------
OF
ZVSPICXOB nxxxzue PROGRAM DESOUPTIOV
The imt Training Vrograa establishes a COM program, of
ork, eelf instruction and on- the- job training (OJT) for
those individuals who carry out MPDES compliance/enforcement
activities for IP*. This summry daseribas a sequence for nsv
inspectors, and for expansion of axilla latar en. After
coapletion of Baaie Training and Introductory MFDCS training,
self -instruct ion and OJT, the inspector should be able to conduct
the coapl lance evaluation inspection and the saapling inspection.
The goal ia for each new inspector to coapleta thie sequence
within six to nine months en the job. Job skills can than be
expanded through aore atudy and instruction into araaa such a»
performance audit, pre treatment, and diagnostic inspections.
The figure below shews the plan in euaaary faahion. In
order to get a copy of the coaplete MMES Training 9roarmm
contact: Director, Cnforcaaent Division, Office of
Nster Enforcement and Penita, HQ (EN-J3I), USIPA, 401 N Street,
SW, Washington, D.C. 204«0. FTS 475-8310.
MPPtS Training Men
General Orientation
Courmem/Herksheps | ' aelf Instruct len /OJT
'
Basic Inspector Curriculum , CWA and Xegulationa
NPDES Introductory Couraewerk Violation Recognition
(Manuals available by 4/tt) Saapling Techniques
Kanuaia for Introduction
to Coapliance Inspections
Plow Naaauraaent Ha?-jal
OJT* I inspections each
for compliance eveluetion
and compliance sampling
inspections
tkills
P:retrestaant Znapection Pretrestaent Guidance
liorkaHop Pretreatmant Coapliance
Inspection and Audit Manual
Diagnostic Inspection Inspect or »e Guide for tvalu-
werkshop ating Nunieipal Waatewstsr
. Treatment Planta
A - 3
-------
Toxic* sampling OJT-siomonitoring, toxics
sampling and pretreataent
Inspections
(To be developed)
Utilla
Of f shore Drilling Rig Inspections
(to bo developed)
Criainal Investigations (71XTC, Clynce, OA)
1MB
following materials for tho aov inspector should b«
from tho inspoetor** first-lino ouporvioor or tho
oddrooooo footnotod bolov. .
Orgsnisstion chart
eiosn vstor Act ond rogulotions
NPO£5 Znspoctioa Strstogioo ond Guidsneo ouch oo tho Closn
wstor Act CoBplioneo/Enforcoaont CoapondiuB
Soaplo M90CS inspection reports
Description of MQ/Jtogionol/Ststo relationships
HPOES Ceaplianco Inspection Manual
O Tn trodue^ ion to MMga Tn«paetion« fAvailabla 4/SS1
- NPOES coaplianco Monitoring Inspector Training Modules *
•• Overview (draft)
— Legal Issues (draft)
— sampling (draft)
•• Laboratory Analysis (under development)
— Biomonitoring (under development)
• Field Manuals for Solf Instruction and OJT HTIS IRC2
— MFOtS Compliance Inspection Manual PM3ll3it7 o
-------
II.B. 14. "Revision to Inspection Coverage and Frequency Criteria of Clean Water
Act Permittees", September 11, 1995.
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20460
SEP | | igou
OFFICEOF
. ENFORCEMENT AND
COMPLIANCE ASSURANCE
MEMORANDUM
• . •
SUBJECT: Revision to Inspection Coverage and Frequency Criteria of Clean Water Act
Permittees
FROM: Elaine Stanley,
Office of Compliance
Robert Van Heuvelen, Director
Office of Regulatory Enforcement
\ '
TO: Deputy Regional Administrators, Regions I-X
Regional .Counsel, Regions I-X . •. .
This memorandum revises and supersedes EPA's April 1985 "NPDES Inspection
Strategy and Guidance for Preparing Annual State/EPA Compliance Inspection Plans," which
specifics the coverage and frequency permitted sources should be inspected under the Clean
Water Act. This modification conforms to and implements that part of the President's March
16, 1995, report on "Reinventing Environmental Regulation" pertaining to inspection
coverage. The report outlined 25 high priority actions to improve the existing regulatory
system and to create a better environmental management system for the future, one of which
is "Risk-based Enforcement." The underlying principle of "risk-based" enforcement is that
EPA enforcement actions should be guided by the significance of the environmental and
health risks presented; in particular, the report instructs the Agency to reduce the inspections
of low-risk wastewater dischargers with outstanding compliance records.
EPA's goal t
-------
Effective immediately, EPA's policy is that major sources shall be inspected by a
combination of Regional and State efforts as often as necessary to ensure adequate protection
of human health and the environment, which may be less frequently than inspecting each
facility on an annual basis. The flexibility provided by this policy is intended to allow the
Agency and States to shift commitments of inspection resources from, for example, lower
risk, majors to higher risk minors, or to allow for more focused inspection efforts on problem
facilities or in areas where the effects of discharges from one or more major or minor
sources create higher risks to surrounding communities, ecosystems, and sensitive
populations.
In determining both the frequency of inspections and the permittees to be inspected,
factors to be considered include the likelihood of noncompliance by the permittee (taking into
account the compliance history of the permittee); the type of facility and the pollutants and
contaminants at issue (and concomitant risks to be posed); other factors as appropriate to
allow for a focused inspection effort on problem facilities or areas; and to target those
problems which present the most serious threats ta human health and the environment.
i ^adquarters will discuss with the Regions their inspection strategy as we work
together i target inspection'priorities. EPA Regional inspection commitments will continue
to be regelated with EPA Headquarters through the memorandum of agreement ("MOA")
process.
•
Regions should provide a copy of this memo to State Water Management Directors
and ' .are this memo with other appropriate Regional management and staff. Please contact
T ,d Lyons in the Office of Compliance (202-564-2405) or Kathzyn Smith in the Office of
...gulatory Enforcement (202-564-3252) if you have any questions.
cc: Michael B. Cook (OWM)
Jay Benforado (Reinvention Team)
Ellen Brown (Reinvention Team)
Brian Maas (ORE)
Fred Stiehl (OC)
John Rasnic (OC)
Regional Wafer Enforcement Branch Chiefs
-------
II. C.
-------
II. NPDES PROGRAM; PRE-ENFORCEMENT
C. MEASURING COMPLIANCE/DATA PROCESSING
-------
II.C.l
Permit Compliance System (PCS) Data entry (updated 12/14/93); Inquiry Users Guide (updated
5/5/97); PCS Generalize Retrieval Manual (updated 4/23/96); Edit/Update Error Messages
(updated 3/20/97).
-------
Permit Compliance System
Data Entry, Edit, and Update Manual
Document Number PCS-EU97-1.01
March 20, 1997
PCS USER SUPPORT
202/564-7277
U.S. EPA - PCS User Support
Mail .Code - 2222A
401 M Street, SW
Washington, DC 20460
-------
Revision Code Description
The following table gives a description of the revision code used with each revision of the PCS Data Emn,
Edit, and Update Manual.
REVISION
CODE
1 ,.
DATE
03/20/97
DOCUMENT
NUMBER
PCS-EU97-1.01
DESCRIPTION
SNC definition has been changed to include non-
monthly average limits.
Table 0-1. Revision Summarv
Revision Code Description V
-------
Contents
Chapiter 1. NPDES Overview 1-1
1.1 PCS Overview s 1-1
1.2 Overview of PCS Functional Capabilities 1-1
1.3 Input Processing 1-2
1.3.1 PCS Data Entry ' < 1-3
1.3.2 Edit Processing 1-3
1.3.3 Update Processing 1-4
Chapiter 2. MAINTENANCE OF THE PCS DATA BASE '. 2-1
2.1 PCS Data Types 2-1
2.1.1 Organization of Data in PCS . '. 2-3
2.2 Key Data Elements 2-4
2.3 PCS Transactions 2-8
Chapter 3. PCS-ADE ON-LINE DATA ENTRY 3-1
3.1 PCS-ADE General Features . . 3-1
3.1.1 Access to PCS-ADE 3-1
3.1.2 Input 3-7
3.1.3 Transaction Codes 3-8
3.1.4 Key Data Elements 3-9
3.1.5 Edit Checking 3-9
3.1.6 Error Messages .'....' 3-9
3.1.7 Special Accept Options '. 3-9
3.1.8 Automatic 'CHANGE' Option 3-10
• 3.1.9 Security 3-10
3.1.10 Batch ID Number 3-10
3.2 Data Entry Screens 3-11
3.2.1 Main Menu Screen 3-13
3.2.2 Facility Data Screen #1 (FAC1) 3-20
3.2.3 Facility Data Screen #2 (FAC2) 3-23
3.2.4 Permit Facility Geographic Data Screen (FAGD) 3-25
3.2.5 Sludge Facility Data Screen (SLPF) 3-27
3.2.6 Facility Address Screen (FACA) 3-29
3.2.7 Owner/Operator Address Screen (FACO) 3-31
3.2.8 Reissuance Data Screen (RCIN) 3-33
3.2.9 Inspection Scheduling Screen (INSS) 3-35
3.2.:10 Inspection Screen (INSP) 3-37
3.2..11 Sludge Inspection Data (SLIN) 3-39
3.2,12 Pretreatment Compliance Inspection Screen 1 (PCI1) 3-41
3.2.13 Pretreatment Compliance Inspection Screen 2 (PCI2) 3-43
3.2.14 Pretreatment Audit Screen 1 (PAU1) 3-45
. 3.2.15 Pretreatment Audit Screen 2 (PAU2) 3-47
3.2.16 Pretreatment Audit Screen 3 (PAU3) 3-49
3.2,17 Pretreatment Summary Screen (PPS1) 3-51
3.2.18 Compliance Schedule Screen (CSCH) 3-53
3.2.19- Compliance Schedule Violation Screen (CV1O) 3-55
3.2.20 Permit Tracking Screen (PTRK) 3-57
3.2,21 Evidentiary Hearing Screen (EVHR) 3-59
3.2,22 Grant Screen (GRNT) . . . : ' 3-61
3.2.23 Outfall General Data Screen (OFLG) 3-63
3.2.24 Outfall Treatment Type/Comment Screen (OFLT) 3-66
Contents VU
-------
3.2.25 Sludge Outfall Data Screen (SLPS) 3-68
3.2.26 Outfall Geographic Data Screen (OFGD) 3-70
3.2.27 Limits Screen (LIMS) 3-72
3.2.28 Limit Modification Screen (LIMM) 3-74
3.2.29 Season Split Screen (SEAN) 3-76
3.2.30 Effluent DMR Data (EDMR) 3-78
3.2.31 Effluent Measurement Screens (EV1O) 3-81
3.2.32 Enforcement Action Screen (ENAC) . : . . . . 3-85
3.2.33 Enforcement Action Key Screen (EAKS) 3-87
3.2.34 Administrative Penalty Order Screen (EAP1) . , 3-97
3.2.35 Administrative Penalty Order Screen (EAP2) 3-99
3.2.36 Single Event Violations Screen (SVIO) 3-101
3.2.37 PCS Table Modification Screen (TABS) 3-103
3.2.38 System Error Screen '. . 3-108
3.2.39 Exiting from a PCS-ADE Session 3-108
Chapter4. PCS PC-ENTRY MICROCOMPUTER DATA ENTRY 4-1
4.1 PCS PC-ENTRY General Topics ! ... 4-1
4.1.1 System Description .'....: 4-1
4.1.2 Data Entry Screens 4-2
4.1.3 Transaction Codes : 4-2
4.1.4 Key Data Elements ' 4-2
4.1.5 Edit Checking 4-2
4.1.6 Edit Error Messages 4-2
4.1.7 Batch Header Card/Security Id 4-3
4.1.8 Transaction Files ...'.. 4-3
4.1.9 System Error Messages 4-3
4.2 Equipment Description for PCS PC-ENTRY 4-4
4.2.1 Microcomputer Requirements 4-4
4.2.2 Computer Communications Requirements 4-4
4.2.3 Keyboard Description 4-5
4.2.4 Keys with Special Functions 4-6
4.3 Installing PCS PC-ENTRY on a Microcomputer 4-7
4.3.1 How to Get a Copy of the PCS PC-ENTRY System , 4-7
4.3.2 System File Description 4-8
4.3.3 Hcirddisk System Installation 4-8
4.3.4 Floppy System Installation 4-9
4.3.5 Special Note on Installing New Releases : 4-9
4.3.6 Entering Data using PCS PC-ENTRY 4-9
4.3.7 General Screen Features 4-10
4.3.8 Getting Started 4-10
4.3.9 Description of Information On System Screens 4-11
4.3.10 Introduction Screen and Parm File 4-12
4.3.11 MAIN FUNCTION MENU (MAIN) . . 4-13
4.3.12 Etescription of Data Entry Screens 4-32
4.3.13 Files Created During Data Entry . 4-104
4.4 Uploading Data to the Mainframe at NCC 4-106
4.4.1 Basic Requirements for Uploading Data 4-107
4.4.2 Description of Communications Software Available for Uploading Data . . .• 4-107
Chapter 5. BATCH DATA ENTRY 5-1
5.1 Transaction Codes 5-1
5.2 Key Data Elements 5-2
5.3 Batch Card Formats 5-5
5.3.1 Header Card 5-6
VJii Permit Compliance System: Data Entry, Edit, and Update Manual
-------
5.3.2 Original Card Formats '5-8
5.3.3 Extended Card Formats 5-23
Chapter 6. CODING CONSIDERATIONS . . . . 6-1
6.1 Transaction Codes 6-1
6.1.1 NEW Transaction (N) -. . .' 6-1
6.1.2 CHANGE Transaction (C) 6-2
6.1.3 DELETE Transaction (D) 6-3
6.1.4 MASS DELETE Transaction (X) 6-3
6.1.5 REPLACE Transaction (R) 6-3
6.2 Coding Considerations by Data Type 6-4
6.2.1 Permit Facility Data Type 6-4
6.2.2 Inspection Data Type 6-15
6.2.3 Inspection Scheduling Data Type 6-17
6.2.4 PCI/Audit Data Type 6-18
6.2.5 Pretreatment Performance Summary Data Type 6-19
6.2.6 Compliance Schedule Data Type 6-21
6.2.7 Compliance Violation Data Type 6-26
6.2.8 Permit Events Data Type 6-27
6.2.9 Evidentiary Hearing Information 6-28
6.2.10 Pipe Schedule Data Type 6-28
6.2.11 Parameter Limits Data Type ; 6-37
6.2.12 Measurement Violation Data Type 6-46
6.2.13 Enforcement Action Data Type 6-54
6.2.14 Enforcement Action Violation Key Data Type 6-55
6.2.15 Administrative Penalty Order Data Type 6-57
6.2.16 Single Event Violation Data Type . 6-58
6.3 Permit Reissuance Processing 6-59
6.3.1 Effluent Data Family Relationships 6-59
6.3.2 Effluent Family Linkage 6-59
6.21.3 Reissuance Control Indicator 6-60
6.3.4 Reissuance Coding Rules and Automatic Processing 6-62
6.4 Archival Processing 6-64
6.5 User Data Elements 6-64
Chapter 7. PCS EDIT/UPDATE PROCESSING 7-1
7.1 Pre-Edit Conversion Processing 7-1
7.1.1 Permit Facility Data Conversion Processing . 7-1
7.1.2 Permit Event Data Conversion Processing 7-2
7.1.3 Pipe Schedule Data Conversion Processing 7-2
7.1.4 Parameter I .units Data Conversion Processing < 7-2
7.1.5 Measurement/Violation Data Conversion Processing 7-3
7.1.6 Compliance Schedule Data Conversion Processing 7-3
7.1.7 Compliance Schedule Violation Data Conversion Processing 7-4
7.1.8 Inspection Data Conversion Processing 7-4
7.1.9 Enforcement Action Data Conversion Processing 7-4
7.2 PCS Edit Processing 7-5
7.2.1 Edit Audit Report - Rejected Transactions 7-7
7.2.2 Edit Audit Report - Accepted Transactions 7-8
7.2.3 Edit Audit Summary Report 7-10
7.2.4 Use of the Edit Audit Report 7-11
7.3 PCS Update Processing 7-11
7.3.1 Update Processing Input/Output 7-12
7.3.2 Update Audit Report - Rejected/Accepted Transactions 7-13
7.3.3 Violations Recognition Report . . . 7-15
Contents LX
-------
7.3.4 Administrative Deficiency Report . . . 7-17
Chapter 8. PCS SPECIAL PROCESSING 8-1
8.1 Compliance Schedule Violation Tracking 8-1
8.1.1 Types of Violations 8-1
8.2 Discharge Monitoring Report (DMR) Non-Receipt Tracking 8-2
8.3 Effluent Measurement Violation Tracking 8-3
8.4 QNCR Reportable Noncompliance (RNC) Identification . 8-5
8.4.1 RNC Data Elements - Input Considerations 8-5
8.4.2 PCS Production Runs that Detect/Resolve RNC 8-6
8.4.3 Single Event Violations Independently Determined by The Agency 8-7
8.4.4 Automatic Detection/Resolution of RNC for Violations 8-7
8.4.5 Technical Review Criteria (TRC) Scenarios ' 8-14
8.4.6 System Detection/Resolution of RNC By Enforcement Actions 8-17
8.4.7 Manual Setting of RNC 8-21
8.4.8 RNC Data Elements - Retrieval Condiderations 8-21
8.4.9 RNC Detection and Resolution Dates 8-24
8.4.10 QNCR Facility Status . . . : 8-25
8.4.11 RNC Coding Considerations 8-28
Chapter 9. Using TSO With PCS 9-1
9.1 Activating Special PCS./TSO Comands 9-1
9.1.1 New Users (NEWUSER) . 9-1
9.1.2 STORET Users 9-2
9.2 ISPF PCS Menu 9-2
9.3 Summary of PCS/TSO READY Prompt Commands 9-4
9.3.1 Online HELP available on PCS/TSO Commands 9-5
9.4 Editing PCS Data Using the PCS/TSO Command (PCSEDIT) 9-6
Chapter 10. USING RANGE CHECKING IN PCS '...... 10-1
10.1 OVERVIEW OF RANGE CHECKING 10-1
10.2 Range: Checking with PCS-ADE 10-1
10.2.1 Range Checking Enabling Combinations 1Q-1
10.3 Effluent DMR Data Key Screen (EDMR) 10-2
10.4 Effluent DMR Data Screen (EDMR) 10-2
10.5 Effluent Measurement Key Screen (EVIO) 10-3
10.6 Effluent Measurement Screen 2 (EVIO) 10-4
10.7 Range Checking with Batch Edit . . . .' 10-5
10.7.1 Submitting a Batch with JCL (Job Control Language) 10-5
10.7.2 Range Checking Using PCSEDIT 10-6
10.8 Quality Assurance (QA) of Existing Measurement Data in PCS 10-7
10.9 Range Checking Table Reports 10-7
10.9.1 How to Request Table Reports 10-7
10.9.2 Using JCL to Create Table Listings 10-9
10.10 Range Checking Table Maintenance 10-10
10.11 Uses of Range Checking Tables 10-10
10.11.1 Accessing Table Maintenance 10-11
10.11.2 Range Checking Main Menu • 10-11
Appendix A. Introduction to the NPDES Permit Issuance for PCS Users A-l
Appendix B. Telephone Numbers B-l
Appendix C. Full-Screen Key Conversion for VT-100 Terminals C-l
C.I TYMNET Full-Screen Key Conversion for VT-100 Terminals (EPAC.MT) . . C-l
X Permit Compliance System: • Data Entry. Edit, and Update Manual
-------
C.2 NCC Full-Screen Key Conversion for VT-100 Terminals (NCC Data Switch) C-3
Appendix D. Quarterly Noncompliance Report, Category Noncompliance D-l
D.I QNCR Category1 Noncompliance D-l
D.2 QNCR Category II D-l
Appendix E. PCS PC Software available online at NCC E-l
Appendix F. Using KERMTT to Upload/Download Files . ... F-l
F.I Instructions for downloading the PCS PC Software with KERMIT F-l
F.2 Using KERMIT to upload PC-ENTRY data files F-l
F.2.1 Harddisk System • F-l
F.2..2 Floppy System F-3
F.2.3 KERMIT Command Summary F-5
F.2.4 Submitting PCS Edits on the Mainframe F-5
Appendix G. Using CROSSTALK to Upload/Download Files G-l
Appendix H. Using ARBITER to access PCS PC SOFTWARE : . H-l
Appendix!. Using SEND/RECEIVE to Upload/Download Files . 1-1
I.I Instructions for downloading the PCS PC Software with RECEIVE Cmd . . 1-1
Appendix J. Using COMPRESSED PC Software files (PKARC) J-l
Appendix K. PCS User Docmentation Comment Form K-1
Index • X-l
Contents XI
-------
Figures
1-1. Input Processing ............................................. 1-2
2-1. PCS Data Structure .......... , ................................ 2-2
3-1. NCC Signon Screen (Initial Menu) ............. ......... ............ 3-2
3-2. NCC Signon Screen (Option Menu) ................................. 3-2
3-3. NCC Signon Screen (CICS Signon) . . .......... ...................... 3-3
3-4. NCC Signon Screen (entering parameters for your userid) ..................... 3-4
x 3-5. TYMNET Signon Screen (terminal types) ............................... 3-5
3-6. TYMNET Signon Screen (terminal types) .............. . ............... 3-6
3-7. NCC Signon Screen (Initial Menu) ................... ............... 3-7
3-8. PCS-ADE Sign-On Screen ................................... ... 3-11
3-9. PCS-ADE Data Entry Subsystem Main Menu ... ........................ 3-13
3-10. PCS-ADE Data Entry Subsystem Facility Menu ......................... 3-14
3-11. PCS-ADE Data Entry Subsystem Effluent Menu ......................... 3-15
3-12. PCS-ADE Data Entry Subsystem Enforcement Action Menu ................... 3-16
3-13. PCS-ADE Data Entry Subsystems Inspections Menu . . .................... 3-17
3-14. PCS-ADE Data Entry Subsystems Compliance Schedule Menu ................ 3-18
3-15. PCS-ADE Data Entry Subsystems Tables Menu ......................... 3-18
3-16. PCS-ADE Data Entry Subsystems Other Menu ... .......... ............. 3-19
3-17., Facility Data Screen #1 (FAC1) ............ ....................... 3-20
3-18. Facility Data Screen #2 (FAC2) ........................ . .......... 3-23
3-19. Permit Facility Geographic Data (FAGD) . . . ................ .......... 3-25
3-20. Sludge Facility Data Screen (SLPF) ................ .... ............. 3-27
3-21. Facility Address Screen (FACA) ............................. ...... 3-29
3-22. Facility Owner/Operator Address Screen (FACO) ........................ 3-31
3-23. Reissuance Data Screen (RCIN) ....... ............................ 3-33
3-24. Inspection Scheduling Screen (INSS) ................................ 3-35
3-25. Inspections Screen (INSP) . . : ................................... 3-37
3-26. Sludge Inspection Data Screen (SLIN) .................. ............. 3-39
3-27. Pretreatment Compliance Inspection Screen 1 (PCI1) ...................... 3-41
3-28. Pretreatment Compliance Inspection Screen 2 (PCI2) .............. ........ 3-43
3-29. Pretreatment Audit Screen 1 (PAU1) . .- .............................. 3-45
3-30. Pretreatment Audit Screen 2 (PAU2) ................................ 3-47
3-31. Pretreatment Audit Screen 3 (PAU3) ................................. 3-49
3-32. Pretreatment Summary Screen (PPS1) ............................... 3-51
3-33. Compliance Schedule Screen (CSCH) ............... .................. 3-53
3-34. Compliance Schedule Violation Screen (CV1O) ........................... 3-55
3-35. Permit Tracking Screen (PTRK) . . . ............................ . . . . 3-57
3-36. Evidentiary Hearing Screen (EVHR) . . . ............................. 3-59
3-37. Grant Screen (GRNT) ...... ......................... ......... 3-61
3-38. Outfall General Data Screen (OFLG) ...... .................... ...... 3-63
3-39. Outfall Treatment Type/Comment Screen (OFLT) ................... ..... 3-66
3-40. Sludge Outfall Data Screen (SLPS) ................................ : 3-68
3-41. Outfall Geographic Data Screen (OFGD) ............................. 3-70
3-42. Limits Screen (LIMS) ...................................... ... 3-72
3-43. Limit Modification Screen (LIMM) ............................... .. . 3-74
3-44. Season Split Screen (SEAN) ..................................... 3-76
3-45. Effluent DMR Data Key Screen (EDMR) ............................. 3-78
3-46. Effluent DMR Data Screen (EDMR) .................. . ............. 3-79
3-47. Effluent Measurement Key Screen (EVIO) ................ . ............. 3-81
3-48. Effluent Measurement Data Screen (EVIO) ........................ .... 3-83
3-49. Enforcement Action Screen (ENAC) . ............................... 3-85
Figures xiii
-------
3-50. Enforcement Action Key Screen (EAKS) ............. ................ 3-87.
3-51. Expanded Enforcement Action Key Screen (EAKS/MV) .............. ........ 3-89
3-52. Expanded Enforcement Action Key Screen (EAKS/CV) ...... ...... ...... ..... 3-90
3-53. Expanded Enforcement Action Key Screen (EAKS/SV) ..................... 3-91
3-54. Enforcement Action Effluent Data Screen (EAKS) ................ .......... 3-93
3-55. Enforcement Action Compliance Schedule Data Screen (EAKS) ....... ..... .... 3-94
3-56. Enforcement Action Single Event Violation Data Screen (EAKS) ............... 3-95
3-57. Administrative Penalty Order Screen (EAP1) ............... ............ 3-97
3-58. Administrative Penalty Order Screen (EAP2) .......................... . 3-99
3-59. Single Event Violation Screen (SVIO) ........... . . ................. 3-101
3-60. Table Selection Menu (TABS) ........ ........................... 3-103
3-61. Compliance Schedule Table Entry Screen ...... ...................... 3-104
3-62. Peirmit Event Table Entry Screen . ............. .................. : . 3-104
3-63. Evidentiary Hearing Table Entry Screen . ............................ 3-105
3-64. Single Event Table Entry Screen ............. ..................... 3-105
3-65. Facility Lat/Long Description Codes Screen ..... ....................... 3-106
3-66. Pipe Lat/Long Description Codes Screen ..... ........................ 3-106
3-67. System Error Screen ................. ........................ 3-108
4-1. Introduction to Screen (INTRO) ........ '. ......................... 4-12
4-2. Main Function Menu ....................................... ... 4-13
4-3. GENERAL INFORMATION Function (H) ................ . .......... 4-14
4-4. 'SYSTEM SETUP Function (S) ................. .................. 4-15
4-5. DATA ENTRY Function (E) . ...................... ............. 4-17
4-6. MAIN MENU (PANEMAIN) ............................. . ..... 4-19
4-7. FACILITY Sub-Menu . . . . ....... ........................ ...... 4-20
4-8. EFFLUENT Sub-Menu ............... ........................ 4-21
4-9. ENFORCEMENT ACTION Sub-Menu ............................. 4-22
4-10. INSPECTIONS Sub-Menu ............ .......................... 4-23
4-11. COMPLIANCE SCHEDULE Sub-Menu ............... .............. 4-24
4-12. COMPLIANCE SCHEDULE Sub-Menu ......... . ................... 4-25
4-13. SUMMARY (E.QUIT) .................... ........ . . : ......... 4-26
4-14. FILE UTILITY Function (U) ...... .............................. 4-27
4-15. DIRECTORY (U.D) ....................................... . . 4-28
4-16. CONVERT (U.C) ..................... ...... ................. 4-29
4-17.- ERASE (U.E.) . . : ....... ': .................................. 4-30
4-18. SYSTEM TERMINATION (Q) . ......... ......................... 4-31
4-19. Facility Data Screen 1 (E.FAC1) .............. ..... , .......... .... 4-33
4-20. Facility Data Screen 2 (E.FAC2) ...:.... ...... ......... . ......... . . 4-35
4-21. Sludge Facility Data Screen (E.SLPF) . . . . ......... . ................ . 4-37
4-22. Facility Geographic Data Screen (E.FAGD) ............. ... ............. 4-39
4-23. Facility Address (E.FACA) , ...... : ..... • - • • - ...... ...... ......... 4-42
4-24. Facility Owner/Operator (E.FACO) ................................. 4-44
4-25. Reissuance (E.RCIN) ............ '. ............................ 4-46
4-26. Inspection (E.INSP) ....... ................. ' .................. 4-48
4-27. Inspection Scheduling (E.INSS) ............. ...................... . 4-50
4-28. Sludge Inspection Data (E.SLIN) ............... ................... 4-52
4-29. Pretrmt Comp. INSP (E.PCI1) ................................... 4-54
4-30. Pretrmt Comp. INSP 2 (E.PCI2) ............. - . . . .................. 4-56
4-31. Pretreatment Audit 1 (E.PAU1) ............ . ........ .............. 4-58
4-32. Pretreatment Audit 2 (E.PAU2) ..... .............................. 4-60
4-33. Pretreatment Audit 3 (E.PAU3) ................................... 4-62
4-34. Pretrmt summary (E.PPS1) ....... .............................. 4-64
4-35. Compliance Schedules (E.CSCH) .................................. 4-66
4-36. Compliance Schedule Viol. (E.CVIO) ............................... 4-6S
Permit Tracking (E.PTRK) ..................................... 4-70
XJV Permit Compliance System: Data Entry. Edit, and Update Manual
-------
4-38. Evidentiary Hearings (E.EVHR) ' 4-72
4-39. Grants (E.GRNT) . 4-74
4-40. Outafll Genera] Data (E.OFLG) 4-76
4-41. Outfall Treat. Type/Comment (E.OFLT) 4-78
4-42.. Sludge Outfall Data Screen (E.SLPS) 4-80
4-43.. Outfall Geographic Data Screen (E.OFGD) ' 4-82
4-44. Limits (E.LIMS) 4-85
4-45. Limit Modifications (E.LIMM) 4-87
4-46. Season Split (E.SEAN) .....' ' 4-89
4-47. Effluent Dmr Page (E.EDMR) 4-91
4-48. Eff. Measurement/Violations (E.EVIO) 4-93
4-49. Enforcement Actions (E.ENAC) • 4-95
4-50. Enforcement Action Keys (E.EAKS) 4-97
4-51. Single Event Violations (E.SVIO) 4-99
4-52. Administrative Penalty Order Screen (E.EAP1) 4-101
4-53. Administrative Penalty Order (E.EAP2) 4-103
4-54. Upload Summary File (.SUM) Format 4-106
4-55. Basic Requirements for Upload . 4-107
6-1. Categories of Data Stored on the PCS Data Base 6-2
6-2. Linking State-Level Control Authorties with POTWs and lUs 6-10
6-3. Linking POTW-Level Control Authorties with POTWs and lUs 6-11
6-4. Pretreatment Performance Summary (Sample) 6-20
6-5. Compliance Schedule Contained in an Enforcement Action 6-23
6-6. Compliance Schedule Data Entry using PCS-ADE 6-24
6-7. Pipe Schedule Data from NPDES Permit 6-29
6-8. Parameter Limits Data from Permit 6-37
6-9. PCS Parameter Table (by Parameter Description) 6-39
6-10. Parameter I .units Data from Administrative Order 85-229 6-44
7-1. Edit Audit Report for Rejected Transactions 7-8
7-2. Edit Audit Report for Accepted Transactions . 7-9
7-3. Edit Audit Summary Report 7-11
7-4. Update Audit Report for Rejected Transactions 7-13
7-5. Update Audit Report for Accepted Transactions 7-14
7-6. Update Audit Summary Report 7-15
7-7. Violations Recognition Report 7-16
7-8: Administrative Deficiency Report 7-18
9-1. PCS ISPF Group Menu 9-2
9-2. PCS User Support ISPF Option 9-3
9-3. PCS Problem Information Facility (PIF) Initial Menu 9-3
9-4. PCS Utilities ISPF Menu 9-4
9-5. PCSEDIT Command 9-6
10-1. . Effluent DMR Data Key Screen (EDMR) w/Range Checking ON 10-2
10-2. Effluent DMR Data Screen (EDMR) : 10-3
10-3. Effluent Measurement Key Screen (EVIO) w/Range Checking ON 10-4
10-4. Effluent Measurement Data Screen (EVIO) : 10-5
10-5. Range Checking Batch JCL 10-6
10-6. PCSEDIT Screen Using Range Checking . . 10-7
10-7. Index Listing of Range Tables 10-8
10-8. Range Checking Full Table Listing '. . . : 10-8
10-9. Range Checking Index Utility 10-9
10-10. Range Checking Table List Utility 10-10
10-11. Range Checking Main Menu Screen 10-11
10-12. Copy Table-to-Table Screen . . . 10-12
10-13. Create a New Table Screen 10-13
10-14. Delete a Table Screen 10-13
Figures XV
-------
10-15. Change a Table Description Screen 10-14
10-16. Add/Change/Delete a Parameter Screen 10-15
10-17. Cycle Change/Delete Parameters Screen . 10-15
10-18. Cycle Change/Delete a Parameter Screen 10-16
F-l. KERMIT Data Transfer Status Screen . . . F-3
XVJ Permit Compliance System: Data Entry. Edit, and Update Manual
-------
Tables
0-1. Revision Summary '. v
2-1. Key Data Elements . 2-4
2-2. PCS Transaction Codes . 2-9
3-1. Terminal Function Keys 3-11
3-2. EAKS Data Screen Accept Options and Their Effect 3-95
4-1. Basic Edit Criteria for PCS PC-ENTRY 4-2
4-2. System Error Messages 4-3
4-3. Keyboard Description 4-5
4-4. Keys with special functions ...:... ' 4-7
4-5. • System File Descriptions 4-8
4-6. Data Entry Processing Comparison: PCS-ADE and PC-ENTRY . 4-32
4-7. Communications Software Options . 4-107
5-1. Batch Key Data Elements 5-2
5-2. Header Card . 5-6
5-3. Batch Security Codes by State 5-6
5-4. • Card-type 1 5-8
5-5. Card-type 2 5-9
' 5-6. Card-type 3 5-9
5-7. Card-type C 5-10
5-8. Card-type A 5-10
5-9. Card-type B 5-11
5-10. Card-type E 5-11
5-11. Card-type F 5-11
5-12.. Card-type G 5-12
5-13. Card-type H 5-12
5-14. Card-type I 5-12
5-15. Card-type K " 5-13
5-16. Card-type P . " 5-13
5-17. Card-type Q 5-13
5-18. Card-type 6 5-14
5-19. Card-type V 5-14
5-20. Card-type 5 5-15
5-21. Card-type 8 5-15
5-22. Card-type 9 ' : •. 5-16
5-23. Card-type 2 5-17
5-24. Card-type J . • 5-17
5-25. Card-type L . . : 5-17
5-26. Card-type M 5-18
5-27. Card-type R . .' 5-19
5-28. Card-type W 5-20
5-29. Card-type X 5-20
5-30. Card-type Y 5-21.
5-31. Card-type Z 5-22
5-32. Card-type '-A' 5-23
5-33. Card-type '-B' 5-24
5-34. Card-type '-C' 5-24
5-35. Card-type '-D' . , 5-25
5-36. Card-type '-E' 5-25
5-37. Card-type '-F' 5-26
5-38. Card-type '-G' 5-26
5-39. Card-type '-H' 5-26
Tables
-------
5-40. Card-type '-I' 5-27
5-41. Card-type '-J' 5-27
5-42. Card-type '-K' 5-27
5-43. Card-type ':T 5-28
5-44. Card-type ':U' 5-28
5-45. Card-type ':?' 5-28
5-46. Card-type':!' 5-29
5-47. Card-type '-V 5-29
5-48. Card-type '-W 5-30
5-49. Card-type ':L' 5-30
5-50. Card-type ':M' 5-31
5-51. Card-type ':R' 5-32
5-52. Card-type ':S' •. . . 5-32
5-53. Card-type ':A' . . -. 5-32
5-54. Card-type ':B' 5-33
5-55. Card-type ':C 5-34
5-56. Card-type ':D' ; 5-34
5-57. Card-type ':£' : ( 5-35
5-58. Card-type '-L' 5-36
5-59. Card-type '-M' . 5-36
5-60. Card-type '-P' 5-37
5-61. Card-type '-Q.' 5-37
5-62. Card-type '-X' . . - - , 5-38
5-63. Card-type '-Z' 5-38
5-64. Card-type '-Y' : 5-39
5-65. Card-type '-!' 5-39
5-66. Card-type '-2' 5-40
5-67. Card-type '-3' 5-40
5-68. Card-type ':5' 5-41
5-69. Card-type '-4' ' 5-41
5-70. Gird-type '-5' 5-42
5-71. Card-type ':3' 5-43
5-72. Card-type '-6' ' 5-43
5-73. Card-type '-7 5-44
5-74. Card-type '-8' 5-45
5-75. Card-type ':4' 5-46
5-76. Qird-type :2 : 5-46
5-77. Card-type '-9' 5-47
5-78. Card-type '-0' ' 5-47
5-79. Card-type '-R' . •. ' ' 5-48
5-80. Card-type '-S' 5-49
5-81. Card-type '-T : . . . . 5-49
5-82. Card-type '-U' 5-49
5-83. Card-type :F '. 5-50
5-84. Card-type :G 5-51
5-85. Card-type :H . 5-51
5-86. Card-type :I 5-52
5-87. Cacd-type J 5-52
5-88. Card-type :K 5-53
5-89. Card-type '-N' 5-53
6-1. PCS Inspection Type Groups 6-15
6-2. Encoding of Initial, Interim, and Final Start and End Dates 6-34
8-1. Measurement Violation Codes 8-4
8-2. Extended Compliance Schedule Codes (CSCH) 8-17
8-3. RNC Detection Codes SO2
XVlii Permit Compliance System: Data Kntry. Edit, and Update Manual
-------
8-4. RNC Resolution Codes $-24
8-5. RNC Detection and Resolution Dates • 8-24
8-6. RNC Dates that are generated from RNC Codes ' 8-25
8-7. QNCR Facility Status Acronyms 8-25
8-8. QNCR Facility Status Flags set by Individual Violations 8-26
8-9. Manual Entry of Facility Status Codes - Batch Format 8-26
8-10. Manual Entry of Facility Status Codes - Values 8-27
8-11. Coding Extended CS for Effluent Violations 8-28
8-12. Coding Enforcement Actions for Effuent Violations 8-29
8-13. Coding Extended Compliance Schedules for CS Violations 8-30
8-14. Coding Format Enforcement Actions for CS Violations 8-31
8-15. Coding Extended Compliance Schedules for Non-Rec. Violations . . - 8-32
8-16. Coding Enforcement Actions for DMR Non-Rec. Violations 8-33
8-17. Coding Closing an action for Effluent Violations 8-34
8-18. Coding Closing of an action for Compliance Schedule Violations 8-35
8-19. Coding Closing of an action for DMR Non-Receipt Violations 8-36
8-20. Coding Closing of an action for Single Event Violations " 8-36
8-21. Coding Manual Detection/Resolution of Effluent Violations 8-37
8-22. Coding Manual Detection/Resolution of Compliance Schedule Viol 8-39
8-23. Coding Manual Detection/Resolution of DMR Non-Rec. by Deletion 8-40
8-24. Coding Manual Detection/Resolution of DMR Non-Rec. by Addition 8-41
8-25. Coding Manual Detection/Resolution of Single Event Violations 8-41
8-26. Coding 'Back Into Compliance' for Compliance Schedule Violations 8-43
9-1. Summary of PCS/TSO Commands 9-4
9-2. Summary of Online HELP on PCS/TSO Commands 9-5
F-l. Example of uploading PC-ENTRY file F-6
Tables XIX
-------
Permit Compliance System
Data Entry, Edit, and Update Manual
Document Number PCS-EU93-1.01
December 14. 1993
PCS USER SUPPOR1
703/908-2680
Systems Development Center
200 N. Glebe Road, Suite 211
Arlington, Va. 22203
-------
Preface
The Permit Compliance-System (PCS) is a database management system that supports the NPDES regu-
lations. The system is available to registered users in State and EPA Regions through the National Com-
puter Center in North Carolina.
This Manual gives a general overview of PCS and detailed information on entering information into PCS.
Documentation is included on PCS-ADE and PC-ENTRY data entry systems. A detailed discussion of the
calculation of Reportable Non-Compliance (RNC) is also provided. The format of Edit and Update Audit
reports is shown. In addition to the DATA ENTRY, EDIT, and UPDATE manual, the following manuals
are available on the PCS system.
Edit/'Update Error Messages Manual - Provides a brief explanation for each error message encountered
during -the edit or update of PCS, arranged by data type.
PCS Generalized Retrieval Manual - Describes in detail the operation of the batch retrieval system for
PCS. Complete information is provided on the flexible format and fixed format reports that are avail-
able as well as examples of each.
Inquiry User's Guide - Describes in detail the online retrieval software that provides interactive access to
the PCS database.
Data Element Dictionary - Gives a detailed description of EACH type of data available in PCS, field by
field. Tables that describe all of the valid codes in PCS are included as well.
PCS Codes and Descriptions • Provides a complete list of all of the code value tables used in PCS.
Referenced by the PCS Data Element Dictionary.
PAL User's Guide - Describes in detail the microcomputer retrieval software that provides managers with
access to specific PCS summary data.
Preface
-------
Revision Code Description
The following table gives-a description of the revision code used with each revision of the "PCS Daia Entry,
Edit, and Update Manual.
REVISION
CODE
DATE
DOCUMENT
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
12/14/93
PCS-EU93-1.01
The following menus and screens have been added
or modified for the Geographic Data Enhance-
ment.
PCS-ADE Facility Menu, Figure 3-10 on
page 3-14 has been modified.
PCS-ADE Effluent Menu, Figure 3-11 on
page 3-15 has been modified.
PCS-ADE Permit Facility Geographic Data
Screen, Figure 3-19 on page 3-25 has been added.
PCS-ADE Outfall Geographic Data Screen,
Figure 3-41 on page 3-70 has been added.
PCS-ADE Table Update Menu, Figure 3-60 on
page 3-103 has been modified.
PCS-ADE Facility Lat/Long Description Codes
Screen, Figure 3-65 on page 3-106 has been
added.
PCS-ADE Pipe Lat/Long Description Codes
Screen, Figure 3-66 on page 3-106 has been
added.
PC-ENTRY Main Menu, Figure 4-6 on
page 4-19 has been modified.
PC-ENTRY Facility Menu, Figure 4-7 on
page 4-20 has been modified.
PC-ENTRY Effluent Menu, Figure 4-8 on
page 4.-21.has been added.. -..-
PC-ENTRY Enforcement Action Menu,
Figure 4-9 on page 4-22 has been added.
PC-ENTRY Inspections Menu, Figure 4-10 on
page 4-23 has been added.
PC-ENTRY Compliance Schedule Menu,
Figure 4-11 on page 4-24 has been added.
PC-ENTRY Other menu, Figure 4-12 on
page 4-25 has been added.
PC-ENTRY Facility Geographic Data screen,
Figure 4-22 on page 4-39 has been added.
PC-ENTRY Outfall Geographic Data screen,
Figure 4-43 on page 4-82 has been added.
Revision Code Description
-------
REVISION
CODE
DATE
DOCUMENT
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Batch card-type '-C' has been modified.
Batch card-type ':P' has been modified.
Batch card-type ':5' has been added.
Coding considerations for facility level geographic
data elements have been added beginning on page
6-11.
Coding considerations for pipe level geographic
data elements have been added beginning on page
6-33.
No Data Indicator coding considerations have
been modified on page 6-44
Technical Review Criteria has been modified for
the SNC redefinition enhancement beginning on
page 8-10
Table 0-1. Revision Summary
Permit Compliance System: Data Entry. Edit, and Update Manual
-------
Contents
Chapter 1. NPDES Overview v '..."...' i-
1.1 PCS Overview 1-
1.2 Overview of PCS Functional Capabilities 1-
1.3 Input Processing 1-
1.3.1 PCS Data Entry : 1-
1.3.2 Edit Processing i-
1.3.3 Update Processing 1-
Chapter 2. MAINTENANCE OF THE PCS DATA BASE 2-1
2.1 PCS Data Types 2-1
2.1.1 Organization of Data in PCS ! 2-3
2.2 Ke:y Data Elements 2-4
2.3 PCS Transactions 2-8
Chapter 3. PCS-ADE ON-LINE DATA ENTRY 3- i
3.1 PCS-ADE General Features 3-!
3.1.1 Access to PCS-ADE 3-1
3.1.2 -Input 3-7
3.1.3 Transaction Codes 3-8
3.1.4 Key Data Elements 3-9
3.1.5 Edit Checking 3-9
3.1.6 Error Messages 3-9
3.1.7 Special Accept Options 3-9
3.1.8 Automatic 'CHANGE' Option 3-10
3.1.9 Security 3-10
3.1.10 Batch ID Number 3-11
3.2 Da;:a Entry Screens 3-11
3.2.1 Main Menu Screen 3-13
3.2.2 Facility Data Screen #1 (FAC1) 3-20
3.2.3 Facility Data Screen. £2 (FAC2) 3-23
3.2.4 Permit Facility Geographic Data Screen (FAGD) 3-25
3.2.5 Sludge Facility Data Screen (SLPF) 3-27
3.2.6 Facility Address Screen (FACA) 3-29
3.2.7 Owner/Operator Address Screen (FACO) 3-31
3.2.8 Reissuance Data Screen (RCIN) 3-33
3.2.9 Inspection Scheduling Screen (INSS) ._._.,. . .._. . . . -3-35
3.2.10 Inspection Screen (INSP) ..."..". V". '. . . '.".'."."'. 3-37
3.2.11 Sludge Inspection Data (SLIN) 3-39
3.2.12 Pretreatment Compliance Inspection Screen 1 (PCI1) 3-41
3.2.13 Pretreatment Compliance Inspection Screen 2 (PCI2) 3-43
3.2.14 Pretreatment Audit Screen 1 (PAU1) 3-45
3.2.15 Pretreatment Audit Screen 2 (PAU2) 3-47
3.2.16 Pretreatment Audit Screen 3 (PAU3) 3-49
3.2.17 Pretreatment Summary Screen (PPS1) 3-51
3.2.18 Compliance Schedule Screen (CSCH) 3-53
3.2.19 Compliance Schedule Violation Screen (CVIO) 3-55
3.2.20 Permit Tracking Screen (PTRK) 3-57
3.2.21 Evidentiary Hearing Screen (EVHR) 3-59
3.2.22 Grant Screen (GRNT) 3-61
3.2.23 Outfall General Data Screen (OFLG) 3-63
3.2.24 Outfall Treatment Type/Comment Screen (OFLT) '. 3-66
Contents
-------
3.2.25 Sludge Outfall Data Screen (SLPS) '. . . 3-68
3.2.26 Outfall Geographic Data Screen (OFGD) 3-70
3.2.27 Limits Screen (LIMS) 3-72
3.2.28 Limit Modification Screen (LIMM) 3-74
3.2.29 Season Split Screen (SEAN) 3-76
3.2.30 Effluent DMR Data (EDMR) 3-78
3.2.31 Effluent Measurement Screens (EVIO) 3-81
3.2.32 Enforcement Action Screen (ENAC) 3-85
3.2.33 Enforcement Action Key Screen (EAKS) 3-87
3.2.34 Administrative Penalty Order Screen (EAP1) 3-97
3.2.35 Administrative Penalty Order Screen (EAP2) 3-99
3.2.36 Single Event Violations Screen (SVIO) 3-101
3.2.37 PCS Table Modification Screen (TABS) 3-103
3.2.38 System Error Screen 3-108
3.2.39 Exiting from a PCS-ADE Session 3-108
Chapter 4. PCS PC-ENTRY MICROCOMPUTER DATA ENTRY 4-1
4.1 PCS PC-ENTRY General Topics 4-1
4.1.1 System Description • 4-1
4.1.2 Data Entry Screens 4-2
4.1.3 Transaction Codes • 4-2
4.1.4 Key Data Elements 4-2
4.1.5 Edit Checking 4-2
4.1.6 Edit Error Messages 4-2
4.1.7 Batch Header Card/Security Id 4-3
4.1.8 Transaction Files 4-3
4.1.9 System Error Messages 4-3
4.2 Equipment Description for PCS PC-ENTRY 4-4
4.2.1 Microcomputer Requirements -4-4
4.2.2 Computer Communications Requirements 4-4
4.2.3 Keyboard Description 4-5
4.2.4 Keys with Special Functions 4-6
4.3 Installing PCS PC-ENTRY on a Microcomputer 4-7
4.3.1 How to Get a Copy of the PCS PC-ENTRY System 4-7
-.3.2 System File Description 4-8
4.3.3 Harddisk System Installation 4-8
4.3.4 Floppy System Installation 4-8
-.3.5 Special Note on Installing New Releases 4-9
4.3.6 Entering Data using PCS PC-ENTRY 4-9
4.3.7 General Screen Features 4-9
-1.3.8 Getting Started 4-10
-.3.9 Description of Information On System Screens 4-10
-.3.10 Introduction Screen and Parm File 4-12
4.3.11 MAIN FUNCTION MENU (MAIN) 4-13
4.3.12 Description of Data Entry Screens 4-32
4.3.13 Files Created During Data Entry 4-104
4.4 Uploading Data to the Mainframe at NCC 4-106
4.4.1 Basic Requirements for Uploading Data 4-107
4.4.2 Description of Communications Software Available for Uploading Data 4-107
Chapters. BATCH DATA ENTRY 5-1
5.1 Transaction Codes 5-1
5.2 Key Data Elements 5-2
5.3 Batch Card Formats 5-5
5.3.1 Header Card . . . 5-6
Permit Compliance System: Data Entry, Edit, and Update .Vlanuai
-------
5.3.2 Original Card Formats 5-8
5.3.3 Extended Card Formats -. . . 5-23
Chapter 6. CODING CONSIDERATIONS ..... . . ... ... : 6-1
6.1 Transaction Codes ..... ~. .... ~ 6-1
6.1.1 NEW Transaction (Nj 6-1
6.1.2 CHANGE Transaction (C) 6-2
6.1.3 DELETE Transaction (D) 6-3
6.1.4 MASS DELETE Transaction (X) . . . 6-3
6.1.5 REPLACE Transaction (R) 6-3
6.2 Coding Considerations by Data Type 6-4
6.2.1 Permit Facility Data Type 6-4
6.2.2 Inspection Data Type 6-13
6.2.3 Inspection Scheduling Data Type 6-14
6.2.4 PCI/Audit Data Type • 6-16
6.2.5 Pretreatment Performance Summary Data Type 6-17
6.2.6 Compliance Schedule Data Type 6-19
6.2.7 Compliance Violation Data Type 6-24
6.2.8 Permit Events Data Type 6-25
6.2.9 Evidentiary' Hearing Information 6-26
6.2.10 Pipe Schedule Data Type ' 6-26
6.2.11 Parameter Limits Data Type 6-34
6.2.12 Measurement Violation Data Type 6-43
6.2.13 Enforcement Action Data Type 6-51
6.2.14 Enforcement Action Violation Key Data Type 6-52
6.2.15 Administrative Penalty Order Data Type 6-53
6.2.16 Single Event Violation Data Type 6-55
6.3 Permit Reissuance Processing 6-55
6.3.1 Effluent Data Family Relationships 6-56
6.3.2 Effluent Family Linkage 6-56
6.3.3 Reissuance Control Indicator 6-56
6.3.4 Reissuance Coding Rules and Automatic Processing 6-58
6.4 Archival Processing 6-61
6.5 User Data Elements 6-61
Chapter?. PCS EDIT/UPDATE PROCESSING 7-1
7.1 Pre-Edit Conversion Processing 7-1
7.1.1 Permit Facility Data Conversion Processing 7-1
7.1.2 Permit Event Data Conversion Processing 7-2
7.1.3 Pipe Schedule Data Conversion.Processing ••.. .-.-.. •.-. . . .•.-•-—.-•-•-:-7-."'.~:'.'.'.".'.". '. . ".' 7-2
7.1.4 Parameter Limits Data Conversion Processing 7-2
7.1.5 Measurement/Violation Data Conversion Processing 7-3
7.1.6 Compliance Schedule Data Conversion Processing 7-3
7.1.7 Compliance Schedule Violation Data Conversion Processing 7-4
7.1.8 Inspection Data Conversion Processing 7-4
7.1.9 Enforcement Action Data Conversion Processing 7-4
7.2 PCS Edit Processing 7-5
7.2.1 Edit Audit Report - Rejected Transactions 7-7
7.2.2 Edit Audit Report - Accepted Transactions 7-8
7.2.3 Edit Audit Summary Report 7-10
7.2.4 Use of the Edit Audit Report 7-11
7.3 PCS Update Processing 7-11
7.3.1 Update Processing Input/Output 7-12
7.3.2 Update Audit Report - Rejected/Accepted Transactions 7-13
7.3.3 Violations Recognition Report 7-15
Contents
-------
7.3.4 Administrative Deficiency Report 7-17
Chapter 8. PCS SPECIAL PROCESSING 8-1
8.1 Compliance Schedule Violation Tracking 8-1
8.1.1 Types of Violations 8-1
8.2 Discharge Monitoring Report (DMR) Non-receipt Tracking 8-2
8.3 Effluent Measurement Violation Tracking 8-3
8.4 QNCR Reportable Noncompliance (RNC) Identification 8-5
8.4.1 RNC Data Elements - Input Considerations 8-5
8.4.2 PCS Production Runs that Detect/Resolve RNC 8-7
8.4.3 Single Event Violations Independently Determined by The Agency . . 8-7
8.4.4 Automatic Detection/Resolution of RNC for Violations 8-7
8.4.5 Technical Review Criteria (TRC) Scenarios 8-10
8.4.6 System Detection/Resolution of RNC By Enforcement Actions 8-13
8.4.7 Manual Setting of RNC . 8-17
8.4.8 RNC Data Elements - Retrieval Condiderations 8-18
S.4.9 RNC Detection and Resolution Dates 8-20
8.4.10 QNCR Facility Status 8-21
8.4.11 RNC Coding Considerations 8-23
Chapter 9. Using TSO With PCS 9-1
9.1 Activating Special PCS/TSO Comands 9-1
9.1.1 New Users (NEWUSER) 9-1
9.1.2 STORET Users 9-2
9.2 ISPF PCS Menu 9-2
9.3 Summary of PCS/TSO READY Prompt Commands 9-4
9.3.1 Online HELP available on PCS/TSO Commands 9-5
9.4 Editing PCS Data Using the PCS/TSO Command (PCSEDIT) 9-6
Chapter 10. USING RANGE CHECKING IN PCS 10-1
10.! OVERVIEW OF RANGE CHECKING 10-1
10.2 Range Checking with PCS-ADE 10-1
10.2.1 Range Checking Enabling Combinations 10-1
10.3 Effluent DMR Data"Key Screen (EDMR) 10-2
:0.4 Effluent DMR Data Screen (EDMR) 10-2
10.5 Effluent Measurement Key Screen (EVIO) 10-3
10.6 Effluent Measurement Screen 2 (EVIO) 10-4
10.7 Range Checking with Batch Edit 10-5
10.7.1 Submitting a Batch with JCL (Job Control Language) 10-5
10.7.2 Range Checking Using PCSEDIT 10-6
10.3 Quality Assurance (QA) of Existing Measurement Data in PCS 10-7
10.9 Range Checking Table Reports 10-7
10.9.1 How to Request Table Reports 10-7
10.9.2 Using JCL to Create Table Listings 10-9
10.10 Range Checking Table Maintenance 10-10
10.11 Uses of Range Checking Tables 10-10
10.11.1 Accessing Table Maintenance 10-11
10.11.2 Range Checking Main Menu 10-11
Appendix A. Introduction to the NPDES Permit Issuance for PCS Users A-1
Appendix B. Telephone Numbers B-l
C-i
Appendix C. Full-Screen Key Conversion for VT-100 Terminals
C.i TYMNET Full-Screen Key Conversion for VT-100 Terminals (EPACMT) C-i
Permit Compliance System: Data Entry, Edit, and Update Manual
-------
C.2 NCC Full-Screen Key Conversion for VT-100 Terminals (NCC Data-Switch) C-3
Appendix D. Quarterly Noncompliance Report. Category Noncompliance D-l
D.I QNCR Category I Noncompiiance D-l
D.2 QNCR Category II ....'.......' " D-I
Appendix E. PCS PC Software available online at NCC
Appendix F. Using KERMIT to Upload/Download Files F-i
F.I Instructions for downloading the PCS PC Software with KERMIT F-i
F.2 Using KERMIT to upload PC-ENTRY data files F-l
F.2.1 Harddisk System F-i
F.2.2 Floppy System F-3
F.2.3 KERMIT Command Summary F-5
F.2.4 Submitting PCS Edits on the Mainframe F-5
Appendix G. Using CROSSTALK to Upload/Download Files G-1
Appendix H. Using ARBITER to access PCS PC SOFTWARE H-l
Appendix I. Using SEND/RECEIVE to Upload/Download Files 1-1
I.I Instructions for downloading the PCS PC Software with RECEIVE Cmd 1-1
Appendix J. Using COMPRESSED PC Software files (PKARC) J-l
Appendix K. PCS User Docmentation Comment Form K-l
Index X-l
Contents
-------
Figures
1-1. Input Processing •-. -. . ~ . •. .•-.•": . . . / .' . . .". ."......' i-2
2-1. PCS Data Structure 2-2
3-1. N'CC Signon Screen (Initial Menu) 3-2
3-2. NCC Signon Screen (Option Menu) 3-2
3-3. NCC Signon Screen (CICS Signon) 3-3
3-4. NCC Signon Screen (entering parameters for your userid) 3-4
3-5. TYMNET Signon Screen (terminal types) 3-5
3-6. TYMNET Signon Screen (terminal types) 3-6
3-7. NCC Signon Screen (Initial Menu) 3-7
3-8. PCS-ADE Sign-On Screen 3-11
3-9. PCS-ADE Data Entry Subsystem Main Menu 3-13
3-10. PCS-ADE Data Entry Subsystem Facility Menu 3-14
3-11. PCS-ADE Data Entry Subsystem Effluent Menu 3-15
3-12. PCS-ADE Data Entry Subsystem Enforcement Action Menu 3-16
3-13. PCS-ADE Data Entry Subsystems Inspections Menu 3-17
3-14. PCS-ADE Data Entry Subsystems Compliance Schedule Menu 3-18
3-15. PCS-ADE Data Entry Subsystems Tables Menu 3-18
3-16. PCS-ADE Data Entry Subsystems Other Menu 3-19
3-17. Facility Data Screen #1 (FAC1) 3-20
3-18. Facility Data Screen #2 (FAC2) 3-23
3-19. Permit Facility Geographic Data (FAGD) 3-25
3-20. Sludge Facility Data Screen (SLPF) 3-27
3-21. Facility Address Screen (FACA) 3-29
3-22. Facility Owner/Operator Address Screen (FACO) 3-31
3-23. Reissuance Data Screen (RCIN) 3-33
3-24. Inspection Scheduling Screen (INSS) 3-35
3-25. Inspections Screen (INSP) 3-37
3-26. Sludge Inspection Data Screen (SLIN) 3-39
3-27. Pretreatment Compliance Inspection Screen 1 (PCI1) 3-41
3-28. Pretreatment Compliance Inspection Screen 2 (PCI2) 3-43
3-29. Pretreatment Audit Screen 1 (PAU1) 3-45
3-30. Pretreatment Audit Screen 2 (PAU2) 3-47
3-31. Pretreatment Audit Screen 3 (PAU3) . 3-49
3-32. Pretreatment Summary Screen (PPS1) 3-51
3-33. Compliance Schedule Screen (CSCH) 3-53
3-34. Compliance Schedule Violation Screen (CVIO)__ _ ._._._._,_, .„.,.,.,..,._, 3-55
3-35. Permit Tracking Screen"(PTRK) . '."."'~ ".".'. .'"'. 3-57
3-36. Evidentiary' Hearing Screen (EVHR) 3-59
3-37. Grant Screen (GRNT) . 3-61
3-38. Outfall General Data Screen (OFLG) 3-63
3-39. Outfall Treatment Type/Comment Screen (OFLT) 3-66
3-40. Sludge Outfall Data Screen (SLPS) 3-68
3-41. Outfall Geographic Data Screen (OFGD) 3-70
3-42. Limits Screen (LIMS) 3-72
3-43. Limit Modification Screen (LIMM) 3-74
3-44. Season Split Screen (SEAN) 3-76
3-45. Effluent DMR Data Key Screen (EDMR) 3-78
3-46. Effluent DMR Data Screen (EDMR) 3-79
3-47. Effluent Measurement Key Screen (EVIO) 3-81
3-48. Effluent Measurement Data Screen (EVIO) 3-83
3-49. Enforcement Action Screen (ENAC) 3-85
Figures
-------
3-50. Enforcement Action Key Screen (EAKS) 3-87
3-51. Expanded Enforcement Action Key Screen (EAKS/MV) 3-89
3-52. Expanded Enforcement Action Key Screen (EAKS/CV) 3-90
3-53. Expanded Enforcement Action Key Screen (EAKS/SV) 3-91
3-54. Enforcement Action Effluent Data Screen (EAKS) 3-93
3-55. Enforcement Action Compliance Schedule Data Screen (EAKS) 3-94
3-56. Enforcement Action Single Event Violation Data Screen (EAKS) 3-95
3-57. Administrative Penalty Order Screen (EAP1) 3-97
3-58. Administrative Penalty Order Screen (EAP2) 3-99
3-59. Single Event Violation Screen (SVIO) 3-101
3-60. Table Selection Menu (TABS) 3-103
3-61. Compliance Schedule Table Entry Screen 3-104
3-62. Permit Event Table Entry Screen , . . 3-104
3-63. Evidentiary Hearing Table Entry Screen 3-105
3-64. Single Event Table Entry Screen 3-105
| 3-65. Facility Lat/Long Description Codes Screen 3-106
j 3-66. Pipe Lat/Long Description Codes Screen 3-106
3-67. System Error Screen 3-108
4-1. Introduction to Screen (INTRO) 4-12
4-2. Main Function Menu 4-13
4-3. GENERAL INFORMATION Function (H) 4-14
4-4. SYSTEM SETUP Function (S) 4-15
4-5. DATA ENTRY Function (E) 4-17
| 4-6. MAIN MENU (PANEMAIN) 4-19
| 4-7. FACILITY Sub-Menu 4-20
| 4-8. EFFLUENT Sub-Menu 4-21
| 4-9. ENFORCEMENT ACTION Sub-Menu 4-22
j 4-10. INSPECTIONS Sub-Menu 4-23
| 4-11. COMPLIANCE SCHEDULE Sub-Menu 4-24
! 4-12. COMPLIANCE SCHEDULE Sub-Menu 4-25
-1-13. SUMMARY (E.QUIT) 4-26
4-14. FILE UTILITY Function (U) 4-27
4-15. DIRECTORY (U.D) 4-28
4-16. CONVERT (U.C) 4-29
-L-17. ERASE (U.E.) .- 4-30
4-18. SYSTEM TERMINATION (Q) 4-31
4-19. Facility Data Screen 1 (E.FAC1) 4-33
i 4-20. Facility Data Screen 2 (E.FAC2) 4-35
4-21. Sludge Facility Data Screen (E.SLPF) : 4-37
i -1-22. Facility Geographic Data Screen (E.FAGD) 4-39
4-23. Facility Address (E.FACA) 4-42
4-24. Facility Owner/Operator (E.FACO) 4-44
4-25. Reissuance (E.RCIN) 4-46
4-26. Inspection (E.INSP) 4-48
4-27. Inspection Scheduling (E.INSS) 4-50
4-28. Sludge Inspection Data (E.SLIN) 4-52
4-29. Pretrmt Comp. INSP (E.PCI1) 4-54
4-30. Pretrmt Comp. INSP 2 (E.PCI2) 4-56
4-31. Pretreatment Audit 1 (E.PAUl) : ' 4-58
4-32. Pretreatment Audit 2 (E.PAU2) 4-60
4-33. Pretreatment Audit 3 (E.PAU3) • . ' 4-62
4-34. Pretrmt summary (E.PPS1) ' .... 4-64
4-35. Compliance Schedules (E.CSCH1) . . . 4-66
-i-36. Compliance Schedule Viol. (E.CVIO) 4-68
4-37. Permit Tracking (E.PTRK) . . 4-70
Permit Compliance System: Data Entry. Edit, and Update Manual
-------
4-38. Evidentiary Hearings (E.EVHR) 4-72
4-39. Grants (E.GRXT) 4-74
4-40. Outafll General Data (E.OFLG) 4-76
4-41. Outfall Treat. Type/Comment (E.OFLT) 4-78
4-42. Sludge Outfall Data Screen (E.SLPS) 4-8C
4-43. Outfall Geographic Data Screen (E.OFGD) 4-82
4-44. Limits (E.LIMS) 4-85
4-45. Limit Modifications (E.LIMM) 4-87
4-46. Season Split (E.SEAN) ' 4-89
4-47. Effluent Dmr Page (E.EDMR) 4-9!
4-48. Eff. Measurement/Violations (E.EVIO) 4-93
4-49. Enforcement Actions (E.ENAC) 4-95
4-50. Enforcement Action Keys (E.EAKS) 4-97
4-51. Single Event Violations (E.SVIO) 4-99
4-52. Administrative Penalty Order Screen (E.EAP1) 4-101
4-53. Administrative Penalty Order (E.EAP2) 4-103
4-54. Upload Summary File (.SUM) Format 4-106
4-55. Basic Requirements for Upload 4-107
6-1. Categories of Data Stored on the PCS Data Base 6-2
6-2. Linking State-Level Control Authorties with POTWs and IL's 6-9
6-3. Linking POTW-Level Control Authorties with POTWs and lUs 6-10
6-4. Pretreatment Performance Summary (Sample) 6-18
6-5. Compliance Schedule Contained in an Enforcement Action 6-21
6-6. Compliance Schedule Data Entry using PCS-ADE 6-22
6-7. Pipe Schedule Data from NPDES Permit 6-27
6-8. Parameter Limits Data from Permit 6-35
6-9. PCS Parameter Table (by Parameter Description) 6-36
6-10. Parameter Limits Data from Administrative Order 85-229 6-41
7-1. Edit Audit Report for Rejected Transactions 7-8
7-2. Edit Audit Report for Accepted Transactions 7-9
7-3. Edit Audit Summary Report 7-11
7-4. Update Audit Report for Rejected Transactions 7-13
7-5. Update Audit Report for Accepted Transactions 7-14
7-6. Update Audit Summary Report 7-15
7-7. Violations Recognition Report 7-16
7-8. Administrative Deficiency Report 7-18
9-1. PCS ISPF Group Menu 9-2
9-2. PCS User Support ISPF Option 9-3
9-3. PCS Problem Information Facility (PIF) Initial Menu 9-3
9-4. PCS Utilities ISPF Menu ....... .-. .--. .•:•--.--•-.•.•-. . . .••:•.--. : : :vv. r. -. . :-.V. . 9-4
9-5. PCSEDIT Command 9-6
10-1. Effluent DMR Data Key Screen (EDMR) w/Range Checking OX 10-2
10-2. Effluent DMR Data Screen (EDMR) ~ 10-3
10-3. Effluent Measurement Key Screen (EVIO) w/Range Checking ON 10-4
10-4. Effluent Measurement Data Screen (EVIO) 10-5
10-5. Range Checking Batch JCL 10-6
10-6. PCSEDIT Screen Using Range Checking 10-7
10-7. Index Listing of Range Tables 10-8
10-8. Range Checking Full Table Listing 10-8
10-9. Range Checking Index Utility 10-9
10-10. Range Checking Table List Utility 10-10
10-11. Range Checking Main Menu Screen 10-11
10-12. Copy Table-to-Table Screen 10-12
10-13. Create a New Table Screen . . .- 10-13
10-14. Delete a Table Screen 10-13
Figures
-------
10-15. Change a Table Description Screen 10-14
10-16. Add/Change/Delete a Parameter Screen 10-15
10-17. Cycle Change/Delete Parameters Screen 10-15
10-18. Cycle Change/Delete a Parameter Screen 10-16
F-l. KERMIT Data Transfer Status Screen ' p-3
Permit Compliance System: Data Entry. Edit, and Update Manual
-------
Tables
0-1. -Revision Summary ." v
2-1. Key Data Elements 2-4
2-2. PCS Transaction Codes 2-9
3-1. Terminal Function Keys 3-12
3-2. EAKS Data Screen Accept Options and Their Effect 3-95
4-1. Basic Edit Criteria for PCS PC-ENTRY 4-2
4-2. System Error Messages 4-3
4-3. Keyboard Description 4-5
4-4. Keys with special functions 4-7
4-5. System File Descriptions 4-8
4-6. Data Entry Processing Comparison: PCS-ADE and PC-ENTRY 4-32
4-7. Communications Software Options 4-107
5-1. Batch Key Data Elements 5-2
5-2. Header Card 5-6
5-3. Batch Security Codes by State 5-6
5-4. Card-type 1 5-8
5-5. Card-type 2 5-9
5-6. Card-type 3 5-9
5-7. Card-type C 5-10
5-8. Card-type A 5-10
5-9. Card-type B 5-11
5-10. Card-type E 5-11
5-11. Card-type F 5-11
5-12. Card-type G 5-12
5-13. Card-type H 5-12
5-14. Card-type I 5-12
5-15. Card-type K 5-13
5-16. Card-type P . . . ' 5-13
5-17. Card-type Q 5-13
5-18. Card-type 6 5-14
5-19. Card-type V 5-14
5-20. Card-type 5 5-15
5-21. Card-type 8 5-15
5-22. Card-type 9 5-16
5-23. Card-type 2 5-17
5-24. Card-type J .... ...... . ...,...,_ ._....,.,_,_...,....._...._ -. . . ,.-,-.-. .-.-. -5-17
5-25. Card-type L '..'.." 5-17
5-26. Card-type M 5-18
5-27. Card-type R 5-19
5-28. Card-type W 5-20
5-29. Card-type X 5-20
5-30. Card-type Y 5-21
5-31. Card-type Z 5-22
5-32. Card-type '-A' 5-23
5-33. Card-type '-B' 5-24
5-34. Card-type '-C' . '. 5-24
5-35. Card-type '-D' 5-25
5-36. Card-type '-£' 5-25
5-37. Card-type '-F' 5-26
5-38. Card-type '-G' 5-26
5-39. Card-type '-H' 5-26
Tables
-------
5-40. Card-type '-I' 5-27
5-41. Card-type '-J' 5-27
5-42. Card-type '-K' 5-27
5-43. Card-type ':T 5-28
5-44. Card-type ':U' 5-28
5-45. Card-type':?' 5-28
5-46. Card-type ':!' 5-29
5-47. Card-type '-V 5-29
5-48. Card-type '-W 5-30
5-49. Card-type ':L' 5-30
5-50. Card-type ':M' 5-31
5-51. Card-type ':R' 5-32
5-52. .Card-type ':S' 5-32
5-53. Card-type ':A' 5-32
5-54. Card-type ':B' 5-33
5-55. Card-type ':C' 5-34
5-56. Card-type ':D' 5-34
5-57. Card-type ':£' , 5-35
5-58. Card-type '-L' 5-36
5-59. Card-type '-M' 5-36
5-60. Card-type '-?' • 5-37
5-6 i. Card-type '-Q' 5-37
5-62. Card-type '-X' 5-38
5-63. Card-type '-Z' 5-38
5-64. Card-type '-V 5-39
5-65. Card-type '-!' 5-39
5-66. Card-type '-2' 5-40
5-67. Card-type '-3' 5-40
5-68. Card-type ':5' 5-41
5-69. Card-type '-4' 5-41
5-70. Card-type '-5' 5-42
5-71. Card-type ':3' 5-43
5-72. Card-type '-6' 5-43
5-73. Card-type '-7 5-44
5-74. Card-type '-8' 5-45
5-75. Card-type ':4' 5-46
5-76. Card-type :2 5-46
5-77. Card-type '-9' 5-47
5-78. Card-type '-0' 5-47
5-79. Card-type '-R' 5-48
5-80. Card-type '-S' 5-49
5-81. Card-type '-T 5-49
5-82. Card-type '-L" 5-49
5-33. Card-type :F 5-50
5-S4. Card-type :G 5-51
5-85. Card-type :H 5-51
5-86. Card-type :I 5-52
5-87. Card-type :J 5-52
5-S8. Card-type :K ". '.'. 5-53
5-89. Card-type '-N" 5-53
6-1. PCS Inspection Type Groups .' 6-13
6-2. Encoding of Initial. Interim, and Final Stan and End Dates 6-30
8-i. Violation Codes - Measurement 8-4
3-2. Extended Compliance Schedule Codes (CSCH) . 8-1-*
3-3. RNC Detection Codes 8-18
Permit Compliance System: Data Entry, Edit, and Update Manual
-------
8-4. RNC Resolution Codes S-19
8-5. RNC Detection and Resolution Dates 8-2C
8-6. RNC Dates that are generated from RNC Codes . . . 8-2C
8-7. QNCR Facility Status Acronyms S-2i
8-8. QNCR Facility Status Flags set by Individual Violations 8-22
8-9. Manual Entry of Facility Status Codes - Batch Format 8-22
8-10. Manual Entry of Facility Status Codes - Values S-23
8-11. Coding Extended CS for Effluent Violations 8-24
8-12. Coding Enforcement Actions for Effuent Violations 8-2^
8-13. Coding Extended Compliance Schedules for CS Violations 8-26
8-14. Coding Format Enforcement Actions for CS Violations 8-26
8-15. Coding Extended Compliance Schedules for Non-Rec. Violations 8-27
8-16. Coding Enforcement Actions for DMR Non-Rec. Violations 8-28
8-17. Coding Closure of an action for Effluent Violations 8-29
8-18. Coding Closure of an action for Compliance Schedule Violations 8-30
8-19. Coding Closure of an action for DMR Non-Receipt Violations 8-31
8-20. Coding Closure of an action for Single Event Violations 8-31
8-21. Coding Manual Detection/Resolution of Effluent Violations 8-32
8-22. Coding Manual Detection/Resolution of Compliance Schedule Viol S-34
8-23. Coding Manual Detection/Resolution of DMR Non-Rec. by Deletion 8-35
8-24. Coding Manual Detection/Resolution of DMR Non-Rec. by Addition 8-36
8-25. Coding Manual Detection/Resolution of Single Event Violations 8-36
8-26. Coding 'Back Into Compliance' for Compliance Schedule Violations 8-38
9-1. Summary of PCS/TSO Commands 9-4
9-2. Summary of Online HELP on PCS/TSO Commands 9-5
F-l. Example of uploading PC-ENTRY file F-6
Tables
-------
Permit Compliance System
Inquiry Manual
Document Number PCS-IN97-1.01
May 8, 1997
PCS USER SUPPORT
202/564-7277
U.S. EPA - PCS User Support
Mail Code - 2222A
401 M Street, SW
Washington, DC 20460
-------
Preface
The Permit Compliance System (PCS) is a database management system that supports the NPDES regu-
lations. The system is available to registered users in State and EPA Regions through the National Com-
puter Center in North Carolina.
PCS INQUIRY is an interactive retrieval software package designed to give online access to the PCS data-
base. This User's Guide gives complete information about how to use INQUIRY to retrieve information
from PCS. In addition to the INQUIRY Manual, the following manuals are available on the PCS system.
PCS Data Entry, Edit, and Update Manual - General Overview of PCS and detailed information on
entering data into PCS. Includes documentation on PCS-ADE and PC-ENTRY.
Generalized Retrieval Manual - Describes in detail the batch retrieval package for retrieving all types of
data from PCS. This includes preprinting DMRs and running the Quarterly Non-Compliance Report
(QNCR).
Data Element Dictionary - Gives a detailed description of each type of data available in PCS, field by
field.
PCS Codes and Descriptions - Provides a complete list of all of the code value tables used in PCS.
Referenced by the PCS Data Element Dictionary.
PCS PC Persona! Assistance Link (PAL) - Provides information on the use of the personal computer to
produce preformatted reports from PCS using only a few keystrokes on the microcomputer.
Restricted Information in PCS
Public access to the PCS Database using the Inquiry system allows access to all information in PCS
except the following: Inspection Scheduling information and Referred Enforcement Action information.
This data is considered enforcement sensitive.
Preface
-------
Revision Code Description
The following table gives a description of the revision code used with each revision of the PCS Inquiry
Manual.
REVISION
CODE
1
DATE
05/08/97
DOCUMENT
NUMBER
PCS-IN97-1.01
DESCRIPTION
All Manager's, Prompt, and Command mode
reports have 2-digit years. The years '00-68' have
an implied century of 20.
Table 0-1. Revision Summary
Revision Code Description
-------
Contents
Chapter 1. INTRODUCTION TO PCS INQUIRY 1-1
1.1 PCS Data Base 1-1
1.1.1 Organization of Data in PCS 1-2
1.1.2 Data elements 1-3
1.1.3 Datatypes 1-4
1.1.4 Accessing the PCS data base 1-6
1.2 PCS Capabilities 1-7
Chapter 2. PCS INQUIRY LOGON/LOGOFF PROCEDURES 2-1
2.1 Logging On to TSO 2-1
2.2 Accessing PCS INQUIRY ' 2-5
2.3 Exiting PCS INQUIRY 2-6
Chapter 3. INITIATING AN INQUIRY SESSION 3-1
3.1 Entering PCS INQUIRY 3-1
3.2 SELECTING MANAGERS MODE, PROMPT MODE OR COMMAND MODE 3-1
3.2.1 Selecting MANAGERS Mode (TVf) 3-1
3.2.2 Selecting PROMPT Mode (T") 3-2
3.2.3 Selecting COMMAND Mode ("C") 3-2
3.2.4 Requesting Help (*?*) 3-2
3.3 PCS SECURITY 3-2
3.4 INQUIRY KEYBOARD FUNCTIONS 3-3
Chapter 4. CONDUCTING AN INQUIRY SESSION IN MANAGERS MODE 4-1
4.1 Producing a MANAGERS Mode Report 4-1
4.1.1 Creating a Set using the Set Maintenance Option 4-1
4.1.2 Creating a Set using Primary Selection Criteria 4-10
4.1.3 Selecting a MANAGERS Mode Report 4-26
4.1.4 Verifying the Report Selection Criteria 4-35
4.1.5 Producing a Tally 4-36
4.1.6 Displaying the Report Output Data 4-36
4.2 MANAGERS Mode Reports - Common Features 4-38
Chapters. INQUIRY MANAGERS MODE REPORTS 5-1
5.1 Facility Directory Report 5-2
5.1.1 Facility Directory Selection Criteria 5-2
5.1.2 Facility Directory Output 5-2
5.2 Facility Overview Report 5-3
5.2.1 Facility Overview Report Selection Criteria 5-3
5.2.2 Facility Overview Report Output 5-4
5.3 Permit Events Report 5-9
5.3.1 Permit Event Report Selection Criteria 5-9
5.3.2 Permit Event Report Output 5-10
5.4 Inspection Scheduling Report 5-12
5.4.1 Inspection Scheduling Report Selection Criteria 5-12
5.4.2 Inspection Scheduling Report Output 5-13
5.5 Inspection Report 5-15
5.5.1 Inspection Report Selection Criteria 5-15
5.5.2 Inspection Report Output 5-16
5.5.3 Sludge Inspection Report Output 5-17
5.6 Pretreatment PCI/Audit Report 5-19
Contents
-------
5.6.1 Pretreatment PCI/Audit Report Selection Criteria 5-19
5.6.2 Pretreatment PCI/Audit Report Output 5-20
5.7 Pretreatment Performance Summary Report 5-21
5.7.1 Pretreatment Performance Summary Report Selection Criteria . . . 5-22
5.7.2 Pretreatment Performance Summary Report Output 5-22
5.8 Compliance Schedule and Violations Report 5-24
5.8.1 Compliance Schedule and Violations Report Selection Criteria 5-24
5.8.2 Compliance Schedule and Violations Report Output 5-25
5.9 Enforcement Action Report 5-27
5.9.1 Enforcement Action Report Selection Criteria 5-27
5.9.2 Enforcement Action Report Output 5-28
5.10 Outfall Limits Report 5-31
5.10.1 Outfall Limits Report Selection Criteria 5-31
5.10.2 Outfall Limits Report Output 5-31
5.11 DMR Overview Report 5-34
5.11.1 DMR Overview Report Selection Criteria 5-34
5.11.2 DMR Overview Report Output 5-35
5.12 Evidentiary Hearing Report 5-38
5.12.1 Evidentiary Hearing Report Selection Criteria 5-38
5.12.2 Evidentiary Hearing Report Output 5-38
Chapter 6. CONDUCTING AN INQUIRY SESSION!* PROMPT MODE 6-1
6.1 Producing a PROMPT Mode Report 6-1
6.1.1 Selecting a PROMPT Mode Report '. 6-1
6.1.2 Specifying Selection Criteria 6-2
6.1.3 Verifying Selection Criteria 6-9
6.1.4 Tally 6-9
6.1.5 Display the Report Output Data 6-10
6.2 PROMPT Mode Reports - Common Features 6-11
Chapter 7. INQUIRY PROMPT MODE REPORTS "-1
7.1 Code and Description Report 7-2
7.1.1 Code and Description Report Output 7-2
7.2 Facility Directory Report 7-3
7.2.1 Facility Directory Selection Criteria 7-3
7.2.2 Facility Directory Output 7-4
7.3 Facility Overview Report 7-6
7.3.1 Facility Overview Report Selection Criteria 7-6
7.3.2 Facility Overview Report Output 7-7
7.4 Outfall Limits Report 7-13
7.4.1 Outfall Limits Report Selection Criteria 7-13
7.4.2 Outfall Limits Report Output 7-14
7.5 DMR Overview Report 7-17
7.5.1 DMR Overview Report Selection Criteria 7-17
7.5.2 DMR Overview Report output 7-18
7.6 Compliance Schedule and Violation Report 7-20
7.6.1 Compliance Schedule and Violation Report Selection Criteria 7-20
7.6.2 Compliance Schedule and Violation Report Output 7-21
7.7 Inspection Scheduling Report 7-24
7.7.1 Inspection Scheduling Report Selection Criteria 7-24
7.7.2 Inspection Scheduling Report Output 7-25
7.8 Inspection Report 7-27
7.8.1 Inspection Report Selection Criteria 7-27
7.8.2 Inspection Report Output 7-28
7.8.3 Sludge Inspection Report Output 7-30
Permit Compliance System: Inquiry Manual
-------
7.9 Pretreatment PCI/Audit Report 7-31
7.9.1 Pretreatment PCI/Audit Report Selection Criteria 7-31
7.9.2 Pretreatment PCI/Audit Report Output 7-32
7.10 Pretreatment Performance Summary Report 7-34
7.10.1 Pretreatment Performance Summary Report Selection Criteria 7-34
7.10.2 Pretreatment Performance Summary Report Output ~--35
7.11 Permit Tracking Report 7-36
7.11.1 Permit Tracking Report Selection Criteria 7-37
7.11.2 Permit Tracking Report Output 7-37
7.12 Evidentiary Hearing Report 7-39
7.12.1 Evidentiary Hearing Report Selection Criteria 7-39
7.12.2 Evidentiary Hearing Report Output 7-40
7.13 Enforcement Action Report 7-42
7.13.1 Enforcement Action Report Selection Criteria 7-42
7.13.2 Enforcement Action Report Output 7-43
Chapters. CONDUCTING AN INQUIRY SESSION IN COMMAND MODE 8-1
8.1 INQUIRY Commands 8-2
8.1.1 T Help Command 8-3
8.1.2 SELECTION Command 8-3
8.1.3 MORE TO SELECT Command 8-4
8.1.4' SORT command 8-5
8.1.5 DISPLAY command 8-5
8.1.6 TALLY Command 8-6
8.2 PROMPT ("P") Command 8-6
8.3 QUIT "Q" Command 8-7
8.4 Data Elements/Acronyms 8-7
8.4.1 Key data elements 8-7
8.5 INQUIRY Operators 8-7
8.6 Values 8-8
8.7 Producing a Report 8-8
Appendix A. PCS User Docmentation Comment Form A-1
Index X-l
Contents
-------
Figures
1-1. PCS Data Structure 1-2
1-2. Sample Data Elements 1-4
2-1. EPA Telecommmunications Network Screen 2-1
2-2. EPA2 TSO/E LOGON7 Screen 2-2
2-3. EPA News Alert Screen 2-2
2-4. TSO -READY" Prompt 2-3
2-5. User ID Not a Member of CLIST 2-4
2-6. User ID Member of CLIST 2-5
2-7. INQUIRY MAIN Selection Screen 2-6
4-1. MANAGERS INQUIRY Main Menu Screen 4-2
4-2. Permit Numbers Set Maintenance Screen 4-3
4-3. "T Option with Existing Sets - (Set LUCY Selected) 4-4
4-4. T Option with Existing Sets - (Set LUCY Displayed) 4-4
4-5. "?" Option without Existing Sets 4-5
4-6. New Set Name Option- (Set LUCY2 entered) 4-5
4-7. New Set Name Option (cont.) - (Set LUCY2 created) 4-6
4-8. Existing Set Name Option - Existing Set LUCY2 entered 4-6
4-9. ~ Set Maintenance Option - Confirm copy of existing set 4-7
4-10. Set Maintenance Option - Copy of Existing Set Created 4-8
4-11. Delete Set Option - Delete selected for set LUCY 4-8
4-12. Delete Set Option (cont.) - Delete Set LUCY confirmed 4-9
4-13. Delete Set Option - Set LUCY deleted 4-9
4-14. Primary Selection Criteria Screen 4-10
4-15. Primary Selection Criteria Screen - Facility Name 4-11
4-16. Primary Selection Criteria - Major/Minor Indicator 4-12
4-17. Primary Selection Criteria - Facility Type 4-13
4-18. Primary Selection Criteria - Region 4-14
4-19. Primary- Selection Criteria - State 4-15
4-20. Primary- Selection Criteria - Permit Expiration 4-16
4-21. Primary Selection Criteria Screen - USGS Hydrologic Basin Codes 4-17
4-22. USGS Hydrologic Basin Code Sub-menu 4-18
4-23. USGS Hydrologic Basin Code Sub-menu - Region 4-19
4-24. USGS Hydrologic Basin Code Sub-menu - Sub-region 4-20
4-25. USGS Hydrologic Basin Code Sub-menu - Accounting Unit 4-21
4-26. USGS Hydrologic Basin Code Sub-menu - Cataloging Unit 4-22
4-27. Primary Selection Criteria - Standard Industrial Class 4-23
4-28. Primary Selection Criteria - River Basin Codes 4-24
4-29. Primary Selection Criteria Screen - Confirmation Screen 4-25
4-30. Primary Selection Criteria Screen - Set Name Window 4-25
4-31. MANAGERS Mode Report Selection Screen 4-27
4-32. MANAGERS Mode Permit/Set Selection Screen - Permit Selection 4-28
4-33. MANAGERS Mode Permit/Set Selection Screen - Permit Selection 4-29
4-34. MANAGERS Mode Permit/Set Selection Screen (Set Option) 4-30
4-35. MANAGERS INQUIRY Inspection Criteria Screen 4-3J
4-36. Inspection Start Date Window 4-32
4-37. MANAGERS INQUIRY Inspection Criteria Screen with Inspection Start Date 4-33
4-38. MANAGERS INQUIRY Inspection Criteria Screen - Inspection Types 4-34
4-39. MANAGERS INQUIRY Inspection Criteria Screen - Inspector Codes 4-35
4-40. MANAGERS INQUIRY Tally Screen - Inspection Report 4-36
4-41. MANAGERS INQUIRY Inspection Report 4-37
4-42. MANAGERS INQUIRY Inspection Report with Sludge Data Elements 4-38
Figures
-------
5-1. MANAGERS Facility Directory Permit/Set Selection Screen 5-2
5-2. MANAGERS Mode Facility Directory Report 5-3
5-3. MANAGERS Mode Facility Overview Selection Screen 5-4
5-4. MANAGERS Mode Facility Overview Report - General Information 5-6
5-5. MANAGERS MODE Facility Overview Report - Permit Information 5-7
5-6. MANAGERS Mode Facility Overview Report - Mailing Information 5-7
5-7. MANAGERS Mode Facility Overview Report - Compliance Schedule 5-8
5-8. MANAGERS Mode Facility Overview Report - User Data Elements 5-8
5-9. MANAGERS Mode Facility Overview Report - Outfall Summary Section 5-9
5-10. MANAGERS Mode Permit Events Report Criteria Screen 5-10
5-11. MANAGERS Mode Permit Event Report 5-11
5-12. MANAGERS Mode Permit Event Report - Tally 5-12
5-13. MANAGERS Mode Inspection Scheduling Report Criteria Screen 5-13
5-14. MANAGERS Mode Inspection Scheduling Report 5-14
5-15. MANAGERS Mode Inspection Scheduling Report Tally 5-15
5-16. MANAGERS Mode Inspection Report Criteria Screen 5-16
5-17. MANAGERS Mode Inspection Report 5-17
5-18. MANAGERS INQUIRY Sludge Inspection Report 5-18
5-19. MANAGERS Mode Inspection Report Tally 5-19
5-20. MANAGERS Mode Pretreatment PCI/Audit Report Selection Screen 5-20
5-21. MANAGERS Pretreatment PCI/Audit Report 5-21
5-22. MANAGERS Mode Pretreatment PCI/Audit Tally 5-21
5-23. MANAGERS Mode Pretreatment Performance Summary Selection Screen 5-22
5-24. MANAGERS Mode Pretreatment Performance Summary Report 5-23
5-25. MANAGERS Mode Pretreatment Performance Summary Tally 5-23
5-26. MANAGERS Mode Compliance Schedule & Violation Criteria Screen 5-24
5-27. MANAGERS Compliance Schedule and Violations Report - Part 1 5-26
5-28. MANAGERS Compliance Schedule and Violations Report - Part 2 5-26
5-29. MANAGERS Mode Compliance Schedule & Viol Report Tally 5-27
5-30. MANAGERS Mode Enforcement Action Report Criteria Screen 5-28
5-31. MANAGERS Mode Enforcement Action Report - Part 1 5-29
5-32. MANAGERS Mode Enforcement Action Report - Part 2 ". . . 5-30
5-33. MANAGERS Mode Enforcement Action Report Tally 5-30
5-34. MANAGERS Mode Outfall Limits Criteria Screen 5-31
5-35. MANAGERS Mode Outfall Limits Report - Part 1 5-33
5-36. MANAGERS Mode Outfall Limits Report - Part 2 5-33
5-37. MANAGERS Mode Outfall Limits Report Tally 5-34
5-38. MANAGERS Mode DMR Overview Report Criteria Screen 5-35
5-39. MANAGERS Mode DMR Overview Report 5-37
5-40. MANAGERS Mode DMR Overview Report Tally 5-37
5-41. MANAGERS Evidentiary Hearing Report Criteria Screen 5-38
5-42. MANAGERS Mode Evidentiary Hearing Report '. 5-39
5-43. MANAGERS Mode Evidentiary Hearing Report Tally 5^0
6-1. PROMPT Mode Main Selection Screen 6-2
6-2. Facilty Directory Selection Screen 6-3
6-3. State/County Code "Help" Screen 6-5
6-4. Type of Ownership Code "Help" Screen 6-6
6-5. Standard Industrial Classification "Help" Screen 6-7
6-6. Major/Minor River Basin Code "Help" Screen 6-8
6-7. Return to Selection Screen 6-9
6-8. Tally Screen 6-10
6-9. Facility Directory Report Sample Output 6-11
7-1. Code and Description Report Selection Screen 7-2
7-2. PROMPT Mode Code and Description Report 7-3
7-3. PROMPT Mode Facility Directory Report Selection Screen 7-4
Permit Compliance System: Inquiry Manual
-------
7-4. PROMPT Mode Facility Directory Report 7-5
7-5. PROMPT Mode Facility Directory Report - Tally 7-6
7-6. Sample PROMPT Mode Facility Overview Report - Selection Screen 7-7
7-7. PROMPT Mode Facility Overview Report - General Information 7-9
7-8. PROMPT Mode Facility Overview Report - Permit Information 7-10
7-9. PROMPT Mode Facility Overview Report - Mailing Information 7-10
7-10. PROMPT Mode Facility Overview Report - Outfall Summary 7-11
7-11. PROMPT Mode Facility Overview Report - Outfall Summary 7-11
7-12. PROMPT Mode Facility Overview Rpt - Compliance Schedule Summary 7-12
7-13. PROMPT Mode Facility Overview Rpt - Compliance Schedule Summary 7-12
7-14. PROMPT Mode Facility Overview Report - User Data Elements 7-13
7-15. PROMPT Mode Outfall Limits Report Selection Screen 7-14
7-16. PROMPT Mode Outfall Limits Report - Pan 1 7-16
7-17. PROMPT Mode Outfall Limits Report - Part 2 7-16
7-18. PROMPT Mode Outfall Limits Report - Summary 7-17
7-19. Sample PROMPT Mode DMR Overview Report Selection Screen 7-18
7-20. PROMPT Mode DMR Overview Report 7-20
7-21. PROMPT Mode Compliance Sched & Viol Selection Screen 7-21
7-22. PROMPT Mode Compliance Sched & Viol Report - Part 1 7-22
7-23. PROMPT Mode Compliance Sched & Viol Report - Part 2 ' 7-23
7-24. PROMPT Mode Compliance Sched & Viol Report Tally 7-24
7-25. ~ PROMPT Mode Inspection Scheduling Report Selection Screen 7-25
7-26. PROMPT Mode Inspection Scheduling Report 7-26
7-27. PROMPT Mode Inspection Scheduling Report - Tally 7-27
7-28. PROMPT Mode Inspection Report Selection Screen 7-28
7-29. PROMPT Mode Inspection Report 7-29
7-30. PROMPT Mode Inspection Report 7-30
7-31. PROMPT Mode Sludge Inspection Report 7-31
7-32. PROMPT Mode Pretreatment PCI/Audit Report Selection Screen 7-32
7-33. PROMPT Mode Pretreatment PCI/Audit Report 7-33
7-34. PROMPT Mode Pretreatment PCI/Audit - Tally 7-34
7-35. PROMPT Mode Pretreatment Performance Summary Selection Screen 7-35
7-36. PROMPT Mode Pretreatment Performance Summary Report 7-36
7-37. PROMPT Mode Pretreatment Performance Summary - Tally 7-36
7-38. PROMPT Mode Permit Tracking Report Selection Screen 7-37
7-39. PROMPT Mode Permit Tracking Report - Part 1 7-38
7-40. PROMPT Mode Permit Tracking Report - Tally 7-39
7-41. PROMPT Mode Evidentiary Hearing Report Selection Screen 7-40
7-42. PROMPT Mode Evidentiary Hearing Report 7-41
7-43. PROMPT Mode Evidentiary Hearing Report - Tally 7-42
7-44. PROMPT Mode Enforcement Action Report Selection Screen 7-43
7-45. PROMPT Mode Enforcement Action Report Part 1 7-44
7-46. PROMPT Mode Enforcement Action Report - Tally 7-45
8-1. COMMAND Mode Selection Screen 8-1
8-2. COMMAND Mode Tally Help Screen 8-3
8-3. COMMAND Mode Selection and Display Statements 8-9
8-4. COMMAND Mode Report 8-9
Figures
-------
Tables
0-1. Revision Summary v
1-1. PCS Data Types 3.4
Tables
-------
Permit Compliance System
Generalized Retrieval Manual
Document Number PCS-GR96-1.00
April 23, 1996
PCS USER SUPPORT
202/564-7277
U.S. EPA - PCS User Support
Mail Code - 2222A
401 M Street, SW
Washington, DC 20460
-------
Preface
The Permit Compliance System (PCS) is a database management system that supports the NPDES regu-
lations. The system is available to registered users in State and EPA Regions through the National Com-
puter Center in North Carolina.
PCS ENVIRONMENT GENERALIZED RETRIEVAL is a retrieval package that runs in batch and pro-
vides reports on all data in PCS. This Manual gives complete information about how to use GENERAL-
IZED RETRIEVAL to run all flexible format and fixed formats reports available in PCS. This includes
preprinting DMR's and running the QNCR. In addition to the Generalized Retrieval Manual, the following
manuals are available on the PCS system.
PCS Data Entry, Edit, and Update Manual - General Overview of PCS and detailed information on
entering data into PCS. Includes documentation on PCS-ADE and PC-ENTRY.
Edit/ Update Error Message Manual - Provides a brief explanation for each error message encountered
during the edit or update of PCS, arranged by data type.
Inquiry User's Guide - Describes in detail the interactive retrieval software that provides online access to
the PCS database.
Data Element Dictionary - Gives a detailed description of EACH type of data available in PCS, field by
field.
PCS Codes and Descriptions - Provides a complete list of all of the code value tables used in PCS.
Referenced by the PCS Data Element Dictionary.
PCS PC Persona! Assistance Link (PAL) User's Guide - Provides information on the use of the personal
computer to produce preformatted reports from PCS using only a few keystrokes on the microcomputer.
Restricted Information in PCS
Inspection Scheduling information and Referred Enforcement Action information is considered enforce-
ment sensitive and cannot be displayed by the public.
Preface
-------
Revision Code Description
The following table gives a description of the revision code used with each revision of the PCS Generalized
Manual.
REVISION7
CODE
1
DATE
04/23/96
DOCUMENT
NUMBER
PCS-GR96-1.00
DESCRIPTION
The field DMRR (DMR Received Date) and
DMDL (DMR Days Late) has been added to the
Dump Layout.
Table 0-1. Revision Summary
Revision Code Description
-------
Contents
Chapter 1. Introduction 1-1
1.1 PCS System Overview 1-1
1.2 PCS Security and Privacy 1-1
1.3 Using the Manual 1-1
Chapter 2. Data Overview 2-1
2.1 Data in PCS 2-1
2.2 Organization of PCS 2-3
Chapter 3. Flexible Format Reports 3-1
3.1 Quick Look Report 3-1
3.1.1 Cluster Quick Look Report 3-1
3.1.2 Hierarchical Quick Look Report 3-2
3.1.3 Quick Look Report Type Specification and Options 3-6
3.1.4 Quick Look Print Line Specification 3-30
3.1.5 Quick Look Examples 3-3S
3.2 Quick File Extract 3-48
3.3 Seqnential File Extract 3-52
3.4 Milestone Report 3-55
3.5 Multiple-Report Retrievals 3-57
3.6 Statistical Base Code Features 3-58
3.6.1 Definitions for Statistical Base Code Retrieval Acronyms 3-58
3.6.2 Retrieval Capabilities . . . 3-63
3.6.3 Retrieval Matrix 3-68
Chapter 4. Fixed Format Reports 4-1
4.1 Facility Report 4-1
4.2 Compliance Forecast Report 4-12
4.3 Compliance Forecast With Violations Report 4-13
4.4 Limitation Summary Report 4-14
4.5 Limitation Summary with Measurement Violations Report 4-16
4.6 DMR Administrative Report 4-17
4.7 DMR Administrative Report By Parameter 4-18
4.8 DMR Summary Report 4-20
4.9 DMR Non-Receipt Report 4-21
4.10 Quarterly Noncompliance Reports 4-23
4.11 Summary Quarterly Noncompliance Report For Managers 4-31
4.12 Quarterly Noncompliance Report 4-34
4.13 Selective Quarterly Noncompliance Report 4-35
4.14 Coordinator's Quarterly Noncompliance Report 4-37
4.15 Semi-Annual Statistical Summary Report 4-39
4.16 Violation Recognition Report 4-40
4.17 Industrial User Compliance Report 4-41
4.18 POTW Implementation Compliance Report 4-43
4.19 POTW Enforcement Action Summary Report 4-45
4.20 Pretreatment Hierarchy (PH) Report 4-46
4.20.1 10-Card Selection 4-47
4.20.2 20 Report Card Type 4-48
4.20.3 30 Sort Card 4-48
4.21 Strategic Targeting Activities for Results System Moving Base Rpt 4-49
4.22 Administrative Penalty Order Report 4-52
Contents
-------
4.23 Quality Assurance Retrieval 4-54
4.23.1 Report Description 4-55
4.23.2 Generalized Retrieval Statements 4-55
4.23.3 Summary Section 4-57
4.23.4 Data Element Error Messages 4-58
4.24 Permit Compliance System Personal Assistance Link Extract 4-71
4.24.1 Procedures For Loading PAL With Current PCS Data 4-72
4.24.2 Downloading PAL from the NCC Mainframe 4-73
4.24.3 Loading PAL on a PC . . . 4-73
Chapter 5. Report Creation and Processing 5-1
5.1 Card Images 5-1
5.2 Report Title 5-1
5.3 Option Card (00-Card) 5-2
5.3.1 SYNTAX= 5-3
5.3.2 JOBID= 5-3
5.3.3 BIN= 5-4
5.3.4 RMT = 5-4
5.3.5 COPIES= 5-4
5.3.6 PRTY = 5-5
5.3.7 TIME= 5-5
5.3.8 GPRT= 5-5
5.3.9 GDVCE= 5-5
5.3.10 GRMT= 5-6
5.3.11 GBOX= 5-6
5.3.12 LINES= 5-6
5.3.13 FORM= 5-6
5.3.14 MSGLEVEL= 5-6
5.3.15 MSGCLASS= 5-7
5.3.16 ACCT= 5-7
5.3.17 Option Card Examples 5-8
5.4 JCL Card (09-Card) 5-8
5.5 Facility Selection Statements (10-Card) 5-8
5.5.1 Basic Argument 5-9
5.5.2 Qualified Argument 5-11
5.5.3 Comparison Argument 5-13
5.5.4 "OR" Statement 5-15
5.6 Report Type (20-Card) 5-15
5.7 Report Order (30-Card) 5-16
5.7.1 Sorting Capabilities for Various PCS Reports 5-18
5.8 Quick Look Display/Selection Statements (40-Card) 5-19
5.9 Restricted Display Criteria Statements 5-19
5.10 Milestone Display/Selection Statements (50-Card) 5-20
5.11 Quick File Extract Display/Selection Statements (60-Card) 5-20
5.12 Retrieval Selection Efficiency Considerations 5-21
5.13 Entering the Retrieval Cards into the Computer 5-22
5.13.1 Accessing the NCC - IBM Computer System 5-22
5.13.2 Using TSO 5-22
5.14 Understanding the Generalized Retrieval Operation 5-23
5.15 Viewing the Generalized Retrieval Output 5-23
Chapter 6. DMR Preprint and Mailing Label Processing 6-1
6.1 DMR Preprint 6-1
6.1.1 Two-Step DMR Creation 6-2
6.1.2 One-Step DMR Creation 6-4
Permit Compliance System: Generalized Retrieval Manual
-------
6.2 Mailing Labels 6-6
6.3 Processing DMRs and Mailing Labels 6-12
6.3.1 PCSADMR 6-13
6.3.2 PCSPDMR 6-13
6.3.3 PCSADMRL 6-14
6.3.4 PCSPDMRL 6-16
6.3.5 PCSALBL 6-17
6.3.6 PCSALBLA 6-18
6.3.7 JCL for Preprinting DMRs 6-19
Chapter 7. PCS Graphics 7-1
7.1 Effluent Data Statistics (EDS) 7-1
7.1.1 EDS General Format .7-1
7.2 Management Graphics Package 7-19
7.2.1 Management Graphics General Format 7-20
7.2.2 Displaying Graphs Online 7-21
Appendix A. Data Element Lists A-1
A.1 Sorted by FILE and DATA ELEMENT NAME A-2
A.2 Sorted by FILE and DESCRIPTIVE HEADING A-34
Appendix B. Generalized Retrieval Error Messages B-1
Appendix C. Telephone Numbers C-l
Appendix D. Sequential File Extract - File Layout D-l
Appendix E. Ready Reference Guide E-1
Appendix F. PCS User Docmentation Comment Form F-1
Index X-l
Contents
-------
Figures
2-1. PCS Data Structure 2-3
3-1. Single Family Cluster Quick Look Report 3-1
3-2. Multi-Family Cluster Quick Look Report 3-2
3-3. Hierarchical Quick Look Report for the Compliance Family 3-3
3-4. Hierarchical Quick Look Report for the Effluent Family 3-4
3-5. Hierarchical Quick Look Report for the Inspection Family 3-5
3-6. Hierarchical Quick Look Report for the Enforcement Action Family 3-6
3-7. Quick Look Report "HEADERS = SHORT" Option 3-7
3-8. Quick Look Report "HEADERS = LONG" Option 3-8
3-9. Quick Look Report "HEADERS = NO" Option 3-9
3-10. Quick Look Report "EXPAND = YES" Option 3-10
3-11. Quick Look Report "BREAK = NO" Option 3-12
3-12. Quick Look Report "BREAK = 1" Option 3-12
3-13. Quick Look Report TOP=NO" Option 3-13
3-14. Quick Look Report "TOP= YES" Option 3-14
3-15. Quick Look Report "SKIP = 0" Option 3-15
3-16. Quick Look Report "SKIP = 1" Option 3-16
3-17. ~ Quick Look Report 'SUPPRESS = NO" Option 3-17
3-18. Quick Look Report "SUPPRESS = YES" Option 3-18
3-19. Quick Look Report "RESTRICT = NO" Option 3-19
3-20. Quick Look Report "RESTRICT = YES" Option 3-20
3-21. Quick Look Report "GHOST=NO" Option 3-21
3-22. Quick Look Report "GHOST = YES" Option 3-22
3-23. Quick Look Report "ARCH = NO" Option 3-23
3-24. Quick Look Report "ARCH = YES" Option 3-24
3-25. Quick Look Report Without TAB" Option 3-25
3-26. Quick Look Report With TAB" Option ' 3-26
3-27. Quick Look Report Without Blank Lines 3-27
3-28. Quick Look Report With Blank Lines 3-28
3-29. Quick Look Report With "Last" Inspection Option 3-29
3-30. Pretreatment Hierarchy Quick Look Report 3-36
3-31. Single Line Quick Look Report 3-39
3-32. Cluster Quick Look Report 3-41
3-33. Hierarchical Quick Look Report - Effluent 3-43
3-34. Quick Look Report Using Qualifying Argument 3-45
3-35. Single Line Quick Look Report with Absent Logical Operator 3-46
3-36. Quick Look Report Using the Comparison Argument 3-47
3-37. Quick Look Report with Expanded Data Values 3-48
3-38. Quick File Execution Summary 3-52
3-39. Milestone Report . . . .' 3-57
4-1. Facility Report - Permit Facility 4-2
4-2. Facility Report - Permit Events 4-3
4-3. Facility Report - Inspections 4-3
4-4. Facility Report - Inspection Scheduling 4-4
4-5. Facility Report - Pretreatment Inspection/Audit Data (part 1) 4-5
4-6. Facility Report - Pretreatment Inspection/Audit Data (part 2) 4-6
4-7. Facility Report - Compliance Schedule Data 4-7
4-8. Facility Report - Pipe Schedule Data 4-8
4-9. Facility Report - Parameter Limits Data 4-9
4-10. Facility Report - Measurement Violations Data 4-10
4-11. Facility Report - Enforcement Action Data 4-11
Figures '•'
-------
4-12. Facility Report - Evidentiary Hearing Data 4-11
4-13. Facility Report - Grants Data 4-12
4-14. Facility Report - Pretreatment Performance Summary Data 4-12
4-15. Compliance Forecast Report 4-13
4-16. Compliance Forecast with Violations Report 4-14
4-17. I .imitation Summary Report 4-15
4-18. Limitation Summary with Measurements 4-17
4-19. DMR Administrative Report 4-18
4-20. DMR Administrative Report by Parameter 4-20
4-21. DMR Summary Report 4-21
4-22. DMR Non-Receipt Report 4-23
4-23. Quarterly Noncompliance Report . 4-24
4-24. Managers Quarterly Non-compliance Report 4-32
4-25. Selective Quarterly Noncompliance Report 4-36
4-26. Coordinator's QNCR 4-37
4-27. Semi-Annual Statistical Summary Report 4-40
4-28. Violations Recognition Report . 4-41
4-29. Industrial User Compliance Report 4-42
4-30. POTW Implementation Compliance Report 4-44
4-31. POTW Enforcement Action Summary Report 4-45
4-32. Pretreatment Hierarchy Report 4-47
4-33. STARS Moving Base Report 4-50
4-34. Administrative Penalty Retrieval Report 4-54
4-35. PAL Retrieval Report 4-72
5-1. PCS Retrieval Request Edit Report Page 5-24
5-2. PCS Mailing Labels Report Summary 5-24
5-3. PCS Retrieval Dump File Names Report 5-25
6-1. Sample Preprinted DMR Form 6-1
6-2. DMRS Printed List 6-3
6-3. PCS Mailing Labels Report 6-7
6-4. Mailing Label With Cognizant Official 6-8
6-5. Mailing Labels Without Cognizant Official . 6-9
6-6. Mailing Labels (SIZE= 1) 6-10
6-7. Mailing Labels (SIZE = 3) 6-11
6-8. Mailing Labels (SIZE = 5) 6-11
6-9. Mailing Labels (SIZE = 7) 6-12
7-1. EDS Report Type A, Option AB 7-2
7-2. EDS Report Type A, Option AG 7-3
7-3. EDS Report Type B, Option HS 7-5
7-4. EDS Report Type B, Option GS 7-6
7-5. EDS Report Type B, Option WC 7-7
7-6. EDS Report Type C, Option CO 7-9
7-7. EDS Report Type C, Option CF 7-10
7-8. EDS Report Type C, Option CT 7-11
7-9. EDS Miscellaneous, Option FL 7-12
7-10. EDS Miscellaneous, Option BS 7-13
Permit Compliance System: Generalized Retrieval Manual
-------
Tables
0-1. Revision Summary v
2-1. PCS Data Types 2-1
3-1. Statistical Base Code Retrieval Matrix 3-68
4-1. Effluent violations selected for the QNCR with VTYP = E 4-25
4-2. Compliance Schedule violations selected for the QNCR with VTYP = C 4-26
4-3. Single Event violations selected for the QNCR with VTYP = S 4-27
4-4. QNCR Regulations 4-30
5-1. Option Card Parameters 5-2
5-2. Valid sorting for various report formats 5-18
5-3. Optional/Required Display Card Types 5-19
6-1. Special Forms Codes 6-15
7-1. EDS Valid Values and Options 7-18
7-2. TSO Commands to display Effluent Data Statistic graphs online 7-18
B-l. Generalized Retrieval Error Messages B-2
Tables
-------
Permit Compliance System
Edit/Update Error Messages
Document Number PCS-EM93-1.01
June 21. 1993
PCS USER SUPPORT
202/475-8529
U.S. EPA (EN-338)
401 M. St. SW
Washington, DC 20460
-------
Preface
The Permit Compliance'System (PCS) is a database management system that supports the NPDES regu-
lations. The system is available to registered users in State and EPA Regions through the National Com-
puter Center in North Carolina.
T"he Edit/Update Error Messages Manual is designed to explain error messages encountered during use of tb.£
PCS-ADE, PC-Entry, or batch format data entry, or during the calculation of Reportable Non-Compliance
(RNC) and the format of Edit and Update Audit reports. The manual includes the error message, the corre-
sponding acronym (where applicable), the error number, and a brief explanation for the cause of the error.
In addition to the Edit/Update Error Messages Manual, the following manuals are available on the PCS
system.
Data Entry, Edit, and Update Manual - General overview of PCS and detailed information on entering
data into PCS. Includes documentation on PCS-ADE and PC-Entry.
PCS Generalized Retrieval Manual - Describes in detail the operation of the batch retrieval system for
PCS. Complete information is provided on the flexible format and fixed format reports that are avail-
able as well as examples of each.
Inquiry User's Guide - Describes in detail the interactive retrieval software that provides interactive access
to the PCS database.
Data Element Dictionary • Gives a detailed description of EACH type of data available in PCS, field by
field. Tables that describe all of the valid codes in PCS are included as well, database.
PCS Codes and Descriptions - Provides a complete list of all of the code value tables used in PCS.
Referenced by the PCS Data Element Dictionary.
PAL User's Guide - Describes in detail the microcomputer retrieval software that provides managers with
access to specific PCS summary data.
Preface
-------
Revision Code Description
The following table gives a description of the revision code used with each revision of the PCS Data Entry,
Edit, and Update Error Messages.
\ REVISION j DATE ! DOCUMENT ! DESCRIPTION
! CODE I ; NUMBER
06/21/93 j PCS-EM93-1.01 j Error messages added for the Statistical Base Code
I ! Enhancement.
Table 0-1. Revision Summary
Revision Code Description
-------
Contents
Chapter 1. General Information 1-1
1.1 Error Message Categories 1-1
1.2 Definition of Fatal, Warning, and Informational Messages 1-2
1.3 Description of information provided on Error Messages 1-2
Chapter 2. Compliance Schedule Error Messages 2-1
Chapter 3. Compliance Schedule Violation Error Messages 3-1
Chapter 4. Enforcement Action Error Messages 4-1
Chapter 5. Evidentiary Hearing Error Messages ....'. 5-1
Chapter 6. Enforcement Action Key Error Messages 6-1
Chapter 7. Grant Error Messages 7-1
Chapter 8. Inspection Audit Error Messages 8-1
Chapter 9. Inspection Error Messages 9-1
Chapter 10. Inspection Scheduling Error Messages 10-1
Chapter 11. Measurement/Violation Error Messages 11-1
Chapter 12. Permit Event Error Messages 12-1
Chapter 13. Permit Facility Error Messages 13-1
Chapter 14. Parameter Limits Error Messages 14-1
Chapter 15. Pipe Schedule Error Messages 15-1
Chapter 16. Pretreatment Performance Summary Error Messages 16-1
Chapter 17. Single Event Violation Messages 17-1
Chapter 18. Table Update Error Messages 18-1
Chapter 19. Undefined Data Type Error Messages 19-1
Chapter 20. PCS User Docmentation Comment Form 20-1
Contents
-------
Tables
0-1. Revision Summary v
1-1. Error Number Levels 1-2
1-2. Format of Error Message Descriptions 1-2
2-1. Error Messages 2-
3-1. Error Messages 3-
4-1. Error Messages ^-
5-1. Error Messages 5-
6-1. Error Messages 6-
7-1. Error Messages 7-1
8-1. Error Messages 8-1
9-1. Error Messages 9-1
10-1. Error Messages 1C-1
11-1. Error Messages il-1
12-1. Error Messages 12-1
13-1. Error Messages 13-1
14-1. Error Messages !4-l
15-1. Error Messages 15-1
16-1. Error Messages 16-1
17-1. Error Messages 17-1
18-1. Error Messages 18-1
19-1. Error Messages 19-1
Tables
-------
II..C.2.
The "GREAT System" (General Record of Enforcement Actions Tracked), circa
1980. The-GREAT System tracks EPA-issued Administrative Orders (AOs) and
Notices of violation issued from the commencement of the system until
September 30, 1987. Requests for retrievals should be addressed to Mary
Gair, OWEP, FTS 475-8557. See also II.C.10.
-------
-------
II.C.3
Permit Compliance System (PCS) Data Element Dictionary (updated 6/2/97); PCS Codes and
Descriptions Manual (updated 5/5/97)
-------
Permit Compliance System
Data Element Dictionary
Document Number PCS-DD97-1.00
June 02. 1997
PCS USER SUPPORT
202/564-7277
U.S. EPA - PCS User Support
Mail Code - 2222A
401 M Street, SW
Washington, DC 20460
-------
Revision Code Description
The following table gives a description of the revision code used with each revision of the PCS Daia Eiemem
Diciionan.
REVISION
CODE
DATE
DOCUMENT
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
06/02.;97
PCS-DD97-1.00
The WENDB Cross Reference has been updated
with this release of the Data Element Dictionary.
This includes WENDB for Sludae.
06/02 ;97
PCS-DD97-1.00
The DMR Received Date (DMRR) field has been
updated.
The DMR = Days Late (DMDL) field has been
added.
The DMR Late Indicator (DMRL) field has been
deleted.
Table 0-1. Revision Summary
Revision Code Description
-------
Contents
Chapter 1. OVERMEW 1-1
Chapter 2. FORMAT FOR DATA ELEMENT ENTRIES 2-1
Chapter 3. DATA ELEMENT ENTRIES 3-1
Chapter 4. GLOSSARY 4-1
Appendix A. PCS User Docmentation Comment Form A-l
Appendix B. PCS Cross Reference Listings B-1
PCS Cross-Reference B-2
Content
-------
Permit Compliance System
Codes and Descriptions Manual
Document Number PCS-CD97-1.01
May 8, 1997
PCS USER SUPPORT
202/564-7277
U.S. EPA - PCS User Support
Mail Code - 2222A
401 M Street, SW
Washington, DC 20460
-------
Revision Code Description
The following table gives a description of the revision code used with each revision of the PCS Codes and
Descriptions Manual.
REVISION DATE
CODE !
DOCUMENT
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
05 '08/97
PCS-CD97-1.01
Table 152 STORET Group Category has been
added.
Table 153 SNC Group Category has been added.
Table 154 Parameter Major Group has been
added.
Table 156 Parameter Minor Group has been
added.
Table 157 Biological Test has been added.
Table 730 Sludge Use Option has been added.
Table 740 Sludge Class Facility Indicator has been
added.
Table 750 Land Reuse Option has been added.
Table 760 Crop Class has been added.
Table 770 Crop Type has been added.
Table 780 Outfall Type has been added.
Table 790 Sludse Indicator has been added.
Table 0-1. Revision Summary
Revision Code Description
-------
Contents
Chapter 1. PCS Code and Description Tables
1.1 Instructions for Obtaining Tables
1.1.1 Printing this Manual 1-1
1.1.2 Printing SELECTED Tables i-1
1.2 Code and Description Tables !-3
Contents
-------
II.C.4.
"NPDES Self-Monitoring System User Guide", dated January 1985. Table of
Contents only.
-------
-------
NPDES SELF-MONITORING SYSTEM
USER GUIDE
Office of Water
Office of Water Enforcement and Permits
January 1985
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
EN-338
401 M Street S.W.
Washington, D.'C. 20460 ••
-------
NPDES
Self-Monitoring System
!ser Guide
Contents Page
Introduction 1
NPDES Program Authority 1
Legal Authority for NPDES Monitoring of Discharges 2
Inspection of NPDES Permittee Facilities 3
Meeting Permit Requirements 3
Organizing a Self-Monitoring Program 5
Elements of a Self-Monitoring System 5
Discharge Monitoring Reports (DMRs) 10
Discharge Monitoring Report - Instructions for Completion 14
Checklist for Self-Monitoring 24
Self-Monitoring Systen User GuideIJanuary
-------
II.C.5.
"Release and Description of Significant Violator Lists", dated March 8,
1984.
-------
-------
I UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WASHINGTON. D.C. 20460
!\ / - >, C
IV. i MAR 8
orf ICE of
fMfNI AND
COMPUANC.t
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Release and Description of "Significant Violator" Lists
FROM: Gerald A. Bryan, DirectorJtyjffl• »*$
Office of Compliance Analysis and Program Operations
TO: Regional Enforcement Contacts
EPA has begun to receive requests from parties outside
the Agency for the lists of "significant violators" each
program area is developing for tracking in the Agency's
management systems.
Unless the facts pertaining to a specific situation
merit otherwise, EPA will release th.ese lists upon request.
In order to avoid confusion or misunderstanding about the
meaning or significance of these lists, we are suggesting
that EPA personnel describe the lists in a manner consistent
with the following:
"EPA's list of significant violators" is a compilation
of regulated entities which, based on available infor-
mation, EPA believes are in violation of environmental
laws or regulations and which EPA believes merit high
priority attention. EPA's managers use the lists to
reflect Agency priorities for tracking their progress
towards compliance."
so
I
r«o
-------
OFFICE OF ENFORCEMENT AND COMPLIANCE MONITORING
Principal Regional Enforcement Contacts
Region
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
Name
Paul Keough
Doug Blazey
Stan Laskovski
John (Alex) Little
Alan Levin
Dave Ullrich
Dick Whittington
Wi 1 liam Rice
Kerry Clough
John Wise
Ed Coate
Title
Deputy Regional Administrator
Regional Counsel
Deputy Regional Administrator
Deputy Regional Administrator
Deputy Regional Administrator
Deputy Regional Counsel
Regional Administrator
Deputy Regional Administrator
Chief of Staff
Deputy Regional Administrator
Deputy Regional Administrator
Te lephone
Number
223-7210
264-1018
597-9812
257-4727
353-2000
353-2094
729-2600
758-5495
327-3895
454-8153
399-1220
-------
EPA personnel should avoid giving the impression that
parties on the list necessarily have been adjudicated to be
in violation or have agreed that they are in violation of
environmental requirements. Of course, planned or proposed
enforcement actions or strategies against specific facilities
should not be released.
Only lists which are comprised of those violators
tracked in EPA's Strategic Planning and Management System
(SPMS) should be characterized as EPA's "official" significant
violators list. In addition, tabulations of actions taken
against these parties should be characterized as "official"
only if those tabulations are obtained from reports submitted
as part of SPMS.
If you have any questions regarding the points raised in
this memo, please feel free to give me a call at (FTS) 382-4140
cc: (.^Associate Enforcement Counsel
' OECM Office Directors
Program Compliance Office Directors
-------
II.C.6.
"PERMIT COMPLIANCE SYSTEM (PCS) POLICY STATEMENT", dated October 31, 1985.
(appendices updated March 23, 1988)
-------
-------
\ UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
* WASHINGTON. D.C. 20460
'
OCT311985
OFFICE OF
WATER .
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Permit Compliance System (PCS) Policy Statement
FROM: Lawrence J. Jensen ^
Assistant Administrator for Water (WH-556)\J|*
TO: Regional Water Management Division Directors
Regions I - X
I am pleased to issue the attached policy statement on the
Permit Compliance System (PCS).' This policy statement-represents
an important step in the continuing effort to support a reliable
and effective automated information system for the National Pollutant
Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) program.
PCS "is the national data base for the NPDES program. It
serves as the primary source of NPDES information for EPA, NPDES
States, Congressr and the public. The use and suoport of PCS by
EPA Regions and NPDES States are crucial to the effectiveness and
proper oversight of the NPDES program. This policy statement
establishes for EPA and NPDES States the key management practices
and resDonsibilities central to PCS' ability to contribute to the
overall integrity of the NPDES program and the achievement of our
long-term environmental goals. One of the requirements is to have
Regions and States enter all required data into PCS by September 30,
1986 (see Attachment 1 of the PCS Policy Statement). While, the aim
of the policy is a consistent approach across Regional and State
NPDES programs, it retains flexibility for Regions and States to
tailor agreements to the unique conditions of each State.
The PCS Policy Statement is effective immediately. The Office
of Water Enforcement and Permits will monitor implementation of the
policy statement and issue special instructions as necessary.
Regional Water Management Division Directors and their State coun-
terparts are responsible for ensuring that their staffs receive suf-
ficient support to apply the principles of the policy to their PCS
activities. .
I look forward to a strong commitment to this policy statement
by EPA and State NPDES programs. You can be assured of my full
support as EPA and the States move-forward with its implementation.
Attachments
cc: Administrator
Deputy Administrator
State Directors
PCS Steering Committee
PCS Users Group
-------
-------
PERMIT COMPLIANCE SYSTEM POLICY STATEMENT
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
STATEMENT OF POLICY
It is EPA policy that the Permit Compliance System (PCS) shall
be the national data base for the National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System (NPDES) program. All EPA Regions must use PCS
directly, and all NPDES States must either use PCS directly or
develop and maintain an interface.
As our primary data source/ PCS will promote national consis-
tency and uniformity in permit and compliance evaluation. To
achieve national consistency and uniformity in the NPDES program,
the required data in PCS must be complete and accurate. Facility,
permits (i.e., events and limits), measurement, inspection, com-
pliance schedule, and enforcement action data are required. These
required data elements are further defined in Attachments 1 and 2.
They comprise the Water Enforcement National Data Base (WENDB)
which has'been redefined as the core of information necessary to
enable PCS to function as a useful operational and management tool
and so that PCS can be used to conduct oversight of the effective-
ness of the NPDES program. • .
All required data for NPDES and non-NPDES States must be
entered into PCS by September 30, 1986 and maintained regularly
thereafter. This will require Regions and States to start entering
data as early as possible, and not wait until late FY 1986.
By the end of FY 1986, direct users of PCS shall establish,
with Office of Water Enforcement and Permits (OWEP) assistance,
a Quality Assurance program for data in PCS. The program shall
define:
* monthly measurement of the level of data entered;
• appropriate time frames to ensure that data are entered
in PCS in a timely manner; and
* nationally consistent standards of known data quality
based on proven statistical methods of quality assurance.
PCS Quality Assurance shall address the completeness (for
assurance of full data entry) and accuracy of the data
entered into PCS. '
Adoption of PCS by States should be formalized in each
State's $106 Program Plan, State/EPA Agreement, or in a separate
agreement. Each plan should clearly define EPA's and the NPDES
State's responsibilities regarding PCS. The Key Management
Practices in this Policy Statement should be incorporated into
the $106 Program Plan.
-------
- 2 -
BACKGROUND
When the PCS Steering Committee met in March 1985, EPA
Regional representatives stressed the essential need for a positive
statement from EPA Headquarters management to Regional and State
management specifically requiring the support and use of PCS.
Lack of such support may result in an incomplete and unreliable
data base. With sufficient EPA Headquarters, Regional, and State
support, however, PCS will come to serve several major purposes
for the NPDES program:
• PCS will provide the overall inventory for the NPDES program.
• PCS will provide data ;for-responding to Congress and the
public on the overall status of the NPDES program. As
such, it will serve as a valuable tool for evaluating the
effectiveness of the program and the need for any major
policy changes. •
• PCS will encourage a proper EPA/State oversight role by iden-
tifying all major permittee violators.
• PCS will offer all levels of government an operational and
management tool for tracking permit issuance, compliance,
and enforcement actions.
This PCS Policy Statement is a result of the Steering Committee
meeting. It is a clear message to Regional and State management
that PCS is the primary source of NPDES information, and as
such, it is to be supported wholeheartedly by all users of PCS.
The PCS Steering Committee meeting also resulted in a
redefinition of WENDB and ratification thereof. WENDB is the
minimum standard of data entry which will allow PCS to function
as a useful operational and management tool (see Attachments 1
and 2). EPA Regions agreed that all WENDB elements will be
entered into PCS by September 30, 1986, and maintained regularly
thereafter. . . .
Once the required data are entered into and regularly main-
tained in PCS, PCS will assist permits and compliance personnel
in many of their operational and management responsibilities.
PCS will greatly reduce reporting burdens for such activities
as the Strategic. Planning and Management System (SPMS), and it
will reduce efforts needed for effective compliance -tracking at
both Regional and State levels. Also, substantial automation of
the Quarterly Noncompliance Report (QNCR) will save time and
resources. . '•
-------
- 3 -
IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY
Key Management Practices
To effectively implement and uphold this PCS Policy Statement
and enhance PCS' capabilities, there are certain key management
practices that must be implemented:
0 The following milestones have been established to facilitate
the entry of all reouired data by the end of FY 1986:
• All required National Municipal Policy (NMP) data must be
entered into PCS by October 31, 1985 (See Attachment 1).
- All required data for non-NPDES States must be entered
into PCS by March 31, 1986.
0 NPDES permits shall be enforceable and tracked for compli-
ance using PCS. The Office of Hater Enforcement and
Permits (OWEP) recognizes there may be situations where
permit limits and monitoring conditions are not initially
compatible with PCS data entry and tracking. In these
cases, Regions should ensure that appropriate steps are
taken by the permit writer to identify difficult permits
to the PCS coder, and to mutually resolve any coding
, issues. The Regions should work closely with their NPDES
States using PCS, to address similar data entry problems
with State-issued NPDES permits.
0 HENDB is the minimum standard of data entry for PCS (see
the attached lists/of data requirements). If States and
Regions wish to enter NPDES data beyond what has been required,
they may do so. For example, if States want to enter
Discharge Monitoring Report (DMR) data for minor facilities,
the option is available in PCS and the States' may use-it
as their resources allow. EPA will ensure that sufficient
computer space is available for the currently projected
use of PCS.
0 All DMRs submitted to EPA Regional Offices (including DMRs
submitted by NPDES States for EPA entry into PCS) must be
preprinted using the Office of Management and Budget (OMB)
approved DMR form. NPDES States directly using PCS are
not required to use the OMB-approved form; however, its
use is strongly encouraged. With the continuing demand
for more complete information and with stable, if not
diminishing, data entry resources, it is to EPA's and
NPDES States' benefit to preprint DMRs. The use of pre-
printed DMRs will greatly reduce PCS' data entry burden,
making available resources to be used in other areas
(e.g., PCS quality assurance, data entry for other PCS
records/ etc.).
-------
-4-
0 The frequency with which DMRs are submitted to the EPA or
NPDES State is important for ensuring timely entry of
data into PCS and timely review of permittee's compliance
status. Quarterly, semi-annual, or annual submission of
DMRs creates a major data entry burden and impedes the
compliance evaluation process. As a result, -the useful-
ness of DMR data for compliance evaluation decreases
substantially. Monthly submittal of DMRs alleviates this
problem /-and -enhances PCS' effectiveness significantly. It
is recommended that monthly submittal of DMRs be incorpo-
rated into major permits as they are reissued. With approx-
imately 20 percent of the permits reissued each year, it
will take five years to complete the transition to monthly
submittal for all major permittees.
• EPA Regions should coordinate with their respective States
to develop strategies that describe each State's plans to
either use PCS directly or develop an interface. These
strategies should include the rationale for selecting one
of. these methods of data entry into PCS, an outline of all
requirements necessary for implementing the selected
method, the mechanisms to be used to supply sufficient
' resources-, and a schedule for attainment not to exceed
September 30, 1986. If a State is a current user of PCS
via one of these methods, the strategy should describe its
needs for enhancing its PCS usage or improving its PCS
interface, the mechanisms to be. used to supply sufficient
resources , and a schedule for attainment not to exceed
September 30, 1986.
• When writing or revising a Memorandum of Agreement (MOA),
the Region and State should specify the State's intent to
use or interface with PCS. The MOA should address the
rationale for selecting one of these selected methods of
data entry into PCS, an outline of all requirements neces-
sary for implementing the selected method', the mechanisms
to be used to supply sufficient resources, and a schedule
for attainment.
Responsibilities
Off ice of Water Enforcement and Permits; It is OWEP's full
responsibility to maintain the structure (i.e . ,. the computer
software) of PCS and to operate the system. OWEP will continue
to support time-sharing funds needs, training!, and the necessary
resources to continue the operation of PCS. OWEP will work with
the EPA Regions a'nd NPDES States to continually evaluate and
improve, where feasible, the system's software, time-share funding,
operation, and maintenance. OWEP will maintain a Steering Commit-
tee and User Group, organize the national meetings, and work.
closely with the Regional and State representatives on major
decisions related to PCS.
• OWEP will oversee the Regions' and States' progress in
fulfilling this policy statement by assessing the quantity of
data entered each quarter.
-------
- 5 -
EPA Regions and NPDES States; It is the EPA Regions' and
NPDES States' full responsibility to maintain the infrastructure
of PCS by accurately entering data in a timely manner. Also, EPA
Regions and NPDES States are responsible for participating in PCS
Workgroups and contributing to improvements to PCS.
Three National PCS meetings are held each year, one for the
Steering Committee and two for the PCS Users Group. EPA Regions
are expected to attend all three meetings. NPDES States directly
using PCS are invited to attend the State portions of these
meetings. More meetings may be scheduled during 'the year if
necessary.
Since consistent and objective compliance tracking "is a
central component of an effective and credible enforcement program,
NPDES States are strongly urged to use PCS directly. We realize,
however, .that there' may be some cases where NPDES States cannot
use PCS directly. In these instances, in accordance with $123.41
of the regulations, EPA requests from the States all required
information (as indicated in the attachments) for entry into PCS.
This can be achieved one of two ways:
• A State Automated Data Processing (ADP) interface can be
developed. It is the EPA Region's responsibility to work
with the NPDES State to develop an effective State ADP
interface. The State, however, should take the lead in
developing the interface and work closely with the Region
to ensure the interface is effective. It should be realized
that system interfaces are often troublesome and unwieldy;
they are often ineffective and limit the States1 flexibility
to change their systems quickly to meet management needs.
In the event a State ADP interface is developed, there
must be formal agreement that the State will operate the
interface, maintain the interface software, and be fully
responsible for making any changes to the interface based
on changes made to its automated data base. This will
ensure that the NPDES State will be held responsible for
system compatibility. If the State does not accept full
responsibility with system, compatibility, then changes
must not be made to the State system without the prior
knowledge of EPA. The State is responsible for ensuring
that the data are transferred to PCS in a timely manner,
accurately, and completely. Interfaces must be developed
and maintained so that they operate with maximum efficiency
all of the time.
• OWEP recognizes that FY 1986 will be a transition year for
PCS. NPDES States will begin using PCS or will develop
interfaces. In the event that neither of these alternatives
is accomplished by the.end of FY 1986, in accordance with
the FY 1986 Guidance for the Oversight of NPDES Programs,
the State will be responsible, for submitting all required
information (as indicated in the attachments) in hard
copy format. The data must be submitted either already
. • 4- -:-
-------
- 6 -
coded onto PCS coding sheets or in a format that can be
readily transferred onto PCS coding sheets. Also, the data
must be submitted at regular intervals to ensure timely
entry into PCS. Once the data are received by EPA, it is the
EPA Region's responsibility to enter the.data into PCS in a
timely manner.
Funding
0 S106 grant funds may be used-for interface software.develop-
ment. However, they cannot be used for.maintenance of the
interface software for State-initiated changes to a State
ADP .system or for the operation and maintenance of a separate
State ADP system.
.\
• 5106 grant funds may be used for State data entry if and
only if the State uses PCS directly" or the State provides
data to PCS via an interface that meets the standards of
this policy.
0 If requested by a State, EPA will agree to pay for its
time-sharing costs to implement this policy, within given
resources.
0 Headquarters will continue to pursue alternative methods of
reducing the data entry burden on Regions and States.
Date' ^ Assistant Administrator for Water
-------
ATTACHMENT 1
REQUIRED DATA TO BE ENTERED INTO PCS
Information Type1
Permit Facility Data
Permit Event Data
Inspection Data
Parameter Limits and
Pipe Schedule Data
Compliance Schedule
Data
DMR Measurement Data
Significant Noncompliance
Flag
Enforcement Action Data
(Enforcement Action Data,
Compliance Schedule Data,
and Interim Limits Data
from all active formal
enforcement actions)
Enforcement Action Data
(Type Action, ENAC;
Issue Date, ENDT; and
Date Compliance Required,
ERDT; from all active
formal enforcement
actions)
Pretreatment Approval2
National Municipal Policy
Data3
X
X
X
X
Minor 92-SOOs
X
X
X
X
X
Other Minors
X
X
X
X
X
each of the categories listed in this chart, the Information
Type is the set of core data elements listed in Attachment 2.
?Pretreatment Program Required Indicator, PRET; one data element.
3All required data as described in May 16, 1965 memorandum on
National Municipal Policy Tracking in PCS. This includes
Facility User Data Element 6 (RDF6), Compliance Schedule and
Enforcement Action information. '
-------
ATTACHMENT 2
WATER ENFORCEMENT NATIONAL DATA BASE (WEKDB) ELEMENTS
Data Element Name
COMMON KEY
NPDES Number
COMPLIANCE SCHEDULE RECORD
V
Compliance Schedule Number
Data Source Code
Compliance Actual Date
Compliance Report Received Date
Compliance Schedule Date
Compliance Schedule Event Code
COMPLIANCE VIOLATION RECORD
•Compliance Violation Date
'Violation Compliance Event Code
* Compliance Violation Code
•Significant Non-Compliance Code
(Compliance)
•Significant Non-Compliance Date
(Compliance)
•Violation Compliance Schedule
Number
•violation Data Sour.ce Code
ENFORCEMENT ACTION RECORD
Enforcement Action
Achieved Date
.Enforcement Action
Enforcement Action
Enforcement Action
Enforcement Action
Enforcement Action
Enforcement Action
Violation Code
Enforcement Action
Violation Date
Enforcement Action
Number
Enforcement Action
Enforcement Action
Enforcement Action-
Enforcement Action
Due Date
Enforcement Action
Enforcement Action
Enforcement Action
Enforcement Action
Number
Response
Comment Line 1
Comment Line 2
Comment Line 3
Comment Line 4
Comment Line 5
Compliance
Compliance •
Modification
Code
Date
Status Code
Response
Status Date
Season Number
Source Code
Discharge
Acronym
NPID
CSCH
DSCD
DTAC
DTRC
DISC
EVNT
CVOT
CVEV
CVIO
SNCC
SNDC
VCSN
VDCD
EADR
ECM1
ECM2
ECM3
ECM4
ECM5
ECVC
ECVD
EMOD
ENAC
ENDT
ENST
ERDT
ESDT
ESEA
EVCD
EVDS
• usually generated by PCS; can be manually entered.
-------
WENDB ELEMENTS
(Continued)
Data Element Name
Enforcement
Enforcement
Alphabetic
Enforcement
Enforcement
Enforcement
Code
Enforcement
Enforcement
Enforcement
Action Event Code
Action Limit Type-
Action Monitoring Date
Action Monitoring Location
Action STORET Parameter
Action Discharge Designator
Action Compliance Schedule
Action Violation Type
EVIDENTIARY HEARING RECORD
Evidentiary Hearing Event Date
Evidentiary Hearing Event Code
INSPECTION RECORD
Inspection Date
Inspector Code
Inspection Type
MEASUREMENT VIOLATION RECORD
Measurement Concentration Average
Measurement Concentration Minimum
Measurement Concentration Maximum
Measurement Quantity Average
Measurement Quantity Maximum
Violation Date (Measurement)
No Discharge Indicator
'Significant Non-Compliance Code
(Measurement)
'Significant Non-Compliance Date
(Measurement)
Violation Measurement Designator
Measurement Discharge Number
Violation Monitoring Location
Violation STORET Parameter
PARAMETER LIMITS RECORD
Change of Limit Status
Contested Parameter Indicator
Modification Period End Date
Modification Period Start Date
Concentration Average Limit
Concentration Minimum Limit
Concentration Maximum Limit
Concentration Unit Code
Quantity Average Limit
Acronym
EVEV
EVLM
EVMD
EVML
EVPR
EVRD
EVSN
EVTP
EHDT
EHEV
DTIN
INSP
TYPI
MCAV
MCMN
MCMX
MQAV
MQMX
MVOT
NODI
SNCE
SNDE
VDRD
VDSC
VMLO
VPRM
COLS
CONP
ELED
ELSD
LCAV
LCMN
LCMX
LCUC
LQAV
-------
WENDB ELEMENTS
(Continued)
Data Element Name Acronym
Quantity Maximum Limit LOMX
Quantity Unit Code LQUC
Limit Type - Alphabetic LTYP
Monitoring Location MLOC
Modification Number MODN
Limit Discharge Number PLDS
Limit Report Designator PLRD
STORET Parameter Code PRAM
Season Number SCAN
Statistical Base Code STAT
PERMIT EVENT RECORD
Permit Tracking Actual Date PTAC
Permit Tracking Event Code PTEV
PERMIT FACILITY RECORD
River Basin BAS6
City Code CITY
County Code CNTY
Type Permit Issued - EPA/State EPST
Federal Grant Indicator , FDGR
Final Limits Indicator . FLIM
Average Design Flow FLOW
Facility Name Long FNML
Facility Inactive Code IACC'
Major Discharge Indicator (Entered MADI
by EPA Headquarters)
Pretreatment Program Required PRET
Indicator
SIC Code SIC2
Type Ownership TYPO
National Municipal Policy RDF6
Tracking Indicator
Significant Noncompliance Flag for (To Be Created)
P.L. 92-500 Minor Facilities
PIPE SCHEDULE RECORD
Report Designator DRID
Discharge Number DSCH
Final Limits End Date FLED
Final Limits Start Date . FLSD .
Interim Limits End Date MLED
Interim Limits Start Date . MLSD
Initial Limits End Date - . ILED
Initial Limits Start Date ILSD
Number of Units in Report Period NRPU
Number of Units in Submission Period - NSUN
EPA' ' .
Number of Units in Submission Period - NSUS
State
-------
WENDB .ELEMENTS
(Continued)
Data Element Name
Pipe Inactive Code
Report Units
Initial Report Date
Initial Submission Date
Initial Submission Date
Submission Unit - EPA
Submission Unit - State
State
EPA
PI AC
REUN
STRP
STSS
STSU
SUUN
SUUS
NOTE: Additional data elements subject to approval:
Frequency of Analysis FRAN
Sample Type SAMP
Compliance Schedule File Number CSFN
Enforcement Action File Number ERFN
Permit Limits File Number LSFN
Inspection Comments (First ICOM
Three Characters for the
Number of Industrial Users
Inspected)
Facility Inactive Date IADD
Reissuance Control Indicator RCIN
Pipe Inactive Date . PIDT
Total:
plus additional data elements:
New total:
111 WENDB elements
»•' 9 data elements
120 WENDB elements
-------
-------
/"At
ijjgji
^kf \^^
^ moi^
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WASHINGTON. D.C. 20*60
MAR 231988
off ten of
EEMORANDOM *ATt"
SUBJECT: Update of PCS Policy Statement/WENDB Data Elements
'' f*
PROM: J. William Jordan, Director &
Enforcement Division (EN-338) P*
TO: Regional Water Management Division Directors
9 .
Since the Permit Compliance System (PCS) Policy statement was
issued by Assistant Administrator Larry Jensen on October 31, 1985,
additional Water Enforcement National Data Base (WENDB) data
elements have been added to track key pretreatment (Pretreatment
Permits and Enforcement Tracking System - PPETS) and administrative
penalty order activities. Only three of the administrative penalty
WENDB data elements listed in my previous memorandum on administrative
penalty tracking are currently included. In each case we established
task forces of EPA and, in the case of PPETS, State representatives
to develop several options for new WENDB data elements. Regional
(and State for PPETS) comments were received on numerous occasions
before developing final lists.
Attached is an addendum to the PCS Policy statement which
includes these new WENDB data elements (i.e., hose data elements
that are required to be entered into PCS). The PPETS WENDB elements
are required for both EPA and NPDES States. Administrative penalty.
order elements are required only for EPA actions. If new WENDB data
elements are needed for new initiatives, EPA Regions and the States
will be asked to participate in determining appropriate WENDB
elements. After this process, updated WENDB lists will again be
forwarded to you.
Please make sure your states receive a copy of this memorandum.
Call me (FTS-475-8304) or Roger Hartung, Acting Chief compliance
Information and Evaluation Branch (FTS-475-8313) if there are
questions. Questions on WENDB elements can be directed to Dela Ng
(FTS-475-8323) on Roger's staff.
Attachment
c.ct Jim Elder •
Glenn Unterberger
Martha Prothro
Regional compliance Branch Chiefs
. Regional PCS Contacts
. Regional Pretreatment Coordinators
-------
-------
\PPENDIX 8
REQPIRED DATA TO BE ENTERED INTO PCS
Minor4
informatrori^Type* Manors 95-500*s
Permit Facility Data X x x
Permit Event Data X X x
Inspection Data X X x
Parameter Limits and
Pipe Schedule Data X
Significant Compliance Data X X
Compliance Schedule Data X x
DMR Measurement Data X
Enforcement Action Data X
(Enforcement Action Data, ;
Compliance Schedule Data,
and Interim Limits Data
from all active formal
enforcement actions and
Enforcement Action Data
for all active informal •
enforcement actions)
•
Enforcement Action Data . X '
from all active informal
and formal enforcement
actions
Pretreatment Approval? X X4 . x*
National Municipal Policy X X X
Data*
Single Event Violation X X4 X4
Data
Pretreatnent Compliance x x4 x4
Inspection (PCD/Audit
Pretreatment Performance x X4 X4
Summary
For. each of the categories listed in this chart, the Information Tvoe
is the set of core date elements listed in Attachment II.
Pretreatment Program Required Indicator, PRET; one data element.
All reauired data as described in May 16, -1985 memorandum on National
Municioal Policy Tracking in PCS. This includes NPFF, NPSC, NPSQ,
PDC2, Compliance Schedule and Enforcement Action Information.
The following information types are only for minor POTWs which are
pretreatment control authorities: pretreatment aporoval, sincrle event
violation data, pretreatment compliance inspection (PCD/audit, and
pretreatment performance summary.
-------
-------
APPENDIX €
WATER ENFORCEMENT NATIONAL DATA BASE (WENDS) ELEMENTS
data Element Name Acronym
COMMON KEY . .
NPDES Number
COMPLIANCE SCHEDULE RECORD .
Compliance Schedule Actual Date
compliance Schedule Date . DISC
Compliance schedule Event Code . , EVMT
Conpliance schedule Pile Hunter ' CSFM
Compliance schedule Number CSCH
Compliance Schedule Report Received Date DTRC
Compliance schedule User Data Element2 HDC2
Data source code DSCD
COMPLIANCE VIOLATION RECORD* ,
Compliance Schedule Violation Code CVTO
Compliance Schedule Violation Date . CVDT
Compliance Schedule Violation Event Code CVEV
Compliance Violation Compliance Schedule Number • VCSN
Compliance Schedule Violation Data Source Code VDCD
QNCR compliance Schedule Violation Detection Code SNCC
QNCR comoliance Schedule Violation Detection Date SNDC
QNCR Compliance Schedule Violation Resolution Code SRCC
QNCR Compliance Schedule Violation Resolution Date SRDC
ENFQRCEriENT ACTION RECORD
Enforcement Action Code (includes administrative penalty orders)2 ENAC
Enforcement Action Comment BCMT
Enforcement Action Compliance Schedule Violation Code ECVC
Enforcement Action Compliance Schedule Number EVSN
Enforcement Action Compliance schedule Violation Date ECVD
Enforcement Action Data Source Code EVCD
Enforcement Action Date ENDT
NOTE: See last page for listing of footnotes
- 1 -
-------
APPENDIX C
WENDB ETPMCTTTS
Enforcement Action Discharge Number . EVDS
Enforcement Action Event code EVEV
Enforcement Action Pile Number ERFN
Enforcement Action Limit Type-Alphabetic EVLM
Enforcement Action Modification Number EMOD
Enforcement Action Monitoring Date EWD
Enforcement Action Monitoring Location EVML
Enforcement Action Parameter Code EVPR
Enforcement Action Report Designator ' EVRD
Enforcentent Action Response Due Date ERDT
Enforcement Action Season Number . • ESEA
Enforcement Action Status code ENST
Enforcement Action Status Date ESDT
Enforcement Action Violation Type EVTP
Enforcement Action Code - violation Key3 EKAC
Enforcemnnt Action Date - Violation Key3 EXDT
Enforcement Action Type order Issued EPA/State Violation Key3 SKIP
Enforcement Action Single Event Violation Code3 . ESVC
Enforcement Action single Event Violation Date3 ESVD
Enforcement Action Type Order Issued EPA/State3 EATP
EVIDENTIARY HEARING RECORD
Evidentiary Hearing Event Code4 • - SHEV
Evidentiary Hearing Event Date . EHDT
INSPKCTIOH RECORD
Inspection Date DTXM
Inspector Code INSP
Inspection Type TYPI
Inspection Comments (First three characters for ICON
Industrial user pretreatment inspections)
See List page for listing of footnotes
- 2 -
-------
APPENDIX C
WENDB
Data Element Name acronym
MEASUREMENT VIOLATION RECORD . .
Measurement/Violation concentration Average HCAV-
Measurement/Violation Concentration Minimum new
Measurement/Violation concentration Maximum MCMX
Measurement/Violation Quantity Average NQAV
Measurement/Violation Quantity Maximum MQMX
Measurement/Violation Discharge Number VDSC
Measurement/Violation Monitoring Location ' VMLO
Measurement/Violation Monitoring Period End Date . MVDT
Measurement/Violation Parameter VPRM
Measurement/Violation Report Designator VDRD
No Discharge indicator NODI
QNCR Measurement Violation Detection code1 SNCE
QNCR Measurement Violation Detection Date1 SNDE
QNCR Measurement Violation Resolution Code1 SRCE
QNCR Measurement Violation Resolution Date1 SRDE
PARAMETER LIMITS RECORD .
ange of Limit Status . • COLS
ncentration Average Limit LCAV
centration Maximum Limit LCMX
..tcentration Minimum Limit LCMN
Concentration Unit Code LCDC
Contested Parameter Indicator CONP
Limit Discharge Number PLDS
Limit Pile Number PLFN
Limit Report Designator PLRD
Limit Type - Alphabetic LTXP
Modification Number MOON . .
Modification Period End Data FLED .
Modification Period start Date - ELSD
Monitoring Location MLOC
Parameter Code PRAM
Quantity Average Limit LQAV
Quantity Maximum Lifldt LOMX
Quantity Unit code LQOC
Season Number SEAN
Statistical Base Code STAT
NOTE: See last page for listing of footnotes
- 3 -
-------
APPENDIX C
•
WENDB
PJ5BMCT EVENT RECORD
Permit Trackina Actual Date PTAC
Permit Tracking Event Code5 PTEV
PERMIT FACILITY RECORD
Averaoe Design Flow FLOW
City Code CITY
County Code • CNTY
Facility Inactive Code . IACC
Facility Inactive Date IADT
Facility Name Long FNML
Federal Grant Indicator PDGR
Final Limits Indicator . FLIM
Major Discharqe Indicator (Entered by EPA Headouarters) MADI
NMP Final Schedule6 HPSC
NMP Financial Status6 NPFF
NMP Schedule Quarter6 NPSQ
Pretreatment Program Reouired Indicator • PRET
QNCR Status Code, Current Year (Manual)7 CYMS
Reissuance control Indicator RON
River Basin (first four.characters) BAS6
SIC Code . SIC2
Type of Permit Issued - EPA/State . FPST
Type of Ownership TYPO
PIPE SCHEDULE RECORD '
Discharge Number ' DSCH
Final Limits End Date FLED
.Final Limits Start Date PLSD
Initial Limits End Date . ILED
Initial Limits Start Date ILSD
Initial Report Date STOP
Initial Submission Date - EPA STSD
Initial Submission Date - State . STSS
Interim Limits End Date MLED
Interim Limits Start Date MLSD
Number of Units in Reporting Period NRPO
Number of Units in Submission Period - EPA NSUN
Nuntoer of units in Submission Period - State NSUS
NOTE: . See last page for listing of footnotes
- 4 -
-------
APPENDIX C
WENDB ELEMENTS
Data Element Name • Acronym
PIPE SCHEDDLE RECORD (continued)
Pipe Inactive Code PIAC
Pipe Inactive Date PIDT
Report Designator DRID
Reporting units RENO
Submission Unit - EPA SUUN
Submission Unit - State SUUS
SINGLE EVENT VIOLATIONS DATA ELEMENTS*
Single Event Violation code SVCD
Single Event Violation Date SVDT
QNCR Single Event Violation RNC Detection Code SNCS
QNCR Single Event Violation RNC Detection Date SNDS
QNCR Single Event Violation RNC Resolution code SRCS
QNCR Single Event Violation RNC Resolution Date SRDS
PRETREATMENT PERMITS AND ENFORCEMENT TRACKING SYSTEM (PPETS)
SOURCE - PRETREATMENT COMPLIANCE INSPECTION (PCI)/AODIT
Adoption of Technically-based Local Limits ADLL
Categorical Industrial Users , cms
technical Evaluation for Local Limits EVLL
SIUS in SNC with Self-Monitor ing v. MSNC
Significant Industrial Users Without Control Mechanisms NOCM
SIUS Not Inspected or Sampled NOIN
SIUS in SNC with Pretreatment Standards or Reporting PSNC
Date Permit Was Modified to Require Pretreatment Implementation PTTM
Significant Industrial Users * SIUS
SIUS in SNC with Self-Monitoring and Not Inspected or Sampled ' SNIN
Pa/Audit Date DTIA
SOURCE - fKL'IKEATMENT PERFORMANCE SOM1ARY
Formal Enforcement Actions Excluding Civil and Criminal
Judicial Suits FENP
Industrial Users From Which Penalties Have Been Collected IUPN
Civil or Criminal Suits Piled Against SIUS JUDI
SIUS in SNC with Pretreatment Compliance Scheduled SSNC •
SIUS with Significant Violations Published in Newspaper SVPU
Pretreatment Performance Summary Start Date . PSSD
Pretreatment Performance Summary End Date PSED
NOTE: See last page for listing of footnotes
- 5 -
-------
Listing of Footnotes
1. These data elements are automatically generated by PCS unless the user wishes'to
enter them manually.
2. This data element is required for both informal and formal enforcement action codes
(when applicable). This includes administrative penalty orders.
3. These data elements were added at the reouest of the PCS Steering Committee at the
1986 meeting.
4. There are seven (7) required evidentiary hearing event codes (when applicable).
They are as follows:
01099 Date Granted 10099 Date ALT Decision Rendered
06099 Date Rearing Scheduled 11099 Date Appealed to Administrator
07099 Date Requested (EPA issued permits only)
08099 Date Settled
09099 Date Denied
5. There are thirteen (13) required oermit event codes (when applicable.)
They are as follows:
P1099 Application Received P6599 Reopener . P7499 301 (k) Variance
P3099 Draft Permit/Public Notice P7099 Stays P7S99 316 (a) Variance
P4099 Permit Issued . P7199 301 (c) Variance P7699 316 (b) Variance •
P5099 Permit Expired P7299 301 (g) Variance P7799 Fundamental Differe
Factors Variance
30099 Permit Modified
•
6. These data elements are previously approved National Mur :ipal Policy (HMP)
data elements.
7. Reouired for P.L. 92-500 minors.
- 6 -
-------
II.C.7,
"GUIDANCE FOR PREPARATION OF QUARTERLY AND SEMI-ANNUAL NONCOMPLIANCE
REPORTS", March 13, 1986, with transmittal letter. Table of Contents.
-------
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WASHINGTON. D.C. 20460
MAR 13 1986
OFF.CEOF
WATER
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Transmi ttal of the Final Quarterly Noncompl iance Report
FROM: Rebecca W. Hanmer, Director
Office of Water Enforcement and Permits (EN-335)
TO: Water Management Division Directors
'Regions I - X
The Quarterly Noncompliance Report (QNCR) Guidance is attached
(Attachment A) in final form reflecting comments on the draft. As
you know, we held three national training sessions to acquaint the
QNCR preparers with the new regulatory requirements and elicit
additional questions not answered by the draft QNCR Guidance. The
major change from the draft is the resolution of permit effluent
violations. Permit effluent violations were resolved in the draft
QNCR Guidance when a facility no longer met the pattern of
noncompliance criteria for reportable effluent violations. These
criteria were two monthly Technical Review Criteria (TRC) violations
or four chronic violations in the two quarter period covered by the
QHCR. Therefore, a permittee would have to experience fewer violations
than two TRC or four chronic violations in the two quarters to be
reported as resolved on the QNCR. The final guidance also now resolves
these violations, for both QNCR and significant noncompliance (SNC)
purposes, when a facility achieves one quarter of absolute compliance
with the monthly average limitations.
The other issue which was resolved by your comments was the
tracking of permit effluent measurements in the absence of interim
limits in an enforcement order. The majority of comments were in
favor of the draft guidance on this issue - that continuing permit
violations not be reported on 'the QNCR, but tracked outside of the
QNCR for escalation of enforcement when necessary. The final
guidance remains unaltered on this issue.
In addition to the change mentioned above, several wording
changes have been made in the final version based on comments received
at the training sessions. The major comments and questions have been
compiled into a "question and answer" format to be sent as a follow-
up to the training. These questions and answers reflect a wide range
of subjects indicating a great deal of careful thought by Regional
staff.
-------
One expected important .result of the QN.CR .Guid-ance .and our
revised definition of SNC-is-an increase in the level of SNC
(expressed as a percent of major permittees). The Office of
Enforcement and Compliance Monitoring (OECM) has been informed of
this increase and will be taking this into consideration when
evaluating Regional performance. In addition, sample introductions
to the QNCR have been drafted (see Attachment B for QNCRs generated
automatically through the Permit Compliance System and
Attachment C for manually prepared QNCRs) to accompany reports
sent out under the Freedom of Infprmstion 'Act; th,es'e introductions
will inform the public .of the changes in the regulation and
indicate that even though our definition of SNC is more stringent
than it'had been in the-past., it-.does not include all instances
of noncompliance listed on the QNCR.
Please call J. William Jordan (202-475-8304) or Larry Reed
(202-475-8313) for questions, or have your staff call Sheila
Frace (202-475-9456).
Attachments
-------
Table of Contents
PART 1: QUARTERLY NONCOMPLIANCE REPORTS
I. INTRODUCTION 1-1
II. SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 1-2
III. VIOLATION OF PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 1-9
A. DETERMINING INSTANCES OF PERMIT
NONCOMPLIANCE TO BE REPORTED . 1-9
B. RESOLUTION OF REPORTED INSTANCES OF
PERMIT NONCOMPLIANCE • 1-15
C. FORMAT OF INSTANCES OF PERMIT NONCOMPLIANCE . 1-16
IV. VIOLATION OF ENFORCEMENT ORDER REQUIREMENTS 1-21
A. DETERMINING INSTANCES OF ENFORCEMENT ORDER
NONCOMPLIANCE TO BE REPORTED 1-21
B. RESOLUTION OF REPORTED INSTANCES OF
ENFORCEMENT ORDER NONCOMPLIANCE 1-25
C. FORMAT OF INSTANCES OF ENFORCEMENT ORDER
NONCOMPLIANCE 1-26
PART 2: SIGNIFICANT NONCOMPLIANCE
I. INTRODUCTION 2-1
II. DEFINITION . 2-1
III. EXCEPTIONS LIST . 2-6
PART 3: SEMI-ANNUAL STATISTICAL SUMMARY REPORTS
I. INTRODUCTION 3-1
II. DETERMINING INSTANCES OF NONCOMPLIANCE TO RE REPORTED 3-1
III. FORMAT 3-2
-------
LIST OF APPENDIXES
APPENDIX I - Noncompliance to be Reported in the QNCR
(by subparagraph)
APPENDIX II - Acceptable-Quarterly Noncompliance Report Abbreviations
APPENDIX III - Current Listing of Group I and Group II Pollutants
APPENDIX IV - Sample Quarterly Noncompliance Report
APPENDIX V - Technical Guidance
-------
ATTACHMENT A
GUIDANCE FOR PREPARATION OF QUARTERLY
AND SEMI-ANNUAL NONCOMPLIANCE REPORTS
(PER SECTION 123.45, CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS, TITLE 40)
-------
FOREWORD
Section 123.45 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Title 40,
establishes the reporting requirements for quarterly, semi-annual,
and annual noncompliance reports on facilities that -are permitted
under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES).
This regulation, as published in the Federal Register on August 26,
1985, is a revision of previous reporting requirements. This
revision was necessary because the old regulations were found to
be too vague. This resulted in inconsistent reporting as each
NPDES administering agency tried to manage their program in a
manner that was consistent with their understanding of the intent
of the regulation.
Quarterly Noncompliance Report
The current regulations for the Quarterly Noncompliance Report
(QNCR) evolved from initial efforts by the compliance managers in
the Regions and in States having NPDES authority to identify a
concensus set of reporting criteria. These criteria were then
reviewed by the Compliance Task Force of the Association of State
and Interstate Water Pollution Control Administrators. The result
was a set of specific, quantifiable reporting criteria; violation
of these criteria is known as Category I noncompliance.
Since that time, EPA has identified additional violations that
are harder to quantify but are of sufficient concern to be considered
reportable; these violations are known as Category II noncompliance.
-------
- ii -
The regulations currently reouire the reporting of Category I
and II noncompliance by major permittees; these regulations differ
most significantly from the old ones in the areas of effluent
and schedule noncompliance.
The major change in'the area of .effluent noncompliance is
the concept that an isolated, minor excursion may not be of
sufficient concern1to .warrant tracking on the ONGR. Instead,
Category I effluent noncompliance is based on specifically
defined "patterns of noncompliance" which take into account the
magnitude, frequency of occurrence, and duration of the violations.
These violations are resolved through rssuance of a.formal
enforcement order or by demonstrated.compliance such that
the criteria are no longer met ffor the ""pattern of noncompliance"
or the permittee has achieved*.one complete .quarter of compliance.
In contrast, the -.-old regulations required that,all violations
during the Quarter be reported. This reauirement would have
resulted in such voluminous reports that it was not strictly
adhered to by the administering agencies (EPA or approved States).
These violations were resolved in the past by one month of
compliance.
One of the major changes in the area of schedule
noncompliance is the concept that municipalities constructing
treatment facilities using federal grant funding should be
reported using the same criteria as for other municipalities
and industries. This is a revision of the old requirements
which allowed the subjective.criteria of "unacceptable progress"
to be used for federally funded'.municipalities.
-------
- Ill -
The other major chanae in the area of schedule noncompliance
is the length of the schedule delays that roust be reported.
In the oast, the NPDES administering agency was reguired to
report violations of schedules (other than grant schedules)
that exceeded the reporting date of the schedule milestone by
at least 30 days (generally 60 days from the scheduled milestone
.date). It was found, however, that it was often possible to
make up for delays of less than 90 days within the overall
schedule. The new regulation reguires only the reportina of
schedule violations (including grant schedule violations) that
exceed the scheduled date by 90 days or more.
A summary chart of the noncompliance that must be reported
in the QNCR can be found in Appendix I of this guidance.
Semi-annual Statistical Summary
In addition to these changes, the new regulation also
establishes the reguirements for a new report - the Semi-annual
Statistical Summary Report. This report was designed as a
complement to the QNCR as an indication of the amount of effluent
noncompliance that did not meet the criteria for QNCR reporting.
The Semi-annual Statistical Summary Report includes numerical
counts of major permittees in violation of monthly average
effluent limitations for two or more months of the six-month
reporting period. This criterion was chosen based on a study
of over 2500 major permittees in twelve states. The study
found that only one percent of the permittees that would violate
-------
- IV -
their monthly averaae effluent limits twice in a year would not
meet the chosen criteria of twice in six months. As such, the
chosen criteria was believed to be a reasonable indicator of
the level of effluent noncomnliance - both the noncompliance
that warrants trackina on the ONCR and that which does not.
Annual Noncompliance Report
The requirements for the Annual Noncomplranee Report remain
unchanged in the current regulation.
Significant Noncomnliance
Significant Noncompliance (SNC) is a subset of Reportable
Noncompliance as defined for the QNCR. 'SNC is not regulatory,
but is defined by EPA in .Part 2 of this guidance. SNC is used
solely for management purposes and contains those instances of
noncompliance (both Category I and II) that FPA feels merit
special attention from NPDES administering agencies. These
priority violations are tracked through the Strategic Planning
and Management System (SPMS) to ensure timely enforcement.
An SNC/QNCR comparison chart can be found in Appendix I.
Agency Enforcement
Any violation or instance of -noncompliance by any point
source discharger is subject to agency enforcement actions.
This principle applies to all dischargers (major, minor, and
unperroitted), and to all violations of Clean Water Act/NPDES
reguirements, regardless of whether or not the violations meet
either the Reportable (ONCR) Noncompliance or SNC criteria.
-------
- V -
Major Guidance Topics
This guidance is beinq issued to clarify the revised
reporting requirements and SNC. Major topics throughout the
guidance include the following:
0 QNCR reportinn reciuirements
- Criteria for reporting noncompliance
0 Separate criteria for reportinq instances of noncompliance
with permit conditions and with enforcement order
reguirements
- These criteria are considered Category I if they are
part of the "readily Quantifiable" criteria approved
by the Compliance Task Force
- These criteria are considered Category II if they are.
.part of.the "less readily auantifiable" criteria later
developed by EPA
- Category I versus Category II does not determine priority
for enforcement response
- Evaluation of effluent noncompliance/compliance based on.
performance over a period of time (pattern of noncompliance)
rather than at a specific point in time (e.g., the last
month of the Quarter)
- The capability to generate the QNCR from the national data
base (the Permit Compliance System)
0 Significant Noncompliance
- Subset of QNCR Category I and II noncompliance
0 Semi-annual Statistical Summary Report reguirements.
A copy of the current (revised and carried over) reporting
requirements follows.
-------
- VI -
§ 123.45 Noncompliance and Program Reporting by the Director.
The Director shall prepare Quarterly, semi-annual, and annual
reports as detailed below. When the State is the permit-issuing
authority, the State Director shall submit all reports reauired
under this section to "the Reaional Administrator, and the EPA'Region
in turn shall submit the State reports to EPA Headauarters. When
EPA is the permit-issuing authority, the Regional Administrator
shall submit all reports reguired under this section to EPA
Headauarters.
(a) Quarterly reports. The Director shall submit quarterly
narrative reports for major permittees as follows:
(1) Format. The report shall use the following format:
(i) Provide a separate list of major NPDES permittee's
:which shall be subcategorized as non-POTWs, POTWs,
and Federal permittees.
(ii) Alphabetize each list by permittee name. When two or
more permittees have the same name, the permittee with
the lowest permit number shall be entered first.
(iii) For each permittee on the list, include the followina
information in the following order:
(A) The name, location, and permit number.
(B) A brief description and date of each instance of
noncompliance for which paraaraph (a)(2) of this
section reguires reporting. Each listing shall
indicate each specific provision of paragraph (a)(2
(e.g., (ii)(A) thru (iii)(G)) which describes the
reason for reporting the violation on the quarterly
report.
-------
- Vll -
(C) The date(s), and a brief description of the
action(s) taken by the Director to ensure
compliance.
(D) The status of the instance(s) of noncompliance
and the date noncompliance was resolved.
(E) Any details which tend to explain or mitigate the
instance(s) of noncompliance.
(2) Instances of noncompliance by major dischargers to be
reported.
(i) General. Instances of noncompliance, as defined in
paragraphs (a)(2)(ii) and (iii) of this section, by
. -major dischargers shall be reported in successive
reports until the noncompliance is reported as resolved
(i.e., the permittee is no longer violating the permit
conditions reported as noncompliance in the QNCR),,
Once an instance of noncompliance is reported as
resolved in the QNCR, it need not appear in subseauent
reports.
(A) All reported violations must be listed on the
QNCR for the reporting period when the violation
occurred, even if the violation is resolved during
that reporting period.
(B) All permittees under current enforcement orders
(i.e., administrative and judicial orders and
consent decrees) for previous instances of
noncomnliance must be listed in the ONCR until
the orders have been satisfied in full and the
permittee is in compliance with permit conditions.
-------
- Vlll -
Tf the permittee ~i"s in compliance with the
enforcement order, but has not achieved full
compliance with permit conditions, the compliance
status shall be reported as "resolved pendinn,"
but the permittee will continue to be listed on
the QNCR.
(ii) Category I noncompliance. The following instances of
noncompliance by major dischargers are Category I
noncompliance:
(A) Violations of conditions in enforcement
i
orders except compliance schedules and reports.
(B) Violations of compliance schedule milestones
for starting construction, completina construction,
and attaining final compliance by 90 days or more
from the date of the milestone specified in an
enforcement order or a permit.
(C) Violations of permit effluent limits that exceed
the Appendix A "Criteria for Noncompliance Reporting
in the NPDES Program".
CD) Failure to provide a compliance schedule report for
final compliance or a'monitoring report. 'This
'applies when the permittee has failed to submit
a final compliance schedule progress renort,
pretreatment report, or a Discharge Monitoring
Report within 30 days from the due date specified
in an enforcement order or a permit.
-------
- ix -
(iii) Category II noncompliance. Category II noncompliance
includes violations of permit conditions which the
Agency believes to be of substantial concern and may
not meet the Category I criteria. The following are
instances of noncomnliance which must be reported as
Category II noncompliance unless the same violation
meets the criteria for Category I noncompliance.
(A) (1) Violation of a permit limit;
(2) An unauthorized bypass;
(3) An unpermitted discharge; or
(4) A pass-through of pollutants
which causes or has the potential to cause a water
guality problem (e.g., fish kills, oil sheens) or
health problems (e.g., beach closings, fishings
bans, or other restrictions of beneficial uses).
(B) Failure of an approved POTW to implement its
approved pretreatment program adeguately including
failure to enforce industrial pretreatment
reguirements on industrial users as reguired
in the approved program.
(C) Violations of any compliance schedule milestones
(except those milestones listed in paragraph
(a)(2) (ii)(B) of this section) by 90 days or more
from the date specified in an enforcement order
or a permit.
(D) Failure of the permittee to provide reports
(other than those reports listed in paragraph
(a)(2)(ii)(P) of this section) within 30 days
-------
- x -
from the due date specified in an enforcement
order or a permit.
(E) Instances when the reauired reports provided by
the permittee are so deficient or incomplete
as to caus.e misunderstanding by the Director and
thus impede the review of the -status of compliance.
(F) Violations of n-arrative requirements (-e.g.,
requirements to develop Spill'Prevention Control
and Countermeasure Plans and requirements to
implement Best Manaoement Practices), which are
of substantial concern to the regulatory agency.
(G) Any other violation or group-of permit violations
which the Director or Regional Administrator
i
considers to be of substantial concern.
(b) Semi-Annual Statistical Summary Report. Summary information
shall be provided twice a year on the number of major permittees
with two or more violations of the same monthly average permit
limitation in a six month period, including those otherwise
reported under paraaraph (a) of this section. This report
shall be submitted at the same -time, according to the Federal
fiscal year cale'ndar, as the '£irs,t and 'third quarter 'QNCRs.
(c) Annual reports for NPDES.
(1) Annual noncompliance report. Statistical 'reports shall
be submitted by the Director on nonmajor NPDES permittees
indicating the total number reviewed, the number of
noncomplying nonmajor permittees, the number of enforcement!
actions, and the number of permit modifications extending
compliance deadlines. The statistical information shall
-------
- xi -
be organized to follow the types of noncompliance listed
in paragraph (a) of this section.
(2) A separate list of nonmajor discharges which are one or
more years behind in construction phases of the compliance
schedule shall also be submitted in alphabetical order by
name and permit number.
(d) Schedule.
(1) For all quarterly reports. On the last working day of
May, August, November, and February, the State Director
shall submit to the Regional Administrator information
concerning noncompliance with NPDES permit reauirements
by major dischargers in the State in accordance with the
following schedule. The Regional Administrator shall
' prepare and submit information for EPA-issued permits to
EPA Headauarters in accordance with the same schedule:
QUARTERS COVERED BY REPORTS ON
NONCOMPLIANCE BY MAJOR DISCHARGERS
(Date for completion of reports)
January, February, and March...-"-May 31
April, May, and June 1August 31
July, August, and September....1November 30
October, November, and Decembers-February 28
(2) For all annual reports. The period for annual reports
shall be for the calendar year ending December 31, with
reports completed and available to the public no more
than 60 days later.
^Reports must be made available to the public for inspection and
copying on this date.
-------
- xii -
Appendix A to S 123.45 - Criteria for Noncompliance Reporting
in the NPDES Program
This appendix describes the criteria for reporting violations
of NPDES permit effluent limits in the auarterly noncomnliance
report (QNCR) as specified under § 123.45 (a)(2)(ii)(c ). Any
violation of an NPDES permit i.s a violation of the Clean Water Act
(CWA) for which the permittee is liable. .An agency's de'cision as
to what enforcement action, if' any,^should "be "taken Jrn sirch :cas"e:s,
will be based on an analysis of facts and legal reouirements.
Violations of Permit Effluent Limits
Cases in which violations of permit effluent limits must be
reported depend upon the magnitude -and/or 'frequency 'of the violation,
Effluent violations should be evaluated on -a parameter-by-par.ameter
and outfall-by-outfall basis.. The criteria for reporting effluent
violations are as follows:
a. Reporting Criteria for Violations of Monthly Average Permit
Limits - Magnitude and Freguency.
Violations of monthly average effluent limits which exceed
or egual the product of the Technical Review Criteria (TRC)
times the effluent limit, -and occur two months in a six month
period must be reported. TRCs are for two groups of pollutants.
Group I Pollutants - TRC=1.4
Group II Pollutants - TRC=1.2
b. Reporting Criteria for Chronic Violations of Monthly Average
Limits.
Chronic violations must be reported in the QNCR if the
monthly average permit limits are exceeded any four months in
-------
- xiii -
a six month period. These criteria apply to all Group I and
Group II pollutants.
Group I Pollutants - TRC=1.4
Oxygen Demand
Biochemical Oxygen Demand
Chemical Oxygen Demand
Total Oxygen Demands
Total Organic Carbon
Other
Solids
Total Suspended Solids (Residues)
Total Dissolved Solids (Residues)
Other
Nutrients
Inorganic Phosphorus Compounds
Inorganic Nitrogen Compounds
Other
Detergents and Oils
MBAS - ;
NTA
Oil and Grease
Other detergents or algicides
Minerals
Calcium
Chloride
Fluoride
Magnesium
Sodium
Potassium
Sulfur
Sulfate
Total Alkalinity
Total Hardness
Other Minerals
Metals
Aluminum
Cobalt
Iron
Vanadium
-------
- xiv -
Group II Pollutants - TRC=1.2
Metals (all forms)
Other metals not specifically listed under Group I
Inorganic
.Cyanide
Total Residual Chlorine
Orqanics
All orqani.cs are Group II except -those specifd-.caLly listed under
Group M
-------
II.C.8.
"Managers' .Guide to the Permit Compliance System" June, 1986. Table of
Contents only. .
-------
n
-------
MANAGERS' GUIDE
TO THE
PERMIT COMPLIANCE SYSTEM
APPENDICES
APPENDIX A: Inquiry
APPENDIX B: Selection Criteria
APPENDIX C: Glossary
APPENDIX D: Data Elements Lists
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Executive Sunnary 1
1. Introduction M
1.1 Purpose of this Manual 1-1
1.2 Manager's Role 1n Relationship to PCS • 1-2
1.3 Organization of this Manual 1-2'
2. Overview of PCS
2.1 PCS' Current Capabilities , . . 2-1
2.2 Purposes of PCS 2-2
2.3 Regional and State Participation 1n PCS 2-3
2.4 History of Development 2-4
2.5 Future Capabilities 2-5
2.6 PCS Policy Statement 2-6
2.7 PCS Data Organization 2-6
2.8 PCS Report Capabilities 2-8
•
3. -Management Reports 3-1
3.1 Reports from INQUIRY 3.1-1
3.2 General Facility Information 3.2-1
3.3 Permit Issuance/Relssuance . 3.3-1
3.4 Evidentiary Hearings 3.4-1
3.5 Compliance Schedules 3.5-1
3.6 Effluent Limits 3.6-1
3.7 Discharge Monitoring Report Tracking 3.7-1
3.8 Effluent Measurements/Violations 3.8-1
3.9 Inspection Tracking 3.9-1
3.10 Enforcement Action Tracking 3.10-1
3.11 Pretreatment Program Tracking 3.11-1
3.12 National Municipal Policy • 3.12-1
3.13 Toxldty Limits 3.13-1
3.14 Grants 3.14-1
3.15 Strategic Planning and Management System 3.15-1
3.16 Quality Assurance . 3.16-1
-------
TT
"Guide to PCS Documentation" June, 1986. Table of contents only.
(Information only; no longer current).
-------
-------
GUIDE TO PCS DOCUMENTATION
Table of Contents
Date
I.
Introduction
II. PCS Overview
e PCS Overview and Example NPDES Reports
0 PCS Pricing Model - Executive Summary
0 Model for Assessing Resource Reauirements (MARQ)
- Overview of MARQ
- Scenario Questions
III. NPDES Policy
0 PCS Policy Statenent
0 Regional Implementation of the PCS Policy Statement
0 water Enforcement National Data Base (WENDB)
0 Agency Operating Guidance - FY 1985-1986
IV. NPDES Permit Tracking - Issuance
0 Permit Issuance Tracking
0 Permit Tracking Event Codes
0 Permit Tracking Event Codes
0 Issues Related to NPDF.S Permit Limit Compliance
Tracking Using Statistical Base Codes
V. NPDES Permit Tracking - Evidentiary Hearings
0 Conversion of Evidentiary Hearino Data into PCS
VI. NPDES Compliance Tracking - National Municipal Policy
0 National Municipal Policy Trackino in PCS
0 Follow-up to June 3, 1985 Conference Call on
National Municipal Policy Tracking in PCS
0 PCS NMP Conference Call
VTI. NPDES Compliance Tracking - Inspections
0 Use of the New NPDES Compliance Inspection Form
0 NPDES and Pretreatment Inspection Reporting for
FY 1986 Office of Water Accountability System
0 Audits of POTMs with Approved Pretreatment Proorams
0 Pretreatment Audit Reporting Reauirements
0 Inspections Based on DMR OA Results
3/ 1/85
10/31/85
12/17/85
2/13/84
7/15/85
7/31/85
4/26/85
11/12/85
5/16/85
6/ 4/85
8/29/85
5/14/85
8/ 6/85
8/30/85
12/16/85
12/17/85
-------
Table of Contents
(Continued)
VIII. Selection Criteria for Strategic Planning
and Management Systen reports
0 Selection criteria and example reports for SPMS
reporting reguirements on:
- Inspections
- Permits
- Evidentiary Hearings
- National Municipal Policy
IX. PCS Meetings
0 Summary of PCS Management Needs Meeting (11/84)
0 PCS Steering Committee Minutes (3/85)
° Minutes of the November Permit Compliance System
(PCS) Users Group Meeting (11/84)
0 Minutes of the April Permit Compliance System
(PCS) Users Group Meeting (4/85)
0 Minutes of the November Permit Compliance System
(PCS) Users Group/Steering Committee Meeting (11/85)
Date
1/14/85
4/12/85
2/22/85
6/12/85
12/24/85
PCS News
0 Permit Compliance System Management Newsletter
0 Permit Compliance Systen Status Report
0 Permit Compliance System Status Report
0 Permit Compliance System Management Status Report
0 PCS DBMS User Newsletter #1
0 PCS DBMS User Newsletter #2
0 PCS DBMS User Newsletter #3
2/28/85
7/ 3/85
11/20/85
5/T2/86
6/85
7-8/85
9-11/85
-------
II.C.10.
"General Record of Enforcement Actions Tracked (GREAT) Conversion to Permit
Compliance System (PCS)", dated July 24, 1987. Supplements II.C.2.
(Conversion completed prior to January 1, 1988).
-------
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WASHINGTON. D.C. 20460
24i987
""" O**iC6 0*
MEMORA::gt;M
SUBJECT: General P.ecsri tf Enforcement Actions Tracked
Systea (GREAT) Conversion to Permit Compliance
System (PCS)
FROM: J. William J-prian, director
Enforcement Division. (£X-338)
TO: Regional Corrliar.ee Branch Chiefs
To further implement the ?CS Policy Statement, PCS shouli
be used, to track EPA administrative orders issued -against KPDES
facilities. This *as requested by the PCS Steering committee
•at the November 6-7, 1?35, -eeting in Annapolis, Maryland.
The PCS Policy Statement currently requires entry of enforcement
actions for majors and 72-5CC .-ir.ors only, but the General
Record of Enforcement Actions TrackeJ (GREAT) system contains
all EPA administrative enfor.enent actions (majors and minors).
To successfully convert frc-n 5? SAT to PCS -r.e Regions should
agree to enter into PCS the enforcement acr: \-:s -against all minors
and unpermitted facilities. This woul'J nc-. ;ffect States, since
we would only be tracking EPA actions. In .'! 1936 457 EPA formal
enforcement actions were taken against mir. •-* and unpermitted
facilities. The total i-at.a entry bur ien f..- the entire nation is-
estimated at 26 hours for one fiscal year. The PCS ADE Screens
necessary for this data entry are attached, and the amount of
data entry is obviously quite small. We wouli only give credit
for those AOs entered into PCS, as we presently Jo for N'PDES and
pretreatment inspections.
Under this program the GREAT System wouM become a historical
data base. We would continue to track close-outs of administra-
tive enforcement actions currently in the GF.'AT system to ensure
consistent accountability. All quarterly measures for tracking
EPA JJPDES administrative orders for the Strategic Planning and
Management Systea (SPMS) would be retrieved from PCS in FY 1933.
We would, "however, -.ake parallel retrievals from GREAT and PCS for
the third and fourth quarters of FY37 to. give everyone time to •
ensure that all their er.forcer.ent actions ar-3 being entere-3 into
PCS.
-------
-2-
The plan is to enter into PCS all data for EPA enforcement
actions taken against aajors. unperaitted facilities and all
minors. "Hardcopies" of the administrative orders, notices of
violation, 404 actions (dredge and fill violations), 311 actions
(.SPCC and CG referrals), and closebuts would continue to be sent
to Headquarters. Please review the attached proposal for PCS
data entry and its attachments. We have scheduled a conference
call (FTS 382-2603) with each of you at 1:00 p.m. Eastern Daylight
Savings Time on July 30, 1987, to discuss the proposed conversion.
Please call Larry Reed or George Gray (FTS 475-8313) if '
there are questions before the July 3Cth conference call. We
will call you to assure that you received this notice.
Attachments
-------
ZZ.C.ll.
"GUIDANCE FOR REPORTING AND EVALUATING POTH NONCOMPLIANCE WITH PRETREATMENT
IMPLEMENTATION REQUIREMENTS", dated September, 1987.
-------
-------
f _**_ Ti UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
* . WASHINGTON. D.C. 20460
September 30.1987
«a«*
MAT (A
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Guidance for Reporting and Evaluating POTW Noncompliance
with Pretreatment Implementation Requirements
FROM: JawtsR. Oder. Director
Jffice of Water Enforcement and Permits (EN-335)
TO: Regional Water Management Division Directors.
NPDIIS State Pretreatment Program Directors
The Office of Water Enforcement and Permits has completed development of a guidance for evaluating
and reporting noncompliance by Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTWs) that have failed to
implement their approved prctreatment programs. The Guidance identifies criteria for evaluating the
principal POTW activities that are essential to fully implement most local programs. POTWs that meet
the criteria in the definition should be reported by EPA and approved States on the Quarterly
Noncompliance Report (ONCR).
These criteria were developed by an EPA workgroup and presented to States and Regions at the
National Pretreatment Coordinators Meeting, December 17. 1986. Draft guidance was developed and
circulated for comment in May 1987. In general, your comments supported the criteria that were
proposed in the draft. We also received comments from former PIRT members. As a result, the final
guidance has been modified in two areas. Under the criteria for POTW inspections of SIUs, the percent
coverage has been increased to 80% of the levels required in the permit or approved program. If no
specific permit or program requirement was established, the guidance recommends reporting any POTW
that failed to sample or inspect at least 50?e of its SIUs in a 12 month period. The second area of change
was for enforcement of pretreatment standards. Several PIRT comments wanted a specific criterion for
failure to develop adequate local limits, instead of adding new criteria, we expanded the discussions
under the criteria for issuance of SIU control mechanisms, implementation of pretreatment standards.
and enforcement against interference and pass-through. The discussions include minimum local limit
requirements and recommended procedures to resolve these and other deficiencies of approved
programs.
For FY 1988, EPA Regions and States should use this guidance to identify POTWs that are failing to
implement their approved programs and should report them on the QNCR. While formal enforcement
is not automatically required as a response to noncompliance reported on the QNCR, Regions and
approved States should seriously consider the use of an administrative order (and, perhaps, with a
penalty depending on the egregiousness of the lack of implementation) to establish a schedule to correct
the violations. The Strategic Planning and Management System for FY 1988 contains two measures:
-------
-2-
WQE-12 which addresses the POTWs compliance assessment process; and WQE-13 which wfll trac
how frequently POTW noncompliahce is addressed by formal enforcement. Further explanation of thb
measure can be found in "Definitions and Performance Expectations* in "A Guide to the Office of
Water Accountability System and Mid:Year Evaluations* (Fiscal Year 1988). EPA Regions should assist
Slates in applying the definition of reportable noncompliance. identifying noncomplying POTWs. and
tracking cases where formal enforcement is taken. The Office of Enforcement and Compliance
Monitoring is developing more specific guidance on the criteria for judicial referrals and the burden of
proof for demonstrating noncompliance for POTW pretreatment implementation. That guidance will
be distributed to the Regions for review before it is made final. ••
If you have questions regarding the guidance or SPMS reporting, please contact Rill Jordan. Director.
Enforcement Division, or Anne Lassiter. Chief. Policy Developer..-: Branch (202 4"5-S.'%o?j. The staff
contact is Ed Bender (202/475-8331).
cc Glenn Unterberger
Gerald Bryan .
Pretreatment Coordinators. EPA and States
Regional Compliance Branch Chiefs
Regional Counsels
Rebecca Hanmer
-------
GUIDANCE FOR
REPORTING AND EVALUATING
POTW NONCOMPLIANCE WITH
PRETREATMENT REQUIREMENTS
l.'nilcd St.itcs iinvironmcnta! Protection'Agency
Office of Water
Office of Water Enforcement Permits
Washington. D.C.
-September 30, 1987 '
-------
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. Introduction 1
A. Background 1
B. Existing Rule 1
C. Definition of Reportahle Noncompliance 2
II. Applying the Criteria 4
A. Failure to Issue Control Mechanisms to Significant IUS in
a Timely Fashion 4
B. Failure to Inspect Significant IUs 5
C Failure to Establish and Enforce IU Self-Monitoring
where Required by the Approved Program 5
D. Failure to Implement Pretreatment Standards '6
E. Failure to F.nforce Against Pass-Through and Interference 8
F. Failure to Submit Pretreatment Reports Within 30 days 9
G. Failure to meet Compliance Milestones by 90 days or more 9
II. Any Other Violation(s) of Concern to the Approval Authority 9
III. Reporting on the QNCR .10
A. Format 10
B. Description ol the Noncompliance 10
C. Compliance Status 'II
IV. Examples of Reporting on the QNCR 12
A. Example 1 12
B. Example 2 13
V. Compliance Evaluation 14
VI. Response to Noncompliance 17
VII. Summary 18
-------
-------
I. INTRODUCTION
A. Background
EPA Regions and NPDES States must report certain permit violations on the Quarterly Noncompliance
Report (ONCR) which meet criteria identified in the existing NPDES Regulations (40 CFR Part 111.45).
One of the violations that must be reported is a POTWs failure to adequately implement its approved
pretreatment program. The interpretation of adequate implementation is currently left to the discretion
of the Region and approved States.
The Office of Water Enforcement and Permits has developed a definition of reportable noncompliance
for POTW pretreatment program implementation which establishes criteria to evaluate adequate
implementation. Although the size and complexity of local pretreatment programs varies greatly among
Control Authorities, all POTWs must perform certain basic activities to implement their pretreatment
programs. The definition of reportable noncompliance establishes criteria in five basic Areas of POTW
program implementation: IU control mechanisms; compliance monitoring and inspections; POTW
enforcement: POTW reporting to the Approval Authority; and other POTW implementation
requirements.
The purpose of this Guidance is to explain the basis for the definition and its criteria, provide examples
of how to apply the the criteria, explain how to report noncompliance for POTW pretreatment program
implementation on the ONCR and suggest appropriate responses to noncompliance. This Guidance
should he used to fulfill requirements for reporting POTW pretreatment noncompliance that are-
described in the FY 1'WX Agency Operating Guidance and included as a performance measure for El'A
and approved State programs under the Strategic Planning and Management System (SPMS).
R. Existing Rule .
The ONCR is the basic mechanism for reporting violations of NPDES permit requirements. Major
I'OTW. [KTmitirfN1 must Ix- reported on the ONCR:
( 1 ) if they are under an enforcement order for previous permit violations; or
(2) if their noncompliance meets specific criteria (Category I noncompliance); or
(3) if the regulatory agency believes the violation(s) causes problems or is otherwise of concern
(Category II noncompliance).
The specific requirements of the existing rule which relate to pretreatment program implementation are
as follows: .
1. Enforcement Orders - All POTWs that are under existing enforcement orders (e.g., /\
administrative orders, judicial orders, or consent decrees) for violations of pretreatment I
implementation requirements must be listed on the ONCR and the compliance status must I
be reported on each subsequent QNCR until the POTW returns to full compliance with the /
implementation requirements.
1 Major POTW permittees are those with a dry weather flow of at least 1 million gallons per day or a BOO/TSS loading
equivalent to a population of at least 10.000 people. Any POTW (including a minor POTW) with an approved local
pretreatment program should have its pretreatment violations reported on the ONCR.
-------
2. Category I pretreatment program noncompliance • A POTW must be reported on the QNCR:
a) if it violates any requirements of an enforcement order, or
b) if it has failed to submit a pretreatment report (e.&. to submit an Annual Report or
publish a list of significant violators) within 30 days from the due date specified in the
permit or enforcement order, or
c) if it has failed to complete a pretreatment milestone within 90 days from the due date
specified in the permit or enforcement order.
3. Category II • A POTW must be reported on the QNCR if the instance of noncompliance is:
a) a pass-through of pollutants which causes or has the potential to cause a water quality
problem or health problem. •
b) a failure of an approved POTW to implement its approved prugnim atletftuttfly [emphasis
added], including failure to enforce industrial pretreatment requirements on industrial
users as required hy the approved program.1 or
c) any other violation or group of violations which the Director or Regional Administrator
considers to be of substantial concern.
C Definition of Reportable Noncompliance
OWEP has developed criteria to evaluate local program implementation that explain .and clarify the
existing regulations. As stated, these criteria highlight activities that control authorities should use to
implement their programs. These activities include:
1) establishment -of IL* control mechanisms.
2) POTW compliance monitoring and inspections.
3) POTW enforcement of pretreatment requirements.
4) POTW reporting to the Approval Authority, and
5) Other POTW implementation requirements.
Collectively, these activities are the framework for :he definition of reportable noncompliance (Table
1), which should be used by EPA Regions and approved States to report POTW noncompliance with
pretreatment requirements on the QNCR. '
The following table summarizes the reportable noncompliance criteria. A more detailed explanation of
their application is contained in Section II of this guidance.
2 The permit should require compliance with 40 CF* pan Section 403. and the approved program. Thus the permit is the
basis for enforcing requirements of the approved p znm or the Pan 403 regulations.
-------
TABLE 1
DEFINITION OF REPORTABLE NQNCOMPLIANCE
A POTW should be reported on the QNCR if the violation of its approved pretreatment program, its
NPDES permit or an enforcement order4 meets one or more of the following lettered criteria for
implementation of its approved pretreatment program: -
I. Issuance of IL* Control Mechanisms
A) Failed to issue, reissue, or ratify industrial user permits, contracts, or other control
• mechanisms, where required, for "significant industrial users*, within six months after
program approval. Thereafter, each "significant industrial user" control mechanism should
be reissued within 90 days of the date required in the approved program. NPDES permit.
or an enforcement order. •
II. POTW Compliance Monitoring and Inspections
B) Failed to conduct at least eighty percent of the inspections and samplings of •'significant
Industrial users" required by the permit, the approved program, or an enforcement order.
C) Failed to establish and enforce self-monitoring requirements that are necessary to monitor
Sit' compliance as required Hy the approved program, the NPDMS permit, or an enforcement
order.
III. POTVV {enforcement • '
D) Failed to develop, implement, and enforce pretreatment standards (including categorical
standards and local limits) in an effective and timely manner or as required by the approved
program. NPI>I:S permit, or an enforcement order.
I£) Tailed to undertake effective enforcement against the industrial uvr(s) lor instances ol
pass-through and interference as defined in 4't (*f-'R Section 40} 1 and required by Section
403.5 and defined in the approved program.
IV. POTVV Reporting to the Approval Authority
F) Failed to submit a pretreatment report (e.g.. annual report or publication of significant
violators) to the Approval Authority within 30 days of the due date specified in the NPDES
permit, enforcement order, or approved program.4
V. Other POTVV Implementation Violations
G) Failed to complete a pretreatment implementation compliance schedule milestone within
90 days of the due date specified in the NPDES permit, enforcement order, or approved
program.4
H) Any other violation or group of violations of local program implementation requirements
based on the NPDES permit; approved program or 40 CFR Part 40.1 which the Director or
Regional Administrator considers to be of substantial concern.4
3 The term enforcement order means an administrative order, judicial order or consent decree. (See Section 113.45;
4 Existing QNCR criterion (40 CFR Pan 123 45); the violation must be reported.
-------
II. APPLYING THE CRITERIA
The criteria for reporting POTW noncompliance with pretreatment requirements are based on the
General Pretreatment Regulations [particularly Section 403.8(0(2)]. approved pretreatment programs.
and NPDES permit conditions (particularly Part III). Where specific conditions; deadlines, or
procedures are specified in the regulations or the approved program, and incorporated or referenced
iri the NPDES permit. POTW performance should he evaluated against those requirements. Any failure
to meet those requirements is a violation. The criteria included in this Guidance establish a basis for
determining when a violation or series of violations should be reported on the QNCR for failure to
implement a pretreatment program. If the POTW is identified as meeting one.or more of the criteria.
the POTW should be considered in reportable noncompliance and reported on the QNCR.
POTW performance should be evaluated using the information routinely obtained from pretreatment
compliance inspections, annual reports, pretreatment audits .md Discharge Monitoring Reports
(DMRs) us well as any special sources of information. All .mnu.il reports should include a Pretreatment
Performance Summary of SIU compliance information.* This summary .should he useful to assess the
effectiveness of pretrcatmrnt implementation Pictreatmmt st.i!t shcuUI review the approved program.
the NPDES permit. and anv correspondence with the POTVV regarding its pretreatment program to
identify any specific procedures, levels of performance, or milestones that may apply to implementation
of the particular program. Where these requirements exist, they should be recorded on fact.sheets and
possibly added to the specific requirements in the permit.
ISSrANCK OK If CONTROL \IKCII\MSMS
A. Failure to Issue Control Mechanisms tu Significant U's in a Timel* fashion
The POTW can use contracts*, individual permits, or sewer use ordinances as control mechanisms.
Control mechanisms establish enforceable limits, monitoring conditions, and reporting requirements
for the industrial user. In some cases, an approved program may have a sewer use ordinance that defines
the limits (including local limits) and a separate mechanism for establishing monitoring conditions at
each facility. Technically, il a control mechanism expires, control of the SIU and enforcement of some
pretreatment requirements may be suspended. Therefore, timely Issuance and renewal of all control
mechanisms is essential.
i -
All Control Authorities must apply pretreatment standards to their industrial users. Where the approved
program requires that individual control mechanisms be developed for significant industrial users, but
does not include a timeframe. the POTW should be given a deadline to issue them. Some States include
schedules for issuing specific SIU permits in a POTW's NPDES permit. Where the POTW has missed
two or more deadlines specified in a permit or enforcement order for issuing individual control
mechanisms by 90 days or more, the violation must be reported on the ONCR as a schedule violation.
In general, EPA believes that where individual control mechanisms are required by the approved
program, the POTW should issue control mechanisms to all SIUs within six months after the program
is approved or after new pretreatment standards (categorical or local limits) are established, so that
full implementation can be evaluated by an audit within one year after approval. Any delay in this
schedule should be reported on the QNCR.
5 US1-PA Pretreatmem Compliance Monitoring and Enforcement Guidance (PCME) 19K6 Recommended specific data..
EPA proposed rules for annual reports that include the PCME data.
• Proposed rule change to 40 CFR 403 on June 12, 1986 (51 FR 2US4) would make contracts an unacceptable control
mechanism to obtain penalties. .
-------
The POTW should also maintain and update its inventory of SIUs. EPA is considering further
rulemaking to require annual updates of the IU inventor)- by all POTWs. The IU inventory is the
foundation for applying pretreatment controls and monitoring IU compliance. POTVVs that fail to
maintain an adequate inventory of SIUs and annually update the inventory should be reported on the
QNCR. Where necessary, permits should he modified to require routine updates of the II; inventory.
POTW. COMPLIANCE MONITORING AM) INSPECTIONS
B. Failure to Inspect Significant Industrial Users
POTWs are required to possess* the legal authority to earn* out all inspection, surveillance, and
monitoring procedures necessary to verify the compliance status of their industrial users independent
of information provided by the industrial user (40 CFR 40.vX (0(4)]. In the PCME Guidance. EPA
recommended that the Control Authority conduct at least one inspection and/or sampling visit for each
significant industrial user annually
The approved program arid/or the NPDES permit may establish other requirements for inspections or
use a different definition of significant industrial user. In those cases where the permit or approved
program identifies specific requirements for inspection and sampling, these requirements should be
used as a basis to evaluate POTW compliance If the POTW has failed to inspect or sample at least K0<*
of the significant industrial users a\ required In the permit or the approved program, the I'OTW should
be reported on the ONCR for its failure inspect POTW' sampling of all lUs is essential to evaluate IU
compliance where It.'s do not submit self-monitoring information In the absence of specific inspection
coverage requirements in the approved program or permit, the Approval Authority should report any
POTW which has not inspected or sampled at least 5H'"r of all SIUs within a 12 month period. In addition.
if the approved program or permit does not contain specific criteria, the Approval Authority should
modify the NPDFS permit to K- sure th.it the I'OTW conducts inspections or sampling visits of all
SIUs at least annuallv.
I * • •
C*. Failure to Establish and Enforce II' Sclf-Munilnrinu wherr Required h\ the Approved I'ntgram
All categorical lUs are required to report at least twice a year [40 C'FR (40.* 12)). PpTW.s also have
authority to require monitoring and reporting from non-categorical I Us. As a result, most POTWs have
established self-monitoring requirements for SIUs as a means of securing adequate data to assess SIU
compliance at less cost to the POTW than if all data were developed by the POTW through sampling.
Where a program does not require SIU self-monitoring, the visits and inspections conducted by the
POTW must be sufficient in scope or frequency to assure compliance,
PJ self-monitoring requirements should specify* the location, frequency, and method of sampling the
wastewater; the procedure for analysis and calculation of the result; the limits; and the reporting
requirements. These self-monitoring requirements may be applied, in general, through an ordinance,
through specific control mechanisms, or through a combination of general and specific mechanisms.
Where self-monitoring is used, it should be required frequently enough to accurately demonstrate the
continuing compliance of the SIU. A POTW may use a combination of SIU self-monitoring and its own
data collection to evaluate SIU compliance with its limits. As a guide. EPA has published self-monitoring
frequencies for significant industrial'users tKat are related to their process wastestream flow rates. (See
section 2.2 of the PCME Guidance).
-------
In most situations, effluent monitoring information should be available so that the compliance of a SIU
with a monthly. 4-day or other average limit can be determined at least once a quarter. This frequency
is higher than the implied minimum in the regulations; however, this frequency is more likely to promote
continued compliance and a more timely PQTW response to violations. Under proposed rules7- for
pretreatment, SIU violations would trigger additional self-monitoring. For each violation the SIU
detects, it would he required to resample and submit both sample results for review by the Control
Authority.
In evaluating compliance with this criterion. EPA and approved States should examine the requirements
of the permit and determine whether the Control Authority has established self-monitoring
requirements as required. Where appropriate requirements have been established, the Control
Authority must ensure that SIUs comply with all aspects of the requirements and report in the manner
required in the control mechanism. Where the Control Authority fails to establish appropriate
requirements or to adequately enforce (e.g.. POTW should respond in writing to all SNC violations for
IU self-monitoring) these requirements once established, the Control Authority should be considered
in noncompliance and listed on the QNCR.
POTW ENFORCEMENT
D. Failure to Implement Pretreatment Standards
I. Application of Ijtral Limits
Implementation of pretreatment standards requires the development of local limits as well as the
enforcement of all pretreatment standards. The discussion of local limits in the preamble to the OKI
General Pretreatment Regulations Mates in part: "These (local) limits are developed initially as a
prerequisite to I'OTW pretreatment program approval and are updated thereafter as necessary to reflect
changing conditions at the POTW.* In order to comply with their permit and the regulations, each
POTW should have already conducted a technical evaluation, using available techniques, to determine
the maximum allowable treatment plant headworks (influent) loading for six metals (cadmium.
chromium, copper, lead, nickel and zinc)* and other pollutants which have reasonable potential for
pass>tnrougn, interference, or sludge contamination. Therefore, any POTW that has not conducted this
evaluation and adopted appropriate local limits should be reported on the QNCR for failure to
adequately implement their approved pretreatment program.
If any POTW program has already been approved without the analysis of the impact of the pollutants
of concern and adoption of local limits, the Approval Authority should report the POTW on the QNCR
and immediately require the POTW to initiate an analysis and to adopt appropriate local limits. This
requirement should be incorporated in the POTW's NPOES permit as soon as feasible. Where a POTW
has previously adopted local limits but has not demonstrated that those Mini's are based on sound
technical analysis, the Approval Authority should require the POTW to demonstrate that the local limits
are sufficiently stringent to protect against pass-through, interference and sludge contamination. POTWs
which cannot demonstrate that their limits provide adequate protection should be reported on the
QNCR and required to revise those limits within a specific time set forth in a permit modification.
7 See proposed amendments. 10 General Prctreaimem Regulations. 51 PR 2154. June 12,1986.
• See dikuMiun from Rebecca Hanmer, Dirccmr. OWEP USEPA Memorandum "Local Limits Requirements Tor
Pretreatment ProgramV Augu&i 5. 19H5. .
-------
2. POTW Enforcement and IU Significant Noncompliancc
The Control Authority must have the legal authority-usually expressed through a sewer use
ordinance-to require the development of compliance schedules by lUs and to obtain remedies for
noncompliance, including injunctive relief and civil cr criminal penalties (40 CFR 403.8(f)(iv) and (vi)].
In addition, the Control Authority must have an attorney's statement, which among other things.
identifies how the Control Authority will ensure compliance with pretreatment standards and
requirements and enforce them in the event of noncompliance by industrial users [Section
40.1.9(h)fl)fiii)]. Further procedures for enforcement may be contained in the approved program, sewer
use ordinance or NPDES permit.
The attorney's statement and compliance monitoring sections of the approved program, taken in
combination with the NPDES permit, may provide a comprehensive set of enforcement procedures
which the POTW should follow to ensure the compliance of industrial users with pretreatment standards.
Where such procedures are inadequate. EPA strongly recommends that POTWs develop written
enforcement procedures which describe how and when enforcement authorities are applied (See section
33 of the PCME). These procedures serve to inform industrial users of the likely response to violations
and assist the POTW in applying sanctions in an equitable manner.
The Approval Authority must periodically evaluate whether the POTW is effectively enforcing
pretreatment standards. In evaluating performance, the Approval Authority should examine both
whether the If/TV*' is following its enforcement procedures and whether the program is effective in
ensuring compliance with pretreatment standards One of the indicators the Approval Authority should
use in evaluating effectiveness is the level of compliance of SIL's with pretreatment standards. Where
the level of significant noncompliance (SNC)' of SIL's is 20*7.. or greater. • there is a reasonable
presumption that the Control Authority is either not effectively enforcing its procedures or that the
procedures are inadequate. The burden of proving that this is not the case should fall on the Control
Authority.
HI'A and NI'DI-.S States have been using a definition of significant noncnmpliancc for major permittees
to set piiotitics.lor Uumal enforcement and as » tool to evaluate the effectiveness of Regional and State
compliance programs Major industrial permittees, a subset of all industrial permittees, generally have
the largest direct discharge flows, and highest toxic pollutant loadings. Therefore their noncompliance
has the greatest potential to adversely affect water quality or pose human health problems. In terms of
priorities, the significant industrial users within a POTW should be considered to be similiar to the
major industrial permittees by the approved State or EPA Region.
Enforcement followup by EPA Regions and approved States is generally considered to be effective if
the levels of significant noncompliance among major industrial permittees is maintained below 6%.
Given the tact that most approved pretreatment programs are still relatively inexperienced, a 20% level
of SNC for SIUs appears to be a reasonable starting point to assume that POTW enforcement is
inadequate. As POTWs gain experience, the level of SNC should decrease, and thus, this definition can
he made more stringent.
Sec SNC definition included in xenon 34 1 of the PCME. The ANPR fur the Domestic Sewage Study recommended that
the definition of SNC in the PCME be incorporated into the definition of significant violators for industrial users (Section
-------
3. Enforcement Response Procedures
Although most approved programs describe the authorities that are available to the POTW and thj
procedures for addressing SIU noncompliance, few programs specify what action will be taken or wh
it should occur. POTWs have been required to develop enforcement response procedures under const
decrees with specific timeframes for initiating informal to formal enforcement. These timeframes range
from 14 to 60 days.
While a specific timeframe for POTW action against an SIU in SNC has not been set. as a general rule
EPA recommends that a POTW respond initially to each violation within 30 days from the date the
violation is reported or identified to the POTW. As part of the initial responses, the POTW should
evaluate the violation and contact the SIU (e.g.. telephone call, warning letter, or meeting). Where
formal enforcement is needed as a subsequent enforcement response, the appropriate timeframe is 90
days from the date of the initial response to the violation. This timeframe is equivalent to the expectation
for initiating formal enforcement in the NPDES program.
The Approval Authority should review the Control Authority's actions carefully to determine whether
il has evaluated the violations and contacted the SIU in a timely manner, escalating the response when
compliance is not achieved. If this review reveals that the Control Authority has often not followed its
own procedures or that the Control Authority has not appropriately used its full authorities to achieve
'Compliance by its SIUs. the Control Authority should be judged to be in noncompliance.
Where the Control Authority is judged to have followed its procedures in almost all cases, but the level
of significant noncompliance among SIUs is 20*% or greater, the adequacy of Control -Authority
enforcement procedures should be reviewed. If the procedures are found to be inadequate, the
procedures should be modified. The Approval Authority might require modification of the approved
program, through the NPDES permit or possibly an administrative order requiring the adoption of new
procedures along the lines of those included in the PCME Guidance. The Control Authority should htt
listed on the QNCR in noncompliance until it has taken those actions required of it by the Apprr
Authority.
Eiven where the SIUs have a low level of significant noncompliance, the Approval 'Authority should
review the performance of the Control Authority to ensure that it is. in fact, implementing its
enforcement procedures and that the procedures are adequate to obtain remedies for noncompliance.
For example, where a Control Authority fails to identify all violations or fails to respond to violations
when they do occur, the POTW should normally be identified as in noncompliance on the QNCR.
E. Failure to Enforce Against Pass-Through and Interference
• Definitions of industrial user discharges that interfere with a POTW or pass-through the treatment
works were promulgated January 14.1987 (52 FR 1586). .
Interference generally involves the discharge of a pollutant(s) which reduces the effectiveness of
treatment such that an NPDES permit limit is exceeded. The pollutant that caused the interference will
be: different from the pollutant in the permit that was exceeded. (If the pollutant that causes the violation
is the same as the pollutant in the permit that was exceeded, pass-through has occurred.) The POTW
is responsible for identifying and controlling the discharge of pollutants from PJs that may inhibit or
disrupt the plant operations or the use and disposal of sludge. The POTW must monitor IU contributions
and establish local limits to protect its sludge.
The POTW should have written procedures to investigate, control and eliminate interference and
pals-through. Whenever interference or pass-through is identified, the POTW should apply such
procedures to correct the problem. Section 403 J of the. General Pretreatment Regulations requires
tharthe POTW develop and enforce local limits to prevent interference and pass-through from industr:"»-
contributors to the treatment works. If a POTW has permit limit violations that are attributable
industrial loadings to its plant, it is also a violation of Secu. n 403.5. The POTW should be reported or.
-------
the QNCR for failure to enforce against .pass-through and/or interference, if the POTW has two or
more instances of pass-through and interference in any month or 3 or more instances in a quarter.
The POTW is responsible for monitoring to detect these discharges and enforcing against the IU where
it contributes to permit exceedances. The PCME Guidance recommends one inspection and/or sampling
visit each year for each SIU. Many Approval Authorities require the POTW through its NPDES permit.
to monitor the influent, effluent, and sludge at least annually to evaluate the potential for interference
and pass-through. In a few cases, special monitoring has been required for septage and other waste
haulers or to monitor corrective actions for past violations of interference and pass-through. POTWs
that fail to have quarterly monitoring of their SIUs (by the POTW or SIU as discussed under the previous
criterion) and/or have not developed appropriate local limits to prevent interference or pass through
are generally unprepared or unable to enforce against interference or pass-through. These POTWs
should be reported as failing to adequately implement their pretreatment programs.
POTW REPORTING TO THE APPROVAL AUTHORITY
F. Failure to Submit Pretratment Reports Within 30 days
This criterion already exists under Category I of 40 CFR Part I23.45(a). The term "pretreatment report*
should he interpreted to include any report required by the Approval Authority from the POTW
(including publication of significant violators in the newspaper as required by Section 40.1.8(f)(2)(vii)
of the General Pretreatment Regulations). Where specific dates are established for these or other
reports from the POTW. they may be tracked as schedule requirements in PCS. When deadlines are
mi.vscd, the. POTW should be notified immediately because these reports contain information which is
essential to determine compliance status. When the due date is missed by 30 days or more, the POTW
should be reported on the ONCR as in noncompliance.
OTIIF.R POTW IMPI.F.MF.NTATION VIOLATIONS
G. Failure to meet Compliance Schedule Milestones by 90 Days or more
Compliance schedules are frequently used to require construction of additional treatment, corrective
action. Spill Prevention Contingency and Countermeasure plans, additional monitoring that may be
needed to attain compliance with the permit, and any other requirements, especially local limits. The
schedules divide the process into major steps (milestones) that can be verified by inspection or review.
Most schedules include progress reports. EPA recommends that the milestones be set at least every six
months throughout the schedule. The schedules can be incorporated as pan of the permit if final
compliance will not exceed the regulatory compliance deadline. If the compliance schedule is to resolve
a violation that has occurred after the regulatory compliance deadline, the schedule must be placed in
an administrative order, judicial order, or a consent decree.
The existing rule for ONCR reporting requires that all permittees be listed on the QNCR if they are
under an enforcement order. If the permittee is in compliance with the order, the compliance status is
"resolved pending'. If the permittee has missed a compliance schedule date by 90 days or more, the
permittee must be reported as noncompliant on the ONCR. For POTW pretreatment programs, a failure
to attain final compliance within 90 days of the compliance deadline in an enforcement order is
considered SNC.
-------
H. Any Other Vinlatinnfs) of Concern to the Approval Authority
This criterion allows the Approval Authority to identify any POTW as in reportable noncomplianctt for
a single violation or any combination of violations which are judged to be important even though thf
may not be covered by the specific criteria in the definition. These violations may include instance
where the approved program and/or implementation requirements are considered to he inadequate to
control IU contributions to the POTW (e.g. failure to develop and/or enforce local limits), to monitor
for SIU compliance with pretreatment requirements, or to enforce requirements and obtain remedies
for SIU noncompliance.
IIL REPORTING ON THE QNCR
The Quarterly Noncompliance Report is prepared by NPDES States and EPA Regions each quarter.
In lists violations of Federally designated major NPDES permittees that are of concern to the Agency.
The format is described in Section 123.45(a) of the Regulations. For each instance of noncompfiunce.
the report must show the date, basis and type of the violation, the date and type of action the agency
hn< taken, and the current compliance M.itu* The agency should also explain mitigating circumstance*
or rcmt-di.il actions which 'he permittee may have planned Detailed guidance tor preparing the (JNC'R
is available upon reques a> the Regions or OWEP. The following discussion summarizes the basic
requirements for reporting POTW pretreatment violations.
Title QNCR must he submitted to EPA Headquarters sixty days after the reporting quarter ends. The
QNCR covers Federally designated majors. Generally, a POTW over 1 MOD is automatically designated
as a major. This includes the vast majority of the POTW Control Authorities. All POTW pretreatment
implementation violations should be reported on the QNCR. regardless of whether the control authority
is clavsified a> a major or a minor POTW
A. Format : ,
The general format for the QNCR is described in the Regulations. A list of abbreviations and cod
us*:d by the State Agency or EPA Region that prepares the report should be attached to each QNCk.
If the Permit Compliance System (PCS) is used to generate the QNCR. standard abbreviations are
automatically used and no special list of abbreviations or codes is needed for the submittal to
Headquarters: (Note that a list of abbreviations may be needed for Freedom of Information Act
requests.) The format is intended to provide the minimum information that is necessary to describe the
violation, show how and when the agency responded, explain any mitigating circumstances or clarifying
cofirunents. and indicate the current compliance status of the permittee.
The description of the permittee should include the name of the permit holder, the name.of the
municipality, and the NPDES permit number. The permittee should be the Control Authority for the
local pretreatment program. If other municipal permittees are subject to the Control Authority, they
should be listed under the comments portion of the entry. The Control Authority is responsible for
violations by other permittees covered by the Control Authority's pretreatment program. Similarly.
industrial users that contribute to the violation should be listed under comments.
B. Description of the NoncorapUance
Under the permittee's name and permit number, information on each instance, of noncompliance must
be.reported. For pretreatment violations, the description should summarize the criteria that were
violated and reference the QNCR Regulation subparagraph. The subparagraph of the August 1985
Regulations that apply would be as follows: •
lo
-------
QNCR (Section 123.45)
Type of violation Regulation Subparagraph
1} Failure to implement or enforce industrial pretreatment (a)(iii)(B)
requirements
(Criteria A-E) .
2) Pro-treatment Report - ?0 days overdue (a)(ii)(D)
(Criterion F)
3) Compliance schedule - 90 days overdue (a)(iii)(C)
(Criterion G) •
4) Other violation or violations of concern (a)(iii)(G)
(Criterion H) , .
The criterion should he listed under the type of violation as the example (Section IV) shows.
Each violation should include the date. If the POTW has missed a deadline, the deadline is the date of
the violation. The last day of the month is used as the violation date for violations of monthly averages.
In some cases, the Agency may have discovered the violation through an audit or inspection of the
POTW program. The inspection/audit date should he noted under comments. In the examples, all dates
on the QNCR are written in six digit numbers representing the month, day. and year. The date. January
y. I'IKT is entered as WINS? for the PCS generated QNCR*.
The Region or approved State should contact the POTW promptly when a pretreatment implementation
violation is detected. The Region/Slate should also indicate its response to the POTW's failure to
implement .in approved program on the QNCR In determining the appropriate response, the
Region/State should consider the impact of the violation. POTW compliance history, the number of
SILK and the nature and/or duration of the violation. Initial violations may he resolved through training,
conferences, or on-site it-views The Recicnal/Stale response should be timely and escalate to formal
enforcement (an administrative order or judicial referral) il the I'OTW fails or is unable lo comply in
a timeK fashion (see example 2) The dale the action *as taken should .also be indicated on the QNCR.
Planned actions by the I'OTW or its II \ and projected dates should be noted under comments.
C. Compliance Status
The QNCR also tracks the status of each instance of reportable noncpmpliance. Three status codes are
usually reported: noncompliance (NC). resolved pending (RP). and resolved (RE). "Noncompliance"
means the violation or pattern of violations is continuing. "Resolved pending" means the permittee is
making acceptable progress according to a formal schedule (i.e.. through an administrative or judicial
order) to correct the violation. "Resolved* means the permittee no longer exceeds the QNCR criteria
for which they are listed. For the "noncompliance" and "resolved pending" status, the status date is
generally the last dale of the report period. The status date for "resolved" is either the date the
noncompliance requirement is fulfilled or the last day of the report period in which the permittee no
longer meets the QNCR criteria. •
The "comments" column can be used to describe the violation, explain permittee progress, indicate
potential remedies, projected dates of compliance, and explain agency responses. Other information can
also be reported under comments, including the name of noncomplying SIUs; the level of performance
or degree of failure by the POTW; the names of other permittees that are covered by the Control
Authority; agency- plans for training or technical assistance; and the manner in which the agency learned
of the violation. .
11
-------
IV. EXAMPLES OF REPORTING OV THE QNCR
The following examples illustrate how violations and agency responses are reported. Example 1 is a
moderate size POTW that has refused to implement the program. Example 2 is a small POTW whicf" '
meeds assistance. In each example, instances of noncompliance were addressed by an administrativv
order after an initial warning.
A) Example 1
Scenario: Hometown's pretreatment program was approved in June 1985. The permit required an
annual report, fifteen days after the end of each year, beginning January 15. 1986. The
program required that permits be issued to 15 SIUs by June 30.I98ft. The POTW was audited
in August 1986 and had failed to permit and inspect its IL's and failed to submit an annual
report.
QNCR Listing
INSTANCE OF
NONCOMPLIANCE
Hometown WWTP. Hometown. US 00007
DATE
KEG
SUBPARA
ACTION
(AOENCY/DATF.)
COMPLIANCE
STATUS (DATE)
Issue permits
(Criterion A)
063086 (iii)(B)
Audit
(EPA/IW.VWI1)
AO *.I2*
(State/n.Vlls?)
RP (033187)
Inspect SIUs
(Criterion B)
083086 (ni)(B)
Audit
(EPA/UUOXh)
AO*I23
(State/033187)
RP (033 187)
Submit Annual
Report :
(Criteria F)
011587
Phone call RP (033187)
(State/013087)
AO#123
(State/033187)
COMMENTS
AO requires submission of annual report by 4/30/87, and permit issuance and sampling inspections of
all SIUs by 6/30/87. Control Authority includes two other permittees: Suburb One, Permit No. US
00008 and Suburb Two, Permit No. US 00009 who must meet the schedule for inspections.
J
•'~XV
12
-------
Discussion: The entry on QNCR for Hometown shows the name and permit number of the facility.
The Control Authority also covers two other permittees. Three reportahle noncompliance
criteria were exceeded (see sections I and II of this guidance). The annual report was due
January 15. l'>87, according to the NPDES permit for Hometown. The approved program
was the basis for the other reported violations. The "reg subpara" identifies the section
of the existing QN'CR which covers the violations. The State has called the city which
promised to submit the. annual report. After discussion with the city and its outlying
jurisdictions, an administrative order was issued with a compliance schedule to resolve all
three violations. Hometown is following an enforceable schedule that will lead to
compliance, so its compliance status is shown as "RP" (resolved pending) for all three
violations. The comments indicate the compliance deadlines.
B) Example 2 ,
Scenario: Little Burg'.s pretreatment program was approved January 1. 1986. The facility has two
SIl's. one is a food processor and the other is a pharmaceutical manufacturer. Little Burg
has had loads that have resulted in permit violations of BOD (March • June 1986). The State
Approval Authority issued an administrative order September .10. 1986 to establish a
schedule for issuing II,' permits. The BOD violations were considered resolved for reporting
purposes as of October 1. l'W6.
QNCK Listing
INVIAM I eil
NONt OMI'I IAN« I
Hnlouv .iL'.nii-.i
K:
pass-thiouch.
inlet let ciu'i*
(C'rilerion I:)
Criteria F:
Little Burg WWTP. Little Burg.' trs 0008
D-VTl:
KI r,
sunr/xKA
(iiil(H)
043086 (iii)(B)
ACTION COMI'l.IANCK
(A<;i:.NCY/DATI-| STATUS Ct>ATF)
(State/(rt.V)Hfi)
Warning letter
(Slate/0415Sh)
AO#I RP (033187)
(State/093086)
Warning letter
(State/051586)
Criteria F:
Criteria E
0531K6 (iii)(B)
063086 (iii)(B)
same RP (033187)
same. RP (033187)
COMMKMS •
State has provided training to Little Burg and PRELIM to calculate local limits (10/86). City will issue
permits by 4/15/87.
-------
Discussion: Little Burg has a history of problems from industrial loadings. The pretreatment violation
is a lack of enforcement against interference and pass-through. The same violation,
occurred four months in a row. The POTW also had a violation of its BOO limit whic'
met the criteria for reporting on the QNCR. In this case DMR data were critical flags c.
an interference/pass-through problem. The solution is believed to be local limits and
permits for the SIUs. The administrative order established a schedule which is being
tracked, the original BOD violations have been resolved because the SIUs have reduced
their loads and are preparing to add treatment. When the POTW has completed the
development of local limits and issued the permits, the instances of noncompliance will
be deleted from the QNCR. The State will continue to monitor progress each quarter
through reports and/or inspections.
V, COMPLIANCE EVALUATION
EPA or the approved State should use pretreatment compliance inspections, annual reports, audits, and
OMRs to evaluate the compliance status of the permittee. At a minimum, available data should be
reviewed every six months to determine whether the POTW i\ in compliance This review m.ty occur in
conjunction with the conduct of an audit or inspection or the receipt ot a report. Once the facility is
shown on the QNCR. quarterly evaluations are needed to update the compliance status on each QNCR.
Compliance with permit effluent limits, compliance schedules, and reporting can be tracked in PCS.
which is EPA's automated data system. The dates for submission and receipt of periodic reports and
routine requirements should also be tracked in PCS. WENDB data already require that receipt of an
annual report (or periodic report) and its due date must he entered into PC'S as a permit schedule
requirement. This tracking would allow Regions and States tu forecast when reports are expected and
detect reporting violations, similar to the process for tracking discharge monitoring reports and other
scheduled events.
The,Pretreatment Permits and Enforcement Tracking System. (PPETS). has been developed, as a pai.
of PCS. to track the overall performance of POTWs with their pretreatment requirements and the
compliance rates of significant industrial users. Users guides and training will be provided to Regions
and States in the fall of 1987. A few examples of the data which PPETS will include for each POTW are
the number of significant users (SIUs). the number of required control mechanisms not issued, the
number of SIUs not inspected or sampled, the number of SIUs in significant noncompliance (SNC), and
the lumber of enforcement actions. Most of the data in PPETS will only be indicative of potential
violations. The apparent violation should be verified as a continuing problem before the instance of
noncompUance is reported on the QNCR. The data elements in PCS and PPETS that may apply to
reponable noncompliance are summarized for each criterion in Table 2.
II Oncig the POTW has been reported on the QNCR it should continue to be reported each quarter until
/ / the instance of noncompliance is reported as resolved Compliance with an enforcement order (both
/ / judicial and administrative) should be tracked on the QNCR from the date the order is issued until it
I I is met in full EPA and/or the approved State should verify the compliance status of the POTW each
[ I quarter through periodic reports from the POTW, compliance inspections, audits, meetings, or requests
for compliance data and information.
14
-------
Table 2
REPORTABLE NONCOMPLIANCE CRITERIA AND RELATED PCS/PPETS
DATA ELEMENTS
Criterion
Criterion A
- Failure to Issue Control Mechanisms
Data Source
PPETS
Criterion B
- Failure to Inspect SIUs
PPETS
Criterion C PPKTS
- Failure to f-stahlivh -Self-Monitoring
* Data Element
o Number of SIUs without
required control
mechanisms10
o Control mechanism
deficiencies
o Number of SIUs not
inspected or sampled1'
o SIUs in SNC hut not
inspected or sampled10
o SIl.'.N not inspected at
required frequency
o Inadequacy of POTW
inspections •
o SIUs in SNC- with self-
monitoring1*
Criterion I)
- Failure to Implement Standards
PCS
PPETS
o Violation Summary
o Hffluent .data"
o SIUs in SNC10
o Number of enforcement
actions10
o Amount of Penalties10
o Adopted local limits10
o Technical evaluation for
local limit*10
10 'Water Enforcement National Data Base (WENDBi dtu elements for which data entry is required, not optional
IS
-------
Table 2
(Continued)
Criterion
Criterion O (Continued)
~ Failure to Implement Standards
Data Source
PPETS
Criterion E
- Failure to Enforce
PCS
PPI-TS
Criterion F
— Failure to Submit Annual Report
Criterion G
~ Failure to Meet Compliance Schedules
PCS
PCS
Data Element
o Deficiencies in POTW
application of standards
o Date permit required
implementation10
o Number of significant
violators published in
the newspaper10
o Violation summary
Effluent data"
o Same as C'ritcrion D
o Pass Through/Interfer-
ence incidents
o Deficiencies in POTW
sampling
o Deficiencies in POTW
application of standards
o Enforcement response
procedures used
o reporting schedule
o permit reporting10
o compliance schedule
events10
10 Water Enforcement National Data Base (WENDB) data elements fur which data entry is required, not optional
16
-------
VI. RESPONSE TO POTW NONCOMPLIANCE
The ONCR requires reporting of noncompliance. as well as the action taken by the approved State or
EPA Region to resolve the noncompliance. EPA Regions and approved States should review and verify
all problems or violations related to POTW program implementation, regardless of whether they are
or will be reported on the ONCR. Specific implementation requirements must' be identified and
compliance should be systematically reviewed and evaluated. In determining the appropriate response.
the Approval Authority should consider the nature of the violation, the length of time the POTW has
hcen approved, and the compliance history of the permittee. ,
Given the fact that implementation of pretreatment program requirements is a relatively new experience
for many POTWs. formal enforcement may not be initially appropriate. The POTW may be unaware
of how to correct the violations that have occurred and may need training and guidance from the
Approval Authority. The opportunity for a "second chance" is an important option for the Approval
Authority. In all cases, the POTW should be advised1 of its violations. However, if the violation is the
first such problem and the POTW is willing to implement the approved program and needed corrective
action, then technical assistance may be appropriate to help the POTW personnel understand what is
expected and when.
EPA recommends closely monitoring the progress of the POTW in issuing, reissuing, or ratifying its
control mechanisms. If the POTW consistently fails to issue and maintain its control mechanisms in a
timely fashion--ih.it is issuance in accordance with the approved program or permit or the requirement
of an enforcement order uithin '"> days after permit expiration-the Approval Authority should issue a
warning letter or administrative order to the Control Authority and establish a schedule for issuing the
necessary control mechanisms. .
Where a schedule is needed for corrccth'e action, the Approval Authority may wish to establish that
schedule in an enforcement order. When a schedule extends for *H) days or longer. liPA recommends
that the Approval Authority establish the schedule in an enforcement order. A detailed schedule with
intermeiii.ile milestones *j|| help the POTW allocate* appropriate time and priority to the required
tasks, uhilc helping the Approval Authority assess the PoTW's progress. The Approval Authority may
use a }ns It-lift to oM.iin information and time estimates Irom the POTW to develop the compliance
schedule ('ompliance with an enforcement order is tracked on the ONCR until the POTW has returned
to full compliance uith the NI'DMS permit.
Formal enforcement will be the appropriate initial response in a growing number of cases as POTWs
become more knowledgeable of their implementation responsibilities. Where the POTW has
substantially failed to implement its approved program or demonstrates inadequate commitment to
corrective action on a timely basis, the Approval Authority should initiate formal enforcement action."
Formal enforcement may ako be appropriate as an initial re&poriM: where the POTW's failure to enforce
has contributed to interference, pass-through, or significant water quality impacts. When a violation by
the POTW ha> been identified and the POTW has failed to initiate corrective action in the quarter
following identification on the ONCR. the Approval Authority should strongly consider formal
enforcement action.
11 EPA Headquarter* » developing criteria for bringing formal enforcement actions and model pleadings and compla :s for
judicial actions against POTW's for failure to implement their pretreatment programs.
17
-------
VII. SUMMARY
The QNCR is an important tool to identify priority violations of permit conditions, to overview the
effectiveness of State and EPA compliance and enforcement activities, to provide a framework to achieve
a nationally consistent pretreatment program, and to compile national statistics on noncompliance for
th« NPDES program. The existing rule for noncompliance reporting requires EPA and the States to
report instances where POTWs have failed to adequately implement and enforce their approved
pretreatment program. .
Nearly 1500 POTWs are now approved. Pretreatment will be the primary mechanism to control toxic
and hazardous pollutants which may enter the POTW or its sludge. Therefore, it is vital that EPA and
the approved States routinely evaluate POTW compliance with the requirements of their approved
program and report POTWs that have failed to adequately implement their approved program.
This Guidance is intended to assist Regions and approved States evaluate and report POTW
noncompliance with pretreatment requirements. The Guidance explains the criteria that should he used
to evaluate principal activities and functions necessary to implement the program In some cases.
approved States and Regions may need to modify the program and/or NPDES permit because the
existing requirements are inadequate or because conditions have changed. In general, those POTWs
that meet the definition of reportahle noncompliance should be priorities for resolving the inadequacies
in approved programs or permits.
EPA plans to incorporate specific criteria into the NPDF.S Regulations for noncompliance reporting
of POTWs which fail to adequately implement their pretreatment programs The regulation will be
developed after Regions and approved States have h*id the opportunity to use this Guidance for at least
12 months to assess the effectiveness of the criteria in identifying serious noncompliance. Comments
on the use of this guidance and the reporting of POTW noncompliance required under the Strategic
Planning and Management System in FY 1988 will be carefully evaluated for future regulatory am'
program reporting requirements.
18
-------
-------
n.c.i2
Permit PC Personal Assistance Link Users Guide (updated 6/21/93)
-------
Permit Compliance System
PC Personal Assistance Link (PAL) Users Guide
Document Number PCS-PA91-1.01
June 21 1993
PCS USER SUPPORT
202/475-8529
U.S. EPA (EN-338)
401 M. St. SW
Washington, DC 20460
-------
Preface
The Permit Compliance System (PCS) is a database management system that supports the NPDES regu-
lations. The system is available to registered users in State and EPA Regions through the National Com-
puter Center in North Carolina.
PCS PERSONAL COMPUTER (PC) PERSONAL ASSISTANCE LINK (PAL) is a user friendly PC
software package which was developed specifically to allow managers to generate reports from PCS quickly
and easily using only a few keystrokes on their microcomputers. In addition to the PCS PC-PAL Manual.
the following manuals are available on the PCS system.
PCS Data Entry, Edit, and Update Manual - General Overview of PCS and detailed information on
entering data into PCS. Includes documentation on PCS-ADE and PC-ENTRY.
Edit I Update Error Messages Manual - Provides a brief explanation for each error message encountered
during the edit or update of PCS, arranged by data type.
Generalized Retrieval Manual -Provides complete information about how to run all flexible format and
fixed format reports available in PCS. This includes preprinting DMRs and running the QNCR.
Inquiry User's Guide - Describes in detail the interactive retrieval software that provides interactive access
to the PCS database.
Data Element Dictionary - Gives a detailed description of each type of data available in PCS, field by
field.
PCS Codes and Descriptions - Provides a complete list of all of the code value tables used in PCS.
Referenced by the PCS Data Element Dictionary
Preface
-------
Revision Code Description
The following table gives a description of the revision code used with each revision of the PCS Data Entry,
Edit, and Update Manual.
REVISION
CODE
DATE
06/21/93
DOCUMENT
NUMBER
PCS-PA91-1.01
DESCRIPTION
Initial Release of Advanced Function Printing
(AFP) version of the PAL Users Guide.
Table 0-1. Revision Summary
Revision Code Descrintinn
-------
Contents
Chapter 1. INTRODUCTION TO PCS PC-PAL 1-1
Chapter 2. OVERVIEW OF PCS 2-1
Chapter 3. USING PAL 3-1
3.1 Initiating a PAL Session 3-1
3.2 Accessing PAL 3-1
3.2.1 Using the "HELP" option 3-4
3.2.2 Using the "REPORTS" option 3-5
3.2.3 Using the "END' Option 3-9
Chapter 4. Significant Noncompliance Reports 4-1
4.1 Current QNCR Facilities Report 4-1
4.2 Effluent Report 4-9
4.3 Compliance Schedule Report 4-17
4.4 DMR Non-Receipt Report 4-24
Chapter 5. INSPECTION REPORTS 5-1
5.1 Inspection Scheduling Report 5-1
5.2 Last Inspection Completion Report 5-15
Chapter 6. PRETREATMENT REPORTS 6-1
6.1 Inspection/Audit Scheduling Report .: 6-1
62 Last Inspection/Audit Completion Report 6-15
6.3 Annual Report Scheduling List 6-29
6.4 Annual Report Submission List 6-42
Chapter 7. ENFORCEMENT ACTION REPORTS 7-1
7.1 Formal Enforcement Actions Report 7-1
7.2 Closed Formal Enforcement Actions Report 7-16
Chapter 8. EXPIRED PERMITS REPORTS 8-1
8.1 All Expired Permits Report 8-1
8.2 Applications Non-Receipt Report 8-15
Appendix A. PCS User Docmentation Comment Form A-l
Index X-l
Contents
-------
Figures
3-1. Intro Screen 3-2
3-2. Option Selection Screen 3-3
3-3. Help Screen 3-4
3-4. User Selection Screen 3-5
3-5. Region Selection Screen 3-6
3-6. Report Selection Screen 3-7
3-7. State Selection Screen 3-8
4-1. SNC Report Selection Screen 4-2
4-2. SNC Facility List Report 4-3
4-3. SNC Facility Report Selection Screen 4-4
4-4. SNC Effluent Report Selection Screen 4-5
4-5. SNC Effluent Report Screen 4-6
4-6. SNC Compliance Schedules and Reports Screen 4-7
4-7. SNC DMR Overdue Report Screen 4-8
4-8. SNC Report Select Options Screen 4-10
4-9. SNC Facility Type Selection Screen 4-11
4-10. SNC Major Indicator Selection Screen 4-12
4-11. ... SNC Enforcement Action Addressed Selection Screen 4-13
4-12. SNC Effluent Report Selection Screen 4-14
4-13. SNC Report Options Selected Screen 4-15
4-14. SNC Effluent Report Screen 4-16
4-15. SNC Report Select Options Screen 4-18
4-16. SNC Facility Type Selection Screen 4-19
4-17. SNC Major Indicator Selection Screen 4-20
4-18. SNC Enforcement Action Addressed Selection Screen 4-21
4-19. SNC Report Options Selected Screen 4-22
4-20. SNC Compliance Schedules and Reports Screen 4-23
4-21. SNC Report Select Options Screen 4-25
4-22. SNC Facility Type Selection Screen 4-26
4-23. SNC Major Indicator Selection Screen 4-27
4-24. SNC Enforcement Action Addressed Selection Screen 4-28
4-25. SNC Report Options Selected Screen 4-29
4-26. SNC DMR Non-Receipt Report 4-30
5-1. Inspection Report Selection Screen 5-2
5-2. Inspection Report Select Options Screen 5-3
5-3. Inspection Report Facility Type Selection Screen 5-4
5-4. Inspection Report Major Indicator Selection Screen 5-5
5-5. Inspection Type Selection Screen 5-6
5-6. Inspection Report Timeframe Selection Screen 5-7
5-7. Inspection Report Start Date Year Selection Screen 5-8
5-8. Inspection Report Start Date Month Selection Screen 5-9
5-9. Inspection Report End Date Year Start Screen 5-10
5-10. Inspection Report End Date Month Selection Screen 5-11
5-11. Inspection Report Timeframe Selected Screen 5-12
5-12. Inspection Options Selected Screen 5-13
5-13. Inspection Scheduling Report 5-14
5-14. Inspection Report Selection Screen 5-16
5-15. Inspection Report Select Options Screen 5-17
5-16. Inspection Facility Type Selection Screen 5-18
5-17. Inspection Report Major Indicator Selection Screen 5-19
5-18. Inspection Report Inspection Type Selection Screen 5-20
Figures
-------
5-19. Inspection Report Timeframe Selection Screen 5-21
5-20. Inspection Report Start Date Year Selection Screen 5-22
5-21. Inspection Report Start Date Month Selection Screen 5-23
5-22. Inspection Report End Date Year Start Screen 5-24
5-23. Inspection Report End Date Month Selection Screen 5-25
5-24. Inspection Report Timeframe Selected Screen 5-26
5-25. Inspection Report Options Selected Screen 5-27
5-26. Last Inspection Completion Report 5-28
6-1. Pretreatment Report Selection Screen 6-2
6-2. Pretreatment Report Select Options Screen 6-3
6-3. Pretreatment Report Facility Type Selection Screen 6-4
6-4. Pretreatment Report Major Indicator Selection Screen 6-5
6-5. Pretreatment Inspection Audit Type Selection Screen 6-6
6-6. Pretreatment Report Timeframe Selection Screen : 6-7
6-7. Pretreatment Report Start Date Year Selection Screen 6-8
6-8. Pretreatment Report Start Date Month Selection Screen ' 6-9
(5-9. Pretreatment Report End Date Year Start Screen 6-10
6-10. Pretreatment Report End Date Month Selection Screen 6-11
6-11. Pretreatment Report Timeframe Selected Screen 6-12
6-12. Pretreatment Report Options Selected Screen 6-13
6-13. Pretreatment/Inspection Audit Scheduling Report 6-14
6-14. Pretreatment Report Selection Screen 6-16
6-15. Pretreatment Report Select Options Screen 6-17
6-16. Pretreatment Report Facility Type Selection Screen 6-18
6-17. Pretreatment Report Major Indicator Selection Screen 6-19
6-1.8. Pretreatment Inspection Audit Type Selection Screen 6-20
6-19. Pretreatment Report Timeframe Selection Screen 6-21
6-20. Pretreatment Report Start Date Year Selection Screen 6-22
6-21. Pretreatment Report Start Date Month Selection Screen 6-23
6-22. Pretreatment Report End Date Year Start Screen 6-24
6-23. Pretreatment Report End Date Month Selection Screen 6-25
6-24. Pretreatment Report Timeframe Selected Screen 6-26
6-2.5. Pretreatment Report Options Selected Screen 6-27
6-26. Last Pretreatment Inspection/Audit Completion Report 6-28
6-27. Pretreatment Report Selection Screen 6-30
6-28. Pretreatment Report Select Options Screen 6-31
6-29. Pretreatment Report Facility Type Selection Screen 6-32
6-30. Pretreatment Report Major Indicator Selection Screen 6-33
6-31. Pretreatment Report Timeframe Selection Screen 6-34
6-32. Pretreatment Report Start Date Year Selection Screen 6-35
6-33. Pretreatment Report Start Date Month Selection Screen 6-36
6-34. Pretreatment Report End Date Year Start Screen 6-37
6-35. Pretreatment Report End Date Month Selection Screen 6-38
6-36. Pretreatment Report Timeframe Selected Screen 6-39
6-37. Pretreatment Report Options Selected Screen 6-40
6-38. Pretreatment Annual Report Scheduling List 6-41
6-39. Pretreatment Report Selection Screen 6-43
6-40. Pretreatment Report Select Options Screen 6-44
6-41. Pretreatment Report Facility Type Selection Screen 6-45
6-42. Pretreatment Report Major Indicator Selection Screen 6-46
6-43. Pretreatment Report Timeframe Selection Screen 6-47
6-44. Pretreatment Report Start Date Year Selection Screen 6-48
6-45. Pretreatment Report Start Date Month Selection Screen 6-49
6-46. Pretreatment Report End Date Year Start Screen 6-50
6-47. Pretreatment Report End Date Month Selection Screen 6-51
Permit Compliance System: PC Personal Assistance Link (PAL) Users Guide
-------
6-48. Pretreatment Report Timeframe Selected Screen 6-52
6-49. Pretreatment Report Options Selected Screen 6-53
6-50. Pretreatment Annual Report Submission list 6-54
7-1. Enforcement Action Selection Screen 7-2
7-2. Enforcement Action Select Options Screen 7-3
7-3. Enforcement Action Facility Type Selection Screen 7-4
7-4. Enforcement Action Major Indicator Selection Screen 7-5
7-5. Enforcement Action Type of Order Issued Screen 7-6
7-6. Enforcement Action Violations Addressed Screen 7-7
7-7. Enforcement Action Timeframe Selection Screen 7-8
7-8. Enforcement Action Start Date Year Selection Screen 7-9
7-9. Enforcement Action Start Date Month Selection Screen 7-10
7-10. Enforcement Action End Date Year Start Screen 7-11
7-11. Enforcement Action End Date Month Selection Screen 7-12
7-12. Enforcement Action Timeframe Selected Screen 7-13
7-13. Enforcement Action Options Selected Screen 7-14
7-14. Formal Enforcement Action Report 7-15
7-15. Enforcement Action Selection Screen 7-17
7-16. Enforcement Action Select Options Screen 7-18
7-17. Enforcement Action Facility Type Selection Screen 7-19
7-18. Enforcement Action Major Indicator Selection Screen 7-20
7-19. ' Enforcement Action Type of Order Issued Screen 7-21
7-20. Enforcement Action Violations Addressed Screen 7-22
7-21. Enforcement Action Timeframe Selection Screen 7-23
7-22. Enforcement Action Start Date Year Selection Screen 7-24
7-23. Enforcement Action Start Date Month Selection Screen 7-25
7-24. Enforcement Action End Date Year Start Screen 7-26
7-25. Enforcement Action End Date Month Selection Screen 7-27
7-26. Enforcement Action Timeframe Selected Screen 7-28
7-27. Enforcement Action Options Selected Screen 7-29
7-28. Formal Enforcement Action Report 7-30
8-1. Expired Permits Report Selection Screen 8-2
8-2. Expired Permits Report Select Options Screen 8-3
8-3. Expired Permits Report Facility Type Selection Screen 8-4
8-4. Expired Permits Report Major Indicator Selection Screen 8-5
8-5. Expired Permits Report Timeframe Selection Screen 8-6
8-6. Expire Permits Report Start Date Year Selection Screen 8-7
8-7. Expired Permits Report Start Date Month Selection Screen 8-8
8-8. Expired Permits Report End Date Year Selection Screen 8-9
8-9. Expired Permits Report End Date Month Selection Screen 8-10
8-10. Expired Permits Report Timeframe Selected Screen 8-11
8-11. Expired Permits Report Applications Received/Not Received Screen 8-12
8-12. Expired Permits Report Options Selected Screen 8-13
8-13. Expired Permits Report 8-14
8-14. Expired Permits Report Selection Screen 8-16
8-15. Expired Permits Report Select Options Screen 8-17
8-16. Expired Permits Report Facility Type Selection Screen 8-18
8-17. Expired Permits Major Indicator Selection Screen 8-19
8-18. Expired Permits Timeframe Selection Screen 8-20
8-19. Expire Permits Report Start Date Year Selection Screen 8-21
8-20. Expired Permits Report Start Date Month Selection Screen 8-22
8-21. Expired Permits Report End Date Year Selection Screen 8-23
8-22. Expired Permits End Date Month Selection Screen 8-24
8-23. Application Non-Receipt Report Timeframe Selected Screen 8-25
8-24. Applications Non-Receipt Report Options Selected Screen 8-26
Figures
-------
8-25. Applications Non-Receipt Report 8-27
Permit Compliance System: PC Personal Assistance Link (PAL) Users Guide
-------
Tables
0-1. Revision Summary
Tables
-------
II.C.13
"Changes to the SNC Definition", dated April 5, 1991.
-------
OFFICE OF
WATER
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20460.
APR 5 1991
\
MEMORANDUM '
SUBJECT: Changes to the SNC Definition
FROM: James R. Elder, Direc
Office of Water Enforcement and Permits (EN-338)
TO: Regional Water Management Division Directors
Regions I - X
Regional Compliance Branch Chiefs
Regions I - X
Section 123.45 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Title 40,
published August 26, 1985, establishes the reporting requirements
for quarterly noncompliance reports (QNCRs) on National Pollutant
Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permitted facilities. In an
effort to ensure national reporting consistency, the "Guidance
Manual for Preparing Quarterly Noncompliance Reports" (Guidance
Manual) dated December 1985 was developed to explain reportable
noncompliance (RNC) and to define significant noncompliance
(SNC).
The Inspector General's (IG) office, in September 1988,
issued a report entitled "NPDES Compliance Monitoring
Information" which indicated improvements were needed in the
reporting process. As a result of recommendations made in the
report and due to concerns expressed by the IG and shared with
the Regions and Headquarters, a workgroup was formed to
reexamine the RNC/SNC definition, with particular attention to
reducing the complexity of the entire reporting process.
The workgroup effort is still ongoing. Soon you will be
asked to work with your States on proposed manor changes to the
definition. * .
The workgroup, however, has reached general consensus on
three separate definitional changes to SNC which I strongly
support and which do hot.require extensive discussions. The
fourth issue involves clarification to the current SNC
definition. Because of the nature of these specific changes,
quick implementation is possible and in the best interest of
Regions and States. It is my belief that these changes will
result in more consistency nationwide^ In addition, many Regions
or States currently operate under these guidelines. Therefore,
Primed 01 Rec-.'..'-i -'^i
-------
these changes should not place any undue reporting burdens on
Regions/States. The .following changes are to be implemented
within the next reporting quarter -fJuly- through -September—^g»3
1. Currently, the Guidance Manual includes percent removal
violations as SNC violations. Both TRC and chronic criteria are
currently applied to percent removal (Appendix V provides
technical guidance for calculating percent removal violations).
However, the workgroup considers percent removal to be more an
indication of treatment plant efficiency rather than an
indication of environmental harm.
Therefore, percent removal violations are to be eliminated
from the SNC definition.
2. Many, but not all, EPA Regions and States require
permittees to meet achievable interim effluent limits (lELs)
during a period of corrective action such as in the case of major
upgrades or minor repairs. The lELs are written into enforcement
orders and current guidance requires that any violations of lELs
be categorized as, SNC violations (unless in the case of an
Administrative Order, the^IEL is as stringent as the current .
permit limit, then TRC/chronic criteria would apply).
For those Regions and States which do not utilize lELs,
guidance directs them to track against schedules. These
facilities are not held accountable for meeting any effluent
limits. The current criteria for measuring IEL SNC rates either
discourages the use of lELs altogether or encourages the use of
very lenient lELs to avoid becoming SNC for IEL violations.
Therefore, in the absence of interim effluent limits in an
enforcement order, Regions and states are to track compliance
against the permit limits, utilizing TRC and chronic criteria.
3. According to the Guidance Manual, an instance of SNC is
considered resolved when the SNC criteria are no longer met
(e.g., neither two TRC nor four chronic violations of permit
monthly averages occur over a six month period) during the review
period or when the permittee formerly in SNC exhibits compliance
for all-three months of the most recent quarter. Facilities with
seasonal operations or those with intermittent discharges
consistently fall into and out of SNC by nature of their
operation. Resolution of SNC does not occur because they exhibit
three months of compliant data, but rather because
operations/discharges have ceased temporarily. Additionally,
resolution of effluent SNC may result simply by failure to submit
a DMR (either the entire DMR is missing or it is incomplete).
Therefore, in the future, in order to resolve cases of SNC,
a facility must either fail to meet the definition of SNC in a
six month vindov, or must have actual data shoving that no
violations have occurred in three months.
-------
4. The last, issue involves clarification, as I mentioned
earlier, rather than change. Recently, with the automated
retrieval of SNC statistics from Permit Compliance System (PCS),
it has been brought to my attention that a few Regions operate
with the understanding that only when a permittee fails to submit
all DMRs from a particular facility, is that permittee considered
SNC. The QNCR regulation means that:
A separate DMR is required for each individual pipe/outfall.
One DMR non-submittal for one pipe is sufficient to place an
entire facility in SNC for reporting.
You should not experience any problems in implementing the
changes outlined above. Please work with your States to
streamline the process. We recognize these changes will involve
programming changes to PCS, affecting many of the automated
reports currently generated by PCS. Please make these manual
changes to PCS for the SNC reporting period ending June 30, 1991.
This data will be incorporated into the fourth quarter STARS
report to be submitted October 1, 1991. In the meantime, my
staff will work to reprogram PCS.
If you have questions concerning definitional issues, please
contact George Gray. Once PCS is reprogrammed, direct any PCS
related problems to Dela Ng. Both members of my staff may be
reached at FTS 475-8313. '
Work is ongoing to address the major recommendations from
the workgroup. We will keep you apprised of any developments
along this front and will work through you to obtain State input
when the appropriate time arrives.
-------
II.C.I4
"Revision of NPDES Significant Noncompiiance (SN7C) Criteria to Address Violations of
Non-Monthly Average Limits", September 21, 1995
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20460
SEP 2 I IS9
OFFICE OF
MEMORANDUM ENFORCEMENT AND
COMPLIANCE ASSURANCE
SUBJECT: Revision of NPDES Significant Noncompliance (SNC)
Criteria to Address Violations of Non-Monthly Average
Limits
FROM: Steven A. Hermar
Assistant Administrator
TO: Water Management Division Directors, Regions I-X
Regional Counsels
This memorandum transmits to you the NPDES program's new SNC
definition. This revision of the SNC criteria was needed because
the current definition results in many significant violators
escaping detection as SNC and, therefore, avoiding routine
enforcement consideration. The expeditious development of these
criteria was due in large part to the outstanding support from
members of the SNC Workgroup from various States and all ten
Regions.
The option for the change to the SNC criteria that I have
selected basically entails the application of the current SNC
criteria for Monthly Averages to Non-Monthly Averages as
recommenced by the national SNC Workgroup. In making my
decision, I carefully considered information provided by you and
your staff, the SNC Workgroup, and the Water Enforcement Division
(WED) here at Headquarters.'
In brief, I selected the Workgroup option for the following
reasons. First, it is fully consistent with the President's
Reinventing Environmental Regulation guidance and will result in
better targeting of limited enforcement resources to violations
posing the greatest risks to health and the environment. Second,
no new reports are required. The data to calculate the SNC based
on the new criteria is already provided in the NPDES national
data' base known as the Permit Compliance System (PCS) .
Third, the violations of the Non-Monthly Average SNC
facilities do pose a significant threat to the environment/public
health. Toxics and other risk-based water quality based limits
are being violated in a large majority of the new SNC cases.
Among the new SNC are non-toxic pollutants, such as nutrients and
oxygen demanding parameters, which have been documented by EPA as
beina amona the zoo five causes of water crualicv impairment.
.lecycie&necyoacie
"—-11 wrt^ SovCanc-s '•* :~ rrrf-r —.
-------
Also, close to three quarters of the non-toxic SNC violators,
which will be captured by the new SNC criteria, are repeat
offenders and therefore are among the worst violators.
Attachment I provides the official new SNC definition.
Attachment II-A provides details 'on the Regulatory Reinvention
analysis and Attachment II-B discusses the SNC definition
options.
IMPLEMENTATION
Although I am officially selecting this new SNC definition
today, I am delaying formal implementation for one year. This
delay is, in part, a response to the Regions' request for time,
prior to officially reporting the new SNC, to reduce the initial
increase in SNC from the new definition. In addition, this delay
will allow the time necessary to make changes in PCS to automate
the calculation and reporting of the new SNC.
I expect the Regions (and States), over approximately the
next two years, will take formal enforcement actions to reduce or
eliminate this increase in SNC. Until the changes are made in
PCS, I request that the Regions and States use the Non-Monthly
Average SNC software, which will soon be made available' to you by
OECA, to temporarily identify Non-Monthly Average SNC facilities.
Where appropriate, I request that Timely and Appropriate ("T and
A") enforcement action be considered while PCS changes are being
made.
Also during this interiir. period, it would be useful. to
report SNC counts for Non-Monthly Averages along with other
quarterly enforcement reports. Although this interim reporting
is optional, the data would help WED in developing its
recommendation on a revision to the standard acceptable level of
SNC (plus "T and A" and the Exceptions List) which Headquarters
uses in routine Regional performance reviews. In revising this
bench mark level of acceptable SNC, the goal will be to draw a
reasonable balance between resources and the new SNC rate.
Once the changes in PCS are completed, all categories of SNC
will be integrated into the routine quarterly SNC count and will
appear on the Quarterly Noncompliance Report (QNCR). Also, I
wish to remind the Regions (and States) that they may remove SNC
indicators in PCS for those occasional violations that
technically meet the SNC criteria but, in reality, do not
constitute a significant infraction. Such deletions must be
documented in a facility's file.
As appropriate, these and other implementation issues will
be discussed with the Regions in the near future. If you have
any questions regarding the SNC criteria or their implementation,
-------
please contact Brian Maas, Acting Director, Water Enforcement
Division at (202) 564^2240 or have your staff call Richard
Lawrence at (202) 564-3511. Again, I wish to thank you and all
the workgroup members for your outstanding efforts and
perseverance, and look forward to working with you on
implementation.
Attachments
cc: Water Enforcement Branch Chiefs
Michael Cook
' OECA Office Directors
Fred Stiehl
Workgroup Members
-------
ATTACHMENT I
Significant Noncompliance (SNC) Criteria for
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Violations
1. Effluent Violations of Monthly Average Limits
. a. TRC Violations
A 40% exceedance of specific pollutant limits listed in
Exhibit A or a 20% exceedance of a specific pollutant limit from
Exhibit B at a given discharge point for any two or more months
during the two consecutive quarter review period is SNC. .
b. Chronic Violations
Violation of any monthly effluent limit'at a given pipe by
any amount for any four or more' months during the two consecutive
quarter review period is SNC.
2. Effluent Violations of Non-Monthly Average Limits*
TRC and chronic SNC criteria are the same as for monthly
average violations as described in section 1. a. and b. above.
However, the following caveat also applies:
When a parameter has both a monthly average and a non-
monthly average limit, a facility would only be considered in SNC
for the non-monthly limits if the monthly average is also
violated to some degree (but less than SNC).
3. Other Effluent Violations
Any effluent violation that causes or has the potential to
cause a water quality or human health problem is SNC.
4. Non-Effluent Violations
Any unauthorized bypass, unpermitted discharge, or pass
through of pollutants which causes or has the potential to cause
a water quality problem (e.g., fish kills, oil sheens) or health-
problems (e..g., beach closings, fishing bans, or other
restrictions of beneficial uses) is SNC. In the case of POTWs
implementing Approved Pretreatment Programs, failure to implement
or enforce those programs is SNC.
*NOTE: Non-monthly average SNC applies to all maximum and all
average (other than monthly average) statistical base codes.
-------
5. ' Permit Schedule Violations
Any failure to start construction, end construction, or
attain final compliance within 90 days of the scheduled date is
SNC. Also, all pretreatraent schedule milestones missed by 90
days or more are SNC.
6 . Permit Reporting Violations
Discharge Monitoring Reports, POTW Pretreatment Performance
Reports, and the Compliance Schedule Final Report of Progress
(i.e., whether final compliance has been attained) that are not
submitted at all or are submitted 30 or more days late are SNC.
7. Enforcement Orders
a. Judicial Order
Any violation of a Judicial Order is SNC.
b. Administrative Order (AO)
Any violation of an effluent limit (or other water
quality/health impact) established in an AO is SNC. However,
when an AO limit is as stringent as an applicable permit limit,
the facility is SNC onlv if the permit effluent SNC criteria, set
out in number 1-3 above, are met.
Any unauthorized bypass, unpermitted discharge or pass-
through of pollutants which cause or has the potential to cause a
water quality problem or human health problem is SNC.
Any schedule or reporting violations listed above in
sections 5 and 6 respectively are SNC.
Any violations of narrative requirements or any other
violation of concern to the Director is SNC.
-------
Exhibit A
SNC Conventional Pollutants
(40% exceedance of limit)
Group I Pollutants-TRC=l.4
Oxygen Demand
Biochemical Oxygen Demand
Chemical Oxygen Demand
Total Oxygen Demands
Total Organic Carbon
Other
Solids
Total Suspended Solids
(Residues)
Total Dissolved Solids
(Residues)
Other
Nutrients
Inorganic Phosphorus Compounds
Inorganic Nitrogen Compounds
Other
Detergents and Oils
MBAS
NTA
Oil and Grease
Other detergents or algicides
Minerals
Calcium
Chloride
Fluoride
Magnesium
Sodium
Potassium
Sulfur
Sulfate
Total Alkalinity
Total Hardness
Other Minerals
Metals
Aluminum
Cobalt
Iron
Vanadium
Exhibit B
SNC Toxic Pollutants
(20% exceedance of limit)
Group II Poilutants-TRC=l.2
Metals (all forms)
Other metals not specifically listed under Group I
Inorganic
Cyanide
Total Residual Chlorine
Crgani cs
All organics are Group II except those specifically listed
under Grouc I.3
-------
III.
-------
III. ADMINISTRATIVE ENFORCEMENT
-------
III. ADMINISTRATIVE ENFORCEMENT
A. ADMINISTRATIVE COMPLIANCE ORDERS
-------
-------
III.A.I,
"Effect of Compliance with Administrative Orders", dated June 1984.
-------
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL r?»OT£C7ISN AGEN'CY
WASHINGTON. D.C. 2CZ60
erricc er
MESORAKDUM
SUBJECT: Effect of Compliance With
Administrative Orders
FROM: Colburn T. Cherney.
Associate General
Kater Division
TO: Rebecca Hanaer. Director
Office of.-VCater Er.fcrceaent
and Peraits (E\'-335)
In a Jirae 5, 1964 aeaorandian, you asked whether coapliance
vith en edciniscra'tive order precludes/ as a natter of law,
further enforcement action on the underlying violation.
Such compliance does not preclude enforcement. See, e.g.'.
United States v. Earth Sciences. 599 F.2d 368, 375-76 (10th
Cir. 1979). However,' the administrative order, and .the
discharger's compliance with the order, are factors that are
likely to be assigned significant weight when the reviewing
court fashions a remedy in the enforcement action.
-------
-------
III.A.2.
"Use of Stipulated Penalties in Administrative Orders on Consent under the
CWA", dated September 6, 1985.
-------
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20460
SEP 6 1985
OFFICE OF ENFORCEMENT
AND COMPLIANCE
' MONITORING
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Use of Stipulated Penalties in Administrative
Orders on Consent under the Clean Water Act
FROM: Glenn L. Unterberger
Associate Enforcement Counsel
tor Water
TO: Paul A. Seals
Regional Counsel, Region VI
I am responding to Region VI 's request for specific guidance
on whether the use of stipulated penalties in administrative
orders is permissable under the Clean Water Act, Section 309.
After extensive legal research by both my office and the
Office of General Counsel, and consultation with the Department
of Justice, it is our judgment that, as a matter of policy, EPA
generally will not include stipulated penalties in administra-
tive orders on consent under the Clean Water Act. The one
exception to this policy (which probably has limited practical
effect) is that EPA may consider using administrative orders
on consent with a provision for stipulated penalties under the
following terms: .
1) that stipulated penalties provided for in an
administrative order on consent (possibly though
a confession of judgment clause) are collectible
only through the commencement of an enforcement
action for violations of the order and the
statute or permit in federal district court; and
2) tnat any such order shall also provide that,
irrespective of the penalty amounts so stipulated
or confessed in judgment, the government shall
reserve tne right to seek whatever penalty amount
.> * it. deems appropriate in an action to enforce the
terms of the order and will not be bound by the
amounts stipulated.
-------
- 2 -
By this approach, we remove any doubt of the enforceability
of the terms of the order by retaining the responsibility for
imposing civil penalties or other appropriate remedies with
the court as explicitly authorized in CWA Sections 309(b) and
(d). In doing so, we also act consistently with the letter of
28 U.S.C. §5516 and 519 and the spirit of the Memorandum of
Understanding between EPA and the Department of Justice that
the Department settles and compromises claims ot the United
States which EPA is to briny through litigation. Also, the
reservation clause ensures that if additional violations or
other pertinent facts come to light -after the AO on consent is
entered into, the government will not be limited to the penalties
contained in the AO.
If a Region chooses to employ the practice where the
requisite criteria can be net, .it shoula be done on a highly
selective basis and only when, in the opinion of the Regional
office, an administrative•order without these stipulated penalty
provisions will not result in final compliance as.quickly or
as well..
Since orders on consent with stipulated penalties are
inherently more complex than traditional administrative orders
and involve negotiations which may affect subsequent judicial
enforcement actions, the Office of Regional Counsel must be
involved from the outset, if their use is contemplated.
The above guidance may be short-lived, since the proposed
amendment to the Clean Water Act giving EPA administrative
penalty authority, if passed, will also probably give us 'stronger
authority to use stipulated penalties in consent AOs. Should
the administrative penalty authority amendment be enacted,
we will develop guidance on the use of such authority, with the
expectation that stipulated penalties in consent AOs meeting
certain procedural preconditions probably will be acceptable.
/
cc: Associate Enforcement Counsels
Regional Counsels
Bill Jordan .
Coke Cherney
David .Buente
OECM-Water Attorneys
-------
III. A. 3.
"Remittance of Fines and Civil Penalties" dated April 15, 1985. See GM-38.
-------
-------
III.A.4.
"Recommended Format for CWA Section 309 Administrative Orders", dated July
30, 1985 (Incorporated in III.A.5). -
-------
-------
III.A.5.
"REFERENCE DOCUMENT ON GUIDANCE AND PROCEDURES FOR ADMINISTRATIVE ORDERS
ISSUED UNDER SECTION 309 OF THE CLEAN WATER ACT" dated September 26, 1986,
Cover Memorandum, Table of Contents and Section I only.
-------
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WASHINGTON. O.C 20460
SEP *9 1886
WATM
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Reference Document on Guidance and Procedures for
Administrative Orders Issued under Section 309 of the
Clean Hater Act
FROM: Jamejr45^aerT*Di rector
e of Water Enforcement and Permits (EN-338)
TO i Water Management Division Directors
Regions I-X , . •
The attached Reference Document on Administrative Orders was
recently completed by the Enforcement Division, Office of Water
Enforcement and Permits, to address varied questions that may arise
on Administrative Orders (AOs) authorized under the Clean Water
Act. It is designed to provide, in one location, all pertinent
information on the preparation and implementation of AOs. The
attached Reference Document we believe, contains all pertinent
guidance and procedures needed for day to day operations and for
compliance activities relating to administrative orders.
This project continues our effort to produce manuals and
centralized reference material for all personnel involved in the
development and tracking of enforcement actions. It should be
noted that 'the contents such as the descriptions of procedures
relating to tracking and processing of AOs may change over the 'next
few years, and will therefore need to be updated. We will noti'fy
you as changes are made.
We would like to thank all those parties from the Regional
Offices and the Off ice of Enforcement and Compliance Monitoring for
their comments and the extensive reviews they provided. In addition
if you hav« questions or comments on the content, or if you believe
we have missed some information that would make this a more compre-
hensive document, please contact Bill Jordan, Director, Enforcement
Division (FTS/475-8304) or Virginia Lathrop, on his staff (EN-338),
(FTS/475-8299).
Attachment
cc: Glenn Unterburger, OECM
-------
-------
REFERENCE DOCUMENT
Guidance and Procedures for.
ADMINISTRATIVE*ORDERS
Issued under Section 301»
of the Clean Water Act
September 29, I9«fi
-------
PFFERENCE DOCUMENT - Guidance and Procedures for Administrative
Orders Issue* Under Section 3fl9 of the Clean Batter *ctt
I. Guidance
A. Recommended Format 'or Administrative Orders (AO/s) -
»*
-------
SECTION I
GUIDANCE
-------
•• 1
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WASHINGTON. O.C 204*9
JUL 301985
MEMORANDUM
* •
SUBJECTtx-tecommended Format for Clean water Act
• Section 309 Administrative Orders
FROM* Rebecca W. Hanmer, Director
Office of water Enforcement and Permits (EN-335)
TOi Water Management Division Directors
Regions 1 - X
One of the most frequently used Environmental Protection
Agency mechanisms in the formal enforcement process is the
Administrative Order (AO) issued under Section 309 of the Clean
Mater Act. It is our belief that AO'.s should be used in a
consistent and effective manner since they are a major part of
the enforcement scheme. For this reason, the Office of Water
Enforcement and Permits has undertaken an effort to assess AO
content and format during the past year. The outcome of that
assessment was the draft Recommended Format for Administrative
Orders .forwarded to you on May 9, 1985. We have received
comments and suggestions from several Regions which were utilised
in preparing the final documents. Attached you will find.the
final Recommended Format for Clean Water Act Section 309
Administrative Orders (Attachment 1).
The Recommended Format was developed with the cooperation
and assistance of the Office of Enforcement and Compliance
Monitoring* The purpose of the Recommended Format is to provide
a general guide) which delineates (1) the specific statutory
requirements (such as the requirements of Section 309(a)(4) on
opportunity for a recipient to confer with the Administrator
on violations based on failure to submit information); and
(2) options and suggestions on format for Administrative Orders
(such as the option of including violations in a separate
section after Findings of Fact). The Recommended Format*»as
utilised by the Regions* should result in more effective and
even-handed national enforcement through Administrative Orders.
I-A-1
-------
Zn addition to the Recommended Format, we arc forwarding the
Checklist on Administrative orders (Attachment 2). The Checklist
should-bo use* for reviewing EPA and State-issued AO's. There will
obviously bo some variation among States with regard to AO's)
however* the use-of a Checklist should assure that the state-issued
AO's are .complete and enforceable. •.
* • •
The new guidance replaces a document dated April 4oVL9?5
that was developed by the Office of Water enforcement- It should
bo noted that the statute was revised twice since 1973. in
particular, the new guidances discourages use of successive AO's
for the same violation} clarifies which legal authority (e.g..
Sections 308 and 309) EPA should cite as the basis for certain
requirements imposed through an AO} clarifies the scope of require-
ments which EPA may impose through AO's; identifies sanctions
available for AO violations; and sets out sample provisions
which AO's should include to clarify the legal effect of the
Order*
Zn the coming fiscal year, the Office of Water Enforcement
and Permits, with extensive coordination with the Office of
enforcement and Compliance Monitoring (OECtt), will develop further
information on the use of Section 309 Administrative Orders* Some
of those documents will covers use of AOs on consent (bilateral
and joint signature)! principles for negotiation of bilateral
orders especially for National Municipal Policy} use of multiple
AO's and alternatives to AO's for the same facility when an AO
is violated} and increased use o€ Section 309 to require information
{including use of show cause proceedings).
Zf you have any specific questions on the above, please
call me (FTS-475-8488) or Kill Jordan, Director, enforcement.
Division (PTS-475-8304). The staff contact is Virginia Lathrop
(FTS-473-8299).
Attachments
2-A-2
-------
ATTACHMENT 1
Racommandad Format for Clean Water Act Section 309
Administrativa Orders
Tha.following is the recommended format and content for an
Administrative Ordar (AO). Examples and suogested wording are
ineludad at various points in th« discussion and in .the sairola
AO (Attachment 1-0). Adherence to tha Recommended Format should
rasule in more effective*and avanhandad national enforcement
through Administrative Ordars.
Introduction
Tha following should ba followed for tha venue, title,
dockat idantifieation and praaabla paragraph. :
UNITED STATES
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
REGION _—-(
IN THE MATTER OF DOCKET NO. XI-S4-06
Wastavatar Traatmant Works 14
Sludaa Rivar Pollution Control District
Sludga Falls* Columbia
PROCEEDING UNDER SECTION ' .
309(a) of tha
Claan Watar Act, 33 U.S.C. FINDINGS OF VIOLATION
Saction 1319(a); in ra AND
NPDES PERMIT No.• ORDER FOR COMPLIANCE
•Tha following FINDINGS ara vada and ORDER issuad pursuant
to tha authority vastad in tha Administrator of tha Unitad States
Environmantal Protaction Agancy (EPA) undar Saetion 309 of the
Claan Watar Act, 33 U.S.C. f!319, (hereinafter tha Act) and by
hia dalagatad to the Regional Administrator of EPA, Region XI
(and radalegated by tha Regional Administrator of Region XI to
tha Director, Watar Management Division, Region XI)."
-------
Venue and Title
The Region identification is included to establish tht
specific venue of the issuing authority. The full address of
the Region is to be in the letterhead or under the Regional
Administrator's (or his designee's) signature to the Order and
on the blue back cover (which is optional). •. . -
Docket Number
To identify the proceeding, a docket number is reo*uired.
To avoid confusion* the NPDCS number should not be used as the
Docket Number. However* the NPDCS number, if any, should be
referred to under the proceedings identification in the title.
The docket number "XI-M-06" identifies the Order as being the
6th Order issued in 1984 in Region XX. An Administrative Order
docket should be kept separate from any other docket. However,
if a common docket is kept then a prefix should be added to the
docket number, e.g., "XI-AO-84-06".
Preamble Paragraph
The preamble paragraph is important not only to establish
the Administrator's authority to issue the order but also to
establish the delegation of authority to the Regional Administrator.
Zf the Regional Administrator has redelegated his authority to
the Director of the Regional Water Management Division, this
redelegation should also be stated here or in the preamble to
the Order portion of this document. Zt should be noted that
there is no authority to redelegate this authority to other CPA
Regional staff below the Division Director level. Zf the
redelegation is asserted hero, the paragraph should be amended
by addings
"... and redelegated by the Regional Administrator of
Region XI to the (undersigned) Director, Water Management Division,
Region XZ^.
The Administrative Order can be signed by a duly authorized
Acting- Regional Administrator or Director. However, the Agency
should-be prepared to show that the person signing as Acting
Regional Administrator or Director has the requisite authority
to sign the Order*
Z-A-4
-------
FINDINGS OF FACT
The Findings should adequately set forth the specific permit,
statutory (and regulatory)' requirements violated and the specific
nature and dates of the violations. Zn order to avoid difficulty
in determining from the face of the Findings whether- the order
was necessary and timely, and the remedy was appropriate, the
Findings and Order should be able to stand without reference to
—-—teous facts. The Findings should speak to all the pertinent
and law much as a complaint in a civil action doe's* .With
extraneous facts.
facts and law muc«§ «• • w>»^*«»»«» «•• <• «•**•« v*»h«w» «•«»»»»•. ••*&!
these observations in mind* the following recommendations are
made as to the specific facts to be alleged in the Findings.
Status of Violator
Findings of Fact should first identify fully the entity to
whom the order is to be issued and define its legal status
(i.e.* corporation* partnership* association* state* municipality*
commission or political subdivision of a state). Clearly
identifying the orderee limits the possibility of challenges to •<•
jurisdiction or venue and establishes a record upon which
subsequent enforcement actions may rely. The Findings should
next establish the orderee's status under the Clean Water Act*
(i.e.* permittee* industrial user* control authority* etc.) and*
in the ease of permittees, the permit number* date issued* and
current permit status. The Findings should name the receiving
stream into which the violator discharges and should establish
1 the violator discharges to "navigable waters* under Section
502(7) of the Act through a specific point source as defined in
Section 502. *
lasia of Violations
Section 309(a)(5)(A) requires that all orders *. . . should
state with reasonable specificity the nature of the violation
. . . ." It is imperative that the Findings contain the specific
permit provision or statutory or regulatory requirement which
has been violated and the authority by which it was imposed en ,
the orderee. Next* the evidence or basis for the specific
violation (such as DMR* inspection report* RMR) and dates of
violation should be set forth concisely. In cases of more than
one violation, identify what the documentation is for each and
give the specific dates of violation. (In instances where only .
approximate) datss are known or where there is a continuing
violation say "on or about" or "beginning on or about".1
Alternatively the violations may be set off in a separate section
entitled "Violations* which can follow the "Findings of Fact."
/
* An AO should not -set out a regulatory.requirement that was violated
without setting out the underlying statutory requirement. The
Section 309(a)(3) authorizes AO's for violations of permit and
statutory provisions.
I-A-5
-------
whera the violation is based on a failure to provide required
information, a finding can usually only state that the required
information was not received by the agency. In those eases, the
lack of receipt of the required information must sarva as -tfc*
basis of the violation. Section 308 violations have additional
requirements as-described below. . •'^
CWA Saetion 308 Violations ''.''••.
Administrative Ordars issuad for violations based on a
failura to submit information requested under Saetion 308 of tha
Act do not taka affaet until tha parson to whom it is issuad has
had an opportunity to eonfar with tha Administrator (or his or
har designee) concerning tha alleged violation. (Saa CWA
'Saetion 309(a)(4)). It-is assantial that such parson ba provided
with a reasonable opportunity to eonfar. Any ordar issuad for a
Saetion 30S violation either exclusively or in conjunction with
other violations should provide for a parted of time in which
tha ordaraa may eonfar with an authorized parson dasignated in *
tha Ordar. If an opportunity has baan provided prior to tha
issuanea of tha ordar, tha ordar should so stata and sat forth
tha documentation of tha opportunity to eonfar and tha outcome
of tha conference, if any.
Prior enforcement Contact*
Administrative Ordars frequently sat forth prior eontaets
with tha ordarea in an attempt to obtain compliance. Generally,
this is a good practice since it helps to build a record and may
provide additional support in any subsequent enforcement aetion.
This can ba dona by cataloguing tha meetings, letters, telephone
calls, etc., made in an attempt to secure, voluntary compliance
or by stating that rapaatad attempts ware made. Tha repeated
attempts may ba set out in an attached summary or log of meeting*,
notices, letters, and telephone calls and dates thereof, along
with dates of responses from the orderee, if any (sea Attachment
1-A).
Other Findings
'
In certain circumstances it may ba necessary or usaful to
include other findings which are supportive to tha specific
requirements of tha order (a.g., "the company's treatment works
are currently eapable of meeting the affluent limits contained
in its permit* or 'the POTW has adequate authority to .enforce
the categorical pretreatmant standards'). Whether or not to
include such statements must be determined on a ease by case
basis but, if included, should be incontrovertible facts.
I-A-6
-------
ORDER FOR COMPLIANCE
The format for the Order should be as follows!
• , order
"Based on the,foregoing FINDINGS and pursuant to the '
authority vested in the Administrator* Environmental-Protection
Agency* under Sections 308 and 309(a) of the Act* and» by him
delegated to the undersigned (or if the Regional Administrator
redelegates his authority to the Division Director* add* after
•of the Act* - "and by him delegated to the Regional Administrator
and redelegated to the undersigned"), it is hereby ordered:".
If the delegation statement is stated in the Preamble, this
statement may simply bet "Based on the foregoing Findings* and
pursuant to the authority of Sections 308 and 309(a) of the Act,
it is hereby orderedtB
Terms of the Order
Section 309(a)(l) and (a)(3) authorizes the Administrator to
issue an order requiring compliance with enumerated sections of
the Act or a condition* limitation or permit requirement implementing
the enumerated sections of the Act. Any requirement contained in
the order must be directly related to achieving that compliance
with those legal requirements. The terms of the order must set
forth what EPA specifically expects the Orderee to do in order to'
achieve and maintain compliance.
Section 309(a)(5)(A) sets forth the time periods by which
the orderee must comply. Zn cases of an interim compliance
schedule or an operation and maintenance requirement the time
for compliance may not exceed thirty days. Zn cases of compliance
•with a final deadline* the time for. compliance must be "reasonable"
as determined by the Administrator* taking into consideration
the seriousness of the violation and past efforts of the orderee.
Every order must contain a specific final date by which the orderee
must achieve compliance (i.e.* cease its violations)) consistent
with the statutory language.
Although some Orders have include** a prescribed method by
which an orderee is to achieve compliance* specific prescribed
steps or methodologies (such as a treatment technology) may be
difficult to enforce. Because Section 309 specifies in explicit
terms only that AO's require compliance by a date certain the more
closely a requirement in the AO is related to actually achieving
compliance* the sounder the legal position to include that require-
ment. Section 308 of the Act can provide substantial support in
this area by requiring reporting of the specific steps or methods.
I-A-7
-------
The Orders containing interim milestones leading to final
compliance should include reporting requirements under Section 308.
The order should specify the manner and timeframe for reporting
compliance with the terms of the order to the issuing authority.
The order should- contain requirements for reporting on the"
comoliance progress and submitting suitable documentation to
show the Orderee has taken action to meet the AO requirements.
The attached sample AO sets forth sample language on order..
requirements .(Attachment l-D), as well as a. sample blue'back
(Attachment 1-C) and cover letter (Attachment 1-1).
Additional Provisions
Zt has been the long term practice of many of the Regions
to include standard provisions regarding additional remedies*
nonwaiver of permit conditions, etc., in all administrative
orders or as part of the cover letter accompanying the AO. This
practice snould be used by all the Regions for every order issued.
Zn addition to prompting national consistency, it alerts the
violator to the array of sanctions which could be used should
additional enforcement be necessary and helps encourage compliance
with the Order as issued.
The following; are sample provisions which should be added to
Administrative Orders singly or in combination and may be modified
based on the particular facts of the case. They may also he '
included in the cover letter.
Non Waiver of Permit Conditions*
•This ORDER does not constitute a waiver or a modification
of the terms and conditions of the Orderee's permit which
remains in full force and effect. EPA reserves the right
to seek any and-all remedies available under Section 309(b)
(c) or (d) of the Act for any violation cited in this ORDER*.•
Potential Sanctions for Administrative Order Violations
(for Non-Municipals)s
•Failure* to comply with this ORDER or the Act nay result in
civil penalties of UP to $10,000 .per day of violation,
ineliqibllity for contracts, grants or loans (Clean Water
Act* Section SOS) and permit suspension**
General Disclaimers!
•Zssuanee of-an Administrative Order shall not be deemed an
election by EPA to forego any civil or crininal action
to seek penalties, fines, or.other appropriate relief under
the Act.*
Z-A-8
-------
•Compliance with eh* terns and conditions of this ORDER
shall not be construed to relieve the orderee of its
obligations to comply with any applicable federal, state
or local law.* •
Administrative Action Resulting in Xneligibility foe federal
'Contracts* Grants or Loans: • • '
•Violations of this order may result in initiation of Agency
action to prohibit the facility from obtaining Federal
contractSf grants, or loans pursuant to Clean Water Act,
Section 508, E.G. 11738, and 40 CFR Part 15."
Effective Date of the Order
When the Order does not address a violation of a requirement
to provide information under Section 308, the ORDER can merely-
recite thatt
•this ORDER shall become effective upon its receipt by (or
service upon) said COMPANY."
For Section 308 violations where an opportunity for conference
before the ORDER can become effective is reouired by section 309
and this was not done prior to the issuing of the ORDER, the
last paragraph should read:
"The COMPANY shall have the opportunity, for a period of
f ) days fron receipt of this ORDER, to confer with
the following designated Agency representatives Mr. N. Force,
Director, Water Management Division, Environmental Protection
Agency, Room 5013, Region XX, Old National Bank Buildino, 1414
fain Street, Brewsterville, Centralia, 11101, (555) 123-4567; ".
jnless the Agency official issuing the Order decides otherwise,
ihis ORDER shall become effective at the expiration of said
period for consultation) and, the COMPANY shall have
(_) days from and after said effective date to comply with the
terms of this ORDER. To constitute compliance, material required
to be submitted by the COMPANY to the Agency must be in the hands
of the designated Aoency representative, prior to the expiration of
said
Signing of the Order :
When the Order is dated and signed, the name of the signing
official (Regional Administrator, or Director, Water Management
Division) should be typed below the signature, together with
the address of the Regional office.
l-A-9
-------
Other Considtrations
The us* of legal blue-back it least on the primary copy of
the Findings and Order served, while not necessary, tends to
impress upon the person served of the legal seriousness of the
action being taken. Attachment 1-C provides a proposed format and
content of the legal blue back. When a Order fs issued to a
Corporation, a copy of the Order shall be served on appropriate
corporate officers* * ~ ~ .
As in court actions* the order should be retained and olaeed
in a permanent file with the Docket Clerk, along with the affidavit
or certification of service attached. If service is made by
certified mail restricted delivery, a carbon copy of the letter
of transmittal, together with the Post Office mailing receipt
and the return receipt, when returned, should be stapled to the
front of the original Order, just as a return of personal service
would be. , • .
rollow-uo and file Closing
As good housekeeping practice, and more importantly, from
the standpoint of possible reference for or evidence in future
administrative or court actions, it is important that every file
contain, at the minimum, a closing memo to the files delineating
the final disposition of the matter. (The AO will only be closed
out when the facility has returned to compliance or when aporopria
EPA action is taken, i.e., escalating the enforcement response.)
when a file is closed out* a brief letter should be sent to
the orderee with a carbon copy to Headquarters advising that the
action has been completed. Attachment 1-C is an example of what
a close out letter might look like. '
I-A-10
-------
ATTACHMENT I -A
Prior Contacts with
D«spit« repeated writttn «nd telephone eeeiuest» -« »
set out in th. log attach* as Exhibit S3 5id!VSI* f!flly
by r.f.r.nc., th. COMPANY, in violation"of s.ctifl ?oS C5 h'reof
Act, has net suppli.d th. r.qu.st.d info^at tht
LOG SAMPLE
12/04/83
12/07/M 308 Utt.r ..nt to
n/io/,4
lBSp.ettOB
os/os/84
I-A-U
-------
ATTACHMENT l-£
21. 1915
CERTZPXCO HAIL -
RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED
M». Alice Smith* Oirtetor
Sludge River Pollution Control
District
13 Plain Street
Sludge Palls , Columbia 1234S
RCs NPOES Permit No. CL0003456
Dear Mi. Smith: v
Enclosed is an Administrative Order issued to the Sludge River
Pollution Control District (SRPCD), by the Regional Administrator
of the Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA"), Region XI, under
Sections 308 and 309 of the Clean Water Act (the "Act"). The
Regional Administrator has found that the SRPCD has violated
Section 301 of the Act by failing to comply with certain
reouirements of its National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System pemit. Specifically, during 1984 SRPCD consistently
violated its effluent limitations on ammonia and phosphorus and
intermittently violated effluent limitations for biochemical
oxyqen demand and total susoended solids.
The Order* which is effective upon receipt, seeks to remedy the
violations by requiring SRPCD to submit a plan for meeting its
effluent limitations and requiring SRPCD to then implement the
plan and comply with its effluent. limitations.
This Order does not modify your current NPDES permit; nor
compliance with the Order excuse any violation of the permit.
Failure to comply with the enclosed Order may subject the District
to further enforcement action. EPA may initiate a civil action
in federal district court for violations of an Order seeking
injunctive relief and civil penalties.
•
If you have* any questions concerning this natter, please contact
Mr. Jones* an engineer in the Permit Compliance Section, at
222-3922.
Sincerely yours*
Prudence Purewater
Regional Administrator
Enclosure .
cc:. State Division of Water Pollution Control
State Department of the Attorney General
-------
ATTACHMENT l-C
UNITED STATES
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION ACFNCY
REGION _
IN THE MATTER OP
SLUDGE RIVER POLLUTION CONTROL
DISTRICT
SLUDGE FALLS, COLUMBIA
PERMITTEE0
NPDES PERMIT NO. CL00034S6*
PROCEEDINGS UNDER THE CLEAN
WATER ACT
AS AMENDED (33 U.S.C.
1319(a)(3))*«
FINDINGS OF VIOLATION
AND
ORDER OF COMPLIANCE
Issued by:
Prudence Purewater
Regional Adninistrator
Environmental Protection Aoericy
Region XX
Federal Building
Hokum, Centralia 12345
•* Where Permit has been issued.
•• May also have proceeding under
33 USC 1318.
I-A-13
-------
ATTACHMENT l-o
\
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
REGION XI
IN THE MATTER OF ) DOCKET Number AO-aS-13
Sludge River Pollution . ) FINDINGS OF VIOLATION
Concrol District )
Wastewater Treatment works M ) AND: :
' )
NPOES Permit No CL003456 )
) ORDER FOR COMPLIANCE
Proceedings under Section )
• 309(a) of eh* Clean Water Act, )
33 U.S.C. S1319(a) )
STATUTORY AUTHORITY
The following PINDIMGS arc mad* and ORDER issued pursuant to th«
authority vested in the Administrator of the Environmental Protec-
tion Aoeney CEPA*) by Section 309 of the Clean Water Act/ 33
i
U.S.C. 51319* (the Act)* and by the Administrator delegated to
the Regional Administrator of EPA* Region XI.
FINDINGS
1. The Sludoe River Pollution Control District (the •District")
is a political subdivision of the state organized under the
laws of the State of Columbia and as such is a "person"
under Section 502 of the Act* 33 U.S.C. $1362.
2. The Sludge Kiver Pollution Control District is the owner
and operator of a wastewater treatment facility which provides
advanced treatment to wastewater from the Towns of Locus and
*
Sludge Palls. The facility discharges pollutants into the
Sludge River* a navigable water of the United States as defined
by Section S02 of the Act* 33 U.S.C. 51362.
-------
The discharge of pollutants by any person into the waters of
the United States, exee'pt as authorized by an NPDES permit,
is unlawful under Section 301(a) of the Clean Water Act.
• >
On January 22, 1981,,the District was issued National-
Pollutant Discharge elimination System (NPDES) Permit Number
C100034S6 (the -permit") by the Regional Administrator of
EPA pursuant to the authority given the Administrator of EPA
by Section 402 of the Clean Water Act, which authority has
.been delegated by the Administrator to the Regional
Administrator. The Permit became effective on February 22,
mi, and will expire on February 22, 198*.
The permit authorizes the discharge of pollutants into the
Sludge River, in accordance with effluent limitations and
other conditions contained in the Permit. The limitations
contained in Special Condition Al of the Permit recuire the
plant to achieve monthly average limits of 7 mg/1 for BOD
and TS5, 1 mg/1 for total phosphorus (Total P) and 1 ng/1 *
for ammonia nitrogen (NH3-N).
Attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference is a
summary of effluent .data submitted by the District to EPA
for the> period from December, 1983 to November, 1984. The
data shows that!
a.) the District violated the monthly average limits for
• * • f * ,
TSS during two of the twelve months and violated the
maximum daily limits for BOD nine times and TSS
twelve times over periods of three months and five
months, respectively;
-------
b.J The District violated the limits on daily maximum
concentrations thirty times Cor NHj-N and twenty
tines for Total P over a six month oeriod* •
e.) The District violated average monthly Concentration.
*
limits for NH3-N and Total P each month ov«r a
period of four months and six months, respectively.
7. EPA personnel performed a diagnostic audit inspection at
the facility during 1984. The purpose of the inspection
was to determine the cause of non-compliance with the
effluent limitations for NH3-M and Total P. The inspection
report was completed on December 8, 1984 and i* attached
hereto and incorporated herein by reference as a part of
these Findings*
8. Based on the inspection report* the facility is currently
capable of meeting the concentration 1inits for NH3-N end
Total P if properly operated in accordance with Condition 02
of the permit which requires maximizing the removal of
those pollutants*
9. Based on the above, X find that the District is in violation
of Section 301 of the Act* 33 U.S.C. 51311, and permit
conditions implementing that section contained in a pernit
issued under Section 402 of the Act* 33 O.S.C. 51342.
I-A-16
-------
ORDER
Based on the foregoing FINDINGS and pursuant to the Authority
of Sections 308 and 309 of the Act, IT IS HEREBY ORDERED:
. - . •
1. Within sixty days of receiving this ORDER* the District
shall submit to EPA a plan for achieving conolia-nce
with the effluent limitations on NH3-N, Total P, BOO,
and TSS. The plan shall address the operational
problems cited in EPA*s December 8, 1984, diagnostic
audit inspection report and identify any changes in
plant operation, funding, and staffing necessary to
meet the permit conditions.
2. The District shall immediately comply with all effluent
limitations contained in Special Condition Al of the
Permit for BOD and TSS.
3. The District shall immediately achieve and comply with
the interim effluent limitations specified in Attachnenc
A for NH3-N and Total P as an .intermediate step toward
achieving final compliance* These interim effluent
limitations shall terminate on May 1, 1985. Durinei the
time period that the interim effluent limitations are '
in effect, all requirements and conditions of the
Permit remain fully effective and enforceable.
4. By May 1, 1984, the District shall have implemented
any operational changes necessary to meet the permit
effluent limitations for NH3-N and Total P. The District
shall comply with all effluent limitations contained in
the Permit by May 1, 1985.
/
I-A-17
-------
S. Where this ORDER rtauirts a specific action to be per-
formed within a certain tin* frame, the District shall
submit a written noties of compliance or non-compliance
with each deadline. Notification shall 6*; mailed within
seven days after each required action. •• '
•
6. It non-compliance is reported* notification shall
include the following information!
a) A description of the nature and dates of violations;
b) A description of any actions taken or proposed
by the District to comply with the requirements;
c) A description of any factors which tend to
explain or mitigate the non-compliance-*
d) The date by which the District will perforn the
required action*
All reports shall be in writing and addressed as follows:
Director
Water Management Division
0.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Federal Building - Room 13
*
Hokum, Centralia 12345
I-A-18
-------
owe, ,0., not con.titut. . ..lv.r „ .
of tt. t.r»..nd condition, of th. Ol«rt..,. p.ralt
•hie* r.«in. in full f8rc. .„„
rt,ht to ...k .„, .nd
S.ction.
oe the Act for any violation
cited in this ORDER. . *°l«tion
8. Issuance of an Administrative Order shall
«n election bv
to ...» p.n.ltt... tt ..... r eth.r .ppreprat.
und«r th« Act.
>• This order shall become .ff.etlv. upon ^ ^
receipt by the District.
Dated this .
day of
Signed: __M^—-»—___-_—.
'rudence Purewaeer
«_—j — • - -
-----.... ru«vw«^«p
Regional Administrator
2*!* EfA» R«9*°n XI
Federal Building
Hokum, Centralia 12345
I-A-19
-------
Mr. Adam, *euch..nt 1
R*
Burning River, Centralia 12345
?SiJi*JratfV0 Ord«r «XX-AO-8S-0«
(NPDES P«r»it NO. 1111H2)
Mr. Adams *
Sinecrtly,
Director
waetr NaR«g0n«nt Division
eei Compliance Information and Support Branch
OWE? (EN-338)
I-A - 20
-------
ATTACHMENT 2
SAMPLE EVALUATION CHECKLIST FOR EPA's
CWA SECTION 309 ADMINISTRATIVE ORDERS or STATE EQUIVALENT
The purpose of this checklist is to serve as a guide for eevitv of
State AO's or EPA's AO's.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
•7.
8.
Region:
State:
Date Issued s
[ J Major
[ ] Municipal
Does the administrative
( ] Minor
r I Non-Municipal
Yes Mo
order contain a title? ( ] ( j
Does the order establish the venue of the
issuing authority? (i.e., identification of
EPA Region). 1 J f J
Does the order provide
issuing authority?
the address of the
f I t I
9. Does the order contain a standard docket
number? (i.e., X-AO-84-Oli X«R«gion; AO»AOr
84-Year; 01«Serial Nuieber). (I t !
10. Does the order state the appropriate statutory
authority for issuing the order? (i.e.* CWA
Section 309(a) and where reports or information
are required* Section 308>. . (I f I
'11. Does the order contain a suitable statement of
delegation? (i.e.. Delegation should correspond
to' signatory of order). [ 1 f I
12. Does the) order identify the legal status of
the violating party? (i.e., legal status as a
corporation, municipality, etc.). I I I '
These ouestions are of particular interest for EPA issued
Administrative orders. •
I-A-21
-------
Mo
13. Does the order describe the legal authority/
instrument which is the subject of the violation?
(e.g., statutory provision* regulatory provision* ..
if applicable, statutory authority for permit
issuance, name of permittee, permit number, date
permit issued, permit modification or extension,
date previous administrative order issued, etc.). { ] [ j
Examples '
( ] Statute ,' • -
[ ) NPDCS Permit
14. Does the order contain a specific finding that
the discharger is in violation of a specific
statutory or permit requirement? [ ] ( ]
15. Does the order describe or reproduce the
specific terms of the legal authority/
instrument which are the subject of the
violation? (e.g., effluent limitations,
compliance schedules, etc.). (1(1
16. Does the order state, with reasonable
specificity, the nature of the violation?
(e.g., type of violation, date, evidence,
•tc.). I 1 I 1
examples
[ ) Reporting or monitoring violation
( ] Effluent limitation violation
(. ] Violation of special permit condition
C ) Pretreatmene violation
I ) Cnpennitted or unauthorized discharge
( ] Failure to meet OAH/conscruetion schedule
[ ] Violation of a Section 308 letter
t I Improper 0*M
I J Other .
. X-A-2Z
/ • NT ' '
' * » r. .
-------
Yes
17. Does the order specify the duration of violation-,
if known? ' '• I J
Estimated violation
•18. Does the order document prior requests to the
violating party for compliance with the legal
authority/instrument? (e.g./ telephone calls*
letters* meeting, etc.).
•19. Where the order is issued for a CHA Section
308 violation does the order provide the
violating party with an ooportunity for prior
consultation? [ ] [. j
20. Does'the order establish interim effluent
limitations? , lit)
21. Does the order *et out clearly any specific
steps which EPA/State wants the violating party
to take to achieve compliance? ( J f ]
Examples
[ J Submission of monitoring reports '.
[ ) Compliance with existing effluent limitations
I J Submission of pretreatment program
[ ] Submission of correction/compliance elan or study evaluating
compliance options
I ] Compliance with existing O&M/construction schedule
[ ] Compliance with interim effluent limitation
/ •
[ ) Compliance with categorical or general pretreatnent standards
r J Other
22. Are the number of days reasonable for the
type of relief sought? . PI (1
l-A-03
-------
No
23. Does the order contain a specific requirement .
and data for final compliance? *•••*[• j j j
* "
24. Does the order specify a eanner and tin* frame
for reporting compliance with the terns of the
order to the issuing authority? • f j j j
25. Does the order specify the effective date of
the order? (e.g., Dace of receipt* date of
consultation* etc.). f J ( j
26. What is the elapsed time between the dates of
violation and the date of issuance of the
order? Zs the elapsed time reasonable?
Number of days
•27. .Who is the signatory of the order? '(Choose
two or less).
[ J Regional Administrator
[ ] Regional Counsel
[ J Water Division Director
I J state Water Pollution Control Officer
[ J Other .
'.'10
-------
Attachment 3
Recommended Format - CWA - Administrative Orders
Summary of Changes from the
April 18, 1975 Guidelines on
Administrative Order Format
General Approach
The April 18, 1975 guidance entitled 'Guidelines for issuing
Administrative Compliance Orders Pursuant to Section 309(a)(3) and
(a)(4) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Ace, as Amended," has
been clarified and been brought uo to date with the new July 1985
•Recommended Format for Clean Water Act Section 309 Administrative
Orders. * .
Some examples of the modifications and additions are:
• The new guidance makes it clear that citations of the regulatory
basis of violations must also include the underlying statutory-
basis of the regulation..
• The new guidance makes it clear that the basis of the violation
may be set off in a separate section of the order if the Region
so chooses.
• The Section on Terms of the Order has been expanded to explain
in greater detail the need for a final date for tine periods for
coning into compliance. This section also deals with prescribed
methods which may be imposed on Orderees through AO's (i.e., the
closer the reouirement to achieving compliance, the sounder the
leaal position to include the requirement in an AO).
' The discussion on using successive AO's has been eliminated since
the current view, successive AO's for the same noncompliance
problems should normally be avoided and the case should be
escalated to the referral process.
• The discussion on personal service of AO's has been eliminated
since this is extremely resource intensive and the accepted
method of service is now by Certified Mail-Restricted Delivery
with a return receipt. •
• New attachments have been included such as the sample AO. Other
attachments were updated. . ,
• We have added a section on Additional Provisions, such as a
commonly used statement that further violations of the require-
ments of the AO .and the permit may result in civil action
including a penalty of up to $10,000 per day, ineligibility for
Federal contracts, grants and loans and suspension of the permit*
• The Order portion .of the Guidance and the Sample AO indicate
.that Orders which include milestones should include reporting
requirements under Section 308 of the Act.
-------
I. B. GUIDANCE ON SELECTED TOPICS RELATED TO
LIMITATIONS AND USE OP ADMINISTRATIVE ORDERS
UNDER SECTION 309 of th« CLEAN MATER ACT
-------
"raft Guidance on Selected Tonics Belated to Limitations and rise
of Administrative Orders Under'Section 309 and Information"
Recuirements under Section 3Q« of the Clean Mater *et
I. Administrative Orders on Consent
Introduction
In recent months a few Reoional Offices of RPA have discussed
the possibility of issuinn Administrative Orders on Consent (AOP):
that is, an Administrative Order issued under Section 309 of the
''lean water Act, which is fen sinned not onlv by the P-eoional
Administrator (or his desionee) but also by the responsible party
for the orderee who acknowi.edoes -Jurisdiction, truthfulness of
the findings and appropriateness of the relief. The Purpose of
the AOC would tvnicallv he the same and contain the same provi-
sions as anv unilaterally issued Administrative Order dealino
with violations of a pen*it or statutory remrirements. The Admin-
istrative Order would be the product resultino from neootiations
with the Orderee and would contain findinos of fact, and a directive
to achieve compliance with the permit and the Act bv date certain.
The AOC may contain a specified time table for compliance and
conserruenees of noncomni. iance: the AO would set fort" fully the
violation and the requirements for the orderees to meet. The
AOC should specify a final compliance date, which may not exceed
a time limit that the Administrator determines to be reasonable for
for anv final deadline. It is anainst Aoencv policy for the A.or
to waive PPA's authority to pursue other enforcement alternatives
either for the violations servino as the basis of the order, or
for future violations.
Advantages of AOC
The AOr can provide an additional approach to brino a violator
into compliance in the followino wavs:
1. The AOf* creates a record of the orderee's aoreement to
milestones and an enforceable schedule of compliance.
2. The AOC has educational value. Tf there are negotiations
to develop the A<">C, hot* EPA and the orderee mav benefit
from the exchanne of. information. Such information
mav be beneficial to ?PA if a subseouent enforcement
action is remiired.
3. There.mav he osvcholonical advantage to havino the
orderee commit to compliance schedule milestones and a
final compliance date (as lono as the approach is not
coercive to the dearee that the orderee is oblioed to
do more than renuired by law).
I-p-1
-------
4. If the AOC has to he enforced throunh -judicial action, it '
miaht he used as an admission HV the ^e'endant of those
violations covered in the findinas.
•«
Limitations o* an AOC
^ .*
Because an AOT minht under some circumstances reouirre *
additional time for neootiations, the AOC may not he annronriate
for manv cases where prompt response is reouired such as when
violations would cause environmental harm or endanaerment o*
health. However, where EPA is seekinn commitment to a lono-term
and more complicated compliance schedule, an AOC miaht have more
value, and FPA miaht pursue * separate AOC 'or that Purpose.
.The AOC should not result in unwarranted delav of action HV
EPA. P»S recuires that noncomnliance situations be.responded to
with prompt enforcement action. T* the situation is appropriate:
for an AOC, developina the terms of an AOC should he prompt to
ensure that noncompliance i* not delaved hv the process, ^inallv,
in the case of a violation of an AOC, as with a unilateral AO,
the presumption is that EPA will first consider pursuino a ludicial
enforcement response.
I-B-2
-------
Specific Oses of AOC
Some typical, though hypothetical, situations, where ah AOC
might be useful are the followings .
Municipals
AOC could be useful for minor municipals* All minors
and majors must be on enforceable schedules* Where States
do not do this, EPA must. Because of the psychological
value of the AOC, it may be useful to -get commitments for
municipal construction based on an acceptable compliance
schedule. However, as in AO's* decisions on the exact
techniques, construction etc.* to come .into compliance are
in the end left to the orderee and not specified by EPA.
Industrials .
The AOC could supplement general permits to set out an
additional compliance requirement as in a study/ or monitoring
scheme to investigate appropriateness of additional limits*
or to examine an environmental issue* where there have been
violations or where other action is needed to bring an
Orderee into compliance* These AOC should cite CWA $308
(instead of or) in addition to CWA $309, since the orders
require monitoring or data gathering rather than actions
intended to produce compliance with* e.g.* effluent limits.
The AOC can be used to get an agreement on a compliance
schedule (but not to modify a compliance schedule in a
permit).
Legal Issues . .
The AOC does typically contain an agreement on the findings
and a commitment to compliance* as indicated by the orderee's
signature on the order*
The AOC should be prepared and negotiated with the
participation of the Office of Regional Counsel to ensure approp-
riate language and that any litigation considerations that may
subsequently arise are anticipated and dealt with.
OWEP and OECN will periodically provide updates of guidance
on AOC. The AOC should' be used to impose as strict a compliance
deadline as possible and not to provide for a permissive deadline
or requirement.
In level of response and escalation of enforcement response*.
art AOC is equivalent to an AO. For violation of an AO or an AOC*
escalation to a referral presumably would be the'first response
considered.
t-B-3
-------
II. Restricted Ose of Administrative Orders for Unauthorized and
unoeemitted Discharges
Summary •
EPA. may not rely on AOs as surrogate permits to address other- -
wise unpermitted discharges. For AO's which are issued addressing
unauthorized, unpermitted discharges, the following criteria
should be met* , . . • • .
- EPA should first consider whether to require immediate cessation
of discharge.
- The AO should contain a date certain by which the discharger
must apply or reapply for a permit. (No more than 60 days to
apply is typically needed.) Interim limits should be set in
the AO only for the briefest time possible leading up to final
compliance and would probably be most defensible* for example*
where health issues such as proper disposal of sewage require
some discharge.
- The AO should have a reasonable final date for attaining
compliance with final permit limits.
Discussion
The Environmental Protection Agency in the past has issued
letters and Administrative Orders (AOs) to dischargers without a
current NPDES Permit (especially in the case of minor dischargers
or applicants for a general permit). These letters or AO's
provided terms* conditions* and interim limits for the discharge.
However in Nunan Kitlutsisti vs. Areo Alaska Inc. (an unreported
case which was before the federal district court in Alaska) this
practice was challenged by Kitlutsisti. The Court* did not rule
on the issue but the case narrative does show disapproval of '
such enforcement letters and AO's as an apparent substitute for
permit issuance. An earlier EPA Guidance* has stated that in
general a discharger who has filed a permit application should
receive a decision on their permit before an AO is issued (except
for exceptional situations such as a toxic discharge).
The issuance of an Administrative Order instead of following
the permit issuance process means that EPA does not afford.the
public hearing and other procedural requirements normally associated
with permit issuance such as opportunity for public comment*
adversarial input and the creation of an administrative record.
The Administrative Procedures Act (APA) requires that EPA act
upon permit applications within a reasonable time* not delaying
•Memorandum to Enforcement Divisions from Assistant Administrator
for Enforcement* March 20, 1974. ^
I-B-4 - .
-------
the process with issuance of an AO or letter. The Court in the
above ease had the follow!no objection to the "creative administra-
tive techniques".
"Moncomnliance wit* the statute has meant that third parties,
the companies... have h»en needlessly sublected to citizen suits
which tbev are powerless to avoid. It has also denied other
users of Norton Sound's water resources their statutoevsr-ioht to
comment on and object to those oronosed discharoes." ''• •
Administrative Orders cannot be used as a discharcre-authori?inn
mechanism to fill the nap between the time of AO issuance and
some indeterminate future date when an individual nermit or
neneral permit might he issued. EPA mav not relv on an AO to act
in Place of an NPOFS nermit. ,
finder certain circumstances it mav he necessary to issue an
AO even thouoh a strict readino of the Act mioht reouire a ceasina
of the discharae and no resumption of the discharae until a
permit is in place, niseretion should he used in estahiishino
interim limits throuoh an AO as lonn as the AO is not issued as a
convenient method for CPA to deal with an NPDRS permit hackIon,
and there is a clear justification for allowino the diseharoe to
continue until the oermit is issued. When used, compliance
schedule deadlines and interim limits must be reasonably
strinoent. The AO should also state that the EPA mav initiate a
civil or criminal enforcement action-seekino penalties and other
appropriate relief, if the discharge does not cease or a oermit is
not obtained within the reouired time.
It is worth notino that there has been a chance from the
early stanes of implementation of the Act* In neneral when
nuidance was written in 1973, circumstances were different.
Manv AO's addressed problems such as discharae without a permit.
When, in these cases, a facility could not he shut down for '
health reasons, interim limits were a way of dealina with the
discharaer. Since the NPDES nronram has been in existence now
for thirteen years, these situations are less commonIv encountered.
°ut in. certain cases AO's with interim limits are used to address
rtischaroes without a permit denenrtino on health issues, type of
Facility, how much construction is needed, environmental effects
of shut down, and the *inal compliance schedule.
It is also worthwhile notinn that where a diseharoer is
recuired to apply for a permit, the application should be sent in •
within 60 days. - :
I-B-5
-------
* Proader Oaaoe of Section 30ft in the Administrative Order
Authority to Impose gcnnrtinn ^emiirement8 in AOs
AOs should cite Section 308 wh«n inmost no renortina
ment9, ineludino those associated with sneeific steps. *nd 'milestone!*
in a compliance schedule. The stronoer leoal authority-for
imnosino these reportino requirements actually is Section SOP o'
the riean Water Act, rather than Section 309. The Order should
specify the manner and timeframe for renortinn on compliance to
the issuina authority. The most common format is to cite Section
30ft and Section 309 as a basis in the introductory nararrranh nf
the Order portion of t*e AO. (See "Recommended Format 'or Admin-
istrative Orders Under Section 309 of the riean Water Act", panes
5 and 6).
Section 30* and "Shew Pause "earinos*
i
In the past* $30* of the Act has been cited to reouire members
o' the reoulated community to attend "show cause hearinns" or
"show cause meetinos" to explain records or provide direct testimony
hy personal examination why U.S. EPA should not take enforcement
action for aliened violations of the Act. Notice to the violator
to attend such a meetinn was provided by a document constructed
similar to $309 AOs. The term "show cause" does not appear in
the Act and therefore while formal meetinos with the violator are
important, a violator's attendance strictly speakina is voluntary
at.all times. Under Section 30ft (or Section 309), there is no
authority to remitre the physical presence o* a specific person
or representative at a specific place and time. EPA can reouire
documents, data and materials etc. to be provided to EPA under
Section 308, however. Implied $ 309 sanctions solely 'or
failure to attend a meetino should not be made.
The Aoeney is on strongest leoal footino when it characterizes
these,"hearinos" as an opportunity for the alleoed violator to
nrovide oral explanation o* information relevant to a potential
enforcement matter* ,
r?ae o* Section 3Qg in Pretreatment Enforcement anainst Industrial
Users
In pursuinn an enforcement action (particularly a 1u*ictal
enforcement action) aoainst an industrial user for violations of
Pretreatment standards, ppA typically should use a Section 30R
letter to obtain sufficient process description, wastewater
monitorino results, and wastewater treatment information to
establish a clear pattern of violations by the industrial user.
-------
More active us* of section 308 letters is particularly imoortant
'or nretreatment eases because* unlike direct NPDES discharners,
EPA does not have a set of D»Rs which can easily establish a
clear track record of violatino conduct. Where EPA can only
introduce into evidence one or more isolated sampling renprts,
the oovwmment's case is much more vulnerable to 'actual cballenne*
which a defendant miaht raise (e.o., the oossihilitv of inaccurate
sampling* unset* or isolated noncomnliance). As a result, EPA
should evaluate the need for obtaining additional waste>rater
monitorino data from an industrial user throunh a Section 30P
letter before referring a nretreatment enforcement case to
Department of Justice.
I-B-7
-------
Z.C. LISTING OF OTHER EXISTING GUIDANCE
ON ADMINISTRATIVE ORDERS
-------
LIST OF OTHER GUIDANCE ON ADMINISTRATIVE ORDERS
The following documents and memoranda, among others* may be
of interest to the reader, althouoh they do not appear in full
text within this reference document. They may also be of ge
interest and of historical value. Copies may be obtained by
callino Enforcement Division, OWEP, (EN-338), EPA, Washington, D.C
(FTS/202/475-8310)
• Memo* "Compliance Monitoring* Administrative Orders* and
Court Actions under Section 309 of the Federal Hater
Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972*" March 20* 1974
• Memo* "Guidelines for Issuing of Administrative Order
Pursuant to Title III, Section-309(a)(3) and (a)(4) of
the Federal Water Pollution Control Act* as Amended [33
U.S.C. 1319UK3) and (a)(4)J*" April 18* 1975
• Memo, "Final Policy on Section 309(a)(5)(A) and (B) of the
FWCPA, as Amended: Extension of the July 1* 1977* Deadline
for Industrial Dischargers*" March 30, 1978
• Report* "National Municipal Policy and Strategy? for
Construction Grants* NPDES Permits* and Enforcement Under
the Clean Water Act," October* 1979 •
o Memo* "Example Non-Judicial Enforcement Documents for
Obtaining Compliance with National Municipal Policy*1*
Auoust 20, 1984.
I-C-1
-------
-------
III.A.6,
"Relationship of Section 309(a) Compliance Orders to Section 309(g)
Administrative Penalty Procedures", distributed August 28, 1987. This
document is reproduced at III.B.3, of this compendium.
-------
-------
XXX.
B. ADMINISTRATIVE PENALTY ORDERS
-------
-------
III.B.I.
"Guidance on Class I Clean Water Act Administrative Penalty Procedures",
dated July 27, 1987 and noted at 52 FR 30730 (August 17, 1987).
-------
-------
\ UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
' WASMIN6TON. O.C. 204«0
01. 27B87 -
MEMORANDUM '
SUBJECT: Guidance on Class I Clean Water Act Administrative
Penalty Procedures
PROM: Thomas L. Adams, Jr.
Assistant Administrator for Enforcement
and Compliance Monitoring
Lawrence J. Jensen
Assistant Administrator for Water
TO: Regional Administrators, Regions I-X
EPA will use the procedures set forth in the guidance which
follows to issue Class Z administrative penalty orders under
Section 309(g) of the Clean Water Act (CWA). This guidance is
set forth in the form of regulatory amendments with the expecta-
tion that EPA will later notice them for proposed rulemaking.
Add Part 126 as follows:
Subpart A - Procedures for EPA Assessment of Class Z
Administrative Penalties under Section
309(q) of the Clean Water Act _ •
Sec.
126.101 Purpose)
126.102 Initiation of Action, Public Notice and
Opportunity to Comment
126.103 Presiding Officer
126.104 Opportunity for Hearing
126.105 Administrative Record
126.106 Counsel
126.107 Location of Hearings
-------
-. 2 -
126.108 Hearing Procedures •
126.109 Record of Rearing
I26.:i2 Peco.T-e-.'i«'i Secisisr. of Presiiir.
:26.:il ?:««! Crier -si t*e Airir.istratar
126.112 Petitions to Set Aside an Or-Jer
126.114 Payment of Penalties Assessed
5126.101 Purpose
This s-5?art sets 'forth procedures for initiation and
adr.ir.istrj-icn -f Class I ainnistrati-.-e penalty orders under
Sector. 3:3.'c.) of tr.e Clean Water Act (CWA), 33 U.S.C. 1319(g).
S126.1C2 Initiatitr-. of Action, PuSIie Notice and Opportunity
to Ccffffer.;
(a) If the Administrator finds that respondent has violate •,
Section 301, 302, 3C6, 30". 308, 318 or 405 of the Clean Water
Act, or has violates a»w perr:t condition cr limitation irpl-r-p-.t-
:ri<; any cf s~ch sections in a peraut issued under Section 402 of
the Clean Water Act by the Administrator or ay a State, or in a
permit issued under Section 404 by a State, the Administrator
r.ay ;ssue a proposed administrative penalty order assessing
respondent a civil penalty in accordance with these procedures.
The proposed order shall specify the amount of the penalty which
the Administrator proposes to assess and shall state with reasonable
specificity the nature of the violation. Pursuant to Section
309(a), the Administrator may at the sane time, or at a different
time* and at his option, separately issue an administrative order
(1) which shall require the recipient to comply with CWA, require-
ments, (2) which shall not be a proposed order subject to t.-.ese
procedures and (3) which shall be immediately effective. Nothing
in this Pact •havll stay the effectiveness of administrative orders
issued by til* Administrator pursuant to Section 309(a) of 'the CWA.
(b) The Administrator shall give public notice of the pro-
posed administrative penalty order, and an opportunity to consent
on the proposed order, in the form and manner set forth aelow.
(1) Such public notice shall allow 30 days for p. =1:7
cr-went prior to issuance cf a final order.
(2) The Administrator shall 'give public notice =/
Bailing a copy of the proposed administrative penalty order r-:
-------
- ; " - 3 -
(A) the respondent;
(B) any person who requests notice; and""
(C) the nost appropriate State aoency having
autnsrity under State law with respect to the matters which ace
the subject of the proposed order. The Administrator shall also
have consulted with the applicable State authority ia conforrance
with Section 309(g),' 1) (A) before or at the time public notice is
civen of the proposed administrative penalty order.
(D) the Administrator may also* at his sole option,
provide additional notice to persons on a mailing list which
includes names and addresses developed from some or all of the
following sources: tnose who request in writing to be on the
list* soliciting persons for "area lists' from participants in
past similar proceedincs in that area* including evidentiary
hearings or other actions related to NPDES permit issuance, and
notifying the public of -the opportunity to be put on the mailing
list through periodic publication in the public press and in
such publications as Regional and State-funded newsletters*
environmental, bulletirs. or State law journals. The Administrator
ray update the mailing list from time to time by requesting
written indication of continued interest from those listed. The
Administrator may delete from the list the name of any person who
fails to respond to such a request. The Administrator may, at
his sole'option, publish notice of the prcrtsed administrative
penalty order in a newspaper of general circulation in the area
in which respondent resides or is domiciled or conducts the
activity which the proposed penalty addresses. In any event, the
Adriniserator shall take such steps as are necessary to fulfill
the public notice requirements of Section 309(g)(4). These
notice provisions do not apply to separate administrative orders
issued under Section 309(a)* which are immediately effective
except for orders issued for violations of Section 308* which
orders shall take effect after the person to whom they are issued
has had an opportunity to confer with the Administrator.
(3) All public notices issued under $$126.102(b)(2)(AJ-
(C), and (D) when applicable, shall be sent by first class mail.
All public notices issued under this subpart shall contain the
following minimum information:
(A) Name and address of the EPA office proposing
to assess the administrative penalty for which notice is ceing
c,iven; . .
»'3) .'.'are and address of the respondent, and -r.e
person, facility cr activity against which the proposed pena ty
:s assessed; .
(C) A brief description of the'business.cr activity
conducted by the person or facility or the operation described in
the order, including, where applicable, the *"DES permit number cr
permit number for the discharge of dredged fill material, and .
issuance date; . ' • •. i
-------
(0) A summary of violations alleged for which
the administrative civil penalty is being proposed, including
the amount which the Administrator proposes to assess for the
violations alleged: .
••) Sar*. ajdress ar.d telephone number of an
Agency r*rres»-*.ative from w^.or interested persons ray cstain
furtr.er ir.fsrraticn, including copies of the proposed order:
rr* A stateme.-.t of the opportunity to submit
writ*.*- t-.-re-ts -"• ttee prcptse-J irder. t.*.e deadline fcr su5m;ss:cr.
-.f s-r- -rr.-e-.ts w:cr. :s t.*.;rty days after issuance of the notice,
a^d tr.e rare and address of t.-.e Hearing Clerk to whom comments
should oe sent: -
(G) A statement of the opportunity for the respondent
to rec'.est a *ear:r.c ard the procedures oy which the respondent r»ay
request a *ear:.*-r
'H: A rr:ef description cf the procedures through
wf.icf. the pusii; ray current an or participate in proceedings to
rearr. a fir.al 1*r:s:*r: -r. t.to.e order:
fl) The location of the administrative record
referenced :r. 5126.105, t^.e tires at which -ne file will be open
for pkisiic inspection, and a statement that all information
sutnttel ry tre resp-:-.i*r«: is available as part of the admimstr*.
tive record, suspect to provisions of law restricting the public
disclosure of confidential information.
(4) Cn t.*.e sane- date that the public notice is issued
or earlier* the Administrator shall send to the respondent written
notice by certified mail* return receipt requested, of the proposal
to issue the administrative penalty order* and a copy of the
proposed order. These materials should include the following
information:
(A) The alleged violations, identification of the
facility in violation* and a reference to the applicable law and
regulations^
•
(B) The legal basis for EPA's authority to initiate
this proceeding (e.g., violation of an NPOES permit, etc.)
(C) The general nature of the procedure for
.issuing administrative penalty orders and assessing civil
penalties, itrludirt? c?rcrt-f.:t:«s fsr pualic participation;
.'2) The amrjrt cf .penalty which the Adrir.istratcr
prrpcses t: assess for t^e •viclatisr.s alleged:
-------
- 5 -
(E) The fact that the respondent must request a
hearing within 30 days of receipt of the notice provided under
this subparagraph and must comply with $126.104(a) in order for
respondent to be entitled to receive a hearing;
(F) The name and address of the Hearing Clerk to
who:* respondent may send a request for hearing;
(G) The fact that the Administrator may' issue the
.final order after 30 days following receipt of the notice provided
'under these rules, if respondent does not request a hearing; and
(H) The fact that any order issued under this
subpart shall become effective 30 days following its issuance
unless a petition for review is filed by an eligible comnenter
or an appeal is taken under Section 309(g) of the CWA.
(c) Curing the public cotwent period provided under
subpart (fc) above, any interested person may -submit written
cornents to the Agency official designated. The Administrator
shall include all written comments in the administrative record.
(d) Computation of time. In computing any period of time
allowed in these rules, the day of the event from which the
desianated period beains to run shall not ^e included. Saturdays,
Sundays and Federal legal holidays shall i* -included. When a stated
time expires on a Saturday, Sunday or Federal legal holiday, the
stated time period shall be extended to include the next business
day. Any tirre periods not specified by these rules shall be set
by the Presiding Officer. Service on respondent of the initial
proposed order and other information required by $126.102(b)(4)
is complete, when the return receipt is signed. Service of all
other pleadings and documents is complete upon mailing, with the
exception for respondent for service of the initial proposed
order and notice required by $12S.102(b){4), five days shall be
added to the tin* allowed 'by these rules for the filing of a
responsive pleading or document where a pleading or document is
served by mail. Piling of a pleading or document occurs on the
date it i* received by the Hearing Clerk.
(e) Service of documents. A certificate of service shall
accompany each document filed or served by the Administrator or
respondent. Agency counsel and the respondent sh-all serve espies
of all filed pleadings upon each other, upon all commentcrs to
the proceeding and upon the Hearing Clerk. 'The Hearing Cler<
shall serve, with a certificate of service, copies.of all statements
or pleadings received fre* ccnmenters, and service shall se raie
Sy the Hearing Clerk on Agency csur.se 1, the respondent ar.i a-.y.
-------
- 6 -
other eonvwntvra. The Hearing Clerk shall also serve on all
commentersj the initial complaint and any request for hearing
received from respondent. The Hearing Clerk shall serve, wit*?
certificate of service* all orders* notices or other documents
:ss-ei oy the Presiding Officer or the Adainistrator en Ac, ere v
Counsel to t.se proceeding, the respondent and any conwencers to
the proceeding..
(a) The A'simstrator shall act as Presiding Officer. So
person shall serve as a Presiding Officer where he has any prior
connection with the case including, without limitation, the
performance of investigative or prosecuting functions. The
Presiding Officer shall conduct hearings as specified by these
rules ar.J make a recommended decision to the Administrator. His
recorder. *«d Decision shall address both questions of fact and
law. The Presiding Officer shall be assigned by the Administrator
to the proceeding within thirty days after a hearing request is
received sy the Hearing Clerk Identified by the Administrator
for the proceeding... The Hearing Clerk shall notify the
Administrator expeditiousiy of receipt of a hearing request.
The Hearing Cleric snail be identified in the initial notices
sent to respondent and potential coalmen ters.
(£) The Presiding Officer shall cor.si*!*r each case on trie
basis of ehe evidence presented. The Presiding Officer is solely
responsible for preparing and transmitting the recommended decision
and order in ea«-h case to the Administrator, unless such decision
and order are agreed upon by the parties. In such latter case,
the agreed upon decision and order shall be reviewed and issued
as appropriate by the Administrator* and no Presiding Off icer
shall be appointed or, if appointed* he shall, have no further
authority in the proceeding.
(c) The Presiding Officer is authorized to administer
oaths and issue subpoenas necessary to the conduct of a hearing.
The Presiding Officer is authorized to do all other acts and
take all Masures necessary for the maintenance of order and
for the efficient, fair and impartial adjudication of Issues
arising in proceedings governed by these rules.
(d) C« Parte Communications. • •
(1) *Ex parte communication* means any communication,
written or oral, relating to the merits of the proceeding, oetweer.
tne Presiding Officer and either an interested person outside trie
Agency or the interested Agency staff* which was not originally
filed or stated in the' administrative record or in the near:-;..
"Sucf. coisrunication is not an *ex parte communication* if all
parties have received prior written notice of the proposed co^
ication and have been given the opportunity to be present and
participate therein.
-------
- 7 -
(2) "interested person, outside the Agency* includes the
respondent* any person who filed written comments on the proposed
penalty order, and any attorney of record for those persons.
(3) 'Interested Agency staff* means those Agency
employees, whether temporary or permanent* who may investigate,
litigate, or present evidence, arguments, or the position of the
Agency in the hearing before the Presiding Officer or who partisi-
sated in the preparation, investigation or deliberations concerning
the proposed penalty order, inc.jding any'EPA employee, contractor,
c.r consultant who nay be called as a witness.
(4) No interested person outside the Agency or member
of the interested Agency staff shall make* or knowingly cause ta
be made, to the Presiding Officer an ex parte communication on
the merits of the proceeding.
(5) The Presiding Officer shall not make* or knowingly
cause to be rade, to any interested person outside the Agency or
to any member of the interested Agency staff an ex parte communi-
cation on the proceeding.
(6) The Administrator nay replace the Presiding Officer
in any proceeding in which it is demonstrated to the Administrator's
satisfaction that the Presiding Officer has engaged in prohibited
ex parte coir-sunicat:ens to the prejudice of any participant.
(7) Whenever an ex parte communication in violation of
this subpart is received by the Presiding Officer or made known
to the Presiding Officer, the Presiding Officer shall immediately
notify all parties or commenters in the hearing of the circum-
stances and substance of the communication and may require the
party or conmenter who made the communication or caused it to be
made* or the party or commenter whose representative made the
communication or caused it to be made* to the extent consistent
with justice and the policies of the CWA* to show cause why that
party's or commenter's claim or interest in the proceedings
should not. be> dismissed* denied, disregarded, or otherwise
adversely affected on account of such violation.
(•}. The prohibitions of this paragraph apply upon
designation of the Presiding Officer and terminate on the date of
final Agency action. . • .:
5126.104 Opportunity for Hearing .
(a) within 30 iays after receipt of the notice set fcrtr.
in 5l26.102fb). tfte respondent ray request a hearing and r.ay
provide written comments on the proposed administrative penal TV
crier. Respondent rust request a hearing in writing. The rec.es:
rust specify tne factual ani legal issues which-are-in dispu-.e
and ?he specific factual and legal grounds for the respondent's
-------
- 8 - .
defense. Any and all snecific alienation; not resbonded to by the
respondent or a commenter shall be deemed admitted.
':: The respr-^*-t s-.all se ieer-ei ts -ave waived t-e ri = -.t
••3 a .-.ear irg if t-e respcnde.-.t dses not suar.it t.-.e request* ta the
Hearmr Cler* designated. Respondent's reguest rust be in writir-.c
ar.2 received sy tne Kearins Cier* no later t.-.an 23 days after
respsr.ie-t receives the prspssei orier. Far csod cause shown.- the
Presiding Officer ray crant a hearir.7 ;f the respondent sue.-its
a late request.
(c) Except as provided in §126.104
-------
- 9 -
other materials subject to consideration by the Presiding
Officer, that there is a genuine issue of material fact for
determination at the hearing.
<3) Affidavits shall be r»ade on personal knowledce.
setting fortn facts and showing that the affiant is competent to
testify to the matters stated therein.
(4) No oral argument shall be had on the motions filed
under this sufcpart unless the Presiding Officer so elects.
?he Presiding Officer shall rule on the motion promptly after
responses to the motion are filed under this subpart.
(5) Zf all issues are decided by summary determination,
no hearing shall be held and the Presiding Officer shall prepare
a recommended decision under $126.110. If summary determination
is denied or if partial summary determination is granted* the
Presiding Officer shall issue a statement of, findings and reasons
available to the public at the time of issuance by the Presiding
.Officer* and the hearing shall proceed on the remaining issues.
(6) After receipt of all pleadings* the Presiding
Officer may grant or deny any notion* order a continuance to
allow additional affidavits or other information to be obtained,
or make such other order as is just and proper.
(g) Default. Once the Presiding Officer has been assigned
pursuant to 5126.103(a), the Presiding Officer may recommend a
party be found in default after motion for failure to file a
timely response or for failure to appear at a hearing without
good cause being shown. Any motion for a default order shall
include a proposed default order* and the alleged defaulting
party shall have thirty days from .service to reply to the motion.
The Presiding Officer shall issue his recommended default decision
solely to the Administrator subject to S126.110 of these rules.
If the Administrator determines that a default has not occurred,
the administrative penalty action shall be returned to the
Presiding Officer for further proceedings pursuant to these
rules. X£ the Administrator finds a default has occurred, he
shall issiaft a da-fault order with penalty assessment* if applicable,
against the-defaulting party* which order shall constitute final
agency action for purposes of judicial review. Zf the Administrator
determines that a default has occurred* any commenter who filed
comments in a timely manner under $126.102(b) may, within 30 days
after the Administrator has issued the default order* petition
the Administrator to set aside the default order and $126.112
shall apply to the Administrator's action on the petition.
-------
- 13 -
$126.105 Administrative Record
fa) At any time. after puslic notice of a proposed penalty
er-ier is Given under 5126.102, the Administrator shall make
available the a^-imstrative recsri at reaso-.asle t:-es far
;-.s?*rt :'•:•: a-* trpv;rc ry any interested person, s^D;ect to
prov:s:;.-.s -' la* restricting t.-.e pualic disclosure of confidential
ir.fsrr»at:cn. The rec-ester r-ay 5e required ay t*e Ad.-imstratsr
to pay reascr.arl* marges fsr espies. The adr.inistrat iv« recsri
srall re
-------
- 11 -
(b) th« Presiding Officer may establish a deadline or
deadline* for the submission of factual or legal documents which
may be considered as part of the administrative. record.
$126.106 Co-j
(a) A respondent or coiwenter may be represented at all
stages of the proceeding ay counsel. After receiving notification
that a respondent or any commenter is represented by counsel, the
Presiding Officer, the Administrator, the respondent and all
other comnenters shall direct all further communications to that
counsel. Respondent and/or commenters shall bear all costs- of
counsel.
S126.107 Location of Hearings
(a) The hearing shall be held at the appropriate EPA office,
except as provided in subparagraph (b).
/
(b) The respondent or EPA may request in writing that the
hearing be held at a location other than that specified in
subparagraph (a). Action on the reouest is at the discretion of
the Presidinc Officer.
5126.108 Hearing Procedures .
(a) The Presiding Officer shall conduct a fair and impartial
proceeding in which the parties or commenters are given a reason-
able opportunity to be heard and present evidence. Materials in
the ^administrative record under $126.105fa) shall be made available,
if requested, to the partien and comnenters prior to the hearing.
For good cause shown by either party or a eomnenter, materials
in the administrative record under $126.105(a) may be supplemented
at or after the hearing.
(b) At the hearing, the Administrator shall 'be represented
by counsel*
**"
(c) Hie) Presiding Officer iray subpoena witnesses and issue
subpoenas Jtees' teeum and ad tcstif ieandum pursuant to the
provisions of the CWA.
(d) The respondent may not challenge in an administrative
proceeding, under these procedures, any final Agency action,
including any final permit, for which judicial review was
available under Section 509(5) of the Clean Water Act.
(e) During the hearing, an authorized representative of
Administrator may sunrrariTe the basis for the proposed administra-
tive order and shall be tne first party to make a presentation at
the hearing. The administrative record shall be admitted into
evidence. The respondent has the right to examine, and to respond
-------
- 12 -
to the adainistrative record. The respondent may offer into
evidence the response to the administrative record and any facts,
statements*, explanations, documents, testimony, or other exculpa-
tory items which bear on any appropriate issues. The Presiding
Officer stay retire the authentication cf any written exhibit ar
statement. •
(f) All direct and rebuttal testimony shall be subnitted
:n written forr, unless upon motion and good cause shown, the
Presiding Officer detemr.es that oral presentation of the
testimony on any particular fact will materially assist in the
efficient identification or clarification of the issues. The
respondent and the Administrator shall be afforded a right of
cross-examination after introduction by a witness of his written
testimony. Cross-examination will be allowed both on the written
statement of a witness and his oral testimony. The Presiding
Officer way limit the scope or extent of cross-examination and
tr.e'number of witnesses in the interests cf justice and conduct-
ing a reascnaaly expe-iitious proceeding. No cross-examination
sr.all ±*» allowed on. questions of law or regarding natters that
are net ihtrodujr*?-* into evidence nor otherwise Subject to challenge
in a nearin- under this s-ibpart* No Agency witnesses shall be
required to testify or be made available for cross-examination
en tr.e matters described in the prior sentence.
'?' At the cits* :f the respondent's resentation of
evidence, the Presiding 5ffiw*r may allow tr.e introduction .
cf rebuttal evidence. The Presiding Officer may allow the
respondent to respo-.d to any such rebuttal evidence submitt*1.
(h) Commenters who commented within the timeframe of
5126.102(b), and who filed a request to participate under
$126.104(e) on the facts or issues specified in the request to
participate, shall have a right to be heard and to present
witnesses at the hearing held under these rules* However,
commenters shall not have the right of cross examination, nor
shall commenters be allowed to intervene as parties to the
proceeding.
(i) X» receiving evidence, the Presiding Officer is not
bound by strict'rules of evidence. The Presiding Officer shall
admit all evidence which is not irrelevant, immaterial, unduly
repetitious or of little probative value, except that evidence
relating to settlement which would be excluded in the Federal
courts under Rule. 408 of the Federal Rules of Evidence is not
'admissible. In drafting the recommended decision, the Presici-.-;
Officer sr.all determine tne weight to be accorded the ev.2e-.ce.
(j) The• Presidir..; Officer ray take official notice, cf
matters judicially notice-i in the Federal courts, cf otner
facts within the specialized knowledge and'experience of the
Agency, and of matters that are not -reasonably in dispute and are
commonly known in the community or are ascertainable from readily
available sources of known accuracy* Prior to taking notice of a
-------
- 13 -
matter* the Presiding Officer shall give the Administrator and
the respondent an opportunity to show why notice should not be
taken. In any case in which notice is taken and his recommended
decision i» based in part upon this notice, the Presiding Officer
shall place a written statement of the matters as to which notice
was taken in the record.
(k) After all evidence has been presented, the Presiding
Officer nay allow any participant to present argument on any
relevant issue specified in the request for hearing or in comments
submitted prior to the hearing. Any participant may submit a
•ritten statement for consideration by the Presiding Officer.
The Presiding Officer shall specify a deadline for submission of
the statement. If the statement is not received within the time
prescribed, the Presiding Officer nay render a recommended
decision in accordance with 5126.110, without considering that
statement. The Presiding Officer may also require the Administrator
and the respondent to submit proposed findings of fact and
conclusions of law and may specify a deadline for submission of
these materials.
$126.109 Record of Hearing
The Presiding Officer shall cause a tape recording, written
transcript or other permanent, verbatim record of the. hearing to
be made, which shall be included in the adr.nistrative record,
and shall, upon written requ»«t, be made available, for inspection
or copying, to the respondent or any interested person, subject
to provisions of law restricting the public disclosure of confi-
dential information. Any party or commenter making a request
shall be required to pay reasonable charges for copies unless the
party or commenter can show the cost is unduly burdensome.
$126.110 Recommended Decision of Presiding Officer
(a) Within a reasonable time following the close of the
hearing and receipt of any statements following the hearing, the
Presiding Officer shall forward a recommended decision which
shall include) a written statement of reasons for the decision
and any penalty assessment to the Administrator. The decision
shall recosflwnd that the Administrator withdraw, issue, or modify
and issue the proposed penalty order. The recommended decision
shall be based on a preponderance of th» evidence in the adminis-
trative record and shall take into account the penalty assessment
factors specified in Section 309(g)(3) of the CWA. The Presiding
Officer also shall make available to the Administrator for review
the complete administrative record.
-------
- 14 -
(b) Th« Presiding Officer provides a recommended decision
solely to the Administrator. The Presiding Officer shall include
the recoswended decision in the adrinistrative record and shall
sa<* it availarl* 53- the parties ta the proceeding at the ti-^e
the,Adr-sn:stratsr's decision is released pursuant to 5126.111.
The Presiding Officer's recoRrer-de-J decision (1) shall not become
part cf tr.e ainnistrative record j.-.tii the Administrator's f:nal
decisi-sr is released ar.i '2; s.-.ali not be rsade previously availab
except t1: the Ai.-i.-istrator.
(c) E£ parte Comsuni cat ions. The rules applicable to
Presiding Officers under $126.103(4) regarding e« parte communi-
cations are also applicable to the Administrator and to any
other person who. advises the Administrator, on the decision or
tne orler. Ccr.?uni cat ions between, the Administrator and the
ides Cff :cer do not constitute ej» carte consiunications.
$126. Ill Final Crder of the Administrator
'a; within -a reasonaole tire following receipt of the
Presiding Officer's recocwiended decision.' the Administrator shall
.withdraw, :ss_e, or ffcdify and issue the proposed order. The
Administrator's decision shall, be based on a preponderence of t!*
evide.-.ce in the administrative record* shall take into account
i.te pe-.alv/ factors set c^t :•: Section 309': '3) of the Clear.
Water Act* shall be in writing, shall induce a clear and concise
statement of reasons, and shall include any .final order. The
Administrator 's decision shall constitute final agency action for
purposes of judicial review.
(b) The Administrator shall provide written notice of the
issuance, modification and issuance* or withdrawal qf the proposed
order to the respondent and every person who submitted written'
comments, on the proposed order* . .
(c) The decision shall include a statement of the right to
judicial review and of the procedures and deadlines for obtaining
judicial review. ,
(d) For appeal purposes, if a hearing is held under these
rules, the date of issuance or withdrawal of an order by the
Administrator shall occur on the date of mailing of the-
Administrator's order, referenced in $126.111(b), 'to respondent.
The notice shall.be s*nt to respondent by certified mail, return
-------
- 15 -
receipt requested. The Administrator shall provide notice of the
decision to til persons who suMnitted comments.
fe> If no hearing is recuested or held under 5126.108, the
Administrator shall consider tne entire record, including any-
cements received, and shall issue an order, if appropriate, by
sending the order to the respcr.dent by certified mail, return
receiot requested. The Administrator shall provide notice of the
decision to all nersons who submitted comments. The date of
.-taiiina of the order shall constitute final Agency action for
purposes of judicial review. The order shall also note the right
of a prior comrenter to petition for a he-aring pursuant to $126.112
if no hearing was previously held and that such petition shall be
filed with the Hearing Clerk for transmittal to the Administrator.
Prior to issuance of the order when no hearing is held, the
Administrator or his deleaatee may reguest additional information
on specified issues fron the participants in whatever form the
Administrator designates, givinc all participants a fair
opportunity to respond. The Ad.-inistratcr shall include this
additional information in the administrative record.
$126.112 Petitions to Set Aside an Order '•<
If no hearir.e is held tefsre issuance of an order, any
ccrrrenter wno filed comments in a timely ra.-.ner under $126.l32'bv
r.ay, within 30 days after the Administrator \as issued an crier
under $126.11i(e), petition the Administrator to see aside the
crier and to provide a hearino on the penalty. The Administrator
shall set aside the order and provide a hearing in accordance
wish these rules if the evidence presented by the commenter/
petitioner is material and was not considered when the assessment
order was issued. Zf the Administrator denies a hearing, he
shall provide notice to the commenter/petitioner and to the
respondent and shall publish notice of the hearing denial in the
Federal Register, together with his reasons for the denial.
f
5126.113 Effective Date of Order
Any order issued under this subpart shall become effective
30 days following its issuance unless an appeal is taken pursuant
to Section); 309(g) (8) of the CWA, or a timely petition for hearing
is filed by a prior cormenter before the Administrator. Zf the
Administrator denies such a petition for a hearing, the order
becomes final 33 days after the denial.
5126.114 Payment of Penalties Assessed
Payment of civil sera Ivies' finally assessed by the"
Airinistratcr shall be wade ry farwariino a cashier's or cer.:f:ei
3.*.ec«c, payasie to the -.-. itei States of America, in the amo-r.t
-------
assessed, and noting the case title and docket nunoer to t*e
following address: £PA Hearing Clerk, P.O. BOX 3602.77(1,
Ptttssurgh, Pennsylvania 15251 or to such other address 'designated
in tne final order. Notice of payment fust be sent &v re-son-.-t
« trt ^ar->5 Cler< f-r iit:.s:s>. •• part of -e a-^:r iS:?^r!e
r«c-.ri fir :r prszee-i-..; t.-. -nisr. tr.e c:v:l penalty was assessed.
-------
_ .... .^o . .'n,.-.U4y August 17. 198T / Notice*
CNVIMOMM£WrAt MMJT1CTION
AOINCY
R Environmental Protactioa
AftaeylEPA).
.'Notice of availabUtqr.
: EPA ia making available to •
the public • document entitled
-Cuidue* of EPA CUM I OM> Watv
Act Administrative Peaahy Praeadow"
which wU provide procedural gutdaac*
la tbt asaesament of adamiantfvt
penalties designated M Case f under
aectloa 309(g). 33 UAC mi(t).
•PHCT1VSJ QATC This gUldeaGS
document wiU be cffictiv* oa Atifiut 17.
ittf.
ACOMH: To ebutn a copy ol tbt
fuidftaca. write to:
Wcttf bfaroemeat OUvwtoa (UE-134WV
Attmooa: AMUUUH Eaforeeaeat
CooMei Southern Rtfioiu Branch.
QfTtct of Enforcement «nd
Compliance Monitonnif.
Envirentnenial Protection Ajency. «n
M Street SW. Weihinfton. DC 2Mao
John W. Lyon. Asetctent En/orttmeat
Couniel EnvironmenwJ Protection
Aiency. Telephone 202/4?S-«177. (FTSI
479-1177.
•'Section
314 of the Weter Quality Act of 19*7.
Pub L 1OM. edded (ectton 30B(|) to the
Geen Weter Act (the Act) to provide for
the notice la to sdvue the pvbilc of
tat ev4ii«biuty of euidaace which the
Ajency wtll follow in issuiai Ooaa I
adauauiratlve avil peaalry ordin. The
guidance ia wnttea la the fora of
regulatory aoendaaata with the
szpectadoa that EPA will later notice
them for proposed niiemaJonc. Aa
intena final rule fuiding the aaMsameat
of Oasa U adauaiaovove peaaJoea U
aiao being published ia the Federal
UeM.
OekKAogeetiaisV.
|?t Dee. r-iatao PIM a-i4Hr *45 sail
-------
-------
III.B.2.
I " Final Rules of Practice Governing the Administrative Assessment of
Class II civil Penalties under the Clean Water Act," issued June 12, 1990,
effective July 12, 1990. Published at 55 F.R. 23838 (June 12). Replaces
the Interim Final Rules dated August 10, 1987. ;
-------
-------
i UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WASHINGTON, O.C. 20460
%~X"
" I -> '990 OFFCEOF
ENFORCEMENT AND
COMPLIANCE MONITORING
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Final Rule for Administrative Assessment of Class IX
Civil Penalties, 40 CFR Part 22
FROM: Patricia
OE-Water Intern
TO: OE-Water Attorneys
Regional Counsels, Regions I-X
Attached is the final rule governing administrative
assessment of Class ZZ penalties. The rule was issued June 12,
1990 and becomes effective July 12,- 1990. Please contact Susan
Gary Watkins at (703) 768-2950 for further information.
PmHden Rteydta Paptr
-------
-------
23833 Federal Register / Vol 55. No. 113 / Tuesday. June 12. 1990 / Rules and Regulations
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
FR Part 22
l... ..-3845-7)
Rules of Practice Governing the
Admlnlamtfv* Assenment of QtM U
Civfl Penalties Under the dean Water
Act
AGINCY: Envuonmenial Protection
Agency (EPA).
ACTKMC Final rule.
SUMMARY: EPA is today promulgating a
final rule establishing procedure* to iU
administrative asseument cf dan Q
civil penalties under the Clean Water
Act (CWA). Then have been no
substantive changes to this rule since it
was issued as an interim final rule. See
52 FR 30671 (August 17,1987). This rule
provides that EPA's administrative
assessment cf Class U penalties will be
governed by EPA'a Consolidated Rules
cf Practice for assessing administrative
p inalties. EPA is taking this action in
response to amendments to the CWA.
made by the Water Quality Act of 1987.
woicQ ^irtnonTp i&ft a^onuni ttrfl^or to
assess administrative penalties far
specified violations of the CWA. The
authority granted to the Administrator
••- assess administrative penalties was
immediately effective on February
. J7. the date the Water Quality Act
i-:s enacted.
CATI* The final rule is effective July 12.
1390. EPA will use the interim final rule
fcr ccnriiirting these proceedings before
the date the final rule becomes effective.
rSSJ FUKT
INFORMATION CONTACTS
f ..sas Gary V.'atkins. Office of
Enforcement and Compliance
! lonitoring (LE-134W). US.
Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M
Street SW, Washington. DC 20460. 202-
33C-2656.
f ^KEKENTAHV MFOftMATOM On
Fi faruary 4. 1987. section 309 of the
CW A. 33 U.S.C. 1319. was amended by
section 314 of the Water Quality Act
Fib. L 100-4. to acthorize the
Administrator of EPA to asses*
t dministrative penalties for violations of
the CWA. The amendments to sectioa
3C9 created a new subsection 309(g)
establishing two classs of administrative
penalties, which differ with respect to
procedure and maximum penalty
amounts. • > ...
Class I administrative penalty
proceedings are not subject to the
Administrative Procedure Act S U££.
554. 556. and authorize a m«faniim
'ty of $25400. Notice of the
ability of procedural guidance far
Class I proceedings was published in the
Federal Register. See 52 FR 30730
(August 17.1987).
The final procedures promulgated
today apply only to dais 0. Class II
proceedings authorize a fr"««"ty"
penalty of $125.000 and are subject to
the requirements of the Administrative
Procedure Act S U.SX1554.558. Class U
proceedings are similar to
cdministrative penalty proceedings
subject to the Administrative Procedure
Act under other environmental statutes.
EFA promulgated Consolidated Rules
of Practice, 40 CPR part 22. governing
the administrative assessment of
penalties under other statute*
administered by EPA. The Consolidated
Rules provide a common set of
procedural rules far certain of EPA'*
administrative penalty programs to
reduce paperwork, inconsistency, and
the burden on persona regulated. See 45
FR 24360 (April 9.1980).
Because of the similarity of Class n
proceedings to other administrative
penalty proceedings subject to the
Administrative Procedure Act EPA
concludes that the Consolidated Rule*
of Practice should be used aa die
procedural framework for Class H
administrative penalty enforcement
under the CWA. Accordingly. EPA is
today promulgating a final rale
providing that the Consolidated Rules
shall govern adjudicator^ proceedings
for the assessment of Class D
administrative penalties under section
306(8) of the CWA.
EPA published th<* rule hi interim
final form in the Federal Register with a
30-day comment period. See 52 FR 30671
(August 17.1987). The Agency received
six comment letters. Comment* feu into
seven areas of concern!
1. Economic impact on small business.
One commenter wanted the Agency to
perform an economic impact analyst*.
This regulation is not considered a
major rule by the Agency because it will
.not have an annual effect on the
fdfflttffty Of yiOO itylljan ft** IPOf* If^i
therefore, no regulatory impact analysis
IS VGQUeYBfl* 408 ffCOBOBIIC ftu0Ct OB PlOw1!
small businesses is slight therefore, no
regulatory flexibility analysis is
required. Moreover, this regulation will
have no effect at all on small businesses-
that comply with the Clean Water Act
2. Public notice of complaints. One
r asked that the standard
public comment period be 3ff days, that
non-party commenters be allowed to
submit late comments only when thy
commenter shows good cause, and that
the Agency provide far late submission
by parties to the enforcement action.
Another commenter wanted the Agency
to give nonce of a violation and* '"''
reasonable time for correction before
issuing an administrative penalty order.
The 3£Vday comment period after public
notice is set forth in 40 CFR 2Z38(d).
Also i 2Z38(d) provides that non-party
commenters can-submit late comments
after showing good cause. A party to the
action is not covered by the 122J8(d)
prevision for submitting comments:
' party submissions are governed by 40
CFR 2£07(b) and 22.15.The dean
Water Act imposes strict liability and
does not require the Agency to give
notice of violations before enforcing the
Act These administrative penalties are-
.for past violations. Corrective action
will not affect liability. Because
administrative penalty orders usually
will be based on self-reported permit
violations, the discharger should know
of the violation before the Agency
publishes a notice of the complaint
3. Timing of state consultation. One
er wanted the timing of state
consultation clarified to ensure that
state and federal actions are not
initiated simultaneously. The state
consultation occurs before the Agency
assesses a Class n dvil penalty in a
fnul order*
4. Evidentiary issues arising at a
hearing. One commenter wanted these
supplemental regulation* clarified as to
admissability and relevance of
evidence. The Presiding Officer follows
the existing requirement* of 40 CFR
2Z22 to determine the admissibiltty of
m'Ammnm
eviaence.
5. Participation at a hearing by a
commenter who is not an intervenor.
One commenter wanted to ensure that a
person who is not a party but presents
evidence at a hearing is subject to cross-
* i nfli
wanted die regulations to state that a
person who is not a party cannot cross
examine witnesses. Under 40 CFR
2Z38(d). a commenter who i* not a party
ha* no right to cross examine witnesses.
Other participation .by a commenter is
governed by 40 CFR 2122 and 22J8(dV
Parties may cross examine. See 40 CFR
2Z22(b).
6. Right to trial by jury. One
commenter wanted the regulations to
provide far a trial by jury on the issue of
liability far administrative penalties.
There i* no right to a jury trial on the
issue of liability in an administrative
proceeding. Atlas Rooflag Co. lac. v.
Occupational Safety and Health /tone*
Commission. 430 US. 442 (1877). Accord
TttUv. OS. 412 US. 481. 418 O4 (1987).
The purpose of the administrative
penalty authority is to expedite
enforcement in straightforward cases in
-which violations an clearly documented
and are unlikely to be contested by a
-------
Federal Register / Vol 55. No. 113 / Tuesday. June 12.1990 / Rules and Regulations
violator. The Consolidated Role* or
Practice and this supplemental rule
providai "
7. Criteria far assessing a penalty.
Three eommealiani wanted specific
criteria tot detarmintag.e proposed
penalty amount .Ilia criteria an stated
in tection 309(gJ(3| of the dean Water
Act 33 UAC. 131flfeK3). EPA ha* not
. issued apecific guidelines under the
Clean Water Act for calculating
administrative penalties for
adjudicator? hearings. The Agency
is sued guidance for calculating a
settlement penalty amount on Angnst 28,
1967. The Uniform Civil Penalty Policy.
issued February 10,1964. provides a
general framework for determining
administrative penalties. See 40 CFR
2214(e).
Undc
effam
309(g)oftheCWA.the
Administrator assesses a das* 0
penalty by a final order after
opportunity for a hearing on the record.
Under section 309(g). the Administrator
also must consult with the State in
which the violation ocean before
assessing the penalty.
Under section 309(g). the
Administrator must provide public
ble opportunity to
notice and reasona
comment upon the
- Toe
'-
section provides Oat if a hearing on the
complaint is conducted, the
Administrator shall give any citizen who
commented on die complaint notion of
the bearing, and a reasonable
opportunity to be heard and to present
evidence at the hearing. The section
further provides that the Administrator
shall give any person who comments on
a complaint notice of die order
assessing a penalty.
Under section 300(8). if no hearing is
held any person who commented on the
complaint may petition the
Administrator to set aside die order and
Co provide a hitir^ft on the mrp***"* In
addition, section 308(g) provides that the
Administrator mast eat aside the order
end provide • nraring if the
evidence presented by the petitioner is
material and was not considered in the
issuance of the order. Under section
309(g). if the Administrator denies a
hearing, the Administrator shall provide
to the petitioner, and publish in the
Federal Register, notice of and the
reasons for the denial.
Section 309(g) did not change the
procedures for issuing ana enforcing
administrative compliance orders under
other subsections of section 309. See
section 309(gl(ll). Accordingly, the rule
promulgated today does not apply to or
change the procedures for issuing or
enforcing eomplianca orders issued by
EPA under, for example, section 308(a)
of the CW A.
EPA concludes that the Administrator
may use the Consolidated Rules of
Practice. 40 CFR part 22. to asses* Class
U penalties under section 309(g) of the
CWA. The Coasolidatad Roles were
developed for administrative penalty
actions like mesa that are subject to the
Administrative Procedure Act
• Under the Consolidated Roles, as
supplemented by this final rale. EPA
wul assess Class n penalties by a final
order after opportunity for a hearing on
the record. Beiora iiniing an order. ci*A
will give written notice to the person to
be assessed the dvil penalty by filing
and service of a proposed order and
complaint TtiJffr the Consolidated Rules.
Under 40 CFR 22.1S. the complaint will
include a notice of the respondent1a right
to request within 20 days, a hearing on
the complaint
EPA will provide public notice and *
Rules. If EPA conducts a hearing en the ~
complaint EPA shall provide to any
person who commented on the
GQffifiiftlfiK A OOOy 01 uSB BOuOB OK DftftnfiS
required by 40 CFR 2231(b). and a copy
of any final order assessing a penalty.
Commentera who wish to participate at
a hearing may be heard and pn
evidence without tight of e
OCatt^AIa^^B\llBl^ft flflt flRfliP a^BO^r^R ^
intervene under 40 CFR 22.11. If 00
hearing is held persons who commented
on if^f^ GomplaVBi Buy potttioB to on we
the order set aside and to have a hearing
This fina rule is affective 30 days
after publication to the Federal Register.
The Consolidated Rules of Practice and
the interim final role will govern
proceedings for the assessment of Class
U administrative penalties under the
CWA for which a complaint is filed
before the effective date of this final
rale.
The final rule affirms that actions of
leview could have been obtained under
section SOSfbHD of the CWA (for
example, issuance of a waste water
discharge permit) will not be subject to
review in a Class n penalty assessment
proceeding. The final rule makes dear
that a person who is not a party to a
penalty assessment proceeding may
cplaint
and petition for a bearing. The rale
requires that these persons file written
comments with the regional hearing *
clerk and serve a copy of the comments
upon each party. The rule con) «>at
a person wishing to intervene as
party in a Class 0 penalty proceav „
ma y. move for leave to intervene under
Regulatory FkxfbiBty Act
Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act:
, US.C. 601-012. whenever an agency is
required to publish a general notice of
ndemaking for any proposed or final
rale, it must prepare and make available
for public comment a regulatory
flexibility analysis that describes the
impact of the role on small entities. IA,
small business, small organisations, and
small governmental jurisdictions, The
Administrator may certify that the rule
wQl not have a ^y'Pre
entities.
This regulation will impose no
significant costs on any small entities.
The overall economic impact on small
entities to slight Accordingly. 1 hereby
certify that this proposed regulation will
not have a significant impact on a*
substantial number of small entities.
This regulation does not require a
regulatory flexibility analysis.
Executive Order 12211
Under Executive Order 12291. EP/t
must fudge whether a regulation is major
and therefore, subject to the
requirement of a Regulatory Impact
Analysis. Major rules are those which
impose a cost on the economy of $100
mutton or moie annually or nave certain
other economic impacts. The Agency
has determined that this proposed rule
does not meet the criteria of a major rule
set form in section Kb) of the Executive
Order. The Agency submitted this
regulation to the Office of Management
and Budget for review aa required by
Executive Order 1229L
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act
EPA must submit all information
collfctionf to the Office of Management
and Budget for approval As the present
RU0 CffHtstlM BO DuOnOattlOA CO 11 ff C ti Off
requirements, mis stipulation does not
apply.
Dated: May »1990.
Wi&iamK.Reu1y.
Mministmtor.
Accordingly, the interim final rule
amending 40 CFR part 22. published »•
52 FR 30671 (August 17.1987) is ado;
as a final rule with the following
changes: .
-------
tucurai R«gi»Ur / VoL 55. No. 1U / Tuesday. fun« 12. 1990 / Roles and Regulatiomi
PART 2a-CONSOUDATED RULES OF
PRACTICE GOVCRNIMTHE
ADIIINISTRATIVE ASSESSMENT OP
CIVIL PENALTIES AMD THE
REVOCATION OA SUSPENSION OF
TOUTS
«. The authority citation for part 22 Is
reviicd toned M follows:
MO. 7i» *ad JWfc r tt&C sees
13S(m)c & ILSC sees. 1381. UlBfe), MIS. ud
2. Section fflja is revised to read as
follows:
(22JS Supplemental nilas eft
Act
(a) Scops of these tvpplemental rule*.
These supplemental rules of practice
shall govenu in conjunction with the
preceding Consofidated Roles of
Praclke (40 CFR part 22). admfnislwHve
proceedings for the assessment of any
Class tt civil penalty ondcr section
309(g) of the Clean Water Act (33 US£.
in which tha alleged vioUdoo occun
hefon iasuinf a Coal order asaeasing a
Class Q dyil penalty.
{cj Public notice. Before issiiint • Bnal
order assessing a Class 0 civil penally.
the Adminfstntor will provide pobfie
i n 1 ^^4^fltflatf tOSiQ^& fl^VCut
(d) Comaeat bye person who a not a
party: A petsoa not a- party to the Class
nptoCTTfiing who wishes, to comment
upon • complaint matt fite written
comments with the Regional Hearing
Clerk within 30 days after public notice
of the complaint and serve • copy of the
comments upon each party. For good .
causa show* th* Administrator, the
Regional Adiniiuatatoi; «r the Presiding
Officer* aa appropriate. Bay accept let*
rommtmts The Administrator will give
any petson who comments on •
COa^BaUsljDC ••OtKCv OX flflSi AflBve^^9Dff fl^B^l
notice of the final order assessing a
penalty. Although commenters may be
heard and present evidence at any
bearing held under section 309(8) of the
Act commenters shall not be accorded
party status with right of cross
fl^L^U^lUft^LllDsM ulAlfi0§% •s96^P »ft^^^f%^H^J alaflFVft
to intermm mA m^ y
-------
-------
III.B.3.
"Relationship of Section 309(a) Compliance Orders to Section 309(g)
Administrative Penalty Proceedings", distributed August 28, 1987. Includes
transmittal memorandum covering items III.B.3 through 11, this Compendium.
-------
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
AUG 2.8 I9S7
MEMORANDUM • . •
SUBJECT: Guidance Documents and Delegations fortmplementation
of Administrative Penalty Authorities Contained in
1987 Clean Water Act Amendments
FROM: Lawrence J. Jensen
Assistant Administrator
for Water
f a ' a I
LjThomas L. Adams, Jr. y /l/*///^/ ' __
Assistant Administrat/or for/Enforcement
and Compliance Monitoring! . - •
TO: Water Division Directors, Regions I-X
Regional Counsels, Regions I-X
Environmental Services Division Directors
Regions III, VI
Assistant Regional Administrator "or Policy and
Management, Region VII
Attached are final guidance documents and delegations
necessary for implementation of the new administrative penalty
authorities contained in the 1937 amendments to the Clean Water
Act. You were sent copies of the procedural r.ules for Class I
and Class II proceedings on, August 12. Notices for these
procedural rules were also-'published in the Federal Register on
August 17. Copies of the Federal Reg ister documents are
enclosed for your reference.
This new administrative penalty authority provides the Agency
with the opportunity to significantly increase,the effectiveness
of its Water Quality Enforcement program. We are fully committed
.to extensive use of administrative penalties and urge the Regions
to quickly get the necessary processes and re'delegations in place*
for prompt use of this authority. Headquarters offices will make
every effort to support the Regions in the use of this enforcement
mechanism and to resolve any problems which may develop during
the initial implementation. The Regions should immediately proceed
to develop written redelegations where the Regional Administrator
wishes to redelegate some or all of these authorities. ' •"
-------
- 2 -
With the issuance of these materials, the Regions are now
in a position to begin using administrative penalty authority
subject,to the delegations and Headquarters concurrence as
indicated in the guidance. We are today starting the tea working
day clock for Headquarters concurrence on draft proposed adminis-
trative penalty orders already received.
List of Administrative Penalty Guidance Documents
The final guidance documents included in this mailing are
as follows:
1. Relationship of Section 309{a) Compliance Orders to Section
309(g) Administrative Penalty Proceedings.
2. Guidance on Choosing Among Clean Water Act Administrative,
Civil and Criminal Enforcement Remedies.
3. Guidance on State Action Preempting Civil Penalty Actions
under the Federal Clean Water Act.
4. Guidance on "Claim-Splitting" in Enforcement Actions under
the Clean Water Act. ,
5. Guidance on Retroactive Application of New Penalty Authorities
under the Clean Water Act.
6. Guidance on Effect of Clean Water Act Amendment Civil
Penalty Assessment Language. . _ •
7. Addendum to the Clean Water Act Civil Penalty Policy for
Administrative Penalties.
/ '••; . , ' .
8. Guidance on Notice to Public and Commeriters in Clean Water
Act Class II Administrative Penalty Proceedings.
9. Guidance Regarding Regional and Headquarters Coordination on
Proposed and Final Administrative Penalty Orders on Consent
under New Enforcement Authorities of the Water Quality Act
of 1987.
10. Model Forms for Administrative Penalty Proceedings. *
- Sample Letter to Comply with State Consultation Requirement
on Proposed Class I or II Administrative Penalty
. I,
- Form of -Letter to Respondent Covering Complaint • . .
for Class I or II Administrative Penalty (NPDES Violations) ;
-------
- 3 -•..'•
&
- Form of Letter to Respondent Cove-ring Complaint
for Class I or II Administrative Penalty (Dredge or Fill
Violations) . .
- Form of Complaint in Proceeding to Assess Class I or II
Administrative Penalty (NPDES Violations)
- Form of Complaint in Proceeding to Assess Class I. or II
Administrative Penalty (Dredge or Fill Violations)
- Form of Federal Register Notice of Proposed Administrative
Penalty and Opportunity to Comment
- Form of Subpoena in Proceeding to Assess Class I or II-
Administrative Penalty
- Form of Notice to Commenters of Hearing to Assess Class I
or II Administrative Penalty
- Form of Consent "Order Assessing Class I or II Administrative
Penalty (NPOES Violations)
- Form of Consent Order Assessing Class I or IT Administrative
Penalty (Dredge' or Fill Violations)
- Form of Final Unilateral Order Assess; ing Class I or II
Administrative Penalty (NPDES Violations)
- Form of Final Unilateral Order Assessing Class I or II
Administrative Penalty (Dredge or Fill Violations)
11. Delegations
12. Federal Register Notices for Class I and Class II Procedural
Rules
A separate Section 404 administrative penalty policy continues
under development and will be distributed to the Regions in the
near future. Pending finalization of the Section 404 guidance
document/ Regions may wish to consider the May 28, 1-987 draft
Section 404 penalty policy for Section 404 administrative penalty
cases.
We want to thank the Regions for their corailfents on the
several drafts and for t.heir participation in the Agency workgroup
••hat prepared the delegations, procedural rules and the guidance
documents. The workgroup included representatives from all
Regions who devoted large amounts of time to drafting and reviewing.
the many documents involved. The workgroup labored under very
tight deadlines and delivered quality written products on time.
We personally are very appreciative for what really was an
extraordinary effort. .
-------
- 4 -
We plan to hold a Clean Water Act administrative penalty
workshop on September 16 in Washington/ D.C. to explain the
delegations/ procedures and guidance documents. We hope that
each Region will be able to send one or more representatives to
the workshop, which is described in a separate mailing.
If you wish any additional information on any of the matters
referenced in the guidance documents/ please contact John Lyon
of OECM (Tel. FTS 475-8187), Anne Lassiter of OWE* (Tel. FTS
475-8307)< or Rosanna Ciupek of OWP (Tel. FTS 475-8798).
Attachments
cc: Workgroup Members
-------
RELATIONSHIP OF 5309(a) COMPLIANCE ORDERS
TO §309(g) ADMINISTRATIVE PENALTY. PROCEEDINGS
I. Purpose
The purpose of this document is to discuss the •
relationship between §309(a) administrative compliance orders
and §309(g) administrative penalty proceedings.. The specific
issue is whether EPA, as a legal and policy matter, should
join these administrative mechanisms together in one document
that both orders future compliance and proposes administrative
penalties for past violations. This guidance concludes that
administrative compliance orders and administrative complaints
for civil penalties should be kept procedurally separate;
they should be issued and docketed as separate documents.
However, there is nothing to prevent the Regions from issuing
the two types of documents at the same time in response to a
given violation.
II. Discussion
On one level it may appear quite sensible to issue one
document that contains both a §309(a) administrative order to
comply and a §309(g) administrative complaint for civil
penalties. The two actions will often be based on the same
set of facts that establish a violation. The simplicity of a
single document may be more efficient for EPA to issue, and
for an alleged violator to understand. And to propose
administrative penalties for past violations would add
substantial leverage to the prospective commands of a
.compliance order.
. However, administrative compliance orders and
administrative complaints are conceptually and procedurally
very different, and there are dangers in joining the two
together. Compliance orders under §309(a) are administrative
commands; they are not adjudications of rights or liabilities,
and they do not impose any sanctions for the underlying
violation or for a violation of the compliance order itself.
Because they do not have such determinate effects they lack
"finality" and accordingly are not reviewable by a court.
, (The only exception to this is the limited review that occurs
when EPA in a civil action seeks penalties for a violation of
the compliance order.) EPA has fought hard to maintain the
nonreviewability of compliance orders like those under
§309(a). To have them subject to judicial review or
adjudicatory procedures at the time of their issuance would
seriously undermine their usefulness as an enforcement tool.
On the other hand, assessment of administrative penalties
under §309
-------
after an opportunity for hearing and notice to the public.
Violators and members of the public can appeal EPA's findings
of violation and penalty assessments to the courts.
The most serious potential problem in joining together
§309(a) compliance orders and §309(g) administrative
complaints in the same document is that compliance orders may
directly cr -indirectly beccre subject to adjudication and
judicial review. Adjudicator*/ procedures will, apply to the
portion-of the'document proposing administrative penalties:
violators will have a strong incentive to force the compliance
order provisions into the same adjudicatory framework. The
risk of this occurring is rest direct if the proposed penalty
assessment is in any way linked to the provisions of the
compliance order. An example of this would be a proposed
assessment that states that administrative penalties will be
reduced if the violator carries out the requirements of the
compliance order. If the two are linked in this way, it may
be very difficult to avoid having the lowest common
denominator— adjudicatory procedures— apply to the entire
document, including the compliance order.
Even if the two are not functionally linked, the compliance
order and the proposed penalty assessment will have much in
common. The two will usually be premised upon the same set of
violations; and, the availability and reasonableness of
corrective measures directed by the compliance order will be
.relevant factors for the administrative law judge to consider
in assessing administrative penalties. The provisions of the
compliance order thus =ay indirectly become subject to
adjudication, and to eventual judicial review, it is true
that a reviewing court most likely would give substantial
deference to EPA on any issue pertaining to the compliance
order. However, any breach in the principle that these orders
are generally not reviewable ajfc all is a very serious matter.
Public comment on the terms of proposed administrative
penalty assessments is another way in which the provisions of
a compliance order— if part of the same document— may be made
part of the penalty adjudication and potentially subject to
court review. Under §309(g)(4), EPA must give public notice
of proposed penalty assessments, and allow the public to
comment on these proposed assessments and participate in any
adjudicatory hearings. If $309(a) compliance orders are
integral parts of these administrative complaints for
penalties, EPA in effect will be giving public notice-and
receiving comments on these compliance order provisions as
well. The public may also attempt to present evidence at the
penalty hearings that the associated compliance orders are too
lax or too strict. Even if EPA is.successful in excluding
such evidence from the adjudicatory proceedings, the effect of
the compliance orders will be blunted and EPA resources will
be diverted to litigating extraneous issues at the hearings.
(rl 2-
-------
Procedural complexities are also introduced when
compliance orders and proposed penalty assessments are merged..
One of the most useful aspects of §309(a) compliance orders is
that EPA can amend them at will. Violators may argue that the
primary characteristic of the joint document is its -penalty
assessment, and accordingly that the document as a whole
should be governed by the procedural rules established for
administrative complaints. There are limitations on amending
administrative complaints once a violator has filed an answer.
It may be argued that EPA should be similarly limited in
amending its compliance order once an answer is filed.
Violators may also argue that other procedural limitations
applicable to penalty proceedings— e.g., substitution of
parties, and opportunities to present rebuttal evidence-
should apply to the compliance order. These extraneous' issues
will complicate efforts to obtain compliance using a §309(a)
order that is attached to an administrative complaint.
There is a simple way to avoid the risks discussed above:
keep compliance orders and proposed penalty assessments in
separate documents, and do not state in the administrative
complaint that the penalty amount will depend upon meeting the
terms of a compliance order. Given current word-processing
capabilities, there should be little .added administrative '
burden in issuing these documents separately instead of
jointly. Also, there is no reason why the two could not be
issued simultaneously. All that needs to be done to avoid the
risks described above is to issue the compliance order and
administrative complaint separately in the first instance.
III. Conclusion
There are substantial risks in issuing §309(a) compliance
orders in the same document with §309(g) administrative
complaints. The most serious risk is that compliance orders
could become subject to administrative adjudication and .
judicial review. This would sharply limit their
effectiveness. The simple route to avoiding these risks,
which the Regions are strongly urged to take, is to issue
compliance orders and administrative complaints as separate
documents.
Contacts concerning this guidance:
David M. Heineck
Office of Regional Counsel, Region 10
.FTS 399-1498
Gary Hess
Office of Enforcement and Compliance Monitoring
•FTS 475-8183
-------
/ — /
fer '•' *r
-------
III.B.4,
"Guidance on Choosing Among Clean Water Act Administrative, Civil and
Criminal Enforcement Remedies", distributed August 28, 1987.
-------
GUIDANCE ON CHOOSING AMONG
CLEAN WATER ACT ADMINISTRATIVE,
CIVIL AND CRIMINAL ENFORCEMENT REMEDIES
-------
I. Decision-Making Process to Determine Appropriate Enforcement Option
Under Clean Mater Act §309.
VIOLATION
Need for court order to
compel Immediate
comol lance?
N
Evidence of criminal
violations, either
negligent or knowing?
Need for preliminary
or permanent injunction.
and/or civil penalties
of more than $125.000?
I Precedential
eqal Issue? L
File civil action to
obtain TRO, and In
general Include claims
for injunctive relief
and civil penalties
CSS309(b) and
-------
2 '
". Discussion . ....
A. Purpose " • •
The purpose of this document is to discuss the various
enforcement alternatives under the- Clean Water Act, including
the recently-added option of administrative penalties, and to
•discuss the types of violations that are most appropriate for
each option. This guidance is primarily directed to NPDES
permit-related violations, but it is also consistent with
guidance for Section 404 enforcement (see related guidance).
.B. Background ' . ' '
The Water Quality Act of 1987 greatly expanded EPA's
enforcement, options under the Clean Water Act by authorizing
the Agency to'assess penalties'administratively. Prior to
this legislation, EPA had to obtain a court order—either
through a civil action [§§309(d) or 311(b)(6)(B)] or a
criminal action [§309(c)j—to impose monetary penalties for
Clean Water Act violations. The administrative enforcement
authority granted by §309(g) provides a very useful and
flexible third option for imposing penalties.
C. Decision Criteria
EPA may impose penalties under §309(g) for virtually the
entire range of violations that can be addressed through
judicial actions and administrative compliance orders under
§§309(a) through (d). The only exception is~that
administrative penalties, unlike judicially-imposed penalties,
may be imposed only for violations of underlying requirements
.of the Act and not for violations of §309(a) compliance '
orders.i/ Since EPA. as a general" rule should choose the least
resource-consuming enforcement option that will do the job,2/
and administrative penalty proceedings under §309(g) should be
both effective and much less onerous than civil judicial
actions, the real issue is when not to use this administrative
penalty authority. The following discussion, like the
flowchart at the beginning of this document, approaches the
issue from this perspective. . '
I/ A compliance order, that does not expressly excuse
penalties does not/limit EPA's authority-to assess an
administrative* penalty for that violation. Cfl,. U.S. v.
Metropolitan District Commission. 23 E.R.C. 1350, 1355-56,
1359, 1360 (D. Mass. 1985).
2/ An important exception to this general'rule is
that prosecutorial considerations on the part of EPA and the
Department of Justice may independently indicate the need for
criminal prosecution, even if a civil action.or administrative
enforcement would achieve'compliance. •
-------
In the legislative history to the Water Quality Act of
1987, Congress indicated that judicial rather than
administrative enforcement is more appropriate for certain
types of cases:
This authority to issue administrative penalty
orders is intended to complement and not to replace a
/vigorous civil judicial enforcement.program. Civil
judicial enforcement is a keystone of-successful
enforcement of the Act and necessary for cases
involving novel issues of law or contested penalty
assessments, cases requiring ihjunctive relief,
serious violations of the Act, or large penalty
actions, and .cases where remedies are sought requiring
significant construction or capital investment. The
addition .of this enforcement tool is based in part on
the Agency's assurance that it does not intend to
retreat from vigorous judicial enforcement of Clean
Water Act violations.,
S. Rep. No. 99-50, 99th Congress, 1st Session (to accompany
S. 1128) (1985). The following guidance is meant to be
consistent with this Congressional directive: administrative
penalties should supplement, not replace, judicial action.
One qualification should be added.. Although this
guidance may recommend a particular enforcement option for
particular types of violations, other factors— such as Agency
priorities and available resources— must also enter into the
enforcement decision. '
1. ' A civil judicial action is more likely to be
appropriate when there is a need for a court order
directing immediate or long-term compliance
measures (a TRQ or an in-iuncrion) .
A basic limitation of the administrative penalty
authority under §309(g) is that it does not grant E?A any
power to directly compel a violator to 'stop continuing
violations. The only"direct authority under this provision is
to assess civil penalties.• Of course, the prospect of a.
significant civir penalty for past and ongoing.violations can
be a strong inducement'to comply. However, there will be .
situations where this inducement, accomcanied.bv a separate
§309(a) compliance order, will not be encugh. The $125,000
cailing 'on administrative penalties.may be insufficient to
discourage continuing violations, for exaspis where the csst
of compliance or the economic benefit is high. 2ven if a
.penalty of less than $125,000 should be sncugh to detsr
ongoing ncncomplianca, the adjudicatrry ar.d public involvement
-------
requirements of §309(g) -mean that there are uncertainties as
to the amount of penalty that ultimately will be assessed, and
a delay of at least 60 days from the date of the proposed
penalty assessment until that assessment becomes effective.
This may be enough to remove the inducement to stop ongoing
violations. «
In the above situations, or in any situation-where the
noncompliance is serious and continuing and the violator is
uncooperative, EPA should commence a civil action to obtain a
TRO or preliminary injunction enjoining further violations.
In addition, if the violator must- take' specific measures to
achieve compliance and the measures are* complicated, costly or
require a significant period of time to implement, a civil
.action should be commenced to obtain an appropriate mandatory
injunction: Whenever an action is initiated to obtain a TRO
or an injunction, in the interests of efficiency and case
strategy all claims for. civil penalties generally should be
included in that action. There may be occasions, however, .
when the 'Agency may choose to file a civil action for
injunctive relief alone. . ,
2. •Criminal enforcement rather-than administrative
penalty proceedings should be taken for serious
violations that are knowing or negligent.
In addition to establishing administrative penalty
provisions, the Water Quality Act of 1987 expanded the
criminal sanctions of Clean Water Act §309(c). The higher
levels of fines and imprisonment that were established
constitute"-a" strong" remedy: that Congress clearly intended
should be used in appropriate circumstances.
• I
'•- Whether a particular, matter should be considered for
criminal prosecution.will be determined on the basis of
criteria which include the following:
a. Was the conduct knowing or negligent?
b. Was the conduct egregious in nature (e.g., a
blatant disregard for commonly known
requirements)?
c. Did the. conduct cause foreseeable environmental
. ' , harm? - .
d. Was the conduct characteristic of a type which
. especially should be deterred?
-------
e. Was the violator from a category to which it is
especially important to convey a deterrent
message? •
f.. • Did the conduct involve a particularly
dangerous material? .
g. Did .the violation reflect conduct by
responsible corporate officers or employees?
' • • . *
The list above should not be considered exclusive. Other
circumstances may arise which also make a particular matter
appropriate for criminal consideration. If.any such factors
are present, the matter should be forwarded to the region's
Office of Criminal Investigations.
Parallel civil judicial proceedings (as well as
administrative penalty proceedings) generally should be held
in abeyance so long as a-criminal investigation or prosecution
is underway, unless it is essential to obtain prompt
injunctive relief to abate an 'ongoing hazard to human .health
or the environment. Whenever a Region has concerns regarding
the appropriateness of initiating parallel civil and criminal
enforcement proceedings, the office of Regional.Counsel for
the Region should contact the OECM Office of Criminal
Enforcement, at (FTS) 475-9660.
3. To assess total civil penalti-es of more than
S125.000. or where required by national EPA
policy. EPA must commence judicial action rather
than administrative penalty action.
The maximum amount of civil penalties that can be
assessed administratively under 5309{g) is $125,000.
Section 309(g)(3) of the Act and other sections of this
guidance set our the factors to consider in determining- the
appropriate penalty amount ts be collected.
It. is clear .that E?A must .initiate a judicial civil
action to assess penalties greater than $125,000. For civil
penalties of less than $125., 000, there still may be situations
where a civil action rather than- an administrative penalty
proceeding is the better option, to preserve the possibility
of assessing penalties of more than $125,000 for given
violations. IS E?A'believes that the §309(g) process results
in a penalty -assessment that is tec low, there is no "second
chance" to obtain higher penalties through a §309(d) or
§211(bH6) civil action.
The decision becomes difficult as the.appropriate bcttcm-
iins civil penalty approaches 3125,000. or. the. cr.e har.c, this
-------
say indicate the need to initiate a civil action, to preserve
negotiating flexibility and to avoid placing a cap on amounts
that the Administrative Law Judge may consider. On the other
hand, administrative proceedings are generally preferred since
they require less of a commitment of Agency time and
resources. In these circumstances the Regions will have to
weigh the resource and penalty factors on a case-by-case basis
in deciding between the judicial and administrative penalty
options.
EPA national policy or guidance may also require the
choice of a particular enforcement option. An example is the
April 1984 guidance supporting the National Municipal Policy,
which presumes judicial enforcement in cases where compliance
will not- be achieved by July. 1, 1988. Other EPA policies
requiring court enforcement may-be developed^in the future.
4. EPA must weigh the costs of pursuing an
administrative penalty action in deciding whether
and when to pursue relatively small penalty
claims.
Up to this point, this document has suggested that
§309(g) proceedings generally should not be initiated where a
higher level of enforcement (civil or criminal judicial
action), is needed. This leaves a wide variety of violations
that are good candidates for administrative penalties. Types
of violations that will generally be more appropriate for
administrative penalties are late or non-submission of DMRs or
other permit-required reports, and effluent violations caused
by poor 0 & M (as opposed to lack of treatment facilities,
which may require an injunction to correct).
For violations that warrant only minor penalties, the
Regions will have to weigh the benefits,of enforcement against '
its costs. The costs include potential evidentiary hearings,
solicitation and consideration of public comment, and
potential judicial appeals. However, these .costs should not
necessarily deter the .Regions from pursuing some number of
relatively small administrative penalties: taking
administrative enforcement against one of a number of
comparable minor violators, where it'may be impractical to
pursue penalties against the entire group, may deter the group
as a whole from similar .violations.
III. Conclusion
The administrative penalty authority given to EPA by the
Water Quality Act of 1987 can be used for a wide variety of
violations. Administrative penalties will be particularly
useful in dealing with violations that are serious, but that in
-------
themselves do not usually justify a judicial enforcement
action—. far example,-late or non-reporting of DMRs. Only
certain categories of violations should not be addressed
through §309(g) administrative penalties: violations .
requiring TROs, injunctive relief, criminal sanctions, or
civil .penalties of more than .$125,000; and violations where
national EPA policy calls'for court enforcement. The wide use
of §309(g) in appropriate circumstances will'greatly.
• strengthen.EPA's ability to ensure compliance with the Clean
Water Act. . .
Contacts on this guidance:
David M. Heineck ' •
Office of Regional Counsel, Region 10
FTS'399-1498 - -
Gary. Hess
Office of Enforcement and Compliance Monitoring
FTS 475-8183
-------
III.B.5.
"Guidance on State Action Preemption civil Penalty Actions under the
Federal Clean Water Act", distributed August 28, 1987.
-------
-------
GUIDANCE OK STATE ACTION
PREEMPTING CIVIL PENALTY ACTIONS
UNDER THE FEDERAL CLEAN WATER ACT
-------
-------
GUIDANCE ON STATE ACTION
PREEMPTING CIVIL PENALTY ACTIONS
UNDER THE FEDERAL CLEAN WATER ACT
I. Introduction
The Water Quality Act of 1987, which on February 4, 1987,
amended the Clean Water Act, contains language limiting EPA's
authority to commence a judicial action for civil penalties
under Sections 309(d) or 311(b) of the Act under certain'
narrowly circumscribed conditions relating to ongoing State
administrative civil'penalty actions.I/ This guidance
addresses the question of when, and under what~conditions,
might the commencement and diligent prosecution, or
completion, of a State civil penalty action preempt EPA
enforcement action for the same violation or violations.£/
II. What Federal Enforcement Actions can be Preempted -by the
Appropriate State Action?
The operative language of the Act, as amended, is in
Section 309(g)(6)(A). The language is clear that the actions
that may under certain circumstances be preempted, are
"...civil penalty action[s] under subsection (d) of this
section (§309(d), judicial civil penalties] or Section 311(b)
I/ The relevant section is 309(g)(6)(A), which
follows:
"(6) Effect of Order.- (A) Limitation On Actions Under
Other Sections. Action taken by the Administrator or the
Secretary, as the case may be, under this subsection
shall not affect or limit the Administrator's or
Secretary's authority to enforce any provision of this
Act; except that any violation - (i) with respect to
which the Administrator or the Secretary has commenced
and is diligently prosecuting an action under this
subsection, (ii) with respect to which a State has
commenced and is diligently prosecuting an action under a
State law comparable to this subsection, or (iii) for
which the Administrator, the Secretary,.or the State has
issued a final order not subject to further judicial
review and the violator has paid a penalty assessed under
this subsection, or such comparable State law, as the
case may be, shall not be the subject of a civil penalty
action under subsection (d) of this section or
section 311(b) or section 505 of this Act."
»
2/ Many of the same considerations and conclusions also
may apply to State action precluding citizen enforcement
actions for civil penalties under CWA §505.
-------
[judicial civil penalties for spills of oil or designated
hazardous'substances] or Section 505 [citizens suits]."
[Material in brackets added.] Therefore it is clear that
EPA's authority to issue administrative orders for compliance
under Section 309(a), to seek judicial injunctive relief under
Section 309(b), to judicially prosecute criminal violations
under Section 309(c), and to administratively assess civil
penalties under Section 309(g) are unaffected by the new
language regarding preemption by state action. EPA's
authority to issue and enforce administrative .orders for
compliance under Section 309(a) is not only exempted from this
new limitation, but is explicitly preserved by new
Section 309(g)(11).
. It is similarly clear from the legislative history that
the new language on preemption of Federal judicial civil
penalty actions "... is not intended to lead to the disruption
of any Federal judicial penalty action then underway, but
merely indicates that a Federal judicial civil penalty action
or a citizen suit is not to be commenced if an administrative
penalty proceeding is already underway." Remarks of
Senator Chafee, Cong. Record, Jan. 14, 1987, p. S737.
(See Attachment.)
In summary, the federal enforcement actions affected by
the new preemption language of Section 309(g)(6)(A) are
limited to:
1. Judicial Civil Penalties for the same violations
under Section 309(d); and
2. Judicial Civil Penalties for the same violations
under Section 311(b).
The preemption does not affect: •• ,
1. Administrative Orders for compliance under
Section 309(a);
2. Judicial Injunction Actions under Section 309(b);
•\ .
3. Criminal Actions under Section 309(c);
4. - Ongoing Judicial Civil Penalty Actions under
Section 309(d);
5* Administrative Civil Penalty Assessments under
• Section 309(g); or
6. Any Federal enforcement action to the extent it,
addresses violations different from those
addressed in the appropriate State penalty
action.
-------
ZIZ. What State Actions Can Preempt Commencement of Federal
Judiaial Penalty Actions Under Sections 309fdl and 311fbl?
EPA's policy can be summarized as follows:
Absent compelling circumstances. EPA will not commence
a "Judicial civil penalty action to collect a penalty for any
•violation for which an approved NPDES State has collected, or
has commenced and is diligently prosecuting under comparable
authorities and bv comparable procedures, an appropriate and
adequate administrative civil penalty. The factors which
define comparable authorities and procedures,'and an adequate
penalty, are described below.
A. The State Must be Implementing an Approved NPDES
Program t
In the words of Senator Chafee on the floor of the
Senate (Cong. Record, Jan. 14, 1987, p. S737), "... the
limitation on Federal civil penalty actions clearly applies
only in cases where the State in question has been authorized
under Section 402 to implement the relevant"permit program."
In other words, the first criterion for determining whether
State preemption is possible is to ascertain whether the '
relevant State is authorized to implement the relevant Clean
Water Act program (e.g. direct discharge, pretreatment, dredge
and fill, sludge disposal) within its borders. If.not, EPA
and the State would be enforcing distinct legal requirements
(e.g. a Federal v. a State discharge permit) and thus would be
enforcing against different violations and not be subject to
the §309(g)(6) bar against judicial penalty actions for the
same violation.
B. The State Action must be Concluded, or Commenced and
pilierentlv Prosecuted;
The second criterion comes directly from the statutory
language: Has the State either "... commenced and is [it]
diligently prosecuting an action ...", or has the State "...
issued a final order not subject to further judicial review
and the violator has paid a penalty ..."? Unless the State
administrative civil penalty action has been concluded as
noted, or has been commenced and is being diligently
prosecuted, no preemption can occur. Thus the mere
commencement of a State administrative penalty action is
insufficient to preempt a federal action if there is evidence
that the State action is collusive, or is not being prosecuted
diligently for reasons either intentional or wholly
inadvertent as, for example, when resource constraints prevent
a State.from holding or concluding requested administrative
hearings in a timely manner. The determination of whether a
State administrative penalty action is proceeding with due
diligence must.be made on a case by. case basis, with the
realization that Congress did not intend partial or inadequate
-------
State action to be a shield for violators of the Act, but
rather intended to prevent unnecessarily redundant actions at
the State and Federal levels. <
Co The State Statutory Prevision must be Comparable to
Section 309(a)z
The final set of criteria for determining if Federal
judicial penalty action nay be preempted are found underlying
the statutory wording limiting preemption to cases where the
State administrative.penalty action is concluded, or has been
commenced and is being diligently prosecuted "... under a
State law comparable to this subsection ••••", meaning
Section 309(g). Again Senator Chafee's remarks on the Senate
floor, Cong. Rec., January 14, 1987, p. S737, are extremely
helpful in interpreting the meaning of the phrase "...
comparable to this subsection ...." Senator Chafee lists the
following elements which must be present in the State
statutory provision to make it "comparable11 and thus able to
support a State administrative penalty action which can
preempt a subsequent federal judicial civil penalty action:
1. The right to a hearing;
2. Public participation procedures similar to those
set forth in Section 309(g);
3. Analogous penalty assessment factors;
4. Analogous judicial review standards; and
5. Other provisions analogous to the other
elements of Section 309(g).
The following paragraphs expand these elements. To be
"comparable," and thus able to support a State action capable
of preempting a subsequent federal judicial penalty action,
the State statute must provide:
1. The right of the person to be assessed an
administrative penalty to a hearing analogous to
that provided in Section 309(g)(2), which provides
at least a reasonable opportunity to be heard and
to present evidence in all cases and, in cases
where the potential liability exceeds $25,000, the
opportunity for a hearing on the record in
accordance with Administrative Procedure Act
procedures (5 U.S.C. 6554).
2. Public participation procedures which must be
analogous,to Section 309(g)(4), which provides
that EPA must give the public notice of any
proposed administrative penalty assessment, the
right of any person who commented on .a proposed
-------
penalty assessment to be heard and to present
evidence in any hearing requested by the violator,
and if the violator does not request a hearing,
the right of a prior commenter to petition EPA to
set aside the penalty and to hold a hearing
thereon.
3. Penalty assessment factors analogous to those
enumerated in Section 309(g)(3). Based on
language in the Conference Report, Cong. Rec.,
October 15, 1986, p. H10570,£/ EPA believes that
for preemption to occur, it is not sufficient that
the maximum potential penalty liability under the
State statute be equivalent to the federal limits,
or that the factors to be considered in arriving
at the appropriate penalty be comparable,.but also
that the actual penalty collected or assessed must
be adequate and appropriate. This interpretation
is expressed clearly in the Conference Report. It
also is consistent with EPA's current policy which
holds that a prior State judicial penalty action
yielding a grossly deficient penalty does not
preempt a subsequent federal "overfiling" for a
more adequate civil penalty. This criterion is
also reflected in the general principle enunciated
above; namely that EPA will not commence a
judicial civil penalty action for any violation
for which an approved NPDES State has already
collected, or has commenced and is diligently
prosecuting, under comparable authorities and by
comparable procedures, an appropriate and adequate
administrative penalty.
4. Standards of judicial review analogous to
Section 309(g)(8), which provides that judicial
review can be had by filing an appeal within 30
days after penalty assessment, and that the court
shall not set aside or remand the penalty unless
there is not substantial evidence in the record
supporting the finding of a violation or unless •
the assessment constitutes an abuse of discretion.
The requirement that to be capable of preempting
federal action, the State statute must impose such
a heavy burden on the appellant, and grant such •
I/ "When a State has proceeded with an enforcement
action relating to a violation.with respect to which the
Administrator or the Secretary is authorized to assess a civil
penalty under this provision the Administrator and the
Secretary are not authorized to take any action under this
subsection if the State demonstrates that the state-imposed
penalty is appropriate."
/
-------
deference to the State agency's decision, is
- reasonable because a lesser standard of judicial
review would undermine the integrity and
predictability of the State administrative .penalty
process.
•
5. Among the other elements alluded to by Senator
Chafee, that must, be present in a State statute
which might preempt federal judicial penalty
action, is a system for judicial collection of
unpaid administrative penalties analogous to
Section 309(g)(9). This Section provides for a
streamlined judicial assessment of the unpaid
penalty plus interest, attorneys fees, court
costs, and an additional quarterly nonpayment'.
penalty of 20% of the aggregate amount owed at the
beginning of such quarter. The validity and
amount of the administrative penalty are not
subject to review in the collection action. This
requirement is important because the absence of
such a streamlined judicial collection system,
which insulates the issues of penalty validity and
amount from a second judicial review, again would
greatly undermine the predictability of the
State's process. EPA should certainly not be
preempted from, nor should it hesitate to commence
a judicial penalty action against a violator who
evades payment, for whatever reason, of a State-
assessed administrative penalty.
In summary, in order to preempt federal judicial
penalty action, the NPDES State must have collected, or at
least commenced and be diligently prosecutingr an appropriate and
adequate administrative penalty under a statute comparable to
Section 309(g) in at least the following ways:
1. Right to a hearing; .
2. Analogous rights of public participation;
3. Equivalent civil penalty maximum liabilities;
4. Analogous penalty assessment factors;
5. Analogous standards of judicial review; and
6. Analogous collection authorities and streamlined
judicial collection procedures.
-------
IV. Final Thoughts . . .
*• '
From the foregoing it should be clear that federal
judicial penalty actions are not likely to be preempted by
State administrative penalty actions unless States begin to
implement legislation specifically patterned on
Section 309(g). Until that time, which EPA welcomes, the
individual State/EPA Enforcement Agreements might be the
appropriate forum for establishing some voluntary ground rules
for preventing unnecessary duplication of efforts between EPA
and approved NFDES States. Nothing in this guidance should be
construed as limiting the ability of the States and EPA to
agree to certain rules or principles in furtherance of their
cooperative efforts to implement strong and consistent NPOES
programs.
For further information or clarification of this
guidance, contact Jed Z. Callen, Esq. at FTS 597-9882 or
Gary Hess, Esq. of OECM at FTS-475-8183.
Attachment: [Floor Remarks of Senator Chafee]
-------
Jc7u.aiy 14,1987
CONGRESSIONAL RECORD — SENATE
thority aggressively aciinst illegal pol-
i-.!«'.TS. even if a memorandum of
p-.'f-enwit is not conclu:i :'?.*• t poilut-
cial penalty action then underway, but
merely indicate that a Federal judi-
cial civil per.&::y action.or a citizen
suit is not to 6c commenced if an ad-
ministrative penalty proceeding is al-
N-:w parasraph 30S-^>.Ci fits out
lisiitatiojss that produce citizen suits
where the Federal Ccvemmcn: or a
State has commenced and is diligently
prosecuting an administrative dvil
penalty action or has already issued'a
f aial administrative dvll penalty order
not subject to further review and the
violator has paid the penalty. The
same provision limits Federal civil pen-
aJty actions under subsections 309 or section SOS would be unaf-
fected by the State action, notwith-
standing paragraph 309(gX9>.
In addition, the limitation of
309(gX6> applies only where a State to
proceeding under a State law that is
comparable to section 309(g ). For ex-
ample. in order to be comparable, a
State law must provide for a right to a
hearing and for public notice and par-
ticipation procedures similar to those
set forth in section 30ft g); it must in*
elude analogous penalty assessment
factors and judicial review standards;
and it must include provisions Mm are
analogous to the other elements of
section 309.
Finally, section 30MgX6X A) provides
that violations with respect to which a
Federal or State administrative penal-
ty action is being diligently prosecuted
or previously concluded "shall not be
the subject of" civil penalty actions
under sections 309(d). 311(b). or 505.
This language is not intended to lead
to the disruption of any Federal judi-
*OTtr» Cr COX*UT7 DCC1UXS
This bin r«-j-:;ros that, in connection
with citizen su:ts. notification of pro-
posed consent «Jerrses be provided to
the Attorney General and to the Ad-
ministrator.
It was originally proposed in the Ad-
ministration's bill 2 yean ago. The Ad-
ministration bill contained a clause
which sneaflcaJl- disclaimed that the
United Slates could be bound by judg-
ments in cases to which it is not a
party.
That provision merely restated cur-
rent law and thus we decided that it is
not necessary to include it m this bilL
The amendment is not Intended to
change existing law that the United
States is not bound, since that rule of
law is necessary to protect the public
against abusive, collusive, or inad-
equate settlements, and to maintain
the ability of the Government to set
its own enforcement priorities.
Compliance dates for Industries for
which effluent guidelines have not
been promulgated have been extended
to March of 1989.
We have had a big problem over
when you have to come into compli-
ance because of the guidelines. EPA
has not been quick enough to come
out and tell industry A or industry F
what they can and cannot do. So we
have reluctantly given them an exten-
sion on these guidelines. The latest is
March 1989, or 3 yean from the date
of promulgation of the guidelines by
EPA. whichever is sooner. EPA is
strongly encouraged to get these
guidelines finalized so industry T*
comply with the discharge require-
ments at soon at possible. Until such
guidelines are promulgated, the
Agency is expected to proceed under
its current policy with respect to non-
compliance dischargers to meet the
deadline.
A provision establishing a progres-
sive stormwater control program is In-
cluded in the bilL Although the law
now requires EPA to establish dis-
charge requirements for the storm-
water point sources. EPA has been
unable to develop a final permit pro-
gram for these sources. This legisla-
tion sets up a program whereby EPA
must issue permits for storm water
point source discharges in municipali-
ties with population of over a quarter
million within 4 yean of enactment.
Within 5 yean of enactment, per-
mits for stormwater point sources dis-
charges are required in cities with pop-
ulations between 100.000 and 250.000.
These discharge requirements are to
contain control technology or other
techniques to control these discharges
and should conform to water quality
requirements. Requirements for storm
water discharges associated with In-
dustrial activities are unaffected by
this provision. The* Age* (! > without regard tc
limitation contained in the proviso
the Administrator deterr.ines
such projects meets the cost-effei
requirements of section 217 and 2!
the act without any redesign or re
•traction. The Governor of Hli
most demonstrate to the satisfac
of the Administrator the water qu;
benefits of the project. This prort
does not apply to the eost-tharing
quiremenu under the other applic
provisions of the bUL
The legislation modifies EPA's >
rent policy with respect to antib;
sliding on best practical judgment
water quality-based permits. '.
thrust of this provision U to gecer.
prohibit affected permittees li
weakening 'their, discharge requ
ments as a result of subsequently i
mulgated guidelines. Or*
narrow circumstances car.
be permitted, and in no eve*.... >i
permitted even if. after a dischar
leaves a stream, there Is an imprc
raent in water quality, unless the a:
degradation policy test is met. Tl
test states that water quality may
lowered only If widespread adve
social and economic consequences c
be demonstrated through a full iat
governmental review process.
S. 1 also embodies many of the c
struetion grants and revolving Ic
fund propof* 'T contained in the I
first passed by the Senate in 1985.
other words, this bill was passed, a
mentioned earlier, in 1985; we went
conference with the Bouse, but
kept many of the provisions deal!
with the construction grants and t
revolving loan.
The bill extends the current S2.41
lion annual authorization for title
construction grants for 3 years.
fiscal yean 1989 and 1990, the anni
authorization for title n would be >
duced to $1.2 billion. After that, the
is no more: no further authorizatio
would be made for title n after fisc
year 1990. and the money Is shift
ever into the revolving grants pi
gram.
States would be provided with suf
dent lead time to begin setting <
State revolving loan pror T:
bill encourages the creati i I"-*
self-sustaining financing t..
the earliest opportunity by p. .<:
each State with an option of come:
Ing title IX construction grants fur.
into capitalization grants for SRF s.
-------
III.B.6.
"Guidance on "Claim-Splitting" in Enforcement Actions under the Clean Water
Act", distributed August 28, 1987.
-------
-------
GUIDANCE ON •CLAIM-SPLITTING" Ml ENFORCEMENT
ACTIONS UNDER THE CLEAN WATER ACT
-------
GUIDANCE ON "CiA:«-3?L:TT:r;c"..iN £NTORCEKE:.T
ACTIONS UNDER-THE C^AN WATE2 ACT
I. 'JF&Z is "Claun Splitting"?
Claun splitting, in this context aeans either I.1) pursuing
separate administrative and judicial civil oenalty enforcenent
actions simultaneously'for the same violation .or violations, or
2.) dividing an existing set of known past CWA violations by ore
violator and pursuing each subset through a separate civil penalty
enforcenent action. This guidance addresses the appropriateness
of such claim splitting activities in the context of CIA enforce-
ment. . -
II. Parallel Administrative and Judicial- Proceedings
The enforcenent structure of the amended CWA allows the agency
to seek administrative (S 309
-------
ry she id.rir.iscrat:ve oenaj.:y proceeding. 5e- Secticr.5 309(»)
ami 3.0*(-:'>. Arr-iaolv, EPA may choose to "split" its civil
oenalcy claims oec>«en simultaneous administrative and judicial
actions acainst tne sane violator for different past-violations.
As a matter of practice, however, such claim-splitting could
result in an inefficient use of Agency resources that could
LTpair CKA enforcement efforts. To pursue two simultaneous
civil penalty proceedings would require duplication of efforts
oy both legal and technical staffs, and could even result in
unequal or inconsistent results. In addition, the prosecution
of two simultaneous civil penalty actions in different forums, one
administrative and one judicial, might provide the violator with an
argument for staying one or the other of the enforcenent proceedings
to prevent inconsistency, -thus potentially delaying resolution of
sane of the outstanding violations. -
For the above reasons, EPA should generally avoid initiating
oarallel or simultaneous administrative and judicial civil oenalty
proceedings. This guidance does not apply to parallel civil <
(administrative or judicial) and criminal actions, which may seme-
times be appropriate, nor does ic apply to serial civil penalty actions,
either administrative or judicial, in any order or combination, if the
new civil penalty action addresses only violations which occurred after
tr.e date of the earlier concluded civil penalty action.
... In addition, EPA must be particularly careful in framing its
oenalty orders and judicial complaints to identify as orecisely as
possible the violations which the Agency intends the enforcement action
to address so as to avoid possible preemption of future claims for civil
penalties.
Finally, EPA may, of course, pursue judicial enforcement under
Section 309(b) of an administrative order for compliance issued pursuant
to Section 309(a). And EPA may at any time initiate administrative or
judicial civil penalty actions for the sane violations that were the
basis for an earlier (or indeed simultaneous) Section 3Q9(a) administrative
order for compliance.
III. Simultaneous Administrative Penalty Proceedings
* .
Although nothing in the Clean Mater Act or Amendments prohibits
simultaneous administrative civil penalty actions for different past
violations by the same violator, EPA will be on the strongest legal
ground by avoiding simultaneous administrative penalty actions against
a single violator. Should EPA initiate separate administrative penalty
-------
actions for different sets of -:asc violations loy one violator,
£?A .iay nave to-reout tie argument that it ".as split its'.
claims in an effort to circjnvent the Act's 5125,000 cao on
administrative penalties. See Section 309(g)(2KB)., in cases -in
wnich EPA is aware of past violations by one violator of sufficient
numoer and seriousness to warrant a civil penalty in excess of 5125,000
(taking into account the factors for determining penalty amounts
enumerated in Section 309(d) for judicial penalties and in Section
309(g)(3) for administrative penalties), EPA would be better advised to
proceed with a single judicial civil penalty action which has no civil
penalty cap. this approach not only avoids the charge of circumvention
of the administrative penalty cap by claim splitting, but will eliminate
the inefficiency caused by duplication of enforcement efforts in. the two
forums, finally, the desirability of securing injunctive relief under
Section 309(b) against most serious repetitive violators will often tip
the balance away from not only simultaneous, but even serial administrative
penalty actions, and toward a judicial action for injunction and penalty. '
. For further infonnation or clarification of this guidance,
contact Jed Z. Callen, Esq. at FTS 597-9882 or Gary Hess of OECM at
FTS 475-3183; .
-------
III.B.7,
"Guidance on Retroactive Application of New Penalty Authorities under the
Clean Water Act", distributed August 28, 1987.
-------
-------
GUIDANCE ON "RETROACTIVE" APPLICABILITY OF
NEW PENALTY AUTHORITIES UNDER THE CLEAN WATER ACT
-------
GUIDANCE ON "RETROACTIVE" APPLICATION OF
NEW PENALTY AUTHORITIES UNDER THE CLEAN WATER AC
I. Introduction
The. Water Quality Act of 1987, which amended the Clean
water Act (CWA) created some new areas of explicit crisiinai
liability, increased the maximum.civil and criminal penalties
available under the Act, and authorized the administrative
assessment of civil penalties. This guidance addresses which
of these new penalty provisions may be applied to violations •
which occurred prior to February 4, 1987, the effective date of
the CWA amendments. ^ '
II. Criminal Penalty Provisions Not Retroactive
The 1987 amendments to Section 309(c) of the Act create
three distinct, classes of criminal violation:
1.) Negligent Violations of specified sections of the Act
or of any condition or limitation implementing any of the
enumerated statutory sections in a NPDES permit or in a 404 '
permit; or of any requirement imposed in an approved pretreatment
program, or by introduction into a sewer or POTW of a pollutant
which causes a POTW NPDES permit violation,- or which the intro-
ducer reasonably should have known could cause personal injury
or property, damage (See Section 309(c)(D);
2.) Knowing Violations of the same statutory and permit
provisions (See Section 309(c)(2)}; and -
3.) Knowing Endanqerment Violations involving a knowing
violation of any of the enumerated provisions and concurrent
knowledge that the violator thereby places another person in
imminent danger of death or serious bodily injury. (See Section
309(c)(3».
. The penalties for the negligent violations remain "... not
less than $2,500 nor more than 525,000 per day of violatior. or
by imprisonment for not more than 1 year, or by both." Second
and subsequent convictions are punishable by fines "...of no
more than $50,000 per day of violation, or by imprisonment of
not more than 2 years, or by both.* The increased penalties for
knowing violations are fines of "...not less than 55,000 nor more
than $50,000 per day .of violation, or by imprisonment for not more
than 3 years, or by both." Second and subsequent convictions may
-------
- 2 - ' . ' . •
result in fines"... of not more than $100,000 per day of viola-
tion, or by imprisonment of not more £han 6 years, or by both."
The new penalties for knowing endangerment violations are up to
15 years•imprisonment or a fine of not more than 3250,000, or
both for individuals; and a fine of not more than 51,000,00.0
for organizations. -The fine and term of imprisonment is doubled
for second and subsequent convictions under this provision.
The "ex post facto" clause of the Constitution precludes
retroactive application of new criminal provisions, either by
punishing as criminal that which was not expressly defined as
criminal when committed, or by increasing retroactively a criminal
fine. Thus, the newly created criminal violations such as those
defined in Section 309(c)(3) (knowing endangerment violations),
may not be applied, to activities which occurred prior to
February 4, 1987, nor can a sentencing court apply increased '
penalties for any convictions pertaining to pre-February 4, 1987
conduct. However, any behavior which was violative of the criminal
provision of the Act as it existed prior to February 4, 1987 may
still be prosecuted pursuant to the provision as it then existed.
III. Civil Judicial Penalty Provisions Generally Not to'Be
Retroactively Applied .-,...
The Supreme Court has ruled that the. "ejc post facto* clause
of the Fifth Amendment to the Constitution, applies only to legis-
lation imposing criminal f'ines_or_ penal-sanctions. Thus the
' retroactive'application" of~civil penalties-does not necessarily
violate the; "ex post, facto"! clause. However the "due process".
"clause^bfthe Fifth Amendment"to the~Cpnstitution does apply and
may impose restrictions oh"the retroactive application of, the
increased maximum civil penalties*. ..Therefore* in order to mini-
mize the raising of Constitutional issues and the conseguent
expenditure of Agency.legal .resources,;; and in light of the strong
likelihood that the old maximum civil penalty liability of "...
$10,000 per day of such violation" will, in most cases, still
prove adequate, it is the Agency's policy generally not to seek
ithe increased maximum civil penalty amounts for violations occur-
ring prior to February 4, 1987, the effective date of the amendments.
Exceptions may be appropriate on a case by case basis if it can
be shown, for example, that the retroactive application of the
civil penalty amount is necessary in order to recover the economic
benefit whiijh accrued to the violator by virtue of his violations.
-------
Although the "due process' clause would prevent the retr •'•"
active assessment of civil penalties in cases" where no authori'L/
to optain penalties previously existed, it is the Agency's
position that none of the amendments to Section 309(d) other
t'lan the" increased maxinum penalty amount create new civil penalty
iiasilities. Instead the amendments to Section 309(d) nerely
clarify previously existing civil penalty authorities and
liabilities. Specificallyi the amendments clarify that violation
of any recuirement in an approved pretreatment program is subject
to civil penalties, under Section 309(d). Also the amendments
clarify that civil penalty liability under Section 309(d) attaches
"... per day for each violation."
—»
IV. Administrative Penalties Retroactive Up To Old Penalty Limits.
Statutory amendments that retroactively change the forum in
which the penalty .will be adjudicated, but not the substance of
the liability, have been ruled constitutional. Therefore the
Agency may assess administrative civil penalties under Section
309(a) for violations which occurred before February 4, 1987, up
to the limits of liability which existed at that tine. As long.
as the administrative penalty assessed (of up to the maximum
administrative penalty liability of 510,000 per violation up to
the Class X-cap of 525,000, or 510,000 per day up to the Class
II cap of $125,000) does not exceed the previously applicable
Section 309(d) maximum civil penalty liability of 510,000 per'day.
of such violation, there is no problem with retroactive application
of the new Section 309{g)~procedures. Given EPA's interpretat
of each of the slightly differently worded limitations as near
"per day per violation",*: the retroactive application of the
Section 309(g) maximum penalty liabilities arguably will never
exceed the Section 309(d) maximum judicial civil penalty liability
that applied prior to February 4, 1987.
For further information or clarification of this guidance,
contact Jed 2. Callen, Esq. at FTS 597-9882 or Cary Hess of OECM
at FTS 475-8183.
* See "Guidance on Effect of Clean Water Act Amendment Civil
Penalty Assessment Language", for a full discussion of EPA's
interpretation of the various civil penalty liability .provisions.
-------
III.B.8,
"Guidance on Effect of Clean Water Amendment Civil Penalty Assessment
Language", distributed August 28, 1987.
-------
-------
GUIDANCE ON EFFECT OF CLEAN WATER ACT
AMENDMENT CIVIL PENALTY ASSESSMENT LANGUAGE
— Appropriate Calculations Per Day
and/or Per Violations
-------
GUIDANCE ON EFFECT OF CLEAIi WATER ACT'
AMENDMENT CIVIL PENALTY ASSESSMENT LANGUAGE
— Appropriate Calculations Per Day
and/or Per Violation
Summary
In this guidance, the Agency concludes that each Clean
Water Act.violation is subject to a separate civil judicial
penalty of 525,000 per day, or administrative penalty of S10,000
per day, subject to the .Class I administrative maximum assessment
of $25,000 and the Class II administrative maximum of $125,000.
Tor guidance on the new statutory language regarding "single
operational upset" and any effect it may have on civil penalty
liability calculated as the statutory maximum amount, see a
separate guidance document to -be distributed to the Regions at a
later date.
Background
When'Congress amended the Clean Water Act, providing for
increased civil penalties and for administrative penalties, it
phrased each penalty orovision slightly dif"srently. An analysis
of the language and Legislative history, vi ;ed in the light of
Agency practice, indicates that all provisi -is are to be interpreted
in a similar manner. Thus, all violations : separate Clean
Water Act requirements or- permit conditions ire separately subject
to penalty assessment on each and every day such violations
continue. • ' . • '• .
The manner in which penalty liability is alleged in.civil
or administrative complaints is affected by interpretion of this
statutory language, as is the Agency's assessment of penalties.
With respect to civil or administrative complaints or proposed
orders, EPA will operate from the strongest position where such
pleadings allege the precise statutory language for penalties op
to each applicable statutory maximum penalty amount.
In considering' the number of violations contributing to
penalties in judicial or administrative proceedings, Agency
enforcement personnel should account for the total number of
violations of Clean Water Act requirements, permit conditions or
limitations that occur in a day, as well as the number of days
each violation continues. The amount thus calculated may serve
two purposes: first, it may be. considered as one of the factors
in determining whether to proceed under administrative penalty.
authority or to initiate judicial action (See Guidance on Choosing .
Among Clean Water Act Administrative, Civil and Criminal enforce-
ment Remedies in this guidance package); and secondly, the Region
may cite, this amount as its proposed ass'essnent in an administra-
tive complain't and proposed order, subject f.o the statutory.
caps on total penalty assessment.
-------
The Provisions
The following chart sets out-the evolution of the various'
penalty provisions in the process of amending the Clean Water
Act. • ' • ' ' *
CIVIL JUDICIAL.
ADMINISTRATIVE:
CLASS I
MAX. $25,000
ADMINISTRATIVE:
CLASS II . .
MAX. $125,000
Before 1987
Amendments
Sen. Bill,
S1128
S. Rep. 50
House Bill,
HR 8
H. Rep. 189
1986 Conf.
Sill/1987
Amendments
$10,000 per day of
such violation
$25,000 per day for
each violation
$25,000 per violation
$25,.000 per day of
such violation
- $25,000 per day
$25,000 per day for
each violation
•V
$10,000 per
violation
$10,000 per day for
each .violation
$10, 000. per day for
each violation of a .
Clean -Water Act
requirement
$10,000 per day of
violation
$10,000 per day /£§£%
violation
$10,000 per day for
each day during which
the violation .
continues
At issue is the question whether EPA may assess a number of
violations in a single day, or only a single violation continuing
for several days. •
Discussion of. Interpretation
In amending the enforcement provisions of the Clean Water
Act, Congress generally sought to expand the Agency's enforcement
authorities.! Additionally, the legislative history reflects
1.
133 Cong.
Chafee)
Rec. S736 (January 14, 1987)(statement of Sen.
-------
no intent to limit the Agency's past^practice, either in pleading
the statutory maximum or in using the penalty policy; In fact.
Congress ratified the Agency's penalty policy and practices by
incorporating its basic principles in the Act. See $313 (c)
which amends §309 ,(d) to specify the factors to be considered
in determining penalty amounts.
There is no doubt that there was no change, except as to
dollar ceiling, to civil judicial penalties. On 'its face, the
amended statute states that a violator shall be subject to
$25,000 per day for each violation. Furthermore, Congress says
clearly that "Section -309 and 404 of the~kct are amended ... to
clarify that each distinct violation is subject to a separate
daily penalty assessment of up to $25,000..." H.R. Rep. No.
1004, 99th Cong., 2d Sess., 132 Cong. Rec. H10569 (Oct. 15,
1986).
For administrative penalties, the- question is whether a
more restrictive interpretation applies. Class I penalties are
to be assessed "per violation*. Congress explicitly states that
"The maximum first tier penalty that may be assessed in any
enforcement action is $25,000, regardless of the number of
violations or number of days of violation. H.R. Rep. No. 1004,
99th Cong., 2d Sess.,.132 Cong. Rec. H10571 (Oct. 15, 1986)
(emphasis added). Accordingly, the number of violations and the .
number of days of violation are to be considered in Class I
penalty assessment, up to the cap on liability. The Class II
penalty provision, which.states that the penalty shall be per
day for each day during~which the violation continues, should
be interpreted similarly.
In conclusion, the Agency's policy with respect to
calculating counts (i.e. violations and days) of civil penalty
liability has been unchanged by the Clean Water Act amendments,
and may be extended in application to the new administrative
penalty provisions. For further information, please contact
Patricia'.Mott,. attorney in OECM/Water (FTS 475-8320).
-------
III.B.9,
"Addendum to the Clean Water Act Civil Penalty Policy for Administrative
Penalties", distributed August 28, 1987.
-------
-------
ADDENDUM TO THE CLEAN WATER ACT
CIVIL PENALTY POLICY FOR
ADMINISTRATIVE PENALTIES
-------
ADDENDUM TO THE CLEAN WATER ACT
CIVIL PENALTY POLICY FOR
ADMINISTRATIVE PENALTIES
I. Purpose
The purpose of this Addendum is to provide guidance on tne
calculation of acceptable settlement amounts for EPA claims for
administrative penalties authorized by Section 314 of the 1987
amendments to the Clean Hater Act. Under that provision, codified
as Section 309(g) of the amended Clean Water Act, the Administrator
may assess a Class I civil penalty of up to $10,000 "per violation"
to a maximum of $25,000 and a Class II civil penalty of "$10,000
per day for each day during which the violation continues," to a
maximum of $125,000.
At this time, this Addendum applies only to the calculation
of administrative penalties and does not affect the calculation
of penalties for judicial actions. Neither does 'it apply to the
calculation of penalties for violations relating to the discharge
of dredge or fill materials regulated under Section 404 of- the -'."
Clean Water Act. Guidance for calculation of-penalties under
Section 404 will be issued separately. At a later date, all
provisions of the Clean Water Act Civil Penalty Policy will be
re-evaiuated to determine whether the methodology should be
made identical for both administrative penalties and civil
judicial actions.
The calculated penalty figure represents a reasonable and
defensible penalty which the Agency will agree to accept in
settlement of its administrative penalty action against a
violating permittee. The complaint/proposed order should
include the penalty amount which "the Administrator proposes
to assess", as compared .to the "settlement" amount calculated
under this Policy; thus, the amount which the Administrator
proposes to assess or seeks in administrative litigation by
no means needs to be identical to the amount calculated under
this Addendum as acceptable for settlement.
II. Penalty Calculation Methodology
As for judicial penalties, the initial calculation should be
an estimate of the statutory maximum penalty in order to determine
the potential maximum penalty liability of the defendant. The •
penalty which the government seeks in settlement may not exceed
this statutory maximum amount. For administrative penalties, in
addition to being governed by per day/per violation maxima, the
government may not seek more than $25,000 in penalties through
a Class I action nor more than'$125,000 through a Class II
adminstrative action.
-------
The adminstrative penalty calculation involves tne sane-four
consecutive steps as for civil judicial actions: . -
1) -calculate the "Economic Benefit" of noncompliance;
2) calculate monthly .and total "Gravity Components";
3) calculate the "Adjustment Factors";
4) calculate the total penalty. .
t * '
(1) Ecomomic Benefit. The economic benefit component typically
should be calculated by using the EPA computer program —
"BEN". This program, which produces an estimate of the
economic benefit of delayed compliance, includes, among
other costs, avoided operating and maintenance expenses
and thus should be usable in nearly all cases, if for
some reason, the violations at issue are of such a unique
nature that their associated economic benefit is not
calculable through BEN, then the penalty calculation
should include any significant economic benefit calculated
through a reasonable methodology.
(2) Gravity Component. The gravity components to be used in
calculating administrative penalties differ slightly from
the components used for civil judicial penalties, althougn
the general methodology is the same. The following five
gravity weighting factors should be considered for each
month during which there was one or more violations and
should be assigned values according to the attached
methodology:
"A" ~. Significance of Violation. The definition is
unchanged from that for civil judicial penalties.
Note that this factor includes discharge violations
by indirect dischargers.
*B" ~ Health and Environmental Harm. The value for impact
on the aquatic environment has been changed from
1-10 to 0-10 for administrative penalties to reflect
the fact that some violations addressed through
administrative penalties are of a type which may nave
little or no impact on the aquatic environment. This
factor also explicitly includes impact on a POTrf oy
a violating industrial user within the 0-10 range.
"C" — Number of Violations. This factor is unchanged from
that, to be applied for civil judicial penalties.
-------
-3-
"Q" -- Duration of Noncompliance. This factor is unchanc
from that to be applied for civil judicial actions.
•. • • / . •
"E" — Significance of Non-effluent Limit Violations. This
factor is presently not applied for civil judicial
penalties but should be included in the gravity
calculation for administrative penalties. It
has a value of 0-10 and should reflect the degree
of deviation from the requirement for the most
significant non-effluent limitation violation
each month. Violations covered by this category
might include failure to report, late reporting,
schedule violations, laboratory analyses deficiencies,
unauthorized discharges, operation and maintenance
deficiencies, sludge handling violations and other
non-effluent violations.
(3) Adjustment Factors. The same three adjustment factors
will be used for administrative penalty calculations.as •
for civil judicial penalties; however, additional language
is added to make clear that the statutory factors are
included for consideration. The consideration of "history
of recalcitrance" may only result in an increased penalty.
The "ability to pay" and "litigation considerations" may
be applied to decrease the penalty.
(A) History of recalcitrance
In addition to the reasons identified for application
of the recalcitrance factor in the main text of the
CWA Civil Penalty Policy, the compliance history of
the respondent should be considered in examining the
history of recalcitrance. Where the respondent has a
history of repeat violations or a series of recent
violations which have not been satisfactorily corrected,
a factor for recalcitrance should be applied in deter-
mining the penalty amount. In evaluating the history
of compliance, it is appropriate to consider compliance
at other facilities owned or operated by the violator
as well as the violator's response in correcting the
problems.
/
In assessing equitable considerations under History
of Recalcitrance, the degree of culpability of the
violator for the violation should be considered.
, Factors which might be examined include the degree
of control the violator had over the events leading
to the violation, whether the violation could have
reasonably been anticipated, and whether the violator
took reasonable precautions to avoid the violation.
Where facts demonstrate the violation was largely
within the control ot the violator, increasing the
penalty may be justified. .
-------
(BL Ability to Pay
There is no change in this adjustment factor from
that applied for civil judicial penalties.
(C) Litigation Considerations
There is no change in this adjustment factor from
that applied for civil judicial penalties.
•
III. Intent of Policy
The policies and procedures set out in this document are
intended for the guidance of government personnel. They are
not intended, and cannot be relied upon/ to create any rights,
substantive or procedural, enforceable by any party in litigation
wirh the United States. The Agency reserves the right to act
at variance with these policies and procedures and to change
them at any time without public notice.
-------
Addendum to Clean'Water Act Penalty Policy; Calculation Methodology
SETTLEMENT PENALTY I/ 2 - (ECONOMIC BENEFIT) -I- (GRAVITY COMPONENT)
+ (ADJUSTMENTS)
Step 1: Calculate the Statutory Maximum Penalty
•
Step 2: Calculate the Economic Benefit Using "BEN" 3, 4
\
Step 3t Calculate the Total Gravity Component 5
- Monthly Gravity Component - ($1,000) x (1+A+B+C+D+E)
- Total * Sum of Monthly Gravity Components
GRAVITY CRITERIA ADDITIVE FACTORS
A. Significance of Effluent Violation6
i Exceedence
Monthly Avg.
0-20
21-40
41 - 100
101 - 300
301 - >
% Exceedence
7-Day Avg.
0-30
31 - 60
61 - ISO
151 - 450
451 - >
% Exceedence
Daily Max.
0-50
51 - 100
101 - 200
201 - 600
601 - >
Convention
Toxic Non-Toxi«
0-3 0-2
1-4 1-3
3-7 2-5
5-15 3-6
10-20 5-15
B. Barm to Health, Environment or Treatment Plant7
(i) Impact on Human Health) or 10 - stat. Ma:
(ii) Impact on Aquatic Environment; or 0-10
(iii) Impact of IU on POTW (Pretreatment Violations) 0-10
C. Number of Violations8 0-5
D. Duration of Noncompliance9 0-5
£. Significance of
Non-Effluent Limit Violations^ 0-10
Step 4: Include" Adjustment Factors
-------
-2-
A. History of Recalcitrance*! (Addition)
-m Penalty may be increased by up to 150 percent
?arLSn2an?eapaSf dnd Present recalcitrance of
the defendant and for otner matters as justice may
require* .
B. Ability to Pay (Subtraction)
•
- Penalty may be adjusted downward to represent the
defendant's ability to pay. • ^present the
C. Litigation Considerations (Subtraction)12
- Penalty may be adjusted downward to reflect the maximum
C°Urt mi9ht 4SSeSS if the cas* *
-------
ADMINISTRATIVE PENALTY CALCULATION METHODOLOGY: FOOTNOTES
1. In general, the Settlement Penalty amount shall be at least
the Economic Benefit of Noncompliance plus a gravity component.
2. The maximum Judicial Settlement Penalty shall not exceed the
amount provided by Section 309(d), $25,000 per day for each
violation. The maximum Administrative Settlement Penalty
shall not exceed $10,000 "per violation" or $25,000 for
Class I violations and $10,000 "per violation for each day
vduring which the violations continues* or $125,000 for Class II
violations. Note also the statutory requirement that *a Single
Operational Upset which leads to simultaneous violations of
more than one pollutant parameter shall be treated as a single
violation.*
3. Calculate all economic benefits using BEN, if possible.
There is no minimum amount triggering the use of BEN. If BEN
cannot be used, estimate economic benefit using best available
information.
4. Economic benefit is to be calculated as the estimated savings
accrued to the facility; i.e., it is to be based upon the total
amount which should have been spent by the facility. (All capital
and'expense costs, direct and indirect, are to be considered
This includes operation and maintenance costs.)
5. The Total Gravity Component equals the sum of each Monthly Gravity
Component for a month in which a violation has occurred.
6. The Significance of Violation is assigned a factor based on
the percent by which the pollutant exceeds the monthly or 7-day
average or daily maximum permit limitation and whether the
pollutant is classified as toxic, non-toxic or conventional. The
Significance of Violation factor is used for effluent limit
violations only* •
7. Where evidence of actual or potential harm to human health exists,
a factor from "10" to a value which results in the- statutory
maximum penalty should be assessed. Where the identified impact
or potential impact relates only to the aquatic environment, a
factor from *0* to "10" should be used. Similarly, where the
impact or potential impact is on a POTW by an Industrial User not
meeting pretreatment requirements, a factor of "0* to "10* should
be used.
8. The Region has the flexibility to assign a high penalty factor
where an excessive number of violations occur in any month
(effluent limit, reporting,; schedule, unauthorized discharge,
bypass, etc.). ' ;
-------
-2- '• '
9. The Duration of Noncompliance factor allows the Region to increase
the monthly grav.ity component for continuing violations of the
same parameter(s) or requirement(s). Generally, a "long-cerra"
violation is one which continues for three or more consecutive
months.
10. The Significance of Non-Effluent Violation-factor covers the.
effects from all non-effluent violations—other than the inter-
ference effects on a POTW from an Ill's pretreatment violations
(see B iii)—such' as reporting (nonsubmittal, incorrect and
late Discharge Monitoring Reports), laboratory analyses deficiency
(includes DMR QA), unauthorized discharges, operation and
maintenance deficiencies, sludge handling and schedule violations.
11. A factor ranging from "0" (good compliance record, cooperation
in remedying the violation, no culpability) to 150 percent of
the total of the Economic Benefit and Gravity Component may be
added based upon the history of recalcitrance exhibited by the
violator.
12. The -penalty should be reduced by any amount which defendant
paid as a penalty to a State or local agency on the same .
violations pursuant to State law.
-------
CWA Penalty Summary worksheet
Name and Location
of Facility
Date of Calculation
(1) No; of Violations
x $10,000 « stat. max.
••
(2) Economic Benefit ("BEN")
(period covered/
months) » ______
(3) Total of Monthly Gravity
Components
(4) Benefit * Gravity TOTAL
(5) Recalcitrance Factor
(0-150%) x Total (Line 4P-
(6) Preliminary TOTAL (Line 4 + Line 5) $
ADJUSTMENTS
(7) Litigation Considerations
(Amount of reduction) $
(3) Ability to Pay
(Amount of reduction)
(9) SETTLEMENT PENALTY AMOUNT
-------
III.B.10,
"Guidance on Notice to Public and Conmenters in Clean Water Act Class II
Administrative Penalty Proceedings", distributed August 28, 1987.
-------
-------
GLTDANCE OK NOTICE TO PUBLIC AND COMMENTERS
IN CLEAN WATER ACT CLASS II ADMINISTRATIVE PENALTY PROCEEDINGS
I. Statutory Reg'uireaer.ts of Notice to Public and Commenters
The Clean Water Act requires that,'before issuing an
order assessing a Class I or II penalty, the Administrator
shall, provide public notice of the proposed*issuance of the.
order. Section 309(g)(4)(A). Persons who comment on a
proposed assessment aust be given notice of any hearing held,
and notice of the issuance.of the order that actually assesses
the penalty. Section 3C9(g)(4)(B). EPA's Guidance on Class I
Clean water Act Administrative Penalty Procedures ("Class I
Guidance") sets forth procedures by which EPA provides public
notice in Class Z proceedings. As set forth below, EPA should
provide public notice in Class II proceedings in a manner
similar to the procedures set forth in the Class I Guidance.
II. Public Notice, of t.w.e Proposed Issuance of an Order
EPA should provide public notice of the proposed issuance
of an order assessing a Class II penalty in the form and
manner set forth in §126.102(b) of the Class I Guidance,
except that the notice should refer to the comment period set
forth in 40 CFR 22.28(d), and should not refer to the comment
period set forth in §126.102(b)(1) of the Class I Guidance.
III. Providing Carpenters with Notice of Hearing
As set forth in §126.104(e) of the Class I Guidance, the
Presiding Officer should serve notices of hearing on each
person who commented on the proposed Class II assessment.
IV. Providing Commenters with Notice of Order Assessing
Penalty
As set forth in 1126.102(e) and 9126.111 of the Class I
Guidance, the Hearing Clerk should serve a copy of the final
order on each person who commented on the proposed Class II
assessment.
For further information regarding the guidance, contact
Gary Hess, OECM, at FTS 475-3183.
-------
-------
III.B.11
"Guidance Regarding Regional and headquarters Coordination on Proposed and
Final Administrative Penalty Orders on Consent under Hew Enforcement
Authorities of the Water Quality Act of distributed August 28, 1987.
-------
-------
GUIDANCE REGARDING.REGIONAL AND HEADQUARTERS
COORDINATION ON PROPOSED AND FINAL ADMINISTRATIVE
PENALTY ORDERS ON CONSENT UNDER NEW ENFORCEMENT AUTHORITIES
OF THE WATER-EQUALITY ACT OF 1987
-------
Guidance Hecirdir.c Recior.il C..-.G hesdsuarters Ccorci.-£;lo- c-
Prspcsed and Final Acr.ir.iiir=:i"e Penalty Orders en Cor.se.-.;"
'Jnder New Sr.forcener.t Aut.-verities cf rhe'wacer Quality *—
of 1987.
I. Puroose
The-purpose cf this cuidar.ce is to exolain the interaction
required between Headquarters (SQ) and tne"Regions for acxi.iistratfre
penalty actions taken by Regions under section 314 of the Water
Quality Act (HQA).
II. Background • "*" .
On February 4, 1987, tne HQA amendments of 1987 were enacted.
Section 314 gives the Administrator new enforcement.authority to
issue administrative penalty orders against., alleged violators of
the WQA. The Administrator is delegating these new authorities
to the Regional Administrators and the Assistant Administrator
for water/ who may then redelegate many of these new authorities.
The Office of General Counsel fOGC) and the Office of .Enforcement
and Compliance Monitoring (OECM) also will have certain prescribed
roles.
The following guidance covers roles and responsibilities for
Regional and HQ offices in EPA's use of these new enforceme.-.i
authorities, including coordination responsibilities. The guidance.
is intended to promote consistent and sound development anc -se of
.tnese authorities, effective national management of the new
enforcement program, and helpful information exchange, wniis ? •":'••>
significant flexibility for the Regions to implement .tne act.nb
most efficiently'as seen fit in individual cases. . "-""
III. HQ CONCURRENCE ON INITIAL PROPOSED AND CONSENT P-NAL7Y AO'5
A. WQA Class I and II Penalties Other than S404
Each Regional.office shall submit to Anne Lassi;er,
Chief, Policy Development Srancn, Office of Hater Enforcement
and Permits (OWE?) copies of the following prior to issuance:
1. The first three Class I and the first three Class II
" combined complaints and penalty orders (and accompanying
cover letters.) proposing the assessment .of penalties pri
/issuance under 5314 of the HQA.
2. The first three class I and first three Class IJ
final penalty orders on consent prior to issuance
under 53-14 of the HQA. ' '
-------
-2-•.-.'•
S.-WOA-Class I and II $404 Penalties
Each Regional office shall submit to Suzanne Schwartz,
. Chief, Policy and Regulations Branch, Office of Wetlands
Protection (OWP), copies of the following prior to issuance:
1. The first three Class I and the first three Class II
combined complaints and penalty orders with accompanying
letters proposing the assessment of penalties prior to
issuance under $314 of the WQA.
2. The first three Class I and first three Class II
final penalty orders on consent prior to issuance
under 5314 of the WQA. .
C..' Implementation . ' •
The Office of'Water Enforcement and Permits or the Office
of Wetlands Protection, as appropriate, will distribute copies
of the orders to the Office of Enforcement and Compliance
Monitoring. EPA Regions must obtain comments and concurrence
from OECM - Water, and OWEP or OWP, as appropriate, on initial
proposed penalty orders/complaints and final orders on consent
before signing or issuing these documents to the respondent or '
to any other party outside of EPA. OECM and OW offices will
provide one joint response to the Regions to minimize cocrdinatjtw
burdens on the Regions.
In order to expedite.Headquarters -review of proposed
and final orders, the Regions must include, an action memo
or a fact sheet explaining the factual basis, rationale,
and significant issues associated with each proposed and
final order. This material should show the basis for using
the procedures chosen, and show application of penalty
assessment criteria. We hope that in many cases, the Regions
will be able to use the same action memo already developed
for their own internal use. The package also should designate
a contact person in the Region with whom Headquarters should •
communicate on the package.
The Region may, at its'discretion, submit in the package
any other relevant materials which may be of assistance to
Headquarters during the review process. .
*•
OWEP, OWP,' and OECM review for purposes of deciding on
concurrence will,focus on whether the submitted documents
are consistent with national law and policy in the area of
'"WQA programs, WQA enforcement and enforcement generally.
The review focus will be on the legal and technical soundness
of the administrative documents submitted by the Region.
The review typically'will net focus or. Whether an administrative
-------
-3---
penalty action is the best alternative enforcement response,
although particular attention will be given to this issue on '
administrative cases that raise precedential national issues.
The Headquarters concurrence memorandum may require document
changes needed to protect the Agency's enforcement position, or
may merely suggest changes preferred by Headquarters reviewers
for the Region to consider implementing. .
OWEP, OWP, and OECM will respond jointly in one written
communication to the Regions no later than ten working days
from receipt of the package unless there is good cause for a
delayed decision. Headquarters may need to delay its response
'if, for example, additional information from the Region is
essential before concurrence may be given. If good cause for
delay exists, the appropriate OH Branch Chief must immediately
notify the affected Region of the delay, and provide the reasons
for the delay. / .
Upon resolution of the matter causing delay, OWEP,
OWP, and OECN agree to respond to the Region as quickly as
possible, but no longer than ten working days from receipt of
all information requested.
If Headquarters does not respond to the Region within
the appropriate time frame, the Region must notify OWEP or
OWP, as appropriate, that a response has not been received. . '
If the designated representatives for OWEP or OWP do not ;-":"::.
respond to the Region within one day, the Region may assume :;,:u:.^
that OWEP or OWP, and OECM have no comment on the proposed •''•Zyggs
or final order and concur in its issuance.1
'Where possible, the Regions are encouraged to forward
diverse cases, involving a variety of WQA violations, to
Headquarters1 for concurrence. . ''
IV. Other Procedures to Facilitate National Management o£ the
Administrative Penalty Program . '
A. Submission of Hard Copy of Penalty Orders
Currently,, Regions are asked to submit copies of all
administrative orders ($309) issued to OWEP. Through
this guidance, we are also asking the Regions to submit
hard copies of proposed and final penalty orders, either
litigated or on consent, to OWEP or OWP as appropriate
within 30 days of issuance.of the order. These hard
copies will be used as one mechanism for evaluating the.
effectiveness of implementation of administrative penalty
authority and assessing.national consistency in the use of
the authority. Submission of hard copy should in no way
delay or impede a Region's ability to use the administrative
penalty authority. ' ,
-------
-<- '
5.. Automated Tracking of Penalty Order' Issuance
Headquarters will .track the issuance of adminstrative
penalty orders for other than Section 404 throuon the •
Permit Compliance System (PCS), an automated manaaement
information system for tracking permit, compliance, and
enforcement status of NPDES permittees. This system is
managed by the Office of Water Enforcment and Permits
with data input at the Regional or State level. Regions
are currently required to track -«£1 enforcement actions
issued to major permittees and JRinor PL 92-500 municipal
permittees. Regions and States will be given further
guidance in the near future on the specific data to be
entered for administrative penalty orders.
C. Compendium of Administrative Opinions
Headquarters will develop a compendium of decisions
issued by Administrative Law Judges (ALJ) as well as
any decisions handed down by courts on appeal. This
compendium of decisions will be provided to Regions on
a regular basis to assist in .preparing cases to- be'heard
by ALJs.. ."
D. Circulation of Noteworthy Opinions/Orders
In addition to preparation of a compendium, Headquarters
will distribute copies of noteworthy ALJ decisions as
well as copies ''of final orders wnicn are particularly
well done or innovative, to all Regions. These will be
distributed periodically, as they, become available t.o
Headauarters.
t. Coordination on Precedential Issues . '
From time to time, Regions will identify cases where tne
issues have national implications or are precedential.
i'n nature. In such circumstances, cne Region will oe
responsible for notifying and woncing witn Headquarters
, (OECM) to develop arguments to be'used in pleadings to
presiding officers/administrative law judges. Additionally,.
Regions should be aware' that the concurrence of tne Assistant
Administrator for Enforcement and Compliance Monitoring is
required before an appeal of an ALJ decision is initialed
_ and that the same Assistant Administrator must be consul-sad
when no appeal of an adverse decision is recommended. (See
Delegations of Authority.)
-------
?. Headquarters Oversight of Administrative Penalty
Headquarters will exercise oversight of Regional use of
administrative penalty authority primarily't.-.rouah procram
reviews or audits (e.g., integrated into the annual.mid-year
evaluation), as opposed to case-by-case, real-time review.
The audits will be supplemented by data from the automated
tracking system and information developed cr.rough review
of the hard copies of penalty orders suomitted by the
Regions. In assessing overall performance, .Headquarters
will, examine the following.
- overall penalty levels obtained
- conformity with penalty policy as estaalished
through review of penalty worksheets
- efficiency and use of penalty orders—number of orders
issued, tiaiely -response and completion, effective
negotiation and advocacy
- conformity with national enforcement policy
- establishment of significant precedent.
Guidance Contacts:
NPDES: Anne Lassiter, OWEP $404: Rosanna Ciupe*, On? .
FtS:475-8307 FTS:47S-8798
NPDES and S404: Gary Hess, OECM
• FTS:475-8183
-------
III.B.12.
"Use of Administrative Penalty Orders (APO'S) in FY 89", dated March 13,
1990. This docuaent is reproduced at VII.IS. below.
-------
-------
III.B.13,
"New Administrative Penalty Procedures", dated October 29,1991.
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WASHINGTON. D.C. 20460
OCT 2 9 'C9!
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: New Administrative Penalty Procedures
FROM: Edward E. Reich ^
i Acting Assistant Administrator for Enforcement
X^LaJuana S. Wilcher ^
Assistant Administrator for Water
TO: Regional Administrators, Regions I-X
As a result of the Administrator's recent delegation of
authorities under Section 309(g) of the Clean Water Act (CWA), we
are now able to implement as procedural guidance Part 28, the new*
CWA Class I administrative penalty procedures, which were
published in the Federal Register as a proposed rule on July l,
1991. These new Part 28 procedures should be used, before final
promulgation, as guidance in Class I administrative penalty
proceedings under Section 309(g) of the CWA.
We have attached to this memorandum a copy of (1) the
Administrator's new delegation of Section 309(g) Class I
authority; (2) a redelegation of Class I CWA representation
authority from the Assistant Administrator for Enforcement; and
(3) Part 28.
The attached Part 28 procedures will supersede as procedural
guidance the presently used 1987 CWA 5309(g) Class I guidance.
Part 28 should be used for new CWA S309fg) Class I proceedings
beginning November j, 1991. This starting date will allow the
Agency a reasonable transition period between the present and new
procedures. We intend to use proposed Part 28 on a pilot basis
generally and evaluate its effectiveness before it becomes a
final rule. If we find problems in administering the new
procedures, we will use our experience to revise them before
their final promulgation. Although Part 28 also encompasses
elements of the Safe Drinking Water Act, the Oil Pollution Act of
1990, EPCRA and CERCLA, these elements of Part 28 are not being
implemented at this time. The Office of Enforcement and OSWER
expect to implement the OPA elements of Part 28 as soon as
possible.
Printed on Recycled Paper
-------
- 2 -
We request that the Regions execute necessary redelegations
of authority under new Delegation 2-51 2.a. to initiate Class I
cases under Part 28 procedures. Under Delegation 2-51 2.b. the
Regions may choose to designate a standing Presiding Officer for
all Class I cases, or may designate individuals on a case-by-case
basis. (Because there will be a Presiding Officer assigned in
each Part 28 case, it may be simpler to make a blanket
designation during the next two weeks.) The Assistant
Administrator for Enforcement has redelegated his authority to
represent the Agency in CWA §309(g) Class I actions to the
Regional Counsels for cases arising in the Regions.
Part 28 incorporates some different procedures than existing
guidance. Consequently, the Regions are to submit for review the
first proposed Part 28 administrative complaint and its cover
letter, and the first proposed consent order, for a total of two
submissions per Region. OW and OE will only review these
materials for their conformance to the Part 28 procedures, rather
than for statutory or penalty policy consistency, since the
latter are by now well understood. For those Regions that have
yet to fulfill their concurrence requirements set forth in the
1987 Administrative Penalty Guidance, these Part 28 reviews will *
be counted toward the concurrence requirements but also will
include review for statutory and penalty policy consistency.
Our offices will use the same ten day review period and
manner of communicating that we previously used in implementing
the 1987 Class I guidance. Please continue to provide hard
copies of Class I final orders to OWEC and OWOW. Our contacts
for this review are, for the Office of Water, OWEC (EN-338), Mary
Lawrence (FTS 260-9511) or OWOW (A-104F), Wetlands and' Aquatic
Resources Regulatory Branch, Hazel Groman (FTS 260-8798) and, for
OE-Water (LE-134W), the Northern Regions Branch Chief (for
Regions I, II, III, IV, and X) (FTS 260-7888) and the Southern
Regions Branch Chief (for Regions V, VI, VII, VIII and IX) (260-
8177).
As with other Agency guidance, the decision to use Part 28
procedures does not establish or affect legal rights or
obligations. Agency decisions in particular cases will be made
by applying the law and regulations to the specific circumstances
of that case.
If you have any questions, please contact Frederick F.
Stiehl, Enforcement Counsel for Water, at FTS 260-8180, or have
your staff contact David Drelich of his staff at FTS 260-2949.
Attachments
cc: Deputy Administrator
Deputy Regional Administrators
-------
Regional Counsels
Water Management Division Directors
Director, Office of Enforcement, Region X
Don R. Clay, OSWER
Environmental Service Division Directors, Regions III and VI
Assistant Regional Administrator for Policy and Management,
Region VII
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WASHINGTON, O.C. 20460
OCT 29 1991
OFFICE OF ENFORCEMENT
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Redelegation of authority to represent EPA in non-APA
enforcement proceedings
FROM: Edward E. Reich C—-^""^' /
Acting Assistant Administrator for Enforcement
TO: Regional Counsels, Regions I-X
Enforcement Counsel for Water
I hereby redelegate my authority under Delegation 2-51 l.c
to "represent the complainant in a Class I administrative penalty
proceeding under the CWA before a presiding officer" for cases
arising in the Regions to the Regional Counsels. The Regional
Counsels may redelegate this authority further to any Agency
attorney.
I hereby redelegate my authority under Delegation 2-51 l.c
to "represent the complainant .in a Class I administrative penalty
proceeding under the CWA before a presiding officer" for cases
arising at Headquarters to the Enforcement Counsel for Water.
The Enforcement Counsel for Water may redelegate this authority
further to any Agency attorney.
cc: Don Clay, OSWER
LaJuana S. Wilcher, OW
Deputy Regional Administrators, Regions I-X
Printed on Recycled Paper
-------
DELEGATIONS MANUAL
CLEAN WATER ACT
2—51. Class I Administrative Penalty Actions
1. AUTHORITY. Pursuant to the Clean Water Act the authority to:
a. Act as the complainant in a Class I administrative
penalty action under the CWA.
b. Conduct proceedings, recommend the form of final Agency
action, issue subpoenas and perform all the presiding officer
functions set forth in applicable Agency guidance or regulations
governing the administration of Class I administrative penalty
actions under the CWA.
c. Represent the complainant before a presiding officer in
a Class I administrative penalty proceeding under the CWA.
d. Issue an order on consent between the Agency and a
respondent resulting from the initiation of a Class I
administrative penalty action under the CWA.
e. Act as deciding official in a contested or default Class
I administrative penalty action under the CWA, and to assess a
penalty in such a proceeding.
f. Review sua sponte any exercise of the authority
described in l.e in a contested or a defaulted action.
2. TO WHOM DELEGATED.
a. The authority in l.a is delegated to the Regional
Administrators, the Assistant Administrator for Water, and the
Assistant Administrator for'Solid Waste and Emergency Response,
for the purpose of redelegation.
b. The authorities in l.b are delegated to the Regional
Administrators for the purpose of redelegation, and are delegated
to the General Counsel.
c. The authority in l.c is delegated to the Assistant
Administrator for Enforcement.
-------
DELEGATIONS MANUAL
CLEAN WATER ACT
2-51. Class I Administrative Penalty Actions (cont'd)
d. The authority in l.d is delegated to the Regional
Administrators, the Assistant Administrator for Water, and the
Assistant Administrator for Solid Waste and Emergency Response.
\
e. The authorities in l.e are delegated to the Regional
Administrators, the Assistant Administrator for Water, and the
Assistant Administrator for Solid Waste and Emergency Response.
f. The authority in l.f is delegated to the Chief Judicial
Officer.
3. LIMITATIONS.
a. The Assistant Administrator for Water shall exercise the
applicable authorities only for Class I actions conducted under
Section 309(g). The Assistant Administrator for Solid Waste and
Emergency Response shall exercise the applicable authorities only
for Class I actions conducted under Section 311.
b. The Regional Administrators and the Assistant
Administrators shall redelegate the authority in l.a. The
delegatee of the Assistant Administrator for Water or the
Assistant Administrator for Solid Waste and Emergency Response
may exercise such authority only in multi-Regional cases or cases
of national significance.
c. The delegatee of the Assistant Administrator for Water
(or the Assistant Administrator for Solid Waste and Emergency
Response, as appropriate) shall consult with the appropriate
Regional Administrator or designee before initiating a Class I
action.
d. The General Counsel or his delegatee may exercise the
authorities described in l.b only in cases initiated by the
delegatee of the Assistant Administrator for Water or the
Assistant Administrator for Solid Waste and Emergency Response.
e. The.Regional Administrators and the appropriate
Assistant Administrator may exercise the authority in I.e. only
if (1) the delegatee of such official initiated the action and
(2) such official or his delegatee provides the Chief Judicial
Officer with a timely copy of the decision in a contested or a
defaulted action so that there is an opportunity for a sua soonte
review.
-------
DELEGATIONS MANUAL
CLEAN WATER ACT
2-51. Class I Administrative Penalty Actions (cont'd)
• * - '
4. REDELEGATION AUTHORITY.
a. The Regional Administrators may redelegate the
authorities in l.a and l.d to the branch chief level. The
appropriate Assistant Administrator may redelegate the
authorities in l.a and l.d to the division director level.
b. The Regional Administrators shall, and the General
Counsel may, redelegate the authorities in l.b. to a person
meeting the neutrality requirements of applicable Agency guidance
or regulations.
c. The Assistant Administrator for Enforcement may
redelegate the authority in I.e. to ah Agency attorney.
d. The Regional Administrators may redelegate the authority*
in I.e. on a caseHay-case basis to the person exercising the
authorities in l.b. The Assistant Administrator for Water and
the Assistant Administrator for Solid Waste and Emergency
Response may not redelegate the authority in I.e.
e. The Chief Judicial Officer may redelegate the authority
in l.f. to a Headquarters Judicial Officer.
5. ADDITIONAL REFERENCES.
a. Section 309 of the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. Section
1319, as amended by the Water Quality Act of 1987.
b. Section 311 of the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. Section
1321, as amended by the Oil Pollution Act of 1990.
c. Agency guidance or regulations governing Class I
administrative penalty actions under the Clean Water Act.
-------
PART 28 — CONSOLIDATED RULES OF PRACTICE GOVERNING
THE ADMINISTRATIVE ASSESSMENT OF CLASS I CIVIL
PENALTIES TINDER THE CLEAN WATER ACT, THE COMPREHENSIVE
ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSE, COMPENSATION, AND LIABILITY
ACT, AND THE EMERGENCY PLANNING AND COMMUNITY
RIGHT-TO-KNOW ACT, AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE ASSESSMENT
OF CIVIL PENALTIES UNDER PART C OF THE
SAFE DRINKING WATER ACT
Subpart A — General Provisions
Sec.
28.1 Purpose and scope.
28.2 Definitions.
28.3 Number and gender.
28.4 Presiding Officer.
28.5 Hearing Clerk.
28.6 Representation by Counsel.
28.7 Computation of time.
28.8 Limitations on written legal arguments or statements.
28.9 Service of documents.
28.10 Parties' burdens of going forward, proof and persuasion.
28.11 Subpoenas.
28.12 Prohibited communication.
28.13 Request for alternate Presiding Officer.
28.14 Unavailability of administrative appeal; limitation on
requests for reconsideration.
28.15 Prospective effect of this Part.
Subpart B — Prehearing
28.16 Initiation of action.
28.17 Availability of documents filed with the Hearing Clerk.
28.18 Withdrawal of amendment of administrative complaint.
28.19 Consultation with State [Section 309(g) of the Clean Water
Act only].
28.20 Responses to administrative complaint.
28.21 Default proceedings.
28.22 Consent orders.
28.23 Prehearing conference.
28.24 Information exchange.
28.25 Summary determination and accelerated recommended
decision.
Subpart C — Hearing
28.26 Liability hearing.
Subpart D — Post-Hearing
-------
- 2 -
28.27 Recommended decision.
28.28 Decision of the Regional Administrator.
28.29 Sua sponte review.
28.30 Petition to set aside an order [Section 309(g) of the
Clean Water Act only].
28.31 Payment of assessed penalty.
SUBPART A - GENERAL PROVISIONS
$28.1 Purpose and Scope.
This Part sets forth procedures for the efficient and timely
initiation and administration of administrative actions under
Sections 309(g)(2)(A) and 3ll(b)(6)(A) and (B) (i) of the Clean
Water Act (CWA), 33 U.S.C. §§1319(g)(2)(A) and 1321(b)(6)(A) and
(B)(i); certain actions under Section 1423(c) of the Safe
Drinking Water Act (SDWA), 42 U.S.C. §300h-2(c); Section 109(a)
of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and
Liability Act (CERCLA), as amended by the Superfund Amendments
and Reauthorization Act (SARA), 42 U.S.C. §9609(a); and, certain
actions under Section 325(b)(l), (c)(l), (c)(2) and (d) of the
Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-Know Act (EPCRA), 42
U.S.C. §11045(b)(1), (c)(l), (c)(2) and (d). Nothing in this
Part authorizes any person to challenge in any action commenced
under this Part any final State or Agency action, including the
validity or reasonableness of any applicable permit or permit
condition or (in the case of the Safe Drinking Water Act), any
regulation establishing an authorization by rule. Nothing in
this Part shall affect the authority of the Administrator to
implement or enforce any other provision of law.
§28.2 Definitions.
(a) Administrative complaint means a document issued by the
complainant that:
(1) Names one or more respondents;
(2) Alleges one or more violations of applicable law,
stating with reasonable specificity the nature of.the alleged
violations;
(3) Proposes a penalty be assessed upon the respondent
as authorized by applicable law;
(4) [Safe Drinking Water Act compliance actions only]
Seeks respondent's compliance with applicable law and may propose
a reasonable time for achieving compliance; and
-------
PART 28 — CONSOLIDATED RULES OF PRACTICE GOVERNING
THE ADMINISTRATIVE ASSESSMENT OF CLASS I CIVIL
PENALTIES UNDER THE CLEAN WATER ACT, THE COMPREHENSIVE
ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSE, COMPENSATION, AND LIABILITY
ACT, AND THE EMERGENCY PLANNING AND COMMUNITY
RIGHT-TO-KNOW ACT, AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE ASSESSMENT
OF CIVIL PENALTIES UNDER PART C OF THE
SAFE DRINKING WATER ACT
Subpart A — General Provisions
Sec.
28.1 Purpose and scope.
28.2 Definitions.
28.3 Number and gender.
28.4 Presiding Officer.
28.5 Hearing Clerk.
28.6 Representation by Counsel.
28.7 Computation of time.
28.8 Limitations on written legal arguments or statements.
28.9 Service of documents.
28.10 Parties' burdens of going forward, proof and persuasion.
28.11 Subpoenas.
28.12 Prohibited communication.
28.13 Request for alternate Presiding Officer.
28.14 Unavailability of administrative appeal; limitation on
requests for reconsideration.
28.15 Prospective effect of this Part.
Subpart B — Pr•hearing
28.16 Initiation of action.
28.17 Availability of documents filed with the Hearing Clerk.
28.18 withdrawal or amendment of administrative complaint.
28.19 Consultation with State [Section 309(g) of the Clean Water
Act only].
28.20 Responses to administrative complaint.
28.21 Default proceedings.
28.22 Consent orders.
28.23 Prehearing conference.
28.24 Information exchange.
28.25 Summary determination and accelerated recommended
decision.
Subpart C ~ Hearing
28.26 Liability hearing.
Subpart D — Post-Hearing
-------
- 2 -
28.27 Recommended decision.
28.28 Decision of the Regional Administrator.
28.29 Sua sponte review.
28.30 Petition to set aside an order [Section 309(g) of the
Clean Water Act only].
28.31 Payment of assessed penalty.
SUBPART A - GENERAL PROVISIONS
S28.1 Purpose and Scope.
This Part sets forth procedures for the efficient and timely
initiation and administration of administrative actions under
Sections 309 (g) (2) (A) and 311(b)(6)(A) and (B).(i) of the Clean
Water Act (CWA), 33 U.S.C. §§1319(g)(2)(A) and 1321(b)(6)(A) and
(B)(i); certain actions under Section 1423(c) of the Safe
Drinking Water Act (SDWA), 42 U.S.C. $300h-2(c); Section 109(a)
of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and
Liability Act (CERCLA), as amended by the Superfund Amendments
and Reauthorization Act (SARA), 42 U.S.C. $9609(a); and, certain
actions under Section 325(b)(l), (c)(1), (c)(2) and (d) of the
Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-Know Act (EPCRA), 42
U.S.C. §11045(b).(l), (c)(l), (c)(2) and (d). Nothing in this
Part authorizes any person to challenge in any action commenced
under this Part any final State or Agency action, including the
validity or reasonableness of any applicable permit or permit
condition or (in the case of the Safe Drinking Water Act), any
regulation establishing an authorization by rule. Nothing in
this Part shall affect the authority of the Administrator to
implement or enforce any other provision of law.
S28.2 Definitions.
(a) Administrative complaint means a document issued by the
complainant that:
(1) Names one or more respondents;
(2) Alleges one or more violations of applicable law,
stating with reasonable specificity the nature of.the alleged
violations;
(3) Proposes a penalty be assessed upon the respondent
as authorized by applicable law;
(4) [Safe Drinking Water Act compliance actions only]
Seeks respondent's compliance with applicable law and may propose
a reasonable time for achieving compliance; and
-------
- 3 -
(5) Is certified by signature of Agency counsel as a
legally sufficient pleading.
(b) Administrative record means (except for purposes of
proposed.SDWA and CWA §309(g) consent orders lodged pursuant to
§§28.22[b] and 28.28[b] of this Part) the following documents
that are filed with or by the Hearing Clerk:
(1) Documentation relied upon by the complainant, to
support the allegations as to liability which were set forth in
the administrative complaint;
(2) Any record held by the Agency of any previously
adjudicated violation by the respondent of any federal pollution
control or environmental statute or regulation;
(3) The administrative complaint and proof of its
service;
(4) [Section 309(g) of the Clean Water Act only] The
record or summary of the complainant's consultation or provision
of opportunity for consultation with the State 'in which the
alleged violations occurred;
(5) [Safe Drinking Water Act and Section 309(g) of the
Clean water Act only] A copy of the public notice provided by
the complainant pursuant to §28.16(d) of this Part and proof of
its publication;
(6) The record of the designation of the Presiding
Officer;
(7) [Safe Drinking Water Act and Section 309(g) of the
Clean Water Act only] A memorialization of the date of lodging
of any proposed consent order;
(8) Each action, including the issuance of a subpoena
pursuant to S28.11(a) of this Part, memorialized in writing and
signed by the Presiding Officer;
(9) Each document that is timely submitted by any
participant or any member of the public pursuant to the
requirements and subject to the limitations established pursuant
to §§28.2(g), 28.4(a), 28.8, 28.9(a), 28.13(a), 28.20(a-c) and
(f), 28.21(b), 28.22(a)(l), 28.25(a)(l) and (b), 28.26(d)(e)(h)
(i) and (k), and 28.*0(a) of this Part;
(10) A verbatim record or transcription of any
liability hearing held under §28.26 of this Part or of any oral
argument regarding a determination of remedy presented pursuant
to this Part;
-------
• - 4 -
(11) Any recommended decision of the Presiding Officer;
(12) Any document filed by the Regional Administrator
pursuant to §28.28(d) of this Part;
(13) [Section 309(g) of the Clean Water Act only] Any
evidence regarding the respondent in an action under this Part
presented by a participating commenter to the Regional
Administrator and timely filed with the Hearing Clerk as part of
a request to set aside an order pursuant to 528.30(a) of this
Part and Section 309(g)(4)(C) of the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C.
S1319(g)(4)(C).
(14) Any applicable Agency policy (excluding any Agency
policy, or portion thereof, that applies to settlement of a
penalty claim) concerning the assessment of an administrative
penalty, and any information relevant to a penalty determination
under such policy;
(15) Any relevant document which the Presiding Officer
finds will assist in the timely and efficient resolution of the
action and which is not:
(i) A prohibited communication as defined by
subsection (p) of this section;
(ii) Excluded from the administrative record by
the failure of a participant to meet a deadline or other
requirement regarding a document referenced by paragraph (b)(9)
of this subsection, excluded by operation of §28.2(b)(14),
§28.4(c)(5) or (6) or §28.24(e)(l) of this Part, or excluded by
any sanction an Agency decisionmaker imposes pursuant to this
Part in connection with the conduct of an action; or
(iii) [Safe Drinking Water Act and Section 309(g)
of the Clean Water Act only] Lodged with the Hearing Clerk
pursuant to §28.22(b) (.1) (i) of this Part.
(16) Any record of recusal by an Agency decisionmaker;
(17) Any record of payment of an assessed civil penalty
submitted pursuant to §28.31 of this Part; and
(18) [Safe Drinking water Act compliance action only]
Any record of the respondent's compliance with the terms of the
administrative order.
(c) Administrator means the Administrator of the United
States Environmental Protection Agency or his delegate.
(d) Agency means the United States Environmental Protection
Agency.
-------
- 5 -
(e) Agency counsel means any Agency attorney who represents
the complainant in an action under this Part;
(£) Agency decisionmaker means the Presiding Officer, the
Regional Administrator, the Administrator, or any neutral Agency
employee' who advises the Regional Administrator or Administrator
relating to the merits of an action under this Part;
(g) [safe Drinking Water Act and Section 309(g) of the Clean
Water Act only] Commenter means any person (other than a party)
or representative of such person who, by the deadline prescribed
by, S28.20(c) of this Part:
(1) Declares in writing to the Hearing Clerk that for
purposes of the noticed action he is providing comments pursuant
to the Clean Water Act or Safe Drinking Water Act, whichever
applies, and intends to participate in the action;
(.2) Submits comments on the allegations set forth in
the administrative complaint or the relief proposed in the
administrative complaint, or both, or specifies such allegations
or proposed relief upon which he will comment; and
(3) Provides the Hearing Clerk with a return address.
(h) complainant means the Agency, acting through any Agency
employee authorized by the Administrator to initiate an action
under this Part or authorized to conclude such an action, in
whole or in part, upon consent;
(i) Consent order means a written order, issued by the
Regional Administrator and agreed to by one or more respondents,
consisting of:
(1) Uncontested findings of fact by the Agency and
stipulations by the parties.establishing subject matter
jurisdiction;
(2) Uncontested findings of fact by the Agency
establishing the respondent's violation of applicable law which
has been alleged in the administrative complaint;
(3) An order consented to by the parties which assesses
a civil penalty that explicitly takes into account the penalty
factors applicable under law and (in the case of the Safe
Drinking Water Act) a compliance remedy which is reasonably
related to the respondent's violation of law;
(4) [Section 309(g) of the Clean water Act only] In
any action in which a commenter is participating pursuant to
§§28.2(g) and 28.20(c)(2) of this Part, a statement that any
-------
- 6 -
x. •
commenter to the action under this Part and Section 309(g) of the
Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §1319(g), may petition the Regional
Administrator to set aside the order under §28.30 of this Part;
(5) [Safe Drinking Water Act only] In any action in
which a commenter is participating pursuant to S§28.2(g) and
28.20(c)(2) of this Part, a statement that any commenter to the
action under this Part and Section 1423(c) of the Safe Drinking
Water Act, 42 U.S.C. §300h-2(c), may file in the appropriate
federal district court an appeal of a final consent order
pursuant to Section 1423(c)(6) of the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42
U.S.C. §300h-2(c)(6), within thirty days of the date the final
consent order is issued;
(6) A statement that the respondent waives its right
under applicable law to file in the appropriate federal court an
appeal of the consent order;
(7) Provisions requiring payment of the agreed civil
penalty pursuant to §28.31 of this Part;
(8) A statement that each signatory party shall bear
its own costs and fees; and
(9) All terms of the agreement as authorized by
applicable law.
(j) Document means any record or collection of information
maintained in a discrete physical form;
(k) Interested person means any:
(1) Agency employee or contractor who may or does
investigate, litigate, or present information or evidence,
arguments, or the position of the Agency in the action before the
Presiding Officer, or who advises .such an Agency employee
regarding the action;
(2) Agency employee who actively participated at any
time, directly or as a supervisor, in any preparation,
investigation or deliberations resulting in the issuance of the
administrative complaint;
(3) Person who the complainant may arrange to have
appear as a witness on its behalf in the action; and
(4) Non-Agency participant, witness or agent of a non-
Agency participant, or defaulted respondent.
-------
- 7 -
(1) Participant: means any party or (in the case of the Safe
Drinking Water Act or Section 309[g] of the Clean Water Act) any
commenter.
(m) Party means the complainant, or any respondent who-has
complied with the requirements of §28.20(a) or (b) of this Part
and who has not been sanctioned by the Presiding Officer with a
finding of default.
(n) Presiding Officer means an Agency attorney who is to
preside over an action conducted pursuant to this Part, and who
is to make a recommended decision thereon.
(o) Proceeding means any hearing, determination or other
activity involving the parties conducted by the Presiding Officer
pursuant to the requirements of this Part;
(p) Prohibited communication means any communication,
documentary or oral, between an interested person and an Agency
decisionmaker (except between certain interested persons and the
Regional Administrator pursuant to §28.22[b][l] Of this Part),
regarding:
(1) The merits of an action under this Part, without
each other party to the action having had an opportunity
simultaneously to participate in or respond to such
communication;
(2) The substance of any settlement negotiation between
parties or the substance of any proposed consent order lodged
with the Hearing Clerk; or
(3) The substance of a recommended decision set forth
by the Presiding Officer pursuant to §§28.2(r) and 28.27(a)(3) of
this Part..
(q) [Safe Drinking Water Act and Section 309(g) of the Clean
Water Act only] Public notice means a document consisting of:
(1) The name and address of the EPA office initiating
the referenced action;
(2) The name and address of the respondent, and the
activity and facility or site which the administrative complaint
addresses; .
(3) A brief description of the business or activity
conducted by the respondent;
(4) Any permit number and permit issuance date
referenced by the administrative complaint, or (in the case of
-------
- 8 -
the Safe Drinking Water Act) any regulation establishing an
authorization by rule referenced by the administrative complaint;
(5) A brief description of the allegations of
violations in the administrative complaint and the relief
proposed by the complainant;
(6) The name, address and telephone number of the
Hearing Clerk from whom interested persons may obtain further
information;
(7) A brief statement of the opportunity for any member
of the public to submit written comments on the administrative
complaint to the Hearing Clerk, and the deadline for the
submission of such comments;
(8) A brief description of the procedure by which a
member of the public may become a participant in an,action
pursuant to §§28.2(g) and 28.20(c) of this Part;
(9) A brief statement of the authority of the Regional
Administrator to issue an order upon default if respondent fails
to file a response within the time period specified in §28.20 of
this Part;
(10) [Safe Drinking Water Act only] A brief, general
description of the name or general description of the receiving
formation and the location of the well field, or each existing,
new or proposed injection well, whichever applies; and
(11) A brief statement describing the location and
availability (pursuant to §28.17 of this Part) of documents filed
with the Hearing Clerk in the action.
(r) Recommended decision means a document written by the
Presiding Officer, in the form of a decision by the Regional
Administrator pursuant to the requirements of §28.28(a)(3) of
this Part, which recommends that the Regional Administrator
either: .
(1) Withdraw the administrative complaint on the basis
that the administrative complaint does not state a cause of
action or that the allegations of fact and conclusions of law in
the administrative complaint are not supported by the
administrative record; or
(2) Issue an order on the basis that the administrative
record and applicable law support such an order.
(s) Regional Administrator means the Administrator of any
Regional Office of the Agency or his delegate. In a case where
-------
- 9 _
an authorized Agency Headquarters employee initiates an action
under this Part, the term "Regional Administrator" as used in
these rules shall mean the Administrator.
(t) Respondent means any person named in the caption of an
administrative complaint, or representative of such person, who
the complainant alleges is liable for the redress of any
violation alleged in the complaint.
(u) Response means a document, responsive to the
administrative complaint and sighed by the respondent, that
consists of the name, address and telephone number of the
respondent and, if the respondent is represented by counsel, also
includes the name, address and telephone number of the
respondent's counsel and that:
(1) Admits liability; or
(2) Denies liability in whole or in part and specifies
each allegation of fact or conclusion of law as to liability
which is in dispute and the specific factual or legal grounds for
the respondent's defense; and
(3) Opposes or agrees to pay the proposed penalty in
the administrative complaint and (in the case of the Safe
Drinking Water Act) opposes or agrees to comply with the relief
requested in the administrative complaint regarding the
regulation, schedule, or other.requirement of the applicable
underground injection control program that is alleged in the
administrative complaint to have been violated, or both.
$28.3 Number and gender.
For purposes of this Part, words in the singular also
include the plural and words in the masculine gender also include
the feminine and vice versa, as appropriate.
S28.4 Presiding Officer.
(a) Authority,
(1) The Presiding Officer may by a signed filing with
the Hearing Clerk:
(i) Issue a subpoena pursuant to S28.ll of this
Part;
(ii) Allow the withdrawal or amendment of an
administrative complaint pursuant to §28.18(a)(2) or (b)(2) of
this Part;
-------
- 10- -
(iii) Determine liability, direct entry of default
as to liability, and conduct a default remedy determination
proceeding pursuant to §28.21 of this Part;
(iv) Allow amendment of a response pursuant to
§28.20(f)(2) of this Part;
(v) Set alternate limitations on written legal
arguments, or statements pursuant to §28.8 of this Part;
(vi) Issue or modify a prehearing order pursuant
to §28.23(d) of this Part;
(vii) Schedule and further limit information
exchange pursuant to §28.23(b)(2) of this Part, and (in a Clean
Water Act or Safe Drinking Water Act action) delay information
exchange pursuant to §28.24(c)(2) of this Part;.
(viii) Reschedule proceedings pursuant to §28.22
of this Part;
(ix) Make a summary determination pursuant to
§28.25 of this Part?
(x) Notify participants of the occurrence of a
prohibited communication pursuant to §28.12(b) of this Part;
(xi) Impose sanctions (other than by fine or
imprisonment) pursuant to §§28.12(c) and 28.24(e)(2) of this Part
or to aid in the maintenance of order and the efficient and
impartial administration of justice;
(xii) Certify the administrative record and set
forth and transmit a recommended decision pursuant to §28.27(a)
of this Part; and
(xiii) Waive payment conditions pursuant, to
§28.31(b) of this Part; and
(2) The Presiding Officer may:
(i) Except as more specifically provided by
paragraph (a)(1) of this subsection, schedule and take certain
administrative actions in conducting any proceeding pursuant to
§28.25 or §28.26 of this Part; and
(ii) Except as more specifically authorized or
limited by paragraphs (a) and (c) of this section and the
requirements of this Part, take any other action specifically
authorized by this Part or necessary to conduct an action
-------
- 11 -
under this Part which will aid in the efficient and impartial
administration of justice.
(b) Duties. The Presiding Officer shall in a timely
fashion:
(1) Carry out his duties as required by this Part;
(2) Oversee and direct the activities of the Hearing
Clerk in an action under this Part;
(3) Schedule activities of the participants pursuant to
the requirements of this Part;
(4) Memorialize in a signed writing filed with the
Hearing Clerk:
(i) Any action he takes pursuant to his authority
provided by paragraph (a)(1) of this section; ,
(ii) Any deadline he establishes pursuant to his
authority provided by subsection (a) of this section; and
(iii) Any significant action he takes pursuant to
his authority provided by paragraph (a)(2) of this section; and
(5) Except as limited by paragraph (c) of this section
and the requirements of this Part, take any other action
necessary for the maintenance of order and for the efficient and
impartial adjudication of allegations arising in an action under
this Part.
(c) Limitations. The Presiding Officer shall not:
(1) Have any prior connection with the action before
him including the performance or supervision of investigative or
prosecutorial functions;
(2) Have any interest in the outcome of the action
before him;
(3) Initiate or knowingly engage in any prohibited
communication with any interested person or fail to disclose any
attempt by any interested person to initiate or engage in any
prohibited communication;
(4) Grant an extension, delay, continuance or stay to a
participant based on a participant's request for information
pursuant to law outside the scope of this Part;
-------
- 12 -
(5) Allow the introduction of any document or testimony
into the administrative record relating to settlement of the
instant action or of any other action;
(6) Hear or consider any challenge to a final State or
Agency action, including the issuance of any applicable permit or
(in the case of the Safe prinking Water Act) the promulgation of
any applicable authorization by rule; or
(7) Dismiss the administrative complaint.
§28.5 Bearing Clerk.
The Regional Administrator shall designate a Hearing Clerk.
The Hearing Clerk, in addition to carrying out his duties as
specified elsewhere by this Part, shall:
(a) Immediately notify in writing the complainant and each
respondent of the name of the Presiding Officer designated under
§28.16(h) of this Part, and (in the case of the Safe Drinking
Water Act and Section 309[g] of the Clean Water Act) the Hearing
Clerk shall notify in writing each commenter upon the close of
the comment period provided pursuant to §28.20(c) of the name of
the Presiding Officer designated under §28.16(h) of this Part.
The Hearing Clerk shall immediately notify in writing each
participant of the name of any Presiding Officer designated under
§28.13(b) of .this Part;
(b) [Safe Drinking Water Act and Section 309(g) of the Clean
Water Act only] Create and maintain a list of all commenters
identified under §§28.2(g) and 28.20(c) of this Part;
(c) [Safe Drinking Water Act and Section 309(g) of the Clean
Water Act only] In any action in which a commenter participates
pursuant to §28.20(c)(2) of this Part, immediately after the
deadline prescribed by §28.20(c) of this Part notify the
Presiding Officer and each participant of the name and address of
each participant in the action, and of the name and address of
Agency counsel and counsel for the respondent, if any;
(d) Record the date of receipt of each document received
regarding the action or (in the case of a Safe Drinking Water Act
compliance order) regarding the respondent's compliance with the
terms of the order;
(e) Immediately notify the Presiding Officer of the receipt
of any document filed with the Clerk by any participant;
(f) [Safe Drinking Water Act and Section 309(g) of the Clean
Water Act only] Maintain securely and make available to each
-------
: - 13 -
non-signatory participant each document lodged pursuant to the
requirements of §28.22(b) of this Part;
(g) Bill any costs accrued under §28.17(c) of this Part;
(h) [Safe Drinking Water Act and Section 309(g) of the Clean
Water Act only] Remove from the file and return to the signatory
parties any proposed consent order and supporting explanation
upon the disapproval of such proposed order by the Regional
Administrator pursuant to §28.28(b) of this Part;
(i) Perform such other ministerial and clerical matters as
required by the Presiding Officer to assist him in carrying out
his responsibilities under this Part; and
(j) Perform such ministerial and clerical matters as
required by the Regional Administrator or Administrator to assist
him in carrying out his responsibilities under this Part.
528.6 Representation by counsel.
A respondent or commenter may be represented by counsel at *
any stage of an action conducted under this Part. The
complainant shall be represented by Agency counsel in all
proceedings under this Part.
§28.7 Computation of time.
(a) Computation of days. In computing any period of time in
an action under this Part, the day of the event from which the
designated period runs shall not be included. Saturdays, Sundays
and federal holidays shall be included, except that when a
deadline falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or federal holiday, the
deadline shall be extended to the next business day.
(b) Time of notice. Except as specifically provided
elsewhere in this Part, for purposes of this Part, notice shall
be deemed given at the time of personal service, or five days
after the date of mailing or other means of substituted service,
except that if notice is provided by certified mail, return
receipt requested, (or its equivalent pursuant to $28.9 of this
Part) notice occurs on the date that the return receipt (or its
equivalent) is signed.
(c) Time of compliance. Except as provided otherwise by the
Presiding Officer or §28.24(c)(l) of this Part, a participant
shall be deemed to have complied with a deadline under this Part
if the participant either responds personally or posts the
response by first class mail (or any other messengered service
that is no less speedy and reliable) by the applicable deadline.
-------
- 14 -
§28.8 Limitations oa written legal arguments or statements.
Any written legal argument or statement submitted to the
Presiding Officer by a participant in an action under this Part
shall be double spaced and typed in pica (twelve point) or larger
type. Except as otherwise provided by this Part, further limited
by the Presiding Officer, or otherwise authorized by the
Presiding Officer for good cause shown, ho written legal argument
or statement, exclusive of any supporting documentation, may
exceed:
(a) Twelve pages, if an initial argument;
(b) Six pages, if a responsive argument; and
(c) Three pages, if an argument in reply specifically
authorized by the Presiding Officer; or
(d) Ten pages, if a statement specifically authorized by the
Presiding Officer.
$28.9 Service of documents.
(a) By participants. Except as otherwise provided by this
Part, each participant in an action simultaneously shall serve
with an attached certificate of service upon each other
participant and the Presiding Officer, personally or by first
class or certified mail (or any other manner of messengered
service that is no less reliable or speedy), a copy of each
pleading and shall file the original pleading and the attached
certificate of service with the Hearing Clerk.
(b) By the Hearing Clerk. Except as otherwise provided by
this Part, the Hearing Clerk promptly shall serve with an
attached certificate of service upon each participant, personally
or by first class or certified mail (or any other manner of
messengered service that is no less reliable or speedy), any
notice, ruling, order, or other document issued by the Presiding
Officer, Regional Administrator, .or Administrator.
(c) Upon counsel. Except for service of the administrative
complaint or as otherwise ordered by the Presiding Officer, any
service made upon a participant who is represented by an attorney
shall be made by serving the participant's attorney.
$28.1© Parties' burdens of going forward/ proof and persuasion.
(a) Complainant's burden of going forward. The complainant
has the burden pursuant to §28.16(a) of this Part of presenting a
cause of action and request for relief in the administrative
complaint.
-------
- 15 -
(b) Respondent's burden of going forward. The respondent
has the burden of timely presenting:
(1) In its responsive pleading made pursuant to
§§28.2(u) and 28.20 of this Part any exculpatory statement as to
liability and any statement opposing the complainant's request
for relief proposed in the administrative complaint; and
(2) All information requested by the complainant
pursuant to §28.24(b)(2) of this Part and known to the
respondent.
(c) Parties', joint burden of going forvard. [Safe Drinking
Water Act and section 309(g) of the Clean Water Act only] Each
signatory to a lodged proposed consent order shares the burden,
upon the request of the Regional Administrator pursuant to
§28.22(b)(1)(ii) of this Part, of presenting to.the Regional
Administrator information supporting the legal bases of the
proposed order.
(d) Complainant's burden of proof. Except where the
respondent has failed to carry a burden of going forward as to a
given matter under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, in any
hearing under §28.26 of this Part the complainant has the burden
of proving each allegation of fact in the administrative
complaint by a preponderance of the evidence.
(e) Parties' burden of persuasion. Except where the
respondent has failed to carry a burden of going forward as to a
given matter under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, in any
proceeding under this Part the proponent of an argument to the
Presiding Officer has the burden of persuasion.
S28.ll Subpoenas.
(a) Issuance. The Presiding Officer may, on his own
initiative or at the request of a party, subpoena the testimony
of witnesses or the production of documents, or both, for a
hearing as to liability conducted pursuant to §28.26 of this
Part, in order to determine the truthfulness of any allegation as
to liability included in the administrative complaint or
statement as to liability made in the response.
(b) Service. The Presiding Officer shall serve the subpoena
upon its recipient in the manner prescribed for the service of an
administrative complaint pursuant to §28.16(c) of this Part.
(c) Filing with Hearing Clerk. The Presiding Officer shall
file a copy of the subpoena with the Hearing Clerk, who shall
serve it on the parties in the manner required by §28.9(b) of
this Part.
-------
- 16 -
§28.12 Prohibited communication.
(a) Prohibition. No interested person or Agency
decisionmaker shall initiate or engage in any prohibited
communication.
(b) Notification and opportunity for investigation. If
during proceedings under this Part the Presiding Officer receives
or becomes aware of a prohibited communication by any interested
person, he shall immediately notify each participant of the
circumstances and substance of the communication. If a
participant in the action initiated or engaged in any prohibited
communication as defined by §28.2(p)(2) of this Part or a
prohibited communication as defined by §28.2(p)(l) of this Part
which was significant or prejudicial, or caused it to be made,
the Presiding Officer shall upon the request of any participant
require the participant who so communicated or caused the
communication to be made, to the extent consistent with justice
and applicable law, to show cause why that participant's claim or
interest in the action should not be denied, disregarded, or
otherwise adversely affected on account of such communication.
(c) Sanctions or recusal. • ,
(1) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c)(2) of
this section, the Presiding Officer may, at any time before
transmission of a.recommended decision under §28.27(a)(3) of this
Part, impose a sanction on any participant who has initiated or
engaged in a prohibited communication in violation of paragraph
(a) of this section, or caused such communication to be made.
(2) The Regional Administrator may, at any time
following transmission of a recommended decision under §28.27(a)
of this Part, impose a sanction (other than by fine or
imprisonment) on any participant who, after such transmission,
has initiated or engaged in a prohibited communication in
violation of paragraph (a) of this section, or caused such
communication to be made. [Safe Drinking-Water Act and Section
309(g) of the Clean Water Act only] During any suspension of
proceedings pursuant to §28.22(b)(2) of this Part, the Regional
Administrator may impose a sanction (other than by fine or
imprisonment) on any participant who has initiated or engaged in
a prohibited communication, or caused such communication to be
made.
(3) Any Agency decisionmaker who has initiated or
knowingly engaged in prohibited communication shall recuse
himself from further participation in the action except as a
witness.
§28.13 Request for an alternate Presiding Officer.
-------
— 17 -
(a) J?eguest. A "party may, by filing with the Hearing Clerk
a legal argument with supporting affidavits, request the Regional
Administrator to designate an alternate Presiding Officer on the
basis that the Presiding Officer has not met a limitation imposed
by §28.4(c) of this Part or has substantially failed to comply
with his duties under §28.4(b) of this Part.
(b) Decision. The Regional Administrator's decision on a
request for an alternate, Presiding Officer shall be in writing
and shall be supported by findings. The Regional Administrator
shall grant the request and designate an alternate Presiding
Officer if he determines that the challenged Presiding Officer
has not met a limitation imposed by §28.4(c) of this Part or has
substantially failed to comply with the requirements of §28.4(b)
of this Part. The Regional Administrator shall deny the request
if he determines, as applicable, that the challenged Presiding
Officer has at all times met the limitations imposed by §28.4(c)
of this Part or has substantially complied with the requirements
of §28.4(b) of this Part.
(c) Sanctions. The Regional Administrator may sanction the
requesting party (other than by fine or imprisonment) if he
denies a* request made pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section
and determines that the requesting party acted for purpose of
delay or otherwise did not make the request in good faith.
528.14 Unavailability of administrative appeal; limitation on
requests for reconsideration.
(a) Unavailability of administrative appeal. No person may
administratively appeal any ruling, decision, or other action of
the Presiding Officer or Regional Administrator, whether
interlocutory or final, made or taken in connection with an
action under this Part. No person may administratively appeal
the issuance of a subpoena issued pursuant to §28.11 of this
Part.
(b) Limitation on requests for reconsideration. No person
may request the Presiding Officer to reconsider the terms of a
recommended decision transmitted to the Regional Administrator
pursuant to §28.27(a) of this Part. Except as otherwise provided
by §28.30 of this Part, no person may request reconsideration of
any ruling, decision, or other action of a Regional Administrator
or the Administrator, whether interlocutory or final, made or
taken under this Part.
§28.15 Prospective effect of this Part.
This Part operates prospectively and shall govern any action
that is initiated by the .issuance of an administrative complaint
on or after the effective date of this Part.
-------
- 18 -
SUBPART B — PREHEARING
§28.16 Initiation of action.
(a) Issuance of administrative complaint. If the
complainant has information that:
(1) [section 309(g) of tbe'Clean Water Act only] Any
person has violated Section 301, 302, 306, 307, 308, 318, or 405
of the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. §§1311, 1312, 1316, 1317, 1318,
1328 or 1345), or has violated any permit condition or limitation
implementing any of such sections in a permit issued under
section 402 of the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §1342, by the
Regional Administrator or by a State, or in a permit issued under
section 404 of the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §1344, by a State,
the complainant may issue an administrative complaint.
(2) [Section 31l(b)(6) of the Clean Water Act only]
Any owner, operator, or person in charge of any vessel, onshore
facility, or offshore facility (i) has discharged oil or a
hazardous substance in violation of Section 311(b)(3) of the
Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §1321(b)(3), or (ii) fails or refuses
to comply with any regulation issued under Section 311(j) of the
Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §132l(j), to which that owner,
operator, or person in charge is subject, the complainant may
issue an administrative complaint.
(3) [Safe Drinking Water Act only] Any person is
violating the requirement of an applicable underground injection
control program, the complainant may issue an administrative
complaint which alleges such violation and either proposes a
penalty or proposes a penalty and compliance, as authorized by
Section.1423(c) of the SDWA, 42 U.S.C. §300h~2(c). An
administrative complaint proposing compliance shall propose that
the respondent comply with the regulation, schedule, or other
requirement of the applicable underground injection control
program that is alleged to have been violated. If the
complainant has information that a person has violated the
requirement of an applicable underground injection control
program, but such violation has ceased and its cause has been
remedied, the complainant may issue an administrative complaint
which proposes a penalty for that person's violation but does not
propose compliance.
(4) [CERCLA only] A person has failed or refused to
comply with the requirements of an administrative order or
agreement entered pursuant to Section 120 of CERCLA (42 U.S.C.
-------
- 19 -
§9620), a consent decree or agreement entered pursuant to Section
122 of CERCLA (42 U.S.C. §9622), or has violated the requirements
of Section 103(a) or (b) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. §9603(a) or
(b)(relating to notice to National Response Center); Section
103(d)(2) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. §9603(d)(2)(relating to the ,
destruction of records and related subjects); Section 108 of
CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. §9608 (relating to financial responsibility and
related subjects); or an order issued under Section 122(d)(3) of
CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. §9622(d)(3)(relating to settlement agreements
for action under Section 104[b] of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. §9604[b]),
the complainant may issue an administrative complaint.
(5) (Section 325(b)(1) of EPCRA only] Any person has
violated the requirements of Section 304 of EPCRA, 42 U.S.C.
§11004, the complainant may issue an administrative complaint.
(6) [Section 325(c)(l) of EPCRA only] Any person has
failed to provide access or failed to prepare, have, make
available or submit information as required by Section 312 of
EPCRA, 42 U.S.C. §11022, the complainant may issue an
administrative complaint.
(7) [Section 325(c)(2) of EPCRA only/ except as it may
apply to reporting requirements under Section 313 of EPCRA] 'Any
person has violated any requirement of Section 311 or 323(b) of
EPCRA, 42 U.S.C. §11021 or §11043(b), or has failed to furnish
information to the Administrator as required by Section 322(a)(2)
of EPCRA, 42 U.S.C. §11042(a)(2), the complainant may issue an
administrative complaint.
(8) [Section 325(d)(l) of EPCRA only, except as it may
apply to trade secrecy claims under Section 313 of EPCRA] Any
person has submitted a trade secret claim in violation of the
requirements of Section 325(d)(1) of EPCRA, 42 U.S.C.
§11045(d)(l), the complainant may issue an administrative
complaint.
i
(b) Notice of respondent's opportunity for hearing. At the
time of the issuance of the administrative complaint, the
complainant shall notify the respondent in writing of:
(1) The respondent's opportunity to respond to the
administrative complaint pursuant to §28.20 of this Part;
(2) The consequences of the respondent's failure to
respond to the administrative complaint by the applicable
deadline; and
(3) The applicability of this Part to the
administrative action initiated against him.
-------
- 20 -
*
(c) Service of Administrative complaint. Any authorized
Agency employee shall serve the administrative complaint upon the
respondent personally or by sending it to the respondent by
certified mail, return receipt requested. If the respondent is a
corporation, the complainant shall serve the President of the
corporation or the corporation's registered agent for service of
process. If the respondent is an unincorporated business, a
partnership, or any other form of unincorporated association, the
complainant shall serve any person authorized by applicable law
to receive service of process. If the respondent is a federal
agency, State or State agency, or a local unit of government, the
complainant shall serve its chief executive officer, or its
authorized agent for service of process. Service on the
respondent is complete upon acceptance of personal service or
when the return receipt is signed by any employee or agent of the
respondent who in the ordinary course of business is authorized
to sign for certified mail on behalf of the respondent. If
personal service is ineffective and if certified mail is refused
or unclaimed, the complainant shall serve the respondent by
another appropriate means. In such case, service is complete
upon the execution of substituted service.
(d) Notice of administrative complaint. [Safe Drinking
Water Act and Section 309(g) of the Clean Water Act only] No
later than the time of proof of service of the administrative
complaint, the complainant shall provide a copy of the public
notice of an action under this Part to the public by providing
notice by first class mail to any person who requests such notice
and by providing notice to potentially affected persons in a
manner reasonably calculated to provide such notice.
(e) Opening of the administrative record. Upon issuance of
the administrative complaint, the complainant or Agency counsel
shall open the administrative record by filing with the Hearing
Clerk appropriate documents, which shall include the
administrative complaint and attached certificate of service, and
which may include any evidence of violations, any information
relevant to the assessment of a civil penalty or the imposition
of a SDWA compliance remedy by the Regional Administrator, and
any anticipatory motions (including motions for summary
determination, accelerated decision, and remedy upon default)
with any supporting legal arguments and affidavits.
' (f) Anticipatory motions by complainant. Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Part, at any time before the
respondent's deadline for the response pursuant to §28.20(a) or
(b) of this Part, whichever applies, the complainant may
anticipatorily move for a default remedy pursuant to §28.21(b) of
this Part, or for summary determination as to liability or an
accelerated recommended decision pursuant to S28.25 of this Part.
-------
- 21 -
(g) Notification of Agency decisionmaker. Upon issuance of
the administrative complaint and upon receipt of proof of
service, the Hearing Clerk immediately shall so notify the
appropriate Agency decisionmaker.
(h) Designation of Presiding Officer. The Regional
Administrator shall designate a Presiding Officer for the
referenced Agency action no later than twenty days after the date
of service of the administrative complaint.
§28.17 Availability of documents filed with Hearing Clark.
The Hearing Clerk shall maintain securely and shall make
available at reasonable times for inspection and copying by any
person documents filed with the Hearing Clerk pursuant to this
Part, subject to any:
(a) Provision of law restricting the public disclosure of
confidential business information;
(b) Restriction necessary to insure the physical security of
the filed documents; and
(c) Agency rule governing the costs of copying Agency
records.
$28.18 Withdrawal or amendment of administrative complaint.
(a) Withdrawal of administrative complaint. The complainant
may withdraw the administrative complaint without prejudice:
(1) Unilaterally and as of right at any time before the
deadline prescribed by §28.20(a) or (b) of this Part (whichever
applies), or the date of the respondent's filing of a response in
the action, whichever is sooner; or
(2) By stipulation with the respondent or by permission
of the Presiding Officer at any time after the deadline
prescribed by §28.20(a) or (b) of this Part (whichever applies),
or the date of the respondent's filing of a response in the
action, whichever is sooner.
(b) Amendment of administrative complaint. The complainant
may amend the administrative complaint:
(1) Unilaterally and as of right at any time,before ,theN
deadline prescribed by §28.20(a) or (b) of this Part (whichever
applies), or the date of the respondent's filing of a response in
the action, whichever is sooner; or
-------
- 22 -
(2) By stipulation with the respondent or by permission
of the Presiding Officer at any time after the deadline
prescribed by §28.20(a) or (b) of this Part (whichever applies),
or the date of the respondent's filing of a response in the
action, whichever is sooner.
$28.19 consultation with state. [Section 309(g) of the clean
Water Act only]
The complainant shall, within thirty days of the
respondent's receipt of the administrative complaint, provide the
State agency with the most direct authority over the matters
which are the subject of the action under this Part ah
opportunity for consultation on the referenced Agency action.
$28.20 Responses to administrative complaint.
(a) Respondent's deadline. The respondent shall file with
the Hearing Clerk a response within thirty days after receipt of:
(1) the administrative complaint; or,
(2) [Safe Drinking Water Act and Section 309(g) of the
Clean Water Act only] If applicable, the Regional Administrator's
disapproval of a proposed lodged consent order pursuant to
§28.28(b)(2) of this Part.
(b) Extension of respondent's deadline. For the purpose of
engaging in informal settlement negotiations between the
complainant and respondent the deadline for the respondent to
file a response pursuant to paragraph (a)(l) of this section
shall be extended:
(1) For any period stipulated by the complainant and
respondent (but in no event for longer than ninety days following
such deadline), by filing such stipulation with the Hearing Clerk
within thirty days after respondent's receipt of the
administrative complaint; or
(2) For thirty days following such deadline in the case of
an offer of a penalty settlement by the respondent, by filing
notice of the existence of such an offer with the Hearing Clerk
within thirty days after the respondent's receipt of the
administrative complaint.
(c) Deadline for public comment and participation. [Safe
Drinking Water Act and Section 309(g) of the Clean Water Act
only] Any member of the public may, within thirty days after
receipt of the notice provided pursuant to $28.16(d) of this
Part:
-------
- 23 -
(1) Submit written comments on the administrative
complaint to the Hearing Clerk identified in the notice; or
(2) Become a participant in the action by meeting the
requirements of §28.2(g) of this Part.
(d) Admission. Each uncontested allegation in the
administrative complaint as to liability is deemed admitted by
the respondent, whether by the respondent's failure to make a
timely response pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of this section,
whichever applies, or by the respondent's failure in a timely
response to deny such allegation included in the administrative
complaint.
(.e) Waiver. If the respondent fails to make a timely
response pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of this section,
whichever applies, the respondent shall have waived its
opportunity to appear in the action for any purpose.
(f) Amendment of response. A respondent who has timely
responded pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of this section,
whichever applies, may:
(1) As of right amend its response within thirty days
following the complainant's amendment of the administrative
complaint pursuant to §28.18 of this Part; or
(2) Amend its, response no later than thirty days prior
to the date set for the first proceeding on the merits under this
Part upon stipulation with the complainant or by permission of
the Presiding Officer upon a finding of good cause shown and upon
a finding that such amendment would not prejudice the
complainant.
§28.21 Default proceedings.
(a) Determination of liability. If the respondent fails
timely to respond pursuant to §28.20(a) or (b) of this Part or
the Presiding Officer determines the respondent's conduct
warrants imposition of the sanction of default as to liability,
the Presiding Officer, on his own initiative, shall immediately
determine whether the complainant has stated a cause of action.
(1) If the Presiding Officer determines that the
complainant has stated a cause of action, the Presiding Officer
shall direct the Hearing Clerk to enter the respondent's default
as to liability in the administrative record. Upon entry, the
allegations as to liability included in the administrative
complaint shall be deemed recommended findings of fact and
conclusions of law.
-------
- 24 -
(2) If the ..Presiding Officer determines that the
complainant has not stated a cause of action, the Presiding
Officer shall:
(i) Allow the complainant to amend the
administrative complaint pursuant to §28.18(b)(2) of this Part;
or
(ii) Set forth that determination in a recommended
decision to the Regional Administrator pursuant to §28.27(a)(3)
of this Part and shall recommend that the Regional Administrator
withdraw the administrative complaint.
(b)' Determination of remedy. In any action under this Part
in which the Hearing Clerk has entered a default as to liability,
the complainant shall submit within thirty days of receipt of the
entry of default a written argument (with any supporting
documentation) regarding the assessment of an appropriate civil
penalty and (in the case of the Safe Drinking Water Act)
regarding the requirement for compliance, subject to the
following limitations:
(I) [CERCLA, Section 309(g) of the Clean Water Act and
Section 325(b) of EPCRA only] The argument shall be limited to
the nature, circumstances, extent and gravity of the violation or
violations and, with respect to the respondent, ability to pay,
any prior history of such violations, the degree of culpability,
the economic benefit or savings (if any) respondent enjoyed
resulting from the violation, and such other matters as justice
may require.
(2) [Section 3ll(b)(6) of the Clean Hater Act only]
The argument shall be limited to the seriousness of the violation
or violations, the economic benefit to the violator, if any,
resulting from the violation, the degree of culpability involved,
any other penalty for the same incident, any history of prior
violations, the nature, extent, and degree of success of any
efforts of the violator to minimize or mitigate the effects of
the discharge, the economic impact of the penalty on the
violator, and any other matters as justice may require.
(3) [Safe Drinking Water Act only] The argument as to
penalty shall be limited to the seriousness of the respondent's
violation or violations, the economic benefit (if any) respondent
enjoyed resulting from the violation, and any history of such
violations, any good faith efforts by the respondent to comply
with the applicable requirements, the economic impact of the
penalty on the respondent, and such other matters as justice may
require. The argument as to compliance shall be limited to the
reasonableness of the time required for compliance, if any, and
-------
- 25 -
the necessity for any interim 'requirements, such as reporting
requirements, that may be included in any compliance order.
§28.22 Consent orders.
(a) Agreement of parties.
(1) Except as specifically provided by paragraph (b) of
this section, at any time before final Agency action, the
complainant and a respondent may conclude an action, in whole or
in part, by agreeing upon a civil penalty and (in the case of the
Safe Drinking Water Act) a'compliance remedy which is reasonably
related to the respondent's violation of law. The parties shall
memorialize such an agreement in the form of an Agency consent
order and serve it pursuant to §28.9(a) of this Part. Upon
service, a consent order signed by the complainant and a
respondent has the force and effect of a unilateral order which
has been signed by the Regional Administrator under $28.28 of
this Part, except that a signatory respondent may not appeal such
a consent order to the appropriate federal court.
(2) If the filing of the consent order with the Hearing*
Clerk pursuant to paragraph (1) of this section does not wholly
conclude the action:
(i) The parties shall inform the Presiding Officer
of the issues that remain unresolved; and
(ii) The Presiding Officer shall promptly inform
the parties or the remaining parties of the schedule of the
remaining proceedings.
(b) Submission of proposed consent order. [Safe Drinking
Water Act and Section 309(g) of the Clean Water Act only] In any
action in which a commenter is participating or may participate
pursuant to §§28.2(g) and 28.20(c)(2) of this Part, and in which
the parties have reached an agreement on the terms of a consent
order pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section:
(1) The parties shall:
(i) Sign a proposed consent order and lodge it
with the Hearing Clerk no sooner than the deadline established
for public comment and participation pursuant to §28.20(c) of
this Part; and
(ii) Upon the request of the Regional
Administrator, lodge a written explanation of the legality of the
proposed consent order with the Hearing Clerk.
-------
- 26 -
(2) If the parties have complied with the requirements
of paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, the action shall be
suspended until the Regional Administrator approves or
disapproves the proposed consent order pursuant to §28.28(b) of
this Part.
(3) The complainant shall serve each non-signatory
participant in the action with a copy of the proposed consent
order at the time the parties lodge the proposed order pursuant
to paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section and notify each non-
signatory participant of the suspension of the action occurring
pursuant to paragraph (2) of this section and of the provisions
of S§28.2(p), 28.4(c) and 28.12 of this Part which prohibit
communication with the Presiding Officer or the Regional
Administrator regarding the substance of the proposed order.
(4) Upon receipt of a proposed consent order lodged
pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, the Hearing
Clerk shall notify the Presiding Officer of its receipt, transmit
the proposed order to the Regional Administrator, and make all
documents filed with the Hearing Clerk by the participants
available to the Regional Administrator. Upon receipt of a
written explanation lodged .pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of
this section, the Hearing Clerk shall transmit the explanation to
the Regional Administrator.
(5) Upon approval by the Regional Administrator of a
proposed consent order pursuant to §28.28(b) of this Part, all
documents that have been filed with the Hearing Clerk by the
participants before the time the proposed consent order is lodged
and any written explanation of the legality of the proposed order
submitted to the Regional Administrator by the parties pursuant
to paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section are deemed to constitute
the administrative record underlying the approved consent order.
(6) Upon disapproval by the Regional Administrator of a
proposed consent order pursuant to §28.28(b) of this Part, the
Presiding Officer shall promptly reschedule any previously
suspended proceedings, and the action shall resume according to
the provisions of this Part.
$28.23 Frentering conference.
(a) Time and form of conference. In any action in which the
respondent timely responds pursuant to §28.20(a) or (b) of this
Part, the Presiding Officer shall hold a prehearing conference
among all the parties to the action not later than thirty days
after such response. The Presiding Officer may conduct the
conference in person or by telephone.
-------
- 27 -
(b) Purposes of conference. At the prehearing conference
the Presiding Officer:
(/I) Shall establish a time and place for further
proceedings in the action pursuant to the requirements of
paragraph (c) of this section;
(2) Shall, upon request of any party, schedule an
exchange of information as appropriate, and subject to the
limitations of §28.24 of this Part, where appropriate, on his own
impose additional limitations on the scope of an exchange of
information,between the parties;
(3) May attempt to simplify issues and help the parties
to stipulate to facts not in dispute;
(4) May explore the necessity or desirability of
amendments to the pleadings; and
(5) May discuss any other appropriate subject.
(c) Time and place of further proceedings.
(1) The Presiding Officer shall schedule a proceeding
on the merits of the action and, as may be required, any other
proceeding. Except as otherwise provided by paragraph (c)(2) of
this section, each proceeding shall be conducted at an
appropriate Agency office. The Presiding Officer shall schedule
the proceeding on the merits to take place no sooner than thirty
days following the date of the prehearing conference conducted
pursuant to this section, or no sooner than seven days following
the completion of any information exchange scheduled pursuant to
§28.24(c) of this Part (exclusive of any supplemental exchange
pursuant to §28.24[c][1]), whichever is later.
(2) Any party, on the basis of necessity, may request
in writing within ten days of receipt of the notice of such
proceeding that the Presiding Officer schedule such a proceeding
at a time or location other than that initially specified by the
Presiding Officer. The Presiding Officer shall promptly grant or
deny such a request.
(d) Prehearing order. The Presiding Officer shall issue to
the participants a prehearing order no later than twenty days
following the conference which shall memorialize the rulings of
the Presiding Officer made at the prehearing conference. The
Presiding Officer may, to aid the efficient administration of
justice, modify the prehearing order as necessary, except as
limited by §28.24(c) of this Part.
§28.24 Information exchange.
-------
- 29 -
supplement information requested pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of
this section if such supplementary information becomes known to
the requested party after the applicable information response
deadline established by the Presiding Officer. Except for good
cause shown, the supplementing party shall complete service to
the requestor of such supplemental information by no later than
seven days prior to the date set for the noticed proceeding.
(2) [Clean water Act and safe Drinking Water Act only]
The Presiding Officer may, for good cause shown, extend the
deadline for the parties to provide information as required by
paragraph (b) of this section for a period not to exceed thirty
days. The Presiding Officer may grant, in sequence, subsequent
extensions of up to thirty days each upon an individual showing
of good cause for each extension.
(d) Service. Each party simultaneously shall serve each set
of information requests or responses to an information request
personally or by first class or'certified mail (or any other
manner of messengered service that is no less speedy and
reliable), with an attached certificate of service, upon the
other party and the Presiding Officer. If, pursuant to the
requirement of paragraph (a) of this section, the parties have
stipulated to any other exchange of information, the parties
shall promptly provide such information to the Presiding Officer.
(e) Sanctions.
(i) Any party that fails timely:
(i) To provide the name and all supporting
information required pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this
section regarding any witness may not present that witness at a
proceeding under §28.26 of this Part;
(ii) To produce a document required pursuant to
paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section may not submit, or have
submitted, such a document for the administrative record at a
proceeding under §28.25 or §28.26 of this Part, or otherwise;
(iii) To provide to complainant any information
required pursuant to paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section
concerning an inability to pay a civil penalty may not submit, or
have submitted, any information for the administrative record
concerning its inability to pay the civil penalty requested by
complainant; and
(iv) To provide to complainant any information
required pursuant to paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section
concerning net profits, delayed or avoided costs, or any other
form of economic benefit resulting from any activity or failure
-------
- 28 -
(a) Authority. Except by stipulation of the parties which
is filed with the Hearing Clerk, by the issuance of a subpoena
pursuant to §28.11 of this Part, and by authorization of law
outside the scope of this Part, this section provides exclusive
authority for the provision of information by parties and
provides such authority only in an action in which the respondent
has timely responded to an administrative complaint pursuant to
§28.20(a) or (b) of this Part.
(b) Scope of exchange. Subject to paragraph (a) of this
section, and subject to any further limitation imposed by the
Presiding Officer in a prehearing order issued pursuant to
§28.23(b)(2) of this Part:
(1) Each party, upon request by an opposing party,
shall provide, in writing, to the requestor only:
(i) The name of each witness it intends to present
at any proceeding under §28.26 of this Part, as well as a brief
description of the witness' connection to the action, the
witness1 qualifications (in the case of an expert witness), and
the subject matter of the intended testimony; and
(ii) Each document (other than a document to be
used solely for purposes of impeachment) it intends to introduce
at any proceeding under §28.25 or §28.26 of this Part and which
has not been filed with the Hearing Clerk pursuant to §28.16(e)
of this Part; and
(2) Respondent, upon request by complainant, shall
provide to the complainant in writing all information requested
by the complainant and known to the respondent relating to:
(i) The respondent's inability to pay a civil
penalty; and
(ii) The respondent's net profits, delayed or
avoided costs, or any other form of economic benefit resulting
from any activity or failure to act.by the respondent which is
alleged in the administrative complaint to be a violation of
applicable law.
(c) riffling- of exchange.
(1) The parties shall conduct the exchange of ,
information according to the schedule established by the
Presiding Officer pursuant to §28.23(b) and (d) of this Part, but
except as provided for by paragraph (c)(2) of this section and a
continuing right to supplement described below, under no
circumstance shall such exchange conclude later than sixty days
after the date of the prehearing conference. The parties may
-------
- 30 -
to act by the respondent which is alleged in the administrative
complaint to be a violation of applicable law, may not submit, or
have submitted, any information for the administrative record on
such subject.
(2) Except as specifically provided'in paragraph (e)(1)
of this section, the Presiding Officer has discretion to impose
on any party that fails to comply with the requirements of this
section any sanction that is just and proper.
$28.25 summary determination and accelerated recommended decision
(a) Initiation. In any action in which a respondent has
timely responded to an administrative complaint pursuant to
§28.20(a) or (b) of this Part:
(1) Any party may request, by legal argument with or
without supporting affidavits, that the Presiding Officer
summarily determine any allegation as to liability being
adjudicated on the basis that there is no genuine issue of
material fact for determination presented by the administrative
record and any exchange of information.. Any party may also
request, by legal argument with or without supporting affidavits,
that the Presiding Officer accelerate his recommended decision on
the basis that there .is no compelling need for further fact-
finding concerning remedy. The requesting party shall serve the
request at least thirty days before any date set for a liability
hearing, except that upon leave granted by the Presiding Officer
for good cause shown, the requesting party may file the request
at any time before the close of the liability hearing.
(2) The Presiding Officer, at any time following the
initial deadline for the exchange of information under §§28.23
and 28.24 of this Part and before the commencement of a liability
hearing, and upon examination of the entire administrative record
and any exchange of information by the parties, may on his own
initiative summarily determine that a party is entitled to
judgment as to liability as a matter of law.
(3) Upon summarily determining liability pursuant to
this section, or upon stipulation by the parties as to liability,
the Presiding Officer may on his own initiative and without
further fact-finding accelerate the recommended decision. In
reaching the recommended decision, the Presiding Officer shall
consider the applicable factors set forth in §28.21(b) of this
Part and (in the case of a compliance remedy under the Safe
Drinking Water Act) shall consider the reasonableness of the
remedy.
(b) Response. Any party against whom a request for summary
determination or accelerated recommended decision has been made
-------
- .32 -
(2) The Presiding Officer shall on his own initiative
summarily determine that a party is entitled to judgment as to
liability as a matter of law if he finds, based on an examination
of the administrative record and any information exchanged by the
parties, that the participants present ho genuine issue of
material fact as to liability and a party is entitled to judgment
as to liability as a matter of law.
(e) Determination of liability. If the Presiding Officer
determines that a party is entitled to judgment as to liability
as a matter of law by means of summary determination, the
Presiding Officer shall prepare any written recommended finding
of fact and any conclusion of law corresponding to such
determination. If the Presiding Officer does not accelerate a
recommended decision, the Presiding Officer shall promptly serve
each participant with a copy of such recommended finding and
conclusion of law. If the Presiding Officer accelerates the
recommended decision, upon completion of the recommended decision
the Presiding Officer shall follow the procedures prescribed by
§28.27 of this Part.
(f) Determination of genuine issue of fact. The Presiding
Officer shall deny a request for summary determination of
liability if he finds the administrative record and any exchange
of information by the parties present a genuine issue of material
fact. If the Presiding Officer denies a request for summary
determination, or denies such a request in part, the Presiding
Officer shall promptly issue to each participant a written ruling
as to the existence of a genuine issue of material fact as to
liability and the reasons for the ruling, and the action shall
continue on the factual allegations over which the participants
have demonstrated the existence of a genuine issue.
(g) Supplementation of administrative record. In any action
in which the Presiding Officer has on his own initiative
determined that a party is entitled to judgment as to liability
as a matter of law pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of this section,
and has based that determination in any part on any document
provided pursuant to §28.24 of this Part that is not otherwise
within the administrative record, the Presiding Officer shall
incorporate such document into the administrative record pursuant
to §28.2(b)(15) of this Part by filing it with the Hearing Clerk.
The Presiding Officer shall not incorporate in the administrative
record any document barred from the administrative record by
operation of §28.4(c)(5) or (6) of this Part.
SUBPART C — HEARING
-------
- 31 -
shall serve a response to the request or a counter-request no
later than twenty days following receipt of the opposing party's
request, or thirty days following the service of the
administrative complaint, whichever is later, unless the
Presiding Officer establishes a different schedule. Any party
against whom a counter-request under this subsection has been
made may serve a response to the counter-request no later than
twenty days following receipt of the counter-request, unless the
Presiding Officer establishes a different schedule. A party
opposing a request or counter-request for summary determination
shall show, by affidavit or by other documentation, that the
administrative record and any exchange of information present a
genuine issue of material fact as to liability. A party opposing
a request for an accelerated recommended decision shall show, by
affidavit or by other documentation, that there is a compelling
need for the introduction of testimony material to the assessment
of a civil penalty or (in the case of the Safe Drinking Water
Act) the imposition of a compliance remedy. .
(c) Form and record of argument. After receipt of all
information associated with a request or counter-request under
this section from all parties, or pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) or"
(a)(3) of this section, the Presiding Officer may require oral
argument of each participant in order to aid the administration
of justice. The Presiding Officer shall not allow argument
regarding matters barred from the administrative record by
operation of §28.4(c)(5) or (6) of this Part. If the Presiding
Officer allows rebuttal argument, such rebuttal shall be allowed
only to the parties. The Presiding Officer shall create by
written, electronic, or other permanent and reliable means a
verbatim record of any oral argument presented pursuant to this
section and shall file that record with the Hearing Clerk.
(d) Basis for ruling.
(1) The Presiding Officer shall rule on a request for
summary determination or an accelerated recommended decision
under paragraph (a)(1) of this section promptly after he finds,
based on the administrative record, any exchange of information,
and any arguments of the participants, whether the participants
present a genuine issue of material fact as to liability and
whether a party is entitled to judgment as to liability as a
matter of law. The Presiding Officer shall rule on a request for
an accelerated recommended decision based.on whether there is a
compelling need for further fact-finding. If the Presiding
Officer denies a request for an accelerated decision, the
Presiding Officer shall promptly schedule an appropriate
proceeding pursuant to §28.26(h) of this Part to develop the
administrative record regarding an appropriate remedy.
-------
- 33 -
§28.26 Liability hearing.
(a) Scope of hearing. Except as otherwise specifically set
forth in paragraphs (h), (i) and (k) of this section, the
Presiding Officer shall conduct any hearing pursuant to this
section -necessary to determine the truthfulness of any unresolved
allegation of fact (or conclusion of law based on an unresolved
question of fact) as to liability which was set forth in the
administrative complaint.
(b) Conduct of hearing.
(1) The Presiding Officer shall conduct a fair and
impartial proceeding in which each participant has a reasonable
opportunity to be heard and to present evidence.
witness;
(2) The Presiding Officer may:
(i) Administer the oath or affirmation of a
(ii) Require the authentication of any written
exhibit or statement;
(iii) Examine witnesses to clarify the
administrative record; and
(iv) Limit the number of witnesses and the scope
and extent of any direct examination or cross-examination under
this section as necessary to protect the interests of justice and
conduct a reasonably expeditious hearing.
(c) Testimony. Each witness shall testify in the form
determined by the Presiding Officer to be most efficient in
resolving an issue. Forms of testimony include oral testimony
provided in person or by other means', and written or otherwise
recorded testimony. Testimony shall be limited to facts
regarding liability and shall not include issues of law.
(d) Admission of evidence. The Presiding Officer shall
decide which documents and testimony shall be admitted into
evidence. The Presiding Officer shall admit all evidence which
is relevant, material, or of significant probative value. The
Presiding Officer shall not admit evidence barred from the
administrative record by operation of §28.4(c)(5) or (6) of this
Part.
(e) Official notice. Except as prohibited by S28.4(c)(5) or
(6) of this Part, the Presiding Officer may take official notice
of matters judicially noticed in the federal courts, of other
facts within the specialized knowledge and experience of the
-------
- 34 -
Agency, and of matters that are not reasonably in dispute and are
commonly known in the community or are ascertainable from readily
available sources of known accuracy. Prior to taking official
notice of a matter/ the Presiding Officer shall give the parties
an opportunity to show cause why such notice should not be taken.
(f) Cross-examination. Any opposing party has a right of
cross-examination after the introduction of a witness* direct
testimony. A party shall not cross-examine regarding a matter
that is outside the scope of the direct examination. [Safe
Drinking Water Act and Section 309(g) of the Clean Water Act
only] The Presiding Officer shall not allow a commenter an
opportunity to cross-examine a party's witness. Agency counsel
has the right to the first cross-examination of a commenter's
witness.
(g) Elements and order of presentation. The elements of a
liability hearing are set forth in paragraphs (g)(1) through (6)
of this section. Unless otherwise directed by the Presiding
Officer, the order of the hearing shall be as follows:
(1) Agency counsel may summarize the factual bases of *
the administrative complaint and intended witness testimony.
(2) The respondent may summarize the factual bases of
the response and intended witness testimony.
(3) Agency counsel may offer any inculpatory
testimonial or other evidence within the scope of the hearing.
(4) Respondent may offer any exculpatory testimonial or
other evidence within the scope of the hearing.
(5) [Safe Drinking Water Act and Section 309(g) of the
Clean water Act only] Any commenter may introduce testimonial or
other evidence within the scope of the hearing under this section
if such evidence concerns an allegation identified by the
commenter pursuant to §§28.2(g) and 28.20(c) of this Part,
subject to the following limitations:
(i) The commenter may offer into evidence a
witness1 testimony only if the commenter had notified all other
participants at least twenty days prior to the commencement of
the liability hearing of the name of the witness, a brief
description of the witness1 connection to the action, his
qualifications (in the case of an expert witness), and the
subject matter of the witness' intended testimony.
(ii) The commenter may offer into evidence a
document only if the commenter had provided a copy of such
-------
- 36 -
S28.27 Recommended decision.
(a) Preparation and transmission. Within a reasonable time
following any remedy proceeding pursuant to §28.21(b), $28.25 Or
§28.26(h) of this Part, or upon a determination by the Presiding
Officer'pursuant to §28.21(a)(2)(ii) or §28.25 of this Part that
the complainant has failed to carry its burden of going forward
pursuant to the provisions of §28.10(a) of this Part, or upon a
determination by the Presiding Officer that the complainant has
failed to carry any burden of proof pursuant to §§28.lO(d) and
28.26 of this Part, the Presiding Officer shall:
(1) Certify the administrative record as complete to
date and in compliance with all requirements of this Part;
(2) Make the administrative record available to the
Regional Administrator; and
(3) Prepare and transmit a recommended decision to the
Regional Administrator.
(b) Publication. The Presiding Officer shall file a copy of
the recommended decision with the Hearing Cleric at the time of
its transmittal to the Regional Administrator and the Hearing
Clerk immediately shall serve each participant with a copy of the
recommended decision.
§28.28 Decision of the Regional Administrator.
(a) Contested or default order. In any action in which the
Regional Administrator receives a recommended decision from the
Presiding Officer, the Regional Administrator shall:
(1) Base his decision on the administrative record and
the applicable law;
(2) Within a reasonable time following receipt of the
Presiding Officer's recommended decision:
(i) Withdraw the administrative complaint on the
basis that the administrative complaint does not state a cause of
action or that the allegations of fact and conclusions of law in
the administrative complaint are not supported by the
administrative record; or
(ii) Issue an order on the basis that the
administrative record and applicable law support such an order;
and
(iii) If the Regional Administrator rejects the
recommendation of the Presiding Officer in whole or in part,
-------
- 37 -
provide a written explanation for that rejection that states each
point of disagreement with the recommendation of the Presiding
Officer.
(3) Upon issuance of an order pursuant to applicable
law, provide a written decision that is supported by clear
reasons and the administrative record and includes a statement of
the right of judicial review and of the procedures and deadlines
for obtaining judicial review. The order shall be comprised of
the Regional Administrator's findings of fact which establish the
Agency's subject matter jurisdiction and the respondent's
violation of any applicable law as alleged in the administrative
complaint/ conclusions of law, assessment of an appropriate
penalty after taking into account all applicable statutory
penalty factors, and, if applicable (in the case of the Safe
Drinking Water Act), requirement of compliance with applicable
requirements. [Section 309(g) of the Clean Water Act only] In
any action in which a comroenter is participating pursuant to
SS28.2(g) and 28.20(c)(2) of this Part, the order shall state
that the commenter has the right to petition to set aside the
order pursuant to §28.30 of this Part.
(b) Consent order. [Safe Drinking Water Act and Section
309(g) of the Clean Water Act only]
(1) In any action in which the Regional Administrator
receives a proposed consent order from the Hearing Clerk pursuant
to §28.22(b)(4) of this Part, the Regional Administrator shall
determine whether the proposed consent order meets the
requirements of this Part and applicable law by reviewing the
proposed order, the administrative record, and any written
explanation of the legality of the order submitted upon his
request by the signatory parties.
(2) Within a reasonable time following its receipt,
without amendment and by his signature the Regional Administrator
shall either approve and issue or disapprove the proposed consent
order. If the Regional Administrator disapproves the proposed
consent order, he shall provide the signatory parties with a
written explanation for the disapproval based on the factors set
forth in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
(c) Publication. The Hearing Clerk shall, within seven days
of the signing of an order by the Regional Administrator under
this section, send a copy of the order:
(1) To the Presiding Officer, each participant, and any
defaulted respondent; and
(2) To the Administrator, if the order was issued
pursuant to paragraph (a) -of this section.
-------
- 35 -
document to all other participants at least twenty days prior to
the commencement of the liability hearing.
(6) At the discretion of the Presiding Officer, the
parties may present rebuttal testimony within the scope of
evidence introduced at the hearing, except (in the case of the
Safe Drinking Water Act and Section 309[g] of the Clean Water
Act) the parties shall have the right to present rebuttal
testimony in response to any testimony presented by a commenter's
witness. -
(h) Remedy issues. The Presiding Officer has the
discretion, based on a compelling need for additional fact-
finding on issues material to remedy, to allow the participants
to introduce testimony on such issues. The Presiding Officer
shall not allow testimony if the issues can be appropriately
explored by use of legal argument and affidavits, or by the
submission by the participants of written recommended findings of
fact and conclusions of law pursuant to paragraph.(k) of this
section. If the Presiding Officer allows such testimony, he
shall conduct such proceeding in the most timely and efficient
manner possible. In any such proceeding, the Presiding Officer
shall consider any applicable Agency policy (except any Agency
policy, or portion thereof, that applies to settlement of a
penalty claim) concerning the assessment of an administrative
penalty.
(i) Closing argument. After all evidence has been presented
at the hearing, the Presiding Officer may allow the participants
to present an oral closing statement regarding issues of
liability and of remedy, and may allow the participants to submit
any documentation regarding remedy.
(j) Hearing record. The Presiding Officer shall create by
written, electronic, or other permanent and reliable means a
verbatim record of the hearing and shall file that record with
the Hearing Clerk.
(k) Findings and conclusions. The Presiding Officer may
request the participants to submit, within a reasonable time
after the conclusion of the hearing, proposed recommended
findings of fact and conclusions of law, as well as any
documentation regarding remedy. The Presiding Officer shall,
after the conclusion of a hearing and the submission of any
documents requested pursuant to this section, follow the
procedures prescribed by §28.27 of this Part.
SUBPART D — POST-HEARING
-------
- 38 -
(d) Completion of administrative record. The Regional
Administrator shall file with the Hearing Clerk the record of any
sanction he imposes under §28.12(c)(2) or §28.13(c) of this Part,
any decision he makes regarding a request for an alternate
Presiding Officer under §28.i3(b) of this Part, any written -
explanation submitted by the parties pursuant to §28.22(b)(1)(ii)
of this Part in support of a consent order that has been approved
by the Regional Administrator, any action of the Administrator
pursuant to §28.29 of this Part, any written explanation of a
rejection of the recommendation of the Presiding Officer pursuant
to paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section, any order the Regional
Administrator issues pursuant to this section, any other
significant action he takes in an action under this Part other
than a written explanation of his disapproval of a proposed
consent order, and (in the case of an action pursuant to Section
309[g] of the Clean Water Act) any evidence submitted by a
petitioner pursuant to §28.30 of this Part and any decision to
grant a petition pursuant to §28.30(b) of this Part.
(e) Pate of issuance. For- purposes of appeal, an order of
the Regional Administrator pursuant to this Part shall be deemed
to be issued five days following the date of mailing of the
Regional Administrator's order to respondent.
(f) Effective date. Any order issued pursuant to this Part
becomes effective thirty days following its date of issuance
unless before that date: .
(1) [Section 309(g) of the Clean Water Act only] An
appeal is taken pursuant to Section 309(g)(8) of the Clean Water
Act, 33 U.S.C. §l319(g)(8), or a commenter files a timely
petition pursuant to §28.30 of this Part. If the Regional
Administrator denies such a petition, the order becomes effective
thirty days after such denial;
(2) [Section 311(b)(6) of the Clean Water Act only] An
appeal is taken pursuant to Section 311(b)(6)(G) of the Clean
Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §1321(b)(6)(G);
(3) [Safe Drinking Water Act only] An appeal is taken
pursuant to Section 1423(c)(6) of the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42
U.S.C. §300h-2(c)(6);
(4) [CERCLA only] An appeal is taken pursuant to
Section 109(a)(4) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. §9609(a)(4);
(5) [EPCRA only] An appeal is taken pursuant to
Section 325(f)(l) of EPCRA, 42 U.S.C. §11045(f)(1); or
'(6) The Administrator suspends the implementation of
the order pursuant to §28.29 of this Part.
-------
- 39 -
(g) Final Agency action. The issuance of an order by the
Regional Administrator pursuant to this section constitutes final
Agency action on its effective date for purposes of the
Administrative Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C. §551.
§28.29 Sua sponte review.
The Administrator may, on his own initiative, within thirty
days of the date of issuance by the Regional Administrator of a
contested or default order under §28.28(a) of this Part, suspend
implementation .of such order for the purpose of reviewing its
conclusions of law or its sufficiency pursuant to §28.28(a)(3) of
this Part. The Administrator, after such review, may amend its
conclusions of law, withdraw the order, remand the order for
appropriate action by the Regional Administrator, or may allow
the order to issue unchanged. In any action in which the
Administrator acts pursuant to this section, the provisions of
§28.28 of this Part shall apply, except that:
(a) The Regional Administrator who issued an order shall be
deemed the recommending Presiding Officer for purposes of §28.28;
<4 '
(b) Upon suspension of the order, the Administrator who
suspended an order shall be deemed the Regional Administrator for
purposes of §28.28;
(c) The Regional Administrator's order, except for its
findings of fact, shall be deemed a recommended decision; the
Regional Administrator's findings of fact are findings of fact
for purposes of this Part and not subject to review by the
Administrator;
(d) If the Administrator does not amend the Regional
Administrator's conclusions of law nor determine that the order
is insufficient pursuant to §28.28(a)(3) of this Part, the
Regional Administrator's determination of remedy is not subject
to review; if the Administrator does amend the Regional
Administrator's conclusions of law or determines such
insufficiency, the. Regional Administrator's determination of
remedy shall be remanded by the Administrator to the Regional
Administrator for appropriate action, except that if the
Administrator determines the respondent is not liable at all
under applicable law, the Administrator shall withdraw the
administrative complaint and the order of the Regional
Administrator without remand;
(e) If the Administrator allows the order to issue
unchanged, the requirements of §28.28(a)(3) of this Part shall
not apply;
-------
- 40 -
(f) If the Administrator withdraws, amends or remands the
order, the requirement of §28.28 (a) (3) of this Part to maJce
findings of fact and to order a remedy shall not apply; and
(g) * The Administrator's decision to suspend implementation
of an order shall not be deemed final Agency action for the
purposes of §28.28(g) of this Part or the Administrative
Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C. §551.
§28.30 Petition to set aside an order. [Section 309(g) of the
Clean Water Act only]
(a) Initiation. In any action under Section 309(g) of the
Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §1319(g), in which the Regional
Administrator has issued an order pursuant to §28.28 of this
Part, any cpmmenter participating in that action may, no later
than thirty' days after the date of issuance of the order under
§28.28(e) of this Part, petition the Regional Administrator to
set aside the order and to provide a hearing on liability or a
proceeding on the penalty if the commenter at the time of
petitioning files with the Hearing Clerk material evidence not
considered in the issuance of the order and:
(1) The Presiding Officer had failed to afford the
commenter an opportunity to present information in a proceeding
conducted under §28.25 or §28.26 of this Part in the referenced
Agency action, or in an action concluded by consent order under
§§28.22(b) and 28.28(b) of this Part; or
(2) The Regional Administrator issued the order
pursuant to §§28.21 and 28.28(a) of this Part after the
respondent had timely failed to respond to the administrative
complaint pursuant to the requirements of §28.20 of this Part or
was defaulted by sanction, without the commenter having had an
opportunity to present information in a proceeding conducted
under §28.25 or §28.26 of this Part in the referenced Agency
action.
(b) Granting of petition. The Regional Administrator shall
grant the petition and set aside the order if he finds that the
petitioner meets the requirements of paragraph (a) of this
section. If the Regional Administrator grants the petition, he
shall instruct the Presiding Officer to conduct an appropriate
proceeding pursuant to §28.21(b), §28.25 or §28.26 of this Part.
(c) Denial of petition. The Regional Administrator shall
deny the petition if he determines that the petitioner has failed
to meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section. If
the Regional Administrator denies the petition, he shall notify
the complainant, the petitioner and the respondent by certified
mail, .return'receipt requested, and shall publish notice of such
-------
- 41 -
denial in the Federal Register, together with his reasons for the
denial.
§28.31 Payment of assessed penalty.
Except as may be otherwise provided by applicable law and
the provisions of any consent order, the respondent shall pay
within thirty days of the effective date of the order any civil
penalty assessed pursuant to this Part by forwarding to the
address provided by the complainant a cashier's or certified
check, payable to:
(a) [Safe Drinking Water Act, EPCRA and Section 309(g) of
the Clean Water Act only] "Treasurer, The United States of
America."
(b) [Section 31l(b)(6) of the Clean Water Act only] "Oil
Spill Liability Trust Fund."
(c) [CERCLA only] "EPA Hazardous Substance Superfund."
The respondent shall note on each check in payment the case title'
and docket number of the administrative action. The respondent
shall simultaneously send notice of payment to the Hearing Clerk.
The Presiding Officer may waive the requirement of payment by
cashier's or certified check for good cause shown. In no case
shall the Presiding Officer waive the requirement of payment by
certified or cashier's check if such a waiver may endanger the
Agency's receipt of funds.
-------
m.B.i4
"Guidance on Division of CWA Administrative Penalties with State or Local
Governments", dated September 27,1991.
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGEN.'
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20460
F 2 7 199!
V — i,
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Guidance on Division of CWA Administrative
Penalties with State or Local Governments .
. ii\f\>\ i ,'J M L
FROM: Michael 3. Cook, Director!/ -,.' \ • fv'l\ljL,v\ /•///<
Office of Wastewater Enfbrdeinent and Compliance
Enforce-ent Counsel/for Water
Office of Enforcement
TO: Regional Counsels
Regional Water Management Division Directors
The purpose of this memorandum is to provide guidance on the
issue of whether the 1937 Clean Water Act (CWA) authorizes EPA to
divide administrative penalties with State and local governments.
This issue has been raised because at least one EPA Region has
issued a consent order which provides that a State receive a
portion of the assessed penalty. The Agency has issued guidance
on the subject of dividing judicial penalties with States,
("Division of Penalties with State and Local Governments,"
October 30, 1985).
A review of the relevant statutes (the Clean Water Act and
the Miscellaneous Receipts Act) reveals that no authority exists
under the CWA administrative penalty authority for EPA or an
Administrative Law Judge/Presiding Officer (ALJ/PO) to award any
portion of an administrative penalty to a State or local
government. Pursuant to the language of Section 309(g) of the
CWA, CWA administrative proceedings are restricted to deciding
claims for violations of several specific provisions of the CWA:
-------
Whenever. .. the Administrator finds that any perscr. has
violated Sections 1311, 1312, 1316, 1317, 1318, 132S,
or 1345 of this title, or has violated any permit
condition or limitation implementing any of such
section in a permit issued under Section 1342 of -his
title by the Administrator, . . . [he] may, after
consultation with the State in which the violation
occurs, assess a Class 1 civil penalty or a Class II
civil penalty. (33 U.S.C. Sec. 1319(g) (1991))
An ALJ/PO's authority under Section 309(g) of the Act. is
limited to deciding whether a violation has occurred and what
penalty to assess under the CWA. Consequently, an ALJ/PC may net
entertain State claims for penalties under State or Federal law
or join a State or other third party in a penalty proceeding as a
co-plaintiff."
Once a penalty is finally imposed in accordance with CWA
Section 309(g), the penalty monies collected from the respondent
must be deposited into the United States Treasury. Miscellaneous
Receipts Act, 31 U.S.C. 3302 (1991); see Sierra Club. Inc. v.
Electronic Controls Design. Inc., 909 F.2d. 1350, 1354 (9th Cir.
1990), PIRG v Powell Duffrvn Terminals. 913 F.2d 64, 81 (3rd Cir.
1990). Disbursement of any portion of these penalty monies to =
State or local government or any other party constitutes a
violation of the Miscellaneous Receipts Act. Therefore, an
ALJ/PG may not award any portion of a CWA penalty to a State or
third party, and EPA may not share an award of Denalties with a
State/
That a State cr locality -ay not share in a Federal
administrative penalty assessment does not preclude a Stats" frcr.
seeking penalties for the same violations pursuant to State law
in a State administrative or judicial forum. In fact, States
with an approved NPDES program are required to have State
enforcement mechanisms similar to the Federal CWA enforcement
mechanisms. States, therefore, have a separate State forum in
which to bring actions and obtain penalties for State
violations.2
' In a CWA administrative forum, the ALJ/PO has no authority
tc take pendant jurisdiction over State law claims. Unlike the
situation in Federal civil judicial enforcement actions under the
CWA, the United States and a State may not be "co-plaintiffs" in
the CWA administrative context. Persons may seek to intervene in
an administrative penalty action for purposes other than obtaining
penalties, in accordance with applicable rules. See 40 C.F.R. Part
22.11.
~ A potential res judicata problem exists for States that
choose to bring a penalty action after a judgment has been entered
for the same violations in a Federal administrative penalty
proceeding. See United States v. ITT Ravonier. Inc. 627 F.2d 996,
1002 (9th Cir.1980); but see U.S. v. Town of Lowell, Ind. . 637
F.Supp. 254, 257 (N.D.Ind. 1985). . •
-------
In conclusion, the Clean Water Act limits the administrative
assessment of penalties to penalties for violations of Federal
law. ALJ\PO's cannot award penalties for State claims or to any
third party. Further, the Miscellaneous Receipts Act requires
that penalties finally assessed by an ALJ/PO must be paid only to
the United States Treasury. States and localities, therefore,
may not share any portion of an administrative penalty assessed
under the CWA.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Mary Hayes Lawrence, at
FTS 260-9511, (EN-338); or Dan Palmer at FTS 260-2849, (LE-132);
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; 401 M. Street S.W.;
Washington, D.C. 20460.
cc: Edward E. Reich, Acting Assistant Administrator OE
Richard Emory, OCE
Office of Regional Counsel Water Branch Chiefs
Regional Water Management Branch Chiefs
Director/ NEIC
Richard Kozlowski, OWEC
Susan Lepow, OGC
Ruth Bell, OGC
Richard Witt, OGC
Anne Lassiter
Dan Palmer
Mary Lawrence
OE Water Attorneys
OWEC Staff
-------
III.B.15,
"Final Clean Water Act Section 404 Civil Administrative
Penalty Settlement Guidance", dated December 14, 1990.
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
DEC 14 1990
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT:
FROM:
TO:
Final Clean Water Act Section 404 Civil Administrative Penalty
Settlement Guidance and Appendices
LaJuana S. Wilcher//.' '*''•' /
Assistant Administrator • '
for Water
James M. Sfrocjf' •
Assistant Administrator
for Enforcement
Regional Administrators
Attached is final guidance entitled, "Clean Water Act Section 404 Civil
Administrative Penalty Guidance on Calculating Settlement Amounts," and
accompanying appendices. The Guidance is for use by Regional wetlands staff and
Office of Regional Counsel attorneys to develop a bottomline penalty settlement,
amount in Section 404 Qass I and Class II administrative penalty actions. The
principles of this Guidance are also applicable when developing bottomline penalty
settlement amounts in Section 404 civil judicial referrals.
The attached Guidance and appendices were jointly developed by the Office of
Wetlands Protection (OWP) and the Office of Enforcement - Water (OE-Water), with
valuable input from a workgroup comprised of Regional and Headquarters
representatives. The convening of this workgroup was extremely helpful in reaching
consensus on the Guidance and we greatly appreciate the Regional participation. The
calculation methodology set forth in the Guidance is consistent with the statutory
language on determining administrative penalty amounts and with the Agency-wide
penalty policy.
-------
If you have any questions regarding the attached final Guidance and appendices,
your staff can contact either Greg Peck, OWP, FTS 475-7799 or John Lyon, OE-Water,
FTS 475-8177.
Attachments
cc: Regional Wetlands Coordinators
. ORC Water Branch Chiefs
John Studt, COE
Margaret Strand, DOJ
Susan Lepow, OGC
-------
CLEAN WATER ACT SECTION 404 CIVIL
ADMINISTRATIVE PENALTY ACTIONS
GUIDANCE ON CALCULATING SETTLEMENT AMOUNTS
INTRODUCTION
Section 309(g) of the Clean Water Act (CWA) (as amended by the Water
Quality Act of 1987) authorizes the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to assess
administrative penalties for, among other things, unauthorized discharges of dredged or
fill material into wetlands and other waters of the United States. Since the CWA is a
strict liability statute, knowledge of the law's requirements is not a prerequisite to
bringing a civil enforcement action. • Section 309(g) establishes two classes of penalties,
which differ with respect to procedure and maximum assessment, for such violations. A
Class I penalty may not exceed "510,000 per violation," and a maximum amount of
$25,000. A Class II penalty may not exceed "$10,000 per day for each day during which
the violation continues," and a maximum amount of $125,000. A violation begins when
the dredged or fill material is illegally discharged, and separate violations continue to
occur each day that the illegal discharge remains.
This document provides guidance for EPA staff on calculating a penalty that
EPA may accept in settlement of a Class I or Class n administrative penalty proceeding
for a Section 404 violation.-* The guidance is designed to promote a more consistent,
national approach to the assessment of penalty settlement amounts, while allowing EPA
staff to exercise discretion in arriving at specific penalty settlement amounts for
particular administrative penalty actions.^
Although this document was developed for settlement of administrative penalty
cases, the principles of the administrative penalty settlement criteria are also applicable
to judicial cases. Thus, this document should also be used to calculate judicial penalty
settlement amounts, except that the suggested dollar amounts in the Section 404 penalty
•'For information on other aspects of administrative penalty actions, see the
attached Appendix B, which is entitled, "Complementary Guidance on Clean Water Act
Section 404 Civil Administrative Penalty Actions."
the January 1989 Section 404 Enforcement ^lemorandum of Agreement
(MOA) between EPA acid the Department of the. Army for the policy and procedures
regarding EPA and Corps implementation of Section 404 enforcement responsibilities,
including initiation of Section 309(g) administrative penalty proceedings.
-------
matrix (see page 5) will not necessarily be applicable since judicial penalty amounts are
not limited by the administrative penalty caps. Users of this document should
remember that most Section 404 judicial settlements also require injunctive relief.
STATUTORY AND SETTLEMENT PENALTY FACTORS
Section 309(g)(3) of the CWA addresses the factors to consider when
determining an appropriate penalty amount. It states that the Agency "shall take into
account the nature, circumstances, extent and gravity of the violation, or violations, and,
with respect to the violator, ability to pay, any prior history of such violations, the
degree of culpability, economic benefit or savings (if any) resulting from the violation,
and such other matters as justice may require," 33 U.S.C. Section 1319(g)(3).
The factors found in Section 309(g)(3) form, the basis of the Agency's initial
proposed penalty in the administrative penalty complaint. As a general rule, the
Regions should plead a specific dollar amount (as opposed to "up to" the maximum
penalty) when drafting the administrative penalty complaint. For more specific
information on pleading practices and related issues, the Regions should refer to the
separate guidance document entitled "Guidance on the Distinctions Among Pleading,
Negotiating and Litigating Civil Penalties for Enforcement Cases Under the Clean
Water .Act," issued January 19, 1989.
Factors similar to those set forth in the statute are embodied in EPA's
enforcement policies governing settlement In determining appropriate penalty
settlement amounts, Regional staff should specifically bear in mind these factors as
follows:
Nature, circumstances, extent and gravity of the violation: These factors depend largely
on an assessment of environmental impacts, the significance of the resource(s)r general
national environmental goals, and professional experience.
Economic benefit to the violator The Region will need to make an assessment of the
monetary gam, if any, that the violator has derived from the illegal discharge. Penalties
calculated under this policy should, at a minimum, remove any economic benefit
resulting from failure to comply with .the law.
Ability of the violator to pare If the violator has raised the issue of ability to pay the
proposed penalty, the Region should request whatever documentation is needed to
ascertain the violator's financial condition where this factor is an issue*. Any statements
of financial condition should be appropriately certified. Be aware that the burden is
upon the violator to show an inability to pay.
-------
Prior history; This factor addresses whether the violator previously has violated the
Section 404 permitting requirements. Prior history information should be obtained not
only from EPA experience with the violator, but also from appropriate Corps Districts
and other federal agencies' knowledge and records. (If the violator has a history of
CWA violations, the- Region should consider federal contractor listing procedures as
well. See 40 CFR Part 15.)
Degree of culpability; The two principal criteria for assessing culpability are the
violator's previous experience with the Section 404 permitting requirements and the
degree of the violator's control over the illegal conduct.
Other factors; Other factors as justice may require encompass both factors that
operate to reduce a penalty settlement amount, as well as factors that operate to
increase a penalty settlement amount. An example of a mitigating factor is where the
State has imposed a penalty and/or a removal and restoration order on the violator. .
These costs may be considered when determining the appropriate penalty settlement.
Of course, the penalty should be of a sufficient level to promote deterrence. An
example of an aggravating factor is lack of cooperation upon the part of the violator.
PENALTY SETTLEMENT CALCULATION
To calculate the minimum penalty that EPA may accept in settlement of a Class
I or Class II administrative penalty proceeding for a Section 404 violation, the case
development team-3 should undertake the following steps:
Calculate the economic benefit of noncompliance;
Calculate the environmental significance of the violation and the
compliance significance of the violator using the Section 404 penalty
matrix at page 5;
• Calculate any relevant adjustment factors such as recalcitrance, ability to
pay, and litigation considerations;
• To determine the appropriate administrative penalty settlement amount,
add the economic benefit component to the environmental and
compliance significance component and modify this total based on any
relevant adjustment factors.
3For purposes of this guidance, the case development team refers to the
Regional wetlands program and ORC staff responsible for developing and pursuing a
particular administrative penalty action. " ""
-------
The results of these calculations should be documented as dollar amounts on the
"Worksheet for Calculating Section 404 Settlement Penalty," found at the attached
Appendix A. An explanation of economic benefit, environmental significance and
compliance significance, and the adjustment factors follows.
Economic Benefit
The case development team will need to calculate the full economic benefit, if
any, obtained by the violator from the violation that is the subject of the administrative
penalty proceeding. The economic benefit that a violator obtains from a violation
involving Section 404 may include, for example:
The increased property value directly resulting from an unlawful discharge
of dredged or fill material;
Delayed costs, as described below, concerning after-the-fact (ATF) permits
(see also discussion of delayed compliance under Recalcitrance on page
8);
Avoided costs by, for example, avoiding the expense of hauling dredged
spoil to an upland disposal site by disposing of it in wetlands or other
waters of the United States;
Profit from the temporary use of the property to the extent that the. profit
would not have accrued but for the illegal discharge. Such profit would
include, for example, that generated from such uses as agriculture, logging,
commercial hunting, or aquaculture and which the violator made prior to
ceasing operation or removing the unlawful discharge or otherwise
restoring the property, or before issuance of an ATF permit from the
Corps;
Profit obtained by a violator (for example, a contractor who unlawfully
discharged fill material) who .is not the owner of the subject property, but
who nevertheless benefited from the violation.
The aac_deyelopment team should use its best professional judgment to:
identify the types of economic benefit, if any, obtained by the violator, identify the
information needed to calculate the value of the various types of economic benefit
relevant in the subject case; and determine the most appropriate method for obtaining
the information needed.
In exercising its professional judgment, the case development team should
consider the following- general principles. -- — -
-------
First, a violator of Section 404 may have obtained several types of economic
benefit from its violation, and the case development team should calculate an amount
that represents the total economic benefit wrongfully obtained.
Second, although a violator may restore the wetland or take other action which
reduces the settlement penalty, the Region should not reduce the settlement penalty
calculated until the restoration or mitigation has been completed by the violator or has
become embodied in a Section 309(a) administrative compliance order (AO) or similar
Corps order, or unless the Region determines that the violator has satisfied the
requirements for issuance of an ATF permit
Third, an ATF permit issued by the Corps legitimizes a discharge from the date
of issuance forward, but does not excuse the violation which occurred before the permit
was issued. In cases in which the violator obtains an ATF permit, the Region should
quantify any economic benefit obtained from the violator's failure to obtain the permit
before discharging. Such benefit would not include permanent increased property
values, but may include, for example, temporary profits realized before the ATF permit
was issued, or delayed or avoided costs of complying with ATF permit conditions.
Where applicable, the Region may wish to use a computer model such as BEN
to calculate the economic benefit obtained by the violator from delaying or avoiding
compliance costs.
Section 404 Penalty Matrix
The Region should use the following Section 404 Penalty Matrix to assign the
appropriate level of settlement penalty based upon the determined level of
"Environmental Significance" and "Compliance Significance."
V
SECTION 404 PENALTY MATRIX
Environmental Significance
Compliance
Significance MINOR MODERATE MAJOR
MINOR $500 - 5,000 $5,001 - 15,000 $15,001 - 40,000
MODERATE $5,001 - 15,000 $15,001 - 40,000 $40,001 - 75,000
MAJOR $15,001 - 40,000 $40,001 - 75,000 $75,001 - 125,000
-------
The criteria upon which the penalty ranges in the matrix are based are described
below. The "Environmental Significance" criteria relate to the violation factors under
the Act (e.g., "nature, circumstances, extent and gravity of the violation") and the
"Compliance Significance" criteria relate to the violator factors under the Act (e.g.,
"prior history" and "degree of culpability").
"Environmental Significance" Criteria
• Significance of impact under the Section 404(b)(l) Guidelines
Acreage of the aquatic area affected
Duration of the illegal discharge
Chemical nature of the discharge material
Pre-existing quality of the aquatic site
The above factors are relevant, to characterizing the environmental significance of
an illegal discharge in terms of whether and how the discharge affects important aquatic
functions. Overall effects of an illegal discharge will depend on a variety of factors
unique to the circumstances of each case. For example, the size of the affected
ecosystem, although a relevant factor, may not always be determinative of
environmental significance. The loss of a specific wetland of an acre or less may be of
higher environmental concern than the loss of a much larger wetland area, after
consideration of such factors as functions and values performed, location, and
cumulative losses within the system.
The above factors demonstrate that the environmental significance of an
individual illegal discharge is appropriately evaluated over a range of impacts. The
guidance provided here regarding the determination of "major," "moderate," and .."minor"
environmental significance reflects generalizations intended to contribute to consistency
in application of the penalty matrix, rather than to establish hard and fast rules. The
explanation for what constitutes "major" environmental significance is the most thorough
due to the broad existing discussion of significance in the Section 404(b)(l) Guidelines.
Generally, if a high quality aquatic area is significantly impaired in performing its
functions by an illegal discharge, the impairment should be characterized as having
"major" environmental significance. "Minor" environmental significance includes an
illegal di«gh<»^-trith impacts to low-quality aquatic areas or an illegal discharge with
negligible impacts to moderate- or high-quality aquatic areas. An illegal discharge
which jeopardizes the functions and values of an aquatic area not recognized as being
either of particularly low or high quality, which performs'relatively few ecological
functions, or where cumulative losses have been few, may be considered to have
"moderate" environmental significance.
-------
An illegal discharge should be characterized as having "major" environmental
significance if it: causes significant environmental effects to high-quality aquatic areas;
causes or contributes to violations of state water quality standards; violates any
applicable toxic effluent standard or prohibition under Section 307 of the CWA; or
jeopardizes the continued existence of an endangered or threatened species or will
result in the likely destruction or adverse modification of habitat designated as critical
habitat under a state or federal endangered species law.
Furthermore, an illegal discharge that causes or contributes to significant
degradation to wetlands or other waters of the United States generally should be
considered "major." Effects that may contribute, either individually or collectively, to a
finding of significant degradation include: effects on municipal water supplies; effects
on life stages of aquatic life and other wildlife dependent on aquatic ecosystems;
effects on ecosystem diversity, productivity, and stability (including loss of habitat); and
effects on recreational and aesthetic values. See 40 CFR Section 230.10(c). In addition
to considering the direct effects of the discharge, consideration also should be given to
the cumulative and indirect effects of the discharge. See 40 CFR Section 230.11(g) and
00-
An additional relevant consideration is whether the aquatic area is rare or
unique, which can be determined, at least in pan, in terms of whether or not the
technical capacity is available to restore the area to its pre-discharge character.
Moreover, an illegal discharge in a site delineated as unsuitable under 40 CFR 230.80,
identified as having a Section 404(c) prohibition or restriction, or established as a
restored or enhanced wetland under an approved mitigation plan generally should be
considered as having "major" environmental significance as well. ,
"Compliance Significance" Criteria
Degree of culpability
Compliance history of violator
Deterrence value
The penalty matrix exhibits a range of compliance significance of "minor,
moderate, and major." When, determining whether to characterize a particular violation
as bring of'Wrr™'." "™™**nt*" or "major" compliance significance, respectively^ the .
case development team should use the above criteria.
In assessing the violator's degree of culpability for the violation, the case
development team generally should consider the violator's experience with the Section
404 permitting requirements and the violator's degree of control over the violative
conduct The criteria for assessing the violator's experience is whether the violator
knew or should have known of the- need to obtain a Section 404 permit or of the
-------
adverse environmental consequences prior to proceeding with the discharge activity.
For example, someone who has had previous experience with the Section 404
permitting requirements generally should be characterized as having "major" compliance
significance. With regard to the violator's control over the violative conduct, .there may
be situations where the violator may bear less than full responsibility or may share
liability for the occurrence of a violation. In such situations, the violation generally
should be characterized as having "moderate" compliance significance for that particular
violator.
Also relevant when determining compliance significance is the violator's past
compliance history. Generally, a violator with one or more prior Section 404 violations
that were the subject of a formal enforcement response by either EPA or the Corps
should be characterized as having "major" compliance significance. (Note that, in the
case of a repeat violator, the Region may decide that a civil or criminal judicial referral
is the more appropriate enforcement response, depending upon the particular facts of
the case.) Another relevant factor may be the need to deter future Section 404
violations by this particular violator and/or others in the regulated community.
The above criteria are not in any order of priority and the examples regarding
the range of penalty to be pursued are not intended to be all inclusive or mutually
exclusive. The Regions should use best professional judgment to characterize
environmental significance and compliance significance.
Adjustment Factors
After calculating economic benefit, as well as environmental and compliance
significance based upon the Section 404 penalty matrix, the Region may need to modify
the penalty settlement amount based upon recalcitrance, ability to pay, and litigation
considerations.
The penalty settlement amount may be adjusted upward to reflect any
recalcitrance by the violator as demonstrated,-for example, by the violator's failure to
cooperate by providing information, ceasing activities, or allowing access to property. If
a violator is uncooperative with regard to complying with the requirements of a Section
309(a) administrative compliance order to remove fill and/or restore the site, the
settlement peaalty should be increased by at least the amount of economic benefit to
the violator from the delay in making removal and/or restoration expenditures.
With regard to ability to pay, EPA wfll generally not request penalties that are
clearly beyond the means of the violator. If the violator raises the issue of inability to .
pay, the Region should evaluate the ability of the violator to pay the proposed
administrative penalty. As stated above at page 2, the violator has the burden of
establishing inability to pay a penalty. Evaluation by an outside financial consultant
8
-------
may be necessary to evaluate the violator's assertion of inability to pay an - -
administrative penalty. .
Litigation considerations justifying a reduction in the penalty amount that. the. __.
Region may accept in settlement of an administrative penalty proceeding may be due to
applicable precedent, competing public interest considerations, or the specific facts or
evidentiary issues pertaining to a particular action. Any reductions based on litigation
considerations must be clearly documented in the case file.
PRIVATE RIGHTS
The procedures set forth in this document and the accompanying appendices are
intended for the guidance of government personnel. They are not intended, and cannot
be relied on, to create any rights, substantive or procedural, enforceable by any party in
litigation with the United States. The Agency reserves the right to act at variance with
these procedures and to change them at any time without public notice.
SECTION 404 ENFORCEMENT CONTACTS
Office of Wetlands Protection
Greg Peck FTS 475-7799
Hazel Groman FTS 475-8798
John Goodin FTS 245-3910
Office of Enforcement - Water
John W. Lyon FTS 475-8187
Etyse DiBiagio-Wood FTS 475-8177
Susan Gary Watkins FTS 475-8320
-------
Enforcement Sensitive
APPENDIX A - Worksheet For Calculating Section 404
Settlement Penalty
Case Name:
Respondent's Name:.
1. Economic Benefit considering such factors as:
• increased property value?
• delayed costs concerning ATF permit?
• avoided costs?
• profit from temporary use?
• economic benefit for violator who is not the
property owner?*
• other?
1
1
1
$
Subtotal A $_
2. Environmental and Compliance Sipificance Subtotal B
(from matrix)
3. Adjustment Factors:
• Recalcitrance (+)
• Ability to Pay (•)
• Litigation "Considerations (+ or -)
L
1
$
Subtotal C $_
4. Total Settlement Penalty (A + B + C)
TOTAL
* This component should be completed only for non-property owners.
Date
Name of Preparer
-------
APPENDIX B - COMPLEMENTARY GUIDANCE ON CLEAN
WATER ACT SECTION 404 CIVIL ADMINISTRATIVE
PENALTY ACTIONS
The material in this appendix is intended to complement the document entitled,
"Clean Water Act Section 404 Civil Administrative Penalty Actions: Guidance on
Calculating Settlement Amounts" (Section 404 Administrative Penalty Settlement
Guidance). The Section 404 Administrative Penalty Settlement Guidance provides a
methodology for calculating the penalty amount that a Region may accept when settling
an administrative penalty action for Section 404 violations. This guidance complements
the penalty calculation methodology.with respect to: (1) explaining the relationship
between administrative penalty actions and other Section 404 actions; (2) providing
factors to consider when deciding whether to initiate an administrative penalty action in
response to a Section 404 violation; (3) providing an approach for incorporating
alternate penalty payments into administrative penalty consent agreements, where
appropriate; and (4) explaining the statutory requirement for state consultation.
RELATIONSHIP OF ADMINISTRATIVE PENALTIES TO OTHER
SECTION 404 ACTIONS
The Clean Water Act (CWA) provides EPA with various enforcement
mechanisms for responding to violations of Section 301(a) for discharging without or in
violation of a Section 404 permit- Section 309(g) gives EPA the authority to assess civil
administrative penalties for, among other things, violations of Section 404. Under
Section 309(a), the Agency is authorized to issue an administrative compliance order
(AO) requiring a violator to cease an ongoing unauthorized discharge and refrain from
future illegal discharge activity, and where appropriate to remove unauthorized fill
and/or otherwise restore the site. A third enforcement mechanism allows EPA to seek
monetary penalties, injunctive relief, and prison sentences through judicial action under
Sections 309(b) and (c) of the CWA. Under these-provisions, the Agency may refer
cases to the Department of Justice (DOJ) for civil and/or criminal litigation.
Before-a Region can initiate any enforcement action, it must first establish a
violation of Section 3ftl{a)-of the CWA by determining that there has been a discharge
of dredged or fin material from a point source to a water of the United States by a
person in the absence or in violation of a required Section 404 permit. The Region
must then determine what action(s) to pursue against the violator, based upon the
circumstances of the particular violation.
A description of the relationship between Section 309 administrative penalty
actions and other Section 404 actions follows.
-------
Section 308 Letters
A Section 308 letter is a tool whereby the Region can obtain/demand
information from an alleged violator to determine the existence and/or extent of a
violation. Section 309(g) specifically allows for assessment of an administrative penalty
for violations of Section 308 (for example, failure to respond to a Section 308 request
for information regarding an alleged unauthorized Section 404 discharge). The Section
308 letter should notify the recipient that failure to respond can result in the assessment
of an administrative penalty.
Administrative Orders
A principal goal of EPA's Section 404 enforcement program is to correct any
environmental harm resulting from an unauthorized discharge. Normally, this goal can
be achieved through issuance of an AO under Section 309(a) ordering the violator to
cease any ongoing violation and, where appropriate, to remove unauthorized discharge
material and/or otherwise restore the site. A Region cannot seek administrative
penalties for non-compliance with an AO per se; however, administrative penalties can
be sought for the underlying violation of the CWA that gave rise to the issuance of the
AO, i.e., the unauthorized discharge activity.
A Section 309(a) AO seeking removal and/or restoration has been a common
enforcement tool for responding to Section 404 violations and should continue to-be
viewed as such since it affords immediate environmental protection to a resource
impacted by an illegal discharge. Where appropriate, a Region may respond to a
Section 404 violation by both issuing an AO seeking injunctive-type relief and initiating
an administrative penalty action. However, as explained in the EPA guidance entitled,
"Relationship of Section 309(a) Compliance Orders to Section 309(g) Administrative
Penalty Proceedings," issued August 28, 1987, AOs and administrative penaltyv
complaints should be kept procedurally separate: they should be issued and docketed
as separate documents. Moreover, it is generally advisable (although not required) for
a Region to issue an AO seeking removal and/or restoration well in advance of an
administrative penalty.complaint In those cases where'the violator does not comply
with the terms of the AO and the Region determines that there.is an immediate need
for injunctivc. relief, the Region should seek judicial enforcement of the AO through a
referral to EBJ as soon as possible. Also, a civil judicial referral is the appropriate
enforcementmechanism where there is noncompUance with the terms of an AO and
the Region determines that it is not likely to obtain the needed injunctive-type relief
within the administrative arena.
-------
Judicial Actions
Under Section 309(g)(6), payment of an administrative penalty to EPA forecloses
any possibility of future judicial action for civil penalties for that specific violation. This
fact is of particular importance if the Region is attempting to build a case for eventual
referral to DOJ by documenting a history of violations. Therefore, a Region should not
initiate an administrative penalty action against a violator for a particular Section 404
violation if a subsequent judicial action seeking civil penalties for that specific violation
is desired. Note, also that, as stated above, the Agency can seek both injunctive relief
and monetary penalties in a civil judicial referral, whereas the Agency can seek only
administrative civil penalties in a Section 309(g) complaint. Generally, therefore, a civil
judicial referral is the appropriate enforcement mechanism in those 404 cases where the
Region initially determines that it cannot obtain needed injunctive-type relief within the
administrative arena.
After~the'Fact Permits
Issuance of an after-the-fact (ATF) permit by the Corps of Engineers authorizes
a discharge from the date of issuance onward. It does not cure the period of violation
prior to issuance of the permit. Consequently, an administrative penalty may be
assessed for each day that the illegally discharged material remained in place prior to
issuance of an ATF permit.
The 1989 EPA/Army Enforcement Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) directs
the Corps not to accept applications for ATF permits until resolution of the violation
has been reached through an appropriate enforcement response as determined by the
lead enforcement agency. This language is intended to ensure that ongoing EPA
enforcement actions are not compromised by Corps issuance of an ATF permit.
However, there will be situations where EPA determines that issuance of an ATF
permit is consistent with, and should precede completion of, an EPA enforcment action.
The Regions are encouraged to coordinate with their respective Corps Districts
accordingly.
Despite the MOA provision, the ATF process is likely to raise difficult questions
in some administrative penalty actions that the Region will need to resolve when
determining an appropriate penalty amount. As indicated above, in those cases where
the Region determines that the violator would have received a permit before the fact or
should receive one if an ATF permit application is processed, it may be appropriate to
allow the ATF process to go forward and, where appropriate, to direct the violator to
implement interim control measures. However, in those cases where the Region has
sufficient information as a result of its enforcement investigation to conclude that the
illegal discharge does not comply with the Section 404(b)(l) Guidelines, it is reasonable
to require the violator to undertake removal/restoFatioe-before asy permit is sought. In
-------
such cases, the Region should inform the Corps that the ATF process should not
proceed pending EPA resolution of the administrative penalty action and should
subsequently notify the Corps of the completed enforcement action.
WHEN ARE ADMINISTRATIVE PENALTIES BY EPA APPROPRIATE
A basic discussion on when to use administrative penalties in CWA enforcement
is provided in the EPA document entitled, "Guidance on Choosing Among Clean Water
Act Administrative, Civil and Criminal Enforcement Remedies," issued August 28, 1987.
For violations which occurred prior to February 4, 1987 (the enactment date of the
1987 Amendments to the CWA), the Regions should refer to the EPA document
entitled, "Guidance on Retroactive Application of New Penalty Authorities Under the
Clean Water Act," issued August 28, 1987. Also, the Regions should refer to the
"Guidance on 'Claim-Splitting' in Enforcement Actions Under the Clean Water Act,"
issued August 28, 1987, with regard to questions on parallel proceedings or
simultaneous administrative penalty proceedings. The following discussion focuses on
the appropriateness of an administrative penalty proceeding in response to an
unauthorized discharge of dredged or fill material.-*
When deciding whether to initiate an administrative penalty action, the Region
should consider whether assessment of such a penalty will serve any or all of the
general enforcement goals of deterrence, swift resolution of environmental problems,
and fair and equitable treatment of the regulated community. If the answer to these
questions is yes, it is likely that assessment of an administrative penalty is an
appropriate enforcement response to the violation. To ascertain whether a Region's
limited enforcement resources should be utilized for a particular case, issues such as the
history of the violator, the significance of the affected resource, and the significance of
the discharge should be considered.
V
The threshold for deciding whether to initiate an administrative penalty action in
response to a particular Section 404 violation is relatively low. Examples where an
administrative penalty action is an appropriate enforcement response include the
following: , '
• Failure to respond to a Section 308 letter,
-'The need for or appropriateness of initiating an EPA administrative penalty action
against violations in States which have assumed the Section 404 program (i.e., Michigan)
may be dependent upon the approved State program. These situations will therefore be
handled on a case-by-ease basis.
-------
Illegal discharges that have received or are likely to receive an ATF
permit;
Illegal discharges where an AO for removal/restoration is not feasible;
Illegal discharges where an AO has been issued and the Region
determines that an administrative penalty action also is appropriate.
ALTERNATE PENALTY PAYMENTS
One final point relates to the opportunity for obtaining removal/restoration in
the context of administrative penalty settlement negotiations. In appropriate Section
404 cases, a Region may want to initiate an administrative penalty action against a
violator for an illegal discharge that the Region would like removed, believing that in
the context of settlement negotiations it will be able to use successfully the Section
309(g) action as leverage to get the discharge material removed more expeditiously.
Generally, the Region will have previously issued an AO requiring such
removal/restoration. In the course of negotiations aimed at settling the administrative
penalty action, the violator may in fact demonstrate a willingness to correct the
environmental harm resulting from the illegal activity, i.e., to remove the illegal
discharge material and/or restore the site.
Where appropriate, the Regions do have discretion to enter into administrative
penalty consent orders that incorporate the violator's willingness to remove illegal
discharge material. The key benefit to this approach is that it provides the Region with
the opportunity to achieve removal and restoration quickly. In addition to the standard
administrative penalty consent order language, an order providing for alternate^ penalties
based upon expeditious completion of removal/restoration requirements should also
include language that is consistent with the Anti-Deficiency Act and the Miscellaneous
Receipts Act, and that preserves the Agency's remedies in the event of noncompliance
with the terms of the consent order. Such language should provide that:
The violator is agreeing to undertake or has undertaken the
removal/restoration to mitigate the environmental harm from the illegal
The violator will pay a penalty of a specified amount and that EPA, in
determining the amount of .the penalty, has taken into account the
violator's agreement to undertake the removal/restoration as pan of the
statutory factors; and
-------
.The violator agrees that, if it does not complete the project to the
satisfaction of EPA, the Agency retains the authority to assess an
additional penalty of a specified amount for the continuing violations and
to take additional enforcement action.
Ordinarily, there will be a cash component of the penalty consent order that recovers at
least economic benefit. Also, the consent agreement should clearly state that the
Agency retains the authority to take additional enforcement action in the event of
noncompliance with the CWA or nonpayment of the assessed penalty. Moreover, care
should be taken to make the agreement as specific as possible with regard to the details
of the removal/restoration project and the dates for its completion. It is strongly
recommended that, simultaneous with or in advance of the penalty consent order, the
Region issue an AO incorporating the removal/restoration upon which a settlement
depends. The penalty consent order should reference the AO to clarify the
requirements that must be satisfied to avoid further assessments for continued
noncompliance with the CWA. Alternate penalty payments should not be used in
situations where the violator appears to be recalcitrant.
STATE CONSULTATION
Prior to issuance of a final order assessing an administrative penalty, Section
309(g) requires that the Region consult with an appropriate State agency regarding such
assessment For the Section 404 program, the appropriate State contact will be the
agency administering the State 404 program. However, where the State has not
assumed the 404 program, the appropriate State contact is the State agency that
implements the State wetlands regulatory program, provided, that such program has
jurisdiction over the illegal activity in question, or in the absence of such a State
wetlands regulatory program, the State Section 401 certification agency, unless another
State agency is agreed to by the Region and the respective State through an existing
State/EPA Enforcement Agreement (which addresses Section 404) or some other formal
agreement with the State. The procedure for such consultation should be discussed and
decided upon by the Region with their respective State contact, consistent with
"Guidance on Class I Clean Water Act Administrative Penalty Procedures," issued July
27, 1987, for Class I penalties and "Rules of Practice Governing the Administrative
Assessment ofChm H Civil Penalties Under the Clean Water Act," 40 CFR Section
2238, for Oa» n penalties.
-------
SECTION 404 ENFORCEMENT CONTACTS
Office of Wetlands Protection
Hazel Groman FTS 475-8798
John Goodin FTS 245-3910
Office of Enforcement • Water
Elyse DiBiagio-Wood FTS 475-8187
Susan Gary Watkins FTS 475-8320
-------
Ul
U
United States Environmental Protection Agency
Office of Water
Office of Enforcement
Washington, D.C 20460
United States Department of the Army
Office of the Assistant Secretary
Washington, D.C 20310-0103
MEMORANDUM
1 2 DEC 1990
SUBJECT: Wetlands Enforcement-initiative
FROM:
TO;
James M. Strock^
Assistant Admini!
for Enforcement
LaJuana S. Wilcher
Assistant Administrator
for Water
G. Edward Dickey
Acting Assistant Secretary of the Army
(Civil Works)
Regional Administrators
Director of Civil Works
We are seeking the participation of EPA Regions and Corps
Districts in an enforcement initiative to protect wetlands. The
Wetlands Enforcement Initiative is designed to emphasize the
Federal government's commitment to Clean Water Act Section 404
enforcement, to generally educate the regulated community and the
public at large about the requirements of the Section 404 program
and the importance of wetlands, and to publicize Clean Water Act
violations involving the unauthorized discharge of dredged or
fill material. EPA and the Department-of the Army have placed
high priority on protecting this Nation's wetlands and recognize
that an active Section 404 .enforcement program is one important
wetlands protection tool.
The Wetlands Enforcement Initiative will be .similar to EPA's
FY 89 municipal pretreatment enforcement initiative under the
Clean Water Act. That initiative concluded with the filing of
several important cases and a major Agency press release and
press conference. We are proposing to publicize the Wetlands
Enforcement Initiative in two phases. The first "wave" of
publicity is planned for April199i. It will announce the
Initiative and highlight appropriate Section 404 enforcement
actions initiated or resolved over the previous 12 months. We
also hope to file a "cluster" of Section 404 cases at that time,
-------
if such a filing does not unduly interfere with the normal flow
of cases. -__;:::..
By alerting the regulated community, as well as the general
public, to the Federal government's commitment to Section 404
enforcement, this Spring announcement is also intended to provide
an early deterrent to potential violations which might otherwise
occur during the 1991 Spring and Summer construction season. The
second "wave" of publicity is scheduled- for October 1991 and will
highlight appropriate Section 404 enforcement actions initiated
or resolved during FY91, including cases resulting from
investigations conducted during the Spring field season. We also
hope to have a second "cluster" filing at that time. Each
announcement will consist of a joint EPA/Army/Department of
Justice (DOJ) press release and press conference. In the press
release, we will acknowledge Section 404 administrative
compliance orders, cease and desist orders, administrative
penalty orders and judicial cases initiated or resolved by the
Regions and Districts during .the covered time period. At the
press conferences, we will highlight those administrative and
judicial cases that best serve to illustrate the Initiative's
goals.
The Wetlands Enforcement Initiative will include cases
involving both unpermitted discharges of dredged or fill material
into wetlands and discharges in violation of the conditions in a
Section 404 permit. Regions and Districts will have flexibility
to decide which enforcement actions are most appropriate to
support the Initiative. In making enforcement decisions, Regions
and Districts should consider: The "EPA/Army Guidance on Judicial
Civil and Criminal Enforcement Priorities;" the "Clean Water Act
Section 404 Civil Administrative Penalty Settlement Guidance and
Appendices;" the Clean Water Act Section 404 Enforcement
Memorandum of Agreement; and the additional guidance discussed
below, and should focus on the most significant ^
violators/violations in each of the Regions or Districts.
While this Initiative focuses on wetlands protection,
Section 404 enforcement actions involving unpermitted discharges
and violations of 404 permit conditions to other waters of the
United States can be included. We suggest, however, that, where
possible, the Regions and Districts focus on enforcement actions
which have one or more of the following elements:
- a discharge into a wetland that is identified on the
Region's Priority Wetland List or is an important and/or
threatened area in the Region or District;•
- a case which will have high deterrence value in the
Region, District or Nation, e.g., a particular industry, business
or land development entity which engaged in unauthorized
-------
discharges of dredged or fill material.
- a discharge by a repeat or flagrant violator; e.g.,
someone who engaged in an unauthorized discharge activity after
being denied a Section 404 permit or withdrawing a permit
application for. such activity. ~ ~
The above list is not intended to exclude other cases of
importance.
•
As noted above, the Wetlands Enforcement Initiative will
consist of cease and desist orders, administrative compliance
orders, administrative penalty actions and civil judicial
referrals. In addition, appropriate criminal actions, which have
been approved in accordance with each agency's procedures for
criminal referrals, may also be included in the press
announcements. Because Regions and Districts follow different
procedures in initiating enforcement responses, we have provided
two separate schedules for implementing this Initiative.
EPA Regions
We propose that the Regions issue Section 309(a)
administrative compliance orders and Section 309(g)
administrative penalty complaints on the schedule described.
below. Administrative compliance orders and administrative
penalty orders are not subject to Headquarters concurrence (with
the exception of those Regions that have not fulfilled
Headquarters concurrence requirements concerning.the requisite
number of Section 309(g) complaints and consent agreements).
Headquarters will review Section 309(g) complaints and consent
agreements, however, for the purpose of determining whether such
orders should be highlighted in Initiative press activities.
•
We ask that the Regions submit case referrals by no later
than February 15, 1991, for the April announcement and by August
1, 1991 for the October 1991 announcement. We do not intend,
however, to delay the processing of referrals submitted earlier.
Each Region should submit one or more civil judicial referrals
and should also issue administrative compliance orders and
administrative penalty, orders as appropriate. After receipt of
the referral packages, the.Regions, Headquarters and DOJ, in
consultation with the Army, will decide if suits should be filed
simultaneously or in some other coordinated manner, as indicated
in the following schedule:
1. Headquarters/Regional conference -calls
to discuss Call Letter. Dec. 18, 1990
2. Regions submit to Headquarters a list
and brief description and schedule for candidate
enforcement actions. Jan. 8, 1991
-------
3. Headquarters/Regional conference call
to discuss candidate cases and confirm schedules
for candidate enforcement actions. Jan. 22, 1991
4.. Deadline for Regions to submit referrals
to Headquarters for April filing. ' Feb. 15, 1991
5. Deadline for Regions to issue
administrative compliance orders, administrative
consent orders and administrative penalty complaints
(copies of issued compliance orders, consent orders and
administrative penalty complaints should
be supplied to Headquarters after issuance). Mar. 23, 1991
6. Headquarters completes coordination of
national communications strategy with Regions,
Army and DOJ for April announcement. April 1, 1991
7. Likely judicial case filing dates. April 23, 1991
8. Joint press release and/or joint press
conference held. April 23, 1991
9. Regions submit to Headquarters a list
and brief description and schedule for candidate
enforcement actions for October announcement. June 14, 1991
10. Headquarters coordinates with Regions
and confirms schedules for candidate enforcement
actions. . . July 1, 1991
11. Deadline for Regions to submit civil
judicial referrals to Headquarters for October
filing. Aug. 1,^1991
12. Deadline for Regions to issue
administrative compliance orders, administrative
consent orders and administrative penalty complaints
(copies of issued compliance and consent
orders and administrative penalty complaints should
be supplied to Headquarters after issuance). Sept. 13, 1991
13. Headquarters completes coordination of
national communications strategy with Regions,
Corps and DOJ for October announcement. Sept. 20, 1991
14. Likely judicial case filing date. Oct. 15, 1991
15. Joint press release and/or joint press
conference held. Oct. 15, 1991
-------
We request that each Region complete the attached form on
cases that are candidates for inclusion in the Wetlands
Enforcement Initiative, and submit the forms to Hazel Groman of
the Office of Wetlands Protection and Elyse DiBiagio-Wood of the
Office of Enforcement by January 8, 1991 or June 14, 1991, as
appropriate. Headquarters staff assigned to the Initiative and
available to answer questions- include Hazel Groman, OWP, FTS 475-
8798, and Elyse DiBiagio-Wood, OE-Water, FTS 475-8187.
Corps Districts
Unlike EPA, Corps Headquarters will not participate in the
decision as to which suits should be filed. The Initiative is
not intended ^to affect ongoing Corps enforcement activities.
Districts should continue to employ all enforcement options, as
discussed in the attached joint guidance letter. For purposes of
the Initiative, however, we ask that each District submit two
planned or pending enforcement actions' for each phase of the
Initiative which, in the District's opinion, target particularly
egregioufs violations. We will then decide which cases are proper
candidates to be publicized at the joint press conference. The
Districts should submit their actions in accordance with the
following schedule:
1. Districts submit to Headquarters two
planned or pending enforcement actions to be
included in the April announcement. Feb. 4, 1991
2. Headquarters coordinates with Districts
and confirms schedules for enforcement actions. March 5, 1991
3. Headquarters completes coordination
of national communications strategy with EPA
and DOJ. April 1, 1991
t
4. Joint press release and/or joint press
conference. April 23, 1991
5. Districts submit to Headquarters two
planned or pending enforcement actions to be
included in the October announcement. July 2, 1991
6. Headquarters coordinates with Districts
and confirms schedules for enforcement actions. Aug. 20, 1991
7. Headquarters completes coordination
of national communications strategy with EPA
and DOJ. Sept. 20, 1991
8. Joint press release and/or joint press
5
-------
conference. • Oct. 15, 1991
We request that each District complete the attached fora on
cases that'it believes should be publicized in the Enforcement
Initiative, and submit the form, in duplicate, to Jack .Chowning,
HQUSACE, CECW-OR by February 4, 1991 and July 2, 1991.
Headquarters staff available to answer questions regarding the
Initiative include Jack Chowning, 272-1781, and Martin Cohen,
HQUSACE, CECC-K, 272-0027.
We realize that the above schedule will require a large
effort by Regional and District offices'. However, we believe
that the Initiative is critical to the priority goal
of the agencies to protect wetlands, and greatly appreciate your
continued support of the Initiative. We will .make Headquarters
personnel available to assist the Regions and Districts. .
Attachment
cc: Regirr.al Counsels
Direj-ors, Water Mgrat Div., Regs.I, II, IV, V, VIII, ix and X
Directors, Env'l Services Div., Regs. Ill and VI
Ass,t Regional Administrator, Policy and Management, Reg. VII
Margaret Strand, Chief, Environmental Defense Sec., DOJ
John Studt, Chief, Regulatory Branch, COE
Pat Alberico, OCE
Fred Stiehl, OE-Water
Dave Davis, OWP
Martin Cohen, Assistant Chief Counsel for Litigation, Office
of the Chief Counsel, USACE
-------
.. - *
FMPQRCEMENT TNTTTXTTVE BEPORT
1. Name of alleged violator(s):
2. Location:
3. Description of violation; project of which it is.part; and
resultant harm:
4. Describe the reasons for Regional/District selection of case;
5. Does the enforcement action require time sensitive relief,
such as injunctive relief affected by seasonal constraints?
Explain:.
6. Is a repeat or flagrant violator involved?
-------
7. Communication among EPA, Corps, FWS or State agency:
8. Date(s) of inspection, and agencies conducting inspections:
9. Other contact between EPA or Corps and alleged violator
(e.g., warning letter, notice of violation, prior enforcement
action, application for "after-the-fact" permit, settlement
negotiation): •
10. Proposed enforcement response (e.g., AO, civil referral,
criminal referral); proposed date for action; and relief sought:
ATTACH ADDITIOKAL PAGES, IF APPROPRIATE, TO RESPOND TO ANY OP THE
ABOVE QUESTIONS.
*Please note that a separate report should be prepared for each
candidate enforcement action.
-------
c
United States Environmental Protection Agency
United States Department of the Army
GUIDANCE ON JUDICIAL CIVIL AND CRIMINAL
ENFORCEMENT PRIORITIES
BACKGROUND
This document provides guidance to the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
Regions and Army Corps of Engineers Districts on enforcement priorities for
unauthorized discharges of dredged or fill material in waters of the United States in
violation of section 301 of the Clean Water Act (CWA). Unauthorized discharges
include both discharges that are unpermitted and discharges that violate permit terms
or conditions. The guidance enumerates factors enforcement personnel should consider
when deciding whether to refer a case for judicial action. By providing this guidance,
EPA and the Army intend to encourage consistency in the manner in which we enforce
the CWA's requirements nationally, protect the integrity of the section 404 regulatory
program, and direct limited program resources in a manner that produces the most
beneficial environmental results.
Options to address CWA violations include: no action, voluntary compliance, cease
and desist orders, EPA administrative compliance orders, interim measures designed to
protect the aquatic ecosystem from further damage, after-the-fact permits,
administrative penalty orders, and civil and criminal judicial actions. This guidance
discusses priorities for civil and criminal judicial actions only. By defining priorities for
judicial actions, EPA and the Army do not intend to suggest that the agenciesvlimit
their use of these or any other enforcement options. In fact, the agencies should
continue the use of all enforcement options whether in conjunction with or instead of
civil and criminal proceedings.
CIVIL AND CRIMINAL ENFORCEMENT PRIORITIES
A Civil judicial cases
Decisions on whether to refer a civil action to the Department of Justice must be
on a case-by-case basis, and the absence or presence of one or more of the following
factors should not necessarily dictate a decision regarding a particular .case.
Nevertheless, enforcement personnel should consider the following factors when
deciding whether to refer a crvfl action:
1. Quality of the waters affected. Enforcement personnel should .determine, to the
-------
extent practicable, what functions and values the waters performed prior to the
unauthorized discharge. Regions and Districts should give priority to violations that
affect wetlands and other special aquatic sites.
2. Impact of the discharge. Enforcement personnel should determine, to the
extent practicable, the amount and content of the discharge, the number of acres
affected by the discharge, and the discharge's direct and indirect effects. Priority should
be given to those discharges that have ah especially deleterious effect on wetlands
functions or values, that affect a large area of wetlands or other waters, or that are
widespread and have significant cumulative effects. These would include unauthorized
discharges with significant adverse effects on aquatic ecosystem diversity, productivity,
and stability such as loss of fish or wildlife habitat or loss of the capacity of a wetland
to assimilate nutrients, purify water, or reduce wave energy. Judicial enforcement
action would normally be appropriate, for example, for unauthorized discharges that
cause or contribute to violations of state water quality standards; violate any applicable
toxic effluent standard or prohibition under Section 307 of the CWA; or jeopardize
endangered or threatened species and their designated critical habitat Judicial
enforcement action should be considered for any case where unauthorized discharges
did or may cause or contribute to significant adverse environmental impacts.
3. Culpability of violator. Enforcement personnel should consider the violator's
prior compliance history when determining what type of enforcement action is
appropriate. Priority should be given to violators with a history of noncompliance and
those who commit taiowing violations. The violator's experience with the program and
whether he or she had been the subject of previous enforcement actions are
considerations. In general, repeat violators warrant judicial action, regardless of
whether the violations occurred on the same site or on different sites. Repeat
violations, however, are not a prerequisite for referring a civil case to the Department
of Justice. v
4. Deterrence value. Enforcement personnel should consider the extent to which
the violation is flagrant, visible, and well-publicized. If there are a number of violations
within a particular geographic area or industry, civil judicial action against one or more
of the violators can provide excellent deterrence. The agencies should refer for civil
action a case against any violator whose actions, if left unpunished, would have the
effect of jeopardizing the integrity of the section 404 program in the area where the .
violation occurred.
5. Benefit from the violation. Enforcement personnel should consider the
economic benefit a violator derived from the unauthorized discharge. Because
administrative penalties are limited, when a violator has obtained a significant .economic
benefit from the discharge, a civil judicial action may be the only enforcement option
that can effectively recover that benefit
-------
6. Equitable considerations. In addition to the above five factors, the Regions
and Districts will want to anticipate and evaluate the strength of any equitable
considerations likely to be raised by potential defendants. Priority should be given to
recent and ongoing violations. Regions and Districts should also take into account, as
appropriate, when the Region and/or District learned of the violation, and whether
timely administrative attempts to achieve compliance were unsuccessful and a civil
referral is the only available means to obtain needed injunctive relief.
Another equitable consideration is whether the violator received misinformation
from the federal government as to whether the discharge required a section 404 permit.
Based on existing case law, the federal government can only rarely and in very limited
circumstances be barred from enforcing its laws. At the same time, an important goal
of federal enforcement, including section 404 enforcement, is fair and equitable
treatment of the regulated community. As a result, the Regions and Districts will need
to carefully consider the appropriateness of initiating a civil suit in cases where the
violator may have reasonably relied on a federal official's misrepresentations regarding
the need for a section 404 permit. This includes situations where the violator was led
to believe that the activity did not constitute a discharge, that, the discharge did not take
place in waters of the United States, or that a general permit covered the discharge.
When determining whether the violator's reliance was reasonable, enforcement
personnel should assess such factors as whether the misrepresentations were made by
EPA or the Corps, the two federal agencies charged with implementing the section 404
program, or another federal agency, whether the misrepresentations were communicated
to the violator in writing or were merely oral statements; the extent of the violator's
familiarity with the section 404 program; and whether the violator knew, should have
known, or with reasonable diligence could have determined, that the representations
were erroneous. •
r - •
The first two factors listed above center upon the "environmental effects of the
violation. Special attention should be paid both to violations that damage large areas
of wetlands and those that impair valuable wetlands, no matter what their size. The
next three factors are intended to protect the integrity of the section 404 program by
focusing enforcement priorities first on individuals or violations which show disdain for
the law and on those who seek to benefit from circumvention of the law.
B. Criminal eases
With regard to the discharge of dredged or fill material, section 309(c) of the CWA
provides criminal penalties for four separate offenses. First, anyone who negligently
violates section 301 (e.g., engaging in unauthorized discharges) or who negligently
violates the requirements of a section 404 permit may be criminally liable. Second,
anyone who knowingly violates section 301 or the requirements of a section 404 permit
may also be subject to criminal liability. Third, any person who violates section 301 or
-------
the conditions of a section 404 permit and, in doing so, knowingly endangers another
person may be subject to criminal penalties. Finally, section 309(c) provides criminal
sanctions for persons who knowingly make false material statements regarding a section
404 permit.
In some instances a violation will involve circumstances which indicate that a
criminal prosecution'may be in order. Such circumstances should be underscored when
the case is referred to the Department of Justice. Ultimately, Justice must exercise its
discretion as to whether or not to proceed criminally in any case. If there is a
possibility of criminal prosecution, field personnel should pay special attention to
evidentiary matters such as sample preservation, content of statements to and from any
potential defendant, good photographs, and chain of custody.
This document provides internal guidance for field personnel regarding the exercise
of their enforcement discretion. Accordingly, this document creates no rights in third
parties.
For the Environmental Protection Agency:
\zhlto
Date 'FREDERICK F. STEHL Date
Associate Enforcement
Office of Wetlands Protection Counsel for Water
For the Oiief of Engineers:
P. ELMORE Date/ /
Chief, Operations, Construction,
and Readiness Division
Directorate of Crvfl Works
-------
III.B.16.
"Supplemental Guidance on Section 309(g)(6)(A) of the Clean Water
Act", March 5, 1993.
-------
UNITEO STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20460
MAR
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Supplemental Guidance on Section 309(g)(6)(A) of the Clean Water
'Act .. .....-.••-.''
TO: Regional Counsel -
• • • • .^^ ,-. • '. • •• .-•
FROM: Frederick F. Stiehl
Enforcement Counsel for Water
On August 28, 1987, the Office of Enforcement issued the "Guidance on
State Action Preempting Civil Penalty Actions Under the Federal Clean Water Act.*
This guidance sets forth EPA's interpretation of section 309(g)(6)(A), which limits
EPA's authority to seek penalties judicially under certain circumstances.1 Under
section 309(g)(6HA)(ii), EPA may not initiate a civil penalty action under sections
309{d) or 311 of the Clean Water Act if a state has commenced and is diligently
prosecuting an administrative penalty action of its own for the same violations, and
'Section 309(g)(6)(A) of the dean Watar Act read*, in pertinent part, as follows:
(A) Limitation on actions under other factions
Action takan by the Administrator or the Secretary, as the case may fee,
under this subsection shall not affect or limit the Administrator's or Secretary's
authority to enforce any provision of this chapter: except that any violation -
(i) with respect to which the Administrator or the Secretary haa commenced and is
dJBoentiy prosecuting, an action under this subsection,
fli) with respect to which a State has commenced and is dWparrtfy
prosecuting an action under a State law'comparable to this
subsection, or . ' . . .
(ffi) for which the AUiiunisoatof, the Secretary, or the State, has
issued a final order not aubject'to further judicial review and the
violator-has paid a penalty assessed under this subsection, or such
comparable State tow. as the case may be, .
shall not be the subject of e civil penalty action under aubsection (d) of .this section
or section 132lib) of this title or section 1365 of this title.
-------
The cause of action arises from a state law comparable'.to subsection 309(g) of the
Act. Since issuance of the guidance, caselaw has emerged that Interprets section
309(g)(6)(A) consistent with the guidance; landing additional Judicial support to
EPA's policy. This document is intended to supplement the Agency's
interpretation of CWA section 309(g)(6)(A) as set forth In the original guidance, in
light of those recent judicial opinions.
Adverse judicial decisions are also noted in this supplemental guidance.
Recent adverse holdings are predominantly in accord with a First Circuit decision in
North and South Rivers Watershed Association v. Town of Seftuate. 949 F.2d 552
(1st Cir. 1991), in which a citizen suit was barred by section 309(g)(6)(A) using
reasoning contrary to the statutory language and to EPA's policy guidance.
Scituate involved a citizen's action against the Town of Scituate, Massachusetts,
alleging that the town had been discharging pollutants from its sewage treatment
plant in violation of its federal NPDES permit- Prior to the commencement of the
citizen's suit, the Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection had .
issued an administrative order regarding the allegedly illegal discharges pursuant to
a section of the Massachusetts Clean Waters Act which does not authorize civil or
administrative penalties. In ruling that this state action barred the citizen suit
under section 309(g)(6)(A), the First Circuit in Seftuate focused on the
comparability of the entire statutory scheme..of the Massachusetts Clean Waters
Act with the federal Act. Without elaboration, the Scituate court also found that
the administrative order constituted diligent prosecution of the NPDES violations.
EPA does not agree with the interpretation given section 3Q9(g)(6)(A) by the First
Circuit in Scttuata. and has filed an amicus brief arguing against that decision in
another case now before the Ninth Circuit.2 '
The focus of this supplement is on section 309(g)(6)(A)(ij), and attends
primarily to EPA policy regarding the issues of when a state action constitutes
diligent prosecution, and when such prosecution is under a state taw comparable
to subsection 309(g). Until such time as the Scifuata opinion is reversed, or loses
its relevance due to other appellate rulings or by Congressional amendment of
section 309(g)(6) consistent with EPA's policy, the Regions should discuss the
issues set forth below in every judicial referral in which a state has previously
taken an enforcement action against the violator, A full discussion in the litigation
report on the five points set forth below will assist the Department of Justice in
the expeditious filing of the case.1
aAmicus curiae brief filed by the United States on April 3, 1992. in Washington Pubfie interest
Research Group v. Pondleton Woolen Mills. Appeal No. 82*35105. ' .
'A draft of this supplemental guidance was provided to the Department of Justice for review.
-------
.3. . . .•'.'.
IS THE STATE DILIGENTLY PROSECUTING THE VIOLATOR?
A. Is the state administrative penalty action for the same
violations ongoing at the time of the federal civil penalty
action? . . :
A state enforcement action will only fall within the purview of section
309(g)(6)(A)(ii) if it is proceeding contemporaneously with the federal civil penalty
action. Section 309(g)(6)(A)(ii) speaks in the present tense, and does not bar
subsequent federal action for violations for which a state has commenced and
already concluded its diligent prosecution.4 See Public Interest Research Group v.
GAP. 770 F. Supp. 943 (D.N.J. 1991) (Court emphasizes the requirement in the
subsection that both state and federal actions must be concurrent, permitting a
citizen suit for violations for which the New Jersey Department of Environmental
Protection had already entered into an Administrative Consent Order).
B. Will the state administrative penalty action .effectively cause the
violator to comply with the federal or state clean water statute?
The state must be diligently prosecuting the violator in order for the federal
suit to be barred. Several factors bear upon a determination of diligent
prosecution, including ah assessment of the effectiveness of the state action in
gaining compliance without undue delay; If the state administrative action is not
likely to cause the violator to comply with the pertinent water pollution control
law, then federal administrative or judicial action may be appropriate. See Atlantic
States Legal foundation. Inc. v. Universal Tool & Stamping Co.. 735 F. Supp.
1404 (N.D.Ind. 1990) (Court found that the fact that defendant continued to
violate, its permit limits long attar Indiana's Department of Environmental
Management issued an Order of Compliance and final Consent Decree, and that jt
was the threat of citizen suit that had the real effect on defendant's efforts to
comply, signified lack of diligent prosecution);. See ajfic N:Y. Coastal Fisherman's
Assoc. v. N.Y.C. Sanitation Dent.. 33 Envtl. Rep. Cas. 1932 (S.D.N.Y. 1991)
(Court held that state was not diligently prosecuting Department of Sanitation, but
rather 'acting as a pen pal, not a prosecutor,* when several extensions of planning
and construction deadlines contained in administrative order meant.that leachate
problem would not be rectified until twelve years after state became involved).
'Note, however, that subsection lg)(6)(AMfi) may apply when a state action has been
concluded. Under that provision, federal tivi penalty actions are barred when a state has issued a
final order and the violator has paid a penalty assessed for those particular violations. The Region
should compare its case and the state action.to determine if the violations cited are identical, and if
the penalty assessed in the atate action was appropriate (e.g.. recovers economic benefit at a
|animum) and therefore reflective at a diligent prosecution. . .
-------
C. Is the penalty assessed in the state action sufficient to constitute
diligent prosecution?
While many state laws may grant a state administrative agency discretion in
calculating appropriate penatty figures, a sum that js wholly inadequate to redress
the number and severity of violations may not constitute diligent prosecution. See
Universal Tool. 73S-Fr-Suop. lAOAfCourt found that trw% state was not diligently
prosecuting, for purposes of section 309(g)(6)(A)(ii), when the consent decree
entered into by the state'and the defendant only assessed a penalty of $10,000
when there existed statutory authority to assess $25,000 for each of hundreds of
reported violations).6
II. DID THE STATE ACTION ARISE FROM A STATE LAW COMPARABLE TO
SECTION 3Q9(Q). WHICH AUTHORIZES ADMINISTRATIVE PENALTIES?
' • • ' *' ' -• • ''.''••
A .state action will not bar a section 309(d) or section 311 federal action
unless the state action is brought under a statutory section comparable to
subsection 309(gj of the Clean Water Act, which Is entitled "Administrative
Penalties." Such an administrative penalty provision found in a state jaw must
essentially mimic the substance of the federal provision in order to be comparable
for purposes of barring federal action, including analogous procedural safeguards
and penalty assessment factors. • •
A. Is the state action brought under a state law comparable to
subsection 309{g), authorizing administrative penalty actions?
The state action must.be one seeking administrative penalties, and be
comparable to the federal subsection, 3O9(g). The limitation on federal civil action
only applies when the state cause of action is predicated upon a comparable
administrative-penalty section, and is not satisfied simply because the entire
statutory scheme of the state law contains similar enforcement mechanisms. See
Arkansas Wildlife Federation v. Bekaart Corn.. 791 F. Supp. 769, 775 {W.D. Ark.
1992) (Court found that the term "this subsection" .as contained in subsection
309{g)(6)(A) clearly referred to subsection 309(g), dismissing the Seftoata court's
reliance upon the entire statutory scheme). But see MlY. .Coastal Fisherman's
Assoc. v. N.Y.C. Sanitation Pent.. 33 Envtl. Rep. CBS. 1932 (S.D.N.Y. 1991)
• *ct. Atlantic States Legal Foundation, tnc^ v. Tvson Foods. ITMT , 682 F. Supp. 1186 (N.D.Ala.
19881. reverted on other grounds. 897 F.2d 11-28 (11th Or. 1990) (Defendant's expenditure off
approximately $1,8 million in making modification* to its wastewater treatment facility as required
in an order issued by the state Department of Environmental Management, coupled with the
possibility of civO-penalties or other appropriate relief if found in further noncompiiance, was
diligent prosecution arid sufficient to bar citizen action).
-------
(Court cites to Scituata. and finds that because under the state's law the state can
seek administrative penalties, that it was comparable to the Clean Water Act,
irrespective of the fact that no penalties were Imposed under any of the
administrative orders).
B. Does the state administrative penalty provision contain
comparable procedural safeguards as subsection 309(9)?
In order to be comparable to subsection 309(g) to effect a limitation on
federal action, the state law provision must contain analogous procedures relating
to the right to a hearing, penalty assessment factors, public notice, the
presentation of evidence, and the finality of the administrative order. The public
notice and opportunity for comment requirements contained in the federal
administrative penalty provision are especially significant when gauging the
comparability of a state law. Such requirements help prevent the federal and state
governments from evading the obligation to diligently prosecute violations.6
This case review was meant to assist regional counsel in applying EPA's
policy on when state action bars civil judicial action, but the cases cited herein do
not represent an exhaustive list of cases addressing the section 309(g)(6)(A) bar.
This document Is intended to supplement and enhance, not supersede, EPA's
interpretation of CWA section 309(g)(6)(A) set forth in the guidance issued in
August of 1987. At the time of this writing, the comparability issue addressed by
'the Scituate court is on appeal in Washington Public Interest Research Group v.
Pendleton Woolen Mills. Appeal No. 92-35105 (9th Cir. 1992), with the United
States filing as amicus curiae in support of the plaintiff-appellant.
' See Universal Tool 735 F. Supp. 1404 (Court noted the remarks of Senator Chafee in the
legislative history, and scrutinized the Indiana statute, noting several deficiencies relating to its
comparability with subsection 309(g), including the absence in the state law of provisions regarding
the factors to be considered in assessing a penalty, and of a provision in the federal tew requiring
that the public be given a reasonable opportunity to comment upon the penalty assessment). See
aJSfi GAF. 770 F. Supp. 943 (Court holds that New Jersey Water Pollution Control Act does hot
provide the pubHc with notice and opportunity to participate in the assessment of dvfl
administrative penalties, and therefore, the state administrative action was not comparable to an
action under the Clean Water Act within the meaning of subsection 309); NRDC v. Vvoen Corp:.
803 F. Supp. 97 (N.D.Ohio 1992) (Court finds that Ohio Water Whition Act is not comparable for
purposes of barring citizen suits under 309(g)(6HA) because the law gives the state agency
discretion to provide for public notice, comment, and hearings, as opposed to the mandatory
procedural safeguards found in subsection 309(g) of the Clean Water Act); Public Interest Research
Group of New Jersey. Inc. v. New Jersey pxoresswsv Authority. CKr. No. 91*1701 (D.NJ.
December 5. 1992) (Court held that section 3Q9(g)(6)(A) was -Inapplicable to a state enforcement
proceeding which was comprised of a Memorandum of Understanding setting forth a construction
schedule when there was no notice about the imposition of a penalty or the right to a hearing).
-------
6
For furmeo information on this supplemental guidance; contact Avi Garbow,
OE-Water(fTOt 202-260^ 1579).
cc: John Cruden, DO J
• ' Joel GrosslboJ
ORCWate^ Branch Chiefs
OE Water Attorneys
Rich Kpzlowskf, OWEC
Susan Lepow, OGC
Anrie Shields, DOJ
------- |